ALLTEL CORP
10-K, 1995-02-21
TELEPHONE COMMUNICATIONS (NO RADIOTELEPHONE)
Previous: METROPOLITAN MORTGAGE & SECURITIES CO INC, 10-Q, 1995-02-21
Next: MINE SAFETY APPLIANCES CO, SC 13G/A, 1995-02-21



                     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                         Washington, D. C.   20549

                                 FORM 10-K
     (X) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
           For the fiscal year ended December 31, 1994
                                     or
     ( ) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES 
         EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
           For the transition period from                 to

                      Commission file number  1-4996-2


                               ALLTEL CORPORATION
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

                DELAWARE                               34-0868285
     (State or other jurisdiction of               (I.R.S. Employer
      incorporation or organization)               Identification No.)

                    One Allied Drive, Little Rock, Arkansas
                                     72202
                    (Address of principal executive offices)
                                   (Zip Code)

               Registrant's telephone number, including area code
                                 (501) 661-8000

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

     Title of each class              Name of each exchange on which registered
     Common Stock                              New York and Pacific

     $2.06 No Par Cumulative Convertible
        Preferred Stock                        New York and Pacific

     Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:


                                      NONE
                                (Title of Class)

         Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports
     required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
     of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
     registrant was required to file such reports),  and (2) has been subject to
     such filing requirements for the past 90 days.
      YES X NO

         Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to
     Item  405 of  Regulation  S-K is not  contained  herein,  and  will  not be
     contained,  to the best of registrant's  knowledge,  in definitive proxy or
     information  statements  incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form
     10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.
     (X)

         Aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates as
     of January 31, 1995 -    $ 5,341,217,327

         Common shares outstanding, January 31, 1995 -   188,236,734

                     DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
     Document                                               Incorporated Into
     Portions of the annual report to stockholders
        for the year ended December 31, 1994                Parts I, II and IV
     Proxy statement for the 1995 annual meeting
        of stockholders                                       Part III
     The Exhibit Index is located on pages 24 to 27.


<PAGE>



                              ALLTEL Corporation
                      Securities and Exchange Commission
                              Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                                 THE COMPANY

     GENERAL

     ALLTEL Corporation  ("ALLTEL" or the "Company"),  incorporated in June 1960
     under the laws of Ohio as Mid-Continent Telephone Corporation,  changed its
     name to ALLTEL  Corporation  in October  1983.  During  1990,  the  Company
     changed its state of  incorporation  to Delaware.  ALLTEL is a  diversified
     telecommunications  and information  services company. The Company provides
     local and network access  services to customers  throughout 22 states.  The
     Company  also  owns  subsidiaries  or  investments  that  provide  cellular
     telephone,  wide-area paging and fiber optic-based  long-distance telephone
     service.   Information   processing   management   services   and  advanced
     applications  software  are  provided  to  the  financial,  healthcare  and
     telecommunications   industries  by  the  Company's   information  services
     subsidiaries.  Telecommunications products and electronic and electric wire
     and  cable  are   warehoused   and  sold  by  the  Company's   distribution
     subsidiaries.  In addition, the Company publishes telephone directories and
     provides cable television service.

     ACQUISITIONS

     In November 1994, the Company completed its acquisition of Medical
     Data Technology, Inc. ("MDT").  MDT provides information processing
     services to 14 hospitals in the northeastern United States utilizing
     comprehensive application software developed by ALLTEL's healthcare
     information services subsidiary.

     Effective  November 1, 1993, the Company and GTE  Corporation  completed an
     exchange of telephone  service areas in several  states.  ALLTEL  exchanged
     approximately  95,000  access lines in  Illinois,  Indiana and Michigan and
     $443 million in cash for GTE's Georgia  telephone  operations,  which serve
     approximately 320,000 access lines.

     In October  1993,  the Company  completed  its merger  with TDS  Healthcare
     Systems  Corporation  ("TDS").  TDS is a leading  provider of comprehensive
     patient care and healthcare  enterprise  information  systems  serving more
     than 200 hospitals in the United States, Canada and Europe.

     In  October  1993,  ALLTEL  Publishing  Corporation  ("ALLTEL  Publishing")
     completed  its  purchase of GTE  Directories  Service  Corporation's  ("GTE
     Directories") independent publishing business which includes contracts with
     more than 125 independent telephone companies across the country.

     During 1993, ALLTEL Mobile Communications,  Inc. ("ALLTEL Mobile") acquired
     a 100%  interest in one Georgia  Rural  Service  Area  ("RSA")  which has a
     population of approximately  145,000.  In addition,  ALLTEL Mobile acquired
     interests in two other  Georgia  RSAs and  increased  its  ownership in one
     Texas RSA and one Mississippi RSA.

     In January 1993, ALLTEL Mobile acquired an additional 20% interest
     in the Ft. Smith, Arkansas Metropolitan Statistical Area ("MSA").
     This transaction increased ALLTEL Mobile's interest in the Ft. Smith
     MSA to 80%.




                                      1

     <PAGE>


                              ALLTEL Corporation
                      Securities and Exchange Commission
                              Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                           THE COMPANY (continued)

     ACQUISITIONS (continued)

     On December 31, 1992, ALLTEL Mobile acquired a 60% interest and a
     90% interest in the Ft. Smith, Arkansas and Fayetteville, Arkansas
     MSAs, respectively.

     In December 1992, the Company acquired SLT  Communications,  Inc.  ("SLT").
     SLT serves  approximately  49,000 telephone customers primarily in suburban
     Houston. It also has approximately 328,000 cellular "pops," including 2.34%
     ownership in the Houston,  Galveston and Beaumont, Texas MSA, a 1% interest
     in the  Little  Rock,  Arkansas  MSA,  and has  interest  in four Texas RSA
     markets.  In  addition,  SLT serves  approximately  6,900 cable  television
     subscribers and owns one-third of Metropolitan Houston Paging Services, one
     of the largest paging networks in Texas.

     During  1992,  ALLTEL  Mobile  increased  its  ownership  to  100%  in  the
     Springfield,  Missouri and  Charlotte,  North  Carolina MSAs, to 80% in the
     Savannah, Georgia MSA and to 64% in the Little Rock, Arkansas
     MSA.

     In February 1992, the Company acquired Computer Power,  Inc.  ("CPI"),  the
     nation's  largest  provider  of  software  and  processing  services to the
     mortgage  industry.  CPI has a  comprehensive  set of proprietary  software
     systems which includes the Mortgage  Servicing  Package,  Residential  Loan
     Inventory Control Package, the Residential Loan Production Control Package,
     and a number of related systems as well as consulting,  training, portfolio
     conversion and other services.

     During 1992,  ALLTEL  Mobile  purchased an  additional  42% interest in the
     Savannah,  Georgia,  MSA,  increasing its total interest to 80%,  purchased
     operating  control of the Ft. Smith and  Fayetteville,  Arkansas,  MSAs, as
     well as  additional  interests in three  Arkansas and  Oklahoma  RSAs,  one
     Missouri RSA, and three Alabama RSAs.

     In  1991,  the  Company  acquired  Missouri  Telephone  Company.   Missouri
     Telephone  Company serves  approximately  20,000  customer access lines and
     2,600 cable television customers in Missouri.  It also has 320,000 cellular
     "pops" including 48% ownership in the Springfield,  Mo. MSA cellular market
     where together with ALLTEL Mobile, the Company now owns a 98% interest.

     In early 1991, Systematics Information Services, Inc. ("Systematics") (now
     known as ALLTEL Information Services, Inc.) acquired Systems Limited, an
     international banking software firm headquartered in Hong Kong.  Systems
     Limited is a provider of wholesale banking software.

     In January  1991,  Systematics (now known as ALLTEL Information Services,
     Inc.) completed its acquisition of the cellular telephone billing and
     information system software of C-TEC Corporation ("C-TEC"), an
     independent telecommunications company.


                                      2

<PAGE>


                              ALLTEL Corporation
                      Securities and Exchange Commission
                              Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                           THE COMPANY (continued)

     ACQUISITIONS (continued)

     In October 1990,  Systematics (now known as ALLTEL Information Services,
     Inc.) acquired Computer Dynamics, Inc. ("CDI"), a mortgage data processor
     that services 200,000 loans for financial institutions in six states.
     During 1993, these mortgages were transferred to the CPI system.

     In July 1990, Systematics (now known as ALLTEL Information Services, Inc.)
     acquired HORIZON Financial Software Corporation ("Horizon") of Orlando,
     Florida.  HORIZON develops and markets software for mid-sized community
     financial institutions using the IBM AS/400r computer technology.

     In May 1990, the Company acquired Systematics (now known as ALLTEL
     Information Services, Inc.) headquartered in Little Rock, Arkansas.
     Systematics is one of the nation's leading providers of information
     processing management services and advanced application software for
     the financial services, healthcare and telecommunications industries.

     In 1990,  ALLTEL  Mobile  acquired the  remaining  55% of the Aiken,  South
     Carolina / Augusta,  Georgia system, where ALLTEL Mobile already held a 45%
     interest thereby increasing its ownership to
     100%.

     DISPOSITIONS

     In  1992,  the  Company  sold  substantially  all of the  assets  of  Ocean
     Technology,  Inc.  ("OTI").  OTI  designed,   developed,  and  manufactured
     command,  control, and communication systems primarily for military use. In
     September  1991,  the Company  completed the sale of all of its natural gas
     operations.  During  1990,  the Company sold Denro,  Inc., a  manufacturing
     subsidiary.

     MANAGEMENT

     The Company's headquarters and regional offices staff supervise, coordinate
     and assist  subsidiaries  in  management  activities,  investor  relations,
     acquisitions,  corporate planning,  insurance, and technical research. They
     also coordinate the financing program for the entire corporate system.

     EMPLOYEES

     At  January  31,  1995,  the  Company  had  16,363  employees.  Some of the
     employees of the Company's  telephone  subsidiaries  are part of collective
     bargaining  units.  The Company  maintains good relations with all employee
     groups.

     INDUSTRY SEGMENTS

     Financial  information about industry segments is included in the Company's
     1994  Annual  Report  to  Stockholders,  which is  incorporated  herein  by
     reference.


                                      3
<PAGE>



                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                            TELEPHONE OPERATIONS

     LOCAL SERVICE

     General

     The Company's  telephone  operating  subsidiaries  provide local service to
     over  1,643,000  customer  lines  through  667  exchanges.   The  telephone
     operating  subsidiaries  also  offer  facilities  for  private  line,  data
     transmission  and  other  communications   services.  In  addition,   these
     subsidiaries  sell  and  lease  end  user  telephone   equipment  (terminal
     equipment) as well as maintenance and protection  plans for  customer-owned
     equipment.

     Regulation

     The Company's telephone operating subsidiaries are subject to regulation by
     the  utility  commissions  of the  states  in  which  they  operate.  These
     commissions  have  jurisdiction  over various  matters  including local and
     intrastate   toll  rates,   conditions  of  service,   securities   issues,
     depreciation  rates,  the  encumbering  or  disposition  of public  utility
     properties and the prescription of a uniform system of accounts. There were
     no local rate increases granted to any of the Company's telephone operating
     subsidiaries  in 1994,  nor are there any rate requests  currently  pending
     before  regulatory  commissions.  During 1994,  telephone  operations  were
     affected  by  certain  regulatory  commission  orders  designed  to  reduce
     earnings  levels.  These  orders did not  materially  impact the results of
     operations of the Company.

     Competition

     The Company's  telephone  subsidiaries  provide local telephone  service in
     their service areas without  significant  competition  from other regulated
     carriers.  However,  ALLTEL does experience  competition in its territories
     from  alternative   telecommunications  systems  which  include  facilities
     constructed  by large end  users or by  interexchange  carriers,  satellite
     transmission services,  cellular communications,  cable television systems,
     radio-based personal communications services,  competitive access providers
     and other systems  which are capable of  completely or partially  bypassing
     the local telephone  facilities.  ALLTEL's  subsidiaries are also competing
     for the sale and leasing of terminal  equipment to business and residential
     customers as well as for the  installation  and  maintenance of inside wire
     and terminal equipment.

     ACCESS SERVICES

     General

     The  Company's  customers  have  access to message  and  private  line toll
     services through the local exchanges of the Company's  telephone  operating
     subsidiaries.  Local exchanges  provide toll service and network access for
     interexchange  telephone  traffic to  locations  outside  of the  Company's
     service  areas   through   connections   with  other  local   exchange  and
     interexchange  carriers.  These connections permit  communications from any
     telephone in the ALLTEL  system to  nationwide  locations  and to points in
     most foreign countries.


                                      4

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                      TELEPHONE OPERATIONS (continued)

     ACCESS SERVICES (continued)


     Regulation

     The Federal Communications  Commission ("FCC") authorizes a rate-of- return
     ("ROR") that  telephone  companies  may earn on  interstate  services  they
     provide.  Effective  January  1,  1991,  the  FCC  replaced  rate-of-return
     regulation  with price cap regulation for the Bell Operating  Companies and
     GTE  Corporation  with an optional  election  for all other  companies  not
     remaining in the National Exchange Carrier Association ("NECA") Common Line
     and Traffic  Sensitive  Pools. The FCC reduced the ROR from 12.0% to 11.25%
     for companies  remaining  under ROR  regulation.  This 11.25% ROR continued
     through 1994. As of December 31, 1994,  certain of the Company's  telephone
     operating  subsidiaries have exited the NECA traffic sensitive and end user
     tariffs.

     Price cap regulation for holding  companies,  such as ALLTEL,  requires all
     affiliated operating telephone companies settling on a cost basis to choose
     price cap  regulation  at the same time or all remain under ROR  regulation
     (with the exception of average schedule  affiliates).  Price cap regulation
     allows  for  different   earnings  potential  than  ROR  depending  on  the
     "productivity offset" the company chooses. In addition,  companies electing
     price cap  regulation  may make  adjustments  for the rate of inflation and
     exogenous  (non-controllable)  costs.  Price cap  regulation is designed to
     allow greater  pricing  flexibility and includes the risk of earnings lower
     than under ROR regulation.  The FCC undertook a comprehensive review of the
     LEC price cap plan in 1994.  An order  mandating  any changes for price cap
     companies  is  expected  in  early  1995.  In  1992,  the FCC  initiated  a
     rulemaking   proceeding  (CC  Docket  No.  92-135)  to  address  regulatory
     alternatives  for  mid-size  and  small  local  exchange   carriers.   This
     proceeding  resulted in a set of rules,  adopted in September of 1993, that
     provide for a non price cap form of incentive  regulation  for which ALLTEL
     would be eligible.

     Certain states in which the Company  operates,  either through  legislative
     changes  or  by  commission   actions,   have  adopted   various  forms  of
     alternatives to  rate-of-return  regulation.  However,  most of these plans
     have been adopted for the Bell Operating Companies and have not been widely
     used by commissions in dealing with other telephone companies including the
     Company's telephone operating subsidiaries.

     To date, the Company has not elected price cap (incentive) regulation,  but
     is  monitoring  the activity of the FCC and the states in which the Company
     operates  telephone  companies and will  determine the  appropriate  action
     required as these activities develop.


                                      5

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                      TELEPHONE OPERATIONS (continued)

     ACCESS SERVICES (continued)

     Interexchange carrier charges

     The FCC  establishes  access  procedures  by which  interexchange  carriers
     reimburse the Company's  telephone  operating  subsidiaries  for the use of
     their local networks to complete long-distance calls. With the exception of
     ALLTEL Carolina,  Inc., ALLTEL Florida, Inc., ALLTEL Georgia Communications
     Corp., ALLTEL Pennsylvania,  Inc., ALLTEL New York, Inc., ALLTEL Tennessee,
     Inc.,  Georgia ALLTEL Telecom Inc.,  Oklahoma  ALLTEL,  Inc. and Sugar Land
     Telephone Company,  all of the Company's telephone  operating  subsidiaries
     participated in NECA's interstate  traffic sensitive tariff and settlements
     processes during 1994. All companies,  with the exception of ALLTEL Georgia
     Communications  Corp. and Georgia ALLTEL Telecom Inc., also participated in
     NECA's  common line  tariffs and pools  during  1994.  For those  companies
     remaining   in  the  NECA  common  line  and   traffic   sensitive   pools,
     participation in NECA's revenue  distribution process was entirely based on
     actual costs. Intrastate interlata services are reimbursed to the Company's
     telephone  operating  subsidiaries  under  arrangements  ordered  by  state
     commissions.  These  arrangements  are  based  on  access  and  can be on a
     bill-and-keep   or  pooled  basis.   The  Company's   telephone   operating
     subsidiaries  receive   reimbursement  for  intrastate  intralata  services
     through access or toll based revenue  arrangements,  once again on either a
     bill-and-keep or pooled basis.

     Equal access

     The Company's telephone operating subsidiaries offer equal access to nearly
     94% of their customers. The availability of equal access provides customers
     with the opportunity to choose the long-distance  company they want to use.
     The Company's telephone operating subsidiaries then program their equipment
     to allow the customer to use the selected  long-distance company by dialing
     1, the area code, and a seven-digit telephone number.

     Billing and collection

     Interstate  billing and collection  services were previously  detariffed as
     ordered by the FCC. The Company's telephone operating subsidiaries continue
     to provide  interstate  billing and collection  services for  interexchange
     carriers through various agreements and also provide intrastate billing and
     collection services under state tariff arrangements or under contract where
     these services are detariffed.

     Competition

     Long-distance  services are provided by several  competing  companies.  One
     aspect  of  competition  is the  potential  bypass  of the  local  exchange
     carrier's  facilities by large volume toll users.  Certain  states in which
     the  Company's  telephone  subsidiaries  operate  allow  various  forms  of
     intralata  competition for select functions or complete  intralata service.
     There has been no  significant  measurable  effect on the operations of the
     Company's telephone subsidiaries as a result of this competition.



                                      6

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                      TELEPHONE OPERATIONS (continued)

     ACCESS SERVICES (continued)

     Competition (continued)

     The  long-range  effect  of  competition  on  the  provision  and  cost  of
     telecommunications  services  and  equipment  will depend on  technological
     advances,  regulatory  actions at both the state and federal levels,  court
     decisions, and possible future federal and state legislation. The continued
     growth of competition  may have an effect on the cost of telephone  service
     to  customers  and on the  telephone  revenues of the  Company's  telephone
     operating subsidiaries.  The FCC has ordered that the larger (Tier 1) local
     exchange carriers provide switched and special transport interconnection as
     well as tandem signaling to competitive providers.  Local exchange carriers
     are no longer required to provide physical  collocation but are required to
     tariff virtual interconnection arrangements.

     OTHER

     In November 1994, the Company signed definitive  agreements to sell certain
     telephone properties serving approximately 111,000 access lines in Arizona,
     California,  Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon,  Tennessee, Utah and West Virginia
     to Citizens Utilities Company in exchange for approximately $290 million in
     cash,  assumed debt and 3,600 access lines in Pennsylvania.  This sale will
     be completed on a state-by-state  basis as necessary  regulatory  approvals
     are obtained. Once completed, this transaction will result in the Company's
     telephone operating  subsidiaries serving  approximately 1.5 million access
     lines in 14 states.


                            INFORMATION SERVICES

     GENERAL

     Effective February 15, 1995, the Company changed the names of its
     principal information services subsidiaries.  Systematics
     Information Services, Inc. was changed to ALLTEL Information
     Services, Inc., Systematics Financial Services, Inc. was changed to
     ALLTEL Financial Information Services, Inc., Computer Power, Inc.
     was changed to ALLTEL Mortgage Information Services Inc.,
     Systematics Healthcare Services, Inc. was changed to ALLTEL
     Healthcare Information Services, Inc. and Systematics
     Telecommunications Services, Inc. was changed to ALLTEL Telecom
     Information Services, Inc.

     ALLTEL Information Services,  Inc. ("ALLTEL Information Services") provides
     a wide range of information  processing services to the financial services,
     healthcare and telecommunications industries through information processing
     centers  that  it  staffs,  equips  and  operates.  Information  processing
     contracts  are  generally  for  a  multi-year   period.   ALLTEL  Financial
     Information  Services  Inc.'s software and services have been developed and
     improved  continuously  over the last 26 years and are  designed to fulfill
     substantially  all of the  retail  information  processing  and  management
     information  requirements  of financial  institutions.  ALLTEL  Information
     Services also markets software worldwide to financial services,  healthcare
     and telecommunications companies operating their own information processing
     departments.


                                      7

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                      INFORMATION SERVICES (continued)

     GENERAL (continued)

     ALLTEL Healthcare  Information  Services,  Inc. is primarily engaged in the
     development  and marketing of  comprehensive  patient  centered  healthcare
     enterprise  information  systems  to medium to large  healthcare  companies
     throughout North America and Europe.  These systems are designed to enhance
     the  quality  of  patient  care,   control  processing  costs  and  provide
     substantially  all of the  information  requirements  of its  users.  Under
     typical  arrangements with hospitals,  software is licensed under perpetual
     license  arrangements.  Software  and  hardware  maintenance  are  normally
     contracted  for  periods  of five to  seven  years.  Contracts  to  install
     software normally range over periods from twelve to eighteen months.  Other
     services  provided  include   training,   consulting  and  data  processing
     services.

     ALLTEL Mortgage  Information  Services,  Inc.  provides data processing and
     related computer software and systems to financial institutions originating
     and/or servicing single family mortgage loans. This  subsidiary's  software
     products  and  processing  services,  combined  with its  team of  mortgage
     bankers,  are  intended  to  offer  a  cost-effective  alternative  to  the
     extensive  technical  support  staff  and the  enlarged  group of  mortgage
     bankers  which  would  otherwise  have  to be  assembled  in-house  by each
     customer.  ALLTEL  Mortgage  Information  Services,  Inc.'s on-line systems
     automate  processing  functions  required  in the  origination  of mortgage
     loans, the management of such loans while in inventory before they are sold
     in the secondary market, and their subsequent servicing.

     CUSTOMERS

     ALLTEL  Financial  Information  Services,  Inc.'s  primary  market  for its
     financial  products  and services  are the  nation's  commercial  banks and
     savings institutions and financial  institutions outside the United States,
     primarily  in Europe and Asia.  Financial  software  and  services are also
     marketed  to  mortgage  service  companies,  credit  unions and  healthcare
     companies.   ALLTEL Telecom Information Services, Inc.'s primary market
     for its telecommunications products and services is the top 150 telephone
     companies and top 50 cellular companies in the United States.  ALLTEL
     Healthcare Information Services, Inc.'s primary market for its healthcare
     software products are hospitals with 400 or more beds.  Many of these
     customers are large, state funded hospitals which include a significant
     number of university hospitals and other large healthcare providers.

     ALLTEL Mortgage Information Services,  Inc. provides its services primarily
     to  financial  institutions  originating  and/or  servicing  single  family
     mortgage  loans  that  have sold the loans in the  secondary  market  while
     continuing to service the loans. These institutions which include more than
     one-half of the top 100  servicers  of  residential  mortgages  are located
     throughout the United States.  In total,  nearly 15 million  mortgage loans
     representing over $1.1 trillion are processed by its software.


                                      8
<PAGE>



                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                      INFORMATION SERVICES (continued)

     COMPETITION

     ALLTEL Financial Information  Services,  Inc.'s competition primarily comes
     from "in-house" bank information processing departments and other companies
     engaged  in  active  competition  for  financial  institution   outsourcing
     contracts.   Numerous  large  financial  institutions  provide  information
     processing for smaller  institutions in their respective  geographic areas,
     along  with  other   companies   that  perform  such   services  for  small
     institutions.  There are also  other  companies  that  provide  information
     processing services to the telecommunications industry.  Competition in the
     healthcare  industry  primarily  comes from other  companies  that  provide
     comprehensive  integrated  hospital  information systems and from companies
     which offer  solutions for  individual  departments  within the  respective
     healthcare enterprises.

     ALLTEL  Mortgage  Information  Services,   Inc.'s  competition  comes  from
     "in-house" information processing departments and from other companies that
     offer  information  processing  services to the mortgage banking  industry.
     This  subsidiary  competes  in its  business  by  providing a high level of
     service and support.

     The  information   services   subsidiaries   substantially  rely  upon  and
     vigorously   enforce   contract   and  trade   secret  laws  and   internal
     non-disclosure  safeguards  to  protect  the  proprietary  nature  of their
     computer software.

     REGULATION AND EXAMINATION

     Both  ALLTEL  Financial  Information  Services,  Inc.  and ALLTEL  Mortgage
     Information Services,  Inc. are regulated by the federal agencies that have
     supervisory  authority over banking,  thrift,  and credit union operations.
     ALLTEL Financial  Information  Services,  Inc. is also classified as one of
     twelve national vendors that, as a result of their market share,  process a
     significant  portion  of the  financial  industry  assets.  These  industry
     leaders are also examined by the federal Financial Institutions Examination
     Council  on  an  ongoing  basis.  The  information  services  subsidiaries'
     management  practices,   policies,   procedures,   standards,  and  overall
     financial  condition are components of these reviews.  In addition to these
     corporate examinations,  the information services subsidiaries'  individual
     processing  sites  are  examined,  as if they  were  departments  of  their
     respective  clients,  by  federal  and  state  regulators,  as  well as the
     clients' internal audit  departments and their independent  auditing firms.
     The  same  standards  of  performance  are  applied  to  those  information
     processing  centers as are  applied to the client  financial  institutions.
     Reports of the information  services  subsidiaries' data center performance
     are furnished to the Board of Directors of ALLTEL Information  Services and
     to the Board of Directors of the examined client. The supervisory  agencies
     include applicable state banking departments, the Federal Deposit Insurance
     Corporation,   the  Office  of  Thrift  Supervision,   the  Office  of  the
     Comptroller of the Currency,  the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve
     System,  and the National  Credit  Union  Administration.  The  information
     services subsidiaries' processing contracts include a commitment to install
     all necessary changes in its computer software that are required by changes
     in regulations.

     ALLTEL Healthcare Information Services, Inc.'s operations are not
     specifically regulated by any federal or state healthcare agency.  However,
     its software must meet all federal and state reporting requirements of its
     customers, including Medicare, Medicaid and other state sponsored programs.

                                      9

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                      INFORMATION SERVICES (continued)

     REGULATION AND EXAMINATION (continued)

     ALLTEL Mortgage  Information  Services,  Inc. operates  transmitters at the
     network's  information  processing  facility  hub and  operates  very small
     aperture technology ("VSAT") earth stations at numerous customer locations.
     Prior to initiation,  construction or operation of the transmitters used in
     a VSAT satellite  network,  operators of these transmitters are required by
     the  Communications Act of 1934 to be authorized by the FCC. The FCC grants
     licenses to VSAT  operators for a  predetermined  number of earth  stations
     that may be placed at unspecified  locations in the domestic United States.
     ALLTEL Mortgage Information Services, Inc. has FCC authorization to operate
     its domestic earth station satellite network, consisting of one hub located
     in Jacksonville, Florida and various 1.8m and 2.4m VSATs.

     PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT AND SUPPORT

     In the past five years, the information  services  subsidiaries  have spent
     approximately $134.1 million ($37.7 million in 1994) on IBM mainframe COBOL
     software  design and  development,  or an  average  of 4.6% of their  total
     information  services  operating  revenues  in  those  years.  One  of  the
     information services  subsidiaries has also begun to develop products which
     will  be  utilized  in a UNIX  based  environment.  Changes  in  regulatory
     requirements of both state and federal authorities, increasing competition,
     and the development of new products and markets create the need continually
     to update or modify existing software and systems offered to customers. The
     information services subsidiaries intend to continue to maintain,  improve,
     and expand the functions and  capabilities of their software  products over
     the next several years.

     OTHER

     In 1994,  ALLTEL  Information  Services  signed a  long-term  agreement  to
     provide  information  processing  services for the telephone  operations of
     Citizens  Utilities Company.  Under terms of the ten year contract,  ALLTEL
     Information   Services  will  provide  complete  outsourcing  services  for
     Citizens' 750,000 telephone access lines,  including  generating  Citizens'
     billing,  customer  service  information,   engineering,   and  operational
     support.

     In 1993, ALLTEL Information  Services signed a long-term agreement with GTE
     Telecommunications  Products and Services Group to outsource GTE's cellular
     billing operations.

     Within three months of acquiring TDS,  ALLTEL  Information  Services signed
     its first  hospital  outsourcing  contract  with St.  Joseph's  Hospital in
     Parkersburg,   West  Virginia.  Under  terms  of  the  five-year  contract,
     Systematics assumed all healthcare  information systems operations for this
     375 bed  hospital,  including  providing  on-site  and  remote  management,
     software  implementation  and support,  hardware and network management and
     maintenance.  TDS was merged with  Systematics  Healthcare  Services,  Inc.
     during 1994.  As discussed  previously,  Systematics  Healthcare  Services,
     Inc.'s name was changed to ALLTEL Healthcare Information Services,  Inc. on
     February 15, 1995.

     During 1991,  ALLTEL  Information  Services  signed a long-term  facilities
     management  contract to handle all  information  processing  activities for
     ALLTEL's telephone and cellular operations.

                                     10

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                      PRODUCT DISTRIBUTION OPERATIONS

     GENERAL

     ALLTEL  Supply,  Inc.  ("ALLTEL  Supply"),  with  fourteen  warehouses  and
     thirteen  counter-sales  showrooms  across  the United  States,  is a major
     distributor  of  telecommunications  equipment and  materials.  It supplies
     equipment to affiliated and non-affiliated  telephone  companies,  business
     systems  suppliers,  railroads,  governments,  and  retail  and  industrial
     companies. HWC, with ten warehouses throughout the United States, is one of
     the nation's leading suppliers of specialty wire and cable products.

     COMPETITION

     ALLTEL Supply and HWC (the "Distribution companies") experience substantial
     competition  throughout  their sales  territories  from other  distribution
     companies and direct sales by manufacturers. Competition is based primarily
     on quality, product availability, service, price, and technical assistance.

     PRODUCTS

     ALLTEL  Supply  offers more than 35,000  products  for sale.  In  addition,
     ALLTEL Supply inventories single and multi-line  telephone sets, local area
     networks ("LANS"),  switching equipment modules,  interior cable, pole line
     hardware, and various other telecommunications supply items.

     HWC inventories  more than 44,000 reels of specialty wire and cable.  These
     include shielded and unshielded power cables,  flame resistant cables,  and
     high temperature precision engineered cables.

     The Distribution  companies have not encountered any material  shortages or
     delays in delivery of products from their suppliers.


                            CELLULAR OPERATIONS

     GENERAL

     ALLTEL Mobile provides  cellular mobile telephone  service in various major
     markets  throughout the United States.  Cellular telephone service combines
     the latest  advances in  telephone,  radio and computer  technology  and is
     being marketed to business executives, on- the-move professional people and
     individual  consumers.  As cellular has become increasing more popular with
     broader segments of the population, ALLTEL Mobile has opened several retail
     stores, in addition to its traditional  sales offices,  where customers can
     purchase equipment and learn more about wireless services.


                                     11

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I
     Item 1.  Business

                      CELLULAR OPERATIONS (continued)

     BUSINESS

     One potential of a cellular telephone market's  investment is quantified by
     the market's population times the percent of a company's ownership interest
     of the cellular  operation in that market  ("pops").  ALLTEL  Mobile owns a
     majority interest in cellular operations in 12 MSAs and a minority interest
     in 13 other MSAs. This represents 4.6 million cellular pops.  ALLTEL Mobile
     also owns a  majority  interest  in  cellular  operations  in 47 RSAs and a
     minority  interest in 23 other RSAs. This  represents 3.3 million  cellular
     pops.

     ALLTEL Mobile operates systems in Charlotte,  North Carolina;  Little Rock,
     Arkansas, Jackson, Mississippi; Montgomery, Alabama; Springfield, Missouri;
     Ocala/Gainesville, Florida; Albany, Georgia; Aiken, South Carolina/Augusta,
     Georgia; Savannah, Georgia; Ft. Smith, Arkansas; and Fayetteville,
     Arkansas.

     COMPETITION

     Direct   competition  in  the  cellular  telephone  market  consists  of  a
     non-wireline  carrier licensed to provide cellular telephone service in the
     same area.  Additionally,  non-cellular  mobile  telephone  service  may be
     available in the  licensed  area but is not  currently  considered a direct
     competitor within the cellular market.

     ALLTEL Mobile expects to face  additional new competitors in its markets as
     a result  of the  licensing  of  personal  communication  services  ("PCS")
     providers  currently  under way by the FCC. It is  expected  that these new
     competitors  will begin  operations in 1996 or 1997.  ALLTEL Mobile has and
     continues  to take  actions in its markets to minimize  the impact of these
     new competitors; however, the long-term impacts of new competition can not
     be determined at this time.

     OTHER

     In January 1995,  ALLTEL Mobile and BellSouth  Mobility signed a definitive
     agreement involving cellular transactions impacting markets in five states.
     The  agreement,  which is  contingent on  BellSouth's  success in winning a
     PCS license to provide services in North and South  Carolina, would create
     a limited  partnership  comprising  cellular  properties  owned  by the
     two  companies  in  five  markets.  The  limited partnership would consist
     of BellSouth's interest in cellular properties in Columbia, South Carolina
     (85.5%) and Florence, South Carolina (100%) and ALLTEL Mobile's cellular
     interests in Columbia, South Carolina (14.5%), Jackson,  Mississippi  and
     eight  contiguous  RSAs  (49.9%),  Chattanooga, Tennessee (15.5%) and
     Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania  (3.6%).  ALLTEL Mobile and BellSouth  Mobility
     would share ownership of the partnership 53.5% and 46.5%, respectively,
     with ALLTEL Mobile serving as managing partner.  In addition,  under terms
     of the agreement, BellSouth Mobility will purchase 0.1% of ALLTEL Mobile's
     ownership interest in its Jackson,  Mississippi and eight  contiguous RSA
     cellular  properties.  ALLTEL  Mobile will  purchase BellSouth Mobility's
     interest in six cellular properties in North and South Carolina.  Purchase
     of the properties is subject to rights of first refusal by BellSouth's
     partners in these six cellular properties.


                                     12

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I
     Item 1.  Business
  
                          CELLULAR OPERATIONS (continued)

     OTHER (continued)

     In November 1994,  ALLTEL Mobile signed a definitive  agreement to exchange
     several  of  its  cellular   telephone   properties  for  several  cellular
     properties owned by United States Cellular Corp. ("U.S.  Cellular").  Under
     terms of the  agreement,  ALLTEL Mobile will exchange  certain  assets in a
     West Virginia RSA and an Oklahoma RSA for U.S. Cellular's certain assets in
     a  Georgia  RSA and a North  Carolina  RSA.  The  acquired  properties  are
     contiguous to ALLTEL Mobile's Albany, Georgia and Charlotte, North Carolina
     markets.  In January  1995,  ALLTEL  Mobile  purchased  U.S.  Cellular's 20
     percent  interest  in the Fort Smith,  Arkansas,  MSA,  thereby  increasing
     ALLTEL Mobile's ownership interest in the Fort Smith MSA to 100 percent.


                                   PAGING

     ALLTEL Mobile also operates wide-area  computer-driven paging networks as a
     complementary  service  to  cellular  telephones.  In  addition  to  paging
     networks in Arkansas and Florida, the Company's  acquisition of SLT in 1992
     added a one-third ownership in one of the largest paging networks in Texas,
     which serves more than 177,000 subscribers.


                            DIRECTORY PUBLISHING

     ALLTEL Publishing currently coordinates  advertising,  sales, printing, and
     distribution for 362 telephone directories in 39 states.

     In  October  1993,  ALLTEL   Publishing   completed  its  purchase  of  GTE
     Directories independent publishing business,  which includes contracts with
     more than 125 independent  telephone  companies  across the country.  Under
     terms of the agreement, ALLTEL Publishing provides all directory publishing
     services  including  contract  management,  production  and  marketing.  As
     subcontractor,  GTE  Directories  provides  directory  sales  and  printing
     services through a separate contract with ALLTEL Publishing.


                          CABLE TELEVISION SERVICE

     The Company provides cable television service to more than 17,500 customers
     in certain  areas of the Navajo  Indian  Reservation  (which covers an area
     including  parts of New Mexico,  Arizona,  and Utah),  and to  residents of
     Needles, California, Springfield, Missouri, and central Texas.

     In  November  1994,  as part of its  agreement  to sell  certain  telephone
     properties,  the Company also signed definitive  agreements to sell certain
     of its cable television  properties to Citizens  Utilities  Company.  These
     cable television properties serve approximately 7,000 customers in Arizona,
     California, New Mexico and Utah.


                                     13

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 1.  Business

                            NATURAL GAS DISTRIBUTION

    In 1991, the Company disposed of all of natural gas distribution operations.


                                MANUFACTURING

     During 1992, the Company sold substantially all of the assets of OTI, which
     designed, developed, manufactured and marketed products for use in military
     command,  control and communications systems. During 1990, the Company sold
     Denro,  Inc.,  which  designs  and  manufactures  microprocessor-based  air
     traffic control voice switching and control systems. After the sale of OTI,
     the Company did not have any manufacturing operations.


                                INVESTMENTS

     LDDS

     ALLTEL  owns  approximately  an 8% interest  in LDDS  Communications,  Inc.
     ("LDDS"), a publicly-held  company. The investment was acquired in exchange
     for  the  Company's   previous  interest  in  Advanced   Telecommunications
     Corporation ("ATC"), which was acquired by LDDS during 1992.

     LDDS is one of the largest regional  long-distance  companies in the United
     States and provides long-distance  telecommunications services to customers
     located in 41 states.

     COMDIAL

     ALLTEL owns approximately a 6% interest in Comdial Corporation,  a producer
     of quality telephone sets and key systems.

     CHILLICOTHE

     ALLTEL owns a 19.8% interest in Chillicothe Telephone Company, which serves
     approximately   27,000  telephone  lines  in  Ohio.  Frederick  G.  Griech,
     President of ALLTEL Telephone Services Corporation's  Northeast Region, and
     Americo  Cornacchione,  Senior  Vice  President-Accounting  and  Finance of
     ALLTEL Telephone  Services  Corporation's  Northeast Region, are members of
     Chillicothe's Board of Directors.

     OTHER

     During 1991,  the Company sold its stock in Luz  International  Limited,  a
     provider of solar energy, to an investment group in a private transaction.

     During 1990,  the Company  completed the sale of its 14.5%  interest in TPI
     Enterprises,  Inc.,  which had been a supplier of  business  communications
     systems.


                                     14

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 2.  Properties

     TELEPHONE PROPERTY

     The Company's  telephone property in service consists primarily of land and
     buildings,   central  office   equipment,   telephone  lines,  and  related
     equipment.  The gross  investment  by category in telephone  property as of
     December 31, 1994 was as follows:

                                                      (Thousands)
      Telephone-
       Land, buildings and leasehold
         improvements                                 $  267,030
       Central office equipment                        1,232,517
       Outside plant                                   1,953,600
       Furniture, fixtures,
         vehicles and other                              303,747
           Total                                      $3,756,894

     Standard practices prevailing in the telephone industry are followed by the
     Company's  telephone   operating   subsidiaries  in  the  construction  and
     maintenance of plant and facilities.  Certain properties of the Company and
     its  telephone  operating   subsidiaries  are  pledged  as  collateral  for
     long-term debt.



     OTHER PROPERTY

     Other  properties of the Company in service consist  primarily of property,
     plant and equipment used in information services,  product distribution and
     cellular telephone  operations.  The total investment by category for these
     operations as of December 31, 1994 was as follows:

                                                      (Thousands)

      Land, buildings and leasehold
        improvements                                    $164,623
      Data processing equipment                          257,830
      Cellular telephone plant
        and equipment                                    236,675
      Furniture, fixtures
        and miscellaneous                                 70,323
          Total                                         $729,451

     All of the  Company's  property is  considered  to be in  reasonably  sound
     operating condition.


                                     15

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

          The Company is not currently involved in any material pending legal
          proceedings, other than routine litigation incidental to its business,
          and, to the knowledge of the Company's management, no material legal
          proceedings, either private or governmental, are contemplated or
          threatened.

     Item 4.  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

          No matters were submitted to the security holders for a vote during
          the fourth quarter of the fiscal year.

     Item 10(b).    Executive Officers of the Registrant.

            Name                   Age                    Position

    *    Joe T. Ford                57           Chairman, President and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer
                                                 (beginning January 26, 1995)

   **    Max E. Bobbitt             50           President and Chief
                                                 Operating Officer
                                                 (up until January 4, 1995)

         Dennis J. Ferra            41           Senior Vice President -
                                                 Accounting and Administration

         Francis X. Frantz          41           Senior Vice President -
                                                 External Affairs, General 
                                                 Counsel and Secretary

         Tom T. Orsini              44           Senior Vice President - Finance
                                                 and Corporate Development

         John L. Comparin           42           Vice President -Human Resources

         Ronald D. Payne            48           Vice President - Corporate
                                                 Communications

         Jerry M. Green             47           Treasurer

         John M. Mueller            44           Controller

         Deborah J. Akins           39           Assistant Treasurer

        * - On January 26,  1995,  the Board of  Directors  named Joe T. Ford as
     President  of the  Company,  in addition to his other  responsibilities  as
     Chairman and Chief Executive Officer.

        ** - On January 4, 1995, Max E. Bobbitt  announced his  retirement  from
     the  Company.  Mr.  Bobbitt  had  most  recently  served  as the  Company's
     President and Chief  Operating  Officer.  On January 26, 1995,  Mr. Bobbitt
     also resigned from his position as Director of the Company.


                                     16

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part I

     Item 10(b).  Executive Officers of the Registrant (continued)

     There are no arrangements between any officer and any other person
     pursuant to which he was selected as an officer.  Except for Francis
     X. Frantz and John L. Comparin, each of the officers named above has
     been employed by ALLTEL or a subsidiary for the last five years.
     Mr. Frantz joined the Company in March, 1990 as Senior Vice
     President and General Counsel.  Prior to joining ALLTEL, Mr. Frantz
     was a partner in the law firm of Thompson, Hine and Flory,
     Cleveland, Ohio.  Mr. Comparin joined the Company in February, 1990
     as Vice President - Human Resources.  Prior to joining ALLTEL, Mr.
     Comparin was Director of Human Resources for Maxus Corp. (formerly
     Diamond Shamrock Corp.) of Dallas Texas.


                             FORM 10-K Part II


     Item 5.  Market for the Registrant's Common Equity and Related
     Stockholder Matters.

              As of January 31, 1995, the approximate number of stockholders
              of common stock  including an estimate for those holding shares in
              brokers'   accounts  was  93,000.   For   additional   information
              pertaining  to Markets for ALLTEL  Corporation's  Common Stock and
              Related  Stockholder  Matters,  refer to pages 35,  37, 42 and the
              inside back cover of ALLTEL's 1994 Annual Report to  Stockholders,
              which is incorporated herein by reference.

     Item 6.  Selected Financial Data.

              For  information  pertaining  to  Selected  Financial  Data of
              ALLTEL  Corporation,  refer  to page 32 of  ALLTEL's  1994  Annual
              Report to Stockholders, which is incorporated herein by reference.

     Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition
     and Results of Operations.

              For  information  pertaining to  Management's  Discussion  and
              Analysis  of  Financial  Condition  and Results of  Operations  of
              ALLTEL  Corporation,  refer to pages 27-30 of ALLTEL's 1994 Annual
              Report to Stockholders, which is
              incorporated herein by reference.

     Item 8.  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

              For  information   pertaining  to  Financial   Statements  and
              Supplementary  Data of ALLTEL  Corporation,  refer to pages 31 and
              33-45 of ALLTEL's  1994 Annual  Report to  Stockholders,  which is
              incorporated herein by reference.


                                     17

<PAGE>


                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part II


     Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting
     and Financial Disclosure.

             During the two most recent fiscal years or the  subsequent  interim
             period  up  to  the  date  of  this  Form   10-K,   there  were  no
             disagreements  with  the  Company's  independent  certified  public
             accountants  on any matter of  accounting  principles or practices,
             financial statement disclosures or auditing scope or procedures. In
             addition,   none  of  the  "kinds  of  events"  described  in  item
             304(a)(1)(v)(A), (B), (C) and (D) of Regulation S-K have occurred.


                             FORM 10-K PART III


     Item 10(a).    Directors of the Registrant.

             For information pertaining to Directors of ALLTEL Corporation refer
             to "Election of Directors" in ALLTEL's Proxy Statement for its 1995
             Annual Meeting of  Stockholders,  which is  incorporated  herein by
             reference.

     Item 10(b).    Executive Officers of the Registrant.

             For  information   pertaining  to  Executive   Officers  of  ALLTEL
             Corporation, refer to Part I, pages 16 and 17 of this Report.

     Item 11.  Executive Compensation.

             For  information  pertaining  to Executive  Compensation,  refer to
             "Management  Compensation" in ALLTEL's Proxy Statement for its 1995
             Annual Meeting of  Stockholders,  which is  incorporated  herein by
             reference.

     Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.

             For  information  pertaining  to  beneficial  ownership  of  ALLTEL
             securities,  refer to  "Security  Ownership  of Certain  Beneficial
             Owners and  Management"  in ALLTEL's  Proxy  Statement for its 1995
             Annual Meeting of  Stockholders,  which is  incorporated  herein by
             reference.

     Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

             For  information  pertaining to Certain  Relationships  and Related
             Transactions,  refer to "Management Compensation" in ALLTEL's Proxy
             Statement  for its 1995 Annual  Meeting of  Stockholders,  which is
             incorporated herein by reference.


                                     18

<PAGE>


                            ALLTEL Corporation
                    Securities and Exchange Commission
                            Form 10-K, Part IV


     Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.

              (a)   The following documents are filed as a part of this report:

                 1. Financial Statements:

                    The following Consolidated Financial Statements of ALLTEL
                    Corporation and subsidiaries,  included in  the  annual
                    report  of  ALLTEL   Corporation   to  its   stockholders
                    for the year  ended  December  31,  1994,  are
                    incorporated herein by reference:
                                                                   Annual Report
                                                                     Page Number

                    Report of Independent Public Accountants             31

                    Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 1994
                       and 1993                                         34-35

                    Consolidated Statements of Income - for the
                      years ended December 31, 1994, 1993, and 1992      33

                    Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity
                       - for the years ended December 31, 1994,
                       1993 and 1992                                     37

                    Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                       - for the years ended December 31, 1994,
                       1993 and 1992                                     36

                    Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements         40-45

                    Supplementary Information-Business Segment and
                       Quarterly (Unaudited) Financial Information
                                                                       38, 39
                                                                       and 45

                 The  Consolidated   Financial   Statements  and   Supplementary
                 Financial  Information  listed  in the  above  index  which are
                 included in the 1994 Annual  Report to  Stockholders  of ALLTEL
                 Corporation are hereby incorporated by reference.


                                     19


<PAGE>

                             ALLTEL Corporation
                     Securities and Exchange Commission
                             Form 10-K, Part IV


     Item 14. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules and Reports on Form 8-K.
                (continued):

              2. Financial Statement Schedules:
                                                                       Form 10-K
                                                                     Page Number

                 Report of Independent Public Accountants                 22

                 Schedule II. Valuation and Qualifying Accounts           23

              3. Exhibits:

                 See "Exhibit Index" located on page 24-27 of this document.

          (b) No reports on Form 8-K were filed during the last quarter of 1994.

          Separate  condensed  financial  statements of ALLTEL  Corporation have
          been omitted since the Company meets the tests set forth in Regulation
          S-X Rule  4-08(e)(3).  All  other  schedules  are  omitted  since  the
          required  information  is not  present  or is not  present  in amounts
          sufficient  to require  submission  of the  schedule,  or because  the
          information  required  is  included  in  the  consolidated   financial
          statements and notes thereto.



                                     20

  <PAGE>

                                 SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to the  requirements  of  Section  13 or 15(d) of the  Securities
     Exchange  Act of 1934,  the  registrant  has duly  caused this report to be
     signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

              ALLTEL Corporation
                  Registrant

     By  /s/  Joe T. Ford
       Joe T. Ford, Chairman, President and        Date:  February 21,  1995
          Chief Executive Officer

              Pursuant to the  requirements  of the  Securities  Exchange Act of
     1934, this report has been signed below by the following  persons on behalf
     of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

     By  /s/  Dennis J. Ferra                      Date:  February 21, 1995
       Dennis J. Ferra, Senior Vice President -
          Accounting and Administration
          (Principal Accounting Officer)

     Joe T. Ford, Chairman, President,
          Chief Executive Officer, and Director
          (Principal Executive Officer)

     Dennis J. Ferra, Senior Vice President -
          Accounting and Administration
          (Principal Accounting Officer)

     Tom T. Orsini, Senior Vice President -
          Finance and Corporate Development
          (Principal Financial Officer)
                                                    By /s/ Dennis J. Ferra
     Ben W. Agee, Director                             (Dennis J. Ferra,
                                                        Attorney-in-fact)
     Lawrence L. Gellerstedt III, Director
                                                 Date:  February 21,  1995
     W. W. Johnson, Director
       
     Emon A. Mahony, Jr., Director

     George C. McConnaughey, Director

     John P. McConnell, Director

     Philip F. Searle, Director

     John E. Steuri, Director

     Carl H. Tiedemann, Director

     Ronald Townsend, Director

     William H. Zimmer, Jr., Director




                                     21
     <PAGE>




     REPORT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





     To the Shareholders of
       ALLTEL Corporation:


     We have audited in accordance with generally  accepted auditing  standards,
     the financial  statements included in ALLTEL Corporation's Annual Report to
     stockholders  incorporated  by reference in this Form 10-K, and have issued
     our report  thereon  dated  January  23,  1995.  Our audit was made for the
     purpose of forming an  opinion on those  statements  taken as a whole.  The
     schedule on page 23 is the  responsibility of the company's  management and
     is presented  for purposes of complying  with the  Securities  and Exchange
     Commission's  rules  and is not a  required  part  of the  basic  financial
     statements.  This information has been subjected to the auditing procedures
     applied in the basic financial  statements  and, in our opinion,  is fairly
     stated  in  all  material  respects  in  relation  to the  basic  financial
     statements taken as a whole.

     As  explained  in Note 3 to the  financial  statements,  as of December 31,
     1993,  the Company  changed its method of  accounting  for  investments  in
     conjunction  with  the  adoption  of  Statement  of  Financial   Accounting
     Standards No. 115, "Accounting for Certain
     Investments in Debt and Equity Securities."




     ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



     Little Rock, Arkansas,
     January 23, 1995.


                                     22

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                           ALLTEL CORPORATION
                             SCHEDULE II - VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
                                         (Dollars in Thousands)




     Column A                                    Column B                            Column C             Column D         Column E

                                                                                    Additions
                                     Per                        Adjusted     Charged to     Charged                       Balance at
                                   Previous     Adjustments    Beginning      Cost and      to Other      Deduction         End of
     Description                    Report         (B)          Balance       Expenses      Accounts      Describe          Period

Allowance for doubtful accounts, 
   subscribers and others:

      For the years ended
<S>                                 <C>            <C>          <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>               <C>

        December 31, 1994           $10,766        $ 39         $10,805       $33,504          --         $22,799 (A)       $21,510

        December 31, 1993           $ 8,849        $656         $ 9,505       $13,636          --         $12,375 (A)       $10,766

        December 31, 1992           $10,961                     $10,961       $10,506        $205         $12,823 (A)       $ 8,849



<FN>

     Notes:
     (A) Accounts charged off less recoveries of amounts previously charged off.
     (B) Reclassification of amount for companies purchased in 1994 and 1993.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       23
    <PAGE>
                                EXHIBIT INDEX

    Number and Name                                                   Page

   (3)(a)    Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation of     *
             ALLTEL Corporation  (incorporated  herein by reference
             to Exhibit B to Proxy Statement, dated March 9, l990).     

      (b)    By-Laws of ALLTEL Corporation (Exhibit 3(b) to Form SE     *
             dated February 17, 1993).                                  

   (4)(a)    Amended  and  Restated  Rights  Agreement  dated as of     *
             April  26,  l989,  between ALLTEL  Corporation  and
             Ameritrust  Company  N.A.   (incorporated   herein  by
             reference to Form 8 dated April 26,  l989,  filed with
             the Commission on April 28, l989).                         

      (b)    First   Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated   Rights     *
             Agreement dated as of April l6, l990, between ALLTEL
             Corporation and Ameritrust Company N.A.  (incorporated
             herein by reference  to Form SE of ALLTEL  Corporation
             filed with the Commission on April 23, l990).              *

      (c)    The Company agrees to provide to the Commission,  upon    --
             request, copies of any agreement defining rights of
             long-term debt holders.                                  

  (10)(a)(1) Executive   Compensation   Agreement  and   amendments     *
             thereto by and  between  the  Corporation  and Joe T.
             Ford  (incorporated  herein by  reference  to  Exhibit
             10(b) to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December
             31, 1983).                                                 

      (a)(2) Modification  to Executive  Compensation  Agreement by     *
             and   between   the   Corporation   and  Joe  T.  Ford
             effective as of January 1, 1987  (incorporated  herein
             by reference to Exhibit  10(b)(2) to Form 10-K for the
             fiscal year ended December 31, 1986).                      

      (a)(3) Modification  to Executive  Compensation  Agreement by     *
             and  between  ALLTEL   Corporation  and  Joe T.  Ford,
             effective as of January 1, 1991  (incorporated  herein
             by  reference  to  Exhibit  10 of  ALLTEL  Corporation
             Registration  Statement  (No.  33-44736)  on Form  S-4
             dated December 23, 1991).                                  

      (a)(4) Split-dollar  Life Insurance  Agreement by and between     63
             the  Corporation  and  Joe T. Ford  effective  as of
             March 1, 1994.                                             

      (b)(1) Executive  Retirement  Agreement  by and  between  the     69
             Corporation  and  Max E.  Bobbitt  effective  as of
             January 24, 1995.                                          

      (b)(2) Split- dollar Life Insurance  Agreement by and between     84
             the Corporation and  Max E. Bobbitt  effective as of
             March 1, 1994.                                             




    *   Incorporated herein by reference as indicated.




                                       24
    <PAGE>

    EXHIBIT INDEX, Continued

    Number and Name                                                      Page

    (10)(c)(1) Executive  Compensation Agreement by and between the        *
               Company and John E. Steuri effective as of April l7,
               l990 (incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit B
               of ALLTEL  Corporation  Registration  Statement (No.
               33-34495) on Form S-4 dated April 23, 1990).

    (c)(2)     Change  in  Control  Agreement  by and  between  the       89
               Company  and John L.  Comparin   effective  as of
               October 24, 1994.

    (c)(3)     Change  in  Control  Agreement  by and  between  the      109
               Company  and  Dennis J.  Ferra   effective  as of
               October 24, 1994.

    (c)(4)     Change  in  Control  Agreement  by and  between  the      129
               Company and Francis X.  Frantz   effective  as of
               October 24, 1994.

    (c)(5)     Change  in  Control  Agreement  by and  between  the      149
               Company  and  Tom  T.  Orsini    effective  as of
               October 24, 1994.

    (c)(6)     Change  in  Control  Agreement  by and  between  the      169
               Company  and  Ronald D.  Payne   effective  as of
               October 24, 1994.

    (d)(1)     Split-  dollar  Life  Insurance   Agreement  by  and      189
               between  the  Corporation  and   Dennis J.  Ferra
               effective as of March 1, 1994.

    (d)(2)     Split - dollar  Life  Insurance   Agreement  by  and      195
               between  the  Corporation  and  Francis X. Frantz
               effective as of March 1, 1994.

    (d)(3)     Split - dollar  Life  Insurance   Agreement  by  and      201
               between  the  Corporation  and   Tom  T.  Orsini
               effective as of March 1, 1994.

    (e)(1)     ALLTEL Corporation Supplemental Executive Retirement      207
               Plan, effective  October 24, 1994.

    (e)(2)     Directors' Retirement Plan of ALLTEL Corporation, as       *
               amended  and  restated   effective  January 1, 1994
               (incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10(d)
               to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
               1993).

    (f)(1)     Executive  Deferred   Compensation  Plan  of  ALLTEL       *
               Corporation,  as amended  and   restated  effective
               October 1, 1993 (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10(e) to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 1993).).

    (f)(2)     Deferred  Compensation  Plan for Directors of ALLTEL       *
               Corporation,  as amended  and   restated  effective
               October 1, 1993 (incorporated herein by reference to
               Exhibit 10(f) to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
               December 31, 1993).).



    *   Incorporated herein by reference as indicated.



                                       25

    <PAGE>

    EXHIBIT INDEX, Continued

    Number and Name                                                   Page

    (10)(g)(l) ALLTEL  Corporation 1975 Incentive Stock Option Plan     *
               (as amended and restated  effective  July 26, 1988)
               (incorporated  herein by reference to Exhibit  10(i)
               to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
               1988).

    (g)(2)     ALLTEL    Corporation   1991   Stock   Option   Plan     *
               (incorporated  herein by reference  to Exhibit A to
               Proxy Statement, dated March 8, 1991).

    (g)(3)     ALLTEL   Corporation  l994  Stock  Option  Plan  for     *
               Nonemployee  Directors    (incorporated  herein  by
               reference  to  Exhibit  B to Proxy  Statement  dated
               March 4, l994).

    (g)(4)     ALLTEL   Corporation  l994  Stock  Option  Plan  for     *
               Employees  (incorporated  herein  by  reference  to
               Exhibit A to Proxy Statement dated March 4, l994).

    (h)(1)     Systematics,  Inc. 1981 Incentive  Stock Option Plan     *
               and Amendment No. 1 thereto  (incorporated  herein
               by  reference  to Form S-8 (No.  33-35343) of ALLTEL
               Corporation  filed with the  Commission  on June 11,
               1990).

    (h)(2)     Stock  Purchase  Plan for  Employees of  Systematics     *
               Information  Services,  Inc.  and  its  Affiliates,
               effective  June 18,  1991  (incorporated  herein  by
               reference to Exhibit  10(h)(2) to Amendment  No.1 to
               Form 10-K for the  fiscal  year ended  December  31,
               1993).

    (i)        ALLTEL     Corporation     Performance     Incentive     *
               Compensation Plan as amended,  effective January 1,
               1993  (Exhibit  10(i) to Form SE dated  February 17,
               1993).

    (j)        ALLTEL Corporation  Long-Term  Performance Incentive     *
               Compensation   Plan,   as    amended  and  restated
               effective  January 1, 1993 (Exhibit 10(j) to Form SE
               dated February 17, 1993).

    (j)(1)     Amendment  No.  1 to  ALLTEL  Corporation  Long-Term     *
               Performance Incentive  Compensation Plan as amended
               and    restated    effective    January   1,   1993,
               (incorporated   herein  by   reference   to  Exhibit
               10(j)(1)  to  Amendment  No.1 to Form  10-K  for the
               fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).

    (k)        ALLTEL  Corporation  Pension  Plan  (January 1, 1994     226
               Restatement).

    (l)        ALLTEL Corporation  Profit-Sharing  Plan (January 1,     533
               1994 Restatement). 

    (m)        ALLTEL  Corporation Excess Benefit Plan, as restated      *
               January 1, 1994  (incorporated  herein by reference
               to Exhibit 10(m) to Amendment No. 1 to Form 10-K for
               the fiscal year ended December 31, 1993).



    *   Incorporated herein by reference as indicated.




                                       26
    <PAGE>

    EXHIBIT INDEX, Continued

    Number and Name                                                      Page

    (10)(n)    Amended and Restated ALLTEL Corporation Supplemental        *
               Medical Expense  Reimbursement  Plan  (incorporated
               herein by  reference  to Exhibit  10(p) to Form 10-K
               for the fiscal year ended December 31, 1990).

    (o)        Systematics   Information   Services,   Inc.  Excess        *
               Benefit   Plan,   effective   January   1,   1994 
               (incorporated herein by reference to Amendment No. 1
               to Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended  December 31,
               1993).

    (p)        ALLTEL  Corporation  Thrift  Plan  (January  1, 1994       612
               Restatement). 

    (11)       Statement re computation of per share earnings.             28

    (13)       Annual  report to  stockholders  for the year  ended        33
               December  31, 1994.  Such report,  except for the
               portions   incorporated  by  reference   herein,  is
               furnished for the  information of the SEC and is not
               "filed" as part of this report.

    (21)       Subsidiaries of the registrant.                             29

    (23)       Consents of experts and counsel.                            32

    (24)       Powers of Attorney.                                        696

    (27)       Financial  Data Schedule for the year ended December       698
               31, 1994.                                                 

    (99)(a)    Annual  report on Form  11-K for the Stock  Purchase        --
               Plan for  Employees  of  Systematics  Information
               Services, Inc. and its Affiliates for the year ended
               December 31, 1994 will be filed by amendment.

    (99)(b)    Annual   report   on  Form   11-K  for  the   ALLTEL        --
               Corporation  Thrift  Plan  for  the  year  ended
               December 31, 1994 will be filed by amendment.

    (99)(c)    Annual  report on Form 11-K for the Computer  Power,        --
               Inc.  Retirement  Savings Plan for the year ended
               December 31, 1994 will be filed by amendment.

    (99)(d)    Annual  report  on Form  11-K  for  the CP  National        --
               Corporation Incentive Thrift  Savings Plan for the
               year  ended  December  31,  1994  will be  filed  by
               amendment.



    *   Incorporated herein by reference as indicated.




                                       27
    <PAGE>


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   EXHIBIT 11
                               ALLTEL CORPORATION
                 STATEMENT RE COMPUTATION OF PER SHARE EARNINGS
           (Dollars and Shares in Thousands, except per share amounts)


For the Years Ended December 31,                 1994       1993       1992       1991       1990
<S>                                          <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>  

Net income applicable to
  common shares                              $270,521   $260,439   $226,894   $196,883   $197,249
Adjustments for convertible securities:
  preferred stocks                                258        293        355        566        716

Net income applicable to common
  shares, assuming conversion
  of above securities                        $270,779   $260,732   $227,249   $197,449   $197,965


Average common shares outstanding
  for the year including equivalents          189,454    187,665    185,672    180,007    181,453
Increase in shares which would
  result from conversion of
  convertible preferred stocks                    670        755        905      2,921      3,519
Average common shares, assuming
  conversion of the above securities          190,124    188,420    186,577    182,928    184,972


Earnings per share of 
  common stock:

  Primary                                       $1.43      $1.39      $1.22      $1.09      $1.09
  
  Fully-diluted                                 $1.42      $1.38      $1.22      $1.08      $1.07


<FN>

    Note:  Amounts have been restated for mergers accounted for as a pooling-of-interests.
</FN>
</TABLE>



                                       28
    <PAGE>


                                EXHIBIT 21

                            ALLTEL Corporation
                      Subsidiaries of the Registrant

                                                                 State of
                                                               Incorporation
        NORTHEAST REGION:

        ALLTEL New York, Inc.                                    New York
        ALLTEL Ohio, Inc.                                        Ohio
        ALLTEL Pennsylvania, Inc.                                Pennsylvania
        Mountain State Telephone Company                         West Virginia
        The Western Reserve Telephone Company                    Ohio

        SOUTHERN REGION:

        ALLTEL Alabama, Inc.                                     Alabama
        ALLTEL Carolina, Inc.                                    North Carolina
        ALLTEL Florida, Inc.                                     Florida
        ALLTEL Georgia, Inc.                                     Georgia
        ALLTEL Georgia Communications Corp.                      Georgia
        ALLTEL Kentucky, Inc.                                    Kentucky
        ALLTEL Mississippi, Inc.                                 Mississippi
        ALLTEL South Carolina, Inc.                              South Carolina
        ALLTEL Tennessee, Inc.                                   Tennessee
        Georgia ALLTEL Communicon Co.                            Illinois
        Georgia ALLTELCOM Co.                                    Indiana
        Georgia ALLTEL Telecom Inc.                              Georgia
     
        SOUTHWEST REGION:

        ALLTEL Arkansas, Inc.                                    Arkansas
        ALLTEL Missouri, Inc.                                    Missouri
        ALLTEL Nevada, Inc.                                      Nevada
        ALLTEL Oklahoma, Inc.                                    Arkansas
        ALLTEL Oregon, Inc.                                      Oregon
        CP National Corporation                                  California
        Eastern Missouri Telephone Company                       Missouri
        Missouri Telephone Company                               Missouri
        Navajo Communications Co., Inc.                          New Mexico
        NCC Systems, Inc.                                        Texas
        Oklahoma ALLTEL, Inc.                                    Oklahoma
        SLT Communications, Inc.                                 Texas
        Sugar Land Telephone Company                             Texas
        SLT Cable TV, Inc.                                       Texas
        Texas ALLTEL, Inc.                                       Texas
        Tuolumne Telephone Company                               California





                                       29

    <PAGE>
    EXHIBIT 21
    ALLTEL Corporation 
    Subsidiaries of the Registrant, cont.

                                                                 State of
                                                              Incorporation
     OTHER COMPANIES:

     ALLTEL Communications Corporation                           Ohio
     ALLTEL Communications Group, Inc.                           Delaware
     ALLTEL Corporate Services, Inc.                             Delaware
     ALLTEL Distribution, Inc.                                   Delaware
     ALLTEL Holding, Inc.                                        Delaware
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications, Inc.                          Delaware
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of Alabama, Inc.               Alabama
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of Arkansas, Inc.              Arkansas
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of the Carolinas, Inc.         North Carolina
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of Florida, Inc.               Florida
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of Georgia, Inc.               Georgia
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of Mississippi, Inc.           Mississippi
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of Missouri, Inc.              Missouri
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of Nevada, Inc.                Nevada
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of Northwest Arkansas, Inc.    Arkansas
     ALLTEL Mobile Communications of West Virginia, Inc.         West Virginia
     ALLTEL Publishing Corporation                               Ohio
     ALLTEL Publishing Listing Management Corporation            Pennsylvania
     ALLTEL Supply, Inc.                                         Ohio
     ALLTEL Telephone Services Corporation                       Ohio
     Alma Cellular II, Inc.                                      Georgia
     Brantley Cellular Company                                   Georgia
     Cellular Investments, Inc.                                  Georgia
     Cellular Phone of Aiken-Augusta, Inc.                       South Carolina
     Chattanooga-Northwest Georgia Cellular Radio, Inc.          Tennessee
     ITC Cellular Holdings, Inc.                                 Delaware
     Meridian Cellular, Inc.                                     Mississippi
     Missouri Telephone Cellular Systems, Inc.                   Missouri
     Pembroke Cellular Company II, Inc.                          Georgia
     Planters Cellular Co.                                       Georgia
     Southwest Missouri Cellular                                 Delaware
     Statesboro Cellular Company, Inc.                           Georgia
     Control Communications Industries, Inc.                     Delaware
     Dynalex, Inc.                                               California
     HWC Distribution Corp.                                      Delaware
     Houston Wire & Cable Company                                Texas
     Ocean Technology, Inc.                                      California
     OTI International, Inc.                                     California
     Sygnis, Inc.                                                Arkansas






                                       30

    <PAGE>
    EXHIBIT 21
    ALLTEL Corporation Subsidiaries of the Registrant, cont.

                                                               State of
                                                             Incorporation
     OTHER COMPANIES (continued):

     SLT Communications Supply Company                           Texas
     SLT Communications Construction & Sales Co.                 Texas
     Worldwide Electrical Sales                                  Texas
     ALLTEL Financial Information Services, Inc.                 Arkansas
     ALLTEL Healthcare Information Services, Inc.                Delaware
     ALLTEL Healthcare Information Services, Limited             United Kingdom
     ALLTEL Information Services, Inc.                           Delaware
     ALLTEL Information International Services, Ltd.             Delaware
     ALLTEL Mortgage Information Services, Inc.                  Delaware
     ALLTEL Telecom Information Services, Inc.                   Delaware
     ALLTEL Wireless Information Services, Inc.                  Delaware
     Computer Power, Inc.                                        Florida
     CPI Datanet, Inc.                                           Delaware
     Horizon Financial Software Corporation                      Florida
     Medical Data Technology, Inc.                               New Jersey
     Systematics Commonwealth of Independent States of Russia    Russia
     Systematics Healthcare Services, Inc. - Europe              Delaware
     Systematics, Incorporated Limited                           United Kingdom
     Systematics International Limited                           Jamaica
     Systematics International Resource Management, Inc.         Delaware
     Systematics International Telecommunications Services, Inc. Delaware     
     Systematics of California, Inc.                             California
     Systematics Processing Corporation                          Wisconsin
     Systematics Thailand Limited                                Thailand
     Systems Limited                                             Hong Kong




                                       31

<PAGE>



                                                                      EXHIBIT 23





    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS





    To the Shareholders of
      ALLTEL Corporation:


    As independent public accountants, we hereby consent to the incorporation by
    reference  in  the  previously  filed  registration   statements  of  ALLTEL
    Corporation on Forms S-8 (Registration  No's. 2-99523,  33-25382,  33-34495,
    33-35343,  33-34495,  33-41234,  33-48476, 33- 51047, 33-54175, 33-54823 and
    33-56291)  of our  report  dated  January  23,  1995,  on our  audits of the
    financial  statements of ALLTEL Corporation as of December 31, 1994 and 1993
    and for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 1994, which
    report is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



                                                       ARTHUR ANDERSEN LLP



    Little Rock, Arkansas,
    February 21, 1995.




                                       32
 <PAGE>



                                  EXHIBIT 13
                  PORTIONS OF ANNUAL REPORT TO STOCKHOLDERS
                     FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1994
                 (incorporated by reference into this filing)



                                                              Form 10-K
                                                             Page Number

 Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial              34-41
 Condition and Results of Operations

 Report of Independent Certified Public Accountants                42

 Selected Financial Data                                           43

 Consolidated Statements of Income                                 44

 Consolidated Balance Sheets                                      45-46

 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows                             47

 Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity                   48

 Business Segments                                                 49

 Quarterly Financial Data                                          50

 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements                       51-62

 Investor Information                                              63





                                       33
<PAGE>

Financial Condition

(Dollars in millions,
except per share amounts)                 1994        1993        1992

Capital expenditures                  $  596.1    $  426.2    $  367.2
Cash provided from operations         $  580.9    $  569.1    $  523.0
Long-term debt issued                 $  404.9    $  627.8    $  105.0
Total capital structure               $3,531.0    $3,203.5    $2,368.5
Percent debt to total capital              54%         51%         45%
Interest coverage ratio                  4.58x       5.28x       4.89x
Book value per share                  $   8.60    $   8.24    $   7.01

The Company's financial strength continues to provide it the
flexibility to make necessary and desirable capital
expenditures. During 1994, the Company financed the majority
of its capital expenditures through the internal generation of
funds. Capital expenditures are forecast at $527.1 million for
1995, which is expected to be primarily internally financed.
The Company's capital expenditures were directed toward
telephone operations to modernize its network and invest in
new equipment to provide telecommunications services. In
addition, capital expenditures were incurred for expansion
into new cellular and information services markets and to
upgrade existing cellular network facilities.
  During 1994, the Company and its subsidiaries issued long-term
debt of $404.9 million, compared to $627.8 million in 1993 and
$105.0 million in 1992. In 1994, the Company issued $250
million of 7.25 percent debentures to reduce borrowings under
its revolving credit agreement. In addition, subsidiaries
issued $60 million of 8.05 percent notes and $30 million of
8.17 percent notes during the fourth quarter of 1994. Proceeds
from these note issuances were used to further reduce the
outstanding revolving credit agreement borrowings and to
refinance existing high-cost indebtedness. The issuance of
$400 million of 6.5 percent debentures by the Company and a
subsidiary to finance the acquisition of certain telephone
properties of GTE Corporation in Georgia and an increase in
the use of the Company's revolving credit agreement accounted
for the majority of long-term debt issued in 1993. The
issuance of $50 million of 7.47 percent notes by a subsidiary
and $43 million of 8.05 percent notes as part of the
realignment of debt in the Company's Western Division
telephone operations represent a significant portion of long-
term debt issued in 1992. The remaining borrowings for the
three years were used for investments, acquisitions and other
general corporate requirements. The loans were obtained
through the private placement market, public issuance and the
Rural Electrification Administration financing programs for
telephone companies. The Company and its subsidiaries expect
these sources to continue to be available for future
borrowings. (See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial
Statements for additional information regarding the Company's
long-term debt.)
  The Company has a $500 million revolving credit
agreement. Total borrowings outstanding against this agreement
at December 31, 1994 and 1993 were $132.0 million and $214.5
million, respectively. Borrowings under this agreement in 1994

                              34
<PAGE>

were for general corporate requirements and the expansion of
cellular investments.
  As a result, the Company's debt ratio was 54 percent as of
December 31, 1994 compared with 51 percent as of December 31,
1993. There were no changes in the Company's bond ratings
during 1994. Moody's Investors Service and Standard & Poor's
Corporation senior debt ratings for the Company are A2 and A+,
respectively.
  Common dividends declared totaled $168.8 million in 1994
or 62 percent of net income. In October 1994, the Board of
Directors approved a 9 percent increase in the quarterly
dividend to $.24 per share. This action raised the annualized
dividend to $.96 per share and marks the 34th consecutive year
in which the Company has increased its common stock dividend.

Results of Operations

Overview
During 1994, each of the Company's four major business
segments produced growth in both operating revenues and
income. Telephone's strong operating results reflect the
November 1993 acquisition of certain properties in Georgia,
steady access line growth and cost savings from
reorganizational efforts initiated in 1993. Information
services produced double-digit growth in revenues primarily
due to the expansion of its international, telecommunications
and healthcare operations. This growth was partially offset by
continuing consolidation in the domestic banking industry.
Product distribution showed increased profitability as demand
for its products grew as a result of an improved national
economy. Cellular produced outstanding operating results
reflecting significant growth in its customer base and network
usage.
  In 1994, revenues and sales increased to $2,961.7 million from
$2,342.1 million in 1993 and $2,082.5 million in 1992. This
represents an increase of 26 percent in 1994 compared to an
increase of 12 percent in 1993. Total costs and expenses
increased to $2,327.9 million from $1,823.0 million in 1993
and $1,639.7 million in 1992. This represents an increase of
28 percent in 1994 compared to an increase of 11 percent in
1993. The Company's consolidated net income for 1994 increased
to $271.8 million from $262.0 million in 1993 and $228.6
million in 1992, an increase of 4 percent in 1994 and 15
percent in 1993. Earnings per share in 1994 increased to $1.43
from $1.39 in 1993 and $1.22 in 1992, reflecting an increase
of 3 percent in 1994 compared to an increase of 14 percent in
1993. The 1994 results include an approximately $32 million
one-time, write-down on the check processing and community
banking divisions of the Company's information services
business, announced in December. Excluding the write-down,
the Company's consolidated results from operations continued
to show strong growth, with net income increasing 16 percent
to $304.0 million and earnings per share increasing 15 percent
to $1.60.
                              27

                              35

<PAGE>


Telephone Operations
(Dollars in millions)               1994           1993         1992
Revenues and sales              $1,178.3       $1,016.1     $  947.8
Operating income                $  400.2       $  353.2     $  315.8
Access lines in service        1,643,041      1,576,361    1,301,981

In 1994, telephone operations of the Company continued to
perform well in a challenging regulatory environment. Revenues
and sales increased $162.2 million or 16 percent for 1994,
compared to increases of $68.3 million or 7 percent in 1993
and $56.9 million or 6 percent in 1992. Operating income
increased $47.0 million or 13 percent for 1994, compared 
to an increase of $37.4 million or 12 percent in 1993 
and an increase of $20.7 million or 7 percent in 1992. 
In the fourth quarter of 1993, the Company purchased all 
the assets of the telephone operations of GTE Corporation 
in Georgia ("GTE Georgia") in exchange for the Company's 
telephone operations in Illinois, Indiana and Michigan 
and $443 million in cash. The exchange was accounted
for as a purchase, and accordingly, GTE Georgia's results of
operations have been included in the Company's financial
statements as of November 1, 1993. This acquisition accounted
for 14 percent of the increase in revenues and operating
income in 1994 and 3 percent of the increase in revenues and
operating income in 1993. In connection with this acquisition,
the Company reorganized its telephone headquarters staff and
consolidated its five telephone regions into three.
  In November 1994, the Company signed definitive agreements to
sell telephone properties serving approximately 111,000 access
lines in Arizona, California, Nevada, New Mexico, Oregon,
Tennessee, Utah and West Virginia to Citizens Utilities in
exchange for approximately $290 million in cash, assumed debt
and 3,600 access lines in Pennsylvania. The telephone
properties to be disposed of represent approximately 10
percent and 11 percent of the 1994 telephone operations
revenues and operating income, respectively. This sale will be
completed on a state-by-state basis as necessary regulatory
approvals are obtained and represents a continuation of the
Company's ongoing efforts to achieve efficiencies and enhance
the competitive position of its telephone operations. Once
completed, this transaction, along with the 1993 property
exchange with GTE, will result in the Company serving 1.5
million access lines in 14 states compared to 1.4 million
access lines in 25 states. The Company anticipates future
access line growth to come from population growth in its
remaining service areas and through strategic acquisitions.
  Local service revenues increased $79.3 million or 26 percent
in 1994, compared to increases of $27.5 million or 10 percent
in 1993 and $14.0 million or 5 percent in 1992. Local service
revenues increased in 1994 and 1993 primarily due to the GTE
Georgia acquisition. Increases in customer lines and growth in
custom calling feature revenues also contributed to the growth
in local service revenues for all periods. There were no local
rate increases granted to any of the Company's telephone
subsidiaries in 1994, nor are there any rate requests
currently pending before regulatory commissions. Management
does not anticipate filing for any local rate increases during
1995. During 1994, telephone operations were affected by
certain regulatory commission orders designed to reduce
earnings levels. These orders did not materially affect the
results of operations of the Company.
  Network access and long-distance revenues increased $62.5
million or 11 percent in 1994, compared to increases of $36.5
million or 7 percent in 1993 and $33.5 million or 6 percent in
1992. Network access and long-distance revenues increased in
1994 and 1993 primarily due to the GTE Georgia acquisition.

                              36
<PAGE>

Increases in universal service fund revenues and higher
volumes of access connections also contributed to the growth
in network access and long-distance revenues in all periods.
The increase in revenues for 1994 was partially offset by the
impact of changing from an average schedule to cost method of
settling interstate access revenues by two of the Company's
telephone operating subsidiaries.
  Miscellaneous revenues increased $20.4 million or 16 percent
in 1994, compared to increases of $4.4 million or 4 percent in
1993 and $9.3 million or 8 percent in 1992. The increases in
miscellaneous revenues in 1994 and 1993 are primarily due to
the GTE Georgia acquisition and increases in directory
advertising revenues. Increases in telephone equipment sales
and rentals, sales of telephone equipment maintenance and
protection plans and increases in intrastate billing and
collection revenues also contributed to the growth in revenues
in 1994. The increase in revenues for 1993 was partially
offset by decreases in billing and collection revenues from
AT&T. The increase in miscellaneous revenue in 1992 was the
result of increases in directory advertising, telephone
equipment rentals and sales of protection plans, partially
offset by decreases in telephone equipment maintenance plans
and message center revenues.
  Total telephone operating expenses increased $115.2 million or
17 percent to $778.1 million in 1994. This compares to an
increase of 5 percent in 1993 and 6 percent in 1992. The
acquisition of the GTE Georgia properties accounted for 14
percent of the increase in 1994 and 3 percent of the increase
in 1993. In addition to the impact of the GTE Georgia
acquisition, operating expenses increased in 1994 due to
increased expense for maintenance and repair of cable, digital
electronic switching and circuit equipment, and an increase in
cost of products sold related to the sales of telephone
equipment and maintenance and protection plans. The increase
in 1994 was partially offset by lower maintenance expense
related to electro-mechanical switching equipment and by a
reduction in accounting, financial and human resource
management expenses resulting from the reorganization and
consolidation of the Company's telephone operations. Operating
expenses increased in 1993 primarily due to increased expense
for repair and maintenance of cable, digital electronic
switching and circuit equipment, and increased information
services charges. The increase in operating expenses in 1992
was due to increased expense for maintenance and repair of
cable, digital electronic switching and circuit equipment,
increases in real estate, personal property, gross receipts
and franchise taxes, and increased information services
charges. The increase in 1992 was partially offset by lower
maintenance expense related to electro-mechanical switching
equipment and a reduction in cost of products sold related to
protection plans, deregulated equipment and telephone
equipment maintenance plans.
  The Company's telephone subsidiaries follow the accounting for
regulated enterprises prescribed by Statement of Financial
Accounting Standards No. 71, "Accounting for the Effects of
Certain Types of Regulation" ("SFAS 71"). If the Company's
telephone subsidiaries no longer qualify for the provisions of
SFAS 71, the accounting impact to the Company would be an
extraordinary non-cash charge to operations of an amount that
could be material. Criteria that would give rise to the
discontinuance of SFAS 71 include (1) increasing competition
that restricts the telephone subsidiaries' ability to
establish prices to recover specific costs, and (2) a
significant change in the manner in which rates are set by
regulators from cost-based regulation to another form of
regulation. The Company periodically reviews these
criteria to ensure the continuing application of SFAS 71 is
appropriate.
                              28

                              37

<PAGE>

Information Services Operations

(Millions)                      1994      1993      1992
Revenues and sales            $861.5    $677.8    $569.4
Operating income              $129.8    $116.6    $ 94.4

The information services segment provided double-digit growth
in both revenues and sales and operating income for the
Company. Revenues and sales reflect increases of $183.7
million or 27 percent in 1994, $108.4 million or 19 percent in
1993, and $92.8 million or 19 percent in 1992. Operating
income reflects increases of $13.2 million or 11 percent in
1994, $22.2 million or 23 percent in 1993, and $38.2 million
or 68 percent for 1992.
  Although revenue and operating income growth for this segment
continue to be adversely affected by the number of mergers and
consolidations taking place in the financial services
industry, the expansion of its international,
telecommunications and healthcare operations has positioned
this segment with opportunities for future growth in revenues
and operating income. In November 1994, information services
enhanced the telecommunications portion of its outsourcing
business when it signed a long-term contract to provide
customer billing, facilities management and other support
services for the telephone operations of Citizens Utilities.
  Information services revenues and sales increased in all
periods as a result of new facilities management and remote
processing contracts including telecommunications, additional
services provided under existing facilities management
contracts, an increase in the number of mortgage loans
processed and related reporting services and additional fees
associated with specialized programming and software
conversions. The acquisition of TDS Healthcare Systems
Corporation ("TDS"), effective October 1, 1993, also
contributed to the increase in revenues and sales in 1994 and
1993. Revenues and sales also increased in 1993 and 1992 as a
result of the increased nationwide refinancing activity that
provided additional transaction processing charges. The
increases in revenues and sales in all periods were partially
offset by lost operations from contract terminations due
primarily to merger and acquisition activity in the financial
services market. Both the community and commercial banking
industries continue to experience a high level of
consolidation due to mergers, which are anticipated to
continue over the next few years.
  Operating income increased for all periods due to the revenue
increases previously mentioned. The growth in operating income
in 1994 was slower than the growth in revenues and sales due
to increased costs to procure and support additional
international service contracts, the reduction in revenues as
a result of early termination of facilities management
contracts, operating losses sustained by this segment's check
processing and community banking operations, increased
operating expenses to support the growth in business and an
increase in depreciation and amortization expense.
Depreciation and amortization expense increased primarily due
to the acquisition of additional data processing equipment, as
a result of the growth in business, and due to an increase in
amortization of internally developed software. Operating
income in 1993 also increased due to higher margins realized
on contract termination fees. A reduction in the amortization
of software at Computer Power, Inc. ("CPI") also contributed
to the increase in operating income in 1992.
  As a result of the declining contributions from this segment's
check processing and community banking operations, the Company
recorded a write-down in the carrying value of these operations 
in December 1994. This write-down resulted in an
after-tax charge of approximately $32 million.


                              38
<PAGE>

Product Distribution Operations
(Millions)                          1994      1993      1992
Revenues and sales                $436.6    $370.7    $377.0
Operating income                  $ 23.9    $ 17.0    $ 18.3
 
Product distribution operations showed improved operating
results in 1994, as revenues and sales increased $66.0 million
or 18 percent, and operating income increased $6.9 million or
41 percent from 1993. The increase in revenues and sales in
1994 is primarily due to growth in the sale of
telecommunications and data products to new and existing
customers, including sales to affiliates as discussed in the
"Accounting Policies" note. Sales of electrical wire and cable
products also increased in 1994 reflecting increased copper
prices and a slightly higher demand for these products. The
product distribution companies continue to experience
competition from other distribution companies and from direct
sales by manufacturers.
  As a result of sluggish market conditions and intense
competitive pressures especially affecting the Company's
specialty wire and cable subsidiary, product distribution
operations reflected a decrease in revenues and sales in 1993
of $6.3 million or 2 percent. Although growth in the sale of
telecommunications and data products to new and existing
customers including sales to affiliates occurred in 1993,
these increases were offset by decreased sales of electrical
wire and cable products. Revenues and sales increased $43.9
million or 13 percent in 1992 primarily due to growth in sales
of telecommunications and data products to new and existing
customers including sales to affiliates.
  Operating income increased in 1994 primarily due to the
increase in revenues and sales previously noted, partially
offset by an increase in selling-related expenses. As a result
of the decrease in revenues and sales, operating income also
decreased $1.3 million or 7 percent in 1993. Operating income
increased $2.8 million or 18 percent in 1992 primarily due to
the growth in revenues and sales. Inventory controls and
flexible pricing techniques helped operating income grow
faster than revenues in 1992.

Cellular Operations
(Dollars in millions)               1994        1993      1992
Revenues and sales                $321.4      $201.2    $125.5
Operating income                  $ 84.7      $ 44.3    $ 20.9
Total customers                  468,542     275,611   161,419

Cellular operations provided solid operating results and
continued its trend of making an increasingly larger
contribution to the Company's overall earnings growth.
Revenues and sales increased $120.2 million or 60 percent for
1994, compared to increases of $75.7 million or 60 percent in
1993 and $49.6 million or 65 percent in 1992. Operating income
increased $40.4 million or 91 percent in 1994, $23.4 million
or 111 percent in 1993 and $12.4 million or 144 percent in
1992. Cellular operations are expected to continue producing
strong growth rates in revenues and operating income.
Subscriber growth remained strong, as the number of cellular
customers at year-end 1994 totaled 468,542, an increase of
192,931 customers or 70 percent over 1993.
  Cellular operations revenues and sales and operating income
increased in all periods primarily due to the significant
growth in its customer base. The acquisition of new cellular
properties and increased ownership interest in existing
cellular properties also contributed to the growth in revenues
and sales in 1993 and 1992. Operating income also increased
for all periods reflecting the increases in revenues and sales
noted above, partially offset by higher expenses for selling
and advertising, depreciation and other operating expenses.

                              29

                              39
<PAGE>

Other Operations
(Millions)                          1994      1993      1992
Revenues and sales                $163.9    $ 76.3    $ 62.8
Operating income                  $ 15.3    $  9.2    $  9.1

Other operations produced increases in revenues and sales of
$87.6 million or 115 percent and operating income of $6.1
million or 66 percent in 1994. These increases are primarily
due to the significant growth in the Company's publishing
operations attributable to the purchase of the independent
telephone directory operations of GTE Directories Corporation
in October 1993. As a result of this acquisition, the number
of directories published during 1994 increased to 362 compared
to 155 directories published in 1993, an increase of 134
percent.
  The increase in revenues and sales in 1993 of $13.5 million or
22 percent was primarily due to the purchase of the GTE
directory publishing business, partially offset by the loss of
revenues due to the sale of Ocean Technology, Inc. ("OTI") in
the second quarter of 1992. The decrease in revenues and sales
in 1992 of $44.6 million or 42 percent was primarily due to
the sale of OTI.
  Operating income increased in 1994 primarily due to the
increase in revenues and sales previously noted, partially
offset by increases in directory services expense, contract
services, and selling and marketing expenses related to the
publication of additional independent directories.
Depreciation and other operating expenses also increased in
1994 as a result of the expansion and rapid growth in the
directory publishing operations. The slight increase in
operating income in 1993 primarily resulted from the increase
in revenues and sales, partially offset by one-time costs
incurred with the purchase and start-up of the GTE directory
publishing business and the reduction in income due to the
sale of OTI. Operating income decreased $5.9 million or 39
percent in 1992 primarily due to the sale of OTI and the
Company's natural gas distribution operations in September
1991.

Other Income, Net
Other income, net decreased $8.3 million in 1994 primarily due
to an increase in the minority interest in earnings of the
Company's cellular operations by others and the amortization
of telephone plant acquisition adjustments related to the GTE
Georgia properties acquisition, partially offset by an
increase in equity income recognized on investments in
cellular limited partnerships. The increase in equity income
reflects the improved operating results of those partnership
interests not managed by the Company.
  Other income, net decreased $11.1 million or 83 percent in
1993 primarily due to the elimination of equity income
recognized from the Company's investment in LDDS
Communications, Inc. ("LDDS"). This investment is now
accounted for under the cost method, since the Company's
ownership is currently less than 20 percent. Other income, net
increased $1.2 million or 10 percent in 1992 due primarily to
an increase in interest income.

Interest Expense
Interest expense increased 39 percent or $38.4 million in
1994, increased 6 percent or $5.5 million in 1993 and
decreased 1 percent or $1.0 million in 1992. The increase in
interest expense in 1994 reflects both the issuance of the
$250 million of debentures in April 1994 to reduce borrowings
under the Company's revolving credit agreement and the
issuance of $400 million debentures in November 1993 to
finance the GTE Georgia properties acquisition, as previously
discussed. The increase in interest expense in 1993 is
primarily due to the issuance of the $400 million of
debentures. The decrease in interest expense in 1992 is
primarily due to a reduction in the usage and lower rates on
the

                              40
<PAGE>

Company's revolving credit agreement, partially offset by a
subsidiary debt issuance totaling $50 million.

Gain on Exchange of Assets, Write-down of Assets and Other
In 1994, the Company recorded a write-down to reflect the net
realizable value of its information services segment's
community banking and check processing operations. This write-
down decreased net income by approximately $32 million or $.17
per share for the year ended December 31, 1994.
  In 1993, the Company recorded a gain on the exchange of
telephone properties with GTE, which was partially offset by
the reorganization of its telephone operations as a result of
this transaction. During the fourth quarter of 1993, the
Company also recorded a partial write-down to reflect an
impairment in the carrying value of its product distribution
operations. The net income impact from these transactions is
not significant to the results of operations.
  As a result of the acquisition of CPI in 1992, merger expenses
were recorded, which decreased net income by $5.0 million or
$.03 per share for the year ended December 31, 1992.

Income Taxes
The decrease in income taxes in 1994 was primarily due to the
tax benefit resulting from the write-down of the information
services operations. The increase in income taxes for 1993
resulted primarily from an increase in taxable income and
additional taxes due to the Revenue Reconciliation Act of
1993, which increased the statutory federal corporate income
tax rate 1 percent to 35 percent effective January 1, 1993.
Income taxes for 1993 do not reflect a tax benefit from the
write-down of the product distribution operations in 1993,
since utilization of this benefit is not certain. The increase
in income taxes for 1992 resulted primarily from an increase
in taxable income, partially offset by the recording in 1991
of a net gain from the sale of natural gas operations and the
write-down to the market value of OTI.

Average Common Shares Outstanding
The average number of common shares outstanding increased 1
percent in 1994. During 1994, common shares issued through
stock option plans amounted to 535,000 shares, 324,000 shares
were issued for the acquisition of a subsidiary, and
debentures and preferred stock were converted into 71,000
shares. These increases were offset by the Company's
repurchase on the open market of 407,000 shares of its own
common shares. In June 1993, 92,559,000 common shares were
issued in connection with a 2-for-1 stock split. The average
number of common shares outstanding increased 1 percent in
1993, primarily due to the issuance of approximately 2 million
common shares for the acquisition of TDS. Also in 1993, stock
option plan issuances amounted to 721,000 common shares, and
debentures and preferred stock were converted into 81,000
shares. The average number of common shares outstanding
increased 3 percent in 1992. Contributing to the increase was
the issuance of 2.7 million shares of common stock previously
repurchased. In 1992, 3,994,000 common shares were issued
through stock option plans, and debentures and preferred stock
were converted into 188,000 shares.

Other Financial Information
Management is currently not aware of any environmental matters
which in the aggregate would have a material adverse effect on
the financial condition or results of operations of the
Company. The financial information included in the Quarterly
Financial Data reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair
presentation.
                              30

                              41
<PAGE>
Report of Independent Public Accountants



To the Shareholders of ALLTEL Corporation:


We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets
of ALLTEL Corporation (a Delaware corporation) and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 1994 and 1993, and the related
consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity and
cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 1994. These financial statements are the
responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility
is to express an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audits.
  We conducted our audits in accordance with generally
accepted auditing standards. Those standards require that we
plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis,
evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the
accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial
statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
  In our opinion, the financial statements referred to
above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial
position of ALLTEL Corporation and subsidiaries as of December
31, 1994 and 1993, and the results of their operations and
their cash flows for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1994, in conformity with generally accepted
accounting principles.
  As explained in Note 3 to the financial statements, as of
December 31, 1993, the Company changed its method of
accounting for investments in conjunction with the adoption of
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115,
"Accounting for Certain Investments in Debt and Equity
Securities."


                                  Arthur Anderson LLP


Little Rock, Arkansas,
January 23, 1995.

                              31

                              42
                               
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Selected Financial Data

For the years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts) 
                                             1994           1993           1992           1991            1990              1989
<S>                                    <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>              <C>              <C>       
Revenues and sales                     $2,961,717     $2,342,087     $2,082,481     $1,883,954       $1,691,163       $1,556,718


Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold                   456,119        353,120        359,148        357,049          361,973          316,658
  Operating expenses                    1,871,732      1,469,921      1,280,591      1,154,066          961,296          905,500
  Total costs and expenses              2,327,851      1,823,041      1,639,739      1,511,115        1,323,269        1,222,158

Operating income                          633,866        519,046        442,742        372,839          367,894         334, 560
Other income, net                          (6,064)         2,230         13,364         12,117           11,973            7,818
Interest expense                         (137,120)       (98,746)       (93,245)       (94,244)         (83,702)

Income before gain on exchange or    
  disposal of assets, write-down of
  assets, other, and income taxes         490,682        422,530        362,861        290,712          292,402          258,676
Gain on exchange or disposal of 
  assets, write-down of assets
  and other                               (54,157)        27,390         (5,512)         8,347               --               --

Income before income taxes                436,525        449,920        357,349        299,059          292,402          258,676
Income taxes                              164,772        187,903        128,713         99,633           92,275           80,131

Net income                                271,753        262,017        228,636        199,426          200,127          178,545
Preferred dividends                         1,232          1,578          1,742          2,543            2,878            3,214

Net income applicable
  to common shares                     $  270,521     $  260,439     $  226,894     $  196,883       $  197,249       $  175,331

Primary earnings per share                  $1.43          $1.39          $1.22          $1.09            $1.09            $1.01
Dividends per common share                   $.90           $.82           $.77           $.71             $.66             $.59
Common shares -
  average including equivalents       189,454,000    187,665,000    185,672,000    180,007,000      181,453,000      174,437,000
  at year end                         187,981,000    187,458,000    184,678,000    177,796,000      171,951,000      174,584,000
Total assets                           $4,713,878     $4,270,458     $3,125,976     $2,957,232       $2,774,584       $2,666,940
Total shareholders'equity              $1,625,369     $1,554,708     $1,304,454     $1,127,878       $1,043,771       $1,003,311
Total redeemable preferred
  stock and long-term debt             $1,853,979     $1,604,659     $1,027,803     $1,057,277       $1,003,844       $  917,151

                                                                         32

                                                                         43
</TABLE>

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Consolidated Statements of Income

For the years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)              1994              1993           1992
<S>                                                     <C>               <C>            <C>       
Revenues and sales                                      $2,961,717        $2,342,087     $2,082,481

Costs and expenses:
  Cost of products sold                                    456,119           353,120        359,148
  Operations                                             1,292,251           989,848        852,879
  Maintenance                                              151,248           131,159        121,881
  Depreciation and amortization                            361,963           289,812        250,787
  Taxes, other than income taxes                            66,270            59,102         55,044
  Total costs and expenses                               2,327,851         1,823,041      1,639,739

Operating income                                           633,866           519,046        442,742
Other income, net                                           (6,064)            2,230         13,364
Interest expense                                          (137,120)          (98,746)       (93,245)

Income before gain on exchange of assets,
  write-down of assets, other, and income taxes            490,682           422,530        362,861
Gain on exchange of assets, write-down of assets
  and other                                                (54,157)           27,390         (5,512)

Income before income taxes                                 436,525           449,920        357,349
Federal and state income taxes                             164,772           187,903        128,713

Net income                                                 271,753           262,017        228,636
Preferred dividends                                          1,232             1,578          1,742

Net income applicable to common shares                  $  270,521        $  260,439     $  226,894

Primary earnings per share                                   $1.43             $1.39          $1.22
<FN>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                                      33

                                                      44

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)

Assets                                                         1994         1993
<S>                                                      <C>          <C>
Current assets:
  Cash and short-term investments                        $   26,098   $    7,881
  Accounts receivable                                       533,244      379,743
  Materials and supplies                                     24,348       22,321
  Inventories                                                94,458       68,673
  Prepaid expenses                                           14,579       15,520
  Total current assets                                      692,727      494,138

Investments                                                 332,748      382,343
Excess of cost over equity in subsidiary companies          494,861      508,227

Property, plant and equipment:
  Telephone                                               3,756,894    3,555,020
  Information services                                      380,182      290,737
  Cellular                                                  324,258      213,380
  Other                                                      25,011       22,504
  Under construction                                        210,496      153,196
  Total property, plant and equipment                     4,696,841    4,234,837
  Less accumulated depreciation                           1,733,610    1,558,403
  Net property, plant and equipment                       2,963,231    2,676,434

Other assets                                                230,311      209,316
Total assets                                             $4,713,878   $4,270,458

<FN>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.
</FN>
                                            34

                                            45
</TABLE>
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>


Liabilities and shareholders' equity                         1994           1993
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>    

Current liabilities:
  Current maturities of long-term debt                 $   51,676     $   44,138
  Accounts payable                                        259,723        221,569
  Advance payments and customers' deposits                 57,042         62,490
  Accrued taxes                                            21,171         35,053
  Accrued dividends                                        45,158         41,472
  Other current liabilities                               170,845        140,837
  Total current liabilities                               605,615        545,559

Deferred credits:
  Investment tax                                           31,077         38,575
  Income taxes                                            385,469        377,253
  Total deferred credits                                  416,546        415,828

Long-term debt                                          1,846,150      1,596,032
Other liabilities                                         212,369        149,704
Preferred stock, redeemable                                 7,829          8,627

Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock                                           9,320          9,405
  Common stock                                            187,981        187,458
  Additional capital                                      339,436        333,698
  Unrealized holding gain on investments                   84,275        121,507
  Retained earnings                                     1,004,357        902,640
  Total shareholders' equity                            1,625,369      1,554,708

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity             $4,713,878     $4,270,458
<FN>
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated balance sheets.
</FN>
                                          35

                                          46
</TABLE>                          

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                                                          1994               1993               1992
<S>                                                                        <C>                 <C>                <C> 

Cash provided from operations:
Net income                                                                  $271,753           $262,017           $228,636
Non-cash operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization                                              361,963            289,812            250,787
  Gain on exchange of assets, write-down
    of assets and other                                                       32,223            (48,669)                --
  Other, net                                                                  41,355             35,380              4,906
  Increase (decrease) in deferred credits                                     32,754             19,096            (18,534)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
  Accounts receivable                                                       (181,997)           (84,854)           (28,907)
  Inventories                                                                (27,812)            (8,749)             6,311
  Accounts payable                                                            38,154             41,050              3,582
  Other current liabilities                                                   (9,505)            50,174             61,687
  Other, net                                                                  21,989             13,848             14,557
    Net cash provided by operating activities                                580,877            569,105            523,025

Cash used in investing:
  Additions to property, plant and equipment                                 596,112            426,171            367,203
  Purchase of subsidiaries, net of cash acquired                                  --            443,000                 --
  Sale of property                                                                --                 --             (8,394)
  Additions to investments                                                     9,464             20,441             43,510
  Other, net                                                                  49,627             86,536             30,906
    Net cash used in investing activities                                    655,203            976,148            433,225

Cash (provided) used in financing:
  Dividends on preferred and common stock                                    170,036            154,110            134,981
  Reductions in long-term debt                                               147,784             91,136            173,439
  Purchase of common stock                                                    10,932                 --                 --
  Preferred stock redemptions and purchases                                      438              3,813              1,630
  Long-term debt issued                                                     (404,883)          (627,804)          (105,011)
  Common stock issued                                                        (16,850)            (5,756)           (69,719)
    Net cash (provided) used in financing activities                         (92,543)          (384,501)           135,320

Increase (decrease) in cash and short-term investments                        18,217            (22,542)           (45,520)

Cash and short-term investments:
  Beginning of year                                                            7,881             30,423             75,943
  End of year                                                               $ 26,098           $  7,881           $ 30,423
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
  Interest paid                                                             $129,788           $ 91,574           $ 89,585
  Income taxes paid                                                         $150,224           $163,583           $110,132
<FN>
 
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</FN>

                                                              36

                                                              47
</TABLE>
                               
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity

For the years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)                        1994                 1993                 1992
<S>                                                               <C>                  <C>                  <C>
Preferred stock:
  Balance at beginning of the year                                $    9,405           $    9,488           $    9,634
  Conversion of preferred stock                                          (85)                 (83)                (146)
  Balance at end of the year                                           9,320                9,405                9,488

Common stock:
  Balance at beginning of the year                                   187,458               92,339               88,898
  Employee plans                                                         535                  721                1,997
  Acquisition of subsidiary                                              324                1,758                   --
  Conversion of preferred stock and debentures                            71                   81                   94
  Stock split                                                             --               92,559                   --
  Reissuance/(purchase) of stock                                        (407)                  --                1,350
  Balance at end of the year                                         187,981              187,458               92,339

Additional capital:
  Balance at beginning of the year                                   333,698              399,955              320,329
  Employee plans                                                       7,815               20,485               27,536
  Acquisition of subsidiary                                            8,176                5,422                   --
  Conversion of preferred stock and debentures                           272                  395                  838
  Stock split                                                             --              (92,559)                  --
  Reissuance/(purchase) of stock                                     (10,525)                  --               51,252
  Balance at end of the year                                         339,436              333,698              399,955

Unrealized holding gain on investments:
  Balance at beginning of the year                                   121,507                   --                   --
  Change in unrealized holding gain on investments                   (37,232)             121,507                   --
  Balance at end of the year                                          84,275              121,507                   --

Retained earnings:
  Balance at beginning of the year                                   902,640              802,672              709,017
  Acquisition of subsidiary                                               --               (7,939)                  --
  Net income for the year                                            271,753              262,017              228,636
  Dividends:
    Common per share, $.90 in 1994,
    $.82 in 1993 and $.77 in 1992                                   (168,804)            (152,532)            (133,239)
    Preferred                                                         (1,232)              (1,578)              (1,742)
  Balance at end of the year                                       1,004,357              902,640              802,672
  Total shareholders' equity                                      $1,625,369           $1,554,708           $1,304,454
<FN>

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
</FN>
</TABLE>

                                                           37

                                                           48
                               

<PAGE>

Business Segments


For the years ended December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)                            1994         1993         1992

Revenues and sales:
  Telephone:
    Local service                           $  389,784   $  310,495   $  283,015
    Network access and long-distance           644,020      581,520      545,052
    Miscellaneous                              144,473      124,079      119,692
    Total telephone                          1,178,277    1,016,094      947,759
  Information services                         861,500      677,753      569,370
  Product distribution                         436,643      370,692      377,036
  Cellular                                     321,387      201,215      125,531
  Other operations                             163,910       76,333       62,785
    Total                                   $2,961,717   $2,342,087   $2,082,481

Operating income:
  Telephone                                 $  400,207   $  353,194   $  315,782
  Information services                         129,765      116,608       94,454
  Product distribution                          23,920       16,994       18,336
  Cellular                                      84,655       44,292       20,945
  Other operations                              15,270        9,191        9,128
    Total business segments                    653,817      540,279      458,645
  Corporate expenses                            19,951       21,233       15,903
    Total                                   $  633,866   $  519,046   $  442,742

Identifiable assets:
  Telephone                                 $2,909,028   $2,795,984   $2,101,454
  Information services                         632,518      468,490      299,240
  Product distribution                         163,628      157,561      204,986
  Cellular                                     573,314      401,791      318,553
  Other operations                              65,601       28,157       17,100
  Corporate                                    369,789      418,475      184,643
    Total                                   $4,713,878   $4,270,458   $3,125,976

Capital expenditures:
  Telephone                                 $  331,395   $  257,238   $  247,300
  Information services                         124,005      110,169       71,104
  Product distribution                           6,029          707          546
  Cellular                                     107,647       52,918       30,748
  Other operations and corporate                27,036        5,139       17,505
    Total                                   $  596,112   $  426,171   $  367,203

Depreciation and amortization expense:
  Telephone                                 $  229,474   $  191,076   $  173,902
  Information services                          88,627       64,861       49,742
  Product distribution                           1,181        1,520        1,468
  Cellular                                      36,821       26,444       17,497
  Other operations and corporate                 5,860        5,911        8,178
    Total                                   $  361,963   $  289,812   $  250,787

(Refer to page 45 for additional information concerning business segments.)

                                          38

                                          49
                               

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)


(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)       1994                                                1993
                                 Total       4th       3rd       2nd       1st       Total        4th       3rd       2nd       1st
<S>                         <C>         <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>          <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>    
Revenues and sales          $2,961,717  $772,422  $745,324  $734,563  $709,408  $2,342,087   $654,817  $571,678  $568,868  $546,724
Operating income            $  633,866  $155,553  $166,128  $161,908  $150,277  $  519,046   $139,904  $129,202  $126,699  $123,241
Income before gain on
  exchange of assets,
  write-down of assets,
  other, and income taxes   $  490,682  $120,920  $127,912  $124,340  $117,510  $  422,530   $111,325  $106,428  $103,085  $101,692
Net income                  $  271,753  $ 43,952  $ 79,728  $ 76,187  $ 71,886  $  262,017   $ 69,057  $ 65,975  $ 63,829  $ 63,156
Preferred dividends              1,232       301       304       317       310       1,578        382       387       403       406

Net income applicable
  to common shares          $  270,521  $ 43,651  $ 79,424  $ 75,870  $ 71,576  $  260,439   $ 68,675  $ 65,588  $ 63,426  $ 62,750
Primary earnings
  per share                 $     1.43  $    .23  $    .42  $    .40  $    .38  $     1.39   $    .36  $    .35  $    .34  $    .34
Net income and earnings
  per share excluding
  gain on exchange of
  assets, write-down of
  assets and other:
    Net income              $  303,976  $ 76,175  $ 79,728  $ 76,187  $ 71,886  $  262,038   $ 69,078  $ 65,975  $ 63,829  $ 63,156
    Primary earnings
     per share              $     1.60  $    .40  $    .42  $    .40  $    .38  $     1.39   $    .36  $    .35  $    .34  $    .34
Dividends per
  common share              $      .90  $    .24  $    .22  $    .22  $    .22  $      .82   $    .22  $    .20  $    .20  $    .20
</TABLE>

                                                                             39

                                                                             50
                               

<PAGE>


Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Accounting Policies:

Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include
the accounts of ALLTEL Corporation, its subsidiary companies
and majority-owned partnerships (the "Company"). Investments
in 20% to 50% owned entities and all unconsolidated
partnerships are accounted for using the equity method. Other
investments are recorded in accordance with Statement of
Financial Accounting Standards No. 115 (see Note 3). All
intercompany transactions, except those with certain
affiliates described below, have been eliminated in the
consolidated financial statements. Certain amounts have been
reclassified to conform with the 1994 financial statement
presentation.
  Transactions with Certain Affiliates - ALLTEL Supply, Inc.
sells equipment and materials to telephone subsidiaries of the
Company ($140,410,000 in 1994, $93,232,000 in 1993, and
$81,766,000 in 1992) as well as to other telephone companies
and related industries. The cost of equipment and materials
sold to such subsidiaries is included, principally, in
telephone plant in the consolidated financial statements.
ALLTEL Information Services, Inc. provides the data processing
services for the Company's telephone operations ($77,427,000
in 1994, $65,925,000 in 1993, and $57,730,000 in 1992) in
addition to other companies. Intercompany profit, to the
extent not offset by depreciation on the capitalized cost of
equipment and materials, has not been eliminated because
prices charged by the supply and information services
subsidiaries are comparable to prices the individual telephone
subsidiaries would be required to pay other suppliers and are
recovered through the regulatory process.
  Cash and Short-term Investments - Cash and short-term
investments consist of highly liquid investments with original
maturities of less than three months. These investments are
readily convertible into cash.
  Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or
market value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out
method of valuation.
  Property, Plant and Equipment - Property, plant and equipment
are stated at original cost. Depreciation is computed using
the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes. The
composite depreciation rates by class of property as a percent
of average depreciable plant and equipment were:

                              1994        1993        1992
Telephone                      6.3%        6.4%        6.5%
Information services          16.3        16.9        16.9
Cellular                      12.2        12.6        12.2
Other                          9.7        10.0         9.6


                              51
                               
<PAGE>

  For the Company's telephone operations, when utility property,
plant and equipment are retired, the original cost, net of
salvage, is charged against accumulated depreciation. All
other property, plant and equipment retirements are recorded
at net book value plus salvage, if any, with the corresponding
gain or loss recognized in the accompanying statements of
income. The cost of maintenance and repairs of property, plant
and equipment, including the cost of replacing minor items not
affecting substantial betterments, is charged to maintenance
expense as incurred. The Company capitalized estimated
interest during periods of construction. Capitalized interest
amounts were $3,361,000, $2,005,000 and $1,957,000 for 1994,
1993 and 1992, respectively.
  Excess of Cost Over Equity in Subsidiary Companies - Excess of
cost over equity of $469,467,000 relating to certain companies
purchased subsequent to November 1970 is being amortized on a
straight-line basis for periods up to 40 years. Amortization
expense amounted to $15,427,000 in 1994, $12,633,000 in 1993,
and $10,872,000 in 1992.
  Investment Tax Credit - The investment tax credit is amortized
to income over the productive lives of the related property,
plant and equipment.
  Revenue Recognition - Telephone revenues are recognized when
earned and are primarily derived from usage of the Company's
local exchange networks and facilities or under revenue-
sharing arrangements with other telecommunications carriers.
Information services revenues primarily consist of data
processing revenue recognized as services are performed.
Software licensing revenue is recognized when delivery of the
software occurs, while related software maintenance revenue is
recognized ratably over the maintenance period. Certain long-
term contracts are accounted for using the percentage-of-
completion method, whereby revenue and profit are recognized
throughout the performance of the contract. In accordance with
contractual arrangements with customers, cellular access
service revenue is recognized when billed, while revenue from
network usage is recognized when the services are rendered.
For all other operations, revenue is recognized when products
are delivered or services are rendered to customers.
  Included in accounts receivable are unbilled amounts of
$111,853,000 and $40,267,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1993,
respectively, which include costs and estimated earnings in
excess of billings on contracts accounted for under the
percentage-of-completion method. These amounts are recoverable
from the customer upon presentation of bills or completion of
services provided under the contract.

                              40

                              52
                               

<PAGE>

  Earnings Per Share - Primary earnings per share of common
stock was determined by dividing net income applicable to
common shares by the average number of common shares
outstanding, including common stock equivalents, during each
year. The numbers of shares used in computing primary earnings
per share were 189,454,000 in 1994, 187,665,000 in 1993, and
185,672,000 in 1992. Conversion of all convertible preferred
stock and convertible debentures would not have a significant
dilutive effect on earnings per share.

2. Acquisitions:

On November 1, 1993, the Company purchased substantially all
of the assets of the telephone operations of GTE Corporation
in the State of Georgia ("GTE Georgia") in exchange for the
Company's telephone operations in Illinois, Indiana and
Michigan, which had a net book value of $112 million, and $443
million in cash. This acquisition was accounted for as a
purchase. GTE Georgia's results of operations are included in
the Company's Consolidated Statements of Income beginning
November 1, 1993, and the excess cost resulting from this
transaction is being amortized on a straight-line basis over
40 years.
  Unaudited pro forma consolidated results of operations, as
though the Company acquired GTE Georgia on January 1, 1992,
are as follows:
                                    (Thousands, except per share)
                                           1993              1992

Revenues and sales                   $2,487,068        $2,256,440
Income before gain on exchange of
  assets, write-down of assets,
  other, and income taxes            $  469,133        $  411,861
Income before income taxes           $  496,523        $  406,349
Net income applicable to
  common shares                      $  288,370        $  257,680
Primary earnings per share                $1.53             $1.38

3. Financial Instruments and
Investment Securities:

The carrying amount of cash and short-term investments
approximates fair value due to the short maturity of those
instruments. The fair value of other investments is $332.7
million based on the quoted market price and the carrying
value of investments for which there is no quoted market
price. The fair value of the Company's long-term debt, after
deducting current maturities, is estimated to approximate the
carrying value based on the overall weighted rates and
maturity compared to rates and terms currently available in
the long-term financing markets. The fair value of the
Company's redeemable preferred stock is estimated to be $19.0
million in 1994 and $20.7 million in 1993 versus a carrying
amount of $7.8 million in 1994 and $8.6 million in 1993. The
fair value


                              53
                               

<PAGE>

estimates are based on the conversion of the Series D
convertible redeemable preferred stock to common stock of the
Company and the carrying value of the Series A redeemable
preferred stock for which there is no quoted market price. The
fair value of all other financial instruments is estimated by
management to approximate the carrying value.
  In May 1993, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")
issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 115
("SFAS 115") which establishes accounting for certain
investments in debt and equity securities. Under SFAS 115,
equity securities owned by the Company have been classified as
available-for-sale and are reported at fair value, with
unrealized gains and losses reported, net of tax, in a
separate component of shareholders' equity. The Company
adopted the provisions of this standard in its financial
statements as of December 31, 1993. The adoption of this
pronouncement resulted in a non-cash increase in investments
of $217.8 million, an increase in deferred taxes of $96.3
million and an increase in shareholders' equity of $121.5
million. At December 31, 1994, the Company had an unrealized
gain of $84.3 million, net of tax, on its investment in LDDS
Communications, Inc. The unrealized gain, including the
related tax impact, are non-cash items and accordingly have
been excluded from the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
All other unrealized gains and losses on investments in equity
securities are not material to the Company's financial
position or results of operations.

4. Debt:

Long-term debt, after deducting current maturities, was as
follows at December 31:
                                                               (Thousands)
                                                                1994        1993
First mortgage bonds and collateralized notes,
  Weighted rate 8.8% in 1994 and 8.4% in 1993
  Weighted maturity 6 years in 1994 and 1993              $   25,118  $   41,684
Debentures and notes, without collateral,  
  Weighted rate 8.1% in 1994 and 8.3% in 1993
  Weighted maturity 16 years in 1994 and 19 years in 1993  1,307,223   1,001,755
Industrial revenue bonds and collateralized notes,
  Weighted rate 5.3% in 1994 and 4.7% in 1993
  Weighted maturity 10 years in 1994 and 11 years in 1993      8,732       8,992
Revolving credit agreement,
  Weighted rate 6.6% in 1994 and 3.4% in 1993
  Weighted maturity 3 years in 1994 and 1993                 132,005     214,545
Rural Electrification Administration notes,
  Weighted rate 4.4% in 1994 and 4.2% in 1993
  Weighted maturity 18 years in 1994 and 19 years in 1993    100,392      94,047
Rural Telephone Bank and Federal Financing Bank notes,
  Weighted rate 8.2% in 1994 and 1993
  Weighted maturity 19 years in 1994 and 20 years in 1993    272,680     234,861
Other                                                             --         148

  Total long-term debt                                    $1,846,150  $1,596,032

  Weighted rate                                                  7.7%       7.3%
  Weighted maturity                                         16 years    16 years

                              41

                              54
                               

<PAGE>

  The Company has a $500 million revolving credit agreement
which has a termination date of October 1, 1997, with
provision for annual extensions. It is the Company's intention
to continue to renew the agreement. The revolving credit
agreement provides a variety of pricing options.
  The indentures and agreements, as amended, provide among other
things, for various restrictions on the payment of dividends
by the Company and subsidiary companies. Retained earnings
unrestricted as to payment of dividends by the Company
amounted to $765.8 million at December 31, 1994. Certain
properties have been pledged as collateral on $406.9 million
of obligations.
  Interest expense on long-term debt amounted to $135.2 million
in 1994, $96.2 million in 1993, and $91.4 million in 1992.
  Maturities and sinking fund requirements for the four years
after 1995 for long-term debt outstanding, excluding the
revolving credit agreement as of December 31, 1994, were $39.2
million, $41.7 million, $48.5 million, and $53.6 million for
the years 1996 through 1999, respectively.

5. Common Stock:

There are 500,000,000 shares of $1 par value common stock
authorized of which 187,980,669 and 187,457,609 shares were
outstanding at December 31, 1994 and 1993, respectively. At
December 31, 1994, the Company had 19,601,218 common shares
reserved for issuance in connection with convertible preferred
stock (1,005,204) and stock options (18,596,014).
  The Company's stock option plan provides for the granting of
options to officers and key employees at prices not less than
the market value of the stock at the date of grant.
  The following is a summary of stock options outstanding,
granted, exercised and cancelled:

                                                         Average Price
                                    Shares                 Per Share
                             1994             1993       1994       1993

Outstanding at
  beginning
  of period             6,945,928        5,566,674     $19.06     $14.26
Granted                   650,500        2,325,000      26.41      28.12
Acquisition of
  subsidiary                   --          242,313         --       3.83
Exercised                (553,194)      (1,014,495)     11.59      10.14
Cancelled                (232,032)        (173,564)     21.35      17.55
Outstanding at
  end of period         6,811,202        6,945,928     $20.32     $19.06
Exercisable at
  end of period         3,178,800        2,643,591     $15.44     $12.21
Reserved for
  future options       11,784,812        1,212,711


                                             55
                               

<PAGE>

  For stock options exercisable at December 31, 1994 and 1993,
the option prices ranged from $6.58 to $29.00 for each year,
respectively.
  During 1992, 1,331,570 shares were exercised at an average
price of $10.08 per share.

6. Preferred Stock:

Cumulative preferred stock is issuable in series, and the
Board of Directors is authorized to designate the number of
shares and fix the terms. There are 50,000,000 $25 par value
voting shares and 50,000,000 no par value non-voting shares
authorized.
  The outstanding cumulative preferred stock, which is not
redeemable at the option of the holder, was as follows at
December 31:

                                           Quarterly        Amount Outstanding
                                            Dividend           (Thousands)
                                           Per Share      1994     1993     1992
$25 par value:
  Series A, 5%
    Shares - 39,853 in 1994, 1993
     and 1992                               $.31 1/4    $  996   $  996   $  996
  Series C, 5%
    Shares - 5,000 in 1994, 1993
     and 1992                                .31 1/4       125      125      125
  Series E, 6%
    Shares - 32,000 in 1994, 1993
     and 1992                                .37 1/2       800      800      800
  Series F, 5 1/2%
    Shares - 245,955 in 1994, 1993
     and 1992                                .34 3/8     6,149    6,149    6,149
  Series H, 6%
    Shares - 12,184 in 1994, 1993
     and 1992                                .37 1/2       305      305      305
  Series I, 5 1/2%
    Shares - 4,000 in 1994, 1993
     and 1992                                .34 3/8       100      100      100
  Series J, 6%
    Shares - 1,800 in 1994, 1993
     and 1992                                .37 1/2        45       45       45
No par value:
  Series C, $2.06 Convertible
    Shares - 31,991 in 1994, 35,419 in
     1993 and 38,713 in 1992                 .51 1/2       800      885      968
                                                        $9,320   $9,405   $9,488


The $25 par value preferred stock may be redeemed at the
option of the Company at par value. The no par value
Series C preferred shares are convertible at any time prior to
redemption into 5.963 shares of the Company's common stock.
The rate of conversion is subject to adjustment under certain
conditions.

                              42

                              56
                               

<PAGE>

The outstanding cumulative preferred stock, which is
redeemable at the option of the holder, was as follows at
December 31:
                                       Quarterly           Amount Outstanding
                                       Dividend               (Thousands)
                                       Per Share        1994      1993      1992
No par value:
  Series A, 7 3/4%
    Shares - 55,600 in 1994, 61,000
     in 1993 and 66,400 in 1992        $1.93 3/4      $5,560    $6,100    $6,640
  Series D, $2.25 Convertible
    Shares - 81,046 in 1994, 90,240
     in 1993 and 104,814 in 1992         .56 1/4       2,269     2,527     2,935
                                                      $7,829    $8,627    $9,575

  The Company's Series A preferred stock is redeemed through
required annual sinking fund payments. The sinking fund 
requirements in each of the five years ending
December 31, 1995 through 1999 amount to $540,000.
  In addition to redemption at the option of the holder and
through required sinking fund payments, at the stated value
per share, the Company may at its option under certain
conditions redeem outstanding cumulative preferred stock at
varying premiums above par or stated value.
  The Company's Series D stock is convertible at any time prior
to redemption into 5.486 shares of the Company's common stock.
The rate of conversion is subject to adjustment under certain
conditions. During 1994, $258,000 of Series D stock was
converted. The stock may be redeemed at the option of the
Company or the holder at the $28 per share stated value.

7. Retirement Plans:

The Company has a trusteed, noncontributory, defined benefit
pension plan which provides retirement benefits for eligible
employees of the Company. Pension benefits are based on an
employee's years of service and compensation. The Company's
funding policy for the defined benefit contributions is to
satisfy the funding requirements of the Employees' Retirement
Income Security Act of 1974 ("ERISA").
  Certain key officers have unfunded executive compensation
agreements. These agreements provide that retirements paid
thereunder shall be in lieu of payments under the Company's
pension plan.
  Pension expense (credit), including provision for executive
compensation agreements, totaled $2,225,000 in 1994,
$(3,892,000) in 1993 and $(5,594,000) in 1992.


                              57

<PAGE>

Pension expense (credit) includes the following
components:
                                                         (Thousands)
                                               1994          1993          1992

Benefits earned during the year             $13,386       $10,504       $ 8,842
Interest cost on projected
  benefit obligation                         21,410        16,964        15,841
Actual return on plan assets                 13,092       (34,176)      (23,624)
Net amortization and deferral               (45,663)        2,816        (6,653)

  Pension expense (credit)                  $12,225       $(3,892)      $(5,594)

  The following table presents the funded status of the plan at
December 31:
                                                                (Thousands)
                                                             1994          1993
Actuarial present value of accumulated
  benefit obligation, including
  vested benefits of $209,783 in 1994
  and $220,404 in 1993                                   $217,557      $228,386
Actuarial present value of projected
  benefit obligation                                      261,171       282,816
Plan assets at fair value                                 316,235       336,812

Plan assets in excess of projected benefit
  obligation                                               55,064        53,996
Unrecognized net gain                                     (21,925)      (20,873)
Remaining unrecognized prior service cost                  (5,982)       (7,036)
Unrecognized transition asset being
  amortized over 16 years                                 (10,650)      (11,833)

Prepaid pension expense                                  $ 16,507      $ 14,254


  Actuarial assumptions used to calculate the projected benefit
obligations were 8.5% for the settlement rate in 1994 and 7.5%
for 1993, and 5% for future compensation level increases in
1994 and 1993. The investment earnings rate was 9% in 1994 and
8.5% for 1993. Assets of the plan consist primarily of listed
stocks, including common stock of the Company amounting to
$17,480,000 and $18,690,000 at December 31, 1994 and 1993,
respectively, and corporate and government debt.
  The Company has a noncontributory defined contribution plan in
the form of profit sharing arrangements for eligible
employees, except bargaining unit employees. The amount of
profit sharing contributions to the plans is determined
annually by the Company's and subsidiaries' Board of
Directors. Profit sharing expense amounted to $26,351,000 in
1994, $22,717,000 in 1993, and $20,659,000 in 1992.

                              43

                              58
                               
<PAGE>

8. Postretirement Benefits Other Than Pensions:

The Company provides healthcare and life insurance benefits
for eligible employees. The healthcare benefit is based on
comprehensive hospital, medical and surgical benefit
provisions, while the life insurance is based on annual
earnings at the time of retirement. The employees share in the
cost of these benefits. The Company is not currently funding
these plans.
  The postretirement expense includes the following
components:
                                                                  (Thousands)
                                                               1994        1993

Benefits earned                                              $  426      $  423
Amortization of transition obligation                           973       1,000
Service and interest cost for former
  GTE employees                                                  --          50
Interest cost on accumulated postretirement
  benefit obligation                                          2,722       2,987

Postretirement expense                                       $4,121      $4,460

The following table presents the plan status at
December 31:
                                                                  (Thousands)
                                                               1994        1993
Accumulated postretirement benefit obligation:
  Retirees                                                  $27,621     $28,829
  Fully eligible active plan participants                       884       1,164
  Other active plan participants                              1,799       7,296
Total accumulated postretirement benefit obligation          30,304      37,289

Unrecognized net gain                                        12,261       3,752
Unrecognized transition obligation being amortized
  over 20 years                                             (17,566)    (18,542)

Accrued postretirement benefit obligation                   $24,999     $22,499

  Actuarial assumptions used to calculate the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation were 8.5% for the weighted
average discount rate in 1994 and 7.5% for 1993, and 11% for
the healthcare cost trend rate in 1994 and 12% for 1993,
decreasing on a graduated basis to an ultimate rate of 6% in
the year 2000. A one percentage point change in the assumed
healthcare cost trend rate for each future year would increase
the postretirement benefit cost by approximately $284,000 for
the year ended December 31, 1994, and the accumulated
postretirement benefit obligation as of December 31, 1994, by
approximately $1.5 million.


                              59
                               
<PAGE>

9. Gain on Exchange of Assets, Write-down of Assets and Other:

In 1994, the Company recorded a write-down of $54.2 million to
reflect the net realizable value of its information services
segment's community banking and check processing operations.
This write-down resulted in a decrease of $.17 in earnings per
share in 1994.
  In 1993, the Company recorded a gain on the exchange of
telephone properties with GTE Corporation, which was partially
offset by the reorganization of its telephone operations as a
result of this transaction. These transactions amounted to
$69.9 million. In addition, the Company recorded a write-down
of $42.5 million in 1993 to reflect an impairment in the
carrying value of its product distribution operations. The net
income impact from these transactions is not significant to
the results of operations.
  In 1992, the Company recorded merger expenses of $5.5 million
for the acquisitions of CPI Acquisition, Inc. and SLT
Communications, Inc. These merger expenses resulted in a
decrease in earnings per share of $.03 in 1992.

10. Income Taxes:

Income tax expense was as follows:

                                                    (Thousands)
                                       1994             1993             1992

Federal                            $137,277         $158,376         $106,846
State and other                      27,495           29,527           21,867

                                   $164,772         $187,903         $128,713

The federal income tax expense consists of the following:

                                                    (Thousands)
                                       1994             1993             1992

Currently payable                  $104,359         $119,489         $125,516
Deferred                             40,416           46,289          (10,874)
Investment tax credit amortized      (7,498)          (7,402)          (7,796)

                                   $137,277         $158,376         $106,846


  Deferred income tax expense results principally from temporary
differences between depreciation expense for income tax
purposes and depreciation expense recorded in the financial
statements. Deferred tax balances are adjusted to reflect tax
rates, based on currently enacted tax laws, that will be in
effect in the years in which the temporary differences are
expected to reverse. For the Company's regulated opera-

                              44

                              60
                               

<PAGE>

tions, the adjustment in deferred tax balances for the change
in tax rates is reflected as a regulatory asset or liability.
These regulatory assets and liabilities are amortized over the
lives of the related depreciable asset or liability concurrent
with recovery in rates.
  Differences between the federal income tax statutory rates and
effective income tax rates, which include both federal and
state income taxes, were as follows:

                                    1994         1993          1992

Statutory income tax rates         35.0%         35.0%         34.0%
Increase (decrease):
  Investment tax credit            (1.7)         (1.6)         (2.2)
  State income taxes, net of
    federal benefit                 4.1           4.3           4.0
  Reversal of excess deferred
    federal taxes                  (0.6)         (0.9)         (1.6)
  Write-down of product
distribution operations              --           3.3            --
Other items                         1.0           1.7           1.8

Effective income tax rates         37.8%         41.8%         36.0%

  The Revenue Reconciliation Act of 1993 increased the federal
corporate income tax rate to 35%, effective January 1, 1993.
During 1993, the write-down of the product distribution
operations resulted in capital losses for which the tax
benefit can only be recognized to the extent of available
capital gains. Without this write-down, the effective income
tax rate would have been 38.5% in 1993.
  The significant components of the Company's net deferred
income tax liability were as follows at December 31:

                                                     (Thousands)
                                                 1994            1993

Property, plant and equipment               $ 355,416       $ 318,711
Unrealized holding gain on investments         63,659          96,301
Other, net                                    (33,606)        (37,759)

  Total                                     $ 385,469       $ 377,253

  At December 31, 1994 and 1993, total deferred tax assets were
$236.1 million and $151.1 million, respectively, and total
deferred tax liabilities were $621.6 million and $528.4
million, respectively.

11. Business Segments:

The Company's telephone operating subsidiaries provide
primary local service and network access in 22 states.
Information services provides electronic information
processing services and software primarily through long-term
contracts and markets other information processing products
and


                              61
                               
<PAGE>

services to the financial, telecommunications and healthcare
industries. Product distribution sells equipment and materials
to affiliated and non-affiliated telephone companies and
related industries and electrical and electronic wire and
cable to other distributors and wholesalers. Cellular includes 
cellular mobile telephone services in various major U.S. markets. 
Other operations primarily include directory publishing and wide-
area paging services. Corporate identifiable assets consist
primarily of cash, investments, and headquarters facilities
and equipment. Corporate items represent general corporate
expenses and assets not allocated to segments. (Refer to page
38 for a schedule of business segment information.)
  In 1994, 1993 and 1992, AT&T provided approximately 19%, 21%
and 23%, respectively, of the Company's total telephone
revenues, primarily related to network access revenues and
billing and collection services.

12. Pending Sale of Certain Telephone

Properties:

In November 1994, the Company signed definitive agreements to
sell certain telephone properties serving approximately
111,000 access lines in Arizona, California, Nevada, New
Mexico, Oregon, Tennessee, Utah and West Virginia to Citizens
Utilities in exchange for approximately $290 million in cash,
assumed debt and 3,600 access lines in Pennsylvania. The
operations of the telephone properties to be disposed of
represented approximately 4% and 9% of the Company's 1994
revenues and net income, respectively. This sale will be
completed on a state-by-state basis as necessary regulatory
approvals are obtained. Once completed, this transaction will
result in the Company's telephone operating subsidiaries
serving approximately 1.5 million access lines in 14 states.
Net proceeds from this transaction will be used to reduce the
Company's outstanding long-term debt.

                              45

                              62

<PAGE>
Investor Information

Corporate Headquarters
ALLTEL Corporation
One Allied Drive
Little Rock, Arkansas 72202
(501) 661-8000

Annual Meeting
The Annual Meeting of ALLTEL Corporation stockholders will be
held at 11 a.m. (CDT) on Thursday, April 20, 1995, at the
Statehouse Conference Center, #2 Statehouse Plaza, Little
Rock, Arkansas.

Transfer Agent, Registrar and Dividend Disbursing Agent
KeyCorp Shareholder Services, Inc.
P.O. Box 6477
Cleveland, OH 44101-1477

Common Stock Price and Dividend Information
Ticker Symbol       AT
Newspaper Listings  ALLTEL, ALTEL

Market Price
                                  Dividend
Year   Qtr.  High Low   Close     Declared
1994   4th   31 3/8     25 1/2    30 1/8     .24
       3rd   28 1/2     25        27         .22
       2nd   27 1/2     24        25 1/8     .22
       1st   29 1/2     25        25 5/8     .22
1993   4th   30 7/8     25 5/8    29 1/2     .22
       3rd   31 1/4     25 1/2    30 1/2     .20
       2nd   26 15/16   23 7/8    26 3/4     .20
       1st   25 5/16    22 7/8    24 11/16   .20

The above figures have been restated to reflect the 2-for-1
stock split in 1993.

The common stock is listed and traded on the New York and
Pacific Stock Exchanges. The above table reflects the range of
high, low and closing prices as reported by Dow Jones &
Company, Inc.

Dividend Reinvestment and
Stock Purchase Plan
ALLTEL offers a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan
for registered common stockholders.
In addition to reinvesting dividends, the plan allows
participants to invest cash toward the purchase of ALLTEL
common stock. Further information about dividend
reinvestment may be obtained from the Shareholder Services
Department.

Annual Report on Form 10-K
The 1994 report on Form 10-K filed with the Securities
and Exchange Commission is available without charge
to stockholders upon request to the Corporate Headquarters.

Investor Relations
Information requests from investors, security analysts, other
members of the investment community and the
news media should be addressed to Ron Payne, Vice President-
Corporate Communications, at One Allied Drive, Little Rock,
Arkansas  72202 (501) 661-8989.

Shareholder Services
General questions about accounts, stock certificates or
dividend checks may be directed to the Shareholder Services
Department at 2000 Highland Road,
Twinsburg, Ohio  44087 (216) 963-1469.

                      (Inside Back Cover)

                              63

<PAGE>


                                                     EXHIBIT (10)(a)(4)       

                        SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT


      THIS  SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT ("Agreement")  is

made as of March 1, 1994, by and between ALLTEL Corporation, a

Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),  and  the  undersigned

employee of the Company (the "Employee").

      In  consideration  of the services rendered  and  to  be

rendered  by  the  Employee  to the  Company  or  any  of  its

subsidiaries  or  affiliates (employment or  duties  with  the

Company shall include employment or duties with any subsidiary

or  affiliate  of  the  Company) and of the  mutual  covenants

contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1. Purchase of Insurance.  The Company shall  maintain the life  insurance
policy or policies (individually,  a "policy" and, collectively, the "policies")
on  the  life  of  the  Employee  from  the   insurance   company  or  companies
(individually,   an  "Insurance  Company"  and,  collectively,   the  "Insurance
Companies") specified on the Policy Specification attached hereto as Exhibit A),
shall pay all premiums on the policies when due, and shall be designated as sole
owner of the policies subject to the conditions hereafter set forth.

     2.   Payment of Proceeds.  Upon the death of the Employee
while  this Agreement remains in effect, the proceeds  of  the
policies shall be paid as follows:

           (a) To the  Employee's  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  designated in
     accordance  with Paragraph 3, an amount  calculated in the manner set forth
     on the  schedule  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  B, for the Plan Year of the
     Employee's death.

          (b) To the Company,  an amount  equal to the  balance,  if any, of the
     proceeds  of the  policy,  and of any  additional  insurance  purchased  in
     accordance with Paragraph 3, after payment of the applicable  amount to the
     Employee's  beneficiary or  beneficiaries  in accordance with clause (a) of
     this Paragraph 2.

      3. Rights Under  Policy.  Each and every right of ownership of each policy
is reserved to the Company. Each policy shall provide that the dividends payable
with  respect to the policy may be applied as  determined  by the Company in its
sole  discretion.  The Company  shall be entitled  to any  premiums  paid on the
policies that are refunded by the Insurance Companies. The Company shall make no
loan  against the  policies  that would  prevent  payment of the proceeds of the
policies in accordance with the provisions of clause (a) of Paragraph 2. Payment
of the proceeds of the policies in accordance  with the provisions of clause (a)
of  Paragraph  2  shall  be made  in  accordance  with  the  Employee's  written
designation of beneficiary or  beneficiaries  specified to the Company from time
to time (which, as of the date hereof, are as set forth on the schedule attached
hereto as Exhibit B).
                                        64
<PAGE>
      4.  Liability  of  Insurance  Company.  In issuing any policy of insurance
covered by this Agreement,  an Insurance  Company shall have no liability except
as set forth in the policy.  The Insurance Company shall not be bound to inquire
into or take notice of any of the  provisions of this Agreement as to the policy
or as to the application of the proceeds of the policy.  Rights under the policy
may be  exercised  during  the  life of the  Employee  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of the policy. Upon the death of the Employee,  the Insurance Company
shall be discharged  from all liability on payment of the proceeds in accordance
with the policy  provisions  without  regard to this  Agreement or any amendment
thereof.

     5.   Termination.

           (a) This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by either the Company or the
     Employee by written  notice to the other  specifying  the effective date of
     termination.

          (b)  This Agreement automatically shall terminate at
     the end of the first month in which:
           (1)  the Company fails to make the premium payments
     required under Paragraph 1; or
           (2)   the Employee's service with the  Company  is
     terminated  for any reason other than  death  or
     total and permanent disability.

      6. Non-Payment of Benefits. If the Employee dies by suicide, while sane or
insane, within two years after the date of issue or reissue of the policy, or if
for any  reason an  Insurance  Company  does not pay  benefits  under the policy
during the  contestable  period (not to exceed two years after the date of issue
or reissue of the policy) because of fraud,  misrepresentation,  or other action
by the Employee  falling  within the  applicable  provisions of the policy,  the
Company shall have no liability under this Agreement.

      7. Plan Year.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the first Plan year shall
begin on the  effective  date of this  Agreement  and  extend  through  the next
December  31.  Each  subsequent  Plan  year  shall  begin  on  January  1 of the
succeeding year and end on December 31 of such year.

      8.   Miscellaneous.  Nothing contained in this Agreement
shall  be  construed as giving the Employee the  right  to  be
retained  in the service of the Company or shall  in  any  way
affect the right of the Company to control the Employee or  to
terminate the employment of the Employee at any time.

      9.    Amendment.   This Agreement may be  amended  by  a
writing  signed by the Company and the Employee  and  attached
hereto.

      10.   Notices.   Notices under this Agreement  shall  be
effective  if  delivered, in the case of the Company,  to  One
Allied  Drive,  Little  Rock,  Arkansas  72202,  attn:    Vice
President-
                               2
                              
                              65
<PAGE>


  Human Resources, and, in the case of the Employee, to the address set forth on
the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company and the Employee each may
change the  address  to which  notices  should be sent by written  notice to the
other.

      11.   Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be construed
and  interpreted in accordance with the laws of the  State  of
Delaware.

 
      IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  and the  Employee  have  signed  this
Agreement,  in  the  case  of the  Company,  by its  duly  authorized  officers,
effective as of the date first above written.


                         ALLTEL Corporation


                         By: /s/ Francis X. Frantz

                         Title: Senior Vice President


                                                 the "Company"




                                             
                                             /s/ Joe Ford
                                              Signature


                                             Joe T. Ford
                                          Name (Typed or Printed)


                                                     the "Employee"
                                    3

                                   66

<PAGE>

                                                                      Exhibit A






Insurance Company      Policy No.     Specified Amount   Issue Date
Pacific Corinthian     210989-00M     $185,185           July 5,1982
   Life Insurance Company

The Penn Insurance     9 038 118       500,000           March 8, 1983
   and Annuity Group

The Cincinnati Life     U2320458       1,500,000         May 4, 1989
   Insurance Company

The Cincinnati Life     U2429666       2,000,000         March 1, 1994
   Insurance Company

                               4

                              67

<PAGE>


                                                                      Exhibit B


Proceeds Payable to the Employee's Beneficiary(ies)

       The amount of insurance proceeds payable to the Employee's beneficiary or
beneficiaries  under  Paragraph  2(a)  of this  Agreement  in the  event  of the
Employee's death shall be determined as follows:

     "The Employee's  annual earnings (as determined by the Company for purposes
     of  calculating  amounts  payable under the Company's  group life insurance
     plan), minus the sum of the amount paid under the Company's "basic" portion
     of its group life insurance plan and the total amount paid or that would be
     payable  under the  Company's  "supplemental"  portion  of its  group  life
     insurance  plan  (assuming  the Employee  were a  participant  thereunder),
     excluding any amount paid or payable under any  "accidental  death" portion
     thereof."

Beneficiary(ies) of the Employee

      The  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  of the Employee as  designated by the
Employee under Paragraph 3 of this Agreement are as follows:

      Jo Ellen Ford, Trustee of the Joe T. Ford Life Insurance
Trust Dated January 19, 1988



The Employee's Notice Address

      The address to which notices to the Employee under this  Agreement  should
be sent is as follows:


               Joe T. Ford

               2100 Country Club Lane

               Little Rock, AR 72207

                               5

                              68
<PAGE>


                                   AGREEMENT                EXHIBIT (10)(b)(1)


                           This Agreement, dated as of January 24, 1995, is made
between  ALLTEL  Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation  (as defined  below,  the
"Corporation"), and Max E. Bobbitt (the "Executive").

                           In consideration  of the mutual  covenants  contained
herein, the Corporation and the Executive agree as follows:

                           1. Defined Terms. For purposes of this Agreement, the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                           (A)  "Allied  Profit  Sharing  Plan" means the Allied
Telephone Company Profit Sharing Plan, as amended.

                           (B)  "ALLTEL  Profit-Sharing  Plan"  means the ALLTEL
Corporation Profit-Sharing Plan, as amended.

                           (C) "Board" or "Board of  Directors"  means the Board
of Directors of the Corporation.

                           (D)  "Corporation"  means ALLTEL  Corporation and any
successor to its business or assets by operation of law or otherwise.

                           (E)  "Deferred  Compensation  Plan"  means the ALLTEL
Corporation  Executive  Deferred  Compensation Plan as in effect on December 31,
1994.

                           (F)   "Excess   Benefit   Plan"   means  the   ALLTEL
Corporation Excess Benefit Plan as in effect on December 31, 1994.

                           (G)  "Executive  Compensation  Agreement"  means  the
Executive  Compensation  Agreement  between the  Corporation  and the  Executive
entered  into  effective  October  29,  1986,  as amended by a  Modification  of
Executive  Compensation  Agreement,  effective  as of  January  1,  1987,  and a
Modification  of Executive  Compensation  Agreement,  effective as of January 1,
1991.

                           (H)  "Long-Term  Plan"  means the ALLTEL  Corporation
Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan as in effect on December 31, 1994.

                           (I) "Releasee" or "Releasees"  shall have the meaning
specified in subparagraph (i) of paragraph (F) of Section 4 herein.

                           (J)  "Short-Term  Plan" means the ALLTEL  Corporation
Performance Incentive Compensation Plan as in effect on December 31, 1994.

                                   69


<PAGE>



                           (K)  "Split  Dollar  Agreement"  shall mean the Split
Dollar Insurance  Agreement between the Corporation and the Executive,  dated as
of March 1, 1994.

                           2.  Retirement of Executive.

                           (A) The Executive  retires from  employment  with the
Corporation  and any  subsidiary  of the  Corporation  (as an employee and as an
officer) and resigns as a director of any subsidiary of the Corporation of which
he is a director,  in each case effective at the close of business on January 4,
1995.  The  Executive  acknowledges  and agrees that he shall not be eligible to
receive any payments or benefits under any severance plan, program, or policy of
the Corporation or any subsidiary of the Corporation.

                           (B) The Executive and the Corporation  agree that the
Executive's membership on the Board of Directors shall end on April 20, 1995, at
the end of the Executive's current term thereof, unless terminated sooner by the
Executive's resignation, death, or otherwise. The Executive agrees not to attend
any meeting of the Board of Directors occurring after the date of this Agreement
and waives any notice of any such meeting and any right to receive any materials
provided to directors for any such meeting.

                           (C) The Executive advised the Chief Executive Officer
of LDDS  Communications,  Inc.  ("LDDS") on January 17, 1995 that the  Executive
will not stand for  reelection  to the LDDS  board of  directors  at LDDS'  1995
annual stockholders  meeting in May 1995 as a representative of the Corporation.
The Executive  agrees to use his reasonable  best efforts to effect the election
of a person  designated by the Corporation as the  Executive's  replacement as a
director of LDDS and to collaborate with that replacement  concerning background
and other information helpful to the replacement's service as an LDDS director.

                           3. Certain  Covenants of the  Corporation and Related
Provisions.

                           (A)  Joint  and   Spouse   Survivor   Payments.   The
Corporation agrees to pay to the Executive, following the date of this Agreement
until the  Executive's  death,  semi-monthly  payments  on the first day and the
fifteenth  day of  each  calendar  month,  each  in the  amount  of  $23,958.34,
commencing  as of January  15,  1995,  and  continuing  during  the  Executive's
lifetime, the last semi-monthly payment being for the semi-monthly period during
which the  Executive's  death occurs.  In the event the Executive is survived by
his wife, Patricia H. Bobbitt,  the Corporation shall pay to said surviving wife
of the Executive,  for the remainder of her lifetime,  semi-monthly  payments on
the first day and the fifteenth day of each calendar  month,  each in the amount
of $11,979.17, commencing on the semi-monthly payment date immediately following
the last semi-monthly payment date for which the Executive received a payment in
accordance with the immediately  proceeding  sentence and continuing  during her
lifetime,  the last monthly  payment  being for the  semi-monthly  period during
which her death occurs. The Corporation and the Executive agree


                                       -2-
                                        
                                        70

<PAGE>

(and the Executive acknowledges) that the payments to be made by the Corporation
in  accordance  with  this  paragraph  (A) shall be in lieu of any  payments  or
benefits  under  any  pension  plan  of the  Corporation  or any  subsidiary  or
affiliate  of the  Corporation,  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  ALLTEL
Corporation  Pension  Plan (as in  effect  from  time to time)  (hereinafter,  a
"Company Pension Plan"),  that the Executive has not been, is not, and shall not
be a participant  in any Company  Pension Plan,  and that neither the Executive,
his spouse, nor any other person or entity,  claiming through the Executive has,
has had,  or shall have any right to any  benefit or  payment  from any  Company
Pension Plan. The Executive's right to semi-monthly payments,  and, in the event
the  Executive  is  survived  by his wife,  Patricia  H.  Bobbitt,  Patricia  H.
Bobbitt's  right to  semi-monthly  payments,  under this  paragraph (A), and any
associated  property right or interest,  is a personal and  individual  right or
interest.

                           (B)  Health  and  Dental  Coverage.  The  Corporation
agrees to provide to the Executive and to the Executive's spouse and dependents,
on a non-contributory basis, during the Executive's lifetime,  health and dental
coverage not less favorable than the health and dental  coverage(s)  provided by
the  Corporation  to the  Executive  and his  spouse on January  4,  1995.,  The
Corporation  shall continue that coverage on a  non-contributory  basis,  of the
surviving  wife of the  Executive  and her  dependents  for the remainder of her
lifetime,  except that, in the event she remarries,  any rights of the surviving
wife  of  the  Executive  and  her  dependents  under  the  ALLTEL   Corporation
Supplemental  Medical  Employee  Reimbursement  Plan (or its successor,  if any)
automatically shall terminate.  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
paragraph (B), the  Corporation  may provide all or any portion of the foregoing
health and  dental  coverage(s)  through  the  purchase  by the  Corporation  of
insurance and the Corporation may coordinate against any government-provided (or
similar) coverage ("other coverage") with the other coverage as primary,  if, in
the case the other  coverage is  contributory,  the  Corporation  reimburses the
Executive or his spouse, as applicable, for amounts paid by the Executive or his
spouse as applicable,  to obtain the other coverage within 30 days following the
date the Executive or his spouse,  as  applicable,  provides to the  Corporation
reasonable written evidence of the amount that is to be reimbursed.

                           (C)  Split Dollar Policies.

                           (i)  The  Split  Dollar  Agreement  shall  remain  in
effect, as modified by the following:

                           (1) Exhibit B of the Split Dollar Agreement is hereby
amended to delete the text under the section captioned  "Proceeds Payable to the
Employee's  Beneficiaries" and substitute the following: "The full amount of the
proceeds payable under both policies reflected on Exhibit A."


                                      -3-

                                        71

<PAGE>

                           (2)  Paragraph  5 of the Split  Dollar  Agreement  is
hereby  amended to provide  as  follows:  "This  Agreement  shall  automatically
terminate  on the  earlier  to  occur  of the  day  following  the  date  of the
Employee's death or the date of the Employee's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday."

                           (ii) At the  Executive's  sixty-fifth  birthday,  the
Corporation  shall  receive the cash  surrender  value of the policies and shall
transfer  the  ownership  of  the  policies  to  the  Executive.  Prior  to  the
Executive's  sixty-fifth  birthday,  the  Corporation  shall  make  all  premium
payments on the policies and the proper  amounts with respect  thereto  shall be
imputed as income to the Executive.

                           (D) Group Life Plan.  Under the  Corporation's  Group
Life,  AD&D,  and LTD Insurance  Plan (the "Group Life Plan"),  the  Executive's
participation  in the Group Life Plan will  continue  until  January  31,  1994,
whereupon,  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the Group  Life  Plan,  the
Executive's  participation  in and  coverage  under  the  Group  Life  Plan will
terminate,  after which the Executive will have the right, during the ensuing 31
day period,  to convert all or any portion of his then coverage  under the Group
Life  portion of the Group Life Plan (but not the AD&D and LTD  portions)  to an
individual  life  insurance  policy.  The  Corporation  agrees  to  provide  the
Executive,  promptly  following his request,  with the necessary  application to
effect the foregoing conversion.

                           (E) Incentive Plans.

                           (i) Set forth on  Exhibit A is the amount of award to
which the  Executive is entitled  under the  Short-Term  Plan for the 1994 year,
which  the  Corporation  and the  Executive  agree is the  correct  amount.  The
Executive  acknowledges  that he has no  right  or  entitlement  of any  type or
description  under the Short-Term  Plan with respect to any year other than 1994
(other  than the right to awards  with  respect to any such other year that were
deferred  and remain  unpaid,  to which  paragraph  (I) of this  Section 3 shall
apply) and that his sole right and  entitlement  under the Short-Term  Plan with
respect to 1994 is limited to his receipt of the foregoing amount.

                           (ii) Set  forth on  Exhibit  A is the  amount  of any
award to which the Executive  will be entitled  under the Long-Term Plan for the
1992 through 1994 period,  which the  Corporation and the Executive agree is the
correct amount.  The Executive  acknowledges that he has no right or entitlement
of any type or  description  under the Long-Term Plan with respect to any period
other than 1992 through 1994 (other than the right to awards with respect to any
such other year that were deferred and remain unpaid,  to which paragraph (I) of
this  Section 3 shall apply) and that his sole right and  entitlement  under the
Long-Term  Plan with  respect to the 1992  through 1994 period is limited to his
receipt of the foregoing amount.

                           (iii) Any awards to which the  Executive  is entitled
under the  Short-Term  Plan, the Long-Term  Plan, or both,  shall be paid to the
Executive  at the time awards are paid to the  Corporation's  officers,  but not
later than March 1, 1995, in accordance with


                                      -4-

                                        72

<PAGE>

the terms of those plans.

                           (F)  Profit-Sharing Plans.

                           (i) Set  forth on  Exhibit  A is a  reasonable,  best
estimate  of the  amount of the  Executive's  vested  interest  under the ALLTEL
Profit-Sharing  Plan, as of the valuation  date  occurring on December 31, 1994,
which the Corporation and the Executive agree is a reasonable,  best estimate of
the amount. The Executive's vested interest under the ALLTEL Profit-Sharing Plan
shall be paid in  accordance  with the terms of and at such time or times as may
be required thereunder.

                           (ii) Set  forth on  Exhibit  A is a  reasonable  best
estimate  of the  amount of the  Executive's  vested  interest  under the Allied
Profit  Sharing Plan, as of the valuation  date  occurring on December 31, 1994,
which the  Corporation  and the Executive agree is a reasonable best estimate of
the amount. The Executive's vested interest under the Allied Profit Sharing Plan
shall be paid in  accordance  with the terms of and at such time or times as may
be required thereunder.

                           (G) Excess  Benefit  Plan.  Set forth on Exhibit A is
the amount of the Executive's  vested interest under the Excess Benefit Plan, as
of  December  31,  1994,  which the  Corporation  and the  Executive  agree is a
reasonable best estimate of the amount.  The  Executive's  vested interest under
the Excess  Benefit  Plan shall be paid in  accordance  with the terms of and at
such time or times as may be required thereunder.

                           (H)  Stock Options.

                           (i)  Notwithstanding  any provision of the applicable
stock option plan or option  agreement to the contrary,  effective as of January
4,  1995,  the  Executive's   vested  interest  in  the  incentive  options  and
non-qualified  options  set forth in Exhibit B to this  Agreement,  shall be 100
percent.  In accordance with the application  stock option plans,  the Executive
shall be entitled to exercise the foregoing options at any time during the three
year period following January 4, 1995.

                           (ii)  Subject  to the  foregoing  provisions  of this
paragraph  (H),  all  matters  pertaining  to the options set forth in Exhibit B
shall be governed by the stock option plan and option agreement.

                           (I) Deferrals Under Deferred  Compensation  Plan. Set
forth on Exhibit A are the amounts  through  and as of the end of calendar  year
1994 the receipt of which the  Executive  has elected to defer  under,  and that
have not been paid to the Executive under, one or more of the ALLTEL Corporation
Executive  Deferred  Compensation  Plan,  the  ALLTEL  Corporation   Performance
Incentive Plan, and the ALLTEL Corporation Long-Term Performance Incentive Plan.
The  Executive's  vested  interest under the plans  described in the immediately
preceding  sentence  shall be paid in  accordance  with the terms of and at such
time or times as may be provided under the terms


                                      -5-

                                      73

<PAGE>

thereof,  which the parties  agree shall  require that the  Corporation  pay the
Executive  the  foregoing  amount as of December 31, 1994,  plus the interest or
"return"  calculated in accordance with the Deferred  Compensation  Plan for the
plan year 1995, on or before March 1, 1996.

                           (J) Rabbi  Trust.  As of the date of this  Agreement,
the Executive is a beneficiary  under the trust established by a Trust Agreement
between the Corporation and Nationsbank  Texas,  N.A.,  dated July 20, 1993 (the
"Rabbi Trust"),  with respect to the  Executive's  rights and benefits under the
Executive  Compensation  Agreement,  the Excess  Benefit  Plan and the  Deferred
Compensation  Plan, and the Corporation has made certain  contributions  for the
Executive's  account  thereunder  the  balance of which  totaled  $390,385 as of
December 31, 1994. The Corporation  agrees that, subject to and in reliance upon
the acknowledgments by the Executive in the immediately following sentence,  the
Corporation will, for so long as the Corporation continues to maintain the Rabbi
Trust with executive officers of the Corporation as beneficiaries,  maintain the
Executive as a beneficiary thereunder with respect to the Executive's rights and
benefits  referred to above and the  Executive's  rights and benefits under this
Agreement (in substitution for the Executive Compensation  Agreement),  and will
maintain balances in the Executive's  account under the Rabbi Trust from time to
time consistent with the manner in which the Corporation  maintains  balances in
the  accounts  of the  executive  officers  of the  Corporation.  The  Executive
acknowledges that the Rabbi Trust is a revocable trust under which a beneficiary
is entitled to  exercise  no rights  prior to a "change of control"  (as defined
thereunder),   that  no  beneficiary  has  any  "vested"  right  or  entitlement
thereunder  of any type or  description  prior to such a "change of control" and
that, in the event the Corporation, prior to such a change of control, amends or
terminates the Rabbi Trust (which the Corporation  has the unqualified  right to
do in its sole  discretion) or its application to the executive  officers of the
Corporation,  the Corporation's agreements in the immediately preceding sentence
automatically shall terminate.

                           (K) Disclosure By the  Corporation.  The  Corporation
shall have the right to  disclose  this  Agreement  and the terms  hereof in the
Corporation's  proxy  statement  with  respect  to its 1995  annual  meeting  of
stockholders and in the Corporation's Form 10-K Report for its fiscal year ended
December 31, 1994, and otherwise to the extent the  Corporation  determines that
disclosure  is either  required by  applicable  law or  regulation  or is in the
Corporation's  best  interest.  To  the  extent  reasonably   practicable,   the
Corporation  shall afford the Executive a reasonable  opportunity  to review and
comment upon any such disclosure prior to the making thereof.

                           4.  Certain Other Agreements.

                           (A) Return of Property.  Concurrent with execution of
this  Agreement,  the  Executive  shall  deliver to the  Corporation  all of the
Corporation's  and its  subsidiaries'  property in the  Executive's  possession,
custody or control,  including,  without limitation,  all keys and credit cards,
and all files, documents, data and information in any medium relating in any way
to the Corporation and its subsidiaries' or its or their


                                      -6-

                                       74
<PAGE>

employees,  suppliers,  customers or business.  Concurrent with the execution of
this Agreement, the Corporation shall deliver all of the Executive's property in
the Corporation's possession, custody or control, including, without limitation,
the Executive's leather Mark Cross brief case (under credenza),  the Executive's
1994  calendar and  telephone  directory,  without  leather  cover,  prior years
calendars  (located  in second  drawer on left hand side of desk),  1968 to 1986
Annual Reports on Allied Telephone Company and the Corporation which were loaned
to Ron Payne and the four  framed  golf  prints  hanging on the  walls,  and the
bronze "golfer" on the credenza.

                           (B) Non-Disclosure.  The Executive  acknowledges that
in the  course  of his  employment  with the  Corporation  he has had  access to
confidential   information  or  trade  secrets  that  are   proprietary  to  the
Corporation and its subsidiaries,  including,  without  limitation,  information
relating to the Corporation's and its subsidiaries' suppliers and customers, the
sources,  costs and prices of the Corporation's  and its subsidiaries'  products
and  services,  the names,  addresses,  contact  persons,  purchasing  and sales
histories,  and preference of the Corporation's and its subsidiaries'  suppliers
and  customers,  the  Corporation's  and its  subsidiaries'  business  plans and
strategies, and the names and addresses of, amounts of compensation paid to, and
the trading and sales  performance  of the  Corporation's  and its  subsidiaries
employees and agents (the  "Confidential  Information").  The Executive  further
acknowledges that the Confidential Information is proprietary to the Corporation
and  its  subsidiaries,   that  the  unauthorized   disclosure  of  any  of  the
Confidential  Information  to any person or entity will result in immediate  and
irreparable competitive injury to the Corporation and its subsidiaries, and that
such injury cannot adequately be remedied by an award of monetary  damages.  The
Executive agrees not to disclose at any time any Confidential Information to any
person or entity without the prior written permission of the Corporation.

                           (C) Non-Competition. The Executive agrees that, for a
period of five  years  after  January 4, 1995,  the  Executive  shall not become
employed,  directly or indirectly,  by a competitor of the  Corporation.  In the
event the Executive inquires of the Corporation, in writing, whether a potential
employment  being  considered by the Executive would constitute a breach of this
paragraph  (and  provides  the  Corporation,   in  writing,  with  all  relevant
information  related thereto),  the Corporation agrees to evaluate that inquiry,
reasonably and in good faith,  and, within 30 days after receipt of the inquiry,
to advise the Executive  whether the Corporation would consider that employment,
if  undertaken,  to  constitute  a breach  of this  paragraph.  In the event the
Corporation's  response is that the proposed  employment  would not constitute a
breach and the Executive  thereafter  undertakes the proposed  employment in the
manner described by the Executive to the  Corporation,  the Executive shall have
no liability to the  Corporation  for a breach of this  paragraph as a result of
undertaking the proposed  employment in the manner described by the Executive to
the Corporation.

                           (D) Harmful Statements.  The Executive agrees that he
will not, and will cause his spouse not to, make any unfavorable, disparaging or
negative  comment,  remark or  statement,  whether  written  or oral,  about the
Corporation, any of its subsidiaries


                                      -7-

                                        75

<PAGE>

or affiliates,  or any of their respective officers,  directors or employees (or
the spouses of any of the foregoing).  The Corporation  agrees, in turn, that it
will not,  and it will cause its  officers  and the  principal  officers  of its
subsidiaries  (and those  officers  will cause their  respective  spouses),  and
directors not to, make any unfavorable, disparaging or negative comment, remark,
or statement, whether written or oral, about the Executive or his spouse.

                           (E) Confidentiality. Except as otherwise contemplated
by  paragraph  (K) of  Section  3, the  terms  of this  Agreement  shall  remain
confidential  and shall not be  disclosed by or permitted to be disclosed by the
Executive to any persons other than the Executive's counsel,  financial advisor,
his spouse,  Patricia H.  Bobbitt,  his daughter,  Melinda A. Bobbitt,  and each
person to whom the Executive is permitted to and does disclose the terms of this
Agreement  shall be advised by the Executive of this  confidentiality  agreement
and shall be directed to observe the requirements thereof,  except to the extent
the Corporation has disclosed this Agreement in accordance with paragraph (K) of
Section 3.

                           (F)  Reciprocal Release and Covenant Not to Sue.

                           (i) In consideration of the monies and other benefits
to be provided by the Corporation under this Agreement, the sufficiency of which
as good and  valuable  consideration  the  Executive  hereby  acknowledges,  the
Executive,  for and on behalf of himself, his heirs,  executors,  administrators
and assigns,  hereby releases and discharges the  Corporation,  its subsidiaries
and affiliates, and their respective officers, directors,  employees,  trustees,
administrators,  employee  benefit  plans,  all  other  representatives  of  the
Corporation and agents of any of the foregoing, and their successors and assigns
(hereinafter the "Releasees"), from and against any and all claims, liabilities,
causes of action, debts, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever of
any and every kind,  whether in tort,  contract  or  pursuant  to  constitution,
statute or regulation,  and whether for attorneys'  fees or otherwise,  which he
now has , whether  known or  unknown,  accrued or  matured,  arising  out of the
employment  relationship  between  the  Executive  and  the  Corporation  or any
Releasee or the termination thereof, except for the amounts, rights and benefits
under this Agreement. The foregoing release includes, but is not limited to, all
claims for  compensation  and  fringe or other  benefits  and is a complete  and
legally  binding general release that releases all claims that the Executive has
or may have against any Releasee under local,  state or federal laws  concerning
civil  rights,  age  discrimination,  disability,  employee  benefits,  wrongful
discharge,  workers'  compensation  or any other  claims that may have arisen in
connection  with his  employment  with the  Corporation  or any  Releasee or the
termination  thereof.  The  foregoing  release,  however,  does not apply to any
amount,  right  or  benefit  to which  the  Executive  is  entitled  under  this
Agreement.  The Executive agrees not to file any claim,  charge,  lawsuit or the
like against any of the  Releasees  concerning  any matter in any way  connected
with his  employment  with the  Corporation  or any Releasee or the  termination
thereof.

                           (ii)  In   consideration  of  the  covenants  by  the
Executive  under this  Agreement,  the sufficiency of which as good and valuable
consideration the Corporation hereby acknowledges,  the Corporation,  for and on
behalf of itself and its successors and


                                      -8-

                                        76

<PAGE>

assigns,  hereby releases and discharges the Executive and his heirs, executors,
administrators  and assigns  from and  against any and all claims,  liabilities,
causes of action, debts, demands, charges and claims of any nature whatsoever of
any and every kind,  whether in tort,  contract  or  pursuant  to  constitution,
statute or regulation,  and whether for attorneys' fees or otherwise,  which the
Corporation now has, whether known or unknown,  accrued or matured,  arising out
of the employment relationship between the Executive and the Corporation, or any
of the Corporation's  subsidiaries,  except for the amounts, rights and benefits
under this  Agreement.  The  Corporation  agrees not to file any claim,  charge,
lawsuit  or the like  against  the  Executive  concerning  any matter in any way
connected with his employment with the  Corporation or any of the  Corporation's
subsidiaries.

                           5.  Termination of Other Agreements.

                           Except  as  otherwise   expressly  provided  in  this
Agreement,  this  Agreement  shall  terminate  any and all other  agreements  or
arrangements  between  the  Corporation  or  any  of its  subsidiaries  and  the
Executive under which the Corporation or any such subsidiary  would be obligated
to make any payment to or pay any benefit to or with respect to the Executive or
any person or entity claiming through the Executive,  including, but not limited
to, the Executive  Compensation  Agreement,  and neither the Corporation nor any
subsidiary of the Corporation shall have any obligation to make any such payment
or pay any such benefit.

                           6.  General Provisions.

                           (A) Each and every  provision  of this  Agreement  is
subject to, and shall become effective only upon,  express approval by the Board
and the execution by Patricia Bobbitt of the paragraph immediately following the
Executive's  signature on the signature page of this Agreement.  The Corporation
shall seek  approval  of this  Agreement  by the Board on or before  January 26,
1995. On or before January 27, 1995, the Corporation  shall notify the Executive
of the Board's decision whether to approve this Agreement, which, in the case of
such approval, shall be accompanied by a certified resolution to that effect. If
this  Agreement  is not  approved by the Board on or before  January 26, 1995 or
Patricia  H.  Bobbitt  fails  to sign the  paragraph  referred  to in the  first
sentence of this paragraph (A)  concurrent  with the signature of this Agreement
by the Executive, this Agreement shall be void ab initio.

                           (B)  Each  party   warrants   that  it  or  he  fully
understands this Agreement; that no promise or inducement has been offered to it
or him to enter into this Agreement  except as expressly set forth herein;  that
this   Agreement  is  executed   without   reliance   upon  any   statements  or
representations  made by either party or its or his attorneys or representatives
to the other  concerning the nature and extent of any claims or damages or legal
liability  therefor;  that this Agreement evidences the entire settlement of the
claims  released  herein;  and the  Executive  warrants that he is competent and
authorized to enter into this  Agreement and that this  Agreement is executed by
the Executive with full knowledge and understanding of its contents.


                                      -9-

                                        77

<PAGE>

                           (C) Applicable Withholding.  Any payments or benefits
to be provided to the  Executive,  Patricia H. Bobbitt,  or any person or entity
claiming  through the Executive,  in accordance with this Agreement or otherwise
shall be subject to any applicable  withholding required under federal, state or
local law and any additional  withholding to which the Executive has agreed.  No
Releasee shall be responsible  for any tax imposed upon the Executive,  Patricia
H. Bobbitt, or other person or entity with respect to any such payment.

                           7.  Non-Admission.  Neither the  Corporation  nor the
Executive makes any admission of any failing or wrongdoing by entering into this
Agreement.  Rather,  both  parties  recognize  that they  merely  have agreed to
resolve  amicably  any  existing  or  potential  disputes  arising  out  of  the
Executive's employment and the termination thereof.

                           8. No  Reemployment.  The Corporation does not intend
to reinstate  the  Executive to  employment  at any time in the future,  and the
Executive does not intend to seek such  reinstatement at any time in the future.
The  Corporation  and its parents and  subsidiaries  shall have no obligation to
consider the Executive for re-employment at any time hereafter.

                           9.  Specific Performance; Other Remedies.

                           (A) The  Executive  acknowledges  that the  covenants
contained in Section 4 of this Agreement are reasonably necessary to protect the
trade secrets,  confidential  information  and other  business  interests of the
Corporation  and its  subsidiaries  and  affiliates  and  that  the  Executive's
compliance  with  those  covenants  is  necessary  to protect  them from  unfair
competition  and competitive  injury.  The Executive  further  recognizes that a
breach of any of those  covenants will result in irreparable and continuing harm
and damage to the Corporation and its parent  subsidiaries  and affiliates,  for
which there will be no adequate  remedy at law. The Executive  therefore  agrees
that in the  event of a breach  of any of the  covenants  in  Section  4 of this
Agreement, the Corporation and its subsidiaries and affiliates shall be entitled
to injunctive relief and to such other relief (whether at law or in equity) as a
court of competent  jurisdiction deems proper in the circumstances,  in addition
to any  other  remedy  or  relief  to  which  any of them may be  entitled.  The
Corporation  recognizes  that a breach by the Corporation of the second sentence
of paragraph (D) of Section 4 will result in irreparable and continuing harm and
damage to the Executive,  for which there will be no adequate remedy at law. The
Corporation  therefore  agrees  that,  in the  event of a breach  of the  second
sentence of paragraph (D) of Section 4 of this Agreement, the Executive shall be
entitled to  injunctive  relief and to such other  relief  (whether at law or in
equity) as a court of competent  jurisdiction deems proper in the circumstances,
in addition to any other remedy or relief to which he may be entitled.


                                      -10-

                                        78

<PAGE>

                           (B)  The   obligations  of  the   Corporation   under
paragraph  (A)  of  Section  3  of  this  Agreement  are  conditioned  upon  the
Executive's  compliance with the covenants made by him under paragraphs (C), (D)
and (F) of Section 4 of this Agreement,  and in the event the Executive fails to
comply with any of those  covenants in any material  respect and the Corporation
obtains a ruling to that  effect  from a court of  competent  jurisdiction,  the
Corporation  thereupon shall be excused from making any further payment required
under paragraph (A) of Section 3 of this Agreement.  The Executive  acknowledges
that the foregoing  forfeiture of payments and benefits  under this Agreement is
reasonable  in relation to the harm that the  Corporation  would  sustain if the
Executive were to violate any of the covenants  contained in paragraphs (C), (D)
and (F) of Section 4 of this Agreement in any material respect.

                           10.   Non-Assignment.   Any  rights  to  payments  or
benefits  under this  Agreement  payable to or with respect to the  Executive or
Patricia H. Bobbitt may not be assigned,  voluntarily or involuntarily,  and any
attempt to do so shall be void. The Executive  warrants and  represents  that he
has not  assigned or  attempted  to assign to any third party any claim,  or any
part thereof, that he may have or claim to have against the Releasees.

                           11.  Binding Effect.

                           (A) This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and
be binding upon the  Corporation.  This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of
each of the Releasees.

                           (B) This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and
be  binding  upon  the   Executive  and  the   Executive's   personal  or  legal
representatives,  executors,  administrators,  successors,  heirs, distributees,
devisees,  legatees  and  any  other  person  or  entity  claiming  through  the
Executive.  If the Executive  shall die while any amount would be payable to the
Executive  hereunder  (other than amounts which, by their terms,  terminate upon
the death of the  Executive)  if the  Executive  had  continued to live,  unless
otherwise  provided  herein,  the amount(s) shall be paid in accordance with the
terms  of  this  Agreement  to  the  executors,   personal   representatives  or
administrators of the Executive's estate.

                           (C) In the event of any action or proceeding  between
the parties concerning an alleged breach of or default under this Agreement, the
prevailing  party shall be  entitled to collect  from the other party all of the
prevailing party's reasonable costs and expenses (including, without limitation,
attorneys fees) incurred by the prevailing in connection therewith.


                                      -11-

                                        79

<PAGE>

                           12.  Notices.  Notices  and all other  communications
provided for in this  Agreement  shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have
been duly given  when  delivered  or mailed by United  States  registered  mail,
return receipt requested, postage prepaid, addressed to the respective addresses
set forth below,  or to such other address as either party may have furnished to
the other in writing in  accordance  herewith,  except  that notice of change of
address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:

         To the Corporation:                         To the Executive:
         ALLTEL Corporation                          Mr. Max E. Bobbitt
         One Allied Drive                            62 Carmel Drive
         Little Rock, Arkansas  72202       Little Rock, Arkansas  72212
         Attention:  General Counsel

                           13. Miscellaneous. No provision of this Agreement may
be modified, waived or discharged unless such waiver,  modification or discharge
is agreed to in writing  and  signed by the  Executive  and the Chief  Executive
Officer of the Corporation.  No waiver by either party hereto at any time of any
breach by the other  party  hereto of, or  compliance  with,  any  condition  or
provision of this  Agreement to be performed by such other party shall be deemed
a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions at the same or at any
prior or subsequent time. No agreements or  representations,  oral or otherwise,
express or implied,  with respect to the subject matter hereof have been made by
either party which are not expressly set forth in this Agreement.  The validity,
interpretation, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be governed
by the laws of the State of Arkansas.

                           14.  Construction.  The  provisions of this Agreement
have been mutually created with the assistance of counsel for each party, and no
provision of this Agreement shall be construed against either the Corporation or
the Executive as the drafter  thereof.  Paragraph and Section  titles herein are
for  ease  of  reference  purposes  only  and  shall  not be  considered  in the
construction of this Agreement.

                           15. Validity.  The invalidity or  unenforceability of
any provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability
of any other provision of this  Agreement,  which shall remain in full force and
effect.  If any part of the  Agreement  is found to be  unenforceable  the other
provisions shall remain fully valid and enforceable.  In the event any provision
of this Agreement is held unenforceable,  such provision shall be reformed so as
to be enforced to the maximum extent possible, and if a court determines that it
is not possible to reform any such provision of this  Agreement,  such provision
will be severed from the Agreement  and the remainder of the Agreement  shall be
enforced to the full extent permitted by law.

                           16.  Counterparts.  This Agreement may be executed in
several  counterparts,  each of which shall be deemed to be an original but both
of which together will constitute one and the same instrument.


                                      -12-

                                        80

<PAGE>

                           IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  signed this
Agreement as of the date set forth above.



                               ALLTEL CORPORATION
Attest:
/s/ Francis X. Frantz                          /s/ Joe Ford
________________________                 By______________________________
Name:  Francis X. Frantz                   Name:  Joe T. Ford
Title:    Secretary                        Title:  Chairman and Chief Executive
                                                   Officer

Witness:
/s/ Donald T. Jack, Jr.                       /s/ Max E. Bobbitt
- ------------------------                 --------------------------------
    Donald T. Jack, Jr.                                  
                                                  Max E. Bobbitt




The undersigned,  Patricia H. Bobbitt, hereby (i) accepts and agrees to be bound
by the provisions of Section 3 of this Agreement, (ii) joins in and agrees to be
bound by the  provisions  of  paragraphs  (D), (E), and (F) of Section 4 of this
Agreement, (iii) consents to and agrees to be bound by the provisions of Section
5 of this  Agreement,  (iv) makes the  warranties  contained in paragraph (B) of
Section 6, and the second  sentence of Section 10 of this  Agreement,  as though
she were "the  Executive"  as that term is used  therein and (v) consents to and
agrees to be bound by the  provisions of Sections 6 and 7 and Sections 9 through
16 of this Agreement.



Witness:

/s/ Donald T. Jack, Jr.                          /s/ Patricia H. Bobbitt
                                                     Patricia H. Bobbitt


                                      -13-

                                        81


<PAGE>

                                                                    EXHIBIT A


Short-Term Plan

         Amount for 1994 year:                              $  391,875



Long-Term Plan

Amount for 1992-94 period:                                  $  146,250


ALLTEL Profit Sharing Plan

         Estimated amount of vested interest , including
            estimated 1994 contributions (as of  12/31/94): $  152,000


Allied Profit Sharing Plan

         Estimated amount of vested interest, including
            estimated 1994 contributions (as of  12/31/94): $  764,000


Excess Benefit Plan

         Estimated amount of vested interest, including
            estimated amount credited for 1994  
            (as of  12/31/94):                              $  211,000


Deferred Compensation Plan

                  Amount in account as of 12/31/94:         $1,698,414


                                      -14-

                                        82

<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                               


ALLTEL Corporation                           STOCK OPTION PERSONNEL SUMMARY   AS OF 01/04/95                         PAGE: 1
                                                                                                                     FORM: HRCm10
                                             MAX E. BOBBITT                   ID: 0354    (Officer)                  Date: 01/19/95
                                             62 CARMEL DRIVE                  Location   : AT                        TIME: 09:52:16
                                             LITTLE RICK,  AR 72212           Department : CORP
                                                                              Last Sale  : None
                                                                              Last Buy   : None





<S>      <C>        <C>       <C>        <C>         <C>           <C>          <C>           <C>              <C>             


GRANT    GRANT      PLAN/                                                                              *
NUMBER   DATE       TYPE      GRANTED    PRICE       EXERCISED     VESTED       CANCELLED      UNVESTED        OUTSTANDING
- ------   --------   -------   ---------  ----------  -----------   ----------   -----------    ----------      ------------
001010   07/26/88   02/ISO     44,595.0   $11.2085           0.0     44,595.0           0.0           0.0         44,595.0
001011   07/26/88   02/NQ      45,405.0   $11.2085           0.0     45,405.0           0.0           0.0         44,405.0
001012   10/15/90   02/ISO     14,220.0   $14.0625           0.0      7,110.0           0.0       7,110.0         14,220.0
001013   10/15/90   02/NQ      35,780.0   $14.0625           0.0     32,890.0           0.0       2,890.0         35,780.0
001014   01/29/92   02/ISO     10,000.0   $20.0000           0.0          0.0           0.0      10,000.0         10,000.0
001026   01/29/92   02/NQ      90,000.0   $20.0000           0.0     40,000.0           0.0      50,000.0         90,000.0
001273   10/29/93   02/ISO      3,448.0   $29.0000           0.0          0.0           0.0       3,448.0          3,448.0
001274   10/29/93   02/NQ      71,552.0   $29.0000           0.0     15,000.0           0.0      56,552.0         71,552.0
                              ---------  ----------  -----------   ----------   -----------     ---------      ------------
                    TOTALS    315,000.0  ($18.6885)          0.0    185,000.0           0.0     130,000.0        315,000.0

<FN>


* In accordance with paragraph (H) of Section 3, these options shall vest effective January 4, 1995.
</FN>
</TABLE>





                                                           -15-


                                                            83
<PAGE>

                                                            EXHIBIT (10)(b)(2)

                SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT


      THIS  SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT ("Agreement")  is

made as of March 1, 1994, by and between ALLTEL Corporation, a

Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),  and  the  undersigned

employee of the Company (the "Employee").

      In  consideration  of the services rendered  and  to  be

rendered  by  the  Employee  to the  Company  or  any  of  its

subsidiaries  or  affiliates (employment or  duties  with  the

Company shall include employment or duties with any subsidiary

or  affiliate  of  the  Company) and of the  mutual  covenants

contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1. Purchase of Insurance.  The Company shall  maintain the life  insurance
policy or policies (individually,  a "policy" and, collectively, the "policies")
on  the  life  of  the  Employee  from  the   insurance   company  or  companies
(individually,   an  "Insurance  Company"  and,  collectively,   the  "Insurance
Companies") specified on the Policy Specification attached hereto as Exhibit A),
shall pay all premiums on the policies when due, and shall be designated as sole
owner of the policies subject to the conditions hereafter set forth.

     2.   Payment of Proceeds.  Upon the death of the Employee
while  this Agreement remains in effect, the proceeds  of  the
policies shall be paid as follows:

           (a) To the  Employee's  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  designated in
     accordance  with Paragraph 3, an amount  calculated in the manner set forth
     on the  schedule  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  B, for the Plan Year of the
     Employee's death.

          (b) To the Company,  an amount  equal to the  balance,  if any, of the
     proceeds  of the  policy,  and of any  additional  insurance  purchased  in
     accordance with Paragraph 3, after payment of the applicable  amount to the
     Employee's  beneficiary or  beneficiaries  in accordance with clause (a) of
     this Paragraph 2.

      3. Rights Under  Policy.  Each and every right of ownership of each policy
is reserved to the Company. Each policy shall provide that the dividends payable
with  respect to the policy may be applied as  determined  by the Company in its
sole  discretion.  The Company  shall be entitled  to any  premiums  paid on the
policies that are refunded by the Insurance Companies. The Company shall make no
loan  against the  policies  that would  prevent  payment of the proceeds of the
policies in accordance with the provisions of clause (a) of Paragraph 2. Payment
of the proceeds of the policies in accordance  with the provisions of clause (a)
of  Paragraph  2  shall  be made  in  accordance  with  the  Employee's  written
designation of beneficiary or  beneficiaries  specified to the Company from time
to time (which, as of the date hereof, are as set forth on the schedule attached
hereto as Exhibit B).

                                       84


<PAGE>
      4.  Liability  of  Insurance  Company.  In issuing any policy of insurance
covered by this Agreement,  an Insurance  Company shall have no liability except
as set forth in the policy.  The Insurance Company shall not be bound to inquire
into or take notice of any of the  provisions of this Agreement as to the policy
or as to the application of the proceeds of the policy.  Rights under the policy
may be  exercised  during  the  life of the  Employee  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of the policy. Upon the death of the Employee,  the Insurance Company
shall be discharged  from all liability on payment of the proceeds in accordance
with the policy  provisions  without  regard to this  Agreement or any amendment
thereof.

     5.   Termination.

           (a) This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by either the Company or the
     Employee by written  notice to the other  specifying  the effective date of
     termination.

          (b)  This Agreement automatically shall terminate at
     the end of the first month in which:
           (1)  the Company fails to make the premium payments
     required under  Paragraph 1; or
           (2) the  Employee's  service with the Company is  terminated  for any
     reason other than death or total and permanent disability.

      6. Non-Payment of Benefits. If the Employee dies by suicide, while sane or
insane, within two years after the date of issue or reissue of the policy, or if
for any  reason an  Insurance  Company  does not pay  benefits  under the policy
during the  contestable  period (not to exceed two years after the date of issue
or reissue of the policy) because of fraud,  misrepresentation,  or other action
by the Employee  falling  within the  applicable  provisions of the policy,  the
Company shall have no liability under this Agreement.

      7. Plan Year.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the first Plan year shall
begin on the  effective  date of this  Agreement  and  extend  through  the next
December  31.  Each  subsequent  Plan  year  shall  begin  on  January  1 of the
succeeding year and end on December 31 of such year.

      8.   Miscellaneous.  Nothing contained in this Agreement
shall  be  construed as giving the Employee the  right  to  be
retained  in the service of the Company or shall  in  any  way
affect the right of the Company to control the Employee or  to
terminate the employment of the Employee at any time.

      9.    Amendment.   This Agreement may be  amended  by  a
writing  signed by the Company and the Employee  and  attached
hereto.

      10.   Notices.   Notices under this Agreement  shall  be
effective  if  delivered, in the case of the Company,  to  One
Allied  Drive,  Little  Rock,  Arkansas  72202,  attn:    Vice
President-
                               2

                              85

<PAGE>


  Human Resources, and, in the case of the Employee, to the address set forth on
the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company and the Employee each may
change the  address  to which  notices  should be sent by written  notice to the
other.

      11.   Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be construed
and  interpreted in accordance with the laws of the  State  of
Delaware.

       12. Effect on Prior Agreement. This Agreement supersedes the Split-Dollar
Agreement,  dated May 26, 1989 (the  "Prior  Agreement"),  which  related to The
Cincinnati  Life Insurance  Company Policy No.  U2321406  ($1,000,000  specified
amount).  The Prior Agreement is hereby  terminated,  and the provisions of this
Agreement  shall apply to the  foregoing  policy  formerly  covered by the Prior
Agreement.

      IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  and the  Employee  have  signed  this
Agreement,  in  the  case  of the  Company,  by its  duly  authorized  officers,
effective as of the date first above written.


                                   ALLTEL Corporation


                         By: /s/ Francis X. Frantz

                         Title: Senior Vice President


                                                     the "Company"





                                   /s/ M. Bobbitt
                                      Signature


                                Max E. Bobbitt
                           Name (Typed or Printed)


                                             the "Employee"
                                      3

                                        86


<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit A






Insurance Company      Policy No.      Specified Amount     Issue Date


The Penn Insurance     9-037-599          $250,000        February 22 1983
   and Annuity Company

The Cincinnati Life     U2321406         1,000,000         May 4, 1989
   Insurance Company
                               4

                              87

<PAGE>


                                                                     Exhibit B


Proceeds Payable to the Employee's Beneficiary(ies)

       The amount of insurance proceeds payable to the Employee's beneficiary or
beneficiaries  under  Paragraph  2(a)  of this  Agreement  in the  event  of the
Employee's death shall be determined as follows:

     "The Employee's  annual earnings (as determined by the Company for purposes
     of  calculating  amounts  payable under the Company's  group life insurance
     plan), minus the sum of the amount paid under the Company's "basic" portion
     of its group life insurance plan and the total amount paid or that would be
     payable  under the  Company's  "supplemental"  portion  of its  group  life
     insurance  plan  (assuming  the Employee  were a  participant  thereunder),
     excluding any amount paid or payable under any  "accidental  death" portion
     thereof."

Beneficiary(ies) of the Employee

      The  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  of the Employee as  designated by the
Employee under Paragraph 3 of this Agreement are as follows:

               Patricia Holley Bobbitt



The Employee's Notice Address

      The address to which notices to the Employee under this  Agreement  should
be sent is as follows:


                    Max E. Bobbitt

                    62 Carmel Drive

                    Little Rock, AR 72212

                               5
                                   
                              88
<PAGE>

                                                         
                                                             EXHIBIT (10)(c)(2)

                                   AGREEMENT


         This  Agreement,  dated October 24, 1994, is made by and between ALLTEL
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (as hereinafter defined, the "Corporation"),
and John L. Comparin (as hereinafter defined, the "Executive").

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  of the  Corporation  (as  hereinafter
defined, the "Board") recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control (as
hereinafter  defined) of the Corporation  exists and that such possibility,  and
the uncertainty it may cause,  may result in the departure or distraction of key
management  employees of the  Corporation or of a Subsidiary to the detriment of
the Corporation and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS,  the Executive is a key management employee of the Corporation
or of a Subsidiary; and

         WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the Corporation should encourage
the continued employment of the Executive by the Corporation or a Subsidiary and
the  continued  dedication  of the  Executive  to his  assigned  duties  without
distraction as a result of the  circumstances  arising from the possibility of a
Change in Control;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  the Corporation and the Executive hereby agree as
follows:

                         1. Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                           (A) "Board"  shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, as constituted from time to time.

                           (B) "Cause" for termination by the Corporation of the
Executive's  employment  shall mean (i) the  willful  failure  by the  Executive
substantially  to perform  the  Executive's  duties  with the  Corporation  or a
Subsidiary, other than any failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due
to physical or mental  illness or any actual or  anticipated  failure  after the
issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good

                                   89

<PAGE>



Reason by the  Executive in  accordance  with  paragraph  (A) of Section 6, that
continues  for at least 30 days  after the Board  delivers  to the  Executive  a
written demand for performance  that identifies  specifically  and in detail the
manner in which the Board  believes  that the  Executive  willfully  has  failed
substantially to perform the Executive's  duties or (ii) the willful engaging by
the Executive in misconduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the
Corporation  or any  Subsidiary,  monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this
definition,  no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's  part shall be deemed
"willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith
and without  reasonable  belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was
in the best interest of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries:

                           (C) A "Change in Control"  shall mean,  if subsequent
to the date of this Agreement:

                           (i) Any  "person,"  as defined  in Section  13(d) and
         14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
         Act"),  other than the  Corporation,  any of its  subsidiaries,  or any
         employee  benefit  plan  maintained  by the  Corporation  or any of its
         subsidiaries,  becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule l3d-3
         under the Exchange Act) of (A) l5% or more, but no greater than 50%, of
         the outstanding  voting capital stock of the Corporation,  unless prior
         thereto,  the Continuing Directors approve the transaction that results
         in the person  becoming  the  beneficial  owner of 15% or more,  but no
         greater  than  50%,  of the  outstanding  voting  capital  stock of the
         Corporation  or (B) more  than 50% of the  outstanding  voting  capital
         stock of the Corporation,  regardless  whether the transaction or event
         by which  the  foregoing  50%  level is  exceeded  is  approved  by the
         Continuing Directors;

                          (ii)  At  any  time  Continuing  Directors  no  longer
         constitute a majority of the directors of the Corporation; or

                          (iii)  A  record   date  is  fixed   for   determining
         stockholders entitled to vote upon (A) a merger or


                                       2

                                       90

<PAGE>

         consolidation  of the Corporation,  statutory share exchange,  or other
         similar  transaction with another  corporation,  partnership,  or other
         entity  or  enterprise  in  which  either  the  Corporation  is not the
         surviving or  continuing  corporation  or shares of common stock of the
         Corporation are to be converted into or exchanged for cash,  securities
         other than common stock of the  Corporation,  or other property,  (B) a
         sale or  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
         Corporation, or (C) the dissolution of the Corporation; or

                          (iv) The Corporation enters into an agreement with any
         Person,  the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of an
         event  described in clause (i),  (ii) or (iii) above of this  paragraph
         (C).

                          (D) "Code"  shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
         1986, as amended from time to time.

                          (E)  "Continuing  Directors"  means directors who were
         directors of the  Corporation  at the beginning of the 24-month  period
         ending  on the date the  determination  is made or whose  election,  or
         nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, was approved
         by at least a majority of the  directors  who are in office at the time
         of the election or nomination  and who either (i) were directors at the
         beginning  of the  period,  or (ii)  were  elected,  or  nominated  for
         election, by at least a majority of the directors who were in office at
         the  time of the  election  or  nomination  and were  directors  at the
         beginning of the period.

                          (F)  "Corporation"  shall mean ALLTEL  Corporation and
         any  successor  to its  business  or  assets,  by  operation  of law or
         otherwise.

                          (G)  "Date of  Termination"  shall  have  the  meaning
         stated in paragraph (B) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (H)  "Disability"  shall be deemed  the reason for the
         termination by the Corporation of the Executive's employment,  if, as a
         result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness,
         the Executive shall have been


                                       3

                                       91

<PAGE>

absent  from  the  full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  with the
Corporation  or a  Subsidiary  for a  period  of  six  consecutive  months,  the
Corporation  shall  have  given  the  Executive  a  Notice  of  Termination  for
Disability,  and,  within 20 business  days after the Notice of  Termination  is
given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the
Executive's duties.

                          (I) "Executive" shall mean the individual named in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

                          (J) "Good Reason" for  termination by the Executive of
the Executive's  employment  shall mean the occurrence,  without the Executive's
express written consent, of any one of the following:

                          (i) the  assignment  to the  Executive  of any  duties
         inconsistent with the Executive's status as an executive officer of the
         Corporation or of a Subsidiary or a substantial  adverse  alteration in
         the nature or status of the Executive's  responsibilities from those in
         effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (ii) a reduction by the Corporation in the Executive's
         annual base salary to any amount less than the Executive's  annual base
         salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iii)  the  relocation  of  the  principal   executive
         offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary, as the case may be, to a
         location  more  than  35  miles  from  the  location  of  such  offices
         immediately  prior  to the  Change  in  Control  or  the  Corporation's
         requiring the Executive to be based  anywhere  other than the principal
         executive offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary as the case may
         be,  except for  required  business  travel to an extent  substantially
         consistent with the Executive's business travel obligations immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iv)  the  failure  by the  Corporation  to pay to the
         Executive any portion of the Executive's  current  compensation,  or to
         pay to the Executive any deferred


                                       4

                                       92

<PAGE>

         compensation   under  any   deferred   compensation   program   of  the
         Corporation, within five days after the date the compensation is due or
         to pay or reimburse the Executive for any expenses  incurred by him for
         required business travel;

                           (v) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue in
         effect  any  compensation  plan in  which  the  Executive  participates
         immediately  prior to the Change in  Control  that is  material  to the
         Executive's  total  compensation,  including  but not limited to, stock
         option,   restricted  stock,   stock  appreciation   right,   incentive
         compensation,  bonus, and other plans, unless an equitable  alternative
         arrangement  embodied in an ongoing  substitute or alternative plan has
         been  made,  or  the  failure  by  the   Corporation  to  continue  the
         Executive's  participation  therein (or in a substitute or  alternative
         plan) on a basis not materially  less  favorable,  both in terms of the
         amount  of  compensation  provided  and the  level  of the  Executive's
         participation relative to other participants,  than existed immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (vi) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue to
         provide the  Executive  with  benefits  substantially  similar to those
         enjoyed  by the  Executive  under  any of  the  Corporation's  pension,
         profit-sharing,   life   insurance,   medical,   health  and  accident,
         disability,  or other employee benefit plans in which the Executive was
         participating  immediately prior to the Change in Control;  the failure
         by the  Corporation  to continue to provide the  Executive any material
         fringe benefit or perquisite enjoyed by the Executive immediately prior
         to the Change in Control;  or the failure by the Corporation to provide
         the  Executive  with the  number  of paid  vacation  days to which  the
         Executive  is  entitled in  accordance  with the  Corporation's  normal
         vacation policy in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control;
         or

                         (vii) any purported  termination by the Corporation of
         the  Executive's  employment  that is not effected in accordance with a
         Notice of Termination


                                       5

                                       93

<PAGE>

         satisfying the requirements of paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (K)  "Notice of  Termination"  shall have the  meaning
stated in paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (L) "Payment  Trigger"  shall mean the occurrence of a
Change in Control during the term of this Agreement  coincident with or followed
(i) at any time before the end of the 12th month immediately following the month
in which the Change in Control  occurred,  by the termination of the Executive's
employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary for any reason other than (A) by
the Executive  without Good Reason,  (B) by the  Corporation  as a result of the
Disability  of the  Executive  or with Cause or, (C) as a result of the death of
the Executive or (ii) in the event the Executive remains  continuously  employed
by the Corporation or a Subsidiary  until the end of the 12th month  immediately
following the month in which the Change in Control occurred,  the termination of
the Executive's  employment  with the  Corporation or a Subsidiary,  at any time
during the three month  period  immediately  following  the  expiration  of such
12-month period, for any reason other than (A) by the Corporation as a result of
the  Disability  of the  Executive  or  (B) as a  result  of  the  death  of the
Executive.

                          (M) "Person"  shall have the meaning  given in Section
3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, as
modified  and used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d)  thereof;  except that, a Person
shall not include (i) the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (ii) a trustee or other
fiduciary  holding  securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation
or any  Subsidiary,  or  (iii) an  underwriter  temporarily  holding  securities
pursuant to an offering of such securities.

                          (N)  "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation or other
entity or enterprise, whether incorporated or unincorporated,  of which at least
a majority of the securities or other  interests  having by their terms ordinary
voting  power to elect a majority of the board of  directors  or others  serving
similar functions with respect to such corporation or other entity or enterprise
is owned by the Corporation or other


                                       6

                                       94

<PAGE>

entity or  enterprise  of which the  Corporation  directly  or  indirectly  owns
securities or other interests having all the voting power.

                         2.  Term of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall  become
effective on the date hereof and, subject to the second sentence of this Section
2, shall  continue in effect until the earliest of (i) a Date of  Termination in
accordance  with  Section 6 or the death of the  Executive  shall have  occurred
prior to a Change in  Control,  (ii) if a Payment  Trigger  shall have  occurred
during the term of this Agreement, the performance by the Corporation of all its
obligations,  and the satisfaction by the Corporation of all its obligations and
liabilities, under this Agreement, (iii) the ten year anniversary of the date of
this  Agreement if, as of that ten year  anniversary,  a Change in Control shall
not have occurred and be  continuing,  or (iv) in the event,  as of the ten year
anniversary  of the date of this  Agreement,  a Change  in  Control  shall  have
occurred and be  continuing,  either the  expiration  of such period  thereafter
within  which a  Payment  Trigger  does  not or can  not  occur  or the  ensuing
occurrence of a Payment Trigger and the performance by the Corporation of all of
its  obligations and  liabilities  under this  Agreement.  Any Change in Control
during the term of this  Agreement  that for any reason  ceases to  constitute a
Change in Control or is not  followed  by a Payment  Trigger  shall not effect a
termination  or  lapse  of  this  Agreement.  Any  transfer  of the  Executive's
employment  from the  Corporation  to a  Subsidiary,  from a  Subsidiary  to the
Corporation, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary shall not constitute a
termination of the Executive's employment for purposes of this Agreement.

                         3.  General Provisions.

                           (A) The Corporation hereby represents and warrants to
the Executive as follows:  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the
performance by the Corporation of the actions contemplated hereby have been duly
authorized by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of the  Corporation.
This  Agreement  is a  legal,  valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of  the
Corporation  enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Neither the execution or
delivery of this


                                       7

                                       95

<PAGE>

Agreement nor the  consummation by the  Corporation of the actions  contemplated
hereby (i) will violate any provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or
bylaws (or other charter documents) of the Corporation,  (ii) will violate or be
in conflict with any applicable law or any judgment, decree, injunction or order
of any court or  governmental  agency or  authority,  or (iii)  will  violate or
conflict  with or  constitute  a default  (or an event of which,  with notice or
lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default) under or will result in the
termination  of,  accelerate  the  performance  required  by,  or  result in the
creation of any lien,  security interest,  charge or encumbrance upon any of the
assets or  properties  of the  Corporation  under,  any term or provision of the
certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws (or other  charter  documents)  of the
Corporation  or  of  any  contract,  commitment,   understanding,   arrangement,
agreement or restriction of any kind or character to which the  Corporation is a
party or by which the  Corporation  or any of its  properties  or assets  may be
bound or affected.

                           (B) No amount or benefit  shall be payable under this
Agreement  unless there shall have occurred a Payment Trigger during the term of
this Agreement.  In no event shall payments in accordance with this Agreement be
made in respect of more than one Payment Trigger.

                           (C) This Agreement shall not be construed as creating
an express or implied  contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in
writing between the Executive and the Corporation,  the Executive shall not have
any right to be retained in the employ of the  Corporation  or of a  Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding  the  immediately  preceding  sentence or any other provision of
this Agreement,  no purported termination of the Executive's  employment that is
not effected in accordance with a Notice of Termination satisfying paragraph (A)
of Section 6 shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement.  The Executive's
right,  following  the  occurrence  of a Change in  Control,  to  terminate  his
employment  under this  Agreement  for Good Reason  shall not be affected by the
Executive's Disability or incapacity. The Executive's continued employment shall
not  constitute  consent to, or a waiver of rights  with  respect to, any act or
failure to act constituting Good Reason under this Agreement.


                                       8

                                       96

<PAGE>

                         4.  Payments Due Upon a Payment Trigger.

                           (A) The  Corporation  shall pay to the  Executive the
payments  described in this Section 4 upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger
during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) Upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger during
the term of this Agreement,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive a lump
sum payment, in cash, equal to the product of:

                           (i)       three multiplied by

                          (ii)       the sum of --

                           (a) the higher of the Executive's  annual base salary
                  in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in
                  Control  or the  Executive's  annual  base  salary  in  effect
                  immediately prior to the Payment Trigger, plus

                           (b)  the  higher  of the  aggregate  maximum  amounts
                  payable   to  the   Executive   pursuant   to  all   incentive
                  compensation  plans  for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring
                  period  commencing  coincident  with or most recently prior to
                  the  date  on  which  the  Change  in  Control  occurs  or the
                  aggregate maximum amounts payable to the Executive pursuant to
                  all incentive  compensation plans for the fiscal year or other
                  measuring period  commencing  coincident with or most recently
                  prior to the date on which the Payment Trigger occurs, in each
                  case,  assuming that the Executive were continuously  employed
                  by  the   Corporation   or  a  Subsidiary  on  the  terms  and
                  conditions,  including,  without limitation,  the terms of the
                  incentive plans, in effect  immediately prior to the Change in
                  Control or Payment Trigger,  whichever applies, until the last
                  day of that fiscal year or other measuring period.


                                       9

                                       97

<PAGE>

The amount determined under the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (B) shall
be reduced by any cash severance  benefit  otherwise paid to the Executive under
any applicable  severance plan or other severance  arrangement.  For purposes of
this paragraph (B),  amounts  payable to the Executive  pursuant to an incentive
compensation  plan for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring  period  commencing
coincident  with or most  recently  prior  to the date on which  the  Change  of
Control or Payment Trigger, as applicable, occurs (the "applicable year/period")
shall not  include  amounts  attributable  to a fiscal  year or other  measuring
period  that  commenced  prior to the  applicable  year/period  and that  become
payable during the applicable  year/period.  For purposes of this paragraph (B),
incentive  compensation  plans shall  include,  without  limitation,  the ALLTEL
Corporation  Performance  Incentive  Compensation Plan as in effect from time to
time, the ALLTEL Corporation Long-Term  Performance Incentive  Compensation Plan
as in effect from time to time, and any incentive bonus plan or arrangement that
provides  for  payment  of  cash  compensation,   and  shall  exclude,   without
limitation,  the ALLTEL Corporation  Executive Deferred  Compensation Plan as in
effect from time to time, any plan  qualified or intended to be qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the Code and any plan supplementary thereto,  executive fringe
benefits,  and any plan or arrangement under which stock,  stock options,  stock
appreciation rights,  restricted stock or similar options,  stock, or rights are
issued.

                           (C)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of any incentive
compensation plan, including, without limitation, any provision of any incentive
plan requiring  continued  employment  after the completed  fiscal year or other
measuring period,  the Corporation shall pay to the Executive a lump sum amount,
in  cash,  equal  to the  amount  of any  incentive  compensation  that has been
allocated  or awarded to the  Executive  for a  completed  fiscal  year or other
measuring  period  preceding  the  occurrence  of a  Payment  Trigger  under any
incentive compensation plan but has not yet been paid to the Executive.

                           (D) The payments  provided for in paragraphs  (B) and
(C) of this Section 4 shall be made not later than the fifth day  following  the
occurrence of a Payment  Trigger,  unless the amounts of such payments cannot be
finally determined on or


                                       10

                                       98

<PAGE>

before that day, in which case,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive on
that day an estimate, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Corporation,
of the minimum amount of the payments to which the Executive is clearly entitled
and shall pay the remainder of the payments  (together with interest at the rate
provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as soon as the amount thereof can
be determined  but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the occurrence
of a Payment Trigger.  In the event the amount of the estimated payments exceeds
the amount subsequently determined to have been due, the excess shall constitute
a loan by the  Corporation to the  Executive,  payable on the fifth business day
after demand by the Corporation  (together with interest at the rate provided in
Section  l274(b)(2)(B)  of the Code).  At the time that  payments are made under
this  Section 4, the  Corporation  shall  provide the  Executive  with a written
statement setting forth the manner in which the payments were calculated and the
basis for the calculations including,  without limitation, any opinions or other
advice  the  Corporation  has  received  from  outside   counsel,   auditors  or
consultants (and any opinions or advice that are in writing shall be attached to
the statement).

                           5.  Gross-Up Payments.

                           (A) This  Section 5 shall apply if a Payment  Trigger
shall have occurred during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) In the  event  it shall  be  determined  that any
payment or  distribution  by the Corporation or other amount with respect to the
Corporation to or for the benefit of the  Executive,  whether paid or payable or
distributed  or  distributable  pursuant  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or
otherwise,  but determined  without regard to any additional  payments  required
under this  Section 5 (a  "Payment"),  is (or will be) subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any  interest or  penalties  are (or will
be) incurred by the Executive  with respect to the excise tax imposed by Section
4999 of the Code with respect to the Corporation (the excise tax,  together with
any interest and  penalties,  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the
"Excise  Tax"),  the Executive  shall be entitled to receive an additional  cash
payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") from the Corporation in an


                                       11

                                       99

<PAGE>

amount  equal to the sum of the Excise Tax and an amount  sufficient  to pay the
cumulative  Excise Tax and all cumulative  income taxes  (including any interest
and  penalties  imposed  with  respect to such taxes)  relating to the  Gross-Up
Payment  so that  the net  amount  retained  by the  Executive  is  equal to all
payments  received  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement or  otherwise  less
income taxes (but not reduced by the Excise Tax).

                           (C) Subject to the  provisions  of  paragraph  (D) of
this  Section 5, all  determinations  required to be made under this  Section 5,
including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such
Gross-Up  Payment  and  the  assumptions  to be  utilized  in  arriving  at  the
determination,  shall  be  made  by a  nationally  recognized  certified  public
accounting firm designated by the Executive (the "Accounting  Firm") which shall
provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  both  to the  Corporation  and  the
Executive  within 30 days after the  receipt of notice from the  Executive  that
there  has  been  a  Payment,  or  such  earlier  time  as is  requested  by the
Corporation.  In the  event  that at any time  relevant  to this  Agreement  the
Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the  individual,  entity
or group or Person effecting the Change in Control,  the Executive shall appoint
another  nationally  recognized  certified  public  accounting  firm to make the
determinations  required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting  Firm  hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting
Firm  shall be  borne  solely  by the  Corporation.  Any  Gross-Up  Payment,  as
determined in accordance  with this Section 5, shall be paid by the  Corporation
to the  Executive  within five days after the receipt of the  Accounting  Firm's
determination.  If the Accounting  Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable
by the  Executive,  it  shall so  indicate  to the  Executive  in  writing.  Any
determination  by the Accounting  Firm shall be binding upon the Corporation and
the Executive.  As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of
the Code at the time of the initial  determination by the Accounting Firm, it is
possible that Gross-Up  Payments that the Corporation  should have made will not
have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to
be made  hereunder.  In the event  the  Corporation  exhausts  its  remedies  in
accordance with

                                       12

                                      100 
<PAGE>

paragraph (D) of this Section 5 and the Executive thereafter is required to make
a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting  Firm shall  determine the amount of
Underpayment  that has occurred and the  Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by
the Corporation to or for the benefit of the Executive.

                           (D) The  Executive  shall notify the  Corporation  in
writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful,  would
require a Gross-Up Payment (that has not already been paid by the  Corporation).
The  notification  shall be given as soon as  practicable  but no later than ten
business  days after the Executive is informed in writing of the claim and shall
apprise  the  Corporation  of the  nature of the claim and the date on which the
claim is requested to be paid.  The  Executive  shall not pay the claim prior to
the  expiration of the 30-day  period  following the date on which the Executive
gives notice to the  Corporation  or any shorter  period ending on the date that
any  payment  of taxes  with  respect  to the claim is due.  If the  Corporation
notifies the Executive in writing  prior to the  expiration of the 30-day period
that it desires to contest the claim, the Executive shall:

                           (i) give the Corporation  any information  reasonably
         requested by the Corporation relating to the claim;

                           (ii) take any action in  connection  with  contesting
         the claim as the Corporation  shall reasonably  request in writing from
         time  to  time,   including,   without   limitation,   accepting  legal
         representation  with  respect  to the claim by an  attorney  reasonably
         selected by the Corporation;

                           (iii) cooperate with the Corporation in good faith in
         order effectively to contest the claim; and

                           (iv) permit the  Corporation  to  participate  in any
         proceedings relating to the claim.

The  Corporation  shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses  (including
additional  interest and penalties)  incurred in connection with the contest and
shall indemnify and hold the


                                       13

                                      101

<PAGE>

Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  for any Excise Tax or income tax
(including  interest and penalties with respect  thereto) imposed as a result of
the representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation of the
foregoing  provisions  of this  Section 5, the  Corporation  shall  control  all
proceedings  taken in connection  with the contest and, at its sole option,  may
pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,  hearings, and
conferences  with the taxing  authority  in respect of the claim and may, at its
sole option,  either  direct the  Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a
refund or contest the claim in any permissible  manner, and the Executive agrees
to prosecute the contest to a determination before any administrative  tribunal,
in a court of initial  jurisdiction and in one or more appellate  courts, as the
Corporation shall determine. If the Corporation directs the Executive to pay the
claim and sue for a refund,  the  Corporation  shall  advance  the amount of the
payment to the Executive,  on an  interest-free  basis,  and shall indemnify and
hold the  Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  from any Excise Tax or
income tax (including  interest or penalties with respect  thereto) imposed with
respect to the advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to the
advance;  and any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of
taxes for the taxable year of the Executive  with respect to which the contested
amount is claimed to be due shall be limited solely to the contested amount. The
Corporation's  control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to
which a Gross-Up  Payment would be payable  hereunder and the Executive shall be
entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the
Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

                           (E) If,  after the  receipt  by the  Executive  of an
amount advanced by the Corporation  pursuant to paragraph (D) of this Section 5,
the Executive  becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the claim,
the  Executive  shall,   subject  to  the  Corporation's   compliance  with  the
requirements of paragraph (D) of this Section 5, promptly pay to the Corporation
the amount of the refund  (together  with any interest paid or credited  thereon
after taxes  applicable  thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an
amount advanced by the Corporation pursuant to paragraph (D) of this


                                       14

                                      102

<PAGE>

Section 5, a  determination  is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to
any refund  with  respect to the claim and the  Corporation  does not notify the
Executive  in writing of its intent to contest the denial of refund prior to the
expiration  of 30 days  after  the  determination,  then  the  advance  shall be
forgiven  and shall not be  required  to be repaid and the amount of the advance
shall offset, to the extent thereof,  the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to
be paid.

                         6.  Termination Procedures.

                           (A) During the term of this Agreement,  any purported
termination of the Executive's  employment (other than by reason of death) shall
be  communicated  by written Notice of Termination  from one party hereto to the
other party hereto in  accordance  with Section 10 hereof.  For purposes of this
Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a written notice that indicates
the specific  termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied  upon,  and, if
applicable,  the  notice  shall set  forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and
circumstances  claimed to  provide a basis for  termination  of the  Executive's
employment  under the provision so indicated.  Further,  a Notice of Termination
for Cause shall include a copy of a resolution  duly adopted by the  affirmative
vote of not less than a  majority  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a
meeting of the Board that was called and held for the purpose of considering the
termination  finding that, in the informed,  reasonable,  good faith judgment of
the Board,  the Executive  was guilty of conduct set forth in the  definition of
Cause in Section 1(B), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

                           (B)  "Date  of  Termination"   with  respect  to  any
purported  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  during the term of this
Agreement  (other  than by reason of death)  shall  mean (i) if the  Executive's
employment  is  terminated  for  Disability,  20 business  days after  Notice of
Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the
full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  during that 20 business day
period)  and (ii) if the  Executive's  employment  is  terminated  for any other
reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which, in the case of a
termination by the Corporation, shall not be less than ten business days


                                       15

                                       103

<PAGE>

except in the case of a termination for Cause, and, in the case of a termination
by the  Executive,  shall  not be less than ten  business  days nor more than 20
business days, respectively, after the date such Notice of Termination is given.

                         7. No Mitigation.  The Executive  shall not be required
to seek other  employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable
to the Executive by the  Corporation  pursuant to this Agreement.  Further,  the
amount of any payment or benefit  provided  for in this  Agreement  shall not be
reduced by any compensation  earned by the Executive as the result of employment
by another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits,  by offset  against  any amount
claimed to be owed by the  Executive  to the  Corporation  or a  Subsidiary,  or
otherwise.

                         8.  Disputes.

                          (A) If a dispute  or  controversy  arises out of or in
connection with this Agreement, the parties shall first attempt in good faith to
settle the dispute or  controversy by mediation  under the Commercial  Mediation
Rules of the American Arbitration Association before resorting to arbitration or
litigation.  Thereafter, any remaining unresolved dispute or controversy arising
out of or in connection  with this Agreement  shall,  upon a written notice from
the Executive to the Corporation either before suit thereupon is filed or within
20 business days thereafter, be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance
with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in
a city located within the continental United States designated by the Executive.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrator's  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  Executive  shall,  however,  be  entitled  to seek  specific
performance of the  Corporation's  obligations  hereunder during the pendency of
any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

                          (B) Any legal action concerning this Agreement,  other
than a mediation or an arbitration described in paragraph (A) of this Section 8,
whether  instituted by the  Corporation or the  Executive,  shall be brought and
resolved  only  in a  state  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  located  in the
territory that encompasses the city, county, or parish in which


                                       16
               
                                      104

<PAGE>

the  Executive's  principal  residence  is  located  at the time such  action is
commenced.  The Corporation hereby irrevocably consents and submits to and shall
take any action necessary to subject itself to the personal jurisdiction of that
court and  hereby  irrevocably  agrees  that all claims in respect of the action
shall be instituted, heard, and determined in that court. The Corporation agrees
that such court is a convenient  forum, and hereby  irrevocably  waives,  to the
fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to
the maintenance of the action.  Any final judgment in the action may be enforced
in other  jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law.

                          (C) The Corporation  shall pay all costs and expenses,
including  attorneys' fees and  disbursements,  of the Corporation and, at least
monthly,  the  Executive  in  connection  with any legal  proceeding  (including
arbitration),  whether or not  instituted by the  Corporation  or the Executive,
relating  to  the  interpretation  or  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement,  provided that if the Executive  instituted  the  proceeding  and the
judge,   arbitrator,   or  other   individual   presiding  over  the  proceeding
affirmatively  finds that the Executive  instituted the proceeding in bad faith,
the Executive  shall pay all costs and expenses,  including  attorney's fees and
disbursements,  of Executive  and the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  shall pay
prejudgment  interest on any money judgment obtained by Executive as a result of
such proceeding, calculated at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the
Code.

                         9.  Successors; Binding Agreement.

                           (A) In  addition  to any  obligations  imposed by law
upon any  successor  to the  Corporation,  the  Corporation  shall  require  any
successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation,  or
otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all of the  business  or  assets  of the
Corporation  expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner and to the same extent that the Corporation  would be required to perform
it if no such  succession had taken place.  Failure of the Corporation to obtain
the assumption and agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any succession shall
be


                                       17

                                       105

<PAGE>

a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation  from
the  Corporation in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would
be entitled to hereunder if the Executive  were to terminate his  employment for
Good  Reason  immediately  after a Change in Control and during the term of this
Agreement,  except that, for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
which any  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed the  Payment  Trigger
occasioned by the foregoing  deemed  termination  of employment  for Good Reason
immediately  following a Change in Control.  The  provisions  of this  Section 9
shall continue to apply to each  subsequent  employer of Executive bound by this
Agreement  in the event of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  transfer  of all or
substantially all of the business or assets of that subsequent employer.

                           (B) This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives,  executors,
administrators,  successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If the
Executive shall die while any amount would be payable to the Executive hereunder
(other than  amounts  which,  by their  terms,  terminate  upon the death of the
Executive) if the Executive had continued to live, the amount,  unless otherwise
provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
the executors,  personal  representatives,  or administrators of the Executive's
estate.

                         10. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices
and all other  communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given when  delivered  or mailed by United
States registered mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to
the  respective  addresses  set forth below,  or to such other address as either
party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith,  except
that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:


                                       18

                                      106

<PAGE>

                         To the Corporation:

                         ALLTEL Corporation
                         One Allied Drive
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72202
                         Attention:  Chairman of the Board

                         To the Executive:

                         John L. Comparin
                         25 El Dorado
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72212

                         11.  Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may
be  modified,  waived,  or  discharged  unless  such  waiver,  modification,  or
discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the  Executive and an officer of
the Corporation  specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party
hereto at any time of any breach by the other  party  hereto  of, or  compliance
with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other
party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at  the  same  or  at  any  prior  or   subsequent   time.   No   agreements  or
representations,  oral or  otherwise,  express or implied,  with  respect to the
subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set
forth  in  this  Agreement.  The  validity,  interpretation,  construction,  and
performance  of this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by the laws of the State of
Delaware.  All  references  to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be
deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections.  Any payments
provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable  withholding required
under federal,  state, or local law and any additional  withholding to which the
Executive has agreed.

                         12. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of
any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  which shall  remain in full force and
effect.

                         13.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed


                                       19

                                      107

<PAGE>

to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same 
instrument.

                         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  signed  this
Agreement as of the date set forth above.


                                                         ALLTEL CORPORATION

Attest:

/s/ Francis X. Frantz                By /s/ Joe T. Ford
Name: Francis X. Frantz              Name: Joe T. Ford
Title: Secretary                     Title: Chairman & CEO



Witness:

/s/ Dennis J. Ferra                  /s/ John L. Comparin
                                     John L. Comparin




                                       20

                                      108
<PAGE>


                                                            EXHIBIT (10)(c)(3)
                                   AGREEMENT


         This  Agreement,  dated October 24, 1994, is made by and between ALLTEL
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (as hereinafter defined, the "Corporation"),
and Dennis J. Ferra (as hereinafter defined, the "Executive").

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  of the  Corporation  (as  hereinafter
defined, the "Board") recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control (as
hereinafter  defined) of the Corporation  exists and that such possibility,  and
the uncertainty it may cause,  may result in the departure or distraction of key
management  employees of the  Corporation or of a Subsidiary to the detriment of
the Corporation and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS,  the Executive is a key management employee of the Corporation
or of a Subsidiary; and

         WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the Corporation should encourage
the continued employment of the Executive by the Corporation or a Subsidiary and
the  continued  dedication  of the  Executive  to his  assigned  duties  without
distraction as a result of the  circumstances  arising from the possibility of a
Change in Control;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  the Corporation and the Executive hereby agree as
follows:

                         1. Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                           (A) "Board"  shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, as constituted from time to time.

                           (B) "Cause" for termination by the Corporation of the
Executive's  employment  shall mean (i) the  willful  failure  by the  Executive
substantially  to perform  the  Executive's  duties  with the  Corporation  or a
Subsidiary, other than any failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due
to physical or mental  illness or any actual or  anticipated  failure  after the
issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good

                                   109

<PAGE>



Reason by the  Executive in  accordance  with  paragraph  (A) of Section 6, that
continues  for at least 30 days  after the Board  delivers  to the  Executive  a
written demand for performance  that identifies  specifically  and in detail the
manner in which the Board  believes  that the  Executive  willfully  has  failed
substantially to perform the Executive's  duties or (ii) the willful engaging by
the Executive in misconduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the
Corporation  or any  Subsidiary,  monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this
definition,  no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's  part shall be deemed
"willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith
and without  reasonable  belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was
in the best interest of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries:

                           (C) A "Change in Control"  shall mean,  if subsequent
to the date of this Agreement:

                           (i) Any  "person,"  as defined  in Section  13(d) and
         14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
         Act"),  other than the  Corporation,  any of its  subsidiaries,  or any
         employee  benefit  plan  maintained  by the  Corporation  or any of its
         subsidiaries,  becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule l3d-3
         under the Exchange Act) of (A) l5% or more, but no greater than 50%, of
         the outstanding  voting capital stock of the Corporation,  unless prior
         thereto,  the Continuing Directors approve the transaction that results
         in the person  becoming  the  beneficial  owner of 15% or more,  but no
         greater  than  50%,  of the  outstanding  voting  capital  stock of the
         Corporation  or (B) more  than 50% of the  outstanding  voting  capital
         stock of the Corporation,  regardless  whether the transaction or event
         by which  the  foregoing  50%  level is  exceeded  is  approved  by the
         Continuing Directors;

                          (ii)  At  any  time  Continuing  Directors  no  longer
         constitute a majority of the directors of the Corporation; or

                          (iii)  A  record   date  is  fixed   for   determining
         stockholders entitled to vote upon (A) a merger or


                                       2

                                      110
<PAGE>

         consolidation  of the Corporation,  statutory share exchange,  or other
         similar  transaction with another  corporation,  partnership,  or other
         entity  or  enterprise  in  which  either  the  Corporation  is not the
         surviving or  continuing  corporation  or shares of common stock of the
         Corporation are to be converted into or exchanged for cash,  securities
         other than common stock of the  Corporation,  or other property,  (B) a
         sale or  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
         Corporation, or (C) the dissolution of the Corporation; or

                          (iv) The Corporation enters into an agreement with any
         Person,  the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of an
         event  described in clause (i),  (ii) or (iii) above of this  paragraph
         (C).

                          (D) "Code"  shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
         1986, as amended from time to time.

                          (E)  "Continuing  Directors"  means directors who were
         directors of the  Corporation  at the beginning of the 24-month  period
         ending  on the date the  determination  is made or whose  election,  or
         nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, was approved
         by at least a majority of the  directors  who are in office at the time
         of the election or nomination  and who either (i) were directors at the
         beginning  of the  period,  or (ii)  were  elected,  or  nominated  for
         election, by at least a majority of the directors who were in office at
         the  time of the  election  or  nomination  and were  directors  at the
         beginning of the period.

                          (F)  "Corporation"  shall mean ALLTEL  Corporation and
         any  successor  to its  business  or  assets,  by  operation  of law or
         otherwise.

                          (G)  "Date of  Termination"  shall  have  the  meaning
         stated in paragraph (B) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (H)  "Disability"  shall be deemed  the reason for the
         termination by the Corporation of the Executive's employment,  if, as a
         result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness,
         the Executive shall have been


                                       3

                                      111


<PAGE>

absent  from  the  full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  with the
Corporation  or a  Subsidiary  for a  period  of  six  consecutive  months,  the
Corporation  shall  have  given  the  Executive  a  Notice  of  Termination  for
Disability,  and,  within 20 business  days after the Notice of  Termination  is
given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the
Executive's duties.

                          (I) "Executive" shall mean the individual named in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

                          (J) "Good Reason" for  termination by the Executive of
the Executive's  employment  shall mean the occurrence,  without the Executive's
express written consent, of any one of the following:

                          (i) the  assignment  to the  Executive  of any  duties
         inconsistent with the Executive's status as an executive officer of the
         Corporation or of a Subsidiary or a substantial  adverse  alteration in
         the nature or status of the Executive's  responsibilities from those in
         effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (ii) a reduction by the Corporation in the Executive's
         annual base salary to any amount less than the Executive's  annual base
         salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iii)  the  relocation  of  the  principal   executive
         offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary, as the case may be, to a
         location  more  than  35  miles  from  the  location  of  such  offices
         immediately  prior  to the  Change  in  Control  or  the  Corporation's
         requiring the Executive to be based  anywhere  other than the principal
         executive offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary as the case may
         be,  except for  required  business  travel to an extent  substantially
         consistent with the Executive's business travel obligations immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iv)  the  failure  by the  Corporation  to pay to the
         Executive any portion of the Executive's  current  compensation,  or to
         pay to the Executive any deferred


                                       4


                                      112

<PAGE>

         compensation   under  any   deferred   compensation   program   of  the
         Corporation, within five days after the date the compensation is due or
         to pay or reimburse the Executive for any expenses  incurred by him for
         required business travel;

                           (v) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue in
         effect  any  compensation  plan in  which  the  Executive  participates
         immediately  prior to the Change in  Control  that is  material  to the
         Executive's  total  compensation,  including  but not limited to, stock
         option,   restricted  stock,   stock  appreciation   right,   incentive
         compensation,  bonus, and other plans, unless an equitable  alternative
         arrangement  embodied in an ongoing  substitute or alternative plan has
         been  made,  or  the  failure  by  the   Corporation  to  continue  the
         Executive's  participation  therein (or in a substitute or  alternative
         plan) on a basis not materially  less  favorable,  both in terms of the
         amount  of  compensation  provided  and the  level  of the  Executive's
         participation relative to other participants,  than existed immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (vi) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue to
         provide the  Executive  with  benefits  substantially  similar to those
         enjoyed  by the  Executive  under  any of  the  Corporation's  pension,
         profit-sharing,   life   insurance,   medical,   health  and  accident,
         disability,  or other employee benefit plans in which the Executive was
         participating  immediately prior to the Change in Control;  the failure
         by the  Corporation  to continue to provide the  Executive any material
         fringe benefit or perquisite enjoyed by the Executive immediately prior
         to the Change in Control;  or the failure by the Corporation to provide
         the  Executive  with the  number  of paid  vacation  days to which  the
         Executive  is  entitled in  accordance  with the  Corporation's  normal
         vacation policy in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control;
         or

                         (vii) any purported  termination by the Corporation of
         the  Executive's  employment  that is not effected in accordance with a
         Notice of Termination


                                       5

                                      113

<PAGE>

         satisfying the requirements of paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (K)  "Notice of  Termination"  shall have the  meaning
stated in paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (L) "Payment  Trigger"  shall mean the occurrence of a
Change in Control during the term of this Agreement  coincident with or followed
(i) at any time before the end of the 12th month immediately following the month
in which the Change in Control  occurred,  by the termination of the Executive's
employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary for any reason other than (A) by
the Executive  without Good Reason,  (B) by the  Corporation  as a result of the
Disability  of the  Executive  or with Cause or, (C) as a result of the death of
the Executive or (ii) in the event the Executive remains  continuously  employed
by the Corporation or a Subsidiary  until the end of the 12th month  immediately
following the month in which the Change in Control occurred,  the termination of
the Executive's  employment  with the  Corporation or a Subsidiary,  at any time
during the three month  period  immediately  following  the  expiration  of such
12-month period, for any reason other than (A) by the Corporation as a result of
the  Disability  of the  Executive  or  (B) as a  result  of  the  death  of the
Executive.

                          (M) "Person"  shall have the meaning  given in Section
3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, as
modified  and used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d)  thereof;  except that, a Person
shall not include (i) the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (ii) a trustee or other
fiduciary  holding  securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation
or any  Subsidiary,  or  (iii) an  underwriter  temporarily  holding  securities
pursuant to an offering of such securities.

                          (N)  "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation or other
entity or enterprise, whether incorporated or unincorporated,  of which at least
a majority of the securities or other  interests  having by their terms ordinary
voting  power to elect a majority of the board of  directors  or others  serving
similar functions with respect to such corporation or other entity or enterprise
is owned by the Corporation or other


                                       6

                                      114
<PAGE>

entity or  enterprise  of which the  Corporation  directly  or  indirectly  owns
securities or other interests having all the voting power.

                         2.  Term of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall  become
effective on the date hereof and, subject to the second sentence of this Section
2, shall  continue in effect until the earliest of (i) a Date of  Termination in
accordance  with  Section 6 or the death of the  Executive  shall have  occurred
prior to a Change in  Control,  (ii) if a Payment  Trigger  shall have  occurred
during the term of this Agreement, the performance by the Corporation of all its
obligations,  and the satisfaction by the Corporation of all its obligations and
liabilities, under this Agreement, (iii) the ten year anniversary of the date of
this  Agreement if, as of that ten year  anniversary,  a Change in Control shall
not have occurred and be  continuing,  or (iv) in the event,  as of the ten year
anniversary  of the date of this  Agreement,  a Change  in  Control  shall  have
occurred and be  continuing,  either the  expiration  of such period  thereafter
within  which a  Payment  Trigger  does  not or can  not  occur  or the  ensuing
occurrence of a Payment Trigger and the performance by the Corporation of all of
its  obligations and  liabilities  under this  Agreement.  Any Change in Control
during the term of this  Agreement  that for any reason  ceases to  constitute a
Change in Control or is not  followed  by a Payment  Trigger  shall not effect a
termination  or  lapse  of  this  Agreement.  Any  transfer  of the  Executive's
employment  from the  Corporation  to a  Subsidiary,  from a  Subsidiary  to the
Corporation, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary shall not constitute a
termination of the Executive's employment for purposes of this Agreement.

                         3.  General Provisions.

                           (A) The Corporation hereby represents and warrants to
the Executive as follows:  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the
performance by the Corporation of the actions contemplated hereby have been duly
authorized by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of the  Corporation.
This  Agreement  is a  legal,  valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of  the
Corporation  enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Neither the execution or
delivery of this


                                       7

                                      115

<PAGE>

Agreement nor the  consummation by the  Corporation of the actions  contemplated
hereby (i) will violate any provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or
bylaws (or other charter documents) of the Corporation,  (ii) will violate or be
in conflict with any applicable law or any judgment, decree, injunction or order
of any court or  governmental  agency or  authority,  or (iii)  will  violate or
conflict  with or  constitute  a default  (or an event of which,  with notice or
lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default) under or will result in the
termination  of,  accelerate  the  performance  required  by,  or  result in the
creation of any lien,  security interest,  charge or encumbrance upon any of the
assets or  properties  of the  Corporation  under,  any term or provision of the
certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws (or other  charter  documents)  of the
Corporation  or  of  any  contract,  commitment,   understanding,   arrangement,
agreement or restriction of any kind or character to which the  Corporation is a
party or by which the  Corporation  or any of its  properties  or assets  may be
bound or affected.

                           (B) No amount or benefit  shall be payable under this
Agreement  unless there shall have occurred a Payment Trigger during the term of
this Agreement.  In no event shall payments in accordance with this Agreement be
made in respect of more than one Payment Trigger.

                           (C) This Agreement shall not be construed as creating
an express or implied  contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in
writing between the Executive and the Corporation,  the Executive shall not have
any right to be retained in the employ of the  Corporation  or of a  Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding  the  immediately  preceding  sentence or any other provision of
this Agreement,  no purported termination of the Executive's  employment that is
not effected in accordance with a Notice of Termination satisfying paragraph (A)
of Section 6 shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement.  The Executive's
right,  following  the  occurrence  of a Change in  Control,  to  terminate  his
employment  under this  Agreement  for Good Reason  shall not be affected by the
Executive's Disability or incapacity. The Executive's continued employment shall
not  constitute  consent to, or a waiver of rights  with  respect to, any act or
failure to act constituting Good Reason under this Agreement.


                                       8

                                     116

<PAGE>

                         4.  Payments Due Upon a Payment Trigger.

                           (A) The  Corporation  shall pay to the  Executive the
payments  described in this Section 4 upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger
during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) Upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger during
the term of this Agreement,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive a lump
sum payment, in cash, equal to the product of:

                           (i)       three multiplied by

                          (ii)       the sum of --

                           (a) the higher of the Executive's  annual base salary
                  in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in
                  Control  or the  Executive's  annual  base  salary  in  effect
                  immediately prior to the Payment Trigger, plus

                           (b)  the  higher  of the  aggregate  maximum  amounts
                  payable   to  the   Executive   pursuant   to  all   incentive
                  compensation  plans  for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring
                  period  commencing  coincident  with or most recently prior to
                  the  date  on  which  the  Change  in  Control  occurs  or the
                  aggregate maximum amounts payable to the Executive pursuant to
                  all incentive  compensation plans for the fiscal year or other
                  measuring period  commencing  coincident with or most recently
                  prior to the date on which the Payment Trigger occurs, in each
                  case,  assuming that the Executive were continuously  employed
                  by  the   Corporation   or  a  Subsidiary  on  the  terms  and
                  conditions,  including,  without limitation,  the terms of the
                  incentive plans, in effect  immediately prior to the Change in
                  Control or Payment Trigger,  whichever applies, until the last
                  day of that fiscal year or other measuring period.


                                       9

                                      117
<PAGE>

The amount determined under the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (B) shall
be reduced by any cash severance  benefit  otherwise paid to the Executive under
any applicable  severance plan or other severance  arrangement.  For purposes of
this paragraph (B),  amounts  payable to the Executive  pursuant to an incentive
compensation  plan for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring  period  commencing
coincident  with or most  recently  prior  to the date on which  the  Change  of
Control or Payment Trigger, as applicable, occurs (the "applicable year/period")
shall not  include  amounts  attributable  to a fiscal  year or other  measuring
period  that  commenced  prior to the  applicable  year/period  and that  become
payable during the applicable  year/period.  For purposes of this paragraph (B),
incentive  compensation  plans shall  include,  without  limitation,  the ALLTEL
Corporation  Performance  Incentive  Compensation Plan as in effect from time to
time, the ALLTEL Corporation Long-Term  Performance Incentive  Compensation Plan
as in effect from time to time, and any incentive bonus plan or arrangement that
provides  for  payment  of  cash  compensation,   and  shall  exclude,   without
limitation,  the ALLTEL Corporation  Executive Deferred  Compensation Plan as in
effect from time to time, any plan  qualified or intended to be qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the Code and any plan supplementary thereto,  executive fringe
benefits,  and any plan or arrangement under which stock,  stock options,  stock
appreciation rights,  restricted stock or similar options,  stock, or rights are
issued.

                           (C)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of any incentive
compensation plan, including, without limitation, any provision of any incentive
plan requiring  continued  employment  after the completed  fiscal year or other
measuring period,  the Corporation shall pay to the Executive a lump sum amount,
in  cash,  equal  to the  amount  of any  incentive  compensation  that has been
allocated  or awarded to the  Executive  for a  completed  fiscal  year or other
measuring  period  preceding  the  occurrence  of a  Payment  Trigger  under any
incentive compensation plan but has not yet been paid to the Executive.

                           (D) The payments  provided for in paragraphs  (B) and
(C) of this Section 4 shall be made not later than the fifth day  following  the
occurrence of a Payment  Trigger,  unless the amounts of such payments cannot be
finally determined on or


                                       10

                                      118

<PAGE>

before that day, in which case,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive on
that day an estimate, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Corporation,
of the minimum amount of the payments to which the Executive is clearly entitled
and shall pay the remainder of the payments  (together with interest at the rate
provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as soon as the amount thereof can
be determined  but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the occurrence
of a Payment Trigger.  In the event the amount of the estimated payments exceeds
the amount subsequently determined to have been due, the excess shall constitute
a loan by the  Corporation to the  Executive,  payable on the fifth business day
after demand by the Corporation  (together with interest at the rate provided in
Section  l274(b)(2)(B)  of the Code).  At the time that  payments are made under
this  Section 4, the  Corporation  shall  provide the  Executive  with a written
statement setting forth the manner in which the payments were calculated and the
basis for the calculations including,  without limitation, any opinions or other
advice  the  Corporation  has  received  from  outside   counsel,   auditors  or
consultants (and any opinions or advice that are in writing shall be attached to
the statement).

                           5.  Gross-Up Payments.

                           (A) This  Section 5 shall apply if a Payment  Trigger
shall have occurred during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) In the  event  it shall  be  determined  that any
payment or  distribution  by the Corporation or other amount with respect to the
Corporation to or for the benefit of the  Executive,  whether paid or payable or
distributed  or  distributable  pursuant  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or
otherwise,  but determined  without regard to any additional  payments  required
under this  Section 5 (a  "Payment"),  is (or will be) subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any  interest or  penalties  are (or will
be) incurred by the Executive  with respect to the excise tax imposed by Section
4999 of the Code with respect to the Corporation (the excise tax,  together with
any interest and  penalties,  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the
"Excise  Tax"),  the Executive  shall be entitled to receive an additional  cash
payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") from the Corporation in an


                                       11

                                      119

<PAGE>

amount  equal to the sum of the Excise Tax and an amount  sufficient  to pay the
cumulative  Excise Tax and all cumulative  income taxes  (including any interest
and  penalties  imposed  with  respect to such taxes)  relating to the  Gross-Up
Payment  so that  the net  amount  retained  by the  Executive  is  equal to all
payments  received  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement or  otherwise  less
income taxes (but not reduced by the Excise Tax).

                           (C) Subject to the  provisions  of  paragraph  (D) of
this  Section 5, all  determinations  required to be made under this  Section 5,
including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such
Gross-Up  Payment  and  the  assumptions  to be  utilized  in  arriving  at  the
determination,  shall  be  made  by a  nationally  recognized  certified  public
accounting firm designated by the Executive (the "Accounting  Firm") which shall
provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  both  to the  Corporation  and  the
Executive  within 30 days after the  receipt of notice from the  Executive  that
there  has  been  a  Payment,  or  such  earlier  time  as is  requested  by the
Corporation.  In the  event  that at any time  relevant  to this  Agreement  the
Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the  individual,  entity
or group or Person effecting the Change in Control,  the Executive shall appoint
another  nationally  recognized  certified  public  accounting  firm to make the
determinations  required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting  Firm  hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting
Firm  shall be  borne  solely  by the  Corporation.  Any  Gross-Up  Payment,  as
determined in accordance  with this Section 5, shall be paid by the  Corporation
to the  Executive  within five days after the receipt of the  Accounting  Firm's
determination.  If the Accounting  Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable
by the  Executive,  it  shall so  indicate  to the  Executive  in  writing.  Any
determination  by the Accounting  Firm shall be binding upon the Corporation and
the Executive.  As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of
the Code at the time of the initial  determination by the Accounting Firm, it is
possible that Gross-Up  Payments that the Corporation  should have made will not
have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to
be made  hereunder.  In the event  the  Corporation  exhausts  its  remedies  in
accordance with

                                       12


                                       120

<PAGE>

paragraph (D) of this Section 5 and the Executive thereafter is required to make
a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting  Firm shall  determine the amount of
Underpayment  that has occurred and the  Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by
the Corporation to or for the benefit of the Executive.

                           (D) The  Executive  shall notify the  Corporation  in
writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful,  would
require a Gross-Up Payment (that has not already been paid by the  Corporation).
The  notification  shall be given as soon as  practicable  but no later than ten
business  days after the Executive is informed in writing of the claim and shall
apprise  the  Corporation  of the  nature of the claim and the date on which the
claim is requested to be paid.  The  Executive  shall not pay the claim prior to
the  expiration of the 30-day  period  following the date on which the Executive
gives notice to the  Corporation  or any shorter  period ending on the date that
any  payment  of taxes  with  respect  to the claim is due.  If the  Corporation
notifies the Executive in writing  prior to the  expiration of the 30-day period
that it desires to contest the claim, the Executive shall:

                           (i) give the Corporation  any information  reasonably
         requested by the Corporation relating to the claim;

                           (ii) take any action in  connection  with  contesting
         the claim as the Corporation  shall reasonably  request in writing from
         time  to  time,   including,   without   limitation,   accepting  legal
         representation  with  respect  to the claim by an  attorney  reasonably
         selected by the Corporation;

                           (iii) cooperate with the Corporation in good faith in
         order effectively to contest the claim; and

                           (iv) permit the  Corporation  to  participate  in any
         proceedings relating to the claim.

The  Corporation  shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses  (including
additional  interest and penalties)  incurred in connection with the contest and
shall indemnify and hold the


                                       13

                                       121
<PAGE>

Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  for any Excise Tax or income tax
(including  interest and penalties with respect  thereto) imposed as a result of
the representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation of the
foregoing  provisions  of this  Section 5, the  Corporation  shall  control  all
proceedings  taken in connection  with the contest and, at its sole option,  may
pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,  hearings, and
conferences  with the taxing  authority  in respect of the claim and may, at its
sole option,  either  direct the  Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a
refund or contest the claim in any permissible  manner, and the Executive agrees
to prosecute the contest to a determination before any administrative  tribunal,
in a court of initial  jurisdiction and in one or more appellate  courts, as the
Corporation shall determine. If the Corporation directs the Executive to pay the
claim and sue for a refund,  the  Corporation  shall  advance  the amount of the
payment to the Executive,  on an  interest-free  basis,  and shall indemnify and
hold the  Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  from any Excise Tax or
income tax (including  interest or penalties with respect  thereto) imposed with
respect to the advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to the
advance;  and any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of
taxes for the taxable year of the Executive  with respect to which the contested
amount is claimed to be due shall be limited solely to the contested amount. The
Corporation's  control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to
which a Gross-Up  Payment would be payable  hereunder and the Executive shall be
entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the
Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

                           (E) If,  after the  receipt  by the  Executive  of an
amount advanced by the Corporation  pursuant to paragraph (D) of this Section 5,
the Executive  becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the claim,
the  Executive  shall,   subject  to  the  Corporation's   compliance  with  the
requirements of paragraph (D) of this Section 5, promptly pay to the Corporation
the amount of the refund  (together  with any interest paid or credited  thereon
after taxes  applicable  thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an
amount advanced by the Corporation pursuant to paragraph (D) of this


                                       14


                                       122

<PAGE>

Section 5, a  determination  is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to
any refund  with  respect to the claim and the  Corporation  does not notify the
Executive  in writing of its intent to contest the denial of refund prior to the
expiration  of 30 days  after  the  determination,  then  the  advance  shall be
forgiven  and shall not be  required  to be repaid and the amount of the advance
shall offset, to the extent thereof,  the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to
be paid.

                         6.  Termination Procedures.

                           (A) During the term of this Agreement,  any purported
termination of the Executive's  employment (other than by reason of death) shall
be  communicated  by written Notice of Termination  from one party hereto to the
other party hereto in  accordance  with Section 10 hereof.  For purposes of this
Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a written notice that indicates
the specific  termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied  upon,  and, if
applicable,  the  notice  shall set  forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and
circumstances  claimed to  provide a basis for  termination  of the  Executive's
employment  under the provision so indicated.  Further,  a Notice of Termination
for Cause shall include a copy of a resolution  duly adopted by the  affirmative
vote of not less than a  majority  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a
meeting of the Board that was called and held for the purpose of considering the
termination  finding that, in the informed,  reasonable,  good faith judgment of
the Board,  the Executive  was guilty of conduct set forth in the  definition of
Cause in Section 1(B), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

                           (B)  "Date  of  Termination"   with  respect  to  any
purported  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  during the term of this
Agreement  (other  than by reason of death)  shall  mean (i) if the  Executive's
employment  is  terminated  for  Disability,  20 business  days after  Notice of
Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the
full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  during that 20 business day
period)  and (ii) if the  Executive's  employment  is  terminated  for any other
reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which, in the case of a
termination by the Corporation, shall not be less than ten business days


                                       15

                                       123

<PAGE>

except in the case of a termination for Cause, and, in the case of a termination
by the  Executive,  shall  not be less than ten  business  days nor more than 20
business days, respectively, after the date such Notice of Termination is given.

                         7. No Mitigation.  The Executive  shall not be required
to seek other  employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable
to the Executive by the  Corporation  pursuant to this Agreement.  Further,  the
amount of any payment or benefit  provided  for in this  Agreement  shall not be
reduced by any compensation  earned by the Executive as the result of employment
by another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits,  by offset  against  any amount
claimed to be owed by the  Executive  to the  Corporation  or a  Subsidiary,  or
otherwise.

                         8.  Disputes.

                          (A) If a dispute  or  controversy  arises out of or in
connection with this Agreement, the parties shall first attempt in good faith to
settle the dispute or  controversy by mediation  under the Commercial  Mediation
Rules of the American Arbitration Association before resorting to arbitration or
litigation.  Thereafter, any remaining unresolved dispute or controversy arising
out of or in connection  with this Agreement  shall,  upon a written notice from
the Executive to the Corporation either before suit thereupon is filed or within
20 business days thereafter, be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance
with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in
a city located within the continental United States designated by the Executive.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrator's  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  Executive  shall,  however,  be  entitled  to seek  specific
performance of the  Corporation's  obligations  hereunder during the pendency of
any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

                          (B) Any legal action concerning this Agreement,  other
than a mediation or an arbitration described in paragraph (A) of this Section 8,
whether  instituted by the  Corporation or the  Executive,  shall be brought and
resolved  only  in a  state  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  located  in the
territory that encompasses the city, county, or parish in which


                                       16

                                       124

<PAGE>

the  Executive's  principal  residence  is  located  at the time such  action is
commenced.  The Corporation hereby irrevocably consents and submits to and shall
take any action necessary to subject itself to the personal jurisdiction of that
court and  hereby  irrevocably  agrees  that all claims in respect of the action
shall be instituted, heard, and determined in that court. The Corporation agrees
that such court is a convenient  forum, and hereby  irrevocably  waives,  to the
fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to
the maintenance of the action.  Any final judgment in the action may be enforced
in other  jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law.

                          (C) The Corporation  shall pay all costs and expenses,
including  attorneys' fees and  disbursements,  of the Corporation and, at least
monthly,  the  Executive  in  connection  with any legal  proceeding  (including
arbitration),  whether or not  instituted by the  Corporation  or the Executive,
relating  to  the  interpretation  or  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement,  provided that if the Executive  instituted  the  proceeding  and the
judge,   arbitrator,   or  other   individual   presiding  over  the  proceeding
affirmatively  finds that the Executive  instituted the proceeding in bad faith,
the Executive  shall pay all costs and expenses,  including  attorney's fees and
disbursements,  of Executive  and the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  shall pay
prejudgment  interest on any money judgment obtained by Executive as a result of
such proceeding, calculated at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the
Code.

                         9.  Successors; Binding Agreement.

                           (A) In  addition  to any  obligations  imposed by law
upon any  successor  to the  Corporation,  the  Corporation  shall  require  any
successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation,  or
otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all of the  business  or  assets  of the
Corporation  expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner and to the same extent that the Corporation  would be required to perform
it if no such  succession had taken place.  Failure of the Corporation to obtain
the assumption and agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any succession shall
be


                                       17

                                       125

<PAGE>

a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation  from
the  Corporation in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would
be entitled to hereunder if the Executive  were to terminate his  employment for
Good  Reason  immediately  after a Change in Control and during the term of this
Agreement,  except that, for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
which any  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed the  Payment  Trigger
occasioned by the foregoing  deemed  termination  of employment  for Good Reason
immediately  following a Change in Control.  The  provisions  of this  Section 9
shall continue to apply to each  subsequent  employer of Executive bound by this
Agreement  in the event of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  transfer  of all or
substantially all of the business or assets of that subsequent employer.

                           (B) This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives,  executors,
administrators,  successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If the
Executive shall die while any amount would be payable to the Executive hereunder
(other than  amounts  which,  by their  terms,  terminate  upon the death of the
Executive) if the Executive had continued to live, the amount,  unless otherwise
provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
the executors,  personal  representatives,  or administrators of the Executive's
estate.

                         10. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices
and all other  communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given when  delivered  or mailed by United
States registered mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to
the  respective  addresses  set forth below,  or to such other address as either
party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith,  except
that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:


                                       18

                                       126

<PAGE>

                         To the Corporation:

                         ALLTEL Corporation
                         One Allied Drive
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72202
                         Attention:  Chairman of the Board

                         To the Executive:

                         Dennis J. Ferra
                         16 Portland
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72202

                         11.  Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may
be  modified,  waived,  or  discharged  unless  such  waiver,  modification,  or
discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the  Executive and an officer of
the Corporation  specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party
hereto at any time of any breach by the other  party  hereto  of, or  compliance
with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other
party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at  the  same  or  at  any  prior  or   subsequent   time.   No   agreements  or
representations,  oral or  otherwise,  express or implied,  with  respect to the
subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set
forth  in  this  Agreement.  The  validity,  interpretation,  construction,  and
performance  of this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by the laws of the State of
Delaware.  All  references  to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be
deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections.  Any payments
provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable  withholding required
under federal,  state, or local law and any additional  withholding to which the
Executive has agreed.

                         12. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of
any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  which shall  remain in full force and
effect.

                         13.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed


                                       19

                                       127

<PAGE>

to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same 
instrument.

                         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  signed  this
Agreement as of the date set forth above.


                                                         ALLTEL CORPORATION

Attest:

/s/ Francis X. Frantz                By /s/ Joe T. Ford
Name: Francis X. Frantz              Name: Joe T. Ford
Title: Secretary                     Title: Chairman & CEO



Witness:

/s/ John L. Comparin                 /s/ Dennis J. Ferra
                                     Dennis J. Ferra




                                       20
                                        
                                       128
<PAGE>

                                                            EXHIBIT (10)(c)(4)

                                   AGREEMENT


         This  Agreement,  dated October 24, 1994, is made by and between ALLTEL
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (as hereinafter defined, the "Corporation"),
and Francis X. Frantz (as hereinafter defined, the "Executive").

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  of the  Corporation  (as  hereinafter
defined, the "Board") recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control (as
hereinafter  defined) of the Corporation  exists and that such possibility,  and
the uncertainty it may cause,  may result in the departure or distraction of key
management  employees of the  Corporation or of a Subsidiary to the detriment of
the Corporation and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS,  the Executive is a key management employee of the Corporation
or of a Subsidiary; and

         WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the Corporation should encourage
the continued employment of the Executive by the Corporation or a Subsidiary and
the  continued  dedication  of the  Executive  to his  assigned  duties  without
distraction as a result of the  circumstances  arising from the possibility of a
Change in Control;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  the Corporation and the Executive hereby agree as
follows:

                         1. Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                           (A) "Board"  shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, as constituted from time to time.

                           (B) "Cause" for termination by the Corporation of the
Executive's  employment  shall mean (i) the  willful  failure  by the  Executive
substantially  to perform  the  Executive's  duties  with the  Corporation  or a
Subsidiary, other than any failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due
to physical or mental  illness or any actual or  anticipated  failure  after the
issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good

                                  129

<PAGE>



Reason by the  Executive in  accordance  with  paragraph  (A) of Section 6, that
continues  for at least 30 days  after the Board  delivers  to the  Executive  a
written demand for performance  that identifies  specifically  and in detail the
manner in which the Board  believes  that the  Executive  willfully  has  failed
substantially to perform the Executive's  duties or (ii) the willful engaging by
the Executive in misconduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the
Corporation  or any  Subsidiary,  monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this
definition,  no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's  part shall be deemed
"willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith
and without  reasonable  belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was
in the best interest of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries:

                           (C) A "Change in Control"  shall mean,  if subsequent
to the date of this Agreement:

                           (i) Any  "person,"  as defined  in Section  13(d) and
         14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
         Act"),  other than the  Corporation,  any of its  subsidiaries,  or any
         employee  benefit  plan  maintained  by the  Corporation  or any of its
         subsidiaries,  becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule l3d-3
         under the Exchange Act) of (A) l5% or more, but no greater than 50%, of
         the outstanding  voting capital stock of the Corporation,  unless prior
         thereto,  the Continuing Directors approve the transaction that results
         in the person  becoming  the  beneficial  owner of 15% or more,  but no
         greater  than  50%,  of the  outstanding  voting  capital  stock of the
         Corporation  or (B) more  than 50% of the  outstanding  voting  capital
         stock of the Corporation,  regardless  whether the transaction or event
         by which  the  foregoing  50%  level is  exceeded  is  approved  by the
         Continuing Directors;

                          (ii)  At  any  time  Continuing  Directors  no  longer
         constitute a majority of the directors of the Corporation; or

                          (iii)  A  record   date  is  fixed   for   determining
         stockholders entitled to vote upon (A) a merger or


                                       2

                                      130
<PAGE>

         consolidation  of the Corporation,  statutory share exchange,  or other
         similar  transaction with another  corporation,  partnership,  or other
         entity  or  enterprise  in  which  either  the  Corporation  is not the
         surviving or  continuing  corporation  or shares of common stock of the
         Corporation are to be converted into or exchanged for cash,  securities
         other than common stock of the  Corporation,  or other property,  (B) a
         sale or  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
         Corporation, or (C) the dissolution of the Corporation; or

                          (iv) The Corporation enters into an agreement with any
         Person,  the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of an
         event  described in clause (i),  (ii) or (iii) above of this  paragraph
         (C).

                          (D) "Code"  shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
         1986, as amended from time to time.

                          (E)  "Continuing  Directors"  means directors who were
         directors of the  Corporation  at the beginning of the 24-month  period
         ending  on the date the  determination  is made or whose  election,  or
         nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, was approved
         by at least a majority of the  directors  who are in office at the time
         of the election or nomination  and who either (i) were directors at the
         beginning  of the  period,  or (ii)  were  elected,  or  nominated  for
         election, by at least a majority of the directors who were in office at
         the  time of the  election  or  nomination  and were  directors  at the
         beginning of the period.

                          (F)  "Corporation"  shall mean ALLTEL  Corporation and
         any  successor  to its  business  or  assets,  by  operation  of law or
         otherwise.

                          (G)  "Date of  Termination"  shall  have  the  meaning
         stated in paragraph (B) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (H)  "Disability"  shall be deemed  the reason for the
         termination by the Corporation of the Executive's employment,  if, as a
         result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness,
         the Executive shall have been


                                       3

                                      131
<PAGE>

absent  from  the  full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  with the
Corporation  or a  Subsidiary  for a  period  of  six  consecutive  months,  the
Corporation  shall  have  given  the  Executive  a  Notice  of  Termination  for
Disability,  and,  within 20 business  days after the Notice of  Termination  is
given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the
Executive's duties.

                          (I) "Executive" shall mean the individual named in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

                          (J) "Good Reason" for  termination by the Executive of
the Executive's  employment  shall mean the occurrence,  without the Executive's
express written consent, of any one of the following:

                          (i) the  assignment  to the  Executive  of any  duties
         inconsistent with the Executive's status as an executive officer of the
         Corporation or of a Subsidiary or a substantial  adverse  alteration in
         the nature or status of the Executive's  responsibilities from those in
         effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (ii) a reduction by the Corporation in the Executive's
         annual base salary to any amount less than the Executive's  annual base
         salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iii)  the  relocation  of  the  principal   executive
         offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary, as the case may be, to a
         location  more  than  35  miles  from  the  location  of  such  offices
         immediately  prior  to the  Change  in  Control  or  the  Corporation's
         requiring the Executive to be based  anywhere  other than the principal
         executive offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary as the case may
         be,  except for  required  business  travel to an extent  substantially
         consistent with the Executive's business travel obligations immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iv)  the  failure  by the  Corporation  to pay to the
         Executive any portion of the Executive's  current  compensation,  or to
         pay to the Executive any deferred


                                       4

                                      132
<PAGE>

         compensation   under  any   deferred   compensation   program   of  the
         Corporation, within five days after the date the compensation is due or
         to pay or reimburse the Executive for any expenses  incurred by him for
         required business travel;

                           (v) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue in
         effect  any  compensation  plan in  which  the  Executive  participates
         immediately  prior to the Change in  Control  that is  material  to the
         Executive's  total  compensation,  including  but not limited to, stock
         option,   restricted  stock,   stock  appreciation   right,   incentive
         compensation,  bonus, and other plans, unless an equitable  alternative
         arrangement  embodied in an ongoing  substitute or alternative plan has
         been  made,  or  the  failure  by  the   Corporation  to  continue  the
         Executive's  participation  therein (or in a substitute or  alternative
         plan) on a basis not materially  less  favorable,  both in terms of the
         amount  of  compensation  provided  and the  level  of the  Executive's
         participation relative to other participants,  than existed immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (vi) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue to
         provide the  Executive  with  benefits  substantially  similar to those
         enjoyed  by the  Executive  under  any of  the  Corporation's  pension,
         profit-sharing,   life   insurance,   medical,   health  and  accident,
         disability,  or other employee benefit plans in which the Executive was
         participating  immediately prior to the Change in Control;  the failure
         by the  Corporation  to continue to provide the  Executive any material
         fringe benefit or perquisite enjoyed by the Executive immediately prior
         to the Change in Control;  or the failure by the Corporation to provide
         the  Executive  with the  number  of paid  vacation  days to which  the
         Executive  is  entitled in  accordance  with the  Corporation's  normal
         vacation policy in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control;
         or

                         (vii) any purported  termination by the Corporation of
         the  Executive's  employment  that is not effected in accordance with a
         Notice of Termination


                                       5

                                      133

<PAGE>

         satisfying the requirements of paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (K)  "Notice of  Termination"  shall have the  meaning
stated in paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (L) "Payment  Trigger"  shall mean the occurrence of a
Change in Control during the term of this Agreement  coincident with or followed
(i) at any time before the end of the 12th month immediately following the month
in which the Change in Control  occurred,  by the termination of the Executive's
employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary for any reason other than (A) by
the Executive  without Good Reason,  (B) by the  Corporation  as a result of the
Disability  of the  Executive  or with Cause or, (C) as a result of the death of
the Executive or (ii) in the event the Executive remains  continuously  employed
by the Corporation or a Subsidiary  until the end of the 12th month  immediately
following the month in which the Change in Control occurred,  the termination of
the Executive's  employment  with the  Corporation or a Subsidiary,  at any time
during the three month  period  immediately  following  the  expiration  of such
12-month period, for any reason other than (A) by the Corporation as a result of
the  Disability  of the  Executive  or  (B) as a  result  of  the  death  of the
Executive.

                          (M) "Person"  shall have the meaning  given in Section
3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, as
modified  and used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d)  thereof;  except that, a Person
shall not include (i) the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (ii) a trustee or other
fiduciary  holding  securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation
or any  Subsidiary,  or  (iii) an  underwriter  temporarily  holding  securities
pursuant to an offering of such securities.

                          (N)  "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation or other
entity or enterprise, whether incorporated or unincorporated,  of which at least
a majority of the securities or other  interests  having by their terms ordinary
voting  power to elect a majority of the board of  directors  or others  serving
similar functions with respect to such corporation or other entity or enterprise
is owned by the Corporation or other


                                       6

                                      134
<PAGE>

entity or  enterprise  of which the  Corporation  directly  or  indirectly  owns
securities or other interests having all the voting power.

                         2.  Term of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall  become
effective on the date hereof and, subject to the second sentence of this Section
2, shall  continue in effect until the earliest of (i) a Date of  Termination in
accordance  with  Section 6 or the death of the  Executive  shall have  occurred
prior to a Change in  Control,  (ii) if a Payment  Trigger  shall have  occurred
during the term of this Agreement, the performance by the Corporation of all its
obligations,  and the satisfaction by the Corporation of all its obligations and
liabilities, under this Agreement, (iii) the ten year anniversary of the date of
this  Agreement if, as of that ten year  anniversary,  a Change in Control shall
not have occurred and be  continuing,  or (iv) in the event,  as of the ten year
anniversary  of the date of this  Agreement,  a Change  in  Control  shall  have
occurred and be  continuing,  either the  expiration  of such period  thereafter
within  which a  Payment  Trigger  does  not or can  not  occur  or the  ensuing
occurrence of a Payment Trigger and the performance by the Corporation of all of
its  obligations and  liabilities  under this  Agreement.  Any Change in Control
during the term of this  Agreement  that for any reason  ceases to  constitute a
Change in Control or is not  followed  by a Payment  Trigger  shall not effect a
termination  or  lapse  of  this  Agreement.  Any  transfer  of the  Executive's
employment  from the  Corporation  to a  Subsidiary,  from a  Subsidiary  to the
Corporation, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary shall not constitute a
termination of the Executive's employment for purposes of this Agreement.

                         3.  General Provisions.

                           (A) The Corporation hereby represents and warrants to
the Executive as follows:  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the
performance by the Corporation of the actions contemplated hereby have been duly
authorized by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of the  Corporation.
This  Agreement  is a  legal,  valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of  the
Corporation  enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Neither the execution or
delivery of this


                                       7

                                      135

<PAGE>

Agreement nor the  consummation by the  Corporation of the actions  contemplated
hereby (i) will violate any provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or
bylaws (or other charter documents) of the Corporation,  (ii) will violate or be
in conflict with any applicable law or any judgment, decree, injunction or order
of any court or  governmental  agency or  authority,  or (iii)  will  violate or
conflict  with or  constitute  a default  (or an event of which,  with notice or
lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default) under or will result in the
termination  of,  accelerate  the  performance  required  by,  or  result in the
creation of any lien,  security interest,  charge or encumbrance upon any of the
assets or  properties  of the  Corporation  under,  any term or provision of the
certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws (or other  charter  documents)  of the
Corporation  or  of  any  contract,  commitment,   understanding,   arrangement,
agreement or restriction of any kind or character to which the  Corporation is a
party or by which the  Corporation  or any of its  properties  or assets  may be
bound or affected.

                           (B) No amount or benefit  shall be payable under this
Agreement  unless there shall have occurred a Payment Trigger during the term of
this Agreement.  In no event shall payments in accordance with this Agreement be
made in respect of more than one Payment Trigger.

                           (C) This Agreement shall not be construed as creating
an express or implied  contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in
writing between the Executive and the Corporation,  the Executive shall not have
any right to be retained in the employ of the  Corporation  or of a  Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding  the  immediately  preceding  sentence or any other provision of
this Agreement,  no purported termination of the Executive's  employment that is
not effected in accordance with a Notice of Termination satisfying paragraph (A)
of Section 6 shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement.  The Executive's
right,  following  the  occurrence  of a Change in  Control,  to  terminate  his
employment  under this  Agreement  for Good Reason  shall not be affected by the
Executive's Disability or incapacity. The Executive's continued employment shall
not  constitute  consent to, or a waiver of rights  with  respect to, any act or
failure to act constituting Good Reason under this Agreement.


                                       8

                                      136
<PAGE>

                         4.  Payments Due Upon a Payment Trigger.

                           (A) The  Corporation  shall pay to the  Executive the
payments  described in this Section 4 upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger
during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) Upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger during
the term of this Agreement,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive a lump
sum payment, in cash, equal to the product of:

                           (i)       three multiplied by

                          (ii)       the sum of --

                           (a) the higher of the Executive's  annual base salary
                  in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in
                  Control  or the  Executive's  annual  base  salary  in  effect
                  immediately prior to the Payment Trigger, plus

                           (b)  the  higher  of the  aggregate  maximum  amounts
                  payable   to  the   Executive   pursuant   to  all   incentive
                  compensation  plans  for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring
                  period  commencing  coincident  with or most recently prior to
                  the  date  on  which  the  Change  in  Control  occurs  or the
                  aggregate maximum amounts payable to the Executive pursuant to
                  all incentive  compensation plans for the fiscal year or other
                  measuring period  commencing  coincident with or most recently
                  prior to the date on which the Payment Trigger occurs, in each
                  case,  assuming that the Executive were continuously  employed
                  by  the   Corporation   or  a  Subsidiary  on  the  terms  and
                  conditions,  including,  without limitation,  the terms of the
                  incentive plans, in effect  immediately prior to the Change in
                  Control or Payment Trigger,  whichever applies, until the last
                  day of that fiscal year or other measuring period.


                                       9

                                      137

<PAGE>

The amount determined under the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (B) shall
be reduced by any cash severance  benefit  otherwise paid to the Executive under
any applicable  severance plan or other severance  arrangement.  For purposes of
this paragraph (B),  amounts  payable to the Executive  pursuant to an incentive
compensation  plan for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring  period  commencing
coincident  with or most  recently  prior  to the date on which  the  Change  of
Control or Payment Trigger, as applicable, occurs (the "applicable year/period")
shall not  include  amounts  attributable  to a fiscal  year or other  measuring
period  that  commenced  prior to the  applicable  year/period  and that  become
payable during the applicable  year/period.  For purposes of this paragraph (B),
incentive  compensation  plans shall  include,  without  limitation,  the ALLTEL
Corporation  Performance  Incentive  Compensation Plan as in effect from time to
time, the ALLTEL Corporation Long-Term  Performance Incentive  Compensation Plan
as in effect from time to time, and any incentive bonus plan or arrangement that
provides  for  payment  of  cash  compensation,   and  shall  exclude,   without
limitation,  the ALLTEL Corporation  Executive Deferred  Compensation Plan as in
effect from time to time, any plan  qualified or intended to be qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the Code and any plan supplementary thereto,  executive fringe
benefits,  and any plan or arrangement under which stock,  stock options,  stock
appreciation rights,  restricted stock or similar options,  stock, or rights are
issued.

                           (C)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of any incentive
compensation plan, including, without limitation, any provision of any incentive
plan requiring  continued  employment  after the completed  fiscal year or other
measuring period,  the Corporation shall pay to the Executive a lump sum amount,
in  cash,  equal  to the  amount  of any  incentive  compensation  that has been
allocated  or awarded to the  Executive  for a  completed  fiscal  year or other
measuring  period  preceding  the  occurrence  of a  Payment  Trigger  under any
incentive compensation plan but has not yet been paid to the Executive.

                           (D) The payments  provided for in paragraphs  (B) and
(C) of this Section 4 shall be made not later than the fifth day  following  the
occurrence of a Payment  Trigger,  unless the amounts of such payments cannot be
finally determined on or


                                       10

                                       138

<PAGE>

before that day, in which case,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive on
that day an estimate, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Corporation,
of the minimum amount of the payments to which the Executive is clearly entitled
and shall pay the remainder of the payments  (together with interest at the rate
provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as soon as the amount thereof can
be determined  but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the occurrence
of a Payment Trigger.  In the event the amount of the estimated payments exceeds
the amount subsequently determined to have been due, the excess shall constitute
a loan by the  Corporation to the  Executive,  payable on the fifth business day
after demand by the Corporation  (together with interest at the rate provided in
Section  l274(b)(2)(B)  of the Code).  At the time that  payments are made under
this  Section 4, the  Corporation  shall  provide the  Executive  with a written
statement setting forth the manner in which the payments were calculated and the
basis for the calculations including,  without limitation, any opinions or other
advice  the  Corporation  has  received  from  outside   counsel,   auditors  or
consultants (and any opinions or advice that are in writing shall be attached to
the statement).

                           5.  Gross-Up Payments.

                           (A) This  Section 5 shall apply if a Payment  Trigger
shall have occurred during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) In the  event  it shall  be  determined  that any
payment or  distribution  by the Corporation or other amount with respect to the
Corporation to or for the benefit of the  Executive,  whether paid or payable or
distributed  or  distributable  pursuant  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or
otherwise,  but determined  without regard to any additional  payments  required
under this  Section 5 (a  "Payment"),  is (or will be) subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any  interest or  penalties  are (or will
be) incurred by the Executive  with respect to the excise tax imposed by Section
4999 of the Code with respect to the Corporation (the excise tax,  together with
any interest and  penalties,  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the
"Excise  Tax"),  the Executive  shall be entitled to receive an additional  cash
payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") from the Corporation in an


                                       11

                                       139

<PAGE>

amount  equal to the sum of the Excise Tax and an amount  sufficient  to pay the
cumulative  Excise Tax and all cumulative  income taxes  (including any interest
and  penalties  imposed  with  respect to such taxes)  relating to the  Gross-Up
Payment  so that  the net  amount  retained  by the  Executive  is  equal to all
payments  received  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement or  otherwise  less
income taxes (but not reduced by the Excise Tax).

                           (C) Subject to the  provisions  of  paragraph  (D) of
this  Section 5, all  determinations  required to be made under this  Section 5,
including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such
Gross-Up  Payment  and  the  assumptions  to be  utilized  in  arriving  at  the
determination,  shall  be  made  by a  nationally  recognized  certified  public
accounting firm designated by the Executive (the "Accounting  Firm") which shall
provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  both  to the  Corporation  and  the
Executive  within 30 days after the  receipt of notice from the  Executive  that
there  has  been  a  Payment,  or  such  earlier  time  as is  requested  by the
Corporation.  In the  event  that at any time  relevant  to this  Agreement  the
Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the  individual,  entity
or group or Person effecting the Change in Control,  the Executive shall appoint
another  nationally  recognized  certified  public  accounting  firm to make the
determinations  required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting  Firm  hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting
Firm  shall be  borne  solely  by the  Corporation.  Any  Gross-Up  Payment,  as
determined in accordance  with this Section 5, shall be paid by the  Corporation
to the  Executive  within five days after the receipt of the  Accounting  Firm's
determination.  If the Accounting  Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable
by the  Executive,  it  shall so  indicate  to the  Executive  in  writing.  Any
determination  by the Accounting  Firm shall be binding upon the Corporation and
the Executive.  As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of
the Code at the time of the initial  determination by the Accounting Firm, it is
possible that Gross-Up  Payments that the Corporation  should have made will not
have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to
be made  hereunder.  In the event  the  Corporation  exhausts  its  remedies  in
accordance with

                                       12

                                       140

<PAGE>

paragraph (D) of this Section 5 and the Executive thereafter is required to make
a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting  Firm shall  determine the amount of
Underpayment  that has occurred and the  Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by
the Corporation to or for the benefit of the Executive.

                           (D) The  Executive  shall notify the  Corporation  in
writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful,  would
require a Gross-Up Payment (that has not already been paid by the  Corporation).
The  notification  shall be given as soon as  practicable  but no later than ten
business  days after the Executive is informed in writing of the claim and shall
apprise  the  Corporation  of the  nature of the claim and the date on which the
claim is requested to be paid.  The  Executive  shall not pay the claim prior to
the  expiration of the 30-day  period  following the date on which the Executive
gives notice to the  Corporation  or any shorter  period ending on the date that
any  payment  of taxes  with  respect  to the claim is due.  If the  Corporation
notifies the Executive in writing  prior to the  expiration of the 30-day period
that it desires to contest the claim, the Executive shall:

                           (i) give the Corporation  any information  reasonably
         requested by the Corporation relating to the claim;

                           (ii) take any action in  connection  with  contesting
         the claim as the Corporation  shall reasonably  request in writing from
         time  to  time,   including,   without   limitation,   accepting  legal
         representation  with  respect  to the claim by an  attorney  reasonably
         selected by the Corporation;

                           (iii) cooperate with the Corporation in good faith in
         order effectively to contest the claim; and

                           (iv) permit the  Corporation  to  participate  in any
         proceedings relating to the claim.

The  Corporation  shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses  (including
additional  interest and penalties)  incurred in connection with the contest and
shall indemnify and hold the


                                       13

                                       141

<PAGE>

Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  for any Excise Tax or income tax
(including  interest and penalties with respect  thereto) imposed as a result of
the representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation of the
foregoing  provisions  of this  Section 5, the  Corporation  shall  control  all
proceedings  taken in connection  with the contest and, at its sole option,  may
pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,  hearings, and
conferences  with the taxing  authority  in respect of the claim and may, at its
sole option,  either  direct the  Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a
refund or contest the claim in any permissible  manner, and the Executive agrees
to prosecute the contest to a determination before any administrative  tribunal,
in a court of initial  jurisdiction and in one or more appellate  courts, as the
Corporation shall determine. If the Corporation directs the Executive to pay the
claim and sue for a refund,  the  Corporation  shall  advance  the amount of the
payment to the Executive,  on an  interest-free  basis,  and shall indemnify and
hold the  Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  from any Excise Tax or
income tax (including  interest or penalties with respect  thereto) imposed with
respect to the advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to the
advance;  and any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of
taxes for the taxable year of the Executive  with respect to which the contested
amount is claimed to be due shall be limited solely to the contested amount. The
Corporation's  control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to
which a Gross-Up  Payment would be payable  hereunder and the Executive shall be
entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the
Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

                           (E) If,  after the  receipt  by the  Executive  of an
amount advanced by the Corporation  pursuant to paragraph (D) of this Section 5,
the Executive  becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the claim,
the  Executive  shall,   subject  to  the  Corporation's   compliance  with  the
requirements of paragraph (D) of this Section 5, promptly pay to the Corporation
the amount of the refund  (together  with any interest paid or credited  thereon
after taxes  applicable  thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an
amount advanced by the Corporation pursuant to paragraph (D) of this


                                       14


                                       142
<PAGE>

Section 5, a  determination  is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to
any refund  with  respect to the claim and the  Corporation  does not notify the
Executive  in writing of its intent to contest the denial of refund prior to the
expiration  of 30 days  after  the  determination,  then  the  advance  shall be
forgiven  and shall not be  required  to be repaid and the amount of the advance
shall offset, to the extent thereof,  the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to
be paid.

                         6.  Termination Procedures.

                           (A) During the term of this Agreement,  any purported
termination of the Executive's  employment (other than by reason of death) shall
be  communicated  by written Notice of Termination  from one party hereto to the
other party hereto in  accordance  with Section 10 hereof.  For purposes of this
Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a written notice that indicates
the specific  termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied  upon,  and, if
applicable,  the  notice  shall set  forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and
circumstances  claimed to  provide a basis for  termination  of the  Executive's
employment  under the provision so indicated.  Further,  a Notice of Termination
for Cause shall include a copy of a resolution  duly adopted by the  affirmative
vote of not less than a  majority  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a
meeting of the Board that was called and held for the purpose of considering the
termination  finding that, in the informed,  reasonable,  good faith judgment of
the Board,  the Executive  was guilty of conduct set forth in the  definition of
Cause in Section 1(B), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

                           (B)  "Date  of  Termination"   with  respect  to  any
purported  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  during the term of this
Agreement  (other  than by reason of death)  shall  mean (i) if the  Executive's
employment  is  terminated  for  Disability,  20 business  days after  Notice of
Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the
full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  during that 20 business day
period)  and (ii) if the  Executive's  employment  is  terminated  for any other
reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which, in the case of a
termination by the Corporation, shall not be less than ten business days


                                       15

                                       143
<PAGE>

except in the case of a termination for Cause, and, in the case of a termination
by the  Executive,  shall  not be less than ten  business  days nor more than 20
business days, respectively, after the date such Notice of Termination is given.

                         7. No Mitigation.  The Executive  shall not be required
to seek other  employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable
to the Executive by the  Corporation  pursuant to this Agreement.  Further,  the
amount of any payment or benefit  provided  for in this  Agreement  shall not be
reduced by any compensation  earned by the Executive as the result of employment
by another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits,  by offset  against  any amount
claimed to be owed by the  Executive  to the  Corporation  or a  Subsidiary,  or
otherwise.

                         8.  Disputes.

                          (A) If a dispute  or  controversy  arises out of or in
connection with this Agreement, the parties shall first attempt in good faith to
settle the dispute or  controversy by mediation  under the Commercial  Mediation
Rules of the American Arbitration Association before resorting to arbitration or
litigation.  Thereafter, any remaining unresolved dispute or controversy arising
out of or in connection  with this Agreement  shall,  upon a written notice from
the Executive to the Corporation either before suit thereupon is filed or within
20 business days thereafter, be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance
with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in
a city located within the continental United States designated by the Executive.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrator's  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  Executive  shall,  however,  be  entitled  to seek  specific
performance of the  Corporation's  obligations  hereunder during the pendency of
any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

                          (B) Any legal action concerning this Agreement,  other
than a mediation or an arbitration described in paragraph (A) of this Section 8,
whether  instituted by the  Corporation or the  Executive,  shall be brought and
resolved  only  in a  state  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  located  in the
territory that encompasses the city, county, or parish in which


                                       16

                                       144

<PAGE>

the  Executive's  principal  residence  is  located  at the time such  action is
commenced.  The Corporation hereby irrevocably consents and submits to and shall
take any action necessary to subject itself to the personal jurisdiction of that
court and  hereby  irrevocably  agrees  that all claims in respect of the action
shall be instituted, heard, and determined in that court. The Corporation agrees
that such court is a convenient  forum, and hereby  irrevocably  waives,  to the
fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to
the maintenance of the action.  Any final judgment in the action may be enforced
in other  jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law.

                          (C) The Corporation  shall pay all costs and expenses,
including  attorneys' fees and  disbursements,  of the Corporation and, at least
monthly,  the  Executive  in  connection  with any legal  proceeding  (including
arbitration),  whether or not  instituted by the  Corporation  or the Executive,
relating  to  the  interpretation  or  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement,  provided that if the Executive  instituted  the  proceeding  and the
judge,   arbitrator,   or  other   individual   presiding  over  the  proceeding
affirmatively  finds that the Executive  instituted the proceeding in bad faith,
the Executive  shall pay all costs and expenses,  including  attorney's fees and
disbursements,  of Executive  and the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  shall pay
prejudgment  interest on any money judgment obtained by Executive as a result of
such proceeding, calculated at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the
Code.

                         9.  Successors; Binding Agreement.

                           (A) In  addition  to any  obligations  imposed by law
upon any  successor  to the  Corporation,  the  Corporation  shall  require  any
successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation,  or
otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all of the  business  or  assets  of the
Corporation  expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner and to the same extent that the Corporation  would be required to perform
it if no such  succession had taken place.  Failure of the Corporation to obtain
the assumption and agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any succession shall
be


                                       17

                                       145
<PAGE>

a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation  from
the  Corporation in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would
be entitled to hereunder if the Executive  were to terminate his  employment for
Good  Reason  immediately  after a Change in Control and during the term of this
Agreement,  except that, for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
which any  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed the  Payment  Trigger
occasioned by the foregoing  deemed  termination  of employment  for Good Reason
immediately  following a Change in Control.  The  provisions  of this  Section 9
shall continue to apply to each  subsequent  employer of Executive bound by this
Agreement  in the event of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  transfer  of all or
substantially all of the business or assets of that subsequent employer.

                           (B) This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives,  executors,
administrators,  successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If the
Executive shall die while any amount would be payable to the Executive hereunder
(other than  amounts  which,  by their  terms,  terminate  upon the death of the
Executive) if the Executive had continued to live, the amount,  unless otherwise
provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
the executors,  personal  representatives,  or administrators of the Executive's
estate.

                         10. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices
and all other  communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given when  delivered  or mailed by United
States registered mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to
the  respective  addresses  set forth below,  or to such other address as either
party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith,  except
that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:


                                       18

                                       146
<PAGE>

                         To the Corporation:

                         ALLTEL Corporation
                         One Allied Drive
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72202
                         Attention:  Chairman of the Board

                         To the Executive:

                         Francis X. Frantz
                         12127 Fairway Drive
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72212

                         11.  Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may
be  modified,  waived,  or  discharged  unless  such  waiver,  modification,  or
discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the  Executive and an officer of
the Corporation  specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party
hereto at any time of any breach by the other  party  hereto  of, or  compliance
with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other
party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at  the  same  or  at  any  prior  or   subsequent   time.   No   agreements  or
representations,  oral or  otherwise,  express or implied,  with  respect to the
subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set
forth  in  this  Agreement.  The  validity,  interpretation,  construction,  and
performance  of this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by the laws of the State of
Delaware.  All  references  to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be
deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections.  Any payments
provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable  withholding required
under federal,  state, or local law and any additional  withholding to which the
Executive has agreed.

                         12. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of
any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  which shall  remain in full force and
effect.

                         13.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed


                                       19

                                       147
<PAGE>

to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same 
instrument.

                         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  signed  this
Agreement as of the date set forth above.


                                                         ALLTEL CORPORATION

Attest:

/s/ Francis X. Frantz                By /s/ Joe T. Ford
Name: Francis X. Frantz              Name: Joe T. Ford
Title: Secretary                     Title: Chairman & CEO



Witness:

/s/ John L. Comparin                 /s/ Francis X. Frantz 
                                     Francis X. Frantz




                                       20


                                       148
<PAGE>

                                                       EXHIBIT (10)(c)(5)

                                   AGREEMENT


         This  Agreement,  dated October 24, 1994, is made by and between ALLTEL
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (as hereinafter defined, the "Corporation"),
and Tom T. Orsini (as hereinafter defined, the "Executive").

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  of the  Corporation  (as  hereinafter
defined, the "Board") recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control (as
hereinafter  defined) of the Corporation  exists and that such possibility,  and
the uncertainty it may cause,  may result in the departure or distraction of key
management  employees of the  Corporation or of a Subsidiary to the detriment of
the Corporation and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS,  the Executive is a key management employee of the Corporation
or of a Subsidiary; and

         WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the Corporation should encourage
the continued employment of the Executive by the Corporation or a Subsidiary and
the  continued  dedication  of the  Executive  to his  assigned  duties  without
distraction as a result of the  circumstances  arising from the possibility of a
Change in Control;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  the Corporation and the Executive hereby agree as
follows:

                         1. Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                           (A) "Board"  shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, as constituted from time to time.

                           (B) "Cause" for termination by the Corporation of the
Executive's  employment  shall mean (i) the  willful  failure  by the  Executive
substantially  to perform  the  Executive's  duties  with the  Corporation  or a
Subsidiary, other than any failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due
to physical or mental  illness or any actual or  anticipated  failure  after the
issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good

                                        149

<PAGE>



Reason by the  Executive in  accordance  with  paragraph  (A) of Section 6, that
continues  for at least 30 days  after the Board  delivers  to the  Executive  a
written demand for performance  that identifies  specifically  and in detail the
manner in which the Board  believes  that the  Executive  willfully  has  failed
substantially to perform the Executive's  duties or (ii) the willful engaging by
the Executive in misconduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the
Corporation  or any  Subsidiary,  monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this
definition,  no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's  part shall be deemed
"willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith
and without  reasonable  belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was
in the best interest of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries:

                           (C) A "Change in Control"  shall mean,  if subsequent
to the date of this Agreement:

                           (i) Any  "person,"  as defined  in Section  13(d) and
         14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
         Act"),  other than the  Corporation,  any of its  subsidiaries,  or any
         employee  benefit  plan  maintained  by the  Corporation  or any of its
         subsidiaries,  becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule l3d-3
         under the Exchange Act) of (A) l5% or more, but no greater than 50%, of
         the outstanding  voting capital stock of the Corporation,  unless prior
         thereto,  the Continuing Directors approve the transaction that results
         in the person  becoming  the  beneficial  owner of 15% or more,  but no
         greater  than  50%,  of the  outstanding  voting  capital  stock of the
         Corporation  or (B) more  than 50% of the  outstanding  voting  capital
         stock of the Corporation,  regardless  whether the transaction or event
         by which  the  foregoing  50%  level is  exceeded  is  approved  by the
         Continuing Directors;

                          (ii)  At  any  time  Continuing  Directors  no  longer
         constitute a majority of the directors of the Corporation; or

                          (iii)  A  record   date  is  fixed   for   determining
         stockholders entitled to vote upon (A) a merger or


                                       2

                                      150
<PAGE>

         consolidation  of the Corporation,  statutory share exchange,  or other
         similar  transaction with another  corporation,  partnership,  or other
         entity  or  enterprise  in  which  either  the  Corporation  is not the
         surviving or  continuing  corporation  or shares of common stock of the
         Corporation are to be converted into or exchanged for cash,  securities
         other than common stock of the  Corporation,  or other property,  (B) a
         sale or  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
         Corporation, or (C) the dissolution of the Corporation; or

                          (iv) The Corporation enters into an agreement with any
         Person,  the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of an
         event  described in clause (i),  (ii) or (iii) above of this  paragraph
         (C).

                          (D) "Code"  shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
         1986, as amended from time to time.

                          (E)  "Continuing  Directors"  means directors who were
         directors of the  Corporation  at the beginning of the 24-month  period
         ending  on the date the  determination  is made or whose  election,  or
         nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, was approved
         by at least a majority of the  directors  who are in office at the time
         of the election or nomination  and who either (i) were directors at the
         beginning  of the  period,  or (ii)  were  elected,  or  nominated  for
         election, by at least a majority of the directors who were in office at
         the  time of the  election  or  nomination  and were  directors  at the
         beginning of the period.

                          (F)  "Corporation"  shall mean ALLTEL  Corporation and
         any  successor  to its  business  or  assets,  by  operation  of law or
         otherwise.

                          (G)  "Date of  Termination"  shall  have  the  meaning
         stated in paragraph (B) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (H)  "Disability"  shall be deemed  the reason for the
         termination by the Corporation of the Executive's employment,  if, as a
         result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness,
         the Executive shall have been


                                       3

                                      151

<PAGE>

absent  from  the  full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  with the
Corporation  or a  Subsidiary  for a  period  of  six  consecutive  months,  the
Corporation  shall  have  given  the  Executive  a  Notice  of  Termination  for
Disability,  and,  within 20 business  days after the Notice of  Termination  is
given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the
Executive's duties.

                          (I) "Executive" shall mean the individual named in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

                          (J) "Good Reason" for  termination by the Executive of
the Executive's  employment  shall mean the occurrence,  without the Executive's
express written consent, of any one of the following:

                          (i) the  assignment  to the  Executive  of any  duties
         inconsistent with the Executive's status as an executive officer of the
         Corporation or of a Subsidiary or a substantial  adverse  alteration in
         the nature or status of the Executive's  responsibilities from those in
         effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (ii) a reduction by the Corporation in the Executive's
         annual base salary to any amount less than the Executive's  annual base
         salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iii)  the  relocation  of  the  principal   executive
         offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary, as the case may be, to a
         location  more  than  35  miles  from  the  location  of  such  offices
         immediately  prior  to the  Change  in  Control  or  the  Corporation's
         requiring the Executive to be based  anywhere  other than the principal
         executive offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary as the case may
         be,  except for  required  business  travel to an extent  substantially
         consistent with the Executive's business travel obligations immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iv)  the  failure  by the  Corporation  to pay to the
         Executive any portion of the Executive's  current  compensation,  or to
         pay to the Executive any deferred


                                       4

                                      152

<PAGE>

         compensation   under  any   deferred   compensation   program   of  the
         Corporation, within five days after the date the compensation is due or
         to pay or reimburse the Executive for any expenses  incurred by him for
         required business travel;

                           (v) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue in
         effect  any  compensation  plan in  which  the  Executive  participates
         immediately  prior to the Change in  Control  that is  material  to the
         Executive's  total  compensation,  including  but not limited to, stock
         option,   restricted  stock,   stock  appreciation   right,   incentive
         compensation,  bonus, and other plans, unless an equitable  alternative
         arrangement  embodied in an ongoing  substitute or alternative plan has
         been  made,  or  the  failure  by  the   Corporation  to  continue  the
         Executive's  participation  therein (or in a substitute or  alternative
         plan) on a basis not materially  less  favorable,  both in terms of the
         amount  of  compensation  provided  and the  level  of the  Executive's
         participation relative to other participants,  than existed immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (vi) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue to
         provide the  Executive  with  benefits  substantially  similar to those
         enjoyed  by the  Executive  under  any of  the  Corporation's  pension,
         profit-sharing,   life   insurance,   medical,   health  and  accident,
         disability,  or other employee benefit plans in which the Executive was
         participating  immediately prior to the Change in Control;  the failure
         by the  Corporation  to continue to provide the  Executive any material
         fringe benefit or perquisite enjoyed by the Executive immediately prior
         to the Change in Control;  or the failure by the Corporation to provide
         the  Executive  with the  number  of paid  vacation  days to which  the
         Executive  is  entitled in  accordance  with the  Corporation's  normal
         vacation policy in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control;
         or

                         (vii) any purported  termination by the Corporation of
         the  Executive's  employment  that is not effected in accordance with a
         Notice of Termination


                                       5

                                      153

<PAGE>

         satisfying the requirements of paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (K)  "Notice of  Termination"  shall have the  meaning
stated in paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (L) "Payment  Trigger"  shall mean the occurrence of a
Change in Control during the term of this Agreement  coincident with or followed
(i) at any time before the end of the 12th month immediately following the month
in which the Change in Control  occurred,  by the termination of the Executive's
employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary for any reason other than (A) by
the Executive  without Good Reason,  (B) by the  Corporation  as a result of the
Disability  of the  Executive  or with Cause or, (C) as a result of the death of
the Executive or (ii) in the event the Executive remains  continuously  employed
by the Corporation or a Subsidiary  until the end of the 12th month  immediately
following the month in which the Change in Control occurred,  the termination of
the Executive's  employment  with the  Corporation or a Subsidiary,  at any time
during the three month  period  immediately  following  the  expiration  of such
12-month period, for any reason other than (A) by the Corporation as a result of
the  Disability  of the  Executive  or  (B) as a  result  of  the  death  of the
Executive.

                          (M) "Person"  shall have the meaning  given in Section
3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, as
modified  and used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d)  thereof;  except that, a Person
shall not include (i) the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (ii) a trustee or other
fiduciary  holding  securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation
or any  Subsidiary,  or  (iii) an  underwriter  temporarily  holding  securities
pursuant to an offering of such securities.

                          (N)  "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation or other
entity or enterprise, whether incorporated or unincorporated,  of which at least
a majority of the securities or other  interests  having by their terms ordinary
voting  power to elect a majority of the board of  directors  or others  serving
similar functions with respect to such corporation or other entity or enterprise
is owned by the Corporation or other


                                       6

                                      154
<PAGE>

entity or  enterprise  of which the  Corporation  directly  or  indirectly  owns
securities or other interests having all the voting power.

                         2.  Term of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall  become
effective on the date hereof and, subject to the second sentence of this Section
2, shall  continue in effect until the earliest of (i) a Date of  Termination in
accordance  with  Section 6 or the death of the  Executive  shall have  occurred
prior to a Change in  Control,  (ii) if a Payment  Trigger  shall have  occurred
during the term of this Agreement, the performance by the Corporation of all its
obligations,  and the satisfaction by the Corporation of all its obligations and
liabilities, under this Agreement, (iii) the ten year anniversary of the date of
this  Agreement if, as of that ten year  anniversary,  a Change in Control shall
not have occurred and be  continuing,  or (iv) in the event,  as of the ten year
anniversary  of the date of this  Agreement,  a Change  in  Control  shall  have
occurred and be  continuing,  either the  expiration  of such period  thereafter
within  which a  Payment  Trigger  does  not or can  not  occur  or the  ensuing
occurrence of a Payment Trigger and the performance by the Corporation of all of
its  obligations and  liabilities  under this  Agreement.  Any Change in Control
during the term of this  Agreement  that for any reason  ceases to  constitute a
Change in Control or is not  followed  by a Payment  Trigger  shall not effect a
termination  or  lapse  of  this  Agreement.  Any  transfer  of the  Executive's
employment  from the  Corporation  to a  Subsidiary,  from a  Subsidiary  to the
Corporation, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary shall not constitute a
termination of the Executive's employment for purposes of this Agreement.

                         3.  General Provisions.

                           (A) The Corporation hereby represents and warrants to
the Executive as follows:  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the
performance by the Corporation of the actions contemplated hereby have been duly
authorized by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of the  Corporation.
This  Agreement  is a  legal,  valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of  the
Corporation  enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Neither the execution or
delivery of this


                                       7

                                      155

<PAGE>

Agreement nor the  consummation by the  Corporation of the actions  contemplated
hereby (i) will violate any provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or
bylaws (or other charter documents) of the Corporation,  (ii) will violate or be
in conflict with any applicable law or any judgment, decree, injunction or order
of any court or  governmental  agency or  authority,  or (iii)  will  violate or
conflict  with or  constitute  a default  (or an event of which,  with notice or
lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default) under or will result in the
termination  of,  accelerate  the  performance  required  by,  or  result in the
creation of any lien,  security interest,  charge or encumbrance upon any of the
assets or  properties  of the  Corporation  under,  any term or provision of the
certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws (or other  charter  documents)  of the
Corporation  or  of  any  contract,  commitment,   understanding,   arrangement,
agreement or restriction of any kind or character to which the  Corporation is a
party or by which the  Corporation  or any of its  properties  or assets  may be
bound or affected.

                           (B) No amount or benefit  shall be payable under this
Agreement  unless there shall have occurred a Payment Trigger during the term of
this Agreement.  In no event shall payments in accordance with this Agreement be
made in respect of more than one Payment Trigger.

                           (C) This Agreement shall not be construed as creating
an express or implied  contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in
writing between the Executive and the Corporation,  the Executive shall not have
any right to be retained in the employ of the  Corporation  or of a  Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding  the  immediately  preceding  sentence or any other provision of
this Agreement,  no purported termination of the Executive's  employment that is
not effected in accordance with a Notice of Termination satisfying paragraph (A)
of Section 6 shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement.  The Executive's
right,  following  the  occurrence  of a Change in  Control,  to  terminate  his
employment  under this  Agreement  for Good Reason  shall not be affected by the
Executive's Disability or incapacity. The Executive's continued employment shall
not  constitute  consent to, or a waiver of rights  with  respect to, any act or
failure to act constituting Good Reason under this Agreement.


                                       8

                                      156

<PAGE>

                         4.  Payments Due Upon a Payment Trigger.

                           (A) The  Corporation  shall pay to the  Executive the
payments  described in this Section 4 upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger
during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) Upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger during
the term of this Agreement,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive a lump
sum payment, in cash, equal to the product of:

                           (i)       three multiplied by

                          (ii)       the sum of --

                           (a) the higher of the Executive's  annual base salary
                  in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in
                  Control  or the  Executive's  annual  base  salary  in  effect
                  immediately prior to the Payment Trigger, plus

                           (b)  the  higher  of the  aggregate  maximum  amounts
                  payable   to  the   Executive   pursuant   to  all   incentive
                  compensation  plans  for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring
                  period  commencing  coincident  with or most recently prior to
                  the  date  on  which  the  Change  in  Control  occurs  or the
                  aggregate maximum amounts payable to the Executive pursuant to
                  all incentive  compensation plans for the fiscal year or other
                  measuring period  commencing  coincident with or most recently
                  prior to the date on which the Payment Trigger occurs, in each
                  case,  assuming that the Executive were continuously  employed
                  by  the   Corporation   or  a  Subsidiary  on  the  terms  and
                  conditions,  including,  without limitation,  the terms of the
                  incentive plans, in effect  immediately prior to the Change in
                  Control or Payment Trigger,  whichever applies, until the last
                  day of that fiscal year or other measuring period.


                                       9

                                      157

<PAGE>

The amount determined under the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (B) shall
be reduced by any cash severance  benefit  otherwise paid to the Executive under
any applicable  severance plan or other severance  arrangement.  For purposes of
this paragraph (B),  amounts  payable to the Executive  pursuant to an incentive
compensation  plan for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring  period  commencing
coincident  with or most  recently  prior  to the date on which  the  Change  of
Control or Payment Trigger, as applicable, occurs (the "applicable year/period")
shall not  include  amounts  attributable  to a fiscal  year or other  measuring
period  that  commenced  prior to the  applicable  year/period  and that  become
payable during the applicable  year/period.  For purposes of this paragraph (B),
incentive  compensation  plans shall  include,  without  limitation,  the ALLTEL
Corporation  Performance  Incentive  Compensation Plan as in effect from time to
time, the ALLTEL Corporation Long-Term  Performance Incentive  Compensation Plan
as in effect from time to time, and any incentive bonus plan or arrangement that
provides  for  payment  of  cash  compensation,   and  shall  exclude,   without
limitation,  the ALLTEL Corporation  Executive Deferred  Compensation Plan as in
effect from time to time, any plan  qualified or intended to be qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the Code and any plan supplementary thereto,  executive fringe
benefits,  and any plan or arrangement under which stock,  stock options,  stock
appreciation rights,  restricted stock or similar options,  stock, or rights are
issued.

                           (C)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of any incentive
compensation plan, including, without limitation, any provision of any incentive
plan requiring  continued  employment  after the completed  fiscal year or other
measuring period,  the Corporation shall pay to the Executive a lump sum amount,
in  cash,  equal  to the  amount  of any  incentive  compensation  that has been
allocated  or awarded to the  Executive  for a  completed  fiscal  year or other
measuring  period  preceding  the  occurrence  of a  Payment  Trigger  under any
incentive compensation plan but has not yet been paid to the Executive.

                           (D) The payments  provided for in paragraphs  (B) and
(C) of this Section 4 shall be made not later than the fifth day  following  the
occurrence of a Payment  Trigger,  unless the amounts of such payments cannot be
finally determined on or


                                       10

                                       158

<PAGE>

before that day, in which case,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive on
that day an estimate, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Corporation,
of the minimum amount of the payments to which the Executive is clearly entitled
and shall pay the remainder of the payments  (together with interest at the rate
provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as soon as the amount thereof can
be determined  but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the occurrence
of a Payment Trigger.  In the event the amount of the estimated payments exceeds
the amount subsequently determined to have been due, the excess shall constitute
a loan by the  Corporation to the  Executive,  payable on the fifth business day
after demand by the Corporation  (together with interest at the rate provided in
Section  l274(b)(2)(B)  of the Code).  At the time that  payments are made under
this  Section 4, the  Corporation  shall  provide the  Executive  with a written
statement setting forth the manner in which the payments were calculated and the
basis for the calculations including,  without limitation, any opinions or other
advice  the  Corporation  has  received  from  outside   counsel,   auditors  or
consultants (and any opinions or advice that are in writing shall be attached to
the statement).

                           5.  Gross-Up Payments.

                           (A) This  Section 5 shall apply if a Payment  Trigger
shall have occurred during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) In the  event  it shall  be  determined  that any
payment or  distribution  by the Corporation or other amount with respect to the
Corporation to or for the benefit of the  Executive,  whether paid or payable or
distributed  or  distributable  pursuant  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or
otherwise,  but determined  without regard to any additional  payments  required
under this  Section 5 (a  "Payment"),  is (or will be) subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any  interest or  penalties  are (or will
be) incurred by the Executive  with respect to the excise tax imposed by Section
4999 of the Code with respect to the Corporation (the excise tax,  together with
any interest and  penalties,  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the
"Excise  Tax"),  the Executive  shall be entitled to receive an additional  cash
payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") from the Corporation in an


                                       11

                                      159

<PAGE>

amount  equal to the sum of the Excise Tax and an amount  sufficient  to pay the
cumulative  Excise Tax and all cumulative  income taxes  (including any interest
and  penalties  imposed  with  respect to such taxes)  relating to the  Gross-Up
Payment  so that  the net  amount  retained  by the  Executive  is  equal to all
payments  received  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement or  otherwise  less
income taxes (but not reduced by the Excise Tax).

                           (C) Subject to the  provisions  of  paragraph  (D) of
this  Section 5, all  determinations  required to be made under this  Section 5,
including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such
Gross-Up  Payment  and  the  assumptions  to be  utilized  in  arriving  at  the
determination,  shall  be  made  by a  nationally  recognized  certified  public
accounting firm designated by the Executive (the "Accounting  Firm") which shall
provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  both  to the  Corporation  and  the
Executive  within 30 days after the  receipt of notice from the  Executive  that
there  has  been  a  Payment,  or  such  earlier  time  as is  requested  by the
Corporation.  In the  event  that at any time  relevant  to this  Agreement  the
Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the  individual,  entity
or group or Person effecting the Change in Control,  the Executive shall appoint
another  nationally  recognized  certified  public  accounting  firm to make the
determinations  required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting  Firm  hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting
Firm  shall be  borne  solely  by the  Corporation.  Any  Gross-Up  Payment,  as
determined in accordance  with this Section 5, shall be paid by the  Corporation
to the  Executive  within five days after the receipt of the  Accounting  Firm's
determination.  If the Accounting  Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable
by the  Executive,  it  shall so  indicate  to the  Executive  in  writing.  Any
determination  by the Accounting  Firm shall be binding upon the Corporation and
the Executive.  As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of
the Code at the time of the initial  determination by the Accounting Firm, it is
possible that Gross-Up  Payments that the Corporation  should have made will not
have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to
be made  hereunder.  In the event  the  Corporation  exhausts  its  remedies  in
accordance with

                                       12

                                       160

<PAGE>

paragraph (D) of this Section 5 and the Executive thereafter is required to make
a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting  Firm shall  determine the amount of
Underpayment  that has occurred and the  Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by
the Corporation to or for the benefit of the Executive.

                           (D) The  Executive  shall notify the  Corporation  in
writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful,  would
require a Gross-Up Payment (that has not already been paid by the  Corporation).
The  notification  shall be given as soon as  practicable  but no later than ten
business  days after the Executive is informed in writing of the claim and shall
apprise  the  Corporation  of the  nature of the claim and the date on which the
claim is requested to be paid.  The  Executive  shall not pay the claim prior to
the  expiration of the 30-day  period  following the date on which the Executive
gives notice to the  Corporation  or any shorter  period ending on the date that
any  payment  of taxes  with  respect  to the claim is due.  If the  Corporation
notifies the Executive in writing  prior to the  expiration of the 30-day period
that it desires to contest the claim, the Executive shall:

                           (i) give the Corporation  any information  reasonably
         requested by the Corporation relating to the claim;

                           (ii) take any action in  connection  with  contesting
         the claim as the Corporation  shall reasonably  request in writing from
         time  to  time,   including,   without   limitation,   accepting  legal
         representation  with  respect  to the claim by an  attorney  reasonably
         selected by the Corporation;

                           (iii) cooperate with the Corporation in good faith in
         order effectively to contest the claim; and

                           (iv) permit the  Corporation  to  participate  in any
         proceedings relating to the claim.

The  Corporation  shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses  (including
additional  interest and penalties)  incurred in connection with the contest and
shall indemnify and hold the


                                       13

                                       161

<PAGE>

Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  for any Excise Tax or income tax
(including  interest and penalties with respect  thereto) imposed as a result of
the representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation of the
foregoing  provisions  of this  Section 5, the  Corporation  shall  control  all
proceedings  taken in connection  with the contest and, at its sole option,  may
pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,  hearings, and
conferences  with the taxing  authority  in respect of the claim and may, at its
sole option,  either  direct the  Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a
refund or contest the claim in any permissible  manner, and the Executive agrees
to prosecute the contest to a determination before any administrative  tribunal,
in a court of initial  jurisdiction and in one or more appellate  courts, as the
Corporation shall determine. If the Corporation directs the Executive to pay the
claim and sue for a refund,  the  Corporation  shall  advance  the amount of the
payment to the Executive,  on an  interest-free  basis,  and shall indemnify and
hold the  Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  from any Excise Tax or
income tax (including  interest or penalties with respect  thereto) imposed with
respect to the advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to the
advance;  and any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of
taxes for the taxable year of the Executive  with respect to which the contested
amount is claimed to be due shall be limited solely to the contested amount. The
Corporation's  control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to
which a Gross-Up  Payment would be payable  hereunder and the Executive shall be
entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the
Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

                           (E) If,  after the  receipt  by the  Executive  of an
amount advanced by the Corporation  pursuant to paragraph (D) of this Section 5,
the Executive  becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the claim,
the  Executive  shall,   subject  to  the  Corporation's   compliance  with  the
requirements of paragraph (D) of this Section 5, promptly pay to the Corporation
the amount of the refund  (together  with any interest paid or credited  thereon
after taxes  applicable  thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an
amount advanced by the Corporation pursuant to paragraph (D) of this


                                       14

                                       162

<PAGE>

Section 5, a  determination  is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to
any refund  with  respect to the claim and the  Corporation  does not notify the
Executive  in writing of its intent to contest the denial of refund prior to the
expiration  of 30 days  after  the  determination,  then  the  advance  shall be
forgiven  and shall not be  required  to be repaid and the amount of the advance
shall offset, to the extent thereof,  the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to
be paid.

                         6.  Termination Procedures.

                           (A) During the term of this Agreement,  any purported
termination of the Executive's  employment (other than by reason of death) shall
be  communicated  by written Notice of Termination  from one party hereto to the
other party hereto in  accordance  with Section 10 hereof.  For purposes of this
Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a written notice that indicates
the specific  termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied  upon,  and, if
applicable,  the  notice  shall set  forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and
circumstances  claimed to  provide a basis for  termination  of the  Executive's
employment  under the provision so indicated.  Further,  a Notice of Termination
for Cause shall include a copy of a resolution  duly adopted by the  affirmative
vote of not less than a  majority  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a
meeting of the Board that was called and held for the purpose of considering the
termination  finding that, in the informed,  reasonable,  good faith judgment of
the Board,  the Executive  was guilty of conduct set forth in the  definition of
Cause in Section 1(B), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

                           (B)  "Date  of  Termination"   with  respect  to  any
purported  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  during the term of this
Agreement  (other  than by reason of death)  shall  mean (i) if the  Executive's
employment  is  terminated  for  Disability,  20 business  days after  Notice of
Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the
full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  during that 20 business day
period)  and (ii) if the  Executive's  employment  is  terminated  for any other
reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which, in the case of a
termination by the Corporation, shall not be less than ten business days


                                       15

                                       163
<PAGE>

except in the case of a termination for Cause, and, in the case of a termination
by the  Executive,  shall  not be less than ten  business  days nor more than 20
business days, respectively, after the date such Notice of Termination is given.

                         7. No Mitigation.  The Executive  shall not be required
to seek other  employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable
to the Executive by the  Corporation  pursuant to this Agreement.  Further,  the
amount of any payment or benefit  provided  for in this  Agreement  shall not be
reduced by any compensation  earned by the Executive as the result of employment
by another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits,  by offset  against  any amount
claimed to be owed by the  Executive  to the  Corporation  or a  Subsidiary,  or
otherwise.

                         8.  Disputes.

                          (A) If a dispute  or  controversy  arises out of or in
connection with this Agreement, the parties shall first attempt in good faith to
settle the dispute or  controversy by mediation  under the Commercial  Mediation
Rules of the American Arbitration Association before resorting to arbitration or
litigation.  Thereafter, any remaining unresolved dispute or controversy arising
out of or in connection  with this Agreement  shall,  upon a written notice from
the Executive to the Corporation either before suit thereupon is filed or within
20 business days thereafter, be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance
with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in
a city located within the continental United States designated by the Executive.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrator's  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  Executive  shall,  however,  be  entitled  to seek  specific
performance of the  Corporation's  obligations  hereunder during the pendency of
any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

                          (B) Any legal action concerning this Agreement,  other
than a mediation or an arbitration described in paragraph (A) of this Section 8,
whether  instituted by the  Corporation or the  Executive,  shall be brought and
resolved  only  in a  state  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  located  in the
territory that encompasses the city, county, or parish in which


                                       16

                                       164

<PAGE>

the  Executive's  principal  residence  is  located  at the time such  action is
commenced.  The Corporation hereby irrevocably consents and submits to and shall
take any action necessary to subject itself to the personal jurisdiction of that
court and  hereby  irrevocably  agrees  that all claims in respect of the action
shall be instituted, heard, and determined in that court. The Corporation agrees
that such court is a convenient  forum, and hereby  irrevocably  waives,  to the
fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to
the maintenance of the action.  Any final judgment in the action may be enforced
in other  jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law.

                          (C) The Corporation  shall pay all costs and expenses,
including  attorneys' fees and  disbursements,  of the Corporation and, at least
monthly,  the  Executive  in  connection  with any legal  proceeding  (including
arbitration),  whether or not  instituted by the  Corporation  or the Executive,
relating  to  the  interpretation  or  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement,  provided that if the Executive  instituted  the  proceeding  and the
judge,   arbitrator,   or  other   individual   presiding  over  the  proceeding
affirmatively  finds that the Executive  instituted the proceeding in bad faith,
the Executive  shall pay all costs and expenses,  including  attorney's fees and
disbursements,  of Executive  and the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  shall pay
prejudgment  interest on any money judgment obtained by Executive as a result of
such proceeding, calculated at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the
Code.

                         9.  Successors; Binding Agreement.

                           (A) In  addition  to any  obligations  imposed by law
upon any  successor  to the  Corporation,  the  Corporation  shall  require  any
successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation,  or
otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all of the  business  or  assets  of the
Corporation  expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner and to the same extent that the Corporation  would be required to perform
it if no such  succession had taken place.  Failure of the Corporation to obtain
the assumption and agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any succession shall
be


                                       17

                                       165

<PAGE>

a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation  from
the  Corporation in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would
be entitled to hereunder if the Executive  were to terminate his  employment for
Good  Reason  immediately  after a Change in Control and during the term of this
Agreement,  except that, for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
which any  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed the  Payment  Trigger
occasioned by the foregoing  deemed  termination  of employment  for Good Reason
immediately  following a Change in Control.  The  provisions  of this  Section 9
shall continue to apply to each  subsequent  employer of Executive bound by this
Agreement  in the event of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  transfer  of all or
substantially all of the business or assets of that subsequent employer.

                           (B) This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives,  executors,
administrators,  successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If the
Executive shall die while any amount would be payable to the Executive hereunder
(other than  amounts  which,  by their  terms,  terminate  upon the death of the
Executive) if the Executive had continued to live, the amount,  unless otherwise
provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
the executors,  personal  representatives,  or administrators of the Executive's
estate.

                         10. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices
and all other  communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given when  delivered  or mailed by United
States registered mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to
the  respective  addresses  set forth below,  or to such other address as either
party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith,  except
that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:


                                       18


                                       166

<PAGE>

                         To the Corporation:

                         ALLTEL Corporation
                         One Allied Drive
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72202
                         Attention:  Chairman of the Board

                         To the Executive:

                         Tom T. Orsini
                         3809 Ridge Road
                         North Little Rock, Arkansas 72216

                         11.  Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may
be  modified,  waived,  or  discharged  unless  such  waiver,  modification,  or
discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the  Executive and an officer of
the Corporation  specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party
hereto at any time of any breach by the other  party  hereto  of, or  compliance
with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other
party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at  the  same  or  at  any  prior  or   subsequent   time.   No   agreements  or
representations,  oral or  otherwise,  express or implied,  with  respect to the
subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set
forth  in  this  Agreement.  The  validity,  interpretation,  construction,  and
performance  of this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by the laws of the State of
Delaware.  All  references  to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be
deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections.  Any payments
provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable  withholding required
under federal,  state, or local law and any additional  withholding to which the
Executive has agreed.

                         12. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of
any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  which shall  remain in full force and
effect.

                         13.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed


                                       19

                                       167

<PAGE>

to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same 
instrument.

                         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  signed  this
Agreement as of the date set forth above.


                                                         ALLTEL CORPORATION

Attest:

/s/ Francis X. Frantz                By /s/ Joe T. Ford
Name: Francis X. Frantz              Name: Joe T. Ford
Title: Secretary                     Title: Chairman & CEO



Witness:

/s/ John L. Comparin                 /s/ Tom T. Orsini
                                     Tom T. Orsini




                                       20


                                       168
<PAGE>


                                                      EXHIBIT (10)(c)(6)

                                   AGREEMENT


         This  Agreement,  dated October 24, 1994, is made by and between ALLTEL
Corporation, a Delaware corporation (as hereinafter defined, the "Corporation"),
and Ronald D. Payne (as hereinafter defined, the "Executive").

         WHEREAS,  the Board of Directors  of the  Corporation  (as  hereinafter
defined, the "Board") recognizes that the possibility of a Change in Control (as
hereinafter  defined) of the Corporation  exists and that such possibility,  and
the uncertainty it may cause,  may result in the departure or distraction of key
management  employees of the  Corporation or of a Subsidiary to the detriment of
the Corporation and its stockholders; and

         WHEREAS,  the Executive is a key management employee of the Corporation
or of a Subsidiary; and

         WHEREAS, the Board has determined that the Corporation should encourage
the continued employment of the Executive by the Corporation or a Subsidiary and
the  continued  dedication  of the  Executive  to his  assigned  duties  without
distraction as a result of the  circumstances  arising from the possibility of a
Change in Control;

         NOW  THEREFORE,  in  consideration  of  the  premises  and  the  mutual
covenants  herein  contained,  the Corporation and the Executive hereby agree as
follows:

                         1. Defined Terms.  For purposes of this Agreement,  the
following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                           (A) "Board"  shall mean the Board of Directors of the
Corporation, as constituted from time to time.

                           (B) "Cause" for termination by the Corporation of the
Executive's  employment  shall mean (i) the  willful  failure  by the  Executive
substantially  to perform  the  Executive's  duties  with the  Corporation  or a
Subsidiary, other than any failure resulting from the Executive's incapacity due
to physical or mental  illness or any actual or  anticipated  failure  after the
issuance of a Notice of Termination for Good

                                   169


<PAGE>



Reason by the  Executive in  accordance  with  paragraph  (A) of Section 6, that
continues  for at least 30 days  after the Board  delivers  to the  Executive  a
written demand for performance  that identifies  specifically  and in detail the
manner in which the Board  believes  that the  Executive  willfully  has  failed
substantially to perform the Executive's  duties or (ii) the willful engaging by
the Executive in misconduct that is demonstrably and materially injurious to the
Corporation  or any  Subsidiary,  monetarily or otherwise.  For purposes of this
definition,  no act, or failure to act, on the Executive's  part shall be deemed
"willful" unless done, or omitted to be done, by the Executive not in good faith
and without  reasonable  belief that the Executive's act, or failure to act, was
in the best interest of the Corporation and its Subsidiaries:

                           (C) A "Change in Control"  shall mean,  if subsequent
to the date of this Agreement:

                           (i) Any  "person,"  as defined  in Section  13(d) and
         14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange
         Act"),  other than the  Corporation,  any of its  subsidiaries,  or any
         employee  benefit  plan  maintained  by the  Corporation  or any of its
         subsidiaries,  becomes the "beneficial owner" (as defined in Rule l3d-3
         under the Exchange Act) of (A) l5% or more, but no greater than 50%, of
         the outstanding  voting capital stock of the Corporation,  unless prior
         thereto,  the Continuing Directors approve the transaction that results
         in the person  becoming  the  beneficial  owner of 15% or more,  but no
         greater  than  50%,  of the  outstanding  voting  capital  stock of the
         Corporation  or (B) more  than 50% of the  outstanding  voting  capital
         stock of the Corporation,  regardless  whether the transaction or event
         by which  the  foregoing  50%  level is  exceeded  is  approved  by the
         Continuing Directors;

                          (ii)  At  any  time  Continuing  Directors  no  longer
         constitute a majority of the directors of the Corporation; or

                          (iii)  A  record   date  is  fixed   for   determining
         stockholders entitled to vote upon (A) a merger or


                                       2

                                      170

<PAGE>

         consolidation  of the Corporation,  statutory share exchange,  or other
         similar  transaction with another  corporation,  partnership,  or other
         entity  or  enterprise  in  which  either  the  Corporation  is not the
         surviving or  continuing  corporation  or shares of common stock of the
         Corporation are to be converted into or exchanged for cash,  securities
         other than common stock of the  Corporation,  or other property,  (B) a
         sale or  disposition of all or  substantially  all of the assets of the
         Corporation, or (C) the dissolution of the Corporation; or

                          (iv) The Corporation enters into an agreement with any
         Person,  the consummation of which would result in the occurrence of an
         event  described in clause (i),  (ii) or (iii) above of this  paragraph
         (C).

                          (D) "Code"  shall mean the  Internal  Revenue  Code of
         1986, as amended from time to time.

                          (E)  "Continuing  Directors"  means directors who were
         directors of the  Corporation  at the beginning of the 24-month  period
         ending  on the date the  determination  is made or whose  election,  or
         nomination for election by the Corporation's stockholders, was approved
         by at least a majority of the  directors  who are in office at the time
         of the election or nomination  and who either (i) were directors at the
         beginning  of the  period,  or (ii)  were  elected,  or  nominated  for
         election, by at least a majority of the directors who were in office at
         the  time of the  election  or  nomination  and were  directors  at the
         beginning of the period.

                          (F)  "Corporation"  shall mean ALLTEL  Corporation and
         any  successor  to its  business  or  assets,  by  operation  of law or
         otherwise.

                          (G)  "Date of  Termination"  shall  have  the  meaning
         stated in paragraph (B) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (H)  "Disability"  shall be deemed  the reason for the
         termination by the Corporation of the Executive's employment,  if, as a
         result of the Executive's incapacity due to physical or mental illness,
         the Executive shall have been


                                       3


                                      171
<PAGE>

absent  from  the  full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  with the
Corporation  or a  Subsidiary  for a  period  of  six  consecutive  months,  the
Corporation  shall  have  given  the  Executive  a  Notice  of  Termination  for
Disability,  and,  within 20 business  days after the Notice of  Termination  is
given, the Executive shall not have returned to the full-time performance of the
Executive's duties.

                          (I) "Executive" shall mean the individual named in the
first paragraph of this Agreement.

                          (J) "Good Reason" for  termination by the Executive of
the Executive's  employment  shall mean the occurrence,  without the Executive's
express written consent, of any one of the following:

                          (i) the  assignment  to the  Executive  of any  duties
         inconsistent with the Executive's status as an executive officer of the
         Corporation or of a Subsidiary or a substantial  adverse  alteration in
         the nature or status of the Executive's  responsibilities from those in
         effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (ii) a reduction by the Corporation in the Executive's
         annual base salary to any amount less than the Executive's  annual base
         salary as in effect immediately prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iii)  the  relocation  of  the  principal   executive
         offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary, as the case may be, to a
         location  more  than  35  miles  from  the  location  of  such  offices
         immediately  prior  to the  Change  in  Control  or  the  Corporation's
         requiring the Executive to be based  anywhere  other than the principal
         executive offices of the Corporation or of a Subsidiary as the case may
         be,  except for  required  business  travel to an extent  substantially
         consistent with the Executive's business travel obligations immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (iv)  the  failure  by the  Corporation  to pay to the
         Executive any portion of the Executive's  current  compensation,  or to
         pay to the Executive any deferred


                                       4     

                                      172
                              
<PAGE>

         compensation   under  any   deferred   compensation   program   of  the
         Corporation, within five days after the date the compensation is due or
         to pay or reimburse the Executive for any expenses  incurred by him for
         required business travel;

                           (v) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue in
         effect  any  compensation  plan in  which  the  Executive  participates
         immediately  prior to the Change in  Control  that is  material  to the
         Executive's  total  compensation,  including  but not limited to, stock
         option,   restricted  stock,   stock  appreciation   right,   incentive
         compensation,  bonus, and other plans, unless an equitable  alternative
         arrangement  embodied in an ongoing  substitute or alternative plan has
         been  made,  or  the  failure  by  the   Corporation  to  continue  the
         Executive's  participation  therein (or in a substitute or  alternative
         plan) on a basis not materially  less  favorable,  both in terms of the
         amount  of  compensation  provided  and the  level  of the  Executive's
         participation relative to other participants,  than existed immediately
         prior to the Change in Control;

                          (vi) the  failure by the  Corporation  to  continue to
         provide the  Executive  with  benefits  substantially  similar to those
         enjoyed  by the  Executive  under  any of  the  Corporation's  pension,
         profit-sharing,   life   insurance,   medical,   health  and  accident,
         disability,  or other employee benefit plans in which the Executive was
         participating  immediately prior to the Change in Control;  the failure
         by the  Corporation  to continue to provide the  Executive any material
         fringe benefit or perquisite enjoyed by the Executive immediately prior
         to the Change in Control;  or the failure by the Corporation to provide
         the  Executive  with the  number  of paid  vacation  days to which  the
         Executive  is  entitled in  accordance  with the  Corporation's  normal
         vacation policy in effect  immediately  prior to the Change in Control;
         or

                         (vii) any purported  termination by the Corporation of
         the  Executive's  employment  that is not effected in accordance with a
         Notice of Termination


                                       5

                                      173

<PAGE>

         satisfying the requirements of paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (K)  "Notice of  Termination"  shall have the  meaning
stated in paragraph (A) of Section 6 hereof.

                          (L) "Payment  Trigger"  shall mean the occurrence of a
Change in Control during the term of this Agreement  coincident with or followed
(i) at any time before the end of the 12th month immediately following the month
in which the Change in Control  occurred,  by the termination of the Executive's
employment with the Corporation or a Subsidiary for any reason other than (A) by
the Executive  without Good Reason,  (B) by the  Corporation  as a result of the
Disability  of the  Executive  or with Cause or, (C) as a result of the death of
the Executive or (ii) in the event the Executive remains  continuously  employed
by the Corporation or a Subsidiary  until the end of the 12th month  immediately
following the month in which the Change in Control occurred,  the termination of
the Executive's  employment  with the  Corporation or a Subsidiary,  at any time
during the three month  period  immediately  following  the  expiration  of such
12-month period, for any reason other than (A) by the Corporation as a result of
the  Disability  of the  Executive  or  (B) as a  result  of  the  death  of the
Executive.

                          (M) "Person"  shall have the meaning  given in Section
3(a)(9) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, as
modified  and used in Sections  13(d) and 14(d)  thereof;  except that, a Person
shall not include (i) the Corporation or any Subsidiary, (ii) a trustee or other
fiduciary  holding  securities under an employee benefit plan of the Corporation
or any  Subsidiary,  or  (iii) an  underwriter  temporarily  holding  securities
pursuant to an offering of such securities.

                          (N)  "Subsidiary"  shall mean any corporation or other
entity or enterprise, whether incorporated or unincorporated,  of which at least
a majority of the securities or other  interests  having by their terms ordinary
voting  power to elect a majority of the board of  directors  or others  serving
similar functions with respect to such corporation or other entity or enterprise
is owned by the Corporation or other


                                       6

                                      174

<PAGE>

entity or  enterprise  of which the  Corporation  directly  or  indirectly  owns
securities or other interests having all the voting power.

                         2.  Term of  Agreement.  This  Agreement  shall  become
effective on the date hereof and, subject to the second sentence of this Section
2, shall  continue in effect until the earliest of (i) a Date of  Termination in
accordance  with  Section 6 or the death of the  Executive  shall have  occurred
prior to a Change in  Control,  (ii) if a Payment  Trigger  shall have  occurred
during the term of this Agreement, the performance by the Corporation of all its
obligations,  and the satisfaction by the Corporation of all its obligations and
liabilities, under this Agreement, (iii) the ten year anniversary of the date of
this  Agreement if, as of that ten year  anniversary,  a Change in Control shall
not have occurred and be  continuing,  or (iv) in the event,  as of the ten year
anniversary  of the date of this  Agreement,  a Change  in  Control  shall  have
occurred and be  continuing,  either the  expiration  of such period  thereafter
within  which a  Payment  Trigger  does  not or can  not  occur  or the  ensuing
occurrence of a Payment Trigger and the performance by the Corporation of all of
its  obligations and  liabilities  under this  Agreement.  Any Change in Control
during the term of this  Agreement  that for any reason  ceases to  constitute a
Change in Control or is not  followed  by a Payment  Trigger  shall not effect a
termination  or  lapse  of  this  Agreement.  Any  transfer  of the  Executive's
employment  from the  Corporation  to a  Subsidiary,  from a  Subsidiary  to the
Corporation, or from one Subsidiary to another Subsidiary shall not constitute a
termination of the Executive's employment for purposes of this Agreement.

                         3.  General Provisions.

                           (A) The Corporation hereby represents and warrants to
the Executive as follows:  The execution and delivery of this  Agreement and the
performance by the Corporation of the actions contemplated hereby have been duly
authorized by all  necessary  corporate  action on the part of the  Corporation.
This  Agreement  is a  legal,  valid  and  legally  binding  obligation  of  the
Corporation  enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Neither the execution or
delivery of this


                                       7


                                      175
<PAGE>

Agreement nor the  consummation by the  Corporation of the actions  contemplated
hereby (i) will violate any provision of the  certificate  of  incorporation  or
bylaws (or other charter documents) of the Corporation,  (ii) will violate or be
in conflict with any applicable law or any judgment, decree, injunction or order
of any court or  governmental  agency or  authority,  or (iii)  will  violate or
conflict  with or  constitute  a default  (or an event of which,  with notice or
lapse of time or both,  would  constitute a default) under or will result in the
termination  of,  accelerate  the  performance  required  by,  or  result in the
creation of any lien,  security interest,  charge or encumbrance upon any of the
assets or  properties  of the  Corporation  under,  any term or provision of the
certificate  of  incorporation  or bylaws (or other  charter  documents)  of the
Corporation  or  of  any  contract,  commitment,   understanding,   arrangement,
agreement or restriction of any kind or character to which the  Corporation is a
party or by which the  Corporation  or any of its  properties  or assets  may be
bound or affected.

                           (B) No amount or benefit  shall be payable under this
Agreement  unless there shall have occurred a Payment Trigger during the term of
this Agreement.  In no event shall payments in accordance with this Agreement be
made in respect of more than one Payment Trigger.

                           (C) This Agreement shall not be construed as creating
an express or implied  contract of employment and, except as otherwise agreed in
writing between the Executive and the Corporation,  the Executive shall not have
any right to be retained in the employ of the  Corporation  or of a  Subsidiary.
Notwithstanding  the  immediately  preceding  sentence or any other provision of
this Agreement,  no purported termination of the Executive's  employment that is
not effected in accordance with a Notice of Termination satisfying paragraph (A)
of Section 6 shall be effective for purposes of this Agreement.  The Executive's
right,  following  the  occurrence  of a Change in  Control,  to  terminate  his
employment  under this  Agreement  for Good Reason  shall not be affected by the
Executive's Disability or incapacity. The Executive's continued employment shall
not  constitute  consent to, or a waiver of rights  with  respect to, any act or
failure to act constituting Good Reason under this Agreement.


                                       8

                                      176
<PAGE>

                         4.  Payments Due Upon a Payment Trigger.

                           (A) The  Corporation  shall pay to the  Executive the
payments  described in this Section 4 upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger
during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) Upon the  occurrence of a Payment  Trigger during
the term of this Agreement,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive a lump
sum payment, in cash, equal to the product of:

                           (i)       three multiplied by

                          (ii)       the sum of --

                           (a) the higher of the Executive's  annual base salary
                  in effect immediately prior to the occurrence of the Change in
                  Control  or the  Executive's  annual  base  salary  in  effect
                  immediately prior to the Payment Trigger, plus

                           (b)  the  higher  of the  aggregate  maximum  amounts
                  payable   to  the   Executive   pursuant   to  all   incentive
                  compensation  plans  for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring
                  period  commencing  coincident  with or most recently prior to
                  the  date  on  which  the  Change  in  Control  occurs  or the
                  aggregate maximum amounts payable to the Executive pursuant to
                  all incentive  compensation plans for the fiscal year or other
                  measuring period  commencing  coincident with or most recently
                  prior to the date on which the Payment Trigger occurs, in each
                  case,  assuming that the Executive were continuously  employed
                  by  the   Corporation   or  a  Subsidiary  on  the  terms  and
                  conditions,  including,  without limitation,  the terms of the
                  incentive plans, in effect  immediately prior to the Change in
                  Control or Payment Trigger,  whichever applies, until the last
                  day of that fiscal year or other measuring period.


                                       9

                                      177
<PAGE>

The amount determined under the foregoing provisions of this paragraph (B) shall
be reduced by any cash severance  benefit  otherwise paid to the Executive under
any applicable  severance plan or other severance  arrangement.  For purposes of
this paragraph (B),  amounts  payable to the Executive  pursuant to an incentive
compensation  plan for the  fiscal  year or other  measuring  period  commencing
coincident  with or most  recently  prior  to the date on which  the  Change  of
Control or Payment Trigger, as applicable, occurs (the "applicable year/period")
shall not  include  amounts  attributable  to a fiscal  year or other  measuring
period  that  commenced  prior to the  applicable  year/period  and that  become
payable during the applicable  year/period.  For purposes of this paragraph (B),
incentive  compensation  plans shall  include,  without  limitation,  the ALLTEL
Corporation  Performance  Incentive  Compensation Plan as in effect from time to
time, the ALLTEL Corporation Long-Term  Performance Incentive  Compensation Plan
as in effect from time to time, and any incentive bonus plan or arrangement that
provides  for  payment  of  cash  compensation,   and  shall  exclude,   without
limitation,  the ALLTEL Corporation  Executive Deferred  Compensation Plan as in
effect from time to time, any plan  qualified or intended to be qualified  under
Section 401(a) of the Code and any plan supplementary thereto,  executive fringe
benefits,  and any plan or arrangement under which stock,  stock options,  stock
appreciation rights,  restricted stock or similar options,  stock, or rights are
issued.

                           (C)  Notwithstanding  any  provision of any incentive
compensation plan, including, without limitation, any provision of any incentive
plan requiring  continued  employment  after the completed  fiscal year or other
measuring period,  the Corporation shall pay to the Executive a lump sum amount,
in  cash,  equal  to the  amount  of any  incentive  compensation  that has been
allocated  or awarded to the  Executive  for a  completed  fiscal  year or other
measuring  period  preceding  the  occurrence  of a  Payment  Trigger  under any
incentive compensation plan but has not yet been paid to the Executive.

                           (D) The payments  provided for in paragraphs  (B) and
(C) of this Section 4 shall be made not later than the fifth day  following  the
occurrence of a Payment  Trigger,  unless the amounts of such payments cannot be
finally determined on or


                                       10

                                       178
<PAGE>

before that day, in which case,  the  Corporation  shall pay to the Executive on
that day an estimate, as reasonably determined in good faith by the Corporation,
of the minimum amount of the payments to which the Executive is clearly entitled
and shall pay the remainder of the payments  (together with interest at the rate
provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the Code) as soon as the amount thereof can
be determined  but in no event later than the thirtieth day after the occurrence
of a Payment Trigger.  In the event the amount of the estimated payments exceeds
the amount subsequently determined to have been due, the excess shall constitute
a loan by the  Corporation to the  Executive,  payable on the fifth business day
after demand by the Corporation  (together with interest at the rate provided in
Section  l274(b)(2)(B)  of the Code).  At the time that  payments are made under
this  Section 4, the  Corporation  shall  provide the  Executive  with a written
statement setting forth the manner in which the payments were calculated and the
basis for the calculations including,  without limitation, any opinions or other
advice  the  Corporation  has  received  from  outside   counsel,   auditors  or
consultants (and any opinions or advice that are in writing shall be attached to
the statement).

                           5.  Gross-Up Payments.

                           (A) This  Section 5 shall apply if a Payment  Trigger
shall have occurred during the term of this Agreement.

                           (B) In the  event  it shall  be  determined  that any
payment or  distribution  by the Corporation or other amount with respect to the
Corporation to or for the benefit of the  Executive,  whether paid or payable or
distributed  or  distributable  pursuant  to the  terms  of  this  Agreement  or
otherwise,  but determined  without regard to any additional  payments  required
under this  Section 5 (a  "Payment"),  is (or will be) subject to the excise tax
imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or any  interest or  penalties  are (or will
be) incurred by the Executive  with respect to the excise tax imposed by Section
4999 of the Code with respect to the Corporation (the excise tax,  together with
any interest and  penalties,  are  hereinafter  collectively  referred to as the
"Excise  Tax"),  the Executive  shall be entitled to receive an additional  cash
payment (a "Gross-Up Payment") from the Corporation in an


                                       11

                                       179

<PAGE>

amount  equal to the sum of the Excise Tax and an amount  sufficient  to pay the
cumulative  Excise Tax and all cumulative  income taxes  (including any interest
and  penalties  imposed  with  respect to such taxes)  relating to the  Gross-Up
Payment  so that  the net  amount  retained  by the  Executive  is  equal to all
payments  received  pursuant to the terms of this  Agreement or  otherwise  less
income taxes (but not reduced by the Excise Tax).

                           (C) Subject to the  provisions  of  paragraph  (D) of
this  Section 5, all  determinations  required to be made under this  Section 5,
including whether and when a Gross-Up Payment is required and the amount of such
Gross-Up  Payment  and  the  assumptions  to be  utilized  in  arriving  at  the
determination,  shall  be  made  by a  nationally  recognized  certified  public
accounting firm designated by the Executive (the "Accounting  Firm") which shall
provide  detailed  supporting  calculations  both  to the  Corporation  and  the
Executive  within 30 days after the  receipt of notice from the  Executive  that
there  has  been  a  Payment,  or  such  earlier  time  as is  requested  by the
Corporation.  In the  event  that at any time  relevant  to this  Agreement  the
Accounting Firm is serving as accountant or auditor for the  individual,  entity
or group or Person effecting the Change in Control,  the Executive shall appoint
another  nationally  recognized  certified  public  accounting  firm to make the
determinations  required hereunder (which accounting firm shall then be referred
to as the Accounting  Firm  hereunder).  All fees and expenses of the Accounting
Firm  shall be  borne  solely  by the  Corporation.  Any  Gross-Up  Payment,  as
determined in accordance  with this Section 5, shall be paid by the  Corporation
to the  Executive  within five days after the receipt of the  Accounting  Firm's
determination.  If the Accounting  Firm determines that no Excise Tax is payable
by the  Executive,  it  shall so  indicate  to the  Executive  in  writing.  Any
determination  by the Accounting  Firm shall be binding upon the Corporation and
the Executive.  As a result of uncertainty in the application of Section 4999 of
the Code at the time of the initial  determination by the Accounting Firm, it is
possible that Gross-Up  Payments that the Corporation  should have made will not
have been made (an "Underpayment"), consistent with the calculations required to
be made  hereunder.  In the event  the  Corporation  exhausts  its  remedies  in
accordance with

                                       12

                                       180

<PAGE>

paragraph (D) of this Section 5 and the Executive thereafter is required to make
a payment of any Excise Tax, the Accounting  Firm shall  determine the amount of
Underpayment  that has occurred and the  Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by
the Corporation to or for the benefit of the Executive.

                           (D) The  Executive  shall notify the  Corporation  in
writing of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful,  would
require a Gross-Up Payment (that has not already been paid by the  Corporation).
The  notification  shall be given as soon as  practicable  but no later than ten
business  days after the Executive is informed in writing of the claim and shall
apprise  the  Corporation  of the  nature of the claim and the date on which the
claim is requested to be paid.  The  Executive  shall not pay the claim prior to
the  expiration of the 30-day  period  following the date on which the Executive
gives notice to the  Corporation  or any shorter  period ending on the date that
any  payment  of taxes  with  respect  to the claim is due.  If the  Corporation
notifies the Executive in writing  prior to the  expiration of the 30-day period
that it desires to contest the claim, the Executive shall:

                           (i) give the Corporation  any information  reasonably
         requested by the Corporation relating to the claim;

                           (ii) take any action in  connection  with  contesting
         the claim as the Corporation  shall reasonably  request in writing from
         time  to  time,   including,   without   limitation,   accepting  legal
         representation  with  respect  to the claim by an  attorney  reasonably
         selected by the Corporation;

                           (iii) cooperate with the Corporation in good faith in
         order effectively to contest the claim; and

                           (iv) permit the  Corporation  to  participate  in any
         proceedings relating to the claim.

The  Corporation  shall bear and pay directly all costs and expenses  (including
additional  interest and penalties)  incurred in connection with the contest and
shall indemnify and hold the


                                       13

                                       181

<PAGE>

Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  for any Excise Tax or income tax
(including  interest and penalties with respect  thereto) imposed as a result of
the representation and payment of costs and expenses.  Without limitation of the
foregoing  provisions  of this  Section 5, the  Corporation  shall  control  all
proceedings  taken in connection  with the contest and, at its sole option,  may
pursue or forego any and all administrative appeals, proceedings,  hearings, and
conferences  with the taxing  authority  in respect of the claim and may, at its
sole option,  either  direct the  Executive to pay the tax claimed and sue for a
refund or contest the claim in any permissible  manner, and the Executive agrees
to prosecute the contest to a determination before any administrative  tribunal,
in a court of initial  jurisdiction and in one or more appellate  courts, as the
Corporation shall determine. If the Corporation directs the Executive to pay the
claim and sue for a refund,  the  Corporation  shall  advance  the amount of the
payment to the Executive,  on an  interest-free  basis,  and shall indemnify and
hold the  Executive  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis,  from any Excise Tax or
income tax (including  interest or penalties with respect  thereto) imposed with
respect to the advance or with respect to any imputed income with respect to the
advance;  and any extension of the statute of limitations relating to payment of
taxes for the taxable year of the Executive  with respect to which the contested
amount is claimed to be due shall be limited solely to the contested amount. The
Corporation's  control of the contest shall be limited to issues with respect to
which a Gross-Up  Payment would be payable  hereunder and the Executive shall be
entitled to settle or contest, as the case may be, any other issue raised by the
Internal Revenue Service or any other taxing authority.

                           (E) If,  after the  receipt  by the  Executive  of an
amount advanced by the Corporation  pursuant to paragraph (D) of this Section 5,
the Executive  becomes entitled to receive any refund with respect to the claim,
the  Executive  shall,   subject  to  the  Corporation's   compliance  with  the
requirements of paragraph (D) of this Section 5, promptly pay to the Corporation
the amount of the refund  (together  with any interest paid or credited  thereon
after taxes  applicable  thereto).  If, after the receipt by the Executive of an
amount advanced by the Corporation pursuant to paragraph (D) of this


                                       14

                                       182

<PAGE>

Section 5, a  determination  is made that the Executive shall not be entitled to
any refund  with  respect to the claim and the  Corporation  does not notify the
Executive  in writing of its intent to contest the denial of refund prior to the
expiration  of 30 days  after  the  determination,  then  the  advance  shall be
forgiven  and shall not be  required  to be repaid and the amount of the advance
shall offset, to the extent thereof,  the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to
be paid.

                         6.  Termination Procedures.

                           (A) During the term of this Agreement,  any purported
termination of the Executive's  employment (other than by reason of death) shall
be  communicated  by written Notice of Termination  from one party hereto to the
other party hereto in  accordance  with Section 10 hereof.  For purposes of this
Agreement,  a "Notice of Termination" shall mean a written notice that indicates
the specific  termination  provision  in this  Agreement  relied  upon,  and, if
applicable,  the  notice  shall set  forth in  reasonable  detail  the facts and
circumstances  claimed to  provide a basis for  termination  of the  Executive's
employment  under the provision so indicated.  Further,  a Notice of Termination
for Cause shall include a copy of a resolution  duly adopted by the  affirmative
vote of not less than a  majority  of the  entire  membership  of the Board at a
meeting of the Board that was called and held for the purpose of considering the
termination  finding that, in the informed,  reasonable,  good faith judgment of
the Board,  the Executive  was guilty of conduct set forth in the  definition of
Cause in Section 1(B), and specifying the particulars thereof in detail.

                           (B)  "Date  of  Termination"   with  respect  to  any
purported  termination  of the  Executive's  employment  during the term of this
Agreement  (other  than by reason of death)  shall  mean (i) if the  Executive's
employment  is  terminated  for  Disability,  20 business  days after  Notice of
Termination is given (provided that the Executive shall not have returned to the
full-time  performance  of the  Executive's  duties  during that 20 business day
period)  and (ii) if the  Executive's  employment  is  terminated  for any other
reason, the date specified in the Notice of Termination, which, in the case of a
termination by the Corporation, shall not be less than ten business days


                                       15

                                       183

<PAGE>

except in the case of a termination for Cause, and, in the case of a termination
by the  Executive,  shall  not be less than ten  business  days nor more than 20
business days, respectively, after the date such Notice of Termination is given.

                         7. No Mitigation.  The Executive  shall not be required
to seek other  employment or to attempt in any way to reduce any amounts payable
to the Executive by the  Corporation  pursuant to this Agreement.  Further,  the
amount of any payment or benefit  provided  for in this  Agreement  shall not be
reduced by any compensation  earned by the Executive as the result of employment
by another  employer,  by  retirement  benefits,  by offset  against  any amount
claimed to be owed by the  Executive  to the  Corporation  or a  Subsidiary,  or
otherwise.

                         8.  Disputes.

                          (A) If a dispute  or  controversy  arises out of or in
connection with this Agreement, the parties shall first attempt in good faith to
settle the dispute or  controversy by mediation  under the Commercial  Mediation
Rules of the American Arbitration Association before resorting to arbitration or
litigation.  Thereafter, any remaining unresolved dispute or controversy arising
out of or in connection  with this Agreement  shall,  upon a written notice from
the Executive to the Corporation either before suit thereupon is filed or within
20 business days thereafter, be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance
with the Commercial Arbitration Rules of the American Arbitration Association in
a city located within the continental United States designated by the Executive.
Judgment  may  be  entered  on  the  arbitrator's  award  in  any  court  having
jurisdiction.  The  Executive  shall,  however,  be  entitled  to seek  specific
performance of the  Corporation's  obligations  hereunder during the pendency of
any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement.

                          (B) Any legal action concerning this Agreement,  other
than a mediation or an arbitration described in paragraph (A) of this Section 8,
whether  instituted by the  Corporation or the  Executive,  shall be brought and
resolved  only  in a  state  court  of  competent  jurisdiction  located  in the
territory that encompasses the city, county, or parish in which


                                       16

                                       184

<PAGE>

the  Executive's  principal  residence  is  located  at the time such  action is
commenced.  The Corporation hereby irrevocably consents and submits to and shall
take any action necessary to subject itself to the personal jurisdiction of that
court and  hereby  irrevocably  agrees  that all claims in respect of the action
shall be instituted, heard, and determined in that court. The Corporation agrees
that such court is a convenient  forum, and hereby  irrevocably  waives,  to the
fullest extent it may effectively do so, the defense of an inconvenient forum to
the maintenance of the action.  Any final judgment in the action may be enforced
in other  jurisdictions  by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided
by law.

                          (C) The Corporation  shall pay all costs and expenses,
including  attorneys' fees and  disbursements,  of the Corporation and, at least
monthly,  the  Executive  in  connection  with any legal  proceeding  (including
arbitration),  whether or not  instituted by the  Corporation  or the Executive,
relating  to  the  interpretation  or  enforcement  of  any  provision  of  this
Agreement,  provided that if the Executive  instituted  the  proceeding  and the
judge,   arbitrator,   or  other   individual   presiding  over  the  proceeding
affirmatively  finds that the Executive  instituted the proceeding in bad faith,
the Executive  shall pay all costs and expenses,  including  attorney's fees and
disbursements,  of Executive  and the  Corporation.  The  Corporation  shall pay
prejudgment  interest on any money judgment obtained by Executive as a result of
such proceeding, calculated at the rate provided in Section 1274(b)(2)(B) of the
Code.

                         9.  Successors; Binding Agreement.

                           (A) In  addition  to any  obligations  imposed by law
upon any  successor  to the  Corporation,  the  Corporation  shall  require  any
successor (whether direct or indirect, by purchase,  merger,  consolidation,  or
otherwise)  to  all  or  substantially  all of the  business  or  assets  of the
Corporation  expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same
manner and to the same extent that the Corporation  would be required to perform
it if no such  succession had taken place.  Failure of the Corporation to obtain
the assumption and agreement prior to the  effectiveness of any succession shall
be


                                       17

                                       185

<PAGE>

a breach of this Agreement and shall entitle the Executive to compensation  from
the  Corporation in the same amount and on the same terms as the Executive would
be entitled to hereunder if the Executive  were to terminate his  employment for
Good  Reason  immediately  after a Change in Control and during the term of this
Agreement,  except that, for purposes of implementing the foregoing, the date on
which any  succession  becomes  effective  shall be deemed the  Payment  Trigger
occasioned by the foregoing  deemed  termination  of employment  for Good Reason
immediately  following a Change in Control.  The  provisions  of this  Section 9
shall continue to apply to each  subsequent  employer of Executive bound by this
Agreement  in the event of any  merger,  consolidation,  or  transfer  of all or
substantially all of the business or assets of that subsequent employer.

                           (B) This Agreement  shall inure to the benefit of and
be enforceable by the Executive's personal or legal representatives,  executors,
administrators,  successors, heirs, distributees, devisees, and legatees. If the
Executive shall die while any amount would be payable to the Executive hereunder
(other than  amounts  which,  by their  terms,  terminate  upon the death of the
Executive) if the Executive had continued to live, the amount,  unless otherwise
provided herein, shall be paid in accordance with the terms of this Agreement to
the executors,  personal  representatives,  or administrators of the Executive's
estate.

                         10. Notices. For the purpose of this Agreement, notices
and all other  communications  provided for in the Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given when  delivered  or mailed by United
States registered mail, return receipt requested,  postage prepaid, addressed to
the  respective  addresses  set forth below,  or to such other address as either
party may have furnished to the other in writing in accordance herewith,  except
that notice of change of address shall be effective only upon actual receipt:


                                       18

                                       186

<PAGE>

                         To the Corporation:

                         ALLTEL Corporation
                         One Allied Drive
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72202
                         Attention:  Chairman of the Board

                         To the Executive:

                         Ronald D. Payne
                         13525 Saddle Hill Drive
                         Little Rock, Arkansas 72212

                         11.  Miscellaneous.  No provision of this Agreement may
be  modified,  waived,  or  discharged  unless  such  waiver,  modification,  or
discharge is agreed to in writing and signed by the  Executive and an officer of
the Corporation  specifically designated by the Board. No waiver by either party
hereto at any time of any breach by the other  party  hereto  of, or  compliance
with, any condition or provision of this Agreement to be performed by such other
party shall be deemed a waiver of similar or dissimilar provisions or conditions
at  the  same  or  at  any  prior  or   subsequent   time.   No   agreements  or
representations,  oral or  otherwise,  express or implied,  with  respect to the
subject matter hereof have been made by either party which are not expressly set
forth  in  this  Agreement.  The  validity,  interpretation,  construction,  and
performance  of this  Agreement  shall be  governed  by the laws of the State of
Delaware.  All  references  to sections of the Exchange Act or the Code shall be
deemed also to refer to any successor provisions to such sections.  Any payments
provided for hereunder shall be paid net of any applicable  withholding required
under federal,  state, or local law and any additional  withholding to which the
Executive has agreed.

                         12. Validity. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the validity or  enforceability  of
any other  provision  of this  Agreement,  which shall  remain in full force and
effect.

                         13.  Counterparts.  This  Agreement  may be executed in
several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed


                                       19

                                       187
<PAGE>

to be an original but all of which together will constitute one and the same 
instrument.

                         IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  have  signed  this
Agreement as of the date set forth above.


                                                         ALLTEL CORPORATION

Attest:

/s/ Francis X. Frantz                By /s/ Joe T. Ford
Name: Francis X. Frantz              Name: Joe T. Ford
Title: Secretary                     Title: Chairman & CEO



Witness:

/s/ John L. Comparin                 /s/ Ronald D. Payne
                                     Ronald D. Payne




                                       20

                                       188
<PAGE>


                                                       EXHIBIT (10)(d)(1)





                SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT


      THIS SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made

as  of  March  1,  1994,  by and between  ALLTEL  Corporation,  a

Delaware   corporation  (the  "Company"),  and  the   undersigned

employee of the Company (the "Employee").

     In consideration of the services rendered and to be rendered

by  the  Employee  to the Company or any of its  subsidiaries  or

affiliates  (employment or duties with the Company shall  include

employment  or  duties with any subsidiary or  affiliate  of  the

Company)  and  of  the  mutual covenants  contained  herein,  the

parties hereto agree as follows:

      1.   Purchase of Insurance.  The Company shall maintain the
life  insurance policy or policies (individually, a "policy" and,
collectively,  the "policies") on the life of the  Employee  from
the  insurance company or companies (individually, an  "Insurance
Company"  and, collectively, the "Insurance Companies") specified
on  the Policy Specification attached hereto as Exhibit A), shall
pay  all  premiums  on  the  policies  when  due,  and  shall  be
designated  as  sole  owner  of  the  policies  subject  to   the
conditions hereafter set forth.

      2.    Payment of Proceeds.  Upon the death of the  Employee
while  this  Agreement remains in effect,  the  proceeds  of  the
policies shall be paid as follows:

           (a)   To  the  Employee's beneficiary or beneficiaries
     designated  in  accordance  with  Paragraph  3,  an   amount
     calculated in the manner set forth on the schedule  attached
     hereto  as  Exhibit B, for the Plan Year of  the  Employee's
     death.

          (b)  To the Company, an amount equal to the balance, if
     any,  of  the proceeds of the policy, and of any  additional
     insurance  purchased in accordance with Paragraph  3,  after
     payment   of   the  applicable  amount  to  the   Employee's
     beneficiary or beneficiaries  in accordance with clause  (a)
     of this Paragraph 2.

     3.   Rights Under Policy.  Each and every right of ownership
of  each  policy is reserved to the Company.  Each  policy  shall
provide that the dividends payable with respect to the policy may
be  applied  as determined by the Company in its sole discretion.
The  Company  shall  be  entitled to any  premiums  paid  on  the
policies  that  are  refunded by the  Insurance  Companies.   The
Company  shall  make  no  loan against the  policies  that  would
prevent  payment  of the proceeds of the policies  in  accordance
with  the  provisions of  clause (a) of Paragraph 2.  Payment  of
the proceeds of the policies in accordance with the provisions of
clause  (a) of Paragraph 2 shall be made in accordance  with  the
Employee's  written designation of beneficiary  or  beneficiaries
specified to the Company from time to time (which, as of the date
hereof,  are  as  set  forth on the schedule attached  hereto  as
Exhibit B).

                                   189

<PAGE>

      4.   Liability of Insurance Company.  In issuing any policy
of  insurance  covered  by this Agreement, an  Insurance  Company
shall  have no liability except as set forth in the policy.   The
Insurance  Company  shall not be bound to inquire  into  or  take
notice  of  any  of the provisions of this Agreement  as  to  the
policy  or  as to the application of the proceeds of the  policy.
Rights  under the policy may be exercised during the life of  the
Employee  in accordance with the provisions of the policy.   Upon
the  death  of  the  Employee,  the Insurance  Company  shall  be
discharged  from  all liability on payment  of  the  proceeds  in
accordance  with  the policy provisions without  regard  to  this
Agreement or any amendment thereof.

     5.   Termination.

           (a)   This  Agreement may be terminated by either  the
     Company  or  the  Employee by written notice  to  the  other
     specifying the effective date of termination.

           (b)   This Agreement automatically shall terminate  at
     the end of the first month in which:
           (1)   the  Company fails to make the premium  payments
     required under Paragraph 1; or
           (2)   the  Employee's  service  with  the  Company  is
     terminated for any reason other than death or total
     and permanent disability.

      6.    Non-Payment  of Benefits.  If the  Employee  dies  by
suicide, while sane or insane, within two years after the date of
issue or reissue of the policy, or if for any reason an Insurance
Company  does  not  pay  benefits under  the  policy  during  the
contestable  period (not to exceed two years after  the  date  of
issue   or   reissue   of   the   policy)   because   of   fraud,
misrepresentation, or other action by the Employee falling within
the  applicable provisions of the policy, the Company shall  have
no liability under this Agreement.

      7.    Plan Year.  For purposes of this Agreement, the first
Plan year shall begin on the effective date of this Agreement and
extend through the next December 31.  Each subsequent  Plan  year
shall  begin  on  January 1 of the succeeding  year  and  end  on
December 31 of such year.

      8.    Miscellaneous.  Nothing contained in  this  Agreement
shall  be  construed  as  giving the Employee  the  right  to  be
retained in the service of the Company or shall in any way affect
the  right of the Company to control the Employee or to terminate
the employment of the Employee at any time.

      9.   Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by a writing
signed by the Company and the Employee and attached hereto.

      10.   Notices.   Notices  under  this  Agreement  shall  be
effective if delivered, in the case of the Company, to One Allied
Drive, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202, attn:  Vice President-
                                2

                                190
<PAGE>


  Human  Resources,  and, in the case of  the  Employee,  to  the
address  set forth on the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit  B.
The Company and the Employee each may change the address to which
notices should be sent by written notice to the other.

      11.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be construed and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

     IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company and the Employee have signed
this  Agreement,  in  the  case  of  the  Company,  by  its  duly
authorized  officers,  effective  as  of  the  date  first  above
written.


                                   ALLTEL Corporation


                                   By: /s/ Joe Ford

                                   Title: Chairman and CEO


                                                  the "Company"





                                        /s/ Dennis J. Ferra
                                                 Signature


                                        Dennis J. Ferra
                                       Name (Typed or Printed)


                                                  the "Employee"
                                3

                               191

<PAGE>
                                                        Exhibit A


              THE CINCINNATI LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                      POLICY SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFIED AMOUNT                        $ 1,000,000
MINIMUM SPECIFIED AMOUNT                $    50,000
PREMIUMS PAYABLE FOR                    55 YEARS
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION                    B (INCREASING)
LOAN  INTEREST  RATE                    8% PER ANNUM IN ARREARS
MINIMUM PREMIUM                         $519.00  PER MONTH
MINIMUM GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE        .4167% MONTHLY FACTOR
(5.0% PER ANNUM)
PLANNED PERIODIC PREMIUMS               $10,476.00
(ANNUAL)
ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE FOR PARTIAL
  WITHDRAWALS                           $25.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE PERCENTAGE       7.5%
START UP PERIOD                         48 MONTHS

AT SOME FUTURE TIME, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT COVERAGE WILL EXPIRE
IF  NO  PREMIUMS  ARE  PAID AFTER THE  FIRST  PREMIUM  OR  IF
SUBSEQUENT  PREMIUMS ARE INSUFFICIENT TO  CONTINUE  COVERAGE.
CHANGES  IN  CURRENT INTEREST OR MORTALITY RATES WILL  AFFECT
COVERAGE.


NUMBER  U2429665               AGE 40    POLICY DATE   03-01-1994
                                   MATURITY DATE 03-01-2049
INSURED  DENNIS J FERRA   SEX MALE  MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY  DATE 01

OWNER - AS STATED IN ATTACHED APPLICATION

BENEFICIARY  -  AS  STATED  IN  ATTACHED  APPLICATION  UNLESS
SUBSEQUENTLY CHANGED

FLEXIBLE PREMIUM ADJUSTABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICY
STANDARD PREMIUM CLASS

FORM 9502 (6/88)                           NS



                                4

                               192

 <PAGE>

              THE CINCINNATI LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY
                                
                      POLICY SPECIFICATIONS
                    ADDITIONAL RIDER BENEFITS
                                        PREMIUM
MONTHLY
     BENEFIT               AMOUNT       EXPIRY*        COST

ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT  $200,000      03-2024        $17.50











*  PREMIUM EXPIRY REPRESENTS THE DATE ON WHICH THIS BENEFIT
IS PAID UP.

** THIS MONTHLY COST CHANGES ON EACH POLICY ANNIVERSARY BASED
UPON THE AGE AND THE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE IN FORCE.



NUMBER U2429665           AGE 40   POLICY DATE 03-01-1994

INSURED DENNIS J FERRA    SEX MALE      MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY
DAY 01




FORM 9502 (6/88)              3A                       NS

                                5

                               193

<PAGE>


                                                        Exhibit B


Proceeds Payable to the Employee's Beneficiary(ies)

      The  amount of insurance proceeds payable to the Employee's
beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  under  Paragraph  2(a)  of   this
Agreement  in  the  event  of  the  Employee's  death  shall   be
determined as follows:

     "The  Employee's  annual  earnings  (as  determined  by  the
     Company  for  purposes of calculating amounts payable  under
     the  Company's group life insurance plan), minus the sum  of
     the  amount paid under the Company's "basic" portion of  its
     group life insurance plan and the total amount paid or  that
     would  be payable under the Company's "supplemental" portion
     of its group life insurance plan (assuming the Employee were
     a  participant  thereunder), excluding any  amount  paid  or
     payable under any "accidental death" portion thereof."

Beneficiary(ies) of the Employee

       The  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  of  the  Employee  as
designated  by  the Employee under Paragraph 3 of this  Agreement
are as follows:

               Karen Sue Ferra



The Employee's Notice Address

      The  address  to which notices to the Employee  under  this
Agreement should be sent is as follows:


                    Dennis J. Ferra

                    16 Portland

                    Little Rock, AR 72212

                                5

                               194
<PAGE>


                                                       EXHIBIT (10)(d)(2)

                SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT


     THIS SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made

as of March 1, 1994, by and between ALLTEL Corporation, a

Delaware corporation (the "Company"), and the undersigned

employee of the Company (the "Employee").

     In consideration of the services rendered and to be rendered

by the Employee to the Company or any of its subsidiaries or

affiliates (employment or duties with the Company shall include

employment or duties with any subsidiary or affiliate of the

Company) and of the mutual covenants contained herein, the

parties hereto agree as follows:

     1. Purchase of Insurance.  The Company  shall  maintain the life  insurance
policy or policies (individually,  a "policy" and, collectively, the "policies")
on  the  life  of  the  Employee  from  the   insurance   company  or  companies
(individually,   an  "Insurance  Company"  and,  collectively,   the  "Insurance
Companies") specified on the Policy Specification attached hereto as Exhibit A),
shall pay all premiums on the policies when due, and shall be designated as sole
owner of the policies subject to the conditions hereafter set forth.

     2.   Payment of Proceeds.  Upon the death of the Employee
while this Agreement remains in effect, the proceeds of the
policies shall be paid as follows:

          (a) To the  Employee's  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  designated  in
     accordance  with Paragraph 3, an amount  calculated in the manner set forth
     on the  schedule  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  B, for the Plan Year of the
     Employee's death.

          (b) To the Company,  an amount  equal to the  balance,  if any, of the
     proceeds  of the  policy,  and of any  additional  insurance  purchased  in
     accordance with Paragraph 3, after payment of the applicable  amount to the
     Employee's  beneficiary or  beneficiaries  in accordance with clause (a) of
     this Paragraph 2.

     3. Rights Under Policy. Each and every right of ownership of each policy is
reserved to the Company.  Each policy shall provide that the  dividends  payable
with  respect to the policy may be applied as  determined  by the Company in its
sole  discretion.  The Company  shall be entitled  to any  premiums  paid on the
policies that are refunded by the Insurance Companies. The Company shall make no
loan  against the  policies  that would  prevent  payment of the proceeds of the
policies in accordance with the provisions of clause (a) of Paragraph 2. Payment
of the proceeds of the policies in accordance  with the provisions of clause (a)
of  Paragraph  2  shall  be made  in  accordance  with  the  Employee's  written
designation of beneficiary or  beneficiaries  specified to the Company from time
to time (which, as of the date hereof, are as set forth on the schedule attached
hereto as Exhibit B).

                                        195

<PAGE>

     4.  Liability  of  Insurance  Company.  In issuing any policy of  insurance
covered by this Agreement,  an Insurance  Company shall have no liability except
as set forth in the policy.  The Insurance Company shall not be bound to inquire
into or take notice of any of the  provisions of this Agreement as to the policy
or as to the application of the proceeds of the policy.  Rights under the policy
may be  exercised  during  the  life of the  Employee  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of the policy. Upon the death of the Employee,  the Insurance Company
shall be discharged  from all liability on payment of the proceeds in accordance
with the policy  provisions  without  regard to this  Agreement or any amendment
thereof.

     5.   Termination.

          (a) This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by either the  Company or the
     Employee by written  notice to the other  specifying  the effective date of
     termination.

          (b)  This Agreement automatically shall terminate at
     the end of the first month in which:
          (1)  the Company fails to make the premium payments
     required under Paragraph 1; or
          (2) the  Employee's  service  with the Company is  terminated  for any
     reason other than death or total and permanent disability.

     6. Non-Payment of Benefits. If the Employee dies by suicide,  while sane or
insane, within two years after the date of issue or reissue of the policy, or if
for any  reason an  Insurance  Company  does not pay  benefits  under the policy
during the  contestable  period (not to exceed two years after the date of issue
or reissue of the policy) because of fraud,  misrepresentation,  or other action
by the Employee  falling  within the  applicable  provisions of the policy,  the
Company shall have no liability under this Agreement.

     7. Plan Year.  For  purposes of this  Agreement,  the first Plan year shall
begin on the  effective  date of this  Agreement  and  extend  through  the next
December  31.  Each  subsequent  Plan  year  shall  begin  on  January  1 of the
succeeding year and end on December 31 of such year.

     8.   Miscellaneous.  Nothing contained in this Agreement
shall be construed as giving the Employee the right to be
retained in the service of the Company or shall in any way affect
the right of the Company to control the Employee or to terminate
the employment of the Employee at any time.

     9.   Amendment.  This Agreement may be amended by a writing
signed by the Company and the Employee and attached hereto.

     10.  Notices.  Notices under this Agreement shall be
effective if delivered, in the case of the Company, to One Allied
Drive, Little Rock, Arkansas 72202, attn:  Vice President-
                                2

                               196

<PAGE>


Human Resources,  and, in the case of the Employee,  to the address set forth on
the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company and the Employee each may
change the  address  to which  notices  should be sent by written  notice to the
other.

     11.  Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be construed and
interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware.

      IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  and the  Employee  have  signed  this
Agreement,  in  the  case  of the  Company,  by its  duly  authorized  officers,
effective as of the date first above written.


                                   ALLTEL Corporation


                                   By: /s/ Joe Ford

                                   Title: Chairman and Chief Executive Officer


                                                                  the "Company"





                                  /s/ Francis X. Frantz
                                       Signature


                                   Francis X. Frantz
                                Name (Typed or Printed)


                                         the "Employee"
                                  3

                                  197


<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit A


              THE CINCINNATI LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


POLICY SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFIED AMOUNT                        $ 1,000,000
MINIMUM SPECIFIED AMOUNT                $    50,000
PREMIUMS PAYABLE FOR                    55 YEARS
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION                    B (INCREASING)
LOAN INTEREST RATE                      8% PER ANNUM IN ARREARS
MINIMUM PREMIUM                         $519.00  PER MONTH
MINIMUM GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE        .4167% MONTHLY
(5.0% PER ANNUM)                        FACTOR

PLANNED PERIODIC PREMIUMS               $10,476.00
(ANNUAL)
ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE FOR PARTIAL
  WITHDRAWALS                           $25.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE PERCENTAGE       7.5%
START UP PERIOD                         48 MONTHS

AT SOME FUTURE TIME, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT COVERAGE WILL EXPIRE IF NO PREMIUMS ARE
PAID AFTER THE FIRST  PREMIUM OR IF  SUBSEQUENT  PREMIUMS  ARE  INSUFFICIENT  TO
CONTINUE  COVERAGE.  CHANGES IN CURRENT  INTEREST OR MORTALITY RATES WILL AFFECT
COVERAGE.


NUMBER U2429668          AGE 40    POLICY DATE  03-01-1994
                                   MATURITY DATE 03-01-2049
INSURED FRANCIS X FRANTZ SEX MALE  MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY DATE  01

OWNER - AS STATED IN ATTACHED APPLICATION

BENEFICIARY - AS STATED IN ATTACHED APPLICATION UNLESS
SUBSEQUENTLY CHANGED

FLEXIBLE PREMIUM ADJUSTABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICY
STANDARD PREMIUM CLASS

FORM 9502 (6/88)                            NS


                                4

                               198

  <PAGE>


              THE CINCINNATI LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                      POLICY SPECIFICATIONS
                    ADDITIONAL RIDER BENEFITS
                                                                       PREMIUM
MONTHLY
     BENEFIT               AMOUNT       EXPIRY*        COST

ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT  $200,000      03-2024        $17.50











*  PREMIUM EXPIRY REPRESENTS THE DATE ON WHICH THIS BENEFIT
IS PAID UP.

** THIS MONTHLY COST CHANGES ON EACH POLICY  ANNIVERSARY  BASED UPON THE AGE AND
THE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE IN FORCE.



NUMBER U2429668              AGE 40        POLICY DATE 03-01-1994

INSURED Francis X. Frantz   SEX MALE      MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY DAY 01




FORM 9502 (6/88)              3A                       NS


                                5

                               199

<PAGE>


                                                                      Exhibit B


Proceeds Payable to the Employee's Beneficiary(ies)

     The amount of insurance  proceeds payable to the Employee's  beneficiary or
beneficiaries  under  Paragraph  2(a)  of this  Agreement  in the  event  of the
Employee's death shall be determined as follows:

     "The Employee's  annual earnings (as determined by the Company for purposes
     of  calculating  amounts  payable under the Company's  group life insurance
     plan), minus the sum of the amount paid under the Company's "basic" portion
     of its group life insurance plan and the total amount paid or that would be
     payable  under the  Company's  "supplemental"  portion  of its  group  life
     insurance  plan  (assuming  the Employee  were a  participant  thereunder),
     excluding any amount paid or payable under any  "accidental  death" portion
     thereof."

Beneficiary(ies) of the Employee

     The  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  of the Employee as  designated  by the
Employee under Paragraph 3 of this Agreement are as follows:

Antoinette F. Gideon, Trustee Under Trust Agreement,  dated October 14, 1991, or
successor trustee thereunder.



The Employee's Notice Address

     The address to which notices to the Employee under this Agreement should be
sent is as follows:


                    Francis X. Frantz

                    12127 Fairway Drive

                    Little Rock, AR 72212

                                6

                               200

<PAGE>

                                                             EXHIBIT (10)(d)(3)

                SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT


      THIS  SPLIT DOLLAR INSURANCE AGREEMENT ("Agreement")  is

made as of March 1, 1994, by and between ALLTEL Corporation, a

Delaware  corporation  (the "Company"),  and  the  undersigned

employee of the Company (the "Employee").

      In  consideration  of the services rendered  and  to  be

rendered  by  the  Employee  to the  Company  or  any  of  its

subsidiaries  or  affiliates (employment or  duties  with  the

Company shall include employment or duties with any subsidiary

or  affiliate  of  the  Company) and of the  mutual  covenants

contained herein, the parties hereto agree as follows:

      1. Purchase of Insurance.  The Company shall  maintain the life  insurance
policy or policies (individually,  a "policy" and, collectively, the "policies")
on  the  life  of  the  Employee  from  the   insurance   company  or  companies
(individually,   an  "Insurance  Company"  and,  collectively,   the  "Insurance
Companies") specified on the Policy Specification attached hereto as Exhibit A),
shall pay all premiums on the policies when due, and shall be designated as sole
owner of the policies subject to the conditions hereafter set forth.

     2.   Payment of Proceeds.  Upon the death of the Employee
while  this Agreement remains in effect, the proceeds  of  the
policies shall be paid as follows:

           (a) To the  Employee's  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  designated in
     accordance  with Paragraph 3, an amount  calculated in the manner set forth
     on the  schedule  attached  hereto as  Exhibit  B, for the Plan Year of the
     Employee's death.

          (b) To the Company,  an amount  equal to the  balance,  if any, of the
     proceeds  of the  policy,  and of any  additional  insurance  purchased  in
     accordance with Paragraph 3, after payment of the applicable  amount to the
     Employee's  beneficiary or  beneficiaries  in accordance with clause (a) of
     this Paragraph 2.

      3. Rights Under  Policy.  Each and every right of ownership of each policy
is reserved to the Company. Each policy shall provide that the dividends payable
with  respect to the policy may be applied as  determined  by the Company in its
sole  discretion.  The Company  shall be entitled  to any  premiums  paid on the
policies that are refunded by the Insurance Companies. The Company shall make no
loan  against the  policies  that would  prevent  payment of the proceeds of the
policies in accordance with the provisions of clause (a) of Paragraph 2. Payment
of the proceeds of the policies in accordance  with the provisions of clause (a)
of  Paragraph  2  shall  be made  in  accordance  with  the  Employee's  written
designation of beneficiary or  beneficiaries  specified to the Company from time
to time (which, as of the date hereof, are as set forth on the schedule attached
hereto as Exhibit B).

                                   201

<PAGE>


      4.  Liability  of  Insurance  Company.  In issuing any policy of insurance
covered by this Agreement,  an Insurance  Company shall have no liability except
as set forth in the policy.  The Insurance Company shall not be bound to inquire
into or take notice of any of the  provisions of this Agreement as to the policy
or as to the application of the proceeds of the policy.  Rights under the policy
may be  exercised  during  the  life of the  Employee  in  accordance  with  the
provisions of the policy. Upon the death of the Employee,  the Insurance Company
shall be discharged  from all liability on payment of the proceeds in accordance
with the policy  provisions  without  regard to this  Agreement or any amendment
thereof.

     5.   Termination.

           (a) This  Agreement  may be  terminated  by either the Company or the
     Employee by written  notice to the other  specifying  the effective date of
     termination.

          (b)  This Agreement automatically shall terminate at
     the end of the first month in which:
           (1)  the Company fails to make the premium payments
     required under Paragraph 1; or
           (2)   the  Employee's service with the  Company  is
     terminated  for any reason  other than  death  or
     total and permanent disability.

      6. Non-Payment of Benefits. If the Employee dies by suicide, while sane or
insane, within two years after the date of issue or reissue of the policy, or if
for any  reason an  Insurance  Company  does not pay  benefits  under the policy
during the  contestable  period (not to exceed two years after the date of issue
or reissue of the policy) because of fraud,  misrepresentation,  or other action
by the Employee  falling  within the  applicable  provisions of the policy,  the
Company shall have no liability under this Agreement.

      7. Plan Year.  For purposes of this  Agreement,  the first Plan year shall
begin on the  effective  date of this  Agreement  and  extend  through  the next
December  31.  Each  subsequent  Plan  year  shall  begin  on  January  1 of the
succeeding year and end on December 31 of such year.

      8.   Miscellaneous.  Nothing contained in this Agreement
shall  be  construed as giving the Employee the  right  to  be
retained  in the service of the Company or shall  in  any  way
affect the right of the Company to control the Employee or  to
terminate the employment of the Employee at any time.

      9.    Amendment.   This Agreement may be  amended  by  a
writing  signed by the Company and the Employee  and  attached
hereto.

      10.   Notices.   Notices under this Agreement  shall  be
effective  if  delivered, in the case of the Company,  to  One
Allied  Drive,  Little  Rock,  Arkansas  72202,  attn:    Vice
President-
                               2

                              202

<PAGE>

  Human Resources, and, in the case of the Employee, to the address set forth on
the schedule attached hereto as Exhibit B. The Company and the Employee each may
change the  address  to which  notices  should be sent by written  notice to the
other.

      11.   Applicable Law.  This Agreement shall be construed
and  interpreted in accordance with the laws of the  State  of
Delaware.

      IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Company  and the  Employee  have  signed  this
Agreement,  in  the  case  of the  Company,  by its  duly  authorized  officers,
effective as of the date first above written.


                                   ALLTEL Corporation


                         By: /s/ Joe Ford

                         Title: Chairman and CEO


                                                the "Company"





                              /s/ Tom T. Orsini
                                   Signature


                                  Tom T. Orsini
                               Name (Typed or Printed)

                                        the "Employee"

                                    3


                                   203
<PAGE>
                                                                      Exhibit A


             THE CINCINNATI LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY


                     POLICY SPECIFICATIONS

SPECIFIED AMOUNT                        $ 1,000,000
MINIMUM SPECIFIED AMOUNT                $    50,000
PREMIUMS PAYABLE FOR                    52 YEARS
DEATH BENEFIT OPTION                    B (INCREASING)
LOAN INTEREST RATE                      8% PER ANNUM IN ARREARS
MINIMUM PREMIUM                         $613.83  PER MONTH
MINIMUM GUARANTEED INTEREST RATE        .4167% MONTHLY FACTOR
(5.0% PER ANNUM)
PLANNED PERIODIC PREMIUMS               $11,446.00
(ANNUAL)
ADMINISTRATIVE CHARGE FOR PARTIAL
  WITHDRAWALS                           $25.00
PREMIUM EXPENSE CHARGE PERCENTAGE       7.5%
START UP PERIOD                         48 MONTHS

AT SOME FUTURE TIME, IT IS POSSIBLE THAT COVERAGE WILL EXPIRE IF NO PREMIUMS ARE
PAID AFTER THE FIRST  PREMIUM OR IF  SUBSEQUENT  PREMIUMS  ARE  INSUFFICIENT  TO
CONTINUE  COVERAGE.  CHANGES IN CURRENT  INTEREST OR MORTALITY RATES WILL AFFECT
COVERAGE.


NUMBER U2429667               AGE 40    POLICY DATE  03-01-1994
                                   MATURITY DATE 03-01-2046
INSURED THOMAS T ORSINI  SEX MALE  MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY DATE  01

OWNER - AS STATED IN ATTACHED APPLICATION

BENEFICIARY   -   AS   STATED  IN  ATTACHED   APPLICATION   UNLESS
SUBSEQUENTLY CHANGED

FLEXIBLE PREMIUM ADJUSTABLE LIFE INSURANCE POLICY
STANDARD PREMIUM CLASS

FORM 9502 (6/88)                        NS


                               4

                              204

<PAGE>


             THE CINCINNATI LIFE INSURANCE COMPANY

                     POLICY SPECIFICATIONS
                   ADDITIONAL RIDER BENEFITS
                                       PREMIUM        MONTHLY
     BENEFIT               AMOUNT       EXPIRY*        COST

ACCIDENTAL DEATH BENEFIT  $200,000      03-2021        $18.17











*  PREMIUM EXPIRY REPRESENTS THE DATE ON WHICH THIS BENEFIT IS
PAID UP.

** THIS MONTHLY COST CHANGES ON EACH POLICY  ANNIVERSARY  BASED UPON THE AGE AND
THE AMOUNT OF COVERAGE IN FORCE.



NUMBER U2429667               AGE 43         POLICY DATE     03-01-1994

INSURED THOMAS T ORSINI   SEX MALE      MONTHLY ANNIVERSARY DAY 01




FORM 9502 (6/88)              3A                            NS


                               5

                              205

<PAGE>


                                                                      Exhibit B


Proceeds Payable to the Employee's Beneficiary(ies)

       The amount of insurance proceeds payable to the Employee's beneficiary or
beneficiaries  under  Paragraph  2(a)  of this  Agreement  in the  event  of the
Employee's death shall be determined as follows:

     "The Employee's  annual earnings (as determined by the Company for purposes
     of  calculating  amounts  payable under the Company's  group life insurance
     plan), minus the sum of the amount paid under the Company's "basic" portion
     of its group life insurance plan and the total amount paid or that would be
     payable  under the  Company's  "supplemental"  portion  of its  group  life
     insurance  plan  (assuming  the Employee  were a  participant  thereunder),
     excluding any amount paid or payable under any  "accidental  death" portion
     thereof."

Beneficiary(ies) of the Employee

      The  beneficiary  or  beneficiaries  of the Employee as  designated by the
Employee under Paragraph 3 of this Agreement are as follows:

               Mary M Orsini



The Employee's Notice Address

      The address to which notices to the Employee under this  Agreement  should
be sent is as follows:


                    Tom T. Orsini

                    3809 Ridge Road

                    Little Rock, AR 72216


                               6
     
                              206
<PAGE>

                                                       EXHIBIT (10)(e)(1)

                          ALLTEL CORPORATION

                  SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN


                                   207

<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

ARTICLE                                                      PAGE

    I     PREAMBLE                                              1

          1.01.  Establishment                                  1
          1.02.  Purpose                                        1
          1.03.  Funding                                        1

   II     DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION                        1

          2.01.  Definitions                                    1
                 (a)  Actuarial Equivalent                      1
                 (b)  Benefit Percentage                        1
                 (c)  Board                                     2
                 (d)  Change in Control                         2
                 (e)  Code                                      2
                 (f)  Company                                   2
                 (g)  Compensation                              2
                 (h)  Controlled Group                          2
                 (i)  Defined Benefit Plan                      3
                 (j)  Defined Contribution Plan                 3
                 (k)  Early Retirement Date                     3
                 (l)  Employee Amounts                          3
                 (m)  ERISA                                     4
                 (n)  Excess Plan                               4
                 (o)  Non-Qualified Defined
                        Benefit Plan                            4
                 (p)  Non-Qualified Defined
                        Contribution Plan                       4
                 (q)  Normal Retirement Date                    5
                 (r)  Offset Defined Benefit Amounts            5
                 (s) Offset Defined Contribution
                        Amounts                                 5
                 (t)  Participant                               6
                 (u)  Payment Trigger                           6
                 (v)  Payment Trigger Compensation              6
                 (w)  Pension Plan                              7
                 (x)  Profit-Sharing Plan                       7
                 (y)  Retirement                                7
                 (z)  SERP Compensation                         7
                 (aa) Spouse                                    8
                 (bb) Thrift Plan                               8
                 (cc) Vesting Year of Service                   8

          2.02.  Construction and Governing Law                 8(i)
                              (i)

                              208
<PAGE>


  III     RETIREMENT AND SPOUSAL DEATH BENEFITS                 9

          3.01.  Eligibility                                    9
          3.02.  Amount of Retirement Benefit                   9
          3.03.  Amount of Pre-Retirement Spouse
                   Death Benefit                                9
          3.04.  Form and Timing of Payment                     9
          3.05.  Health and Dental Benefits                    10

   IV     ADMINISTRATION                                       13

          4.01.  Plan Administrator                            13
          4.02.  Expenses                                      14
          4.03.  Records                                       14
          4.04.  Legal Incompetency                            14
          4.05.  Claims Procedure                              14

    V     MISCELLANEOUS                                        14

          5.01.  Amendments                                    14
          5.02.  No Employment Rights                          15
          5.03.  Nonalienation                                 15
          5.04.  Limitation of Liability                       15
          5.05.  Acceleration of Payment                       15
          5.06.  Representative of Board;
                   Compensation Committee                      15
          5.07.  Other Benefits                                16
          5.08.  Reemployment of a Participant                 16
 

                             (ii)


                              209

<PAGE>
                             ARTICLE I
                             Preamble

          Section  1.01.   Establishment.  ALLTEL  Corporation
hereby   establishes   the  ALLTEL  Corporation   Supplemental
Executive Retirement Plan, effective as of October 24, 1994.

          Section 1.02.  Purpose.  The purpose of the Plan  is
solely to provide benefits to a select group of management  or
highly compensated employees.

          Section 1.03. Funding.  The Plan is unfunded,  and the rights, if any,
of any  person  to any  benefits  hereunder  shall be the same as any  unsecured
general  creditor of the Company.  The benefits  payable under the Plan shall be
paid by the Company from its general assets.

              ARTICLE   II    Definitions   and Interpretation

          Section 2.01.  Definitions.  When the initial letter
of a word or phrase is capitalized herein, such word or phrase
shall have the meaning hereinafter set forth:

          (a)  "Actuarial  Equivalent"  means a benefit of equivalent  actuarial
          value  determined  on  the  basis  of the  1983  GAM  Mortality  Table
          projected  to 1992 by Scale C and  interest  at 8% per  annum,  or, if
          less, at one and  two-tenths  (1.2) times the PBGC Interest  Rate. For
          purposes  of this  definition,  "PBGC  Interest  Rate"  shall mean the
          effective  annual interest rate used by the Pension  Benefit  Guaranty
          Corporation to value immediate  annuities for plans  terminating as of
          the first day of the calendar year containing the date as of which the
          Actuarial Equivalent value is being determined.

          (b) "Benefit  Percentage"  means:  (1) with  respect to a  Participant
          whose Normal Retirement Date has occurred, sixty percent (60%); or (2)
          with respect to a  Participant  whose Normal  Retirement  Date has not
          occurred  but whose Early  Retirement  Date has  occurred,  forty-five
          percent (45%), increased, but not to in excess of sixty percent (60%),
          by a percentage  equal to the product of fifteen  percent(15%)
          and a  fraction,  the  numerator  of which is the number of  completed
          calendar  months of service  of the  Participant  with the  Controlled
          Group  occurring  in and after the  calendar  month in which his Early
          Retirement Date occurred and prior to his Normal  Retirement Date, and
          the denominator of which is the number of completed calendar months of
          service with the  Controlled  Group the  Participant  would have if he
          remained  continuously employed with the Controlled Group in and after
          the 

                                        210

<PAGE>


          calendar month in which the  Participant's  Early  Retirement Date
          occurred  until  the  last  day  of  the  calendar  month  immediately
          preceding the date on which his Normal  Retirement Date would occur if
          he remained continuously employed by the Controlled Group.

          (c)  "Board"  means the Board of  Directors  of  the Company.

          (d)  "Change  in  Control"  means,   with  respect  to  a  Participant
          designated by the Board as being a Participant to whom this definition
          applies,  an event  defined  as such in a  certain  written  agreement
          between the Company and the Participant that occurs during the term of
          that agreement.  The Participants as of the effective date of the Plan
          to whom this definition  applies and the dates on which the applicable
          written agreement between the Company and the Participant was executed
          are as follows: John C. Comparin - October 24, 1994; Dennis J. Ferra -
          October 24,  1994;  Francis X. Frantz - October 24,  1994;  Carroll D.
          McHenry - October 24, 1994;  James W. Milligan - October 24, 1994; Tom
          T. Orsini - October 24, 1994; and Ronald D. Payne - October 24, 1994.

          (e) "Code" means the Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended,  or
          corresponding provisions of any subsequent federal tax laws.

          (f) "Company" means ALLTEL Corporation,  a Delaware  corporation,  its
          successors  and survivors  resulting from any merger or acquisition of
          ALLTEL Corporation with or by any other corporation or other entity or
          enterprise.

          (g)  "Compensation"  means  the total  salary,  wages,  cash  bonuses,
          overtime  compensation,  shift differentials,  in-charge premiums,  or
          other  earnings  payable to a Participant  during a calendar year, and
          any amount the payment of which is deferred under any cash-or-deferred
          arrangement   under  Section  401(k)  of  the  Code  or  non-qualified
          arrangement,   but  excluding   non-wage   taxable  fringe   benefits.
          Compensation   that  a   Participant   elects   to  defer   under  the
          above-specified  arrangements  shall,  for  purposes  of the Plan,  be
          credited to the  Participant  as  Compensation  during the period when
          such  deferred  amounts  would  have been paid (in the  absence of the
          deferral  election)  rather than during the period when such  deferred
          amounts  are  earned  or  actually  paid.  Compensation  shall  not be
          affected by any compensation  reduction pursuant to a "cafeteria plan"
          as defined in Section 125 of the Code.

          (h)  "Controlled  Group"  means  the  Company  and any  and all  other
          corporations, trades and/or businesses or 

                              -2-

                              211

<PAGE>


          organizations,  the employees of which  together with the employees of
          the Company are  required,  pursuant to the  applicable  provisions of
          Section  414 of the  Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986 as in  effect  on
          January 1, 1994,  to be treated as if they were  employed  by a single
          employer, but with respect only to periods during which the controlled
          group status  described in Section 414 of the Internal Revenue Code of
          1986 as in effect on January 1, 1994 exists.

          (i) "Defined  Benefit Plan" means the Pension Plan and any portion (or
          all) of any plan that is a defined  benefit plan, as defined in ERISA,
          maintained at any time by any member of the  Controlled  Group that is
          intended  at any time by the  sponsor  thereof to be a plan  qualified
          under Section 401(a) of the Code.

          (j) "Defined  Contribution  Plan" means the Profit-  Sharing Plan, the
          Thrift  Plan,  and any  portion (or all) of any plan that is a defined
          contribution plan, as defined in ERISA,  maintained at any time by any
          member of the  Controlled  Group that is  intended  at any time by the
          sponsor  thereof to be a plan  qualified  under Section  401(a) of the
          Code, excluding,  however, the Allied Telephone Company Profit Sharing
          Plan, as amended from time to time,  and any portion of any other plan
          attributable  to any merger with or transfer of assets and liabilities
          from the Allied Telephone Company Profit Sharing Plan, as amended from
          time to time.

          (k) "Early  Retirement  Date" means the date on which the  earliest of
          the following has occurred  with respect to the  Participant:  (1) the
          Participant is alive, the Participant is an employee of the Controlled
          Group,  the Participant  has 20 or more Vesting Years of Service,  and
          the  last  day  of the  calendar  month  in  which  the  Participant's
          fifty-fifth  (55th) birthday occurs has ended;  (2) the Participant is
          alive,  the  Participant is an employee of the Controlled  Group,  the
          Participant has 15 or more Vesting Years of Service,  and the last day
          of the  calendar  month in which  the  Participant's  sixtieth  (60th)
          birthday  occurs  has  ended;  or (3) the  Participant  is alive and a
          Payment Trigger with respect to the Participant has occurred.
      
          (l)  "Employee  Amounts"  means any accrued  benefit under any Defined
          Benefit Plan, any Defined Contribution Plan, any Non-Qualified Defined
          Benefit  Plan,  and  any  Non-Qualified   Defined   Contribution  Plan
          attributable   to   employee   after-tax    contributions,    elective
          contributions under Section 401(k) of the Code, rollover contributions
          under  Section  402  of  the  Code  to the  extent  attributable  to a
          


                                      -3-

                                      212


<PAGE>

          
          distribution  from a plan not at any time  maintained by any member of
          the Controlled Group or to elective contributions under Section 401(k)
          of the Code, or employee elective compensation reductions or deferrals
          under  any non-  qualified  arrangement  (including  earnings  on such
          contributions),  but  excluding any amounts  attributable  to matching
          contributions  described in Section  401(m) of the Code of a member of
          the Controlled  Group or amounts under any  non-qualified  arrangement
          that would be matching  contributions  described in Section  401(m) of
          the Code if the non-  qualified  arrangement  were  part of a  Defined
          Contribution Plan.

          (m) "ERISA" means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974,
          as amended,  or  corresponding  provisions of any  subsequent  federal
          laws.

          (n) "Excess Plan" means the ALLTEL  Corporation Excess Benefit Plan or
          any successor  thereto,  as amended from time to time, the Systematics
          Information  Services,  Inc.  Excess  Benefit  Plan  or any  successor
          thereto, as amended from time to time, and/or the Computer Power, Inc.
          Excess Benefit Plan or any successor thereto,  as amended from time to
          time.

          (o)  "Non-Qualified  Defined  Benefit  Plan"  means the portion of the
          Excess Plan that  provides a defined  benefit and the portion (or all)
          of any plan that is a  defined  benefit  plan,  as  defined  in ERISA,
          maintained at any time by any member of the  Controlled  Group that is
          not intended at any time by the sponsor thereof to be a plan qualified
          under  Section  401(a) of the Code.  For purposes of this  definition,
          whether an arrangement  is a defined  benefit plan as defined in ERISA
          shall be determined without regard to Section 3(36) of ERISA,  Section
          4 of ERISA, or any other provision of ERISA that provides a partial or
          total exclusion from coverage under or applicability of ERISA, without
          regard to whether the arrangement  covers more than one employee,  and
          without  regard  to  whether  the  arrangement   meets  any  formality
          requirements to be considered a plan.

          (p) "Non-Qualified  Defined Contribution Plan" means those portions of
          the  Excess   Plan,   the  ALLTEL   Corporation   Executive   Deferred
          Compensation  Plan or any successor  thereto,  as amended from time to
          time,  the  ALLTEL  Corporation  Performance  Incentive  Plan  or  any
          successor  thereto,  as  amended  from  time to time,  and the  ALLTEL
          Corporation Long-Term  Performance Incentive  Compensation Plan or any
          successor  thereto,  as  amended  from  time to  time,  that  provides
          deferred  compensation based on a hypothetical  defined  contribution,
          and the  portion  (or 



                                      -4-

                                      213

<PAGE>


          all) of any plan that is a defined  contribution  plan,  as defined in
          ERISA,  maintained at any time by any member of the  Controlled  Group
          that is not  intended at any time by the sponsor  thereof to be a plan
          qualified  under  Section  401(a) of the Code.  For  purposes  of this
          definition,  whether an arrangement is a defined  contribution plan as
          defined in ERISA shall be determined  without  regard to Section 3(36)
          of ERISA,  Section 4 of ERISA,  or any other  provision  of ERISA that
          provides  a  partial  or  total   exclusion  from  coverage  under  or
          applicability  of ERISA,  without  regard to whether  the  arrangement
          covers  more than one  employee,  and  without  regard to whether  the
          arrangement meets any formality  requirements to be considered a plan.
          
          (q) "Normal  Retirement  Date" means the date on which the earliest of
          the following has occurred  with respect to the  Participant:  (1) the
          Participant is alive, the Participant is an employee of the Controlled
          Group,   and  the  last  day  of  the  calendar  month  in  which  the
          Participant's sixty-fifth (65th) birthday occurs has ended; or (2) the
          Participant is alive,  the  Participant's  Early  Retirement  Date has
          occurred  other  than by reason of a  Payment  Trigger,  and a Payment
          Trigger with respect to the Participant has occurred.

          (r) "Offset Defined Benefit Amounts" means the Actuarial Equivalent of
          any  accrued  benefits  under any  Defined  Benefit  Plan  and/or  any
          Non-Qualified  Defined Benefit Plan that have been distributed or paid
          to,  with  respect  to, or on behalf  of the  Participant  or that are
          currently payable to, with respect to, or on behalf of the Participant
          determined  without  regard to any  requirement  that the  Participant
          elect to receive such benefits, but excluding any Employee Amounts.

          (s) "Offset  Defined  Contribution  Amounts" means the sum of: (1) the
          Actuarial  Equivalent  of  any  accrued  benefits  under  any  Defined
          Contribution Plan and/or any Non-Qualified  Defined  Contribution Plan
          determined  as of the  most  recent  valuation  date  for  determining
          accrued benefits thereunder immediately preceding the date as of which
          the  retirement  or  Spouse  pre-retirement  death  benefit  hereunder
          commences,  but  excluding  any Employee  Amounts;  (2) the  Actuarial
          Equivalent of any accrued benefits under any Defined Contribution Plan
          and/or any Non- Qualified  Defined  Contribution  Plan  distributed or
          paid to, with respect to, or on behalf of the Participant prior to the
          valuation  date  referred to in (1) above,  but excluding any Employee
          Amounts. For purposes of this definition,  amounts described in clause
          (2)  transferred in a rollover under Section 402 of the Code to a plan
          


                                      -5-

                                      214

<PAGE>


          maintained  by  a  member  of  the  Controlled  Group  and  not  again
          distributed  or  paid  to,  with  respect  to,  or on  behalf  of  the
          Participant,  shall be taken  into  account  under  clause (1) of this
          definition and not under clause (2) of this definition.

          (t) "Participant" means a person (1) who is designated by the Board as
          a  participant  in the  Plan,  and (2) who  agrees  to be bound by the
          provisions of the Plan on a form provided by the Company.

          (u) "Payment Trigger" means, with respect to a Participant  designated
          by the Board as being a Participant to whom this  definition  applies,
          an event defined as such in a certain  written  agreement  between the
          Company  and the  Participant  that  occurs  during  the  term of that
          agreement.  The  Participants  as of the effective date of the Plan to
          whom this  definition  applies  and the dates on which the  applicable
          written agreement between the Company and the Participant was executed
          are as follows: John C. Comparin - October 24, 1994; Dennis J. Ferra -
          October 24,  1994;  Francis X. Frantz - October 24,  1994;  Carroll D.
          McHenry - October 24, 1994;  James W. Milligan - October 24, 1994; Tom
          T. Orsini - October 24, 1994; and Ronald D. Payne - October 24, 1994.

          (v)  "Payment  Trigger   Compensation"  means,  with  respect  to  the
          Controlled Group, the sum of: (a) the highest of (1) the Participant's
          annual base salary in effect  immediately prior to the occurrence of a
          Change in Control,  (2) the Participant's annual base salary in effect
          immediately  prior to the occurrence of a Payment Trigger,  or (3) the
          Participant's  annual  base  salary in  effect on the day  immediately
          preceding the Participant's Retirement; and (b) the highest of (1) the
          aggregate  maximum amounts payable to the Participant  pursuant to all
          incentive  compensation  plans for the fiscal year or other  measuring
          period  commencing  coincident with or most recently prior to the date
          on which a Change in Control occurs, (2) the aggregate maximum amounts
          payable to the  Participant  pursuant  to all  incentive  compensation
          plans  for  the  fiscal  year or  other  measuring  period  commencing
          coincident  with or most recently prior to the date on which a Payment
          Trigger  occurs,  or (3) the aggregate  maximum amounts payable to the
          Participant  pursuant  to all  incentive  compensation  plans  for the
          fiscal year or other measuring  period  commencing  coincident with or
          most recently prior to the date of the  Participant's  Retirement,  in
          each case assuming that the Participant were continuously  employed by
          the Controlled Group on the terms and conditions,  including,  without
          limitation,  the terms of the incentive  plans, in effect  immediately
          prior  

                                      -6-

                                      215

<PAGE>

          to the Change in Control,  Payment  Trigger,  or Retirement  whichever
          applies,  until the last day of that  fiscal  year or other  measuring
          period.  For  purposes  of this  definition,  amounts  payable  to the
          Participant pursuant to an incentive  compensation plan for the fiscal
          year or other  measuring  period  commencing  coincident  with or most
          recently  prior to the date on which the  Change of  Control,  Payment
          Trigger,  or  Retirement,  as  applicable,   occurs  (the  "applicable
          year/period") shall not include amounts  attributable to a fiscal year
          or other  measuring  period  that  commenced  prior to the  applicable
          year/period and that become payable during the applicable year/period.
          For purposes of this definition,  incentive  compensation  plans shall
          include,  without  limitation,   the  ALLTEL  Corporation  Performance
          Incentive Compensation Plan as in effect from time to time, the ALLTEL
          Corporation Long-Term  Performance  Incentive  Compensation Plan as in
          effect from time to time, and any incentive  bonus plan or arrangement
          that  provides for payment of cash  compensation,  and shall  exclude,
          without   limitation,   the  ALLTEL  Corporation   Executive  Deferred
          Compensation  Plan as in effect from time to time,  any plan qualified
          or intended to be qualified  under Section  401(a) of the Code and any
          plan supplementary thereto, executive fringe benefits, and any plan or
          arrangement  under which  stock,  stock  options,  stock  appreciation
          rights,  restricted  stock or similar  options,  stock,  or rights are
          issued.  This  definition  shall  apply only if a Payment  Trigger has
          occurred with respect to the Participant.

          (w) "Pension  Plan" means the ALLTEL  Corporation  Pension Plan or any
          successor thereto, as amended from time to time.

          (x) "Profit-Sharing Plan" means the ALLTEL Corporation  Profit-Sharing
          Plan or any  successor  thereto,  as  amended  from time to time,  the
          Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of Systematics Information Services,
          Inc. and Participating Affiliates or any successor thereto, as amended
          from  time to time,  and/or  the TDS  Healthcare  Systems  Corporation
          Profit Sharing Plan or any successor thereto,  as amended from time to
          time.

          (y) "Retirement"  means that the Participant is alive and is no longer
          an employee of any member of the Controlled  Group on a date occurring
          after  the   Participant's   Normal   Retirement  Date  or  after  the
          Participant's Early Retirement Date.

          (z) "SERP  Compensation"  means,  with respect to a  Participant,  the
          highest of: (1) the Participant's  Payment Trigger  Compensation (if a
          Payment Trigger has occurred with respect to the Participant); (2) the
          Participant's 


                                      -7-

                                      216

<PAGE>

          Compensation for the calendar year immediately  preceding the calendar
          year  in  which  the  Participant's  Retirement  occurs;  or  (3)  the
          Participant's average annual Compensation for the three calendar years
          preceding  the  calendar  year in which the  Participant's  Retirement
          occurs.


          (aa)  "Spouse"  means the person (if any) to whom the  Participant  is
          legally married at the time of the Participant's death.

          (bb) "Thrift Plan" means the Thrift Plan for Employees of  Systematics
          Information  Services,  Inc.  and  Participating   Affiliates  or  any
          successor  thereto,  as  amended  from time to time,  the CP  National
          Incentive  Thrift  Savings Plan or any successor  thereto,  as amended
          from time to time, the Computer Power, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan or
          any  successor  thereto,  as  amended  from time to time,  and/or  the
          Houston Wire & Cable  Company  Combination  Profit  Sharing and Salary
          Deferral Plan or any successor thereto, as amended from time to time.

          (cc) "Vesting Year of Service"  means,  with respect to a Participant,
          (1) for  periods  prior to  January  1, 1989,  each  "Vesting  Year of
          Service"  with which he was  credited on December  31,  1988,  if any,
          under  the  ALLTEL   Corporation   Pension   Plan   (January  1,  1985
          Restatement),  as in effect on December 31, 1988,  and (2) for periods
          after December 31, 1988,  each calendar year in which the  Participant
          completes at least 1,000 hours of service  with an employer  that is a
          member  of the  Controlled  Group  (including  only  hours of  service
          completed  while the employer was a member of the  Controlled  Group).
          For  the  purpose  of this  definition,  hours  of  service  shall  be
          determined in accordance with Department of Labor Regulations Sections
          2530.200b-2(a)  and  2530.200b-3(e)(1)(iv)  as in effect on January 1,
          1994.

         Section 2.02.  Construction and Governing Law.

          (a) The Plan shall be construed,  enforced,  and  administered and the
          validity  thereof  determined in accordance with the laws of the State
          of Delaware,  to the extent that applicable federal law does not apply
          to the Plan.

         (b) Words used herein in the  masculine  gender  shall be construed to
          include  the  feminine  gender  where  appropriate  and the words used
          herein in the  singular or plural  shall be  construed as being in the
          plural or singular where appropriate.


                                      -8-

                                      217

<PAGE>


                                 ARTICLE III   
                     Retirement and Spousal Death Benefits

          Section 3.01. Eligibility. A Participant whose Retirement has occurred
shall receive a retirement  benefit as provided in Section  3.02.  The surviving
Spouse  of a  Participant  whose  death  occurs  on or  after  the  date  of the
Participant's  Retirement  shall  receive a  post-retirement  death  benefit  as
provided in Section  3.02.  The surviving  Spouse of a  Participant  whose death
occurs  while  he is an  employee  of  the  Controlled  Group  shall  receive  a
pre-retirement death benefit as provided in Section 3.03.

          Section  3.02.  Amount of  Retirement  Benefit.  The  amount of annual
retirement  benefit payable to a Participant  who is eligible  therefor shall be
equal to:  (1) the  product  of the  Participant's  Benefit  Percentage  and the
Participant's  SERP  Compensation;  less  (2) any  Offset  Defined  Contribution
Amounts,  and (if already paid or when  currently  payable)  any Offset  Defined
Benefit Amounts. The amount of annual  post-retirement  death benefit payable to
the  surviving  Spouse (if any) of a  Participant  described in the  immediately
preceding sentence shall be an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of the annual
retirement benefit the Participant was entitled to receive  immediately prior to
his death.

          Section  3.03.  Amount of  Pre-Retirement  Spouse Death  Benefit.  The
pre-retirement  death  benefit  payable  under this  Section 3.03 to a surviving
Spouse who is eligible therefor shall be determined as follows: The annual death
benefit payable to the surviving Spouse shall be equal to fifty percent (50%) of
the  annual  retirement  benefit  the  Participant  would have  received  if his
employment  with the  Controlled  Group had  terminated  on the day  immediately
preceding  the  date  of his  death,  except  that  if the  Participant's  Early
Retirement  Date or Normal  Retirement Date has not occurred prior to his death,
the first day of the  calendar  month in which the  Participant's  death  occurs
shall be considered the  Participant's  Early Retirement Date (for purposes only
of computing the benefit under this Section 3.03).

          Section 3.04.  Form and Timing of Payment.  The form of payment of the
applicable  benefit  as  determined  under this  Article  III shall be a monthly
amount  equal to  one-twelfth  (1/12th) of the annual  benefit  amount,  payable
monthly  as of the  first  day of each  calendar  month for the life only of the
retired  Participant  or  Spouse,  as  applicable.  Payment  of a  Participant's
retirement  benefit  under the Plan  shall  commence  as of the first day of the
calendar  month next  following  the calendar  month in which the  Participant's
Retirement  occurs, and the last monthly payment of the retirement benefit shall
be for the calendar month in which the retired  Participant's  death occurs. Any
Spouse death  benefit  under the Plan shall  commence as of the first day of the
calendar  month next  following  the calendar  month in which the  Participant's
death 


                                      -9-

                                      218

<PAGE>

occurs,  and the last monthly payment of the Spouse death benefit shall be
for the calendar month in which the Spouse's death occurs.
                            

          Section 3.05.  Health and Dental Benefits.

          (a) The Company shall provide to a retired  Participant who receives a
retirement benefit under Section 3.02, a spouse to whom the retired  Participant
is legally married, and the retired Participant's eligible dependents, and/or to
a Spouse of a  Participant  who receives a  post-retirement  death benefit under
Section 3.02 or a  pre-retirement  death benefit under Section 3.03,  health and
dental benefits  equivalent to the health and dental benefits provided to active
employees of the Company,  spouses of active employees of the Company, and their
eligible  dependents under the health and dental plans of the Company (or in the
event the Company does not  maintain  such a plan or plans,  another  comparable
plan or plans of the  Controlled  Group),  as in effect  from time to time,  and
under any  additional  and/or  supplemental  plans provided to executives of the
Company and their spouses and eligible  dependents  (or in the event the Company
does not maintain such a plan or plans,  another comparable plan or plans of the
Controlled  Group), as in effect from time to time (the "equivalent  coverage").
Notwithstanding the foregoing, subject to any applicable legal requirements, the
equivalent  coverage may coordinate with any government  provided coverage (with
the government  provided  coverage as primary) to the extent that the government
provided  coverage is provided to the recipient without any requirement that the
recipient pay any premium or make any  contribution  as a condition of receiving
the government  provided coverage and to the extent that the equivalent coverage
(with  coordination)  and the government  provided  coverage provide coverage at
least  equal  to  the  equivalent  coverage  (without  coordination).   Eligible
dependents  shall be those dependents of the retired  Participant or Spouse,  as
applicable, that meet the requirements of the applicable coverage to be eligible
for dependent coverage. The equivalent coverage shall be provided by the Company
for the  lifetime of the  retired  Participant  or Spouse,  as  applicable,  and
without  regard to any  acceleration  of payment of benefits under Section 5.05.
The equivalent coverage shall be provided by the Company without any requirement
for the recipient  thereof to pay any premium or  contribution as a condition of
receiving  the  coverage.  The Company  shall  provide the  equivalent  coverage
through its  established  plans in effect from time to time or through any other
means,  at  the  Company's  option.  The  Participant,  spouse,  Spouse,  and/or
dependents shall provide reasonable  cooperation to the Company in obtaining any
insurance for the equivalent coverage that the Company desires to purchase.

         (b) If taxes are imposed on the retired Participant, spouse, Spouse, or
dependents  with respect to the equivalent  coverage  and/or  benefits  received
under the equivalent coverage that are greater than the amount of taxes (if any)
that would be imposed 


                                      -10-

                                      219

<PAGE>

with respect to the  equivalent  coverage  and/or  benefits  received  under the
equivalent  coverage if it were received by an active  employee  (and/or spouses
and dependents) of the Controlled  Group through a generally  applicable plan or
plans,   the  Company  shall  make  additional  cash  payments  to  the  retired
Participant,  spouse,  Spouse,  and/or  dependents (a "Gross-Up  Payment") in an
amount equal to the additional taxes imposed on the retired Participant, spouse,
Spouse and/or  dependents and an amount  sufficient to pay the cumulative  taxes
(including  any  interest  and  penalties  imposed  with  respect to such taxes)
relating to the Gross-Up Payment so that the equivalent coverage and/or benefits
received  under the  equivalent  coverage  received by the retired  Participant,
spouse,  Spouse and/or dependents  pursuant to this Section 3.05 after reduction
for taxes is an amount equal to the equivalent  coverage  and/or  benefits if it
were  received by an active  employee  (and/or  spouses and  dependents)  of the
Controlled  Group through a generally  applicable  plan or plans after reduction
for taxes (if any).  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing or the other  provisions of
this Section 3.05, to the extent that the Gross-Up  Payment  recipient  would be
entitled  to a tax  gross-up  payment  from  the  Company  with  respect  to the
equivalent  coverage and/or benefits and/or Gross-Up Payment provided under this
Section 3.05 under any other agreement,  the Gross-Up Payment provisions of this
Section  3.05 shall not apply. 

          (c) Subject to the  provisions  of paragraph (d) of this Section 3.05,
all  determinations  required  to be made under  this  Section  3.05,  including
whether and when a Gross-Up  Payment is required and the amount of such Gross-Up
Payment and the  assumptions  to be  utilized in arriving at the  determination,
shall  be made by a  nationally  recognized  certified  public  accounting  firm
designated by the Gross-Up Payment recipient (the "Accounting Firm") which shall
provide detailed  supporting  calculations  both to the Company and the Gross-Up
Payment  recipient  within 30 days after the receipt of notice from the Gross-Up
Payment recipient, or such earlier time as is requested by the Company. All fees
and expenses of the  Accounting  Firm shall be borne solely by the Company.  Any
Gross-Up  Payment,  as determined in accordance with this Section 3.05, shall be
paid by the Company to the Gross-Up Payment recipient within five days after the
receipt  of  the  Accounting  Firm's  determination.   If  the  Accounting  Firm
determines  that no amount is payable by the  Company  to the  Gross-Up  Payment
recipient,  it shall so indicate to the Gross- Up Payment  recipient in writing.
Any  determination  by the Accounting Firm shall be binding upon the Company and
the Gross-Up Payment recipient. As a result of uncertainty in the application of
the Code at the time of the initial  determination by the Accounting Firm, it is
possible that Gross-Up  Payments that the Company should have made will not have
been made (an "Underpayment"),  consistent with the calculations  required to be
made  hereunder.  In the event the Company  exhausts its remedies in  accordance
with  paragraph  (d) of this  Section 3.05 and the  Gross-Up  Payment  recipient
thereafter is required to make a payment of any tax in respect of the claim, the
Accounting Firm 


                                      -11-

                                      220

<PAGE>


shall  determine  the  amount  of   Underpayment   that  has  occurred  and  the
Underpayment  shall be promptly paid by the Company to or for the benefit of the
Gross-Up Payment recipient.

          (d) The Gross-Up Payment recipient shall notify the Company in writing
of any claim by the Internal Revenue Service that, if successful,  would require
a  Gross-Up  Payment  (that  has not  already  been  paid by the  Company).  The
notification  shall  be  given  as soon as  practicable  but no  later  than ten
business days after the Gross-Up Payment recipient is informed in writing of the
claim and shall  apprise  the Company of the nature of the claim and the date on
which the claim is requested to be paid. The Gross-Up  Payment  recipient  shall
not pay the claim prior to the  expiration  of the 30-day  period  following the
date on which the Gross-Up Payment  recipient gives notice to the Company or any
shorter  period ending on the date that any payment of taxes with respect to the
claim is due. If the Company notifies the Gross-Up Payment  recipient in writing
prior to the  expiration  of the 30-day  period  that it desires to contest  the
claim, the Gross-Up Payment recipient shall:

           (i) give the  Company any  information  reasonably  requested  by the
     Company relating to the claim;

           (ii) take any action in connection  with  contesting the claim as the
     Company shall reasonably  request in writing from time to time,  including,
     without  limitation,  accepting  legal  representation  with respect to the
     claim by an attorney reasonably selected by the Company;

           (iii)  cooperate with the Company in good faith in order  effectively
     to contest the claim; and

           (iv) permit the Company to participate in any proceedings relating to
     the claim.

The  Company  shall  bear and pay  directly  all costs and  expenses  (including
additional  interest and penalties)  incurred in connection with the contest and
shall  indemnify  and  hold  the  Gross-Up  Payment  recipient  harmless,  on an
after-tax  basis,  for any tax  (including  interest and penalties  with respect
thereto)  imposed  as a result of the  representation  and  payment of costs and
expenses.  Without limitation of the foregoing  provisions of this Section 3.05,
the Company shall control all  proceedings  taken in connection with the contest
and,  at its sole  option,  may  pursue  or  forego  any and all  administrative
appeals,  proceedings,  hearings,  and conferences  with the taxing authority in
respect of the claim and may,  at its sole  option  either  direct the  Gross-Up
Payment  recipient  to pay the tax  claimed  and sue for a refund or contest the
claim in any permissible  manner,  and the Gross-Up Payment  recipient agrees to
prosecute the contest to a determination before 


                                      -12-

                                      221


<PAGE>

any administrative  tribunal, in a court of initial jurisdiction,  and in one or
more appellate  courts,  as the Company shall determine.  If the Company directs
the  Gross-Up  Payment  recipient  to pay the claim  and sue for a  refund,  the
Company  shall  advance  the  amount  of the  payment  to the  Gross-Up  Payment
recipient,  on an interest-free basis, and shall indemnify and hold the Gross-Up
Payment  recipient  harmless,  on an  after-tax  basis  from any tax  (including
interest or penalties with respect  thereto) imposed with respect to the advance
or with  respect to any imputed  income  with  respect to the  advance;  and any
extension  of the  statute of  limitations  relating to payment of taxes for the
taxable  year of the  Gross- Up  Payment  recipient  with  respect  to which the
contested  amount is claimed to be due shall be limited  solely to the contested
amount.  The  Company's  control of the contest  shall be limited to issues with
respect to which a Gross-Up Payment would be payable  hereunder and the Gross-Up
Payment  recipient  shall be entitled to settle or contest,  as the case may be,
any other  issue  raised by the  Internal  Revenue  Service or any other  taxing
authority.

          (e) If,  after the receipt by the  Gross-Up  Payment  recipient  of an
amount  advanced by the Company  pursuant to paragraph (d) of this Section 3.05,
the  Gross-Up  Payment  recipient  becomes  entitled  to receive any refund with
respect to the claim,  the  Gross-Up  Payment  recipient  shall,  subject to the
Company's  compliance with the provisions of paragraph (d) of this Section 3.05,
promptly pay to the Company the amount of the refund (together with any interest
paid or credited thereon after taxes applicable thereto).  If, after the receipt
by the Gross-Up Payment  recipient of an amount advanced by the Company pursuant
to paragraph (d) of this Section 3.05, a determination is made that the Gross-Up
Payment  recipient shall not be entitled to any refund with respect to the claim
and theCompany does not notify the Gross-Up Payment  recipient in writing of its
intent to contest the denial of refund prior to the  expiration of 30 days after
the determination,  then the advance shall be forgiven and shall not be required
to be repaid and the amount of the advance shall offset,  to the extent thereof,
the amount of Gross-Up Payment required to be paid.

                           ARTICLE IV   
                         Administration

           Section 4.01. Plan Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall be the
Company,  except that, any discretionary  determination provided for in the Plan
with respect to the timing, amount, or form of a Participant's benefit under the
Plan  shall  be  made by the  Compensation  Committee  of the  Board.  The  Plan
Administrator  may retain  auditors,  accountants,  legal  counsel and actuarial
counsel  selected  by it.  Any  person  authorized  to act on behalf of the Plan
Administrator may act in any such capacity, and any such auditors,  accountants,
legal counsel and actuarial  counsel may be persons acting in a similar capacity
for one or more members of the  


                                      -13-

                                      222

<PAGE>


Controlled  Group and may be employees of one or more members of the  Controlled
Group. The opinion of any such auditor,  accountant,  legal counsel or actuarial
counsel shall be full and complete  authority  and  protection in respect to any
action taken,  suffered or omitted by any person  authorized to act on behalf of
the Plan  Administrator  in good  faith and in  accordance  with  such  opinion.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  no person shall vote or take action on a matter
solely with respect to his own Plan benefit.

          Section 4.02. Expenses. The Company shall pay all expenses incurred in
the administration of the Plan.

          Section 4.03. Records. The Company shall keep such records as shall be
proper,  necessary  or  desirable  to  effectuate  the  purposes  of  the  Plan,
including,  without in any manner  limiting  the  generality  of the  foregoing,
records and information  with respect to the benefits  granted to  Participants,
dates of employment  and  determinations  made  hereunder.  Section 4.04.  Legal
Incompetency. The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, make or cause to be
made payment either  directly to an incompetent  or disabled  person,  or to the
guardian of such person, or to the person having custody of such person, without
further  liability  on the part of the  Company,  any  member of the  Controlled
Group, the Plan Administrator, or any person, for the amounts of such payment to
the person on whose account such payment is made.

           Section 4.05. Claims Procedure.  The claims procedures  provisions of
the ALLTEL Corporation Pension Plan (January 1, 1989 restatement),  as in effect
on January 1, 1994,  are  incorporated  herein by  reference  and shall apply to
benefits under Article III of the Plan.

                           ARTICLE V   
                        Miscellaneous

          Section  5.01.  Amendments.  The Board  from  time to time may  amend,
suspend, or terminate,  in whole or in part, any or all of the provisions of the
Plan, effective as of any date specified in the action by the Board, except that
no such action,  other than an action that  increases  benefits  provided by the
Plan,  taken by the Board on or after the date a Change in  Control  or  Payment
Trigger has occurred  with respect to a  Participant  or on or after the date on
which a Participant's  Early Retirement Date,  Normal Retirement Date, or death,
as applicable,  has occurred shall be effective with respect to the  Participant
(or the  Participant's  Spouse,  spouse,  dependents  or other  person  claiming
through the Participant or Spouse),  unless the Participant,  spouse,  or Spouse
consents in writing thereto.  Any action of the Board amending,  suspending,  or
terminating  the Plan shall be set forth in a written  resolution  of the Board.
The Plan  Administrator  shall furnish a copy of the 


                                      -14-

                                      223

<PAGE>

written  resolution  to each  Participant  affected  thereby or person  claiming
benefits  under  the Plan  through a  Participant  affected  thereby  as soon as
practicable after the adoption of the resolution.

          Section 5.02.  No  Employment  Rights.  Neither the  establishment  or
maintenance  of the Plan nor the status of an  employee as a  Participant  shall
give any Participant any right to be retained in the employ of any member of the
Controlled  Group;  and no Participant  and no person  claiming under or through
such Participant  shall have any right or interest in any benefit under the Plan
unless and until the terms, conditions and provisions of the Plan affecting such
Participant shall have been satisfied.

          Section  5.03.  Nonalienation.  The  right of any  Participant  or any
person claiming under or through such  Participant to any benefit or any payment
hereunder  shall not be  subject  in any  manner to  attachment  or other  legal
process for the debts of such  Participant or person;  and the same shall not be
subject to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment or encumbrance.

         Section 5.04.  Limitation  of Liability.  No member of the Board and no
officer or employee of any member of the Controlled Group shall be liable to any
person for any action taken or omitted in connection  with this Plan,  nor shall
any member of the  Controlled  Group be liable to any person for any such action
or  omission.  No person  shall,  because of the Plan,  acquire  any right to an
accounting  or to examine the books or the affairs of any member of a Controlled
Group.  Nothing in the Plan shall be  construed to create any trust or fiduciary
relationship  between any member of the Controlled  Group and any Participant or
any other person.

           Section 5.05.  Acceleration of Payment. The Compensation Committee of
the Board in its sole  discretion  may  accelerate  the time of  payment  of any
benefit  under  the Plan the date for  commencement  of which  has  occurred  as
determined  under  Section  3.04,  to the extent that it deems it  equitable  or
desirable  under the  circumstances.  Any  accelerated  payment of a benefit (or
portion of a benefit)  under the Plan shall be in a single sum  payment  that is
the Actuarial Equivalent of the benefit (or portion of a benefit) the payment of
which is being accelerated.

          Section 5.06.  Representative of Board;  Compensation  Committee.  The
Board may from time to time  designate an  individual  or committee to carry out
any duties or responsibilities of the Board hereunder (not including any duty or
responsibility  specifically charged to the Compensation  Committee of the Board
hereunder).  If at any time there is no Compensation Committee of the Board, the
Board  shall  have  any  duty  or  responsibility  charged  specifically  to the
Compensation  Committee of the Board hereunder. 


                                      -15-

                                      224


<PAGE>

          Section 5.07. Other Benefits.  Nothing in this Plan shall be construed
to affect an employee's  right to participate in any benefit plan,  qualified or
unqualified, of the Controlled Group, according to the terms of that plan.

         Section  5.08.  Reemployment  of a  Participant.  In the  event  of the
reemployment  as an employee  in any  capacity by the Company or a member of the
Controlled Group of a Participant  whose  employment  covered under the Plan has
terminated, payment of his benefits under the Plan shall be suspended during his
period of  reemployment  to the same extent as payment of his benefits under the
Pension Plan are suspended.  The Participant  shall accrue  additional  benefits
under the Plan with respect to his reemployment  period only if he again becomes
a Participant as provided in Section 2.01.

          IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  ALLTEL  CORPORATION  has caused  this Plan to be
executed as of this 24 day of October, 1994.

                           ALLTEL CORPORATION

                           By \s\ Joe Ford

                           Title: Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
                            
                              225

<PAGE>


                                                            EXHIBIT (10)(k)

                       ALLTEL CORPORATION
                          PENSION PLAN

                 (January 1, 1994 Restatement)


                         VOLUME I

                              226

<PAGE>

                       TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                     Page

ARTICLE I      DEFINITIONS                                             2

1.01      Accrued Pension                                              2
1.02      Act                                                          8
1.03      Actuarial Equivalent                                         8
1.04      Actuary                                                      9
1.05      Authorized Leave of Absence                                  9
1.06      Average Monthly Compensation                                 9
1.07      Basic Compensation                                           9
1.08      Beneficiary                                                 10
1.09      Benefit Percentage                                          10
1.10      Board of Directors                                          20
1.11      Code                                                        20
1.12      Committee                                                   20
1.13      Company                                                     20
1.14      Compensation                                                20
1.15      Controlled Group                                            22
1.16      Effective Date                                              23
1.17      Eligible Employee                                           23
1.18      Employee                                                    23
1.19      Employer                                                    24
1.20      Employment Commencement Date                                24
1.21      Fiscal Year                                                 24
1.22      Highly Compensated Employee                                 24
1.23      Nonhighly Compensated Employee                              26
1.24      Normal Retirement Age                                       26
1.25      Normal Retirement Date                                      26
1.26      Participant                                                 26
1.27      PBGC Interest Rate                                          26
1.28      Plan                                                        27
1.29      Plan Administrator                                          27
1.30      Plan Year                                                   27
1.31      Pension                                                     27
1.32      Prior Plan                                                  27
1.33      Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity                        27
1.34      Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity                    27
1.35      Reemployment Commencement Date                              28
1.36      Retirement                                                  28
1.37      Service Definitions                                         28
          (a) Hour of Service                                         28
          (b) Year of Service                                         30
                                     (I)

                                     227

<PAGE>
          (c) Break in Service                                        30
          (d) Benefit Service                                         30
          (e) Detached Service                                        32
          (f) Eligibility Year of Service                             32
          (g) Vesting Year of Service                                 32
          (h) Bridging                                                33
          (i) Special Provisions                                      33
1.38      Social Security Covered Compensation                        33
1.39      Social Security Retirement Age                              34
1.40      Social Security Taxable Wage Base                           34
1.41      Spouse                                                      34
1.42      Termination of Employment                                   34
1.43      Total and Permanent Disability                              34
1.44      Trust Agreement and Trust                                   34
1.45      Trustee                                                     34
1.46      Trust Fund                                                  35
1.47      Vested Pension                                              35

ARTICLE II ADMINISTRATION                                             36

2.01      Plan Administrator                                          36
2.02      Allocation of Authority and Responsibility Among 
          Named Fiduciaries                                           36
2.03      Rights, Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator         36
2.04      Discharge of Duties                                         37
2.05      Indemnification                                             37
2.06      Compensation and Expenses                                   38
2.07      Committee                                                   38
2.08      Administrative Expenses                                     39

ARTICLE III GENERAL PROVISIONS                                        40

3.01      Adoption of the Plan by Other Employers                     40
3.02      No Contract of Employment                                   40
3.03      Restrictions Upon Assignments and Creditor's Claims         40
3.04      Facility of Payment                                         41
3.05      Restriction of Claims Against Trust                         41
3.06      Benefits Payable from Trust                                 41
3.07      Merger and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities                41
3.08      Applicable Law                                              41
3.09      Reversion of Employer Contributions                         42

ARTICLE IV CLAIMS PROCEDURES                                          43

4.01      Claim for Benefits                                          43
4.02      Review                                                      43

                              (ii)
     
                              228

<PAGE>
ARTICLE V AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION                                   45

5.01      Amendment and Termination of the Plan                       45
5.02      Procedure Upon Termination                                  45
5.03      Non-Forfeitability Upon Termination of Plan                 47
5.04      Internal Revenue Service Requirements                       47

ARTICLE VI TRUST AGREEMENT, TRUST FUND, AND CONTRIBUTIONS             49

6.01      Trust Agreement and Trust Fund                              49
6.02      Irrevocability                                              49
6.03      Employer Contributions                                      49
6.04      Employee Contributions                                      49
6.05      Benefits Payable Only from Trust Fund                       50
6.06      Optional Provision for Benefits                             50
6.07      Commingling Authorized                                      50

ARTICLE VII MAXIMUM LIMITATION ON PENSION                             51

7.01      Maximum Limitation on Pensions                              51

ARTICLE VIII TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS                                     55

8.01      Definitions                                                 55
8.02      Top-Heavy Plan Requirements                                 60
8.03      Minimum Vesting Requirement                                 60
8.04      Minimum Benefit Requirement                                 60
8.05      Adjustments to Maximum Benefits and Contributions           61
8.06      Coordination With Other Plans                               61

ARTICLE IX ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION                              63

9.01      Eligibility                                                 63
9.02      Termination and Rehiring                                    63
9.03      Duration of Participation                                   63

ARTICLE X DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS                                   64

10.01     Normal Retirement Pension                                   64
10.02     Early Retirement Pension                                    64
10.03     Disability Retirement Pension                               65
10.04     Deferred Vested Pension Upon Termination of Employment      65
10.05     Transfers                                                   67
                                   (iii)


                                   229

<PAGE>


10.06     Minimum Pensions                                            67
10.07     Effect of Prior Plans                                       68

ARTICLE XI PAYMENT OF BENEFITS                                        70

11.01     Normal and Early Retirement Pensions                        70
11.02     Disability Retirement Pensions                              70
11.03     Deferred Vested Pension                                     71
11.04     Automatic Election of Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity  72
11.05     Optional Forms of Pension                                   73
11.06     Payment of Small Pensions                                   74
11.07     Prohibition on Distribution                                 75
11.08     Non-Divestment                                              75
11.09     Suspension of Benefits Upon Reemployment                    75
11.10     Limitations on Distributions                                76
11.11     Employment After Normal Retirement Age                      77
11.12     Benefit Accruals While Receiving Benefit Payments           77
11.13     Rollover Requirements                                       78

ARTICLE XII DEATH BENEFITS                                            80

12.01 Death Prior to Pension Commencement                             80

ARTICLE XIII EFFECT OF PRIOR PLANS                                    82

ARTICLE XIV 1993 SPECIAL EARLY RETIREMENT PROVISIONS                  83

14.01     General                                                     83
14.02     Eligibility                                                 83
14.03     Termination of Employment                                   83
14.04     Increased Benefits                                          83

ARTICLE  XV  TRANSFER  OF  BENEFITS  WITH  RESPECT TO  CERTAIN  
EMPLOYEES  WHOSE EMPLOYMENT TRANSFERS TO GTE SOUTH INCORPORATED 
OR CONTEL OF THE SOUTH, INC.                                          91

15.01     Definitions                                                 91
15.02     Transfer of Assets and Liabilities                          92
15.03     Benefit Payments After the Closing Date but Prior to 
          the Transfer of Assets and Liabilities                      92
15.04     Cessation of Participation                                  92
15.05     Vested Interest of Transfer Employees                       92
15.06     Provisions Regarding LTD Recipients and WC Recipients       92
                                        (iv)

                                        230

<PAGE>


15.07     Plan Continuing                                             93
15.08     Overriding Provisions                                       93

ARTICLE XVI SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND EFFECTIVE DATES                    94

16.01     Effective Date                                              94
16.02     Termination or Retirement Prior to January 1, 1994          94
16.03     Tax Reform Act of 1986 Effective Dates                      94
                                        (v)


                                        231

<PAGE>

                       ALLTEL CORPORATION
                          PENSION PLAN
                 (January 1, 1994 Restatement)


                      PREAMBLE TO VOLUME I


The ALLTEL Corporation Pension Plan is hereby amended and restated, effective as
of  January  1,  1994.  The  amended  and  restated  Plan  is  intended  to be a
continuation of the pension plan originally  effective as of January 1, 1972, as
amended  and  restated  January  1, 1976,  January 1, 1982,  January 1, 1985 and
January 1, 1989. The Plan and its corresponding  Trust Agreement are intended to
be qualified  under Section  401(a) and Section  501(a) of the Code. The Plan is
maintained   for  the  exclusive   benefit  of  eligible   employees  and  their
beneficiaries.

This Volume I of the Plan  contains  all Articles of the Plan other than Article
XIII, which is contained in Volume II.

                                   232

<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE I
                          DEFINITIONS


Whenever used herein with the initial letter  capitalized,  the following  words
and phrases  shall have the  following  meanings  unless a different  meaning is
plainly  required by the context.  For purposes of construction of the Plan, the
masculine  term shall  include the feminine and the singular  shall  include the
plural in all cases in which they could thus be applied.

1.01   Accrued Pension

             (a) For a  Participant  who is covered by a  collective  bargaining
             agreement, an amount equal to the greater of (A) or (B) below:

                         (A)   His Benefit Percentage
                   multiplied by his Average Monthly
                   Compensation at date of determination; or

                         (B)   $10.00 multiplied by the number
                   of years (and fraction) of Benefit Service;

             (b) For a Participant who is not covered by a collective bargaining
             agreement and who is not  compensated on an hourly basis, an amount
             equal to the sum of (1), (2), as applicable, and (3):

                         (1)   The greater of (A) or (B)
                   below:

                                   (A)  His Benefit Percentage
                     as of December 31, 1987 multiplied by
                      his Average Monthly Compensation as
                         of December 31, 1987; or

                                   (B) $10.00  multiplied by the number of years
                         (and  fraction)  of Benefit  Service as of December 31,
                         1987; plus

                   Either (A) or (B) below, whichever applies:

                               (2) (A) For a Participant who was not compensated
                         on an hourly basis as of January 1, 1988,  four- tenths
                         of one  percent  (0.4%)  of the  Participant's  Average
                         Monthly  Compensation as of December 31, 1987 in excess
                         of one twelfth  (1/12) of his Social  Security  Covered
                         Compensation,  multiplied  by the  number of years (and
                         fraction) of Benefit  Service prior to January 1, 1988.
                         For  purposes of this  subsection  1.01(b)(2),  Average
                         Monthly  Compensation  means one-thirty- sixth (1/36th)
                         of the sum of the Basic Compensation payable to a
                              -2-


                              233

<PAGE>

                                        Participant  from the  Employer for each
                         of the  thirty-six  (36)  consecutive  calendar  months
                         which produce the highest  average out of the period of
                         service  beginning  January 1, 1966 and ending December
                         31, 1987, plus

                                   (B) For a Participant who is not covered by a
                         collective  bargaining  agreement as of January 1, 1989
                         but  who  was  compensated  on an  hourly  basis  as of
                         January 1, 1988,  four-tenths  of one percent (0.4%) of
                         the  Participant's  Average Monthly  Compensation as of
                         December  31, 1988 in excess of  one-twelfth  (1/12) of
                         his Social Security Covered Compensation, multiplied by
                         the number of years (and  fraction) of Benefit  Service
                         prior  to  January  1,  1989.   For  purposes  of  this
                         subsection 1.01(b)(2)(B),  Average Monthly Compensation
                         means  one-thirty-  sixth  (1/36th)  of the  sum of the
                         Basic  Compensation  payable to a Participant  from the
                         Employer for each of the  thirty-six  (36)  consecutive
                         calendar  months which produce the highest  average out
                         of the period of service  beginning January 1, 1966 and
                         ending December 31, 1988, plus

                         (3) For  each  year of  Benefit  Service  (or  fraction
                   thereof) after December 31, 1987, one-twelfth (1/12) of

                                   (A)  One percent (1%) of
                         the Participant's Compensation
                         (during such year), plus

                                   (B)  Four-tenths of one percent (0.4%) of the
                         Participant's Compensation (during such year) in excess
                         of the  Social  Security  Taxable  Wage  Base (for such
                         year).

             (c) For a Participant who is not covered by a collective bargaining
             agreement  but who is  compensated  on an hourly  basis,  an amount
             equal to the sum of (1), (2), as applicable, and (3):

                         (1)   The greater of (A) or (B)
                   below:

                                   (A)  His Benefit Percentage
                     as of December 31, 1988 multiplied by
                      his Average Monthly Compensation as
                         of December 31, 1988; or

                                   (B) $10.00  multiplied by the number of years
                         (and  fraction)  of Benefit  Service as of December 31,
                         1988; plus
                              -3-

                              234

<PAGE>

                         (2)  For  a  Participant   who  is  not  covered  by  a
                   collective bargaining agreement as of January 1, 1989 but who
                   was  compensated  on an hourly  basis as of  January 1, 1988,
                   four  tenths  of one  percent  (0.4%)  of  the  Participant's
                   Average  Monthly  Compensation  as of  December  31,  1988 in
                   excess of one-twelfth  (1/12) of his Social Security  Covered
                   Compensation,   multiplied   by  the  number  of  years  (and
                   fraction)  of  Benefit  Service  prior to  January  1,  1989;
                   provided,  however,  that a Participant shall not be entitled
                   to a benefit under this  subsection  (c)(2) if he is entitled
                   to a benefit  under  subsection  (b)(2) of this Section 1.01.
                   For purposes of this subsection  1.01(c)(2),  Average Monthly
                   Compensation  means  one-thirty-sixth  (1/36th) of the sum of
                   the Basic  Compensation  payable  to a  Participant  from the
                   Employer for each of the thirty-six (36) consecutive calendar
                   months which produce the highest average out of the period of
                   service  beginning  January 1, 1966 and ending  December  31,
                   1988; plus

                         (3) For  each  year of  Benefit  Service  (or  fraction
                   thereof) after December 31, 1988, one-twelfth (1/12) of

                                   (A)  One percent (1%) of
                         the Participant's Compensation
                         (during such year), plus

                                   (B)  Four-tenths of one percent (0.4%) of the
                         Participant's Compensation (during such year) in excess
                         of the  Social  Security  Taxable  Wage  Base (for such
                         year).

             (d) For  Participants  who have a Change in Employment  Status,  as
             defined herein, the following additional rules shall apply:

                         (1) Prior to January 1, 1989,  a "Change in  Employment
                   Status" shall occur when an Employee who was  compensated  on
                   an hourly basis begins to receive  compensation on other than
                   an hourly basis and, conversely, when an Employee compensated
                   on other than an hourly basis, begins to receive compensation
                   on an hourly basis. On and after January 1, 1989 but prior to
                   January 1, 1990, a "Change in Employment  Status" shall occur
                   when an Employee  who is covered by a  collective  bargaining
                   agreement ceases to be covered by such collective  bargaining
                   agreement and, conversely,  when an Employee not covered by a
                   collective   bargaining   agreement   becomes  subject  to  a
                   collective bargaining agreement. On and after January 1, 1990
                   but prior to the Closing  Date (as Closing Date is defined in
                   Appendix T to Section 13.19), a "Change in Employment Status"
                   shall occur when an Employee who is covered by

                              -4-

                              235
<PAGE>

                               a collective  bargaining  agreement that provides
                   for benefits  under the Plan ("ALLTEL  collective  bargaining
                   agreement")  or provides  for benefits  under the  Retirement
                   Plan for Employees of CP National  Corporation  or Appendix I
                   to  Section   13.09  ("CP  National   collective   bargaining
                   agreement")  ceases to be covered by a collective  bargaining
                   agreement,  when an  Employee  not  covered  by a  collective
                   bargaining  agreement  becomes  subject  to an  ALLTEL  or CP
                   National collective bargaining agreement, or when an Employee
                   covered  by an ALLTEL  (CP  National)  collective  bargaining
                   agreement   becomes   subject  to  a  CP  National   (ALLTEL)
                   collective  bargaining  agreement.  On and after the  Closing
                   Date (as  Closing  Date is defined in  Appendices  S and T to
                   Section 13.19),  a "Change in Employment  Status" shall occur
                   when an Employee  who is covered by a  collective  bargaining
                   agreement  that provides for benefits under the Plan ("ALLTEL
                   collective  bargaining  agreement"),  provides  for  benefits
                   under  the  Retirement  Plan  for  Employees  of CP  National
                   Corporation  or  Appendix  I to Section  13.09 ("CP  National
                   collective bargaining  agreement"),  or provides for benefits
                   under Appendix T to Section 13.19 ("GTE collective bargaining
                   agreement")  ceases to be covered by a collective  bargaining
                   agreement,  when an  Employee  not  covered  by a  collective
                   bargaining   agreement  becomes  subject  to  an  ALLTEL,  CP
                   National, or GTE collective bargaining agreement,  or when an
                   Employee  covered by an ALLTEL (CP National) (GTE) collective
                   bargaining   agreement  becomes  subject  to  a  CP  National
                   (ALLTEL) (GTE) collective bargaining agreement.

                         (2) A Participant who has a Change in Employment Status
                   shall  accrue  a  pension  up to the  date of his  Change  in
                   Employment  Status  pursuant  to the  benefit  formula  under
                   subsection (a), (b), (c) above,  Appendix I to Section 13.09,
                   or Appendix T to Section 13.19 whichever applies  considering
                   the  basis  upon  which  he was  covered  under  the Plan and
                   compensated  immediately  prior to such date. For purposes of
                   applying  subsection (a) above to a Participant who has had a
                   Change in Employment Status, Benefit Service shall only
                              -5-

                              236

<PAGE>
                               include those years (and fraction  thereof) while
                   the   Participant   was  covered  by  an  ALLTEL   collective
                   bargaining agreement. For purposes of applying subsection (b)
                   above to a  Participant  who has had a Change  in  Employment
                   Status,  Benefit  Service shall only include those years (and
                   fraction  thereof) while the  Participant  was compensated on
                   other  than  an  hourly  basis.   For  purposes  of  applying
                   subsection (c) above to a Participant who has had a Change in
                   Employment  Status,  Benefit Service shall only include those
                   years (and fraction  thereof) while the  Participant  was not
                   covered  by  an  ALLTEL,  CP  National,   or  GTE  collective
                   bargaining agreement.  For purposes of applying Appendix I to
                   Section 13.09 to a Participant who has had a Change in Employ
                   ment Status,  Years of Participation shall only include those
                   years  (and  fraction  thereof)  while  the  Participant  was
                   covered by a CP National collective bargaining agreement. For
                   purposes  of  applying  Appendix  T  to  Section  13.19  to a
                   Participant  who  has  had a  Change  in  Employment  Status,
                   Accredited  Service  shall  only  include  those  years  (and
                   fraction  thereof) while the Participant was covered by a GTE
                   collective bargaining  agreement.  The benefit under the Plan
                   of a Participant  who has had a Change in  Employment  Status
                   from  Appendix  I to  Section  13.09  to non-  Appendix  I to
                   Section  13.09 status shall be  determined in the same manner
                   as a  Participant  who is  subject  to  Appendix H to Section
                   13.09 applying the rules of Appendix H to Section 13.09 based
                   on the date of his Change in Employment  Status.  The benefit
                   under  the  Plan of a  Participant  who has had a  Change  in
                   Employment  Status  from  Appendix  T  to  Section  13.19  to
                   non-Appendix T to Section 13.19 status shall be determined in
                   the same manner as a Participant who is subject to Appendix S
                   to Section 13.19  applying the rules of Appendix S to Section
                   13.19 based on the date of his Change in Employment Status.

                               A Participant  who has had a Change in Employment
                   Status  from  non-  Appendix  I to  Section  13.09  status to
                   Appendix I to Section  13.09  status  shall have his  service
                   taken  into  account  under   Appendix  I  to  Section  13.09
                   determined  according  to  applicable  laws  and  regulations
                   regarding transfers from the hours method to the elapsed time
                   method of crediting service.

                               Notwithstanding the foregoing,  a Participant who
                   had a Termination of Employment with deferred Pension rights,
                   or retired  prior to January  1,  1989,  or his  Beneficiary,
                   shall  receive or continue to receive a Pension in accordance
                   with the  provisions  of the Plan as in effect at the date of
                   the Participant's Termination of Employment or Retirement.

             (e)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan  to  the
             contrary,  in calculating the accrued benefit  (including the right
             to  any  optional   benefit   provided   under  the  plan)  of  any
             participant,  such participant  shall accrue no additional  benefit
             under the Plan on or after  March 3, 1989 to the  extent  that such
             additional   benefit   accrual  exceeds  the  benefit  which  would
             otherwise accrue in accordance with the terms of the Plan
                              -6-


                              237

<PAGE>
                   as  subsequently  amended to comply with those  qualification
             requirements  described in Income Tax Regulations section 1.401(b)-
             1(b)(2)(ii) (TRA '86).

                   This provision  shall be effective  until the last day of the
             first plan year  commencing in 1989 and shall be effective for such
             period if and only if the  subsequent  TRA '86 amendment is made on
             or before the last day of the first plan year commencing in 1989.

                   In addition the benefit accrued by any participant during the
             1989  plan  year  shall  in no event  exceed  the  benefit  accrual
             provided during the 1989 plan year with respect to such participant
             under the terms of the plan as subsequently  amended to comply with
             TRA '86. However,  such participant's  accrued benefit shall not be
             less than what the  participant  had  accrued as of the last day of
             the plan year beginning before January 1, 1989.

                   This subsection became  ineffective in the manner provided in
             IRS Notice  89-92 upon the  adoption  of Model  Amendment  2 as set
             forth in subsection (f) below.

             (f)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan  to  the
             contrary,  in calculating the accrued benefit  (including the right
             to any  optional  benefit  provided  under  the  Plan)  of any plan
             participant who is a highly compensated employee within the meaning
             of  section  414(q)  of the  Internal  Revenue  Code,  such  highly
             compensated  employee shall accrue no additional  benefit under the
             Plan on or after March 3, 1989 to the extent  that such  additional
             benefit accrual exceeds the benefit which would otherwise accrue in
             accordance  with the terms of the Plan as  subsequently  amended to
             comply with those  qualification  requirements  described in Income
             Tax Regulations section 1.401(b)-1(b)(2)(ii) (TRA '86).

                   This provision shall be effective until the last day by which
             the plan may be amended  retroactively  to comply  with TRA '86 for
             its first plan year beginning in 1989 in order to remain  qualified
             under the Code and shall be  effective  for such period if and only
             if the subsequent  plan amendment to comply with TRA '86 is made on
             or  before   the  last  day  by  which  the  plan  may  be  amended
             retroactively  to  comply  with  TRA '86 for its  first  plan  year
             commencing in 1989 in order to remain qualified under the Code.

                   In addition,  the benefit  accrued by any highly  compensated
             employee,  within the meaning of section 414(q) of the Code,  shall
             in no event  exceed the benefit  accrual  provided  during the 1989
             plan year with respect to such  participant  under the terms of the
             Plan as subsequently
                              -7-

                              238

<PAGE>
                   amended to comply  with the terms of TRA '86.  However,  such
             highly  compensated  employee's benefit shall not be less than what
             that  participant  had  accrued as of the last day of the last plan
             year beginning before January 1, 1989.

                   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing   provisions   under   this
             subsection  (f),  the  provisions  of this  subsection  (f)  became
             ineffective  in the manner  provided  in IRS Notice  88-131 and any
             subsequent  IRS Notices,  Revenue  Procedures,  or other  guidance,
             effective as of the close of business on August 31, 1993, as though
             the Plan had been  amended  to comply  with the terms of TRA '86 as
             contemplated by the second paragraph of this subsection (f).

1.02   Act

       The Employee  Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 as the same has been
       and may be amended from time to time.

1.03   Actuarial Equivalent

             (a) Any  determination  of  actuarial  equivalence  required by the
             provisions of the Plan involving a Retirement, termination or death
             shall be made on the basis of tables  prescribed  from time to time
             by the Plan's Actuary; provided,  however, that with respect to any
             such determination on or after December 1, 1981--

                         (i) Actuarial  equivalence of single sums and annuities
                   shall be  determined  on the basis of the  GA-1951  Mortality
                   Table  projected  to 1975 by Scale C with  interest at 8% per
                   annum,  or,  if  less,  the  PBGC  Interest  Rate,  provided,
                   however,   that  if  a  resultant  single  sum  is  at  least
                   $25,000.00,  it shall be  recalculated  with interest at 120%
                   times the PBGC Interest  Rate,  or, if less,  8%, except that
                   the   recalculated   single   sum  shall  not  be  less  than
                   $25,000.00; and

                         (ii) Unless  otherwise  specified,  any other actuarial
                   equivalence  shall  be  determined  on the  basis of the 1951
                   Basic  Annuity  Table  projected  to  1965  by  Scale  C with
                   interest at 5% per annum.

                   In making a  determination  under  paragraph  (i) above  with
             respect  to  an  annuity   with  a  deferred   commencement   date,
             consideration  shall  not be  given  to any  benefits  provided  by
             Article XII hereof.

             (b) For the  purpose  of  Section  8.01,  the  present  value of an
             Employee's  accrued pension shall be based on the GA-1951 Mortality
             Table projected to 1975 by Scale C with interest at 8% per annum.
                              -8-

                              239

<PAGE>
             (c)  Effective  with  respect  to  distributions  made on or  after
             January  1,  1988,   actuarial   equivalence   of  any  single  sum
             distribution payable prior to a Participant's Normal Retirement Age
             shall be determined as the present value of the single life annuity
             normal retirement form of benefit.

1.04   Actuary

       An individual  actuary who is an enrolled actuary under the provisions of
       Section  3042 of the Act, or a firm of  actuaries,  at least one of whose
       members is such an enrolled actuary, which individual or firm is selected
       from time to time by the Company.

1.05   Authorized Leave of Absence

       Any absence from regular employment authorized or excused by the Employer
       under its standard personnel  practices,  provided that all persons under
       similar  circumstances  shall be treated  alike in the  granting  of such
       Authorized Leaves of Absence, and provided further,  that the Participant
       returns within the period specified in the Authorized Leave of Absence.

1.06   Average Monthly Compensation

       One-sixtieth  (1/60th) of the sum of the rates of the Basic  Compensation
       payable to a  Participant  from the  Employer  for each of the sixty (60)
       consecutive  calendar months which produce the highest average out of the
       period of service  beginning  January  1, 1966 and ending  with the month
       which  includes the date as of which he retires or terminates  employment
       as an Employee.

1.07   Basic Compensation

       The total wages or earnings  payable to the  Participant  by the Employer
       during the Plan  Year,  including  any  amounts  the  payment of which is
       deferred under the ALLTEL  Corporation  Executive  Deferred  Compensation
       Plan and commissions, but excluding bonuses, overtime compensation, shift
       differentials,  in  charge  premiums,  and  similar  forms of  additional
       compensation.  Compensation which a Participant elects to defer under the
       above-specified  plan shall, for purposes of the Plan, be credited to the
       Participant as compensation  during the period when such deferred amounts
       would have been paid (in the  absence of the  deferral  election)  rather
       than during the period when such deferred  amounts are earned or actually
       paid. A  Participant's  rate of Basic  Compensation  on the last day of a
       calendar  month  shall be his rate for that  month,  and his rate for any
       month  in  which no  compensation  was  payable  or  during  which he was
       rendering  Detached  Service  shall  be  the  rate  for  the  immediately
       preceding month, provided, however, that in the case of a Participant who
       renders Detached Service, said rate for the immediately
                              -9-

                              240
<PAGE>
       preceding month shall be increased by the periodic  longevity,  merit and
       general  compensation  adjustments,  if any, granted during the period of
       such Detached Service to Employees in job classifications similar to that
       of the  Participant  immediately  prior to his  commencement  of Detached
       Service. Rates of compensation paid other than monthly shall be converted
       to monthly on the basis of 173.33 hours per month, 4.3333 weeks per month
       and 12.0 months per year. Basic Compensation shall not be affected by any
       compensation  reduction  pursuant  to a  "cafeteria  plan" as  defined in
       Section 125 of the Code. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1,
       1989 and prior to January 1, 1994, Basic Compensation  (after aggregation
       of "family  members")  shall be limited  to  $200,000  and for Plan Years
       beginning  on and  after  January  1,  1994,  Basic  Compensation  (after
       aggregation of "family  members")  shall be limited to $150,000,  both as
       adjusted  annually for changes in the cost of living in  accordance  with
       Sections 401(a)(17) and 415(d) of the Code, (or such other maximum amount
       hereafter  approved by the  Secretary of the  Treasury  from time to time
       under Section  401(a)(17) of the Code) for purposes of the Plan.  For the
       purposes  of the  preceding  sentence,  a "family  member"  shall mean an
       employee of the  Controlled  Group who is, on any one day of the year,  a
       spouse or a lineal descendant who has not attained age 19 before the last
       day of the year, of an  individual  who during the year was (i) an active
       or former  employee  of the  Controlled  Group and a 5% owner  within the
       meaning of Section 414(q)(3) of the Code and regulations  thereunder,  or
       (ii)  one of the  ten  most  highly-paid  Highly  Compensated  Employees;
       provided,  however,  that any compensation  paid to such spouse or lineal
       descendant  shall  be  treated  as if it  were  paid  to  the  individual
       described in (i) or (ii) above. If, as a result of the family aggregation
       rules,  the dollar  limitation  under Section  401(a)(17) of the Code (as
       adjusted from time to time) would be exceeded,  the  limitation  shall be
       prorated  among  the  Participant  and  his  or  her  family  members  in
       proportion to each one's Basic  Compensation  as determined  prior to the
       application of this limitation.  Basic  Compensation  shall be subject to
       the provisions of subsection (b) of Section 1.14.

1.08   Beneficiary

       The person  (or  persons)  who is (are)  entitled  to  receive  any death
       benefits that may be payable from the Plan upon a Participant's death.

1.09   Benefit Percentage

             (a)   The provisions of this paragraph (a) are
             applicable to Participants with respect to whom
             the provisions of paragraphs (b), (c), or (d) are
             not applicable.  For such a Participant, a
             percentage determined as the sum of --

             (i)   One percent (1.00%) multiplied by the
number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit Service; plus
                             -10-

                              241

<PAGE>

                         (ii)  One-quarter of one percent (0.25%)  multiplied by
                   the number of years (and  fraction)  of his Benefit  Service,
                   not to  exceed  ten (10)  years,  accrued  after the month in
                   which his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs; plus

                         (iii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1981; plus

                         (iv)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1982; plus

                         (v)  Five-hundredths  of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1983; plus

                         (vi)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1984; plus

                         (vii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1985; plus

                         (viii)   Five-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.05%)
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit Service accrued after 1986; plus

                         (ix)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1987.

             (b) The provisions of this paragraph (b) are effective with respect
             only to Employees who on or after January 1, 1990 are covered by an
             ALLTEL  collective  bargaining  agreement  (as  defined  in Section
             1.01(d)  of  the  Plan).  For  such  a  Participant,  a  percentage
             determined  as  the  sum  of A  and  B,  where  A  is a  percentage
             determined as the sum of --

                         (i)   One percent (1.00%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of
                   his Benefit Service; plus

                         (ii)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1981; plus
                             -11-

                              242

<PAGE>
                         (iii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1982; plus

                         (iv)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1983; plus

                         (v)  Five-hundredths  of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1984; plus

                         (vi)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1985; plus

                         (vii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1986; plus

                         (viii)   Five-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.05%)
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit Service accrued after 1987; plus

                         (ix)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1989,

       and where B is a percentage  equal to one-quarter of one percent  (0.25%)
       multiplied by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service,
       not to  exceed  ten (10)  years,  accrued  after  the  month in which his
       fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs.

             (c) The provisions of this paragraph (c) are effective with respect
             only to Employees who on or after January 1, 1991 are covered by an
             ALLTEL  collective  bargaining  agreement  (as  defined  in Section
             1.01(d)  of the  Plan),  and who  were  Participants  on or  before
             December 31, 1990. For such a Participant,  a percentage determined
             as the sum of A and B, where A is the sum of --

                         (i)   One percent (1.00%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of
                   his Benefit Service plus

                         (ii)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1981; plus
                             -12-
                              
                              243

<PAGE>
                         (iii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1982; plus

                         (iv)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1983; plus

                         (v)  Five-hundredths  of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1984; plus

                         (vi)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1985; plus

                         (vii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1986; plus

                         (viii)   Five-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.05%)
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit service accrued after 1987; plus

                         (ix)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1989; plus

                         (x)  Twenty-five-thousandths  of one  percent  (0.025%)
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit Service accrued after 1990; plus

                         (xi)  Twenty-five-thousandths  of one percent  (0.025%)
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit Service accrued after 1991; plus

                         (xii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1992,

                   and where B is a percentage equal to the
             sum of --

                         (i)  One-quarter of one percent  (0.25%)  multiplied by
                   the number of years (and  fraction)  of his Benefit  Service,
                   not to  exceed  ten (10)  years,  accrued  after the month in
                   which his  fifty-fifth  (55th)  birthday  occurs and prior to
                   January 1, 1991; plus
                             -13-

                              244

<PAGE>
                         (ii)  Twenty-four-hundredths  of  one  percent  (0.24%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 1991 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this  clause and the  previous  clause of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (iii)  Twenty-three-hundredths  of one percent  (0.23%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 1992 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (iv)  Twenty-two  hundredths  of  one  percent  (0.22%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 1993 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (v)   Twenty-one-hundredths   of  one  percent  (0.21%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 1994 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (vi)  Two-tenths of one percent  (0.20%)  multiplied by
                   the year (or fraction) of his Benefit  Service accrued during
                   calendar  year 1995 (if  any),  but only to the  extent  such
                   Benefit   Service  accrued  after  the  month  in  which  his
                   fifty-fifth  (55th)  birthday  occurs  and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the previous
                             -14-
                            
                              245

<PAGE>
                               clauses of this  formula  used to  determine  the
                   percentage "B" for such  Participant does not exceed ten (10)
                   years; plus

                         (vii)   Nineteen-hundredths   of  one  percent  (0.19%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 1996 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (viii)   Eighteen-hundredths  of  one  percent  (0.18%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 1997 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (ix)   Seventeen-hundredths   of  one  percent  (0.17%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 1998 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (x)   Sixteen-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.16%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 1999 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xi)   Fifteen-hundredths   of  one   percent   (0.15%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2000 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the previous
                             -15-

                              246

<PAGE>
                               clauses of this  formula  used to  determine  the
                   percentage "B" for such  Participant does not exceed ten (10)
                   years; plus

                         (xii)   Fourteen-hundredths   of  one  percent  (0.14%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2001 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xiii)   Thirteen-hundredths  of  one  percent  (0.13%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2002 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xiv)   Twelve-hundredths   of  one   percent   (0.12%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2003 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xv)   Eleven-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.11%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2004 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xvi)  One-tenth of one percent  (0.10%)  multiplied by
                   the year (or fraction) of his Benefit  Service accrued during
                   calendar  year 2005 (if  any),  but only to the  extent  such
                   Benefit   Service  accrued  after  the  month  in  which  his
                   fifty-fifth  (55th)  birthday  occurs  and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the previous
                             -16-

                              247

<PAGE>
                               clauses of this  formula  used to  determine  the
                   percentage "B" for such  Participant does not exceed ten (10)
                   years; plus

                         (xvii)   Nine-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.09%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2006 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xviii)   Eight-hundredths   of  one  percent   (0.08%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2007 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xix)   Seven-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.07%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2008 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xx)  Six-hundredths of one percent (0.06%)  multiplied
                   by the year (or  fraction)  of his  Benefit  Service  accrued
                   during  calendar  year 2009 (if any),  but only to the extent
                   such  Benefit  Service  accrued  after the month in which his
                   fifty-fifth  (55th)  birthday  occurs  and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xxi) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the year (or  fraction)  of his  Benefit  Service  accrued
                   during  calendar  year 2010 (if any),  but only to the extent
                   such  Benefit  Service  accrued  after the month in which his
                   fifty-fifth  (55th)  birthday  occurs  and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the previous
                             -17-

                              248

<PAGE>
                               clauses of this  formula  used to  determine  the
                   percentage "B" for such  Participant does not exceed ten (10)
                   years; plus

                         (xxii)   Four-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.04%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2011 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xxiii)Three-hundredths    of   one   percent   (0.03%)
                   multiplied by the year (or  fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued  during  calendar year 2012 (if any), but only to the
                   extent such Benefit  Service accrued after the month in which
                   his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday occurs and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xxiv) Two-hundredths of one percent (0.02%) multiplied
                   by the year (or  fraction)  of his  Benefit  Service  accrued
                   during  calendar  year 2013 (if any),  but only to the extent
                   such  Benefit  Service  accrued  after the month in which his
                   fifty-fifth  (55th)  birthday  occurs  and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years; plus

                         (xxv)  One-hundredth of one percent (0.01%)  multiplied
                   by the year (or  fraction)  of his  Benefit  Service  accrued
                   during  calendar  year 2014 (if any),  but only to the extent
                   such  Benefit  Service  accrued  after the month in which his
                   fifty-fifth  (55th)  birthday  occurs  and only to the extent
                   that the total amount of Benefit  Service  taken into account
                   under this clause and the  previous  clauses of this  formula
                   used to determine  the  percentage  "B" for such  Participant
                   does not exceed ten (10) years.

             (d) The provisions of this paragraph (d) are effective with respect
             only to Employees who on or after January 1, 1991 are covered by an
             ALLTEL  collective  bargaining  agreement  (as  defined  in Section
             1.01(d) of the
                             -18-

                              249

<PAGE>
                   Plan), and who first become Participants on
             or after January 1, 1991.  For such a
             Participant, a percentage determined as the sum
             of --

                         (i)   One percent (1.00%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of
                   his Benefit Service; plus

                         (ii)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1981; plus

                         (iii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1982; plus

                         (iv)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1983; plus

                         (v)  Five-hundredths  of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1984; plus

                         (vi)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1985; plus

                         (vii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1986; plus

                         (viii)   Five-hundredths   of   one   percent   (0.05%)
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit Service accrued after 1987; plus

                         (ix)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1989; plus

                         (x)  Twenty-five-thousandths  of one  percent  (0.025%)
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit Service accrued after 1990; plus

                         (xi)  Twenty-five-thousandths  of one percent  (0.025%)
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit Service accrued after 1991; plus
                             -19-

                              250
<PAGE>

                         (xii) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied
                   by the number of years (and fraction) of his Benefit  Service
                   accrued after 1992.

1.10   Board of Directors

       The Board of Directors of the Company.

1.11   Code

       The  Internal  Revenue  Code of  1986,  as  amended  from  time to  time.
       Reference  to a section of the Code shall  include  such  section and any
       comparable  section or sections of any future  legislation  that  amends,
       supplements, or supersedes such section.

1.12   Committee

       The persons to whom the Company has delegated any or all of its authority
       as Plan Administrator pursuant to Article II.

1.13   Company

       ALLTEL  Corporation,   its  corporate   successors,   and  the  surviving
       corporation  resulting  from any  merger  (or  consolidation)  of  ALLTEL
       Corporation with any other corporation or corporations.

1.14   Compensation

             (a) The total wages or earnings  payable to a Participant  during a
             Plan Year by the  Employer  consisting  of his Basic  Compensation,
             together   with  cash   bonuses,   overtime   compensation,   shift
             differentials,  in-charge  premiums,  and any amount the payment of
             which  is  deferred  under  the  ALLTEL   Corporation   Performance
             Incentive  Compensation  Plan or the ALLTEL  Corporation  Long-Term
             Performance  Incentive Plan, but excluding non- wage taxable fringe
             benefits.  Compensation  which a Participant  elects to defer under
             the above-  specified  plans shall,  for  purposes of the Plan,  be
             credited to the Participant as compensation  during the period when
             such  deferred  amounts would have been paid (in the absence of the
             deferral election) rather than during the period when such deferred
             amounts  are earned or  actually  paid.  Compensation  shall not be
             affected by any  compensation  reduction  pursuant to a  "cafeteria
             plan" as  defined  in  Section  125 of the  Code.  For  Plan  Years
             beginning on or after January 1, 1989 and prior to January 1, 1994,
             Compensation  (after  aggregation  of  "family  members")  shall be
             limited  to  $200,000,  and for Plan Years  beginning  on and after
             January  1,  1994,   Compensation  (after  aggregation  of  "family
             members") shall be
                             -20-

                              251

<PAGE>
                   limited to $150,000, both as adjusted annually for changes in
             the cost of living  in  accordance  with  Sections  401(a)(17)  and
             415(d)  of the Code  (or  such  other  maximum  amount  hereinafter
             approved by the  Secretary of the Treasury  from time to time under
             Section  401(a)(17) of the Code) for purposes of the Plan.  For the
             purposes of the preceding sentence, a "family member" shall mean an
             employee  of the  Controlled  Group  who is,  on any one day of the
             year, a spouse or a lineal  descendant  who has not attained age 19
             before the last day of the year,  of an  individual  who during the
             year was (i) an active or former  employee of the Controlled  Group
             and a 5% owner within the meaning of Section  414(q)(3) of the Code
             and regulations thereunder, or (ii) one of the ten most highly-paid
             Highly  Compensated   Employees;   provided,   however,   that  any
             compensation  paid to such  spouse  or lineal  descendant  shall be
             treated as if it were paid to the  individual  described  in (i) or
             (ii) above.  If, as a result of the family  aggregation  rules, the
             dollar limitation under Section 401(a)(17) of the Code (as adjusted
             from  time to time)  would be  exceeded,  the  limitation  shall be
             prorated  among the  Participant  and his or her family  members in
             proportion to each one's  Compensation  as determined  prior to the
             application of this limitation.

             (b) If  compensation  for any prior  determination  period is taken
             into account in determining a  Participant's  benefits  accruing in
             the   current   Plan  Year,   the   compensation   for  that  prior
             determination  period is limited to the  applicable  dollar  limit.
             Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   each  1989  Section  401(a)(17)
             Participant's accrued benefit under the Plan will be the greater of
             the accrued benefit  determined for such  Participant  under (1) or
             (2) below:

                         (1) The Participant's  accrued benefit  determined with
                   respect to the benefit  formula  applicable for the Plan Year
                   beginning  on or after  January  1,  1989,  as applied to the
                   Participant's total years of service taken into account under
                   the Plan for the purposes of benefit accruals, or

                         (2)   The sum of:

                                   (i) the  Participant's  accrued benefit as of
                         the last day of the last  Plan  Year  beginning  before
                         January  1, 1989,  frozen in  accordance  with  Section
                         1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations, and

                                   (ii)  the   Participant's   accrued   benefit
                         determined under the benefit formula applicable for the
                         Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January 1, 1989,  as
                         applied to the Participant's  years of service credited
                         to the Participant for
                             -21-

                              252
<PAGE>
                                        Plan Years beginning on or after January
                         1, 1989, for purposes of benefit accruals.

                   A "1989 Section  401(a)(17)  Participant" means a Participant
             whose  current  accrued  benefit as of a date on or after the first
             day of the first Plan Year  beginning on or after  January 1, 1989,
             is based on  Compensation  for a year beginning  prior to the first
             day of the first Plan Year  beginning on or after  January 1, 1989,
             that exceeded $200,000.

                   Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan  to the
             contrary,  each  1994  Section  401(a)(17)   Participant's  accrued
             benefit  under the Plan will be the greater of the accrued  benefit
             determined for such Participant under
             (1) or (2) below:

                         (1) The Participant's  accrued benefit  determined with
                   respect to the benefit  formula  applicable for the Plan Year
                   beginning  on or after  January  1,  1994,  as applied to the
                   Participant's total years of service taken into account under
                   the Plan for the purposes of benefit accruals, or

                         (2)   The sum of:

                                   (i) the  Participant's  accrued benefit as of
                         the last day of the last  Plan  Year  beginning  before
                         January  1, 1994,  frozen in  accordance  with  Section
                         1.401(a)(4)-13 of the Treasury Regulations, and

                                   (ii)  the   Participant's   accrued   benefit
                         determined under the benefit formula applicable for the
                         Plan Year  beginning  on or after  January 1, 1994,  as
                         applied to the Participant's  years of service credited
                         to the Participant for Plan Years beginning on or after
                         January 1, 1994, for purposes of benefit accruals.

                   A "1994 Section  401(a)(17)  Participant" means a Participant
             whose  current  accrued  benefit as of a date on or after the first
             day of the first Plan Year  beginning on or after  January 1, 1994,
             is based on  Compensation  for a year beginning  prior to the first
             day of the first Plan Year  beginning on or after  January 1, 1994,
             that exceeded $150,000.

1.15   Controlled Group

       An Employer and any and all other corporations,  trades and/or businesses
       or  organizations,  the employees of which together with employees of the
       Employer are required,  pursuant to the applicable  provisions of Section
       414 of the  Code,  to be  treated  as if they were  employed  by a single
       employer.
                             -22-

                              253

<PAGE>

1.16   Effective Date

       January 1, 1972.

1.17   Eligible Employee

       Each Employee of the Employer, except

             (1)  Employees  whose  period of  service  prior to January 1, 1988
             otherwise  would have commenced after the first day of the calendar
             month  immediately  following  his  60th  birthday  and who did not
             perform one Hour of Service on or after January 1, 1988,

             (2) Employees covered by a collective  bargaining agreement between
             an Employer and a representative of such Employees where retirement
             benefits  were the  subject of good faith  bargaining  between  the
             parties,  unless it is agreed that such Employees would be eligible
             to participate in the Plan,

             (3)   Employees who are covered by an agreement
             with the Company which prohibits inclusion in the
             Plan,

             (4)   leased employees,

             (5)   on and after May 1, 1993, employees of
             ALLTEL Publishing Corporation, or

             (6)   on and after May 1, 1993, employees of
             Sygnis, Inc.

1.18   Employee

       A person  employed by an Employer and being  compensated  by the Employer
       through the payroll  mechanism,  under such terms and conditions that his
       relationship  to the  Employer  conforms  with  the  usual  and  accepted
       relationship of employee and employer.

       "Employee"  shall  include any  "leased  employee"  (as herein  defined);
       provided,   however,   contributions   or   benefits   provided   leasing
       organization  which  are  attributable  to  services  performed  for  the
       Employer  shall be treated as provided by the  Employer.  For purposes of
       this paragraph, the term "leased employee" means any person who, pursuant
       to an  agreement  between the  Employer  and any other  person  ("leasing
       organization"),  has  performed  services  for the  Employer  (or for the
       Employer  and related  persons  determined  in  accordance  with  Section
       414(n)(6)  of the Internal  Revenue  Code) on a  substantially  full-time
       basis  for a period of at least one  year,  if such  services  are a type
       historically  performed  by  employees  in  the  business  field  of  the
       Employer.
                             -23-

                              254
<PAGE>
       Notwithstanding the foregoing,  a leased employee shall not be considered
       an Employee for any Plan Year if such leased  employees  constitute  less
       than  twenty  percent  (20%) of the  number of the  Employer's  Nonhighly
       Compensated  Employees within the meaning of Section  414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of
       the Code and if during such Plan Year the leased employee is covered by a
       plan described in Section  414(n)(5)(B) of the Code. A leased employee is
       not  eligible to  participate  in the Plan unless he actually  becomes an
       Employee without regard to this paragraph.

1.19   Employer

       The Company,  and any other member of the  Controlled  Group adopting the
       plan pursuant to Section 3.01.

1.20   Employment Commencement Date

       The date on which an Employee  first  performs an Hour of Service for the
       Employer or other member of the Controlled Group.

1.21   Fiscal Year

       The twelve-month period which begins on the first day of January and ends
       on the last day of December.

1.22   Highly Compensated Employee

             (a)  An  Employee  is a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  under  this
             provision  if (a)  the  Employee  is a  5-percent  owner;  (b)  the
             Employee's  compensation  for the Plan  Year  exceeds  the  Section
             414(q)(1)(B)  of the Code amount;  (c) the Employee's  compensation
             exceeds  the Section  414(q)(1)(C)  of the Code amount for the Plan
             Year and the Employee is in the top-paid group of employees  within
             the meaning of Section  414(q)(4) of the Code,  or (d) the Employee
             is an officer described in Section 414(q)(1)(D) of the Code.

             (b) The lookback provisions of Section 414(q) of the Code shall not
             apply  to  determining  Highly  Compensated  Employees  under  this
             provision.

       This simplified method for determining Highly Compensated Employees shall
       apply on the basis of a snapshot day. In applying this simplified  method
       on a snapshot basis:

             (a) Who is a Highly Compensated Employee is determined on the basis
             of the data as of the  snapshot  day,  except as provided  below in
             (c).

             (b)   If the determination of who is a Highly
             Compensated Employee is made earlier than the
             last day of the Plan Year, the Employee's
             compensation

                             -24-

                              255

   <PAGE>

                   that  is used  to  determine  an  Employee's  status  must be
             projected for the Plan Year under a reasonable  method  established
             by the Company.

             (c)  Employees not employed on the snapshot day that are taken into
             account in testing must be categorized as either Highly Compensated
             Employees or Non-Highly  Compensated  Employees.  In that case, the
             method  described in this section shall be subject to the following
             modifications. In addition to those Employees who are determined to
             be Highly  Compensated  Employees  on the Plan's  snapshot  day, as
             described  above,  the Plan  shall  treat  as a Highly  Compensated
             Employee an eligible Employee for the Plan Year who:

                         (1)   terminated prior to the
                   snapshot day and was a Highly Compensated
                   Employee in the prior year;

                         (2) terminated  prior to the snapshot day and (i) was a
                   5-percent  owner,  (ii) has  compensation  for the Plan  Year
                   greater than or equal to the  projected  compensation  of any
                   Employee who is treated as a Highly  Compensated  Employee on
                   the  snapshot  day  (except  for  Employees  who  are  Highly
                   Compensated  Employees  solely  because  they  are  5-percent
                   owners  or  officers),  or  (iii)  was  an  officer  and  has
                   compensation   greater   than  or  equal  to  the   projected
                   compensation of any other officer who is a Highly Compensated
                   Employee on the snapshot day solely because that person is an
                   officer; or

                         (3) becomes employed subsequent to the snapshot day and
                   (i) is a 5-percent owner,  (ii) has compensation for the Plan
                   Year greater than or equal to the projected  compensation  of
                   any Employee who is treated as a Highly Compensated  Employee
                   on the  snapshot  day  (except for  Employees  who are Highly
                   Compensated  Employees  solely  because  they  are  5-percent
                   owners  or  officers),   or  (iii)  is  an  officer  and  has
                   compensation   greater   than  or  equal  to  the   projected
                   compensation of any other officer who is a Highly Compensated
                   Employee on the snapshot day solely because that person is an
                   officer.

       In applying this provision,  Section  1.414(q)-1T of the Temporary Income
       Tax Regulations  applies to the extent that it is not  inconsistent  with
       the methods specifically provided above.

       "Highly  Compensated  Employee"  shall  include a former  Employee of the
       Company whose  employment with the Controlled  Group  terminated prior to
       the Plan Year and who was a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year
       in which his  employment  terminated  or for any Plan  Year  ending on or
       after his 55th birthday.
                             -25-

                              256

<PAGE>

       If an Employee  is a member of the family of a 5-percent  owner or one of
       the 10 Highly Compensated  Employees paid the greatest compensation for a
       Plan Year, then the Employee shall not be considered a separate  Employee
       and any  compensation  paid to such  Employee  (and any  contribution  on
       behalf of such  Employee)  shall be  treated as if it were paid to (or on
       behalf of) the 5-percent owner or the Highly Compensated Employee.

       For the purposes of this definition of "Highly
       Compensated Employee",

             (a) the term "compensation"  shall mean an Employee's  compensation
             (within the  meaning of Section  415(c)(3)  of the Code  determined
             without regard to Sections 125,  402(a)(8) and  402(h)(1)(B) of the
             Code),

             (b) the term "top-paid group of Employees" shall mean that group of
             Employees of the Controlled  Group consisting of the top 20 percent
             of such Employees when ranked on the basis of compensation  paid by
             the Controlled Group during the Plan Year and

             (c) the term "family"  shall mean an  Employee's  spouse and lineal
             ascendants  and   descendants   and  the  spouses  of  such  lineal
             ascendants or descendants.

1.23   Nonhighly Compensated Employee

       Any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

1.24   Normal Retirement Age

       The later of the date an Employee attains age 65 or the fifth anniversary
       of the date he commenced participation in the Plan.

1.25   Normal Retirement Date

       The  last  day of the  month in which  an  Employee  attains  his  Normal
       Retirement Age.

1.26   Participant

       An Eligible Employee who fulfills the eligibility  requirements  provided
       in Article IX and who continues to qualify as a Participant.

1.27   PBGC Interest Rate

       Effective  on and after  January  1,  1987,  with  respect  to a proposed
       distribution  date, the effective  annual  interest rate or rates used by
       the Pension Benefit
                             -26-

                              257

<PAGE>
       Guaranty  Corporation to value annuities for plans  terminating as of the
       first day of the Plan Year containing such distribution date.

1.28   Plan

       The ALLTEL  Corporation  Pension  Plan, as set forth herein and as may be
       amended  from  time  to  time.  Where  the  context  requires,  Plan  and
       provisions  herein shall refer to the provisions of the Plan as in effect
       as of the relevant time.

1.29   Plan Administrator

       The Company,  which shall serve  pursuant to the terms of Article II. The
       Company may  allocate or delegate any or all of its  authority  under the
       Plan to a Committee of no less than three persons.

1.30   Plan Year

       The  twelve-month  period  which  begins on the first day of January  and
       which ends on the last day of December.  The limitation year for the Plan
       shall be the same as the Plan Year unless the Company elects otherwise as
       provided under the Act.

1.31   Pension

       A series of monthly amounts which are payable to a person who is entitled
       to receive benefits under the Plan.

1.32   Prior Plan

       Any other pension plan or profit-sharing plan which has been merged or is
       merged into the Plan.

1.33   Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity

       An annuity for the life of the  Participant  with a survivor  annuity for
       the life of the Spouse  that is equal to 50% of the amount of the annuity
       which is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse
       and which is the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of a single life annuity for the
       life of the Participant.

1.34   Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity

       An annuity  payable to the  surviving  Spouse of a  Participant  who dies
       prior to  commencement  of a Pension,  determined in accordance  with the
       provisions of Article XII.
                             -27-

                              258

<PAGE>

1.35   Reemployment Commencement Date

       The date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of Service following
       a Termination of Employment.

1.36   Retirement

       Termination   of  employment   for  reasons  other  than  death  after  a
       Participant  has  fulfilled  all  requirements  for  a  Normal  or  Early
       Retirement   Pension   hereunder.   Retirement  shall  be  considered  as
       commencing  on the last day of the month in which occurs a  Participant's
       last day of employment (or Authorized Leave of Absence, if later).

1.37   Service Definitions

             (a)   Hour of Service

                         (1) Each hour (i) for which an  Employee is directly or
                   indirectly  compensated  or entitled to  compensation  by the
                   Employer  or other  member  of the  Controlled  Group for the
                   performance  of  duties  during  the  applicable  computation
                   period;  (ii) for which an Employee is directly or indirectly
                   compensated  or entitled to  compensation  by the Employer or
                   other member of the Controlled Group (irrespective of whether
                   the employment relationship has terminated) for reasons other
                   than  performance  of  duties  (such  as  vacation,  holidays
                   sickness,  jury duty, disability,  lay-off,  military duty or
                   leave of absence) during the applicable  computation  period;
                   and (iii) for which  back pay is  awarded or agreed to by the
                   Employer  or other  member of the  Controlled  Group  without
                   regard to mitigation of damages (provided that the same Hours
                   of Service shall not be credited under both this clause (iii)
                   and clause (i) or (ii) above).

                               Notwithstanding  the above,  (i) no more than 501
                   Hours of Service  are  required to be credited to an Employee
                   on account of any single  continuous  period during which the
                   Employee  performs  no  duties  (whether  or not such  period
                   occurs  in a  single  computation  period);  (ii) an hour for
                   which an Employee is directly or indirectly paid, or entitled
                   to payment, on account of a period during which no duties are
                   performed,  is not required to be credited to the Employee if
                   such  payment is made or due under a plan  maintained  solely
                   for  the  purpose  of  complying  with  applicable   worker's
                   compensation,   unemployment   compensation,   or  disability
                   insurance  laws;  and (iii) Hours of Service are not required
                   to be credited for a
                             -28-

                              259

<PAGE>
                               payment  which solely  reimburses an Employee for
                   medical  or  medically   related  expenses  incurred  by  the
                   Employee.

                               For purposes of this Section,  a payment shall be
                   deemed to be made by or due from the Employer or other member
                   of the Controlled Group regardless of whether such payment is
                   made by or due  from the  Employer  or  other  member  of the
                   Controlled  Group  directly  or  indirectly  through,   among
                   others,  a trust fund,  or insurer,  to which the Employer or
                   other  member of the  Controlled  Group  contributes  or pays
                   premiums and regardless of whether  contributions made or due
                   to the  trust  fund,  insurer,  or other  entity  are for the
                   benefit of  particular  Employees or are on behalf of a group
                   of Employees in the aggregate.

                               The provisions of Department of Labor regulations
                   Section  2530.200b-2(b)  and (c) are  incorporated  herein by
                   reference.

                               Notwithstanding  the above,  an Employee for whom
                   records  of his  actual  number of Hours of  Service  are not
                   normally  maintained  shall  be  credited  with 10  Hours  of
                   Service for each day he would be required to be credited with
                   at least one Hour of Service as defined herein.

                         (2) Solely for the  purpose  of  determining  whether a
                   Participant has incurred a Break in Service, Hours of Service
                   shall be recognized  for a "maternity  or paternity  leave of
                   absence" as specified herein. A "maternity or paternity leave
                   of absence" shall mean an absence from work for any period by
                   reason  of  the   Participant's   pregnancy,   birth  of  the
                   Participant's   child,   placement   of  a  child   with  the
                   Participant in connection with the adoption of such child, or
                   any  absence  for the  purpose of caring for such child for a
                   period  immediately  following  such birth or placement.  For
                   this  purpose,  Hours of Service  shall be  credited  for the
                   computation  period in which the  absence  from work  begins,
                   only  if  credit   therefor  is   necessary  to  prevent  the
                   Participant  from incurring a one-year Break in Service,  or,
                   in any other case, in the immediately  following  computation
                   period.  The Hours of Service  credited for a  "maternity  or
                   paternity  leave  of  absence"  shall be  those  which  would
                   normally have been credited but for such absence,  or, in any
                   case in which the Plan  Administrator  is unable to determine
                   such hours normally credited, 8 Hours of Service per day. The
                   total  Hours  of  Service  required  to  be  credited  for  a
                   "maternity  or paternity  leave of absence"  shall not exceed
                   501.

                             -29-

                              260
<PAGE>
                         (3) If an Employee has been granted an Authorized Leave
                   of Absence or renders Detached Service,  he shall be credited
                   with Hours of Service  as if he had been  compensated  by the
                   Employer  for what  would have been his  regularly  scheduled
                   hours of work during the period of such  Authorized  Leave of
                   Absence  or  Detached  Service.  If the  Authorized  Leave of
                   Absence is due to  service in the Armed  Forces of the United
                   States,  in order to be credited  with Hours of Service under
                   this subsection (3), the Employee's absence must be caused by
                   war or other  emergency or the  Employee  must be required to
                   serve under the law of  conscription in time of place and the
                   Employee must return to employment  with the Employer  within
                   the period  provided by law. An Employee  for whom records of
                   his  actual  numbers  of Hours of  Service  are not  normally
                   maintained  shall be credited  with ten (10) Hours of Service
                   for each day of his Authorized Leave of Absence.

             (b)   Year of Service

                   A  twelve-month  computation  period during which an Employee
             completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

       (c)   Break in Service

                   A Plan Year or Eligibility Computation Period during which an
             Employee fails to complete at least 501 Hours of Service.

             (d)   Benefit Service

                         (1) The amount of the  benefit  payable to or on behalf
                   of a  Participant  shall be  determined  on the  basis of his
                   Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                   (i) Benefit Service Prior to January 1, 1976:
                         For a Participant as of January 1, 1976, if and only if
                         he had been covered  under the prior  provisions of the
                         Plan (or if he  would  have  been  covered  under  such
                         provisions  except by reason of his having attained his
                         55th birthday prior to the date he was  employed),  the
                         Participant's last period of continuous employment with
                         the  Employer  prior to  January  1, 1976 to  completed
                         months shall be counted as Benefit  Service,  including
                         such periods of Authorized  Absence or prior employment
                         that were credited  under the provisions of the Plan in
                         effect prior to January 1, 1976.
                             -30-

                              261

<PAGE>
                                   (ii) Benefit  Service From and After  January
                         1, 1976: Subject to the Break in Service provisions,  a
                         Participant  shall  accrue one year of Benefit  Service
                         for each  calendar  year in which he has  2,000 or more
                         Hours of Service,  with  fractional  credit  granted in
                         units of 1/12th year for each 166-2/3  Hours of Service
                         completed.  No Benefit Service shall be granted for any
                         calendar year in which less than 1,000 Hours of Service
                         were  completed  except  for  the  calendar  year  next
                         preceding  the  date  of  the   Participant's   initial
                         participation (or calendar year of return to employment
                         after a Break in Service) and the calendar  year of the
                         Participant's   Retirement  (or  other  Termination  of
                         Employment).

                         (2) Benefits under the Plan shall not be accrued during
                   employment which would exclude an Employee from participation
                   in  the  Plan  because  he was  not  or is  not  an  Eligible
                   Employee; provided, however, that this exclusion from benefit
                   accrual  shall  not  apply  to an  Employee  in a  collective
                   bargaining  unit not included in the Plan who becomes covered
                   by the  Plan  by  reason  of his  transfer  to an  employment
                   classification  included  in the Plan,  whether  or not he is
                   affected by the  provisions  of Section  10.05,  and provided
                   further that the exclusion  shall again apply if the Employee
                   is transferred  back to such collective  bargaining unit, but
                   only as to his  benefit  accruals  subsequent  to the date of
                   such latter transfer. In the event a Participant ceases to be
                   an Eligible  Employee  (eligible to accrue benefits under the
                   Plan) but remains an  Employee,  he shall  receive no Benefit
                   Service until he is again in eligible employment.

                         (3) If a  Participant  is  reemployed as an Employee by
                   the Employer  after having  qualified  for a deferred  Vested
                   Pension in accordance  with Section 10.04,  such  Participant
                   shall,  in lieu thereof,  have reinstated the Benefit Service
                   in effect when such  deferred  Vested  Pension was  acquired.
                   Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan  to the
                   contrary, no Benefit Service shall be counted with respect to
                   any participation  hereunder for which full settlement of the
                   Accrued Pension in the form of an Actuarially Equivalent lump
                   sum had been made; provided,  however, that if (i) a lump sum
                   settlement   was  less   than  the   present   value  of  the
                   Participant's   Accrued   Pension,   and  (ii)   the   former
                   Participant  to whom the lump sum  settlement  had been  made
                   repays said sum with  interest  at the rate of 5%  (effective
                   January 1, 1988,  at the rate of 120  percent of the  Federal
                   mid-term
                             -31-

                              262
<PAGE>
                               rate as in  effect  for the  first  month of each
                   Plan Year) from date of  distribution  to date of  repayment,
                   his  years  of  Benefit  Service  shall  be  restored.   Such
                   repayment must be made by the Participant  before the earlier
                   of 5 years after the Participant's  Reemployment Commencement
                   Date,  or the close of the  period  in which the  Participant
                   incurs five consecutive  one-year Breaks in Service following
                   the date of distribution.

                         (4) If a former  Participant who had a Break in Service
                   and who did not have a vested right in his Accrued Pension is
                   reemployed  on or after January 1, 1985, he shall be credited
                   with his pre-Break  Benefit  Service only if his  consecutive
                   one-year  Breaks in  Service  are less than the  greater of 5
                   years  or the  aggregate  number  of his  pre-Break  years of
                   Benefit Service.

                         (5) There shall be no  duplication  of Benefit  Service
                   under the Plan or any Prior Plan by reason of any restoration
                   or granting  of Benefit  Service nor shall more than one year
                   of Benefit Service be granted for any one calendar year.

             (e)   Detached Service

                   Service  rendered by an Employee  on an  Authorized  Leave of
             Absence pursuant to his detachment by and from his Employer for the
             purpose of engaging in other  employment  deemed by his Employer to
             be in its interest.

             (f)   Eligibility Year of Service

                   Each Eligibility  Computation Period during which an Employee
             has completed a Year of Service.  An Employee's initial Eligibility
             Computation  Period is the  twelve-month  period beginning with his
             Employment    Commencement   Date.   His   subsequent   Eligibility
             Computation Periods shall be the Plan Years, including as the first
             such  subsequent  Eligibility  Computation  Period the Plan Year in
             which the first Eligibility Computation Period ends.

             (g)   Vesting Year of Service

                         (1) Service  Prior to January 1, 1976:  The  Employee's
                   last period of continuous  employment with the Employer prior
                   to  January  1, 1976  stated as years and  completed  months,
                   including  any  periods  of  Authorized  Leaves of Absence or
                   prior  employment  that was credited  under the provisions of
                   the Plan in effect prior to January 1, 1976.
                             -32-

                              263
<PAGE>
                         (2)  Service On and After  January  1, 1976:  Each Plan
                   Year  during  which  an  Employee  has  completed  a Year  of
                   Service. A Participant's Vesting Years of Service are counted
                   from his Employment Commencement Date.

                         (3) There shall be no  duplication of service under the
                   Plan  or any  Prior  Plan by  reason  of any  restoration  or
                   granting of service,  nor shall more than one Vesting Year of
                   Service be granted in respect of any one calendar year.

             (h)   Bridging

                   Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan  to the
             contrary,  any former Participant who,  irrespective of the date of
             his Termination of Employment,  had not fulfilled the  requirements
             for vested  benefits  under Section 11.04 of the Plan including any
             prior  provision  hereof,  and who again was or is employed,  shall
             have  pre-termination  Vesting Years of Service and Benefit Service
             restored  if the number of  consecutive  years of  post-termination
             employment is at least 5.

             (i)   Special Provisions

                   Each Employee who is a Former GTE  Directories  Employee,  as
             defined in paragraph (e) of Section 13.03 of the ALLTEL Corporation
             Profit- Sharing Plan, shall be credited with  Eligibility  Years of
             Service and Vesting  Years of Service with respect to periods prior
             to October 15, 1993,  subject to the provisions of paragraph (d) of
             Section 10.04, equal to the years of eligibility  service and years
             of vesting  service with which he is credited  with respect to such
             periods  under  Sections  9.04 and 9.05 of the  ALLTEL  Corporation
             Profit-Sharing  Plan.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the
             Plan to the contrary,  there shall be no duplication of Eligibility
             Years of Service  or Vesting  Years of Service by reason of service
             (or hours of service) in respect of any single period or otherwise.

1.38   Social Security Covered Compensation

       The amount of annual  compensation  with respect to which social security
       benefits would be provided for an employee,  computed as though, for each
       year up to age 65,  his  annual  compensation  is at  least  equal to the
       Social  Security  Taxable  Wage Base under the Social  Security Act as of
       December 31, 1987 and as expressed in revised  Table I of Revenue  Ruling
       71-446 for that year.
                             -33-

                              264
<PAGE>
1.39   Social Security Retirement Age

       The age used as the  retirement  age for the  Participant  under  Section
       216(1) of the Social  Security  Act,  except that such  section  shall be
       applied  without  regard  to  the  age  increase  factor,  and  as if the
       retirement age under Section 216(1)(2) of such Act were 62.

1.40   Social Security Taxable Wage Base

       The  contribution  and  benefit  base  under  Section  230 of the  Social
       Security Act in effect at the beginning of the Plan Year.

1.41   Spouse

       The  person  to whom a  Participant  is  legally  married  at the time in
       question.

1.42   Termination of Employment

       A  termination  of  employment  with the  Employer or other member of the
       Controlled  Group following which the person is no longer employed by any
       member of the Controlled Group.

1.43   Total and Permanent Disability

       Permanent  incapacity  resulting  in the  Participant's  being  unable to
       engage  in  gainful  employment  at his  usual  occupation,  or any other
       occupation for which he is reasonably  suited by education,  training and
       experience,  by reason of any medically  demonstrable  physical or mental
       condition,  excluding,  however, (i) incapacity  contracted,  suffered or
       incurred  while the  Participant  was engaged in, or which  resulted from
       having engaged in, a felonious enterprise; (ii) incapacity resulting from
       or consisting of chronic  alcoholism or addition to drugs of abuse; (iii)
       incapacity  resulting from an intentionally  inflicted injury or illness;
       (iv)  incapacity  contracted,  suffered or incurred in the  employment of
       other  than  the  Employer,  including  self-employment;  (v)  incapacity
       resulting  from  injury or disease  incurred  while  serving in the armed
       forces of any country and for which a  government  disability  benefit is
       payable.

1.44   Trust Agreement and Trust

       The Agreement between the Company and the Trustee establishing the ALLTEL
       Corporation Pension Trust, as amended from time to time.
                             -34-

                              265
<PAGE>
1.45   Trustee

       The  entity  or  individual  or  individuals  designated  under the Trust
       Agreement  and includes  and denotes any  successor or successor in trust
       under the  Trust  Agreement,  unless  the  context  clearly  indicates  a
       contrary intention.

1.46   Trust Fund

       All cash,  securities,  real estate,  or any other  property  held by the
       Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Trust  Agreement,  together with the
       income therefrom.

1.47   Vested Pension

       The Accrued Pension as of any date multiplied by the appropriate  vesting
       percentage as of said date under the provisions of Section 10.04.
                             -35-

                              266
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE II
                         ADMINISTRATION


2.01   Plan Administrator

       The  Company   shall  be  the  Plan   Administrator   and  shall  be  the
       administrator  for  purposes  of the Act and the plan  administrator  for
       purposes of the Code.

2.02   Allocation of Authority and Responsibility Among Named
       Fiduciaries

       The  Company,  the Plan  Administrator,  and the Trustee  shall be "named
       fiduciaries"  as defined in Section  402(a)(2) of the Act. The  Employers
       shall have the sole  responsibility  for making  contributions  under the
       Plan,  as  determined  by the  Company.  The Company  shall have the sole
       responsibility  for appointing  one or more trustees as the Trustee.  The
       Plan   Administrator   shall  have  the  sole   responsibility   for  the
       administration of the Plan as provided herein.  Except to the extent that
       an  investment  manager has been  appointed,  the Trustee  shall have the
       responsibility  for the  administration and management of the Trust Fund,
       in  accordance  with the  provisions of the Trust  Agreement.  Each named
       fiduciary warrants that any directions given,  information furnished,  or
       action  taken by it shall be in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
       Plan,  unless  inconsistent with applicable law. Each named fiduciary may
       rely on any direction,  information or action of another named fiduciary.
       It is  intended  under  the  Plan  that  each  named  fiduciary  shall be
       responsible  for  the  proper   exercise  of  its  own  powers,   duties,
       responsibilities  and  obligations  under  the  Plan  and  shall  not  be
       responsible for any act or failure to act of another fiduciary (including
       named  fiduciaries)  if the  responsibility  or  authority  of the act or
       failure  to act  was  not  within  the  scope  of the  named  fiduciary's
       authority or delegated responsibility.  No fiduciary guarantees the Trust
       Fund in any  manner  against  investment  loss or  depreciation  in asset
       values.

2.03   Rights, Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator

       The Plan Administrator shall have all such powers and authority as may be
       necessary to discharge its responsibilities under the Plan, including the
       following rights, powers, and responsibilities:

             (1) The Plan Administrator  shall administer the plan uniformly and
             consistently with respect to persons who are similarly situated.

             (2) The Plan  Administrator  shall direct the Trustee in writing to
             make  payments  from the Trust Fund to persons who qualify for such
             payments hereunder. Such written order to the Trustee shall specify
             the name of the person,  his address,  and the amount and frequency
             of such payments.
                             -36-

                              267
<PAGE>

             (3) The Plan Administrator  shall have the sole  responsibility for
             the  administration  of the Plan; and,  except as herein  expressly
             provided,   the  Plan   Administrator   shall  have  the  exclusive
             discretionary  power and  authority to  interpret  and construe the
             provisions  of the  Plan  and to  determine  any  question  arising
             hereunder or in  connection  with the  administration  of the Plan,
             including  the  remedying  of  any   omission,   inconsistency   or
             ambiguity,  and its decision or action in respect  thereof shall be
             conclusive   and   binding   upon   any   and   all   Participants,
             Beneficiaries,   and   their   heirs,   distributees,    executors,
             administrators and assigns.

             (4) The Plan Administrator  shall resolve all questions relating to
             participation  in the Plan and  determine the amount,  manner,  and
             timing of the payment of benefits under the Plan.

             (5) The  Plan  Administrator  shall  maintain  such  records  as it
             determines  are necessary,  appropriate,  or convenient to properly
             administer the Plan.

             (6) The Plan  Administrator  may adopt rules and procedures for the
             administration of the Plan that are not inconsistent with the terms
             of the Plan.

             (7) The Plan  Administrator  may employ such counsel and agents for
             administrative,  clerical,  legal,  medical,  accounting,  or other
             services as it may require in carrying  out the  provisions  of the
             Plan.

             (8)  The  Plan  Administrator   shall  prepare  and  distribute  to
             Participants or their Beneficiaries all information  required under
             federal law or by the other provisions of the Plan.

             (9) The Plan  Administrator  shall  prepare and file all reports or
             other information required by applicable law.

2.04   Discharge of Duties

       Each  fiduciary  under the Plan shall  discharge its duties solely in the
       interest of Participants  and their  Beneficiaries in accordance with the
       applicable provisions of Section 404 of the Act.

2.05   Indemnification

       The Company  shall  indemnify  any  officer,  director,  or employee of a
       member  of  the  Controlled  Group  to  whom  any  power,  authority,  or
       responsibility under the Plan is allocated or delegated for any liability
       actually and reasonably  incurred with respect to the exercise or failure
       to exercise such power, authority, or
                             -37-
     
                              268
<PAGE>
       responsibility,  unless such  liability  results  from such  person's own
       gross negligence or willful misconduct.

2.06   Compensation and Expenses

       No  person  who  already  receives  full-time  pay from a  member  of the
       Controlled  Group shall receive  compensation  from the Plan,  except for
       reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred.

2.07   Committee

             (a) The Company, by action of its Board of Directors,  may allocate
             or   delegate   any   or  all  of   its   powers,   authority,   or
             responsibilities  as Plan  Administrator  to a Committee of no less
             than three persons.  Nothing contained herein shall be construed to
             prevent any Participant or any director,  officer, or employee of a
             member of the  Controlled  Group  from  serving  as a member of the
             Committee.

             (b) Any action  authorized,  permitted,  or required to be taken by
             the Committee may be taken by a majority of its members at the time
             acting  hereunder,  except that no member of the Committee who is a
             Participant  shall take any part in any action  relating  solely to
             his participation. The decision of the majority may be expressed by
             a vote at a  meeting  of the  Committee,  or in  writing  without a
             meeting.  Any direction or certification  required or authorized to
             be given by the  Committee  shall be in  writing  and  signed  by a
             majority of the members of the Committee,  or by such member as may
             be  designated  by an  instrument  in writing  signed by all of the
             members thereof. The Committee shall keep a permanent record of its
             meetings and actions.

             (c) The  Committee may from time to time allocate to one or more of
             its members and may delegate to any other persons or  organizations
             any of its  rights,  powers,  duties  and  responsi  bilities  with
             respect to the  operation and  administration  of the Plan that are
             permitted  to be  delegated  under  the Act  unless  delegation  is
             expressly  prohibited  by the  terms  of  the  Plan  or  the  Trust
             Agreement.  Any  such  allocation  or  delegation  will  be made in
             writing, will be reviewed  periodically by the Committee,  and will
             be terminable  upon such notice as the Committee in its  discretion
             deems  reasonable  and proper under the  circumstances.  Whenever a
             person or  organization  has the power and authority under the Plan
             to delegate  discretionary  authority respecting the administration
             of the Plan to  another  person  or  organization,  the  delegating
             party's  responsibility  with respect to such delegation is limited
             to the  selection of the person to whom  authority is delegated and
             the periodic  review of such person's  performance  and  compliance
             with  applicable  law and  regulations.  Any  breach  of  fiduciary
             responsibility by the person to
                             -38-

                              269
<PAGE>
                   whom  authority has been delegated  which is not  proximately
             caused by the  delegating  party's  failure to  properly  select or
             supervise,  and in  which  breach  the  delegating  party  does not
             otherwise  participate,  will not be  considered  a  breach  by the
             delegating party, to the extent permitted by law.

             (c) The Company, by action of its Board of Directors, may from time
             to time remove members of the Committee and add members thereto.  A
             member of the  Committee  may,  at any time,  notify the Company in
             writing  of his  intent  to  resign  from the  Committee,  and such
             resignation  shall  be  effective  as  of  the  date  such  written
             notification  is  received by the  Company,  unless a later date is
             specified therein.  Vacancies occurring in the Committee whether by
             reason of resignation, removal, death or otherwise, shall be filled
             by the Board of Directors.

             (d) The  Committee may from time to time  formulate  such rules and
             regulations  for  its  organization  and  the  transaction  of  its
             business  as it  deems  suitable  and as are  consistent  with  the
             provisions of the Plan and the Trust Agreement.

2.08   Administrative Expenses

       The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion,  direct the Trustee to pay
       from the Trust Fund all  administrative  expenses  of the Plan and Trust,
       including  the   compensation  of  all  persons   employed  by  the  Plan
       Administrator.  To the extent such  expenses  are not paid from the Trust
       Fund,  they  shall be paid  directly  by the  Company  and/or  the  other
       Employers.  Any  expenses to be paid by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund
       shall  be  approved  by the  Plan  Administrator  before  payment  by the
       Trustee.

                             -39-

                              270
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE III
                       GENERAL PROVISIONS


3.01   Adoption of the Plan by Other Employers

       Any member of the Controlled  Group may, with the consent of the Company,
       adopt the Plan and thereby  become an Employer  hereunder by executing an
       instrument  evidencing  such  adoption  on  the  order  of its  board  of
       directors.  Such  instrument  shall  specify  the  effective  date of the
       adoption.

3.02   No Contract of Employment

       Nothing herein  contained  shall be construed to constitute a contract of
       employment   between  the   Employer  and  any  Employee  nor  shall  the
       maintenance  of the Plan  affect the  Employer's  right to  discharge  or
       otherwise  discipline  Employees.  The employment records of the Employer
       and the  Trustee's  records shall be final and binding upon all Employees
       as to eligibility and participation.

3.03   Restrictions Upon Assignments and Creditor's Claims

             (a) Except as may be otherwise provided in the Plan, no Participant
             or Beneficiary shall have any power to assign, pledge,  encumber or
             transfer  any interest in the Trust Fund while the same shall be in
             the possession of the Trustee. Any such attempt at alienation shall
             be  void.  No  such  interest   shall  be  subject  to  attachment,
             garnishment,  execution,  levy  or any  other  legal  or  equitable
             proceeding  or process and any attempt to so subject such  interest
             shall be void.  The  foregoing  provisions of this  paragraph  (a),
             however,  shall not preclude (i) the  enforcement  of a Federal tax
             levy  made  pursuant  to  Section  6331 of the  Code  or  (ii)  the
             collection  by the United  States on a judgment  resulting  from an
             unpaid tax assessment.

             (b)  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  this  Section 3.03 shall not
             apply to a  qualified  domestic  relations  order,  as  defined  in
             Section 414(p) of the Code. The Plan Administrator  shall establish
             a procedure to determine the qualified status of domestic relations
             orders and to administer distributions under such qualified orders.
             The Plan  Administrator  shall promptly  notify the Participant and
             each alternate payee of the receipt of any State domestic relations
             order and the procedure which the Plan Administrator will follow in
             determining  whether the order  constitutes  a  qualified  domestic
             relations order, as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
                             -40-

                              271
<PAGE>
3.04   Facility of Payment

       If any  person to whom a benefit  under the Plan is  payable is unable to
       care for his affairs because of illness or accident,  any payment due may
       be paid,  in the  discretion  of the Plan  Administrator,  to the Spouse,
       child,  brother or sister of such person,  or to any other persons deemed
       by the  Plan  Administrator  to be  maintaining  or  responsible  for the
       maintenance  of such person  (unless prior claim therefor shall have been
       made by a duly  qualified  guardian or other legal  representative).  Any
       payment made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 3.04 shall
       be a complete  discharge of any  liabilities  of the Plan with respect to
       the benefit so paid.

3.05   Restriction of Claims Against Trust

       The Trust and the corpus and income  thereof  shall not be subject to the
       rights or claims of any  creditor of the  Employer or  Controlled  Group.
       Neither the  establishment  of the Trust,  the  modification of the Trust
       Agreement,  the  creation of any fund or account,  nor the payment of any
       benefits shall be construed as giving any Participant or any other person
       any legal or equitable  rights against the Controlled Group or any of its
       officers,  employees,  directors, or shareholders,  or the Trustee unless
       the same shall be specifically provided for in the Plan.

3.06   Benefits Payable from Trust

       All benefits  payable under the Plan shall be paid or provided for solely
       from the Trust.

3.07   Merger and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities

       The Plan shall not be merged or  consolidated  with any other  plan,  nor
       shall any assets or  liabilities  of the Plan be  transferred  to another
       plan, unless, immediately after such merger,  consolidation,  or transfer
       of assets,  each Participant  would receive a benefit equal to or greater
       than  the  benefit  he would  have  received  if the Plan had  terminated
       immediately prior to the merger, consolidation or transfer.

3.08   Applicable Law

       To the extent not  preempted by federal law, the  provisions  of the Plan
       shall be construed,  regulated,  and  administered in accordance with the
       laws of the  State of  Delaware.  The  invalidity  or  illegality  of any
       provision  of the Plan shall not affect the  legality  or validity of any
       other part thereof.
                             -41-

                              272
<PAGE>

3.09   Reversion of Employer Contributions

       At no time  shall any part of the  corpus or income of the Trust  Fund be
       used for or diverted to purposes other than for the exclusive  benefit of
       Participants and their Beneficiaries. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a
       contribution  to the Trust is made by the  Employer by a mistake in fact,
       such contribution shall be returned to the Employer within one year after
       the payment of the  contribution to the Trust if the Employer so directs.
       If a contribution by the Employer is conditioned on initial qualification
       of the Plan  under  Section  401 of the  Code,  and if the Plan  does not
       qualify,  then such contribution shall be returned to the Employer within
       one year  after  the date of denial of  qualification  of the Plan.  If a
       contribution  to the Trust is not fully  deductible by the Employer under
       Section 404 of the Code, then, to the extent the deduction is disallowed,
       such a  contribution  shall be returned to the  Employer  within one year
       after the disallowance of the deduction.  Unless  otherwise  specified in
       writing,  contributions made by the Employer to the Trust shall be deemed
       to be conditioned upon the initial qualification of the Plan and upon the
       deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of the Code.
                             -42-

                              273
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE IV
                       CLAIMS PROCEDURES


4.01   Claim for Benefits

       If any  claim  for  benefits  filed by any  person  under  the Plan  (the
       "claimant") is denied in whole or in part, the Plan  Administrator  shall
       issue a written notice of such decision to the claimant. The notice shall
       be issued to the  claimant as soon as possible but in no event later than
       90 days from the date the claim for benefits was filed. The notice issued
       by the Plan  Administrator  shall be written in a manner calculated to be
       understood by the claimant, and shall include the following:

             (1)   the specific reason or reasons for any
             denial of benefits;

             (2)   the specific Plan provisions on which any
             denial is based;

             (3) a description of any further  material or information  which is
             necessary for the claimant to perfect his claim and an  explanation
             of why the material or information is needed; and

             (4)   an explanation of the Plan's claim review
             procedure.

       If the Plan Administrator fails to respond to a claim for benefits,  such
       claim shall be deemed to have been denied.

4.02   Review

       If the Plan  Administrator  denies a claim  for  benefits  in whole or in
       part, or the claim is otherwise deemed to have been denied,  the claimant
       or  his  duly   authorized   representative   may   submit  to  the  Plan
       Administrator  a written request for review of the claim denial within 60
       days of the  mailing  of the notice or deemed  denial of his  claim.  The
       claimant or his duly authorized representative may:

             (1)   review pertinent documents; and

             (2)  submit  issues  and  comments  in  writing  to which  the Plan
             Administrator shall respond.

       The Plan  Administrator  shall  furnish a written  decision on review not
       later than sixty days after receipt of the written  request for review of
       the claim denial,  unless special  circumstances  require an extension of
       the time for processing the appeal. If an extension of time for review is
       required  because  of  special  circumstances,   written  notice  of  the
       extension shall be furnished to the claimant
                             -43-

                              274
<PAGE>
       prior to the  commencement of the extension,  and the Plan  Administrator
       shall furnish a written decision on review not later than one hundred and
       twenty days after receipt of the written  request for review of the claim
       denial.  If a written  decision on review is not  furnished  within sixty
       days (or one hundred  twenty days,  if  applicable)  after receipt of the
       written request for review of the claim denial, the claim shall be deemed
       denied on review.  The  decision on review  shall be in writing and shall
       include specific  reasons for the decision,  shall be written in a manner
       calculated to be understood by the claimant,  and shall contain  specific
       references  to the  pertinent  Plan  provisions  on which the decision is
       based.
                             -44-

                              275
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE V
                   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


5.01   Amendment and Termination of the Plan

       The Company  expressly  reserves the right,  at any time and from time to
       time, by action of or pursuant to authority of its Board of Directors:

             (1)   to terminate the Plan in whole or in part;
             and/or

             (2)   to amend the Plan in any respect.

       A Participant's accrued benefit shall not be decreased by an amendment to
       the Plan, except as may be permitted under Section 411 of the Code.

       Any termination or amendment shall be evidenced by an instrument executed
       on behalf of the Company by an  authorized  officer.  No  termination  or
       amendment  shall  increase  the duties or  responsibilities  of a Trustee
       without its consent thereto in writing.

       Promptly  after  any  amendment  of the Plan has  become  effective,  the
       Company  shall cause a copy of such  amendment  to be filed with the Plan
       Administrator and with the Trustee.

5.02   Procedure Upon Termination

             (a) In the event of termination or partial  termination of the Plan
             in accordance with this Article V or otherwise,  or upon a complete
             discontinuance  of contributions  under the Plan within the meaning
             of  Section  401(a)(7)  of  the  Code,  the  Trust  Fund  shall  be
             allocated,  subject to provisions for expenses of administration or
             liquidation, for the following purposes and in the following manner
             and order to the extent of the sufficiency of such assets:

                         (1) First,  to provide  Pensions  with  respect to that
                   portion of a  Participant's  Accrued  Pension that is derived
                   from the  Participant's  contributions  to a Prior  Plan,  as
                   specified   in   Article   XII,   that  were  not   mandatory
                   contributions, if any;

                         (2) Second,  to provide  Pensions  with respect to that
                   portion of a  Participant's  Accrued  Pension that is derived
                   from the  Participant's  mandatory  contributions  to a Prior
                   Plan, as specified in Article XII, if any;
                             -45-

                              276
<PAGE>

                         (3) Third, to provide Pensions to retired Participants,
                   surviving   Spouses,   or  Beneficiaries,   whose  retirement
                   benefits  commenced  three or more years prior to the date of
                   the termination of the Plan,  based on the Plan provisions in
                   effect  during  the  five-year  period  prior  to the date of
                   termination  of the Plan under which such  benefits  would be
                   the least;

                         (4)  Fourth,  to provide  retirement  benefits to other
                   Participants,   surviving  Spouses,  or  Beneficiaries,  with
                   vested interests that would have been in pay status as of the
                   beginning of the three year period  ending on the date of the
                   termination of the Plan if the  Participant had retired prior
                   to the  beginning  of such three year  period and his Pension
                   had commenced in the normal form of annuity under the Plan as
                   of the beginning of such period,  based on Plan provisions in
                   effect during the  five-year  period prior to the date of the
                   termination  of the Plan under which the benefit would be the
                   least;

                         (5)  Fifth,  to  provide  retirement  benefits  to  all
                   retired  Participants,  surviving Spouses,  or Beneficiaries,
                   active  Participants  and  former  Participants  with  vested
                   interests  based on the  retirement  benefits  guaranteed  on
                   their  behalf by the  Pension  Benefit  Guaranty  Corporation
                   under  the  provisions  of  the  Employee  Retirement  Income
                   Security  Act  of  1974,   less  any  amounts  set  forth  in
                   paragraphs (1) and (2) of this subsection (a).

                         (6)  Sixth,  to  provide  retirement  benefits  to  all
                   retired Participants, surviving Spouses, active Participants,
                   and former  Participants with vested interests based on their
                   non-forfeitable  retirement benefits in excess of the amounts
                   payable under  paragraph (3) of this subsection (a) as of the
                   date of the termination of the Plan;

                         (7)   Seventh, to provide all other
                   benefits under the Plan.

             (b) To the extent  that the  available  funds are  insufficient  to
             provide in full the Pensions specified under subsection (a) of this
             Section  5.02,  the  Pensions  to be  provided  for the  classes of
             persons specified by the respective  paragraphs shall be reduced as
             follows:

                         (1) If the insufficiency of funds pertains to paragraph
                   (1), (2),  (3), (4), or (5) of subsection  (a), the available
                   funds shall be  allocated  pro rata among all such persons on
                   the basis of the present value (as of the  termination  date)
                   of  their  respective  Pensions  to be  provided  under  such
                   paragraphs;
                             -46-

                              277
<PAGE>
                         (2) If the insufficiency of funds pertains to paragraph
                   (6) or (7) of subsection (a), the available funds shall first
                   be applied  to  provide  for the  persons  specified  in such
                   paragraph the Pensions to which they would have been entitled
                   under  such  paragraph  if the  provisions  of the Plan as in
                   effect at the  beginning of the 5-year  period  ending on the
                   date of Plan  termination  had  remained in effect  until the
                   date of Plan  termination.  If the funds are  insufficient to
                   provide  such  Pensions in full,  the Pensions to be provided
                   shall be proportionately  reduced. If the funds are more than
                   sufficient to provide such Pensions, they shall be applied to
                   provide Pensions for such persons  determined on the basis of
                   the  provisions  of the Plan as  amended  by the most  recent
                   amendment effective during such 5-year period under which the
                   funds available for allocation are sufficient to provide such
                   Pensions in full,  and any funds  remaining  to be  allocated
                   under such paragraph shall be allocated pro rata on the basis
                   of the  provisions  of  the  Plan  as  amended  by  the  next
                   succeeding Plan amendment effective during such period.

             (c)  Notwithstanding  any other provisions of the Plan with respect
             to reversion,  any funds  remaining in the Trust Fund after funding
             in full the  Pensions  provided for in  subsection  (a) above shall
             revert to the Employers, as determined by the Company.

             (d)  All  Pensions  to  be  provided   pursuant  to  the  foregoing
             provisions of this Section 5.02 shall be subject to the  provisions
             of Section 5.03 and to Section 16.02 and may be implemented through
             the  continuance  of  the  Trust  Fund  existing  on  the  date  of
             termination  of the Plan,  through the  creation of one or more new
             Trust Funds for that  purpose,  through the  purchase of  insurance
             company  annuity  contracts,   or  through  a  combination  of  the
             foregoing media as determined by the Plan Administrator.

5.03   Non-Forfeitability Upon Termination of Plan

       Upon  termination  or partial  termination of the Plan, the rights of all
       affected  Participants  to the  benefits  accrued  to the  date  of  such
       termination or partial termination, to the extent funded as of such date,
       shall be nonforfeitable.

5.04   Internal Revenue Service Requirements

       Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the Plan to the  contrary,  to
       conform to the  requirements of U.S.  Treasury  Regulations,  the benefit
       payable under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations:
                             -47-

                              278
<PAGE>

             (a)  If  the  Plan  is  terminated,  the  benefit  of  any  "highly
             compensated  employee" or "highly  compensated former employee," as
             defined  in  Section  414(q) of the  Code,  shall be  limited  to a
             benefit that is  nondiscriminatory  under Section  401(a)(4) of the
             Code.

             (b) The  annual  payments  in any one year to any of the 25  highly
             compensated  employees or highly  compensated former employees with
             the greatest compensation (hereinafter referred to as a "restricted
             employee")  in the  current  or any prior  year shall not exceed an
             amount  equal to the  payments  that would be made on behalf of the
             restricted  employee  under (1) a straight life annuity that is the
             actuarial  equivalent of the restricted  employee's accrued portion
             and other  benefits  to which the  restricted  employee is entitled
             under the Plan (other than a Social Security  supplement),  and (2)
             the amount of the payments the  restricted  employee is entitled to
             receive under a Social  Security  supplement.  For purposes of this
             paragraph (b) "benefit"  includes,  among other benefits,  loans in
             excess of the amounts set forth in Section 72(p)(2)(A) of the Code,
             any periodic  income,  any  withdrawal  values  payable to a living
             employee,  and any death  benefits not provided for by insurance on
             the restricted  employee's  life. The foregoing  provisions of this
             paragraph (b) shall not apply, however, if:

                         (i)  After  payment  to a  restricted  employee  of all
                   benefits  payable to the restricted  employee under the Plan,
                   the value of Plan assets equals or exceeds 110 percent of the
                   value  of  "current   liabilities,"  as  defined  in  Section
                   412(b)(7) of the Code, (each value being determined as of the
                   same   date   in   accordance   with   applicable    Treasury
                   regulations);

                         (ii) The value of the benefits  payable  under the Plan
                   to or for a  restricted  employee is less than one percent of
                   the value of current liabilities before distribution; or

                         (iii) The value of benefits  payable  under the Plan to
                   or for a  restricted  employee  does not  exceed  the  amount
                   described in Section 411(a)(11)(A) of the Code.
                             -48-

                              279
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE VI
         TRUST AGREEMENT, TRUST FUND, AND CONTRIBUTIONS


6.01   Trust Agreement and Trust Fund

       The  Company  shall  execute one or more Trust  Agreements  (collectively
       referred to as the "Trust Agreement") with a trustee or trustees selected
       by the Company under the terms of which a Trust Fund will be  established
       for the purpose of receiving or holding  contributions  made to the Plan,
       as well as interest and other income on  investments  of such funds,  and
       for the purpose of paying benefits  provided by the Plan. The Company may
       modify the Trust  Agreement  from time to time to accomplish the purposes
       of the Plan,  may  remove  any  Trustee,  and may  select  any  successor
       trustee. The Trust Agreement and the Trust maintained thereunder shall be
       deemed  to be a part of the Plan as if fully  set  forth  herein  and the
       provisions of the Trust  Agreement are hereby  incorporated  by reference
       into the Plan.

6.02   Irrevocability

       The Trust Fund shall be used to pay benefits as provided in the Plan.  No
       part of the  principal  or  income  of the  Fund  shall be used  for,  or
       diverted to,  purposes other than those provided in the Plan, and no part
       of the Trust  Fund  shall  revert  to the  Company  or any  member of the
       Controlled Group except as may be otherwise  specifically  provided under
       the Plan and/or Trust Agreement.

6.03   Employer Contributions

       The  Employer  will  make  such  contributions  to the  Trust  Fund as is
       necessary to maintain the Plan on a sound actuarial basis; provided that,
       as a minimum  contribution,  the  Employer  intends to pay to the Trustee
       such amounts as may be necessary  to meet the minimum  funding  standards
       established  under the Employee  Retirement  Income Security Act of 1974.
       Any forfeitures  arising from the Termination of Employment or death of a
       Participant,  or for any  other  reason,  shall  be used  to  reduce  the
       Employer  contributions  under  the  Plan and  shall  not be  applied  to
       increase the benefits any Participant  would otherwise  receive under the
       Plan at any  time  prior to the  termination  of the Plan or prior to the
       complete discontinuance of Employer contributions under the Plan.

6.04   Employee Contributions

       No Participant  shall be required or allowed to make any  contribution to
       the Trust Fund established under the Plan.
                             -49-

                              280
<PAGE>

6.05   Benefits Payable Only from Trust Fund

       All  benefits  paid  under the Plan  shall be paid from the Trust Fund or
       from any insurance  contract  established  under  Section  6.06,  and the
       Employer  shall not be otherwise  liable for benefits  payable  under the
       Plan.

6.06   Optional Provision for Benefits

       The Company  reserves  the right to change at any time the means  through
       which  the  benefits  under the Plan  shall be  provided,  including  the
       substitution  of a contract or  contracts  with an  insurance  company or
       companies,  and may  thereupon  make  suitable  provision  for the use of
       assets of the Trust Fund to provide  for the  payment of  benefits  under
       such insurance  contract or contracts.  No such change shall constitute a
       termination of the Plan or result in the diversion to the Employer of any
       funds previously contributed hereunder.

6.07   Commingling Authorized

       As permitted in the Trust  Agreement,  the Trust Fund held under the Plan
       may be commingled for investment purposes with any trust funds held under
       other employee benefit plans of the Controlled Group, provided such other
       funds qualify as tax exempt under the applicable provisions of the Code.

                             -50-

                              281
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE VII
                 MAXIMUM LIMITATION ON PENSION


7.01   Maximum Limitation on Pensions

             (a)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of  the  Plan  to  the
             contrary,  in  no  event  shall  the  annual  amount  of a  Pension
             attributable to Employer  contributions payable to a Participant in
             the mode of a single-life annuity commencing on his Social Security
             Retirement Age, exceed the lesser of --

                         (1)  $90,000,  automatically  adjusted  effective as of
                   January 1st of each calendar year after 1987 for increases in
                   the cost of living, if any, in accordance with regulations or
                   other pronouncements  issued by the Secretary of the Treasury
                   or Commissioner of Internal Revenue,  for such calendar year,
                   under the authority granted by Section 415(d) of the Internal
                   Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time; and

                         (2)   100%   of  the   Participant's   average   annual
                   compensation  for the 3  consecutive  calendar  years  during
                   which he received his greatest  aggregate  compensation  from
                   the  Employer and during  which he was a  Participant  in the
                   Plan. For purposes of this Section 7.01,  compensation  shall
                   mean compensation as defined in Treasury  Regulation  Section
                   1.415-2(d),  but  limited as to dollar  amount as provided in
                   the last two sentences of Section  1.14(a).  (This limitation
                   shall also apply to benefits  commencing  on a  Participant's
                   retirement date other than his Normal Retirement Date.)

                               In the event  that the annual  Pension  otherwise
                   payable to a  Participant  who has retired or otherwise had a
                   Termination  of  Employment  has been  limited  by the dollar
                   limitation in clause (1) above,  such limited  annual Pension
                   shall  be  increased  in   accordance   with  any   automatic
                   cost-of-living  adjustments in such dollar  limitations  made
                   pursuant to said clause (1).

             (b) For  purposes  of this  Section  7.01,  all  qualified  defined
             benefit plans  (whether  terminated or not) ever  maintained by the
             Employer  shall be treated as one  defined  benefit  plan,  and all
             qualified defined  contribution  plans (whether  terminated or not)
             ever  maintained  by the  Employer  shall be treated as one defined
             contribution plan.

             (c) In the event that the annual Pension payable to the Participant
             under the Plan and all other defined  benefit plans of the Employer
             does not exceed
                             -51-

                              282
<PAGE>
                   $10,000  for the Plan Year or any prior  Plan  Year,  and the
             Employer  has  not  at  anytime   maintained  a  separate   defined
             contribution  plan  in  which  the  Participant  participated,  the
             limitation otherwise imposed by this Section 7.01 shall not apply.

             (d) In the  event  that a  Participant  has  less  than 10 years of
             participation,  the limitations referred to in subsection (a)(1) of
             this Section 7.01 shall be multiplied by a fraction,  the numerator
             of which is the Participant's  number of years of participation (or
             part thereof) and the denominator of which is 10.

             (e) In the event that a Participant  has less than 10 Vesting Years
             of Service,  the limitations  referred to in subsections (a)(2) and
             (c) of this Section  7.01 shall be  multiplied  by a fraction,  the
             numerator of which is the Participant's  number of Vesting Years of
             Service (or part thereof) and the denominator of which is 10.

             (f)  To the  extent  provided  by  regulations  promulgated  by the
             Secretary of the Treasury,  the foregoing  subsections  (d) and (e)
             shall be applied  separately  with  respect  to each  change in the
             benefit structure of the Plan.

             (g) If the mode of  Pension  payment  is other  than a  single-life
             annuity or a qualified  joint and survivor  annuity,  the amount of
             Pension  under  such  other  mode of  payment  shall not exceed the
             actuarial  equivalent of the maximum annual  pension  payable under
             this  Section  7.01 and based on the greater of the  interest  rate
             assumption under Section 1.03 of the Plan or 5% per year.

             (h) If the  annual  Pension  commences  prior to the  Participant's
             attainment of Social  Security  Retirement  Age, such Pension shall
             not exceed an amount which is adjusted so that it is the  actuarial
             equivalent of the  limitation set forth in clause (1) of subsection
             (a) above (determined as of the date the annual Pension commences).
             The adjustment provided for in the preceding sentence shall be made
             in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe which
             is consistent  with the reduction  for old-age  insurance  benefits
             commencing  before the  Social  Security  Retirement  Age under the
             Social  Security Act and based on the greater of the interest  rate
             assumption under Section 1.03 of the Plan or 5% per year.

             (i)  If  the  annual  Pension  commences  after  the  Participant's
             attainment of Social  Security  Retirement  Age, such Pension shall
             not exceed an amount which is adjusted so that it is the  actuarial
             equivalent of the  limitation set forth in clause (1) of subsection
             (a) above (determined as of the date the annual Pension commences).
             The adjustment provided
                             -52-

                              283
<PAGE>
                   for in the preceding sentence shall be made in such manner as
             the Secretary of the Treasury may prescribe  based on the lesser of
             the interest rate  assumption  under Section 1.03 of the Plan or on
             an assumption of 5% per year.

             (j) In no event  shall a  Participant  be  entitled  to  receive  a
             Pension  in an amount  which  would  cause  the sum of the  Defined
             Benefit Plan  Fraction and the Defined  Contribution  Plan Fraction
             (as hereafter  defined) to exceed 1.0 for any  Limitation  Year (as
             hereafter  defined).  In the event said sum of the Defined  Benefit
             Plan  Fraction and the Defined  Contribution  Plan  Fraction  would
             otherwise  exceed  1.0 for any  Limitation  Year  beginning  before
             January 1, 1995, the annual addition under the Defined Contribution
             Plan Fraction shall be limited so that the sum of the two fractions
             hereunder  does  not  exceed  the  foregoing  1.0  limitation.  For
             Limitation  Years  beginning  after December 31, 1994, in the event
             said sum of the  Defined  Benefit  Plan  Fraction  and the  Defined
             Contribution  Plan Fraction  would exceed 1.0, the numerator  (i.e.
             the pension) of the Defined  Benefit Plan Fraction shall be limited
             so that the sum of the two fractions  does not exceed the foregoing
             1.0 limitation.  The Plan  Administrator  shall advise any affected
             Participant  of any  additional  limitation  on his annual  benefit
             required by this paragraph.

                   For purposes of the foregoing paragraph:

                         (1)  The  "Defined   Benefit  Plan  Fraction"  for  any
                   Limitation Year is a fraction,  the numerator of which is the
                   Participant's  projected  pension  under such plan subject to
                   Section  415 of the  Code,  determined  as of the  end of the
                   Limitation  Year, and the  denominator of which is the lesser
                   of --

                                   (A)  the product of 1.25
                        multiplied by the limitation of
                      clause (i) of subsection (a) of this
                         Section 4.05; or

                                   (B)  the product of 1.4
                         multiplied by the limitation of
                         clause (ii) of subsection (a) of this
                         Section 4.05.

                               The  limitations  under this  clause (i) shall be
                   adjusted  in  accordance  with  subsections  (d) and (e),  if
                   applicable.

                         (2) The "Defined  Contribution  Plan  Fraction" for any
                   Limitation Year is a fraction,  the numerator of which is the
                   sum of the annual  additions  (as  defined in the  applicable
                   defined  contribution  plans)  to the  Participant's  account
                   under all the defined  contribution  plans  maintained by the
                   Employer  regardless of whether any such plans are terminated
                   for the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the
                   annual additions
                             -53-

                              284
<PAGE>
                               attributable to the Participant's  non-deductible
                   employee  contributions to this and all other defined benefit
                   plans  maintained by the Employer,  regardless of whether any
                   such plans are  terminated),  and the denominator of which is
                   the sum of the Maximum  Aggregate Amounts for the current and
                   all  prior  Limitation  Years of  service  with the  Employer
                   (regardless  of  whether  a  defined  contribution  plan  was
                   maintained by the Employer).  The Maximum Aggregate Amount in
                   any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125% of the dollar limit
                   on contributions  under defined  contribution plans contained
                   in Internal Revenue Code Section 415(c)(1)(A), as amended, or
                   25% of the  Participant's  compensation  for  such  year,  as
                   defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-2(d).

                               If an Employee was a  Participant  in one or more
                   defined  contribution  plans maintained by the Employer which
                   were in  existence  on July 1, 1982,  the  numerator  of this
                   fraction will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and the
                   Defined  Benefit Plan  Fraction  would  otherwise  exceed 1.0
                   under the terms of the Plan. Under the adjustment,  an amount
                   equal  to the  product  of (A) the  excess  of the sum of the
                   fractions over 1.0 multiplied by (B) the  denominator of this
                   fraction,  will be permanently  subtracted from the numerator
                   of this  fraction.  The  adjustment is  calculated  using the
                   fractions  as they would be  computed  as of the later of the
                   end of the last Limitation  Year beginning  before January 1,
                   1983 or June 30, 1983.  This adjustment also will be made if,
                   at the  end of the  last  Limitation  Year  beginning  before
                   January 1, 1984, the sum of the fractions exceeds 1.0 because
                   of   accruals  or   additions   that  were  made  before  the
                   limitations of this Section 4.05 became effective to any plan
                   of the Employer in existence on July 1, 1982.

                         (3)  "Limitation  Year"  shall,  for  the  purposes  of
                   Section 415 of the Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended
                   from time to time, mean the 12-month period  beginning on the
                   first day of each calendar year.

             (k)  This  Section  7.01 of the  Plan  shall  apply  to Plan  Years
             beginning on and after January 1, 1987.
                             -54-

                              285
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE VIII
                      TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS


8.01   Definitions

       For purposes of this Article, the following terms, when used with initial
       capital letters, shall have the following respective meanings:

             (a)   Aggregation Group

                   Permissive  Aggregation Group or Required  Aggregation Group,
             as the context shall require.

             (b)   Average Compensation

                   The Participant's Compensation within the meaning of Treasury
             Regulation Section 1.415-2(d)  averaged over the 5 consecutive Plan
             Years  (excluding  Plan Years before  January 1, 1984 or Plan Years
             after the last Plan Year during which the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan)
             in which the Participant  earned a Vesting Year of Service (if such
             Vesting  Year of Service  is not  disregarded  pursuant  to Section
             10.04) and in which the  Participant's  aggregate  compensation was
             the greatest.  If the Participant did not receive compensation in 5
             such Plan Years, his compensation shall be averaged over the lesser
             number of such Plan Years.

             (c)   Compensation

                   Compensation  as  defined  in  Treasury   regulation  Section
             1.415-2(d) and including  wages,  salaries,  fees for  professional
             services,  commissions,  bonuses,  tips,  compensation  based  on a
             percentage of profits, earned income in the case of a self-employed
             Participant,  disability payments under Section 105(d) of the Code,
             paid or reimbursed  moving expenses to the extent not deductible by
             the  Participant,  medical  reimbursement  items and the value of a
             non-qualified   stock  option  to  the  extent  includible  in  the
             Participant's   gross  income  and  the  amount  includible  in  an
             Employee's  gross  income upon making the  election  under  Section
             83(b)  of  the  Code.  Specifically  excluded  are  salary-deferral
             contributions,   contributions  to  and  distributions   from  most
             deferred  compensation  plans,  amounts realized from the sale of a
             non-qualified stock option plan or from the sale, exchange or other
             disposition of stock  acquired under a qualified  stock option plan
             and most amounts which receive special tax benefits.
                             -55-

                              286
<PAGE>

             (d)   Determination Date

                   For any Plan Year, the last day of the immediately  preceding
             Plan Year. In the event that more than one plan is to be aggregated
             for purposes of this Article VIII, the Determination  Date for each
             such plan which falls within the same calendar year shall be used.

             (e)   Super Top-Heavy Group

                   An Aggregation Group if, as of a Determination  Date, the sum
             of the present  value of the  aggregate  accrued  benefits  for Key
             Employees   under  all  defined   benefit  plans  included  in  the
             Aggregation  Group  and  the  aggregate  of  the  accounts  of  Key
             Employees  under all  defined  contribution  plans  included in the
             Aggregation  Group is more than 90% of a similar sum determined for
             all employees in such plans. For purposes of determining such sums,
             aggregate   distributions   made  to  any  employee  during  the  5
             consecutive  Plan Years ending with the Plan Year that includes the
             Determination  Date  shall  be  included.   The  aggregate  accrued
             benefits  and/or the aggregate of accounts of former  employees who
             have not  performed  any service for the employer  maintaining  the
             Plan  at  any  time  during  the  5-year   period   ending  on  the
             Determination   Date   shall  be   excluded   from  the   foregoing
             calculation.

             (f)   Super Top-Heavy Plan

                         (1)  Except  as  provided  by  paragraph  (2)  of  this
                   subsection,  the Plan shall be an Super Top-Heavy Plan, if as
                   of a Determination Date:

                                   (A)  the  present   value  of  the  aggregate
                         Accrued  Pensions  under  the  Plan  for Key  Employees
                         (excluding  for  this  purpose  the  aggregate  Accrued
                         Pension  under the Plan for  Former Key  Employees)  is
                         more  than 90% of the  present  value of the  aggregate
                         Accrued Pensions under the Plan for all Employees; or

                                   (B)  the  Plan  is  included  in  a  Required
                         Aggregation Group which is an Super Top-Heavy Group.

                         (2)  For  purposes  of  paragraph  (1),  the  aggregate
                   Accrued  Benefit of any Employee  shall include the aggregate
                   distributions made to such Employee under the Plan during the
                   5  consecutive  Plan  Years  ending  with the Plan  Year that
                   includes the  Determination  Date.  For Plan Years  beginning
                   after December 31, 1984, the aggregate Accrued Benefit of any
                   former  Employee who has not  performed  any service with the
                   Employer during the 5-year
                             -56-

                              287
<PAGE>
                               period ending on the Determination  Date shall be
                   excluded from the calculation under item (1).

                         (3) If the Plan is included in a Permissive Aggregation
                   Group which is not an Super Top-Heavy  Group,  the Plan shall
                   not be an Super Top-Heavy Plan  notwithstanding the fact that
                   the Plan would  otherwise  be an Super  Top-Heavy  Plan under
                   paragraph (1) of this subsection.

             (g)   Former Key Employee

                   A Non-Key  Employee with respect to a Plan Year who was a Key
             Employee  in a prior Plan Year.  Such term shall also  include  his
             Beneficiary in the event of his death.

             (h)   Key Employee

                   An  Employee or former  Employee  who, at any time during the
             current Plan Year or any of the four preceding Plan Years, is:

                         (1)  an  officer  of  an  employer   having  an  annual
                   Compensation  greater than 150% of the amount in effect under
                   Section  415(c)(1)(A)  of the  Code for any  such  Plan  Year
                   (limited  to no more than 50  Employees  or, if  lesser,  the
                   greater of three (3) or 10% of the Employees);

                         (2)  one of the 10  Employees  who,  (A)  own  (or  are
                   considered as owning within the meaning of Section 318 of the
                   Code) during the Plan Year containing the Determination  Date
                   or any of the  four  preceding  Plan  Years  both  more  than
                   one-half percent (0.5%) ownership  interests in value and the
                   largest percentage ownership interests in value of any of the
                   employees  required to be aggregated  under  Section  414(b),
                   (c),  or (m) of the Code and (B) have during the Plan Year of
                   ownership annual  Compensation from the employer of more than
                   the  limitation in effect under Section  415(c)(1)(A)  of the
                   Code for the calendar year in which such Plan Year ends;

                         (3)   a five percent owner (as such
                   term is defined in Section 416(i)(1)(B)(i)
                   of the Code); or

                         (4) a one  percent  owner (as such term is  defined  in
                   Section  416(i)(1)(B)(ii)  of  the  Code)  having  an  annual
                   Compensation of more than $150,000.
                             -57-

                              288
<PAGE>

                   The term "Key  Employee"  shall also include such  Employee's
             Beneficiary in the event of his death.

             (i)   Non-Key Employee

                   An Employee  or former  Employee  who is not a Key  Employee.
             Such term shall also  include his  Beneficiary  in the event of his
             death.

             (j)   Permissive Aggregation Group

                   The group of qualified plans of an employer consisting of:

                         (1)   the plans in the Required
                   Aggregation Group; plus

                         (2) one or more plans  designated  from time to time by
                   the Employer  that are not part of the  Required  Aggregation
                   Group but that satisfy the requirements of Sections 401(a)(4)
                   and  410  of the  Code  when  considered  with  the  Required
                   Aggregation Group.

             (k)   Required Aggregation Group

                   The group of qualified plans of an employer consisting of:

                         (1) each plan in which a Key Employee  participates (or
                   participated,  if such Plan is  terminated)  in the Plan Year
                   containing  the  Determination  Date,  or  any  of  the  four
                   preceding Plan Years; plus

                         (2) each other plan which enables a plan in which a Key
                   Employee  participates  to meet the  requirements  of Section
                   401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

             (l)   Top-Heavy Group

                   An Aggregation  Group if, as of the  Determination  Date, the
             sum of the present value of the aggregate  accrued benefits for Key
             Employees   under  all  defined   benefit  plans  included  in  the
             Aggregation  Group  and  the  aggregate  of  the  accounts  of  Key
             Employees  under all  defined  contribution  plans  included in the
             Aggregation  Group is more than 60% of a similar sum determined for
             all employees in such plans. For purposes of determining such sums,
             aggregate   distributions   made  to  any  employee  during  the  5
             consecutive Plan Years ending with the plan year that includes that
             Determination  Date  shall  be  included.   The  aggregate  accrued
             benefits  and/or the aggregate of accounts of former  employees who
             have not performed any service for the employer
                             -58-

                              289
<PAGE>
                   maintaining  the plan at any time  during the  5-year  period
             ending  on the  Determination  Date  shall  be  excluded  from  the
             foregoing calculation.

             (m)   Top-Heavy Plan

                   The  Plan  shall  be  a  "Top-Heavy   Plan"  if,  as  of  the
             Determination  Date,  the present value of the  cumulative  accrued
             benefits of Key  Employees  exceeds 60% of the present value of the
             cumulative  accrued  benefits  under  the  Plan  of all  Employees.
             Excluded from this  determination  shall be the accrued benefits of
             any Employee who did not perform  services for the Employer  during
             the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date.

                   In  determining  whether the Plan is a Top- Heavy  Plan,  all
             employers that are aggregated under Sections 414(b), (c) and (m) of
             the Code shall be treated as a single  employer.  In addition,  all
             plans  that are part of the  Required  Aggregation  Group  shall be
             treated as a single plan.

                   For this purpose,  the present value of an Employee's accrued
             benefit is equal to the sum of (1) and (2) below:

                         (1) The sum of (i) the present  value of an  Employee's
                   accrued  pension  in  each  defined  benefit  plan  which  is
                   included in the Required  Aggregation  Group determined as of
                   the most recent  Valuation  Date within the  12-month  period
                   ending on the Determination Date and as if the Employee had a
                   Termination  of Employment as of such Valuation Date and (ii)
                   the  aggregate   distributions  made  with  respect  to  such
                   Employee during the 5-year period ending on the Determination
                   Date from all defined  benefit plans included in the Required
                   Aggregation  Group  and not  reflected  in the  value  of his
                   accrued pension as of the most recent Valuation Date.

                         (2)  The  sum  of  (i)  the  aggregate  balance  of his
                   accounts in all defined  contribution plans which are part of
                   the  Required   Aggregation  Group  as  of  the  most  recent
                   Valuation  Date  within  the  12-month  period  ending on the
                   Determination Date, (ii) any contributions  allocated to such
                   an  account  after the  Valuation  Date and on or before  the
                   Determination Date and (iii) the aggregate distributions made
                   with respect to such Employee during the 5-year period ending
                   on the Determination Date from all defined contribution plans
                   which  are part of the  Required  Aggregation  Group  and not
                   reflected  in the  value  of his  account(s)  as of the  most
                   recent Valuation Date.
                             -59-

                              290
<PAGE>

8.02   Top-Heavy Plan Requirements

       Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan to the contrary,  if the
       Plan is a Top-Heavy  Plan for any Plan Year,  the Plan shall then satisfy
       the following requirements for such Plan Year:

             (1)   the minimum vesting requirement as set
             forth in Section 8.03;

             (2)   the minimum benefit requirement as set
             forth in Section 8.04; and

             (3)   the adjustments to maximum benefits and
             allocations as set forth in Section 8.05.

8.03   Minimum Vesting Requirement

       If the Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan for any Plan Year,  each Employee who has
       been  credited with an Hour of Service after the Plan becomes a Top-Heavy
       Plan shall have a  non-forfeitable  (vested) right to a percentage of his
       Accrued Pension determined under the following table:

                     Vesting Years            Vested
                       of Service           Percentage

                       less than 3               0%
                       3 or more               100%


       The vesting  schedule  described in the  immediately  preceding  sentence
       shall cease to be applicable when the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan,
       provided  that the  percentage  of an  Employee's  Accrued  Pension  that
       becomes  non-forfeitable  pursuant thereto before the Plan ceases to be a
       Top-Heavy  Plan  shall  remain  non-  forfeitable,  and the change in the
       vesting schedule which occurs when the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan
       shall be subject to the provisions of subsection (e) of Section 10.04.

8.04   Minimum Benefit Requirement

       If the Plan is a Top-Heavy  Plan for any Plan Year, a Participant  who is
       employed  in such Plan Year or who is on an  Authorized  Leave of Absence
       shall  have an  Accrued  Pension as of the last day of such Plan Year not
       less than the lesser of (i) 2% of the Participant's  Average Compensation
       multiplied by his number of Vesting  Years (and  fraction) of Service and
       (ii) 20% of the Participant's Average Compensation.

       For purposes of this Section 8.04, there shall be disregarded any Vesting
       Years of Service if the Plan was not a  Top-Heavy  Plan for the Plan Year
       in which such
                             -60-

                              291
<PAGE>
       Vesting Years of Service were earned, or if such Vesting Years of Service
       were earned before January 1, 1984.

       A  Participant's  Accrued  Pension as of any subsequent date shall not be
       less  than  that  determined  as of the last day of the last Plan Year in
       which the Plan was a Top-Heavy Plan.

       Notwithstanding the foregoing,  a Non-Key Employee may not fail to accrue
       a minimum benefit merely because:

             (i)   the Employee declined to make mandatory
             contributions to the Plan;

             (ii)  the Employee was not employed on a
             specified date; or

             (iii) the Employee is excluded  from  participation  (or accrues no
             benefit) merely because such Employee's compensation is less than a
             stated amount.

8.05   Adjustments to Maximum Benefits and Contributions

       If the Plan is a Top-Heavy  Plan for any Plan Year,  and if the  Employer
       maintains  a  top-heavy  defined  contribution  plan which  could or does
       provide benefits to Participants in the Plan, then:

             (a)  Each  Non-Key  Employee  shall  receive  the  minimum  benefit
             provided under Section 8.04 of the Plan.

             (b) If the Plan is not an Super  Top-Heavy Plan (but is a Top Heavy
             Plan),  and if the  employer  desires  to use a  factor  of 1.25 in
             computing the  denominators of the defined benefit fraction and the
             defined  contribution  fraction  under Section  415(e) of the Code,
             then the minimum  benefit  required  under Section 8.04 of the Plan
             for a Participant who is a Non-Key  Employee shall be the lesser of
             (1) 3% of the Participant's Average Compensation  multiplied by his
             number of years (and fraction) of Vesting  Service,  and (2) 30% of
             the Participant's Average Compensation.

             (c) If the Plan is an Super Top-Heavy Plan, then calculations under
             Sections 415(e)(2)(B) and 415(e)(3)(B) of the Code shall be made by
             substituting  "1.0" for "1.25" for each  place such  "1.25"  figure
             appears.

8.06   Coordination With Other Plans

             (a) In applying this Article,  any employer required to be combined
             under Section 414(b), (c), or (m) of the Code shall be treated as a
             single
                             -61-

                              292
<PAGE>
                   employer,  and the qualified plans  maintained by such single
             employer shall be taken into account.

             (b) In the event that another defined  contribution plan or defined
             benefit plan  maintained  by any  Employer  required to be combined
             under   Section   414(b),   (c),  or  (m)  of  the  Code   provides
             contributions  or benefits on behalf of  Participants  in the Plan,
             such  other  plan(s)  shall be taken into  account  in  determining
             whether the Plan satisfies  Section 8.02;  and the minimum  benefit
             required for a Non-Key Employee in the Plan under Section 8.04 will
             be reduced or eliminated,  in accordance  with the  requirements of
             Section  416 of the  Code  and  the  regulations  thereunder,  if a
             minimum  contribution  or benefit is made or accrued in whole or in
             part in respect to such other plan(s).
                             -62-

                              293
<PAGE>

                           ARTICLE IX
                 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION


9.01   Eligibility

       Each Eligible  Employee  shall become a Participant  on the day following
       his completion of one Eligibility  Year of Service,  provided that he has
       not had a Termination of Employment prior to such date (and he remains an
       Eligible Employee on such date).

9.02   Termination and Rehiring

       A Participant  who has a Termination  of Employment  and is  subsequently
       rehired by the Employer or an Eligible  Employee who has a Termination of
       Employment after meeting the eligibility requirements of Section 9.01 but
       before  becoming a  Participant  and who is  subsequently  rehired by the
       Employer as an Eligible  Employee shall be eligible to participate in the
       Plan on his Reemployment Commencement Date.

       An Eligible  Employee who has a Termination of Employment  before meeting
       the  eligibility  requirements  of Section  9.01 and who is  subsequently
       rehired as an Eligible  Employee  shall be eligible to participate in the
       Plan on the day  following  his  completion  of one  Eligibility  Year of
       Service.

9.03   Duration of Participation

       A former  Employee  entitled to receive or receiving a Pension  under the
       Plan  shall  continue  as a  Participant  until the date of his death and
       shall retain his rights to Vesting  Years of Service and Benefit  Service
       irrespective  of  whether  such  entitlement  is based on the Plan or any
       prior provisions of the Plan.
                             -63-

                              294
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE X
                   DETERMINATION OF BENEFITS


10.01  Normal Retirement Pension

       A Participant  whose Retirement  occurs on or after his Normal Retirement
       Date shall be eligible for a Normal Retirement Pension in an amount equal
       to his Accrued Pension, as determined under Section 1.01, at Retirement.

10.02  Early Retirement Pension

             (a) A  Participant  with 20 or more Vesting  Years of Service whose
             Retirement occurs on or after the date he reaches the age of 55 but
             prior to his  attainment  of age 65 shall be eligible  for an Early
             Retirement Pension.  The monthly Pension of a Participant  eligible
             for an Early  Retirement  Pension as provided under this subsection
             (a) shall be, at the option of the  Participant,  either (1) or (2)
             as set forth below:

                         (1)  A  deferred  pension  commencing  with  the  month
                   following  the month in which such  Participant  attains  his
                   Normal  Retirement  Date in an  amount  equal to his  Accrued
                   Pension at the time of Early
                   Retirement.

                         (2) An immediate pension  determined as provided in (1)
                   above, commencing with any month following the month in which
                   such  Participant  retired early and subsequent to his having
                   made written application therefor,  but reduced by one-fourth
                   of one percent for each complete  calendar  month, if any, by
                   which his Early Retirement Pension commencement date precedes
                   the  month  following  the  month in which  such  Participant
                   attains his 60th birthday.

             (b) A Participant with 15 or more Vesting Years of Service but less
             than 20 Vesting  Years of  Service  whose  Retirement  occurs on or
             after the date he reaches the age of 60 but prior to his attainment
             of age 65 shall be eligible for an Early  Retirement  Pension.  The
             monthly Pension of a Participant  eligible for an Early  Retirement
             Pension  as  provided  under this  subsection  (b) shall be, at the
             option of the Participant, either (1) or (2) as set forth below:

                         (1)  A  deferred  pension  commencing  with  the  month
                   following  the month in which such  Participant  attains  his
                   Normal  Retirement  Date in an  amount  equal to his  Accrued
                   Pension at the time of Early
                   Retirement.
                             -64-

                              295
<PAGE>

                         (2) An immediate pension  determined as provided in (1)
                   above, commencing with any month following the month in which
                   such  Participant  retired early and subsequent to his having
                   made  written   application   therefor,   but  if  his  Early
                   Retirement  Pension   commencement  date  occurs  before  the
                   Participant attains his 62nd birthday,  reduced by one-fourth
                   of one percent for each complete  calendar month by which his
                   Early Retirement Pension commencement date precedes the month
                   following  the month in which such  Participant  attains  his
                   65th birthday.

10.03  Disability Retirement Pension

       A  Participant  with  10 or  more  Vesting  Years  of  Service  who has a
       Termination of Employment due to his Total and Permanent Disability prior
       to the attainment of age 65 shall be eligible for a Disability Retirement
       Pension  until the  earlier  of (1) the  earlier of (i) the death of such
       retired Participant or (ii) the retired  Participant's  recovery from his
       Total and Permanent Disability,  or (2) the retired Participant begins to
       receive an Early Retirement  Pension or Normal Retirement  Pension.  This
       Section 10.03 shall not apply to any Participant  who, at the time of his
       Termination  of  Employment  due to Total and  Permanent  Disability,  is
       eligible for a benefit from an Employer-sponsored welfare benefit plan of
       the type commonly known as "long term disability." The monthly Pension of
       a Participant  eligible for a Disability  Retirement Pension shall be his
       Accrued Pension at the time of Disability Retirement. The monthly Pension
       so calculated  payable prior to a  Participant's  Normal  Retirement  Age
       shall be reduced by that  portion of all  amounts  (other  than  payments
       under  Title  II of the  Social  Security  Act)  which  such  Participant
       receives  or is  eligible to receive  under any  federal,  state or local
       legislation which provides for disability  benefits,  excepting  payments
       specifically  allocated as reimbursement for hospital or medical expense,
       the  loss  or 100%  loss  of use of any  bodily  member,  or the  loss of
       industrial  vision,  which is allocable  to any taxes,  premiums or other
       payments therefor made by the Employer, either now or in the future.

10.04  Deferred Vested Pension Upon Termination of Employment

             (a) A  Participant  who has a  Termination  of  Employment  for any
             reason other than Retirement,  Total and Permanent  Disability,  or
             death shall be entitled to the percentage of his Accrued Pension in
             which he is vested as determined by the following schedule:

                     Vesting Years of        Vesting
                         Service            Percentage

                         Less than 5               0%
                         5 or more               100%
                             -65-

                              296
<PAGE>

                   Such  Participant  shall be  entitled  to  receive  a benefit
             payable at his Normal  Retirement Date equal to his Accrued Pension
             multiplied  by the  applicable  vesting  percentage  determined  in
             accordance with the above schedule.

             (b) Such  deferred  Vested  Pension  shall  commence with the month
             following  the month in which such former  Participant  attains his
             Normal Retirement
             Date.

             (c) A former  Participant  with 20 or more Vesting Years of Service
             may elect (by written  application) to commence his deferred vested
             Pension in a reduced  amount at any time between the ages of 55 and
             65,  or a  former  Participant  with 15 or more  Vesting  Years  of
             Service  but less  than 20  Vesting  Years of  Service  at any time
             between the ages of 60 and 65, and subsequent,  in either instance,
             to his having  made said  application,  in which  case the  monthly
             Pension  amount as determined in subsection  (a) or (b) above shall
             be reduced by  five-tenths  of one percent (0.5%) for each complete
             calendar month by which such earlier commencement date precedes the
             month  following  the month in which such  Participant  attains his
             Normal Retirement Age.

             (d) If a Participant  who had vested rights in his Accrued  Pension
             is  reemployed  after a Break in Service,  he shall be credited for
             purposes of vesting,  with his pre-Break  Vesting Years of Service.
             If a  former  Employee  or  former  Participant  who had a Break in
             Service and who did not have a vested  right to an Accrued  Pension
             is  reemployed  on or after  January 1, 1985, he shall be credited,
             for  purposes  of  vesting,  with his  pre-Break  Vesting  Years of
             Service only if his consecutive one-year Breaks in Service are less
             than  the  greater  of 5  years  or  the  aggregate  number  of his
             pre-Break  Vesting Years of Service;  provided,  however,  that any
             such former  Employee or Participant  who is reemployed on or after
             January 1, 1995,  who had less than 3  pre-Break  Vesting  Years of
             Service,  and  who  is  not  covered  by  a  collective  bargaining
             agreement,  is credited  with a Vesting  Year of Service  after his
             Break in Service.  Notwithstanding the above, this subsection shall
             not operate to restore any Vesting  Years of Service that would not
             have  been  restored  if  reemployment  had  occurred  on or before
             December 31, 1984.

             (e) If any amendment to the Plan directly or indirectly changes the
             vesting  schedule,  a  Participant  with 3 or more Vesting Years of
             Service may elect to have his vested percentage  computed under the
             vesting  schedule  in  effect  prior to the  amendment  by filing a
             written request with the Plan Administrator within sixty days after
             the latest of (1) the date he  received  notice of such  amendment,
             (2) the date  such  amendment  was  adopted,  and (3) the date such
             amendment became effective.
                             -66-

                              297
<PAGE>
10.05  Transfers

             (a) If a Participant  in the Plan was, is, or becomes a participant
             in an Other  Plan,  and was,  is, or becomes  entitled  to benefits
             under such Other Plan based on service for which Benefit Service is
             granted under the Plan,  then such benefits  shall serve as a whole
             or partial  offset,  on an  actuarially  equivalent  basis,  to any
             benefits payable under the Plan.

             (b) "Other  Plan" means any pension  plan or  profit-sharing  plan,
             other than a Prior Plan or the  ALLTEL  Corporation  Profit-Sharing
             Plan,  from  time to time  qualified  under  Section  401(a) of the
             Internal  Revenue  Code,  or  provisions of law having like effect,
             maintained   by  the  Employer  or  any   affiliated   corporation,
             subsidiary, or related business entity.

10.06  Minimum Pensions

             (a)  Any  Participant  who,  as of  January  1,  1988,  (i) was not
             compensated  on an hourly  basis and (ii) had attained age 55 shall
             receive a  retirement  Pension  of not less than the sum of (1) and
             (2):

                         (1) His  Benefit  Percentage  as of  December  31, 1987
                   multiplied  by his Average  Monthly  Compensation  at date of
                   determination.

                         (2)  Eight-tenths  of one percent (0.8%)  multiplied by
                   the Participant's years of Benefit Service, not to exceed ten
                   (10) years, after December 31, 1987 and further multiplied by
                   his Average Monthly Compensation at date of determination.

             (b) Any Participant who, as of January 1, 1989, (i) was not subject
             to a collective  bargaining  agreement  and was  compensated  on an
             hourly  basis  and  (ii)  had  attained  age  55  shall  receive  a
             retirement Pension of not less than the sum of (1) and (2):

                         (1) His  Benefit  Percentage  as of  December  31, 1988
                   multiplied  by his Average  Monthly  Compensation  at date of
                   determination.

                         (2)  Eight-tenths  of one percent (0.8%)  multiplied by
                   the Participant's years of Benefit Service, not to exceed ten
                   (10) years, after December 31, 1988 and further multiplied by
                   his Average Monthly Compensation at date of determination.

             (c) The  monthly  Pension  so  determined  payable  prior to Normal
             Retirement  Date shall be reduced as  described  in Section  10.02,
             10.03, or 10.04, as applicable.
                             -67-

                              298
<PAGE>

             (d)  For  purposes  of  this   Section   10.06,   Average   Monthly
             Compensation means 1/60th of the sum of the compensation payable to
             a  Participant  from the  Employer  for each of the 60  consecutive
             calendar months which produce the highest average out of the period
             of service  beginning  January  1, 1966 and  ending  with the month
             which  includes  the  date as of  which he  retires  or  terminates
             employment  as  an  Employee.   In  determining   Average   Monthly
             Compensation for purposes of this Section 10.06, compensation shall
             be computed  using the  definition of Basic  Compensation  for Plan
             Years  prior  to  January  1,  1988 and  using  the  definition  of
             Compensation for Plan Years after December 31, 1987.

10.07  Effect of Prior Plans

             (a) A Participant who was covered by a Prior Plan immediately prior
             to his participation hereunder may be entitled to a minimum benefit
             as provided in Article XIII. Alternatively, benefits may be payable
             under the Prior Plan  subsequent to the merger into the Plan;  such
             benefits  shall  serve  as  a  whole  or  partial  offset,   on  an
             actuarially  equivalent  basis,  to any benefits  payable under the
             Plan.

             (b) Effective  for Plan Years  beginning  after  December 31, 1987,
             there were and are no further benefit accruals  pursuant to Article
             XIII of the Plan  (as and to the  extent  in  effect  on and  after
             December 31, 1987) for a Participant  who is not  compensated on an
             hourly basis. Effective for Plan Years beginning after December 31,
             1988,  there  shall be no  further  benefit  accruals  pursuant  to
             Article  XIII of the Plan (as and to the  extent  in  effect on and
             after December 31, 1988) for a Participant who is compensated on an
             hourly  basis  but  is  not  covered  by  a  collective  bargaining
             agreement.  Such  Participants  shall be  entitled  to the  Minimum
             Normal Retirement  Pension,  the Minimum Early Retirement  Pension,
             the Minimum  Disability  Retirement  Pension,  the Minimum Deferred
             Vested  Pension and the Minimum  Death  Benefit,  as such terms are
             defined in Section 13.01,  which accrued as of December 31, 1987 or
             December 31, 1988, respectively,  and to the benefits which accrued
             as of  December  31,  1987  or  December  31,  1988,  respectively,
             pursuant to any  Appendix to Article  XIII (as and to the extent in
             effect on said date).  Thereafter benefits shall continue to accrue
             for such  Participant in accordance with  applicable  provisions of
             the Plan. The  provisions of Article XIII and any Appendix  thereto
             were and are hereby superseded accordingly. Provided, however, that
             any early  retirement  subsidy or optional form of benefit provided
             under Article XIII which,  pursuant to the applicable provisions of
             the Code or  regulations  thereunder,  is deemed to  constitute  an
             accrued benefit of a Participant, shall be retained with respect to
             benefits  which accrued to such  Participant  in respect of Article
             XIII (as and to the extent in effect on the
                             -68-

                              299
<PAGE>
                   relevant dates) as of December 31, 1987 or
             December 31, 1988, respectively.

             (c) A Participant  who is entitled to a Minimum  Normal  Retirement
             Pension,  a Minimum Early Retirement  Pension, a Minimum Disability
             Retirement  Pension, a Minimum Deferred Vested Pension or a Minimum
             Death Benefit,  as such terms are defined in Section  13.01,  under
             Article XIII as in effect  prior to January 1, 1989 shall  continue
             to be entitled to such minimum benefits.  The provisions of Article
             XIII of the Plan as and to the extent in effect  immediately  prior
             to  the  January  1,  1989  Restatement  of  the  Plan  are  hereby
             incorporated  by  reference  as  and  to the  extent  necessary  to
             maintain such accrued minimum benefits.
                             -69-

                              300
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XI
                      PAYMENT OF BENEFITS


11.01  Normal and Early Retirement Pensions

             (a) Any Normal or Early  Retirement  Pension  shall be payable to a
             retired Participant who has applied therefor in accordance with the
             rules  established by the Plan  Administrator,  commencing with the
             first  day of the  month  next  following  the  date as of which he
             becomes eligible for such retirement Pension,  and shall be payable
             monthly thereafter during the life of such retired Participant.

             (b) The  normal  form of  benefit  for a married  Participant  is a
             Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity with the Spouse as Beneficiary
             as  provided in Section  11.04.  The normal form of benefit for all
             other Participants shall be a single life annuity. An optional form
             of benefit payment may be elected pursuant to Section 11.05.

             (c) The last payment to a retired Participant shall be that made at
             the  beginning  of the  month in which  the  death of such  retired
             Participant  occurs,  except  that if the  retired  Participant  is
             receiving a Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity or had elected a
             survivor's  Pension as set forth in Section  11.05 and is receiving
             his Pension,  then any payment to him and any other person shall be
             as set forth in Sections 11.04 and 11.05.

11.02  Disability Retirement Pensions

             (a) A Disability  Retirement  Pension shall be payable to a retired
             Participant  who has applied  therefor,  and whose  application  is
             approved  in  accordance  with the  rules  established  by the Plan
             Administrator, commencing with the first day of the month following
             his  Disability  Retirement.   The  last  payment  to  the  retired
             Participant shall be that made at (1) the beginning of the month in
             which  occurs  the  earlier  of  (i)  the  death  of  such  retired
             Participant  or (ii) the retired  Participant's  recovery  from his
             Total and Permanent  Disability,  or (2) the beginning of the month
             preceding  the month in which  the  retired  Participant  begins to
             receive an Early Retirement Pension or Normal Retirement Pension.

             (b) Any Participant receiving a Disability Retirement Pension under
             the Plan may be  required  to submit to  medical  examination  by a
             physician or physicians  selected by the Plan  Administrator at any
             time  during  his  Disability   Retirement   prior  to  his  Normal
             Retirement Date to determine whether he is eligible for continuance
             of the  Disability  Retirement  Pension.  If,  on the basis of such
             examination, it is found that he is no
                             -70-

                              301
<PAGE>
                   longer  totally and  permanently  disabled,  his right to any
             Disability Retirement Pension shall cease immediately. In the event
             a  Participant  who is  receiving a Disability  Retirement  Pension
             under the Plan  refuses to submit to such medical  examination,  he
             shall not be entitled to any Disability  Retirement Pension for any
             period  during  which he  continues  to  refuse  to  submit to such
             examination.

             (c)  Any   Participant   who  recovers  from  Total  and  Permanent
             Disability and returns to active employment with the Employer prior
             to  attainment  of age 65 shall have  Vesting  Years of Service and
             Benefit Service to the date of his Disability Retirement reinstated
             for all  purposes  of the Plan.  If any such  Participant  does not
             return to active  employment  with the Employer upon such recovery,
             he shall be  treated  as a  Participant  who had a  Termination  of
             Employment  at the date of his  recovery,  and his Vesting Years of
             Service  and  Benefit   Service  at  the  date  of  his  Disability
             Retirement  shall be used at such time to determine his eligibility
             for, and the amount of, any other Pension under the Plan.

             (d) A retired Participant  receiving a Disability Pension who meets
             the eligibility  requirements for an Early Retirement Pension under
             Section 10.02 may elect to receive such Early Retirement Pension in
             lieu of a  Disability  Pension  beginning  in any  month  after  he
             becomes eligible therefor.

             (e) Upon attaining his Normal Retirement Age, a retired Participant
             whose Disability Retirement Pension has not been terminated, shall,
             in lieu of any further Disability  Retirement  Pension, be entitled
             to a Normal  Retirement  Pension under Section  10.02.  Such Normal
             Retirement  Pension  shall  commence  with the month  following the
             month in which he attains his Normal  Retirement  Age, and shall be
             subject to the applicable  provisions of this Article XI other than
             this Section 11.02.

11.03  Deferred Vested Pension

       A deferred  Vested  Pension  shall be payable to an eligible  Participant
       commencing  with the first day of the month  following his 65th birthday,
       or, if later,  following  the month proper  application  is made therefor
       (but with payments  retroactive  to the first day of the month  following
       his 65th birthday), or, in the case of an eligible Participant with 20 or
       more Vesting Years of Service, following any month between the ages of 55
       and 65,  or in the case of an  eligible  Participant  with 15 or more but
       less than 20 Vesting  Years of Service  following  any month  between the
       ages of 60 and 65, in  accordance  with his election to receive a reduced
       amount under the provisions of Section  10.04,  and shall be payable each
       month thereafter during the life of such Participant. The last payment to
       the Participant shall be that made at the beginning of the month in which
       the death of such Participant occurs, except that if the Participant is
                             -71-

                              302
<PAGE>
       receiving a Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity as set forth in Section
       11.04,  then any payments to him and his Surviving Spouse shall be as set
       forth in Section 11.04.

11.04  Automatic Election of Qualified Joint and Survivor
       Annuity

             (a)  Notwithstanding  the above  provisions  of this  Article XI, a
             married  Participant  who  retires  on or  after  January  1,  1976
             pursuant to the Normal or Early Retirement  provisions of the Plan,
             or who has a Termination  of  Employment  on or after  September 1,
             1974 and is eligible for a deferred Vested Pension  pursuant to the
             provisions  of the  Plan,  automatically  shall be  deemed  to have
             elected the  Qualified  Joint and Survivor  Annuity  designated  as
             Option B in paragraph (2) of subsection (a) of Section  11.05.  The
             automatic  election of the  Qualified  Joint and  Survivor  Annuity
             shall become  effective  upon the date as of which a  Participant's
             Pension is to commence,  unless he has waived the  Qualified  Joint
             and Survivor Annuity in accordance with the procedure  specified in
             subsection (b) of this Section 11.04.

             (b)  Notwithstanding  any other provision of this Article IX to the
             contrary, within the 60-day period ending 30 days before the date a
             Participant's Pension is to commence,  the Plan Administrator shall
             furnish the Participant with a written description of (i) the terms
             and conditions of the Qualified Joint and Survivor  Annuity form of
             payment described in this Article IX or, if he is not married,  the
             normal form of payment otherwise applicable to him, (ii) the terms,
             conditions  and  relative  value  of any  other  available  form of
             payment, (iii) the Participant's right to waive the Qualified Joint
             and Survivor  Annuity form of payment or to elect an optional  form
             of  payment  and  the  effect  thereof,  (iv)  the  rights  of  the
             Participant's  Spouse  with  respect  to the  Qualified  Joint  and
             Survivor Annuity form of payment,  and (v) the Participant's  right
             to revoke a waiver of the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form
             of payment  and the effect  thereof.  At any time during the 90-day
             period  ending on the date of which a  Participant's  Pension is to
             commence,  provided he has  received  the notice  described  in the
             preceding  sentence,  a Participant  may reject the Qualified Joint
             and Survivor  Annuity  option,  or withdraw  such a  rejection,  by
             delivery   of  notice  to  such  effect  in  writing  to  the  Plan
             Administrator,  to which  rejection his Spouse consents in writing,
             unless a Plan  representative  finds  that such  consent  cannot be
             obtained  because the spouse  cannot be located or because of other
             circumstances  set  forth  in  Section  401(a)(11)  of the Code and
             regulations   issued   thereunder.   Such  spousal   consent  shall
             acknowledge  the effect of such rejection  and, if applicable,  the
             designation  of a specific  non-  spouse  Beneficiary  and shall be
             witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.

                             -72-

                              303
<PAGE>

             (c) For purposes of this Section 11.04, the Spouse of a Participant
             shall mean and be  limited  to the person who is the  Participant's
             Spouse  on the date as of which his  Pension  is to  commence.  If,
             however, the Participant has not been married to such Spouse for at
             least one year prior to the date his Pension is to commence  and he
             does not  remain  married  to such  Spouse  for at  least  one year
             (including by reason of his own death),  no survivor  benefit shall
             be payable to such  Spouse  hereunder.  Moreover,  the  Participant
             shall,  as of the date he ceases to be married to such  Spouse,  be
             treated  as if he had not been  married  at the  time  his  Pension
             commenced,  but no  retroactive  correction  of the amount paid the
             Participant during the marriage shall be made.

11.05  Optional Forms of Pension

             (a) A  Participant  who is eligible for Normal or Early  Retirement
             may elect to receive,  commencing at his Pension commencement date,
             any of the  following  optional  forms of  retirement  income which
             shall be in lieu of (and the Actuarial  Equivalent  of) the Pension
             to which he would otherwise have been entitled as calculated  under
             Section 10.01 or Section 10.02:

                         (1) Option A: A reduced level  Pension  payable for the
                   life of the  Participant,  and  continuing  thereafter in the
                   same reduced amount for the life of the Participant's Spouse.

                         (2) Option B: A reduced level  Pension  payable for the
                   life of the  Participant,  and  continuing  thereafter  in an
                   amount  which is 50% of that  reduced  amount for the life of
                   the Participant's Spouse.

                         (3) Option C: A reduced level  Pension  payable for the
                   life of the  Participant.  In the event the Participant  dies
                   before  receiving  120  monthly  payments,  the said  monthly
                   payments  remaining  unpaid at his death  shall be payable to
                   his designated Beneficiary for the remainder of the 120 month
                   period.

                         (4)  Option D: A reduced  Pension  payable  during  the
                   joint  lifetime  of the  Participant  and  the  Participant's
                   Spouse, and continuing  thereafter in the same reduced amount
                   for the  life of the  Spouse,  or in the  original  unreduced
                   amount for the life of the Participant.

                         (5)   Option E:  A reduced Pension
                   Payable during the joint lifetime of the
                   Participant and the Participant's Spouse,
                   and continuing thereafter in an amount
                   which is 50% of that reduced amount
                             -73-

                              304
<PAGE>
                               for the life of the Spouse, or
                   in the original unreduced amount for the
                   life of the Participant.

             (b) Optional forms of Pension under this Section 11.05 shall not be
             applicable  to amounts  calculated  under  Section 10.03 or Section
             10.04 except as provided in Section 11.04.

             (c)  The  optional  form  of  Pension  selected  must  satisfy  the
             requirements of Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.

             (d) The election by a  Participant  of an optional  form of Pension
             and  designation  of a  Beneficiary  must be made in writing to the
             Plan Administrator on or before the date as of which his Pension is
             to commence.

             (e) A  Participant  who has elected an optional form of Pension may
             rescind such election at any time prior to his retirement date. The
             rescission  of an  election  of Option B and the  designation  of a
             specific  non-Spouse  beneficiary  by a married  Participant  (or a
             change  in  a  previous   designation  of  a  specific   non-Spouse
             Beneficiary by such  Participant  made on or after January 1, 1987)
             may be made  only with the  written  consent  of the  Participant's
             Spouse, in the manner specified in subsection (b) of Section 11.04.
             An election  of Option B shall be  automatically  rescinded  in the
             event of the death of the  Participant  or his Spouse  prior to his
             Retirement,  except as otherwise  provided in Section 12.01, but no
             such  election  may  be  changed  after   commencement  of  benefit
             payments.

             (f) If a  Participant  dies  after  having  elected  Option C under
             Section 11.05(a) or Option F under Section 11.05F(a) and his estate
             is his  Beneficiary,  the estate of the  Participant may elect on a
             form prescribed by the Plan Administrator to receive in lieu of any
             unpaid  guaranteed  monthly  payments a single  sum  payment of the
             commuted value of such monthly  payments  determined by discounting
             future  payments  for  interest  at the rate that  would be used to
             determine an Actuarial  Equivalent in accordance  with Section 1.03
             and Section 1.27.

11.06  Payment of Small Pensions

       If the present value of a  Participant's  vested Accrued Pension does not
       exceed $3,500 (or such other amount as is established by the Secretary of
       the Treasury pursuant to Section 411(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Code) and did not
       exceed $3,500 at the time of any prior distribution, the Pension shall be
       paid in an actuarially equivalent single sum, provided, however, that any
       such single sum  payment  may be made only with  respect to a Pension the
       payment of which has not
                             -74-

                              305
<PAGE>
       commenced.  For  purposes of  determining  the amount of a  Participant's
       vested Accrued Pension, the interest rate used shall not exceed:

                         (1) The PBGC Interest Rate, if the present value of the
                   benefit  (using such rate or rates) does not exceed  $25,000;
                   or

                         (2) One  hundred  twenty  percent  (120%)  of the  PBGC
                   Interest  Rate, if the present  value of the benefit  exceeds
                   $25,000 (as determined  pursuant to subparagraph  (i) above).
                   In no event shall the  present  value  determined  under this
                   subparagraph (ii) be less than $25,000.

       In no event  shall the single sum payment be less than the greater of the
       Participant's  vested  Accrued  Pension,  pursuant to Section 1.03 of the
       Plan,  or the amount of such single sum computed  using the PBGC Interest
       Rate as outlined above.

11.07  Prohibition on Distribution

       Benefits  shall  not be  payable  hereunder  except  in the  event of the
       Retirement, Total and Permanent Disability, Termination of Employment, or
       death of a Participant.

11.08  Non-Divestment

       There shall be no divestiture  of any Pension  payable  hereunder  except
       that (i) Pension payments shall be suspended during any reemployment with
       the  Employer as provided in Section  11.09 of the Plan and (ii)  Pension
       payments  shall  cease upon their  expiration  by reason of the terms and
       conditions hereof having been fully satisfied.

11.09  Suspension of Benefits Upon Reemployment

       Retirement  benefits in pay status will be  suspended  for each  calendar
       month during which the Participant completes at least 40 Hours of Service
       with the Employer or receives  payment for Hours of Service  performed on
       each of 8 or more days in  "Section  203(a)(3)(B)  Service" as defined in
       Department of Labor Regulations Section 2530.203-3(c). If the Participant
       had received any Pension  payments or  distributions in lieu of a Pension
       under the Plan or any Prior Plan, the Pension payable upon his subsequent
       Retirement  shall be  reduced  by the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of any such
       payments or distributions he had received prior to his Normal  Retirement
       Date, other than Disability Pension payments.
                             -75-

                              306
<PAGE>
11.10  Limitations on Distributions

             (a) Unless the Participant  otherwise elects by a written statement
             signed by him and submitted to the Plan Administrator,  the payment
             of benefits under the Plan to the Participant shall begin not later
             than the 60th day after the close of the Plan Year in which  occurs
             the later of (i) the date on which the Participant  attains age 65,
             (ii) the tenth  anniversary of the year the  Participant  commenced
             participation  in the  Plan,  and  (iii)  the  date  on  which  the
             Participant has a Termination of Employment.

             (b) A Pension  to a  Participant  must  commence  no later than the
             April 1  following  the  later of the  calendar  year in which  the
             Employee  (i)  attains  age  70-1/2,  or  (ii)  retires;  provided,
             however, that clause (ii) shall not be applicable in the case of an
             Employee who is a five-percent  owner (as defined in Section 416 of
             the Code) at any time during the five-Plan-year  period ending with
             or within the  calendar  year in which such  Employee  attains  age
             70-1/2,  nor shall it be applicable in the case of any Employee who
             attains age 70-1/2 on or after January 1, 1988.

             (c) Any  distribution  hereunder  must be made over a period not to
             exceed the  greatest of (i) the life of the  Participant,  (ii) the
             life  expectancy  of  the  Participant,  (iii)  the  lives  of  the
             participant   and   a   designated   Beneficiary,   or   (iv)   the
             joint-and-survivor  life  expectancy  of the  Participant  and  his
             designated Beneficiary.

             (d)  If  the  Participant  dies  after  distribution  of his or her
             interest has commenced, the remaining portion of such interest will
             continue to be  distributed at least as rapidly as under the method
             of distribution being used prior to the Participant's death.

             (e) If the Participant dies after  distribution of his interest has
             begun  but  prior  to  distribution  of his  entire  interest,  the
             remaining  portion of such  interest  shall be  distributed  to his
             beneficiary  in a method  which is at least as rapid as the  method
             being used at the date of his death. If the Participant  dies prior
             to  commencement of the  distribution  of his interest,  the entire
             interest  attributable to such Participant  shall be distributed no
             later  than the last day of the Plan Year that  contains  the fifth
             anniversary  of the date of his  death,  unless  such  interest  is
             payable  to  a  designated   beneficiary  (as  defined  in  Section
             401(a)(9)  of the Code) for a period which does not exceed the life
             or life expectancy of such designated  beneficiary,  in which event
             distribution of such interest shall commence no later than the last
             day of the Plan year  immediately  following the Plan Year in which
             such Participant  retired or died,  provided that if the designated
             beneficiary   is  the   surviving   Spouse  of  such   Participant,
             distribution  shall not be required to begin  earlier than the date
             the Participant Employee would have attained age 70-1/2.
                             -76-

                              307
<PAGE>

                   Payments will be  calculated  by use of the return  multiples
             specified in Section 1.72-9 of the regulations.  Life expectancy of
             a surviving Spouse may be recalculated  annually,  however,  in the
             case of any other designated Beneficiary, such life expectancy will
             be calculated at the time payment first  commences  without further
             recalculation.

             (f) Death and any other  nonretirement  benefits  payable under the
             Plan shall be incidental to the primary purpose of the Plan,  which
             is to provide retirement benefits, and accordingly shall be limited
             in  accordance  with the minimum  distribution  incidental  benefit
             requirements under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code. The provisions of
             this Section 11.10 reflecting  Section 401(a)(9) of the Code, shall
             override any  distribution  options in the Plan  inconsistent  with
             such Section 401(a)(9).

             (g) The payment of a Pension in accordance  with one section of the
             Plan shall  preclude  the payment of a Pension in  accordance  with
             another section,  and the  qualification  for a Surviving  Spouse's
             Pension under Section 12.01 shall preclude the  qualification for a
             Pension under Article X.

11.11  Employment After Normal Retirement Age

       Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  Plan to the  contrary,  a
       Participant  who continues in  employment or who is reemployed  after his
       Normal Retirement Date shall be eligible for his Pension for any month in
       which he is employed for less than 40 hours (or such other amount of time
       that does not constitute Section  203(a)(3)(B)  service under the Act and
       regulations issued thereunder).  Any monthly payments made to an Employee
       pursuant  to this  Section  11.11  shall be paid in  accordance  with the
       provisions of the Plan otherwise  applicable to determining the amount of
       his retirement benefit, the duration of benefit payments,  and the method
       of  payment.  If payment of a  Participant's  Pension  will be delayed or
       suspended  as a  result  of such  employment  or  reemployment,  the Plan
       Administrator shall notify the Participant of such suspension or delay by
       personal  delivery or first class mail during the first calendar month in
       which the  Pension is to be  suspended  or  delayed,  shall  afford him a
       review of such  suspension  or delay  under the  procedure  specified  in
       Article IV and shall  otherwise  administer  such suspension or delay and
       any subsequent resumption or commencement of Pension payments in a manner
       consistent  with  Section  2530.203-3  of Title 29 of the Code of Federal
       Regulations, as amended from time to time.

11.12  Benefit Accruals While Receiving Benefit Payments

       Notwithstanding  any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,  in the
       case of a Participant  whose monthly Pension commences in accordance with
       subsection  (b) of  Section  11.10 by reason of his having  attained  age
       70-1/2, any increase
                             -77-

                              308
               
<PAGE>
       in the monthly  amount of his Normal  Retirement  Benefit  determined  as
       provided  in  Section  10.01 with  respect  to any Plan Year which  would
       otherwise  occur shall be reduced  (but not below zero) by the  Actuarial
       Equivalent of total Plan benefit payments made to such Participant during
       such Plan Year.

11.13  Rollover Requirements

             (a) This Section  11.13 applies to  distributions  made on or after
             January 1, 1993. Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to
             the contrary that would otherwise  limit a  distributee's  election
             under this Section 11.13, a distributee  may elect, at the time and
             in the  manner  prescribed  by the Plan  Administrator  to have any
             portion of an eligible  rollover  distribution  paid directly to an
             eligible  retirement  plan specified by the distributee in a direct
             rollover.

             (b)   For purposes of this Section 11.13, the
             following definitions shall apply:

                         (i)  Eligible   rollover   distribution:   An  eligible
                   rollover  distribution  is  any  distribution  of  all or any
                   portion  of the  balance  to the  credit of the  distributee,
                   except  that  an  eligible  rollover  distribution  does  not
                   include:  any  distribution  that  is  one  of  a  series  of
                   substantially  equal periodic  payments (not less  frequently
                   than annually) made for the life (or life  expectancy) of the
                   distributee  or the joint lives (or joint life  expectancies)
                   of  the   distributee   and  the   distributee's   designated
                   beneficiary,  or for a specified period of ten years or more;
                   any distribution to the extent such  distribution is required
                   under Section  401(a)(9) of the Code;  and the portion of any
                   distribution   that  is  not   includible   in  gross  income
                   (determined   without   regard  to  the   exclusion  for  net
                   unrealized appreciation with respect to Employer securities).

                         (ii) Eligible  retirement plan: An eligible  retirement
                   plan is an individual retirement account described in Section
                   408(a)  of  the  Code,  an  individual   retirement   annuity
                   described  in Section  408(b) of the Code,  an  annuity  plan
                   described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or a qualified trust
                   described  in Section  401(a) of the Code,  that  accepts the
                   distributee's eligible rollover distribution. However, in the
                   case of an eligible  rollover  distribution  to the surviving
                   spouse,   an  eligible   retirement  plan  is  an  individual
                   retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

                         (iii) Distributee:  A distributee
                   includes an employee or former employee.
                   In addition, the employee's or former
                   employee's surviving spouse and the
                   employee's or former employee's spouse or
                   former spouse who is the alternate payee
                   under a
                             -78-

                              309
<PAGE>
                               qualified domestic relations order, as defined in
                   Section 414(p) of the Code, are  distributees  with regard to
                   the interest of the spouse or former spouse.

                         (iv) Direct rollover: A direct
                    rollover is a payment by the Plan to the
                   eligible retirement plan specified by the
                                  distributee.
                             -79-

                              310
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XII
                         DEATH BENEFITS


12.01  Death Prior to Pension Commencement

             (a) The surviving  Spouse,  if any, of a Participant who dies prior
             to  the  commencement  of his  Pension  (other  than  a  Disability
             Pension)  but  after  August  23,  1984,  and after  having  become
             entitled  to a vested  interest  hereunder,  whether  immediate  or
             deferred,   shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a  monthly  Qualified
             Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  commencing  on the  Participant's
             Earliest Retirement Date.

             (b) The surviving Spouse, if any, of a former Participant who has a
             Termination of Employment on or after January 1, 1976, and who dies
             prior to the  commencement  of his Pension (other than a Disability
             Pension)  but  after  August  23,  1984,  and after  having  become
             entitled  to a vested  interest  hereunder,  whether  immediate  or
             deferred,   shall  be  entitled  to  receive  a  monthly  Qualified
             Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  commencing  on the  Participant's
             Earliest Retirement Date.

             (c) For purposes of this Section 12.01,  the surviving  Spouse of a
             Participant  shall  mean and be  limited  to the  person who is the
             Participant's  spouse at the time of his death and who has been his
             spouse for at least one year  immediately  prior to the date of his
             death.

             (d) For purposes of this Section  12.01,  the "Earliest  Retirement
             Date" of a Participant who dies is the later of the month following
             the month in which the  Participant  dies or the month in which the
             Participant  would have first become eligible for commencement of a
             Pension under the Plan if he had survived.

             (e) For purposes of this Section 12.01,  a Qualified  Preretirement
             Survivor  Annuity  means a  survivor  annuity  for the  life of the
             surviving Spouse of the Participant in an amount equal to:

                         (1) If a Participant  who is an employee of a member of
                   the  Controlled  Group dies after meeting the age and service
                   requirements  for an Early  Retirement  Pension under Section
                   10.02,  the amount of such monthly  survivor benefit shall be
                   equal to the amount of the monthly  payment his spouse  would
                   have received if the  Participant's  Retirement  had occurred
                   under the  provisions  of Section 10.02 on the day before the
                   date of his death and had the automatic form of payment under
                   Section 11.04 been  applicable to him, based upon his Accrued
                   Pension on the date of his death.
                             -80-

                              311
<PAGE>

                         (2) If a Participant  who is an employee of a member of
                   the  Controlled  Group  dies  prior  to  meeting  the age and
                   service  requirements for an Early  Retirement  Pension under
                   Section 10.02,  the amount of such monthly  survivor  benefit
                   shall be equal  to the  amount  of the  monthly  payment  his
                   Spouse would have received if such Employee had a Termination
                   of Employ  ment on the date of his death but had  survived to
                   the  date he  attained  his  Earliest  Retirement  Date,  had
                   commenced  his  Pension on such date,  and had the  automatic
                   form of payment under  Section 11.04 been  applicable to him,
                   based upon his Accrued Pension on the date of his death.

                         (3)  If  a  Participant   who  had  a  Termination   of
                   Employment   dies   after   meeting   the  age  and   service
                   requirements  for an Early  Retirement  Pension under Section
                   10.02,  the amount of such monthly  survivor benefit shall be
                   equal to the amount of the monthly  payment his Spouse  would
                   have  received  if the  Participant  had  begun to  receive a
                   Pension in the automatic form of payment under the provisions
                   of  Section  11.04 on the day  before  the date of his death,
                   based upon his Accrued Benefit on the date of his Termination
                   of Employment.

                         (4)  If  a  Participant   who  had  a  Termination   of
                   Employment   dies  prior  to  meeting  the  age  and  service
                   requirements  for an Early  Retirement  Pension under Section
                   10.02,  the amount of such monthly  survivor benefit shall be
                   equal to the amount of the monthly  payment his Spouse  would
                   have received if the  Participant had survived to the date he
                   attained his Earliest  Retirement  Date and had then begun to
                   receive a Pension in the automatic  form of payment under the
                   provisions of Section 11.04,  based upon his Accrued  Pension
                   on the date of his Termination of Employment.

             (f) Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section 12.01,
             a surviving  Spouse may elect to defer  commencement of a Qualified
             Preretirement Survivor Annuity from the Earliest Retirement Date to
             a date not later than the first day of the month next following the
             date the Participant would have attained age 65.
                             -81-

                              312
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XIII
                     EFFECT OF PRIOR PLANS


The  provisions  of  Article  XIII  with  respect  to (i)  certain  pension  and
profit-sharing  plans  that have  been or will be merged  into the Plan and (ii)
special  provisions  in cases  where no prior plan  existed  and with  regard to
transfers of employment to and from members of the Controlled Group that are not
Employers are contained in Volume II of the Plan.
                             -82-

                              313
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XIV
            1993 SPECIAL EARLY RETIREMENT PROVISIONS


14.01  General

       This Article XIV provides for certain increased  benefits with respect to
       certain  Participants  (or former  Participants in the case of a deceased
       former employee) who satisfy the  requirements  specified in this Article
       XIV for such  increased  benefits.  Except as otherwise  provided in this
       Article   XIV,   the   provisions   of  this   Article  XIV  shall  apply
       notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary and shall
       control in the case of any conflict with any other provision of the Plan.

14.02  Eligibility

       In order to be eligible for increased  benefits  pursuant to this Article
       XIV, a Participant must be listed on Schedule A to the Plan.

14.03  Termination of Employment

       In order to receive the increased  benefits  provided  under this Article
       XIV, a  Participant  who meets the  eligibility  requirements  of Section
       14.02 of this Article XIV must voluntarily  terminate his employment with
       the Employer (and any other member(s) of the Controlled  Group) as of the
       Retirement Date applicable to such Participant as specified on Schedule A
       to the Plan;  provided,  however,  that such  retirement  shall be deemed
       satisfied by any such  Participant who has a Termination of Employment on
       or prior to his Retirement Date as specified on Schedule A to the Plan by
       reason of his death.

14.04  Increased Benefits

       Benefits under the Plan of a Participant  who both meets the  eligibility
       requirements  of Section  14.02 of this  Article  XIV and  satisfies  the
       requirements and conditions of Section 14.03 of this Article XIV shall be
       increased,  beginning as of the latest of March 1, 1993, the first day of
       the month following the month in which such Participant's Retirement Date
       as specified on Schedule A to the Plan occurs,  or as specified  below in
       this Section 14.04, in accordance with the following:

             (a) The  amount  of such  Participant's  Accrued  Pension  shall be
             increased by an amount equal to the  Participant's  "Special  Early
             Retirement  Compensation"  (as hereinafter  defined)  multiplied by
             five-twelfths (5/12) of one percent. A Participant's "Special Early
             Retirement  Compensation"  shall mean the Participant's  annualized
             base  salary  in  effect  on the day  preceding  the  Participant's
             Termination of Employment.
                             -83-

                              314
<PAGE>

             (b) The Pension of any such  Participant  whose  Pension  commences
             prior to his  Normal  Retirement  Date  shall  not be  reduced  for
             commencement  prior to the month  following the month in which such
             Participant would (if he survived) attain age 65.

             (c) If  such  Participant  is  less  than  age  62 on  his  Pension
             commencement date, he shall receive a supplemental  monthly benefit
             in the amount of $200 per month payable beginning as of his Pension
             commencement  date and continuing  through the earlier of the month
             in which he attains age 62 or the month in which his death  occurs.
             If such Participant dies prior to his Pension  commencement date or
             the first day of the month in which he would have  attained  age 62
             and is  survived  by his  Spouse  to whom he had been  continuously
             married  for at least one year  ending  on his date of death,  such
             Spouse shall receive a supplemental  monthly  benefit in the amount
             of $200 per month  payable  beginning  as of the later of the month
             following the month in which occurs the Retirement  Date applicable
             to such  Participant  as specified on Schedule A to the Plan or the
             month following the month in which the Participant's death occurred
             and  continuing   through  the  end  of  the  month  in  which  the
             Participant would have attained age 62.

             (d)  For  purposes  of  computing   the  amount  of  the  Qualified
             Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  (if  any)  (as of the  date  such
             Qualified  Preretirement Survivor Annuity otherwise commences under
             the Plan) with respect to such a Participant  who dies prior to his
             Pension  commencement  date and  prior to the month  following  the
             month in which such  Participant  would (if he survived) attain age
             65, the  Pension  that would have been  payable to the  Participant
             shall not be reduced for commencement  prior to the month following
             the month in which such  Participant  would (if he survived) attain
             age 65.

             (e)  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article XIV to the
             contrary,   Sections   1.33  and  1.34  and   Article   V  and  the
             corresponding  provisions  of any  applicable  Appendix to the Plan
             shall be applied based upon such Participant's actual age.

             (f) The  increased  benefits  payable  pursuant to this Article XIV
             shall be subject to all generally  applicable  provisions regarding
             payment or benefits and conditions and  limitations  thereon of the
             Plan  and  of  applicable  law,   including,   without  limitation,
             subsection (f) of Section 1.01.
                             -84-

                              315
<PAGE>
                           SCHEDULE A
                               TO
                         ARTICLE XIV OF
                ALLTEL CORPORATION PENSION PLAN
                 (January 1, 1994 Restatement)



                              PARTICIPANT'S      PARTICIPANT'S
 PARTICIPANT'S                SOCIAL SECURITY    RETIREMENT
       NAME                         NUMBER              DATE


Faris, Carroll                    ###-##-####        01/31/93
Sherman, Lloyd                    ###-##-####        01/31/93
Blackwelder, John                 ###-##-####        02/28/93
Lillie, Roberta                   ###-##-####        02/28/93
Merritt, Donald                   ###-##-####        02/28/93
Ryan, John                        ###-##-####        02/28/93
Smith, Calvin                     ###-##-####        02/28/93
Stradley, Ronald                  ###-##-####        02/28/93
Baker, Virginia (spouse)          ###-##-####        03/08/93**
Forney, Joan (spouse)             ###-##-####        03/14/93**
Hamrick, Philip                   ###-##-####        03/31/93
Calkins, Lincoln                  ###-##-####        04/30/93
Sadlon, Earl                      ###-##-####        04/30/93
Bradshaw, James                   ###-##-####        05/31/93
Downing, Howard                   ###-##-####        05/31/93
Krebs, Irvin                      ###-##-####        05/31/93
Lindberg, James                   ###-##-####        05/31/93
Marshall, Eugene                  ###-##-####        05/31/93
Drysdale, Floyd                   ###-##-####        06/30/93
Neal, Howard                      ###-##-####        06/30/93
Phillips, Leo                     ###-##-####        06/30/93
Wood, Richard                     ###-##-####        06/30/93
Bomar, Hale                       ###-##-####        07/31/93
Adams, Ellen                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Adkins, Charles                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Allen, Ronald                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Angelis, Thomas                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Armstrong, Janet                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Arnold, Glenn                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Artz, Helen                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Avery, Lavelle                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Ayers, Nolan                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Bailor, Mary                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
                             -85-

                              316
<PAGE>

Baker, Bernadine                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Ballard, Sylvia                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Ball, Barbara                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Barlow, Walter                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Barrett, Rose                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Bender, Edward                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Biggs, Joyce                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Blair, Robert                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Blakey, John                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Blake, William                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Bouchard, Mildred                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Bowser, Stanley                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Brake, Ralph                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Brent, Constance                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Brindley, Charles                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Brown, Mary                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Brown, Willis                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Calanni, Nellie                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Calvert, Albert                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Carruthers, Robert                ###-##-####        08/31/93
Carson, Clara                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Caskey, James                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Chemelli, Bessie                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Clark, Bobby                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Clark, Lois                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Clark, Robert                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Clark, Shirley                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Coffer, Charles                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Cosma, Paul                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Couick, Bobby                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Croft, Larry                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Daniels, Allen                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Darnell, Nancy                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Day, Happy                        ###-##-####        08/31/93
DeForest, William                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Dewey, Robert                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Dragoo, Paul                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Drury, Walter                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Duce, Kenneth                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Dulaney, Thomas                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Dunasky, Henry                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Dunlap, Kenneth                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Eason, Elizabeth                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Eckard, Robert                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Edwards, June                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Edwards, Mark                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
                             -86-

                              317
<PAGE>
Fahl, Max                         ###-##-####        08/31/93
Farrell, James                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Faso, Mary                        ###-##-####        08/31/93
Fortescue, James                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Funke, John                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Gaddy, Albert                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Gaster, Andrew                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
George, Virginia                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Gilbert, Gene                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Grafton, Donald                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Graham, Alice                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Greene, John                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Green, John                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Green, Lynette                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Griffith, Jack                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Haag, William                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hans, Maureen                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hardee, Robert                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hardwick, Phillip                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Harmon-Rost, Evelyn               ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hartmann, Richard                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Haynie, Fletcher                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hensley, Charles                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hensley, William                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hetrick, Boyd                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hirth, Richard                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hollingsworth, Perry              ###-##-####        08/31/93
Holobaugh, Grover                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Horning, Glenn                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Howard, Walter                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hudock, Margaret                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Hudson, Mary                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Ilse, Carroll                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Inman, Doyle                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Javorsky, Donald                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Johnson, Willard                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Jones, Gayle                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kale, Arthur                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kemp, Lois                        ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kesslar, Melvin                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kiger, Duane                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kiger, Joann                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kilgus, Oscar                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kimmy, Ronald                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
King, Virginia                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kirby, Hazel                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
                             -87-

                              318
<PAGE>
Koehler, Mary                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kohut, John                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kozak, John                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Krejci, Richard                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Kruse, Harlan                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Lambert, Carl                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Lasher, Estalene                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Lawson, Jack                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Lentz, Charles                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Lindquist, Marylee                ###-##-####        08/31/93
Malone, Dale                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Manders, James                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Manley, Howard                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Mansfield, William                ###-##-####        08/31/93
Marraccini, Robert                ###-##-####        08/31/93
Mathis, Fredah                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Mattox, Kenneth                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
McConnell, James                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
McGaughey, Herbert                ###-##-####        08/31/93
McKinley, Donald                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Miller, Bertha                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Miller, Joyce                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Mize, Woodrow                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Muir, Dorothy                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Nance, Sara                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Neeley, Sandra                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Neely, Charles                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Nelson, Kenneth                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Noonan, Bobbie                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
O'Kelley, Bettye                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Oste, George                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Palmer, William                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Panebianco, Joseph                ###-##-####        08/31/93
Patton, John                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Payne, Franklin                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Pearson, George                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Pearson, Roland                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Perry, Emily                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Phillips, Charlotte               ###-##-####        08/31/93
Poorbaugh, Earl                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Povhe, Albert                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Powell, Edna                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Presson, William                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Priest, Mary                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Prutsman, Everett                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Quinlan, Willard                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
                             -88-

                              319
<PAGE>
Randolph, George                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Rice, June                        ###-##-####        08/31/93
Rine, Mary                        ###-##-####        08/31/93
Rising, Willard                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Roberts, Edward                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Roberts, Patricia                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Rodgers, John                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Roney, Robert                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Roth, Elaine                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Routh, John                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Schachter, Dorothy                ###-##-####        08/31/93
Schrecengost, Lloyd               ###-##-####        08/31/93
Scott, Thomas                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Sears, Robert                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Seay, Richard                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Shaffer, George                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Shank, David                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Simpson, Bobbie                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Smiley, Jack                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Snoderly, Catherine               ###-##-####        08/31/93
Southworth, Merle                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Stalnaker, Harold                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Stemple, William                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Stewart, Dorothy                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Stivason, Hubert                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Stout, James                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Stout, Ronald                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Stover, Robert                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
St. Onge, Elizabeth               ###-##-####        08/31/93
Suter, John                       ###-##-####        08/31/93
Swaile, William                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Swan, Earl                        ###-##-####        08/31/93
Thomas, Shirley                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Thompson, James                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Trainor, Robert                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Valesky, Donald                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Vendetti, Jean                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Venhuizen, Fred                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Volpe, Joseph                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Walter, Harold                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Ward, Albert                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Wasson, James                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
White, Carolyn                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
White, Charles                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Wickline, Irene                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Williams, Ann                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
                             -89-

                              320
<PAGE>
Williams, Dan                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Wilson, Mary                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Wink, Janette                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Winters, Kenneth                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Woodring, Phillip                 ###-##-####        08/31/93
Wright, Sherwood                  ###-##-####        08/31/93
Yancey, John                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Yankasky, John                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Yeany, Richard                    ###-##-####        08/31/93
Zaleski, Robert                   ###-##-####        08/31/93
Zang, Raymond                     ###-##-####        08/31/93
Zwald, Wayne                      ###-##-####        08/31/93
Reeser, Richard                   ###-##-####        10/31/93

** Employee's date of death
                             -90-

                              321
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XV
              TRANSFER OF BENEFITS WITH RESPECT TO
        CERTAIN EMPLOYEES WHOSE EMPLOYMENT  TRANSFERS TO GTE SOUTH  INCORPORATED
      OR CONTEL OF THE SOUTH, INC.


15.01  Definitions

       For purposes of this Article XV, the following definitions shall apply:

             (a)   The "Closing Date" shall mean Closing Date
             as defined in the Employee Transfer Agreements.

             (b)   An "Employee Transfer Agreement" shall mean
             an Employee Transfer Agreement between ALLTEL
             Illinois, Inc. and GTE South Incorporated, ALLTEL
             Indiana, Inc. and Contel of the South, Inc., or
             ALLTEL Michigan, Inc. and Contel of the South,
             Inc., each dated April 5, 1993, (collectively,
             the "Employee Transfer Agreements").

             (c) An "LTD Recipient" shall mean an Employee or former Employee of
             a  Transferring  Employer  as  defined  in  the  Employee  Transfer
             Agreements.

             (d) The "Transfer Assets" shall mean the amount or amounts directed
             by  the  Company  to  be  transferred  to  the  Transfer  Plans  in
             accordance with the provisions of the Transfer Agreements.

             (e) A "Transfer  Employee" shall mean an active Employee (including
             an Employee on military leave,  maternity  leave, or other approved
             leaves of absence, short-term disability, and an Employee on layoff
             with  recall  rights)  whose   employment   transfers  from  ALLTEL
             Illinois, Inc. to GTE South Incorporated, from ALLTEL Indiana, Inc.
             to Contel of the South,  Inc.,  or from  ALLTEL  Michigan,  Inc. to
             Contel of the South, Inc., as of the Closing Date.

             (f) A  "Transfer  Plan"  shall  mean the GTE  Telephone  Operations
             Salaried  Pension  Plan or the GTE South  Incorporated  (Southeast)
             Plan for  Hourly-Paid  Employees'  Pensions or such other qualified
             plan as may be designated by GTE (as GTE is defined in the Employee
             Transfer Agreements) (collectively, the "Transfer Plans"),

             (g) A  "Transferring  Employer" shall mean ALLTEL  Illinois,  Inc.,
             ALLTEL Indiana, Inc., or ALLTEL Michigan, Inc., (collectively,  the
             "Transferring
             Employers").

             (h) A "WC Recipient" shall mean an Employee or former Employee of a
             Transferring   Employer  as  defined  in  the   Employee   Transfer
             Agreements.
                             -91-

                              322
<PAGE>

15.02  Transfer of Assets and Liabilities

       All  liabilities for benefits of the Plan existing as of the Closing Date
       with respect to Transfer  Employees shall be transferred from the Plan to
       one or  more  of the  Transfer  Plans,  as  designated  by GTE (as GTE is
       defined in the Employee Transfer Agreements).

       The Company  shall direct the Trustee to transfer the Transfer  Assets to
       the trustee(s) or funding  agent(s) for the Transfer Plans, in accordance
       with the provisions of the Employee Transfer Agreements.

15.03  Benefit Payments After the Closing Date but Prior to
       the Transfer of Assets and Liabilities

       If, on or after the Closing Date and before the actual transfer of assets
       and  liabilities  for benefits,  bene fits become  payable under the Plan
       with respect to a Transfer Employee,  the benefits shall be paid from the
       Plan and the  assets  and  liabilities  for  benefits  to be  transferred
       pursuant to Section  15.02 shall be adjusted as provided in the  Employee
       Transfer Agreements.

15.04  Cessation of Participation

       Effective as of the Closing Date,  each Transfer  Employee shall cease to
       be a  Participant  in the Plan,  and no  Transfer  Employee or any person
       claiming  under or through any Transfer  Employee shall have any benefits
       or rights  under the Plan after the Closing  Date  (except as provided in
       Section 15.03).

15.05  Vested Interest of Transfer Employees

       The entire benefit of each Transfer  Employee shall be transferred to one
       or more of the Transfer Plans, as designated by GTE (as GTE is defined in
       the Employee  Transfer  Agreements),  including any benefits in which the
       Transfer  Employee does not have a  nonforfeitable  interest.  The vested
       interest of each Transfer Employee in the Transfer Plan applicable to him
       shall be determined  under the provisions of the Transfer Plan, but in no
       event shall such vested  interest  be less than the  Transfer  Employee's
       vested interest under the Plan as of the Closing Date.

15.06  Provisions Regarding LTD Recipients and WC Recipients

       An LTD Recipient or WC Recipient shall not be a Transfer  Employee on the
       Closing  Date. An LTD Recipient or WC Recipient  may,  however,  become a
       Transfer Employee,  as provided in the Employee Transfer Agreements,  and
       the  provisions  of this  Article  XV  shall  apply  to such  former  LTD
       Recipient  or WC Recipient  with the last day of the  calendar  year that
       includes  the  date  of the  former  LTD  Recipient's  or WC  Recipient's
       commencement of active service with
                             -92-

                              323
<PAGE>
       GTE South Incorporated or Contel of the South, Inc.
       substituted for Closing Date.

15.07  Plan Continuing

       The applicable  Transfer Plan shall be deemed to be a continuation of the
       Plan with respect to the Transfer  Employees,  and the transfer of assets
       and  liabilities  to the Transfer Plans shall not be deemed a termination
       or partial termination of the Plan with respect to the Transfer Employees
       or otherwise.

15.08  Overriding Provisions

       The provisions of this Article XV shall apply  notwithstanding  any other
       provisions of the Plan,  except  Section  12.07,  and shall  override any
       conflicting Plan provisions.
                             -93-

                              324
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XVI
             SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND EFFECTIVE DATES


16.01  Effective Date

       This  amended and restated  Plan is effective as of January 1, 1994,  but
       with respect only to Participants who have a Termination of Employment on
       or after January 1, 1994, except as may otherwise be provided herein.

16.02  Termination or Retirement Prior to January 1, 1994

       Except as  provided  in  Sections  11.04 and 12.01 or as required by law,
       including  applicable  provisions  of the Code, a  Participant  who has a
       Termination of Employment  under conditions of eligibility for a deferred
       Pension,  who retired, or who attained his normal retirement age (whether
       or not he retired)  prior to January 1, 1994 and who is not credited with
       one Hour of Service on or after  January  1,  1994,  or his  Beneficiary,
       shall  receive or  continue to receive a Pension in  accordance  with the
       provisions  of the  Plan  in  effect  at the  date  of the  Participant's
       Termination of Employment, retirement or normal retirement age, whichever
       first occurred.

16.03  Tax Reform Act of 1986 Effective Dates

       With respect to any change made to the Plan to satisfy the  provisions of
       the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and any subsequent legislation,  including any
       regulations,  rulings, or other published guidance,  such change shall be
       effective on the first day of the first  period  (which may or may not be
       the first day of a Plan Year) with  respect to which such  change  became
       required because of such provisions.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Company, by its duly authorized  officer,  has executed
this Plan on this 29th day of December, 1994.


                               ALLTEL CORPORATION



                                 By: /s/ John L. Comparin
                                     -----------------------------------
                                    Title: Vice President - Human Resources

                                   325
<PAGE>
                        ALLTEL CORPORATION
                          PENSION PLAN

                 (January 1, 1994 Restatement)


                           VOLUME II

                              326
<PAGE>

ARTICLE II.                       TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                       Page

ARTICLE XIII   EFFECT OF PRIOR PLANS                                    2

13.01          General                                                  2
13.02          Effect of Telephone Utilities of Pennsylvania, Inc.
               Group Pension Plan (Group Annuity Contract No. 778)      5
13.03          Effect of Pension Plan of The Newark Telephone 
               Company                                                 14
13.04          Effect of Tygart Valley Telephone Company Pension 
               Plan                                                    18
13.05          Effect of The Old Town Telephone System, 
               Incorporated Pension Plan                               22
13.06          Effect of Leeds Telephone Company Pension Plan          26
13.07          Effect of Allied Telephone Company Profit Sharing 
               Plan                                                    32
13.08          Effect of the Heins Retirement Plan                     38
13.09          Effect of Retirement Plan for Employees of CP 
               National Corporation                                    44
13.10          Employees of St. Matthews Telephone Company.            93
13.11          Employees of Area Marketing/Research 
               Associates, Inc.                                        96
13.12          Employees of Cellular Phone of Aiken-Augusta, Inc.      99
13.13          Employees of Systematics, Inc. and its Subsidiaries    102
13.14          Employees of HWC Distribution Corp. and its 
               Subsidiaries                                           105
13.15          Employees of Missouri Telephone Company and 
               Eastern Missouri Telephone Company                     108
13.16          Employees of Savannah MSA Cellular Partnership         111
13.17          Employees of Sugar Land Telephone Company, 
               Perco Telephone Company, SLT Cable TV, Inc., and 
               Metropolitan Houston Paging Services, Inc.             114
13.18          Employees of Contel Cellular of Arkansas, Inc.         117
13.19          Employees of GTE South Incorporated and Contel 
               of the South, Inc.                                     120
13.20          Employees of CPI Acquisition, Inc. d/b/a 
               Computer Power, Inc.                                   200
13.21          Employees of TDS Healthcare Systems Corporation        203

                                   327
<PAGE>
                       ALLTEL CORPORATION
                          PENSION PLAN
                 (January 1, 1994 Restatement)


                     PREAMBLE TO VOLUME II


This Volume II of the Plan  contains the  provisions of Article XIII of the Plan
with respect to (i) certain pension and  profit-sharing  plans that have been or
will be merged into the Plan and (ii) special provisions in cases where no prior
plan existed and with regard to transfers of  employment  to and from members of
the Controlled Group that are not Employers.

The provisions of all other Articles of the Plan are contained
in Volume I.

                                  328
<PAGE>

                     EFFECT OF PRIOR PLANS


13.01  General

             (a) Certain pension and  profit-sharing  plans have been or will be
             merged  into this  Plan.  This  Article  also may  provide  special
             provisions  in cases where no prior plan existed and with regard to
             transfers of employment to and from members of the Controlled Group
             that are not Employers.

             (b) As used in this Article XIII,  the following  words and phrases
             shall have the following meanings:

                         (i) "Prior Plan" means the respective Prior Plan.

                        (ii) "Effective Date" means the effective date of the 
                   merger of the Prior Plan into this Plan.

                       (iii) "Account"  means,  for a Prior Plan  participant,
                   all or some of the following  items,  in whole or in part, as
                   applicable:

                                   (A) his "Cash Surrender Values",  which means
                         the  cash  surrender  values  immediately  prior to the
                         Effective  Date  of  any   individual   life  insurance
                         policies in effect on his life;

                                   (B) his "Side  Fund",  which  means his share
                         immediately   prior  to  the  Effective   Date  in  any
                         auxiliary  or  conversion  fund  or  allocated  reserve
                         account maintained under the
                         Prior Plan;

                                   (C) his  "Account  Balance",  which means his
                         share  immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Date in a
                         defined contribution plan;

                         reduced in any event by any employee contributions 
                         refunded as of the Effective Date.

                         (iv)  "Minimum  Normal  Retirement  Pension"  means the
                   minimum  amount of monthly  Pension  payable  upon his Normal
                   Retirement to a Participant who was covered by the Prior Plan
                   immediately  prior to the Effective Date, who has remained in
                   continuous  employment  with the Employer since the Effective
                   Date, and




                                      -2-

                                      329
<PAGE>


                          who is eligible for a Normal Retirement Pension under
                   Section 10.01.

                         (v)  "Minimum  Early  Retirement   Pension"  means  the
                   minimum  amount of  monthly  Pension  payable  upon his Early
                   Retirement to a Participant who was covered by the Prior Plan
                   immediately  prior to the Effective Date, who has remained in
                   continuous  employment  with the Employer since the Effective
                   Date,  and  who  meets  the  requirements  specified  in this
                   Article XIII.

                         (vi) "Minimum Disability  Retirement Pension" means the
                   minimum amount of monthly Pension payable upon his Disability
                   Retirement to a Participant who was covered by the Prior Plan
                   immediately  prior to the Effective Date, who has remained in
                   continuous  employment  with the Employer since the Effective
                   Date,  who is eligible  for a Disability  Retirement  Pension
                   under  Section  10.03,  and who meets any other  requirements
                   specified in this Article XIII.

                         (vii)  "Minimum  Deferred  Vested  Pension"  means  the
                   minimum  amount of  monthly  Pension  payable  at his  Normal
                   Retirement Age to a Participant  who was covered by the Prior
                   Plan  immediately  prior  to the  Effective  Date,  who has a
                   Termination of Employment  subsequent to the Effective  Date,
                   and  who  meets  any  other  requirements  specified  in this
                   Article XIII.

                         (viii)  "Minimum  Death  Benefit"  means  the  lump sum
                   amount payable to the  beneficiary  of a Participant  who was
                   covered by the Prior Plan immediately  prior to the Effective
                   Date,  who has  remained in  continuous  employment  with the
                   Employer  since the  Effective  Date,  and who dies  while an
                   Employee subsequent to the Effective Date.

             (c)  Upon  Retirement  or  other   Termination  of  Employment,   a
             Participant  who has a vested  interest  in all or a portion  of an
             Account  may elect to take such  interest  in a lump sum in lieu of
             any Pension under this Article XIII. Any Pension  determined  under
             Article X shall be reduced by the Actuarial Equivalent of such lump
             sum.

             (d) If, upon the death of an  Employee,  a Qualified  Preretirement
             Survivor  Annuity is payable  under  Article  XII,  such  Qualified
             Preretirement  Surviving  Annuity  shall be in lieu of any  Minimum
             Death  Benefit;  provided,  however,  that,  if the  Minimum  Death
             Benefit is an Account and not a Pension,  the Surviving  Spouse may
             elect to take the  Minimum  Death  Benefit in a lump sum,  in which
             case the amount of the  Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity
             will be reduced to the amount that




                                      -3-

                                      330
<PAGE>



                   would have been payable under the assumptions of Article XII,
             with the further  assumption  that the  Participant  had,  upon his
             Retirement,  taken an amount equal to said Minimum Death Benefit as
             a lump sum with actuarially  equivalent reduction in his Pension as
             under subsection (c) above.

             (e) If a  Participant  eligible for any Pension  under this Plan is
             entitled to any benefit under a continuing Prior Plan, such Pension
             shall be reduced  by the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of such Prior Plan
             benefit.

             (f) The  amount of any  Pension  determined  under  any of  Section
             10.01,  10.02, 10.03, or 10.04 shall be reduced by the life annuity
             actuarial  equivalent  of any  Employer-purchased  Pension  payable
             concurrently,  or which would he so paid if proper application were
             made therefor, under the Prior Plan.



                                      -4-

                                      331
<PAGE>



 13.02  Effect of Telephone  Utilities of Pennsylvania,  Inc. Group Pension Plan
        (Group Annuity Contract No. 778)

             (a)   Effective Date - July 12, 1979.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - None.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to  Section  401(a)(12)  of  the  Code  -
             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan, in the event of
             the  termination  of the Plan,  each  participant of the Prior Plan
             shall  receive  a  benefit  which is equal to or  greater  than the
             benefit  he would have been  entitled  to receive if the Prior Plan
             had terminated immediately prior to the Effective Date.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX A - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES OF TELEPHONE  UTILITIES OF PENNSYLVANIA,  INC.
             AND  ITS  SUBSIDIARY  AND  AFFILIATED   COMPANIES,   which  follows
             immediately hereafter.



                                      -5-

                                      332
<PAGE>


   
                           APPENDIX A
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
           TELEPHONE UTILITIES OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC.
                              AND
            ITS SUBSIDIARY AND AFFILIATED COMPANIES


Effective at the close of business on July 11, 1979, the Telephone  Utilities of
Pennsylvania,  Inc.  Group  Pension  Plan (the  "Former  Plan") was frozen as to
contributions and benefit  accruals,  but continued by amendment and merger into
the Mid- Continent Telephone  Corporation Pension Plan (the "Plan").  Commencing
July 12, 1979,  the benefit  accruals to  employees  of  Telephone  Utilities of
Pennsylvania,  Inc. and its  Subsidiary  and  Affiliated  Companies  ("TUP") who
became  eligible  for the  Plan as of that  date  and  requirements  as to their
benefit  eligibility  and payment rights with respect to accruals under the Plan
and the Former Plan shall be  governed by the Plan as modified by this  Appendix
A.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,  effective January 1, 1982, the
following  Sections of the Plan are hereby  modified as follows  with respect to
active  employees of TUP on July 11, 1979, who were active  Participants  in the
Plan on December 31, 1980:

A.     Definition 1.01 is modified as follows:

                 1.01A "Accrued  Pension"  means,  for a Participant,  an amount
                 equal to the sum of (1) and (2) below:

                            (1)   The greater of (A) or (B) below:

                                         (A) His Benefit  Percentage  multiplied
                                         by his Average Monthly  Compensation at
                                         date of determination; or

                                         (B) $10.00  multiplied by the number of
                                         years  (and   fraction)   of   Credited
                                         Service.

                      plus

                            (2) An amount  equal to the  Participant's  "Accrued
                      Benefit"  as of July 11,  1979,  if any,  under the Former
                      Plan,  actuarially increased from the modified cash refund
                      form of payment to the life annuity form of payment.

                      Notwithstanding the preceding sentence,  a Participant who
                had a Termination of Employment  with deferred  Pension  rights,
                retired,  or attained his normal  retirement age (whether or not
                he  retired)  prior to January  1, 1994 and who is not  credited
                with one Hour of



                                      -6-

                                      333
<PAGE>


                Service   on or after January 1, 1994, or his  Beneficiary,  
                shall receive Or  continue  to  receive  a  Pension  in  
                accordance  with  the provisions   of  the  Plan  in   effect   
                at  the  date of the Participant's Termination of Employment,
                retirement, or normal retirement age, whichever first occurred.

B.     Definition 1.48A is added as follows:

                 1.48A   "Former   Plan"  means  the   Telephone   Utilities  of
                 Pennsylvania,  Inc. Group Pension Plan, as amended through July
                 11, 1979.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)A    Vesting Service

                             (a) A Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                       the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of Vesting
                       Service, in accordance with the following:

                                         (i) Service Prior to July 12, 1979: For
                            a Participant as of July 12, 1979 the  Participant's
                            period(s) of employment  with the Employer  prior to
                            July 12, 1979 shall be counted as Vesting Service to
                            the  extent  that  such   period(s)  were  similarly
                            credited under the provisions of the Former Plan.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  July 12,
                            1979: Subject to the Break in Service provisions, an
                            Employee, whether or not a Participant, shall accrue
                            one year of Vesting  Service for each  calendar year
                            in which he has 1,000 or more Hours of Service.

D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)A    Benefit Service

                             (a) The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                       behalf of a Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                       of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                         (i) Benefit  Service  Prior to July 12,
                             1979: None.

                                         (ii)  Benefit  Service  From and  After
                             July 12,  1979:  Subject  to the  Break in  Service
                             provisions,  a Participant shall accrue one year of
                             Benefit  Service for each calendar year in which he
                             has 2,000 or



                                      -7-

                                      334
<PAGE>

                      

                             more  Hours  of  Service,  with  fractional  credit
                             granted  in units of 1/12th  year for each 166- 2/3
                             Hours of  Service  completed.  No  Benefit  Service
                             shall be  granted  for any  calendar  year in which
                             employment  is less  than  1,000  Hours of  Service
                             except for the  calendar  year next  preceding  the
                             date of the Participant's initial participation (or
                             calendar year of return to employment after a Break
                             in   Service)   and  the   calendar   year  of  the
                             Participant's  Retirement (or other  Termination of
                             Employment).  The  maximum  Benefit  Service  to be
                             accrued  for  the  period  July  12,  1979  through
                             December 31, 1979 shall be 0.4694 year.

                            (b)  Benefits  under the Plan  shall not be  accrued
                      during  employment  which would have  excluded an Employee
                      from  participation  in the  Plan  because  he was  not an
                      Eligible Employee;  provided, however, that this exclusion
                      from benefit  accrual  shall not apply to an Employee in a
                      collective  bargaining  unit not included in this Plan who
                      becomes  covered  by  this  Plan,  whether  or  not  he is
                      affected by the  provisions  of Section 10.05 and provided
                      further  that  the  exclusion  shall  again  apply  if the
                      Employee is transferred back to such collective bargaining
                      unit,  but only as to his benefit  accruals  subsequent to
                      the  date  of  such  latter  transfer.   In  the  event  a
                      Participant  ceases to be an  Employee  eligible to accrue
                      benefits  under the Plan but  remains in the employ of the
                      Employer,  he shall receive no Benefit Service until he is
                      again in eligible employment.

E.     Section 1.37(h) is modified as follows:

                1.37(h)A    Bridging

                      Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Plan,  any
                former  Participant  who,   irrespective  of  the  date  of  his
                Termination  of Employment,  had not fulfilled the  requirements
                for  vested   benefits  under  this  Plan  including  any  prior
                provision hereof,  and who again was or is employed,  shall have
                years of  pre-termination  Vesting  Service and Benefit  Service
                restored,  unless otherwise  restored in accordance with Section
                1.37 or Section  10.04,  if the number of  consecutive  years of
                post- termination  employment is at least 5, provided,  however,
                that this Section  1.37(h)A shall not result in the  restoration
                of  pre-termination  Vesting Years of Service or Benefit Service
                with respect to any termination which occurred prior to July 12,
                1979.



                                      -8-

                                      335
<PAGE>


F.     Section 10.04-I-A is added as follows:

                10.04-I-A   Vesting

                      A  Participant  with 10  years  or more  Vesting  Years of
                Service  and/or who has attained age 62 who has a Termination of
                Employment at a time when he is ineligible for any other Pension
                under the Plan shall be eligible for a Deferred  Vested Pension.
                If a  Participant  is  reemployed as an Employee by the Employer
                after  having   qualified  for  a  Deferred  Vested  Pension  in
                accordance with this Section 10.04-I-A,  such Participant shall,
                in lieu thereof,  have  reinstated the Benefit Service in effect
                when such Deferred Vested Pension was acquired.

G.     Section 10.02 is modified as follows:

                10.02A      Early Retirement Pension

                      The monthly Pension of a Participant eligible for an Early
                Retirement  Pension shall be, at the option of the  Participant,
                either (i) or (ii) as set forth below:

                              (i) A deferred  pension  commencing with the month
                     following the month in which such  Participant  attains his
                     Normal  Retirement  Age in an amount  equal to his  Accrued
                     Pension at the time of Early Retirement.

                             (ii) An  immediate  pension  commencing  with  any
                     month following the month in which such Participant retired
                     early  determined  as  provided  in (i)  above,  but,  with
                     respect to that portion of his Accrued  Pension  determined
                     in accordance with clause (1) of Definition 1.01A,  reduced
                     as provided in Section  10.02,  and,  with  respect to that
                     portion   determined  in  accordance  with  clause  (2)  of
                     Definition  1.01A,  reduced by  five-tenths  of one percent
                     (0.5%)  for each  complete  calendar  month  by which  such
                     earlier  commencement date precedes the month following the
                     month in which such Participant attains his 65th birthday.

H.     Section 10.03 is modified as follows:

                10.03A      Disability Retirement Pension

                      The  monthly  Pension  of a  Participant  eligible  for  a
                Disability  Retirement  Pension under the  provisions of Section
                10.03 shall be




                                      -9-

                                      336
<PAGE>


                his  Accrued  Pension  at the  time  of  Disability  Retirement,
                provided, however, that the portion of such amount determined in
                accordance with clause (2) of Definition  1.01A shall be reduced
                by one-quarter of one percent (0.25%) for each complete calendar
                month by which his Disability  Retirement  Pension  commencement
                date  precedes  the  month  following  the  month in which  such
                Participant  attains his 65th birthday.  The monthly  Pension so
                calculated  payable prior to a Participant's  Normal  Retirement
                Age shall be reduced by all amounts  (other than payments  under
                Title II of the Social  Security  Act)  which  such  Participant
                receives or is eligible to receive for any disability  under any
                group  insurance  contract to which the Employer is a part,  and
                that portion of all amounts which such  Participant  receives or
                is  eligible  to  receive,  under  any  federal,  state or local
                legislation  which provides for disability  benefits,  excepting
                payments specifically allocated as reimbursement for hospital or
                medical  expense,  the  loss or 100%  loss of use of any  bodily
                member, or the loss of industrial vision,  which is allocable to
                any  taxes,  premiums  or other  payments  therefor  made by the
                Employer, either now or in the future.

I.     Section 10.04 is modified by substituting the following
       (a) and (b) in lieu of (a), (b) and (d) thereof:

                10.04A      Deferred Pension Upon Termination of Employment

                            (a) The monthly Pension of a former  Participant who
                      has a Termination of Employment  and who becomes  eligible
                      for a Deferred  Vested Pension in accordance  with Section
                      10.04-I-A  shall be his Accrued  Pension  multiplied  by a
                      vesting percentage determined in accordance with the table
                      immediately below:

                         Years of Service   Vesting Percentage

                         Less than 10
                         
                           (i) Less than age sixty-two  (62) at  Termination  of
                               Employment 0%

                          (ii) Age  sixty-two  (62) or more  at  Termination  of
                               Employment 100%

                         10 or more               100%



                                      -10-

                                       337
<PAGE>


                                  Notwithstanding the above, if a Participant is
                      not covered by a collective  bargaining  agreement and the
                      vesting  schedule  under  Section  10.04(b)  would be more
                      favorable for such  Participant,  then his Accrued Pension
                      shall be  multiplied  by the  vesting  schedule  stated in
                      Section 10.04(b) in lieu of the vesting schedule set forth
                      above.

                                  Such  Pension  shall  commence  with the month
                      following  the  month in  which  such  former  Participant
                      attains his Normal Retirement Age.

                            (b) A former  Participant  with 15 or more  years of
                      Service may elect (by written application) to commence his
                      Deferred  Vested  Pension in a reduced  amount at any time
                      between  the ages of 55 and 65,  or a  former  Participant
                      with less than 15 years of  Service,  at any time  between
                      the  ages of 62 and 65,  in  either  of  which  cases  the
                      monthly  Pension  amount as determined  in subsection  (a)
                      above  shall be  reduced  by  five-tenths  of one  percent
                      (0.5%)  for each  complete  calendar  month by which  such
                      earlier commencement date precedes the month following the
                      month  in  which  such  Participant   attains  his  Normal
                      Retirement Age.

J.     Section 11.03 is modified as follows:

                11.03A      Deferred Vested Pension

                      A Deferred  Vested Pension shall be payable to an eligible
                Participant commencing with the first day of the month following
                his 65th  birthday,  or, if later,  following  the month  proper
                application  is made therefor (but with payments  retroactive to
                the first day of the month following his 65th  birthday),  or in
                the  case  of  Participant  with 15 or more  years  of  Service,
                following  any  month  between  the ages of 55 and 65, or in the
                case of a  Participant  with  less  than 15  years  of  Service,
                following any month between the ages of 62 and 65, in accordance
                with  his  election  to  receive  a  reduced  amount  under  the
                provisions  of Section  10.04A,  and shall be payable each month
                thereafter during the life of such Participant. The last payment
                to the  Participant  shall be that made at the  beginning of the
                month in which the death of such Participant occurs, except that
                if the  Participant  has taken a  Qualified  Joint and  Survivor
                Annuity  as set  forth in  Section  11.04 and is  receiving  his
                Pension, then any payments to him and his surviving spouse shall
                be as set forth in said Section 11.04.



                                      -11-

                                       338
<PAGE>


K.     Section 12.01(a) and (b) are modified as follows:

                12.01A      Death Prior to Pension Commencement

                            (a) The surviving  spouse,  if any, of a Participant
                      who dies  prior to the  commencement  of his  Pension  but
                      after August 23, 1984, and after having become entitled to
                      a  vested  interest   hereunder,   whether   immediate  or
                      deferred, shall be entitled to receive a monthly Qualified
                      Preretirement   Survivor   Annuity   commencing   on   the
                      Participant's  earliest retirement date based on a Pension
                      determined pursuant to Section 10.01, 10.02A or 10.04A, as
                      applicable.

                            (b)  The  surviving  spouse,  if  any,  of a  former
                      Participant  who  terminated  or  terminates  on or  after
                      January 1, 1976, and who dies prior to the commencement of
                      his Pension but after  August 23,  1984,  and after having
                      become  entitled to a vested interest  hereunder,  whether
                      immediate  or  deferred,  shall be  entitled  to receive a
                      monthly   Qualified    Preretirement    Survivor   Annuity
                      commencing on the Participant's  earliest  retirement date
                      based on a Pension  determined  pursuant to Section 10.01,
                      10.02A, or 10.04A, as applicable.

L.     The following Section 6.08A is added to ARTICLE VII:

                6.08A Employee Contributions under Former Plan

                            (a) Each  participant  in the  Former  Plan prior to
                      July  12,  1979,  contributed  to the cost  thereof.  Such
                      participant's   Accumulated  Contributions  with  interest
                      ("ACI") shall be equal to his aggregate contributions with
                      interest to January 1, 1979, together with interest at the
                      rate  of  5%  per   annum   from  that   date,   plus  his
                      contributions  for 1979  (made  prior  to July 12,  1979),
                      together  with  interest  at the rate of 5% per annum from
                      January 1, 1980, in each case  compounded  annually to the
                      first of the month of death,  termination  or  retirement,
                      whichever  occurs first.  Effective  January 1, 1988,  the
                      interest  rate shall  change  from 5% per annum to 120% of
                      the Federal mid-term rate in effect for the first month of
                      each Plan Year.

                            (b)  Such  participant  shall  have  a  100%  vested
                      interest   in  the   pension   providable   by   his   own
                      contributions.  Said  pension  shall be  payable as of his
                      Normal Retirement Date in an annual amount equal to 10% of
                      his ACI further accumulated




                                      -12-

                                       339
<PAGE>


                                  with interest at the rate of 5% per annum from
                      the date of his  Termination  of  Employment to his Normal
                      Retirement Date.  Effective  January 1, 1988, the interest
                      rate shall change from 5% per annum to 120% of the Federal
                      mid-term  rate in effect for the first  month of each Plan
                      Year.

                            (c) If, upon the death of such participant  prior to
                      retirement,  no other  benefits are payable from the Plan,
                      his ACI shall be paid to his Beneficiary.

                            (d) Such participant, upon Termination of Employment
                      for any reason,  may  withdraw  his ACI, in which case any
                      other pension to which he may be or become  entitled under
                      the Plan  shall be reduced by the  pension  providable  by
                      such contributions,  as determined under subsection (b) of
                      this Section  6.08A.  If, upon the death of a  participant
                      prior to retirement,  a Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor
                      Annuity is payable under Article VI, the surviving  spouse
                      may  withdraw the  participant's  ACI at any time prior to
                      commencing   to  receive  said   Qualified   Preretirement
                      Survivor Annuity. In such case the amount of the Qualified
                      Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  shall be reduced to that
                      amount payable if the participant had withdrawn his ACI on
                      his date of death.  A  participant  shall have no right to
                      withdraw  his  ACI  while   continuing  to  be  an  active
                      Participant.

                            (e) If such participant, upon termination other than
                      by death or retirement, withdraws his ACI, is rehired, and
                      resumes   participation,   he  shall  have  the  right  to
                      redeposit  his ACI  with  interest  at the  rate of 5% per
                      annum from date of withdrawal to date of redeposit. In the
                      event  of  such  redeposit,  the  reduction  specified  in
                      subsection  (d) of this Section  6.08A shall be cancelled.
                      Effective  January 1, 1988, the interest rate shall change
                      from 5% per annum to 120% of the Federal  mid-term rate in
                      effect for the first month of each Plan Year.



                                      -13-

                                       340
<PAGE>



13.03  Effect of Pension Plan of The Newark Telephone Company

             (a)   Effective Date - October 1, 1980.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension

                         (i)  One  percent  (1%) of the  Participant's  Ten-Year
                   Average  Monthly  Compensation  multiplied  by the  number of
                   years (and fraction) of his Benefit Service.

                         (ii) As  used in  clause  (i) of this  subsection  (c),
                   "Ten-Year   Average   Monthly    Compensation"    means   one
                   one-hundred-   twentieth   (1/120th)  of  the  total  Current
                   Compensation  paid to a  Participant  by the Employer for the
                   ten (10) complete  consecutive  calendar  years which produce
                   the highest  such  average,  provided,  however,  that,  if a
                   Participant has less than ten (10) complete calendar years of
                   employment,  Ten-Year Average Monthly  Compensation means the
                   total Current  Compensation  for all of such  calendar  years
                   divided by the  product of twelve (12) and the number of such
                   calendar years. "Current Compensation" means all remuneration
                   of a  Participant  from  the  Employer  (or any  organization
                   employment  with which is counted as service  pursuant to the
                   Plan)  which  constitutes  "wages" (as defined in the federal
                   tax law in connection  with the withholding of federal income
                   tax at  source  on  wages)  as  reported  to the  Participant
                   pursuant to the law and  regulations in connection  with such
                   income tax  withholding (or which would be so reported except
                   for the  provisions  of Section  105(d) Code, as the same has
                   been and may be amended,  and regulations  relating thereto).
                   For any period during which such withholding is not required,
                   and  as to  any  Participant  from  whose  remuneration  such
                   withholding  is not  required  at  the  time  of the  payment
                   thereof,  "Current  Compensation" shall mean all remuneration
                   of a Participant from the Employer which constitutes  "wages"
                   as defined in Section 3401 of the Code,  assuming in the case
                   of a Participant not subject to such withholding requirements
                   that remuneration paid to him was subject to such withholding
                   requirements.

                         (iii) For a Participant  who, upon his Retirement,  has
                   attained  the age of 65 and  completed  10  Vesting  Years of
                   Service,  the minimum  result of the  computation  made under
                   clause (i) of this subsection (c) shall be $125.00.



                                      -14-

                                       341
<PAGE>



             (d) Minimum Early Retirement  Pension - For a Participant who, upon
             his  Retirement,  has  completed 30 Vesting  Years of Service,  the
             amount determined in clause (i) of subsection (c) above.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f) Minimum  Deferred Vested Pension - For a Participant with 10 or
             more Vesting Years of Service who has a  Termination  of Employment
             at a time when he is ineligible for any Pension under the Plan, the
             accrued benefit under the Prior Plan as of September 30, 1980.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - None.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to  Section  401(a)(12)  of  the  Code  -
             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan, in the event of
             the  termination  of the Plan,  each  participant of the Prior Plan
             shall  receive  a  benefit  which is equal to or  greater  than the
             benefit  he would have been  entitled  to receive if the Prior Plan
             had terminated immediately prior to the Effective Date.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX B - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES OF THE NEWARK TELEPHONE COMPANY, which follows
             immediately hereafter.




                                      -15-

                                       342
<PAGE>


                           APPENDIX B
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                  THE NEWARK TELEPHONE COMPANY

Effective  at the close of business on September  30, 1980,  the Pension Plan of
The Newark Telephone  Company (the "Former Plan") was continued by amendment and
merger into the Mid- Continent Telephone Corporation Pension Plan (the "Plan").

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,  effective January 1, 1982, the
following  Sections of the Plan are hereby  modified as follows  with respect to
active  Participants  of the Former Plan on September 30, 1980,  who were active
Participants of the Plan on December 31, 1980:

A.     Definition 1.48B is added as follows:

       1.48B  "Former  Plan"  means the  Pension  Plan of The Newark  Telephone
       Company, as amended through September 30, 1980.

B.     Section 9.01 is modified by adding the following paragraph thereto:

       9.01B    Participation

                      All  Participants  of the Former Plan as of September  30,
                1980, shall be Participants of the Plan as of October 1, 1980.

C.     Section 10.01 is modified by adding the following paragraph thereto:

       10.01B   Normal Retirement Pension

                      A Participant  who has a  Termination  of Employment on or
                after his Normal  Retirement  Age shall be eligible for a Normal
                Retirement  Pension in an amount as provided  in Section  10.01;
                provided,  however, that if such Participant attained the age of
                65 prior to January 1, 1976, his Normal Retirement Pension shall
                be in an amount as provided in  subsection  (c) of Section 13.03
                without regard to Section 10.01.

D.     Section 12.01 is modified by adding the following paragraph thereto:

       12.01B   Death Prior to Pension Commencement

                            (e) The surviving  spouse,  if any, of a Participant
                      who dies (i) prior to  commencing  to receive  his Pension
                      and prior to his  attainment of age 55, but (ii) after his
                      completion of 30 or more Vesting  Years of Service,  shall
                      be entitled to



                                      -16-

                                       343
<PAGE>
     


                      receive a monthly Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity
                      equal  to the  greater  of (i) a  Qualified  Preretirement
                      Survivor   Annuity   determined  in  accordance  with  the
                      provisions  of  Section   12.01,   and  (ii)  a  Qualified
                      Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  based on the  assumption
                      that the Participant retired on the date of his death with
                      a Pension  determined  under the  provisions of subsection
                      (d) of Section 13.03.




                                      -17-

                                       344
<PAGE>




13.04  Effect of Tygart Valley Telephone Company Pension Plan

       (a)   Effective Date - January 1, 1981.

       (b)   Account - None.

       (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

       (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

       (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

       (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

       (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

       (h)   Prior Plan Offset - None.

              (i) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX C - SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE
              TO CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES OF TYGART VALLEY  TELEPHONE  COMPANY,  which
              follows   immediately   hereafter.  




                                      -18-

                                       345
<PAGE>
   



                                  APPENDIX  C  
             SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE  TO  CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES  
                                     OF 
                      TYGART  VALLEY TELEPHONE COMPANY

Effective  at the close of business  on December  14,  1980,  the Tygart  Valley
Telephone Company Pension Plan (the "Former Plan") was terminated and its assets
distributed to the participants therein.  Commencing January 1, 1981 the benefit
accruals to employees of Tygart Valley Telephone  Company ("Tygart  Valley") who
become eligible for the Mid-Continent  Telephone  Corporation  Pension Plan (the
"Plan") as of that date and  requirements  as to their benefit  eligibility  and
payment  rights with respect to accruals under the Plan shall be governed by the
Plan as modified by this Appendix C.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,  effective January 1, 1982, the
following  Sections of the Plan are hereby  modified as follows  with respect to
active employees of Tygart Valley on December 31, 1980:

A.     Definition 1.48C is added as follows:

                1.48C "Former Plan" means the Tygart  Valley  Telephone  Company
                Pension  Plan as in effect from time to time prior to January 1,
                1981.

B.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

       1.37(g)C Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to  January 1, 1981:
                            For  a  Participant   as  of  January  1,  1981  the
                            Participant's   period(s)  of  employment  with  the
                            Employer  subsequent  to December 15, 1970 and prior
                            to  January  1, 1981  shall be  counted  as  Vesting
                            Service  to the  extent  that  such  period(s)  were
                            similarly credited under the provision of the Former
                            Plan or  would  have  been so  credited  but for the
                            termination of the Former Plan.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  January 1,
                            1981: Subject to the Break in Service provision,  an
                            Employee, whether or not a Participant, shall accrue
                            1 year of Vesting  Service for each calendar year in
                            which he has 1,000 or more Hours of Service.



                                      -19-

                                       346
<PAGE>



C.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

       1.37(d)C Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service in accordance with the following:

                                         (i) Benefit Service Prior to January 1,
                            1981: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                            January  1,  1981:  Subject  to the Break in Service
                            provisions,  a  Participant  shall  accrue 1 year of
                            Benefit  Service for each  calendar year in which he
                            has 2,000 or more Hours of Service,  with fractional
                            credit  granted  in  units of  1/12th  year for each
                            166-2/3  Hours  of  Service  completed.  No  Benefit
                            Service  shall be granted for any  calendar  year in
                            which employment is less than 1,000 hours except for
                            the  calendar  year next  preceding  the date of the
                            Participant's  initial  participation  (or  calendar
                            year of  return  to  employment  after  a  Break  in
                            Service) and the calendar year of the  Participant's
                            Retirement (or other termination of employment).

                            (b)  Benefits  under the Plan  shall not be  accrued
                      during  employment  which would have  excluded an Employee
                      from  participation  in the Plan in accordance with clause
                      (2)  of  Section  1.17;  provided,   however,   that  this
                      exclusion  from  benefit  accrual  shall  not  apply to an
                      Employee in a collective  bargaining  unit not included in
                      this Plan who  becomes  covered  by this Plan by reason of
                      his transfer to an employment  classification  included in
                      this Plan, whether or not he is affected by the provisions
                      of Section 10.06,  and provided further that the exclusion
                      shall again apply if the Employee is  transferred  back to
                      such  collective  bargaining  unit,  but  only  as to  his
                      benefit  accruals  subsequent  to the date of such  latter
                      transfer.  In the  event  a  Participant  ceases  to be an
                      Employee  eligible to accrue  benefits  under the Plan but
                      remains in the employ of the Employer, he shall receive no
                      Benefit Service until he is again in eligible employment.




                                      -20-

                                       347
<PAGE>



D.     Section 1.37(h) is modified as follows:

       1.37(h)C Bridging

                      Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Plan,  any
                former  Participant  who,   irrespective  of  the  date  of  his
                Termination  of Employment,  had not fulfilled the  requirements
                for  vested   benefits  under  this  Plan  including  any  prior
                provision hereof,  and who again was or is employed,  shall have
                years of  pre-termination  Vesting  Service and Benefit  Service
                restored,  unless otherwise  restored in accordance with Section
                1.37 and Section 10.04,  if the number of  consecutive  years of
                post-termination  employment is at least 5,  provided,  however,
                that this Section  1.37(h)C shall not result in the  restoration
                of  pre-termination  Vesting  Service  or Benefit  Service  with
                respect to any  termination  which  occurred prior to January 1,
                1981.


                                      -21-

                                       348
<PAGE>



13.05  Effect of The Old Town Telephone System, Incorporated Pension Plan

       (a)   Effective Date - January 1, 1981.

       (b)   Account - None.

              (c)  Minimum  Normal  Retirement  Pension  -  The  Minimum  Normal
              Retirement Pension shall be the Minimum Accrued Pension; namely --

                           (i)  Three-quarters  of one  percent  (0.75%)  of the
                   Participant's  Monthly Five- Year Average  Compensation  plus
                   three-quarters  of one percent  (0.75%) of that  portion,  if
                   any, of his Monthly Five-Year Average  Compensation in excess
                   of  four  hundred  fifty  dollars  ($450.00),  with  the  sum
                   multiplied  by the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his
                   Benefit Service.

                          (ii) As used in  clause  (i) of this  subsection  (c),
                   "Monthly Five-Year Average  Compensation"  means one-sixtieth
                   (1/60th)  of  the  total  Current   Compensation  paid  to  a
                   Participant  by the Employer  for the 5 complete  consecutive
                   calendar  years  prior to his  Normal  Retirement  Date which
                   produce the highest such average, provided, however, that, if
                   a  Participant  has less than 5  complete  calendar  years of
                   employment,  Monthly Five-Year Average Compensation means the
                   total Current  Compensation  for all complete  calendar years
                   divided by the product of 12 and the number of such  calendar
                   years.  "Current  Compensation"  means all  remuneration of a
                   Participant from the Employer (or any organization employment
                   with which is counted as service  pursuant to the Plan) which
                   constitutes "wages" (as defined in the federal income tax law
                   in connection  with the  withholding of federal income tax at
                   source on wages) as reported to the  Participant  pursuant to
                   the law and  regulations  in connection  with such income tax
                   withholding  (or which  would be so  reported  except for the
                   provisions  of  Section  105(d) of the Code,  as the same has
                   been and may be amended,  and regulations  relating thereto).
                   For any period during which such withholding is not required,
                   and  as to  any  Participant  from  whose  remuneration  such
                   withholding  is not  required  at  the  time  of the  payment
                   thereof,  "Current  Compensation" shall mean all remuneration
                   of a Participant from the Employer which constitutes  "wages"
                   as defined in Section 3401 of the Code,  assuming in the case
                   of a Participant not subject to such withholding requirements
                   that remuneration paid to him was subject to such withholding
                   requirements.



                                      -22-

                                       349
<PAGE>


                   For this  purpose of this  Section  13.05  "Accrued  Pension"
                   shall mean the greater of the Accrued Pension of Section 1.01
                   and the Minimum  Accrued  Pension of this subsection (c) each
                   calculated as of date of determination.

                   (d) Minimum Early Retirement Pension - For a Participant who,
                   upon his  Retirement,  has attained age  fifty-five  (55) and
                   completed  ten (10)  Vesting  Years of  Service,  his Accrued
                   Pension at date of early retirement reduced by five-ninths of
                   one percent  (5/9%) for each  complete  calendar  month up to
                   sixty  (60)  such  months,  and  by  five-eighteenths  of one
                   percent (5/18%) for each complete calendar month in excess of
                   sixty  (60)  months,  by which his Early  Retirement  Pension
                   commencement  date precedes the month  following the month in
                   which  such  Participant   attains  his  sixty-fifth   (65th)
                   birthday.

                   (e) Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - For a Participant
                   who, upon his Disability Retirement,  has attained age 45 and
                   completed  10  Vesting  Years of  Service,  a monthly  amount
                   calculated in accordance with subsection (d) above.

                   (f) Minimum  Deferred Vested Pension - For a Participant with
                   10 or more Vesting Years of Service who has a Termination  of
                   Employment  at a time when he is  ineligible  for any Pension
                   under the Plan, his Accrued  Pension at date of  termination.
                   Said Pension shall  commence at Normal  Retirement Age in the
                   full amount,  or, subject to the Participant's  election,  at
                   any time after his  attainment of age 55 in a reduced  amount
                   calculated in accordance with subsection (d) above.

                   (g) Minimum Death Benefit - The surviving  spouse, if any, of
                   a  Participant  who dies prior to  commencing  to receive his
                   Pension but after (i) his Normal  Retirement Age, or (ii) his
                   attainment  of  age 55  with  10 or  more  Vesting  Years  of
                   Service,  shall be  entitled  to receive a monthly  Qualified
                   Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity based on the assumption that
                   the  Participant  retired  on the  date of his  death  with a
                   Pension  determined  under the provisions of subsection  (c),
                   (d), or (f) above, as applicable.

                   (h) Prior Plan Offset - None.

                   (i)  Provision  Relative to Section  401(a)(12) of the Code -
                   Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Plan,  in the
                   event of the termination of the Plan, each participant of the
                   Prior  Plan  shall  receive  a  benefit  which is equal to or
                   greater  than the  benefit  he would  have been  entitled  to
                   receive if the Prior Plan had terminated immediately prior to
                   the Effective Date.



                                      -23-

                                       350
<PAGE>


                   (j)  Miscellaneous  - See  APPENDIX  D -  SPECIAL  PROVISIONS
                   APPLICABLE TO FORMER  PARTICIPANTS  IN THE OLD TOWN TELEPHONE
                   SYSTEM,  INCORPORATED PENSION PLAN, which follows immediately
                   hereafter.




                                      -24-

                                       351
<PAGE>


                           APPENDIX D
      SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO FORMER PARTICIPANTS
                               IN
          THE OLD TOWN TELEPHONE SYSTEM, INCORPORATED
                          PENSION PLAN

Effective at the close of business on December 31, 1980,  The Old Town Telephone
System, Incorporated Pension Plan (the "Former Plan") was continued by amendment
and merger into the Plan.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,  effective January 1, 1982, the
following  Sections of the Plan are hereby  modified as follows  with respect to
active Participants of the former Plan on December 31, 1980:

A.     Definition 1.48D is added as follows:

        1.48D "Former Plan" means The Old Town  Telephone  System,  Incorporated
        Pension Plan, as amended through December 31, 1980.

B.     Section 11.05(a) is modified by adding the following (a)(6) thereto:

       11.05D   Optional Forms of Pension

                (a)(6)  Option  LS: A lump sum  settlement,  the amount of which
                shall  not be less  than a lump  sum  settlement  determined  by
                applying the 1951 Basic Annuity Table projected to 1965 by Scale
                C, with  five-year  setback for  females and  interest at 5% per
                annum, to that portion of the Pension accrued as of December 31,
                1980, under the Former Plan.



                                      -25-

                                       352
<PAGE>



13.06  Effect of Leeds Telephone Company Pension Plan

       (a)   Effective Date - May 31, 1983.

       (b)   Account - None.

             (c)  Minimum  Normal  Retirement   Pension  -  The  Minimum  Normal
             Retirement Pension shall be the Minimum Accrued Pension: namely -

                         (i)  Thirty  and  eight-tenths  percent  (30.8%) of the
                   Participant's  Monthly  Pension  Base  Pay  multiplied  by  a
                   fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of years
                   (and  fraction) of Benefit  Service at date of  determination
                   and the  denominator  of  which  is said  numerator  plus the
                   number  of  years  (and  fraction),  if  any,  from  date  of
                   determination to the LPNRD.

                       (ii) As used in clause (i) of this section (c) --

                                   (A) "Participant" means an active employee of
                         Leeds Telephone Company,  Inc. on May 30, 1983, who, on
                         such  date,  was  covered  by a  collective  bargaining
                         agreement  and had  completed  at least one (1) year of
                         employment.

                                   (B) "LPNRD" or "Leeds Plan Normal  Retirement
                         Date"  means  the  May  31st  coincident  with  or next
                         following a Participant's sixty-fifth
                         (65th) birthday.

                                   (C)  "Monthly   Pension  Base  Pay"  means  a
                         Participant's  monthly  rate of basic  compensation  in
                         effect  on the  earlier  of the May 31st five (5) years
                         prior  to the  Participant's  LPNRD  and the  May  31st
                         coincident   with  or  next   preceding   the  date  of
                         determination.

                         (iii) If a Minimum Accrued Pension commences prior to a
                   Participant's  LPNRD,  it shall be reduced by  five-tenths of
                   one percent (0.5%) for each complete  calendar month by which
                   the date of such  earlier  commencement  precedes  the  month
                   following  the month in which such  Participant  attains  his
                   LPNRD.

       (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

       (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

       (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - The Minimum Accrued Pension.




                                      -26-

                                       353
<PAGE>

       
       (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

       (h)   Prior Plan Offset - None.

       (i)   Provision   Relative   to   Section   401(a)(12)   of  the  Code  -
             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan, in the event of
             the  termination  of the Plan,  each  participant of the Prior Plan
             shall  receive  a  benefit  which is equal to or  greater  than the
             benefit  he would have been  entitled  to receive if the Prior Plan
             had terminated immediately prior to the Effective Date.

       (j)   Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX E - SPECIAL  PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE TO
             CERTAIN EMPLOYEES OF LEEDS TELEPHONE  COMPANY,  INC., which follows
             immediately hereafter.




                                      -27-

                                       354
<PAGE>
    


                           APPENDIX E
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                 LEEDS TELEPHONE COMPANY, INC.

Effective  at close of business on May 30,  1983,  the Leeds  Telephone  Company
Pension Plan (the "Former  Plan") was continued by amendment and merger into the
Plan.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan,  effective May 31, 1983,  (i)
Section 10.05 of the Plan and (ii) the balance of the following  Sections of the
Plan,  respectively,  are  hereby  modified  as  follows  (i)  with  respect  to
participants of the Former Plan who transferred, had a Termination of Employment
with deferred  Pension  rights or retired  prior to May 31, 1983,  and (ii) with
respect to active employees of Leeds Telephone  Company on May 30, 1983, who, on
such date, were covered by a collective  bargaining  agreement and had completed
at least one (1) year of employment:

A.     Definition 1.48E is added as follows:

                 1.48E "Former Plan" means the Leeds  Telephone  Company Pension
                 Plan, as amended through May 30, 1983.

B.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

       1.37(g)E Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to June 1, 1983:  An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with the Employer
                            prior to June 1, 1983  shall be  counted  as Vesting
                            Service  to the  extent  that  such  period(s)  were
                            similarly  credited  under  the  provisions  of  the
                            Former Plan, provided,  however,  that the amount of
                            such Vesting  Service  credit shall not be less than
                            the number of completed years of employment prior to
                            June 1, 1983, to a maximum of 3 such years, plus the
                            number of completed  months of employment  from date
                            of hire to the next following June 1st:

                                        (ii)  Service  From  and  After  June 1,
                            1983: Subject to the Break in Service provisions, an
                            Employee, whether or not a Participant, shall accrue
                            one year of Vesting  Service for each  calendar year
                            in which he has 1,000 or more Hours of Service.



                                      -28-

                                       355
<PAGE>



C.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)E    Benefit Service

                            (1)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the
                      following:

                                        (i)  Benefit  Service  Prior  to June 1,
                            1983: An Employee's period(s) of employment with the
                            Employer  prior to June 1, 1983  shall be counted as
                            Benefit  Service to the extent  that such  period(s)
                            were similarly  credited under the provisions of the
                            Former Plan, provided,  however,  that the amount of
                            such  Benefit  Service  shall  not be less  than the
                            number of  completed  years of  employment  prior to
                            June 1, 1983,  to a maximum of three (3) such years,
                            plus the number of  completed  months of  employment
                            from date of hire to the next following June 1st.

                                        (ii) Benefit Service From and After June
                            1, 1983: Subject to the Break in Service provisions,
                            a  Participant  shall  accrue  one  year of  Benefit
                            Service for each calendar year in which he has 2,000
                            or more Hours of  Service,  with  fractional  credit
                            granted  in units of  1/12th  year for each  166-2/3
                            Hours of Service completed. No Benefit Service shall
                            be granted for any calendar year in which employment
                            is less than 1,000  Hours of Service  except for the
                            calendar  year  next   preceding  the  date  of  the
                            Participant's  initial  participation  (or  calendar
                            year of  return  to  employment  after  a  Break  in
                            Service) and the calendar year of the  Participant's
                            Retirement (or other Termination of Employment). The
                            maximum Benefit Service to be accrued for the period
                            June 1, 1983  through  December  31,  1983  shall be
                            0.5833 year.

                            (2)  Benefits  under the Plan  shall not be  accrued
                      during  employment  which would have  excluded an Employee
                      from  participation  in the Plan in accordance with clause
                      (2)  of  Section  1.17;  provided,   however,   that  this
                      exclusion  from  benefit  accrual  shall  not  apply to an
                      Employee in a collective  bargaining  unit not included in
                      this Plan who becomes covered by this Plan, whether or not
                      he is



                                      -29-

                                       356
<PAGE>



                      affected by the  provisions of Section 4.07,  and provided
                      further  that  the  exclusion  shall  again  apply  if the
                      employee is transferred back to such collective bargaining
                      unit,  but only as to his benefit  accruals  subsequent to
                      the  date  of  such  latter  transfer.   In  the  event  a
                      Participant  ceases to be an  Employee  eligible to accrue
                      benefits  under the Plan but  remains in the employ of the
                      Employer,  he shall receive no Benefit Service until he is
                      again in eligible employment.

D.     Section 16.02 is modified as follows:

                16.02E Transfer, Termination or Retirement Prior to May 31, 1983

                      Except  as  provided  in  Sections   11.04  and  12.01,  a
                participant  in the  Former  Plan  who,  prior to May 31,  1983,
                transferred to an employment  classification  not covered by the
                Former Plan,  had a  Termination  of  Employment  with  deferred
                Pension  rights,  or retired under the  provisions of the Former
                Plan, or his Beneficiary, shall receive or continue to receive a
                Pension in accordance  with the provisions of the Former Plan as
                in effect at the date of the participant's transfer, Termination
                of Employment, or retirement.

E.     The following Section 6.08E is added to Article VI:

       7.05E    Employee Contributions under Former Plan

                            (a) Each participant in the Former Plan prior to May
                      31, 1983,  who had completed 4 or more years of employment
                      contributed  to  the  cost  thereof.   Such  participant's
                      Accumulated  Contributions  with interest ("ACI") shall be
                      equal to his aggregate  contributions with interest to May
                      31,  1983,  together  with  interest at the rate of 5% per
                      annum from that date  compounded  annually to the first of
                      the month of death,  termination or retirement,  whichever
                      comes first,  but not beyond the May 31st  coincident with
                      or  next  following  the   participant's   65th  birthday.
                      Effective  January 1, 1988, the interest rate shall change
                      from 5% per annum to 120% of the Federal  mid-term rate in
                      effect for the first month of each Plan Year.

                            (b)  Such  participant  shall  have  a  100%  vested
                      interest   in  the   pension   providable   by   his   own
                      contributions. Said pension shall be payable as of the May
                      31st coincident  with or next following the  participant's
                      65th  birthday in an annual amount equal to 10% of his ACI
                      further  accumulated  with  interest at the rate of 5% per
                      annum from date of



                                      -30-

                                       357
<PAGE>



                      termination to such May 31st.  Effective  January 1, 1988,
                      the  interest  rate shall change from 5% per annum to 120%
                      of the  Federal  mid- term  rate in  effect  for the first
                      month of each Plan Year.

                            (c) If, upon the death of such participant  prior to
                      retirement,  no other  benefits are payable from the Plan,
                      his ACI shall be paid to his Beneficiary.

                            (d) Such participant, upon Termination of Employment
                      for any reason other than death,  may withdraw his ACI, in
                      which case any other pension to which he may be or becomes
                      entitled  under the Plan shall be reduced by the lesser of
                      (i)  the  pension  providable  by such  contributions,  as
                      determined  under subsection (b) of this Section 6.08E and
                      (ii) the  Minimum  Accrued  Pension as of May 30, 1983 per
                      subsection  (c) of Section  13.06.  If upon the death of a
                      participant prior to retirement a Qualified  Preretirement
                      Survivor   Annuity  is  payable  under  Article  XII,  the
                      surviving spouse may withdraw the participant's ACI at any
                      time  prior  to  commencing  to  receive  said   Qualified
                      Preretirement  Survivor Annuity.  In such case, the amount
                      of the Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity shall be
                      reduced  to that  amount  payable if the  participant  had
                      withdrawn his ACI on his date of death.  Such  participant
                      shall have no right to withdraw  his ACI while  continuing
                      to be an active Participant.

                            (e) If such participant, upon termination other than
                      by death or retirement, withdraws his ACI, is rehired, and
                      resumes   participation,   he  shall  have  the  right  to
                      redeposit  his ACI  with  interest  at the  rate of 5% per
                      annum from date of withdrawal to date of redeposit. In the
                      event  of  such  redeposit,  the  reduction  specified  in
                      subsection  (d) of this Section  6.08E shall be cancelled.
                      Effective  January 1, 1988, the interest rate shall change
                      from 5% per annum to 120% of the Federal  mid-term rate in
                      effect for the first month of each Plan Year.


                                      -31-

                                       358
<PAGE>




   13.07  Effect of Allied Telephone Company Profit Sharing  Plan

       (a)   Effective Date - November 1, 1983.

       (b)   Account - None.

       (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

       (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

       (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

       (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

       (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

       (h)   Prior Plan Offset - None.

             (i) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX F - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES OF ALLIED  TELEPHONE  COMPANY,  which follows
             immediately hereafter.




                                      -32-

                                       359
<PAGE>




                           APPENDIX F
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                    ALLIED TELEPHONE COMPANY

Effective  at the close of business on October 31,  1983,  contributions  to the
Allied Telephone Company Profit Sharing Plan (the "Former Plan") ceased although
the Plan is continuing to operate according to its terms. Commencing November 1,
1983,  benefits to employees of Allied Telephone  Company  ("Allied") who become
eligible for the Plan as of that date, and requirements as of their  eligibility
and payment rights with respect to benefits under the Plan, shall be governed by
the Plan as modified by this Appendix F.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, effective November 1, 1983, the
following  Sections of the Plan are  modified as follows  with respect to active
employees of Allied on October 31, 1983:

A.     Section 1.09 is modified as follows:

                1.09F  "Benefit   Percentage"   means,  for  a  Participant,   a
                percentage determined as the sum of --

                   (i) One  percent  (1.00%)  multiplied  by the number of years
                (and fraction) of his Benefit Service; plus

                   (ii)  One-quarter  of one percent  (0.25%)  multiplied by the
                number of years (and  fraction) of his Benefit  Service,  not to
                exceed ten (10) years, accrued after the month in which occurred
                his fifty-fifth (55th) birthday; plus

                   (iii)  Five-hundredths  of one percent (0.05%)  multiplied by
                the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his  Benefit  Service
                accrued after 1981; plus

                   (iv) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied by the
                number of years (and  fraction) of his Benefit  Service  accrued
                after 1982; plus

                   (v)  Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied by the
                number of years (and  fraction) of his Benefit  Service  accrued
                after 1983; plus

                   (vi) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied by the
                number of years (and  fraction) of his Benefit  Service  accrued
                after 1984; plus




                                      -33-

                                       360
<PAGE>

       
                   (vii)  Five-hundredths  of one percent (0.05%)  multiplied by
                the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his  Benefit  Service
                accrued after 1985; plus

                   (viii)  Five-hundredths  of one percent (0.05%) multiplied by
                the  number  of years  (and  fraction)  of his  Benefit  Service
                accrued after 1986; plus

                   (ix) Five-hundredths of one percent (0.05%) multiplied by the
                number of years (and  fraction) of his Benefit  Service  accrued
                after 1987;

                   provided,  however,  that  the  Benefit  Percentage  based on
                Benefit  Service  accrued  prior to 1984 shall be  multiplied by
                two-thirds (2/3rds).

B.     Definition 1.01 is modified as follows:

       1.01F "Accrued Pension" means, for a Participant,  an amount equal to the
       greater of (i) and (ii) below:

                   (i) His Benefit Percentage  multiplied by his Average Monthly
                Compensation at Date of determination; and

                (ii)  $10.00 multiplied by the sum of --

                            (A) Two-thirds  (2/3rds) of the number of years (and
                      fraction) of Benefit Service accrued prior to 1984, plus

                            (B) The  number of years (and  fraction)  of Benefit
                     Service accrued after 1983.

       Notwithstanding  the  preceding   sentence,   a  Participant  who  had  a
       Termination  of Employment  with deferred  Pension  rights,  retired,  or
       attained his normal  retirement  age (whether or not he retired) prior to
       January  1, 1994 and who is not  credited  with one Hour of Service on or
       after January 1, 1994, or his  Beneficiary,  shall receive or continue to
       receive a Pension in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the Plan as in
       effect  at the  date  of the  Participant's  Termination  of  Employment,
       retirement, or normal retirement age, whichever first occurred.

C.     Definition 1.48F is added as follows:

       1.48F    "Former Plan" means the Allied Telephone Company Profit 
       Sharing Plan.




                                      -34-

                                       361
<PAGE>



D.     Section 9.01 is modified by adding the following paragraph thereto:

       9.01F    Participation

                      Any  Employee as of  November 1, 1983 who has  completed a
                12-month  period  ending  prior to said  date with not less than
                1,000  Hours of  Service  (and  who is  otherwise  eligible  for
                participation)  shall  become a  Participant  as of  November 1,
                1983.

E.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

       1.37(g)F Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) As  applicable,  no Vesting  Service
                          shall be accrued with respect to  employment  prior to
                          the  date  of   acquisition   of  Employer  by  Allied
                          Telephone Company.

                                        (ii) Subject to the foregoing clause (i)
                          and the  Break in  Service  provisions,  an  Employee,
                          whether or not a Participant, shall accrue one year of
                          Vesting Service for each calendar year in which he has
                          1,000 or more Hours of Service.

F.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)F    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) As  applicable,  no Benefit  Service
                          shall be accrued with respect to  employment  prior to
                          the  date  of   acquisition   of  Employer  by  Allied
                          Telephone Company.

                                        (ii) Subject to the foregoing clause (i)
                          and the Break in  Service  provisions,  a  Participant
                          shall  accrue  one year of  Benefit  Service  for each
                          calendar  year in which he has 2,000 or more  Hours of
                          Service,  with  fractional  credit granted in units of
                          1/12th year for



                                      -35-

                                       362
<PAGE>
  

                          each 166-2/3  Hours of Service  completed.  No Benefit
                          Service  shall be  granted  for any  calendar  year in
                          which less than 1,000 Hours of Service were  completed
                          except for the calendar  year next  preceding the date
                          of  the   Participant's   initial   participation  (or
                          calendar year of return to employment after a Break in
                          Service)  and the calendar  year of the  Participant's
                          Retirement (or other Termination of Employment).

                            (b)  Benefits  under the Plan  shall not be  accrued
                      during  employment  which would have  excluded an Employee
                      from  participation  in the Plan in accordance with clause
                      (2)  of  Section  1.17;  provided,   however,   that  this
                      exclusion  from  benefit  accrual  shall  not  apply to an
                      Employee in a collective  bargaining  unit not included in
                      this Plan who  becomes  covered  by this Plan by reason of
                      his transfer to an employment  classification  included in
                      this Plan, whether or not he is affected by the provisions
                      of Section 10.06,  and provided further that the exclusion
                      shall again apply if the Employee is  transferred  back to
                      such  collective  bargaining  unit,  but  only  as to  his
                      benefit  accruals  subsequent  to the date of such  latter
                      transfer.  In the  event  a  Participant  ceases  to be an
                      Employee  eligible to accrue  benefits  under the Plan but
                      remains in the employ of the Employer, he shall receive no
                      Benefit Service until he is again in eligible employment.

G.     Section 1.37(h) is modified as follows:

       1.37(h)F Bridging

                      Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Plan,  any
                former  Participant  who,   irrespective  of  the  date  of  his
                Termination  of Employment,  had not fulfilled the  requirements
                for  vested   benefits  under  this  Plan  including  any  prior
                provision hereof,  and who again was or is employed,  shall have
                years of  pre-termination  Vesting  Service and Benefit  Service
                restored,  unless otherwise  restored in accordance with Section
                1.37 or Section  10.04,  if the number of  consecutive  years of
                post- termination  employment is at least 5, provided,  however,
                that  this   subsection   1.37(h)F   shall  not  result  in  the
                restoration of  pre-termination  Service or Benefit Service with
                respect to any  termination  which occurred prior to November 1,
                1983.




                                      -36-

                                       363
<PAGE>



 H.    Section 11.05 is modified by adding the following subsections (a)(6), (f)
       and (g) thereto:

                11.05F      Optional Forms of Pension

                            (a)(6)  Option  F: A level  Pension  payable  to the
                      participant  for 120 months.  In the event the Participant
                      dies  before  receiving  120  monthly  payments,  the said
                      monthly  payments  remaining  unpaid at his death shall be
                      payable to his designated beneficiary for the remainder of
                      the 120 month period.

                            (f) The surviving  spouse of a Participant  entitled
                      to  receive a  monthly  Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor
                      Annuity may elect to receive said Qualified  Preretirement
                      Survivor Annuity under the terms of Option F. The election
                      by a surviving  spouse of Option F must be made in writing
                      to the Plan  Administrator on or prior to the commencement
                      of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

                            (g) Option F may be elected only by a participant of
                      the Former Plan or a surviving spouse thereof eligible for
                      a Pension in  accordance  with  Section  12.01.  Actuarial
                      equivalence  for Option F shall be determined on the basis
                      of the Ga-1951  Mortality Table projected to 1975 by Scale
                      C with interest at 8% per annum.


                                      -37-

                                       364
<PAGE>


13.08  Effect of the Heins Retirement Plan

       (a)   Effective Date - January 1, 1987

       (b)   Account - None.

             (c)  Minimum  Normal  Retirement   Pension  -  The  Minimum  Normal
             Retirement Pension shall be the Minimum Accrued Pension; namely --

                           (i) Sixty  percent (60%) of the  Participant's  Final
                   Average  Compensation less sixty percent (60%) of his Primary
                   Social Security Amount, with the difference multiplied by the
                   ratio, not in excess of one (1), that the number of his years
                   (and  fraction)  of Benefit  Service  bears to  fifteen  (15)
                   years.

                          (ii) As used in  clause  (i) of this  subsection  (c),
                   "Benefit Service" means the sum of (A) and (B), as follows:

                                   (A) For employment  prior to January 1, 1987,
                         a  Participant's  Benefit Service under the Former Plan
                         as of December 31, 1986.

                                   (B) For  employment  on and after  January 1,
                         1987, a  Participant's  Benefit  Service under the Plan
                         granted after December 31,
                         1986.

                         (iii) As used in  clause  (i) of this  subsection  (c),
                   "Final Average  Compensation" means one-sixtieth  (1/60th) of
                   the  Compensation  of a Participant  during the 5 consecutive
                   Plan Years producing the highest such average within the last
                   10 Plan  Years  of  employment  ending  with  the  Plan  Year
                   containing his Normal  Retirement Age. If total employment is
                   less than 5 consecutive  Plan Years, the Compensation for the
                   total number of Plan Years of  employment  shall be used with
                   the sum  divided by the  product of 12 and the number of such
                   years. For this purpose, if a Participant is not employed for
                   an entire Plan Year, his Compensation for the Plan Year shall
                   be annualized for that Plan Year.

                          (iv) As used in  clause  (i) of this  subsection  (c),
                   "Primary Social Security Amount" means an amount equal to the
                   monthly   Social   Security   old-age   benefit  to  which  a
                   Participant  is or would be  entitled  at age 65. Such amount
                   shall  be  determined  under  the  provisions  of the  Social
                   Security Act in effect on the January 1 immediately preceding
                   his   Termination  of  Employment,   Retirement,   or  Normal
                   Retirement Age, whichever first




                                      -38-

                                       365
<PAGE>


                   occurs.  If a Participant  has a Termination of Employment or
                   retires  before age 65, the Primary  Social  Security  Amount
                   shall be estimated  as follows:  (A) it shall be assumed that
                   such  Participant   will  have  no  additional   compensation
                   following the date of his Retirement or other  Termination of
                   Employment, whichever is applicable, until age 65; and (B) it
                   is assumed that such Participant's past earnings increased by
                   6% each Plan Year  until the Plan Year in which  Compensation
                   from the  Employer is used.  Compensation  from the  Employer
                   shall  be  used   for  the  5  Plan   Years   preceding   the
                   Participant's   Termination   of   Employment,   unless   the
                   Participant  was not  employed by the  Employer  for all such
                   years;  in which case, only  Compensation  for years in which
                   the  Participant  was employed by the Employer  will be used.
                   The preceding  notwithstanding,  a Participant shall have the
                   right to submit proof of his actual past earnings to the Plan
                   Administrator.  If the proof of his actual  past  earnings is
                   acceptable  to  the  Plan  Administrator,   the  actual  past
                   earnings shall be used instead of the estimated past earnings
                   in  estimating  the  Primary  Social   Security   Amount.   A
                   Participant's  earnings  history,  as  supplied by the Social
                   Security   Administration   to  the  Participant,   shall  be
                   acceptable  proof  for  this  purpose;  provided  that,  if a
                   Participant  does not submit  acceptable  proof of his actual
                   past  earnings to the Plan  Administrator  within ninety (90)
                   days  of  the  later  of  the  date  the  Participant  has  a
                   Termination of Employment  and the date when the  Participant
                   is  notified  of  his  benefits  under  the  Plan,  then  the
                   Participant's  past  earnings  will be estimated as specified
                   above.  On  Termination  of  Employment  for  any  reason,  a
                   Participant  shall be given a  notice  explaining  the way in
                   which the Primary Social Security  Amount is calculated.  The
                   notice shall also inform the Participant of the circumstances
                   in  which  his  past  earnings  will be  estimated  for  this
                   purpose,  of his right to submit his actual past earnings for
                   this purpose,  and of the availability of his actual earnings
                   history from the Social Security Administration on request.

                           (v) As  used  in  clauses  (iii)  and  (iv)  of  this
                   subsection  (c),  "Compensation"  means the  total  salary or
                   wages of a Participant  that constitute  wages subject to tax
                   under Section 3101(a) of the Code without applying the dollar
                   limitation  of  Section  3121(a)  of the Code,  but  excludes
                   commissions, automobile allowances, the cost of any term life
                   insurance  provided,  Employer  contributions to a retirement
                   plan or  similar  employee  benefit  program,  and salary and
                   wages  paid  after a  Participant's  Normal  Retirement  Age;
                   provided, however,



                                      -39-

                                      366
<PAGE>
      

                   that  Compensation  for Plan  Years  after  1986 shall be the
                   Compensation for 1986.

       For the purpose of this Section 13.08  "Accrued  Pension"  shall mean the
       greater of the Accrued  Pension of Section  1.01 and the Minimum  Accrued
       Pension  of  this   subsection   (c),  each  calculated  as  of  date  of
       determination.

             (d) Minimum Early Retirement  Pension - For a Participant who, upon
             his Retirement,  has attained age fifty-five (55) and completed ten
             (10) Vesting Years of Service, his accrued Pension at date of early
             retirement  reduced by  five-ninths  of one percent (5/9%) for each
             complete  calendar  month  up to sixty  (60)  such  months,  and by
             five-eighteenths  of one percent 5/18%) for each complete  calendar
             month in excess of sixty (60) months, by which his Early Retirement
             pension commencement date precedes the month following the month in
             which such Participant attains his sixty-fifth (65th) birthday.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f) Minimum  Deferred Vested Pension - For a Participant with 10 or
             more Vesting Years of Service who has a  Termination  of Employment
             at a time when he is ineligible for any Pension under the Plan, his
             Accrued Pension at date of termination. Said Pension shall commence
             at Normal  Retirement  Date in the full amount,  or, subject to the
             Participant's  election, at any time after his attainment of age 55
             in a reduced amount  calculated in accordance  with  subsection (d)
             above.

             (g) Minimum  Death  Benefit - The  surviving  spouse,  if any, of a
             Participant  who dies prior to the  commencement of his Pension but
             after  having  become  entitled  to a  vested  interest  hereunder,
             whether  immediate  or  deferred,  shall be  entitled  to receive a
             monthly Qualified  Preretirement Survivor Annuity commencing on the
             Participant's  Earliest  Retirement  Date  (ERD) with the amount of
             such Pension based on the assumption that the  Participant  retired
             on his ERD  with a  Pension  determined  under  the  provisions  of
             subsection (c), (d), or (f) above, as applicable.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - None.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to  Section  401(a)(12)  of  the  Code  -
             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan,  in the event of
             the  termination  of the Plan,  each  participant of the Prior Plan
             shall  receive  a  benefit  which is equal to or  greater  than the
             benefit  he would have been  entitled  to receive if the Prior Plan
             had terminated immediately prior to the Effective Date.



                                      -40-

                                       367
<PAGE>


             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX G - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO FORMER  PARTICIPANTS IN THE HEINS RETIREMENT PLAN, which follows
             immediately hereafter.




                                      -41-

                                       368
<PAGE>


                          APPENDIX G
      SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO FORMER PARTICIPANTS
                             IN THE
                     HEINS RETIREMENT PLAN

Effective at the close of business on December 31,  1986,  the Heins  Retirement
Plan (the "Former Plan") was continued by amendment into the Plan.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,  effective January 1, 1987, the
following  Sections of the Plan are hereby  modified as follows  with respect to
Participants of the Former Plan on December 31, 1986:

A.     Definition 1.48G is added as follows:

       1.48G "Former Plan" means the Heins  Retirement  Plan, as amended through
       December 31, 1996.

B.     Section 1.37(h) is modified as follows;

       1.37(h)G Bridging

                      Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Plan,  any
                former  Participant  who,   irrespective  of  the  date  of  his
                termination  under  this  Plan  including  any  prior  provision
                hereof,   and  who  again  was  or  is   employed,   shall  have
                pre-termination  Vesting  Years of Service  and years of Benefit
                Service restored,  unless otherwise  restored in accordance with
                Section  1.37 or Section  10.04,  if the  number of  consecutive
                years  of  post-termination  employment  is at least  five  (5),
                provided,  however,  that this Section 1.37(h)G shall not result
                in the restoration of  pre-termination  Vesting Years of Vesting
                Service or Benefit Service with respect to any termination which
                occurred prior to January 1, 1987.

C.     Section 16.02 is modified as follows:

                16.02G      Termination or Retirement Prior to January 1, 1987

                      A  Participant  who had a Termination  of Employment  with
                deferred Pension rights or retired prior to January 1, 1987, and
                who is not credited with one Hour of Service on or after January
                1,  1988,  or his  Beneficiary,  shall  receive or  continue  to
                receive a  Pension  in  accordance  with the  provisions  of the
                Former  Plan  as in  effect  at the  date  of the  Participant's
                termination  of  employment  or  retirement,   whichever   first
                occurred.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan, a
                Participant  who  attained  his normal  retirement  age prior to
                January 1, 1987, but who did not retire and



                                      -42-

                                       369
<PAGE>



                who is not credited with one Hour of Service on or after January
                1, 1988, shall receive a Pension in accordance with the terms of
                the Former Plan as of December  31,  1986,  provided  that there
                shall be no  actuarial  increase  for any  delay  in  retirement
                beyond December 31, 1986.



                                      -43-

                                       370
<PAGE>



13.09  Effect of Retirement Plan for Employees of CP National Corporation

             (a)   Effective Date - January 1, 1990.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - None.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to  Section  401(a)(12)  of  the  Code  -
             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of this Plan, in the event of
             the  termination  of the Plan,  each  participant of the Prior Plan
             shall  receive  a  benefit  which is equal to or  greater  than the
             benefit  he would have been  entitled  to receive if the Prior Plan
             had terminated immediately prior to the Effective Date.

             (j)  Miscellaneous  - See  APPENDICES H and I - SPECIAL  PROVISIONS
             APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES OF CP NATIONAL  CORPORATION AND ITS
             SUBSIDIARIES, which appendices follow immediately hereafter.



                                      -44-

                                       371
<PAGE>
 


                            APPENDIX H
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
          CP NATIONAL CORPORATION AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1989, the Retirement  Plan
for Employees of CP National  Corporation  (the "Former  Plan") was continued by
amendment and merger into the Plan. Thereafter, the provisions of the Plan shall
govern  the  interests  of  participants,  former  participants,  beneficiaries,
contingent  annuitants  or any  other  person or  entity  claiming  any right or
interest under the Former Plan.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,  effective January 1, 1990, the
Plan is  modified  as set forth  below with  respect to any  employee  who is in
employment of the Controlled Group covered under the Plan on or after January 1,
1990 and who prior to January 1, 1990 accrued "Service" under the Former Plan by
reason of  employment  with CP National  Corporation  or its  subsidiaries  ("CP
National"),  other than an employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement
providing for coverage under the Former Plan. For a Former Plan  participant who
died,  became  "totally and  permanently  disabled" or who had a Termination  of
Employment prior to January 1, 1990, the provisions of the Former Plan in effect
at the date of the participant's  death, the date the participant became totally
and  permanently  disabled,  or  when  the  participant  had  a  Termination  of
Employment  shall  govern the  rights  and  interests  of the  participant,  his
beneficiaries and contingent  annuitants and any other person or entity claiming
any right or interest  through  the  participant's  participation  in the Former
Plan, except as otherwise  required by law, or if the Former Plan participant is
reemployed  in employment  of the  Controlled  Group on or after January 1, 1990
other than in employment covered by a collective  bargaining agreement providing
for coverage  under the Former Plan or Appendix I to Section  13.09 of the Plan,
in which case the Plan as modified as set forth below shall apply to such Former
Plan participant and if such Former Plan participant  accrued benefits under the
Former  Plan  provisions  subsequent  to  December  31,  1989 by reason of being
"totally and  permanently  disabled,"  the provisions of the Plan as modified as
set forth below shall be applied to such Former Plan participant by substituting
for "December 31, 1989" or "January 1, 1990"  (respectively  and where relevant)
the date on which such Former Plan participant ceased to accrue such benefits or
the immediately following day, respectively.

For purposes of applying the  provisions of this Appendix H, whenever  reference
herein is made to Appendix I to this Section 13.09,  "Retirement  Benefit" shall
be  replaced  by "CP  National  Benefit"  each place in which it appears and any
other  defined  terms in  Appendix I to this  Section  13.09  shall be given the
meaning otherwise given to those terms in Appendix I to this Section 13.09.

For purposes of this Appendix H, a Participant  shall be fully vested in his "CP
National Benefit," as defined herein.



                                      -45-

                                       372
<PAGE>


A.     Section 1.01 is modified as follows:

       1.01H  "Accrued  Pension" for a  Participant  means  (except as otherwise
       provided herein) an amount equal to the sum of (1) and (2) below:

                (1) An amount equal to the  Participant's  Accrued Pension under
                Section 1.01 without regard to this subsection 1.01H.

                              plus

                (2) An amount equal to the  Participant's  "Retirement  Benefit"
                that has accrued at the close of  business on December  31, 1989
                under the Former Plan (the "CP National Benefit"), if any.

B.     Section 1.03 is modified as follows:

       1.03H "Actuarial  Equivalent"  means with respect to any determination of
       actuarial  equivalence  required by the  provisions of the Plan involving
       the CP  National  Benefit  shall be made on the basis of (a) the  UP-1984
       Mortality Table and (b) an interest rate of eight percent (8%) per annum,
       except the amount payable under any optional form of payment described in
       Section  11.05H  shall  be  calculated   using  the  conversion   factors
       prescribed  by Table A of  Appendix I to this  Section  13.09;  provided,
       however,  that the portion of the CP National Benefit accrued to November
       12, 1984 by any Participant shall in no event be reduced as the result of
       the use of such conversion factors.

C.     Section 1.25 is modified as follows:

       1.25H    Normal Retirement Date

                            (a)  For  an  Employee   whose   period  of  Service
                      commences  not later  than the  first day of the  calendar
                      month immediately  following his sixtieth (60th) birthday,
                      the last day of the month in which occurs such  Employee's
                      sixty-fifth (65th) birthday;

                            (b) For an Employee who was born on the first day of
                      the month,  the first day of the month that  occurs on the
                      date he attains age 65.

                            (c) For an Employee  who was hired  after  attaining
                      age 60,  the last day of the month  (the  first day of the
                      month for  Employees who were born on the first day of the
                      month) in which occurs such Employee's  sixty-fifth (65th)
                      birthday.



                                      -46-

                                       373
<PAGE>


D.     Section 1.48H is added as follows:

       1.48H  "Former  Plan"  means  the  Retirement  Plan for  Employees  of CP
       National Corporation, as amended through December 31, 1989.

E.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

       1.37(g)H Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to  January 1, 1990:
                            For  a  Participant  as  of  January  1,  1990,  the
                            Participant's   period(s)  of  employment  with  the
                            Employer prior to January 1, 1990,  shall be counted
                            as  Vesting  Service  to the extent of the number of
                            whole 1- year periods of service that were similarly
                            credited under the provisions of the Former Plan.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  January 1,
                            1990: Subject to the Break in Service provisions, an
                            Employee, whether or not a Participant, shall accrue
                            one year of Vesting  Service for each  calendar year
                            in which he has 1,000 or more Hours of Service.  For
                            all purposes except for determining  eligibility for
                            Early  Retirement  Pension  under  Section  10.02 or
                            Disability  Retirement  Pension under Section 10.03,
                            in   determining   such  Vesting   Service  for  the
                            computation  period which includes  January 1, 1990,
                            the Participant shall receive credit for a number of
                            Hours of Service with respect to any fractional part
                            of a year of service  credited to the Participant as
                            of  January  1, 1990,  under the  provisions  of the
                            Former Plan, determined by crediting the Participant
                            with 190  Hours of  Service  for  each  1/12th  of a
                            fractional  year of  service.  Only for  purposes of
                            determining eligibility for Early Retirement Pension
                            under  Section  10.02  and   Disability   Retirement
                            Pension under Section  10.03,  in  determining  such
                            Vesting Service for the computation  period in which
                            the Participant has a Termination of Employment, the
                            Participant  shall receive  credit,  for a number of
                            Hours of Service with respect to any fractional part
                            of a year of



                                      -47-

                                       374
<PAGE>

                                           service  credited to the  Participant
                            as of January 1, 1990,  under the  provisions of the
                            Former Plan, determined by crediting the Participant
                            with 190  Hours of  Service  for  each  1/12th  of a
                            fractional year of service.

                                           (iii)  Notwithstanding the provisions
                            of part (ii),  a  Participant  shall not be credited
                            with less years of Vesting  Service for service from
                            and after  January 1, 1990 than under the method for
                            determining vesting service under the Former Plan.

                                           (iv)    Notwithstanding   any   other
                            provision of the Plan, there shall be no duplication
                            of Vesting Service or Vesting Years of Service under
                            the  Plan  and  the  Former  Plan by  reason  of any
                            restoration of, crediting of, or granting of service
                            in respect of any single period or otherwise.

F.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)H    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Benefit  Service Prior to January 1,
                           1990: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                           January 1, 1990: In accordance with the provisions of
                           Section 1.37(d).

G.     Section 1.37(h) is modified as follows:

                1.37(h)H    Bridging

                      Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of this  Plan,  any
                former  Participant  who,   irrespective  of  the  date  of  his
                Termination  of Employment,  had not fulfilled the  requirements
                for  vested   benefits  under  this  Plan  including  any  prior
                provision hereof,  and who again was or is employed,  shall have
                years of  pre-termination  Vesting  Service and Benefit  Service
                restored,  unless otherwise  restored in accordance with Section
                1.37 or Section  10.04,  if the number of  consecutive  years of
                post- termination  employment is at least 5; provided,  however,
                that this Section 1.37(h)H shall not result in the



                                      -48-

                                       375
     <PAGE>

                      restoration of any pre-termination service with respect to
                any termination which occurred prior to January 1, 1990.

H.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)H    Eligibility Year of Service

                      Each  Eligibility   Computation  Period  during  which  an
                Employee has completed a Year of Service.  An Employee's initial
                Eligibility   Computation  Period  is  the  twelve-month  period
                beginning with his Employment  Commencement Date. His subsequent
                Eligibility   Computation  Periods  shall  be  the  Plan  Years,
                including as the first such subsequent  Eligibility  Computation
                Period the Plan Year in which the first Eligibility  Computation
                Period ends.

                      In determining such  Eligibility  Years of Service for the
                Eligibility  Computation  Period which includes January 1, 1990,
                the  Employee  shall  receive  credit,  for a number of Hours of
                Service with respect to any fractional part of a year of service
                credited  to the  Employee  as of  January  1,  1990,  under the
                provisions  of the Former  Plan,  determined  by  crediting  the
                Employee  with  190  Hours  of  Service  for  each  1/12th  of a
                fractional year of service.  Notwithstanding any other provision
                of this Section 1.37(f)H, an Employee shall not be credited with
                less Eligibility  Years of Service for service in the Employee's
                initial Eligibility Computation Period than under the method for
                determining eligibility service under the Former Plan.

I.     Section 10.02 is modified as follows:

                      Section 10.02H    Early Retirement Pension

                            (c) A Participant who retires on an Early Retirement
                      Date,  as  defined  below,  may elect to  receive an Early
                      Retirement  Benefit, as defined below, with respect to his
                      CP National  Benefit.  A  Participant's  Early  Retirement
                      Benefit  shall  be  equal  to  his  CP  National  Benefit,
                      multiplied by the Early  Retirement  Factor  applicable to
                      the Participant under paragraph (i) or (ii) below:

                                        (i) If the  Participant  has 30 or  more
                            Years of  Participation,  as defined  below,  on his
                            Early  Retirement  Date, as defined below, his Early
                            Retirement  Factor  shall be  determined  under  the
                            following  table,  using  his age at the  date as of
                            which payments of his CP National Benefit commence:



                                      -49-

                                       376
<PAGE>


                    Early Retirement Factors


Age When CP National     Early Retirement     EarlyRetirement
 Benefits Commence      Date Before 1985      Date After 1984

      65                      1.00                  1.00
      64                      1.00                  1.00
      63                      1.00                  1.00
      62                      1.00                  1.00
      61                      0.98                  1.00
      60                      0.96                  1.00
      59                      0.93                  0.98
      58                      0.90                  0.96
      57                      0.87                  0.93
      56                      0.84                  0.90
      55                      0.81                  0.87

                                        (ii) If the Participant has less than 30
                            Years of  Participation,  as defined  below,  on his
                            Early  Retirement  Date, as defined below, his Early
                            Retirement  Factor  shall be  determined  under  the
                            following  table,  using  his age at the  date as of
                            which payments of his CP National Benefit commence:

                  Age When CP National    Early Retirement
                   Benefits Commence          Factor

                         65                    1.00
                         64                    0.98
                         63                    0.96
                         62                    0.94
                         61                    0.92
                         60                    0.90
                         59                    0.88
                         58                    0.86
                         57                    0.84
                         56                    0.82
                         55                    0.80

                              For purposes of this  Section,  "Early  Retirement
                      Date" is the first day of any month after the  Participant
                      has attained age 55, but not 65, and  completed 10 or more
                      years of service  determined  in  accordance  with Section
                      1.22 of  Appendix  I to this  Section  13.09 and "Years of
                      Participation" is




                                      -50-

                                       377
<PAGE>



                              calculated  in  accordance  with  Section  1.21 of
                      Appendix I to this Section 13.09.

                                  If a Participant elects commencement of his CP
                      National   Benefit   under  this   Section   10.02H,   the
                      Participant's  Accrued Pension shall be calculated without
                      regard to his
                      CP National Benefit.

J.     Section 10.04 is modified as follows:

                      Section 10.04H    Deferred Vested Pension Upon Termination
                      of Employment

                            (f) A former  Participant who has completed 10 years
                      of service  determined in accordance  with Section 1.22 of
                      Appendix I to this Section  13.09 may elect to commence as
                      of the  first  day of any  month on or  after  the date he
                      attains age 55 and before his Normal  Retirement Date, his
                      CP   National   Benefit   calculated   as  of  the   early
                      commencement date using the procedure set forth in Section
                      10.02H  (relating to the  calculation of the reduction for
                      early  commencement  of a Participant's  Early  Retirement
                      Benefit with respect to his CP National  Benefit),  and in
                      such case the  provisions of the last paragraph of Section
                      10.02H shall apply.

K.     Section 11.05 is modified as follows:

                11.05H      Optional Forms of Pension

                            (f) A  Participant  shall  receive  his CP  National
                      Benefit in the normal form of payment  provided in Section
                      5.3 of Appendix I to this Section  13.09 but may elect one
                      of the optional  forms of payment  provided in Section 5.6
                      of Appendix I to this Section  13.09 under the  conditions
                      for such elections set forth in Appendix I to this Section
                      13.09,  and in  such  case  the  provisions  of  the  last
                      paragraph of Section 10.02H shall apply. The optional form
                      of payment shall be the Actuarial  Equivalent,  as defined
                      in   Section   1.03H,   of   the  CP   National   Benefit.
                      Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  a  Participant  whose CP
                      National  Benefit  commences  as of the  same  time as his
                      Accrued  Pension (other than his CP National  Benefit) may
                      elect to receive his entire  benefit in any form permitted
                      and  under  the  conditions   and  actuarial   equivalence
                      provisions  of the Plan (other  than this  Appendix H, and
                      Appendix   I  to  this   Section   13.09  (to  the  extent
                      applicable).



                                      -51-

                                       378
<PAGE>


L.     Section 12.01 is modified as follows:

                12.01H      Death Prior to Pension Commencement

                            (e)   In   determining    the   monthly    Qualified
                      Preretirement  Survivor Annuity under subsections  (a)-(d)
                      of Section 12.01,  the Accrued  Pension of the Participant
                      shall be  calculated  without  regard  to his CP  National
                      Benefit.

                            (f) With  respect to the  Participant's  CP National
                      Benefit,  a survivor benefit shall be paid as described in
                      Section  5.4 of  Appendix I to this  Section  13.09 to the
                      surviving  spouse of a Participant  or former  Participant
                      who is married and dies prior to the  commencement  of his
                      CP National Benefit.

M.     Section 11.09 is modified as follows:

                11.09H      Suspension of Benefits Upon Reemployment.

                            (a)  Retirement  benefits  in pay status  other than
                      those   attributable  to  the  Participant's  CP  National
                      Benefit,  will be suspended for each calendar month during
                      which the Participant  completes at least forty (40) Hours
                      of Service with the Employer or receives payment for Hours
                      of Service  performed on each of eight (8) or more days in
                      "Section 203(a)(3)(B) Service" as defined in Department of
                      Labor   Regulations   Section   2530.203-3(c).    If   the
                      Participant   has   received   any   Pension   payment  or
                      distributions  in lieu of a Pension  under  the Plan,  the
                      Pension  payable upon his subsequent  Retirement  shall be
                      reduced by the  Actuarial  Equivalent of any such payments
                      or  distributions  he had  received  prior  to his  Normal
                      Retirement Date, other than Disability Pension payments.

                            (b)  With  respect  to  retirement  benefits  in pay
                      status  that  are  attributable  to the  Participant's  CP
                      National  Benefit,   such  retirement   benefits  will  be
                      suspended in accordance  with Section 5.2 of Appendix I to
                      this Section 13.09.

N.     Section 6.08H is added as follows:

                6.08H Employee Contributions

                            (a) Employee  Contributions  were required under the
                      Former  Plan as in effect  prior to January  1,  1976.  No
                      further



                                      -52-

                                       379
<PAGE>



                            Employee  Contributions were permitted to be made by
                      any Participant after May 1, 1976.

                            (b) For  purposes of this Section  6.08H,  "Employee
                      Contributions" and "Employee  Contributions With Interest"
                      shall have the meaning  given to such terms in Section 1.8
                      and 1.9 of Appendix I to this Section 13.09, respectively.

                            (c) At any time before the  commencement  of payment
                      of his CP National  Benefit,  a former  Participant who at
                      the time he has a Termination  of  Employment  has five or
                      more years of service as calculated  under the  provisions
                      of the  Former  Plan may elect to  withdraw  his  Employee
                      Contributions  With  Interest  with  appropriate   spousal
                      consent.   In  such  event  the   Participant's   Employee
                      Contributions With Interest shall be distributed to him in
                      an immediate single lump sum payment,  and the CP National
                      Benefit shall be reduced by an amount equal to the portion
                      of such CP  National  Benefit  that is  derived  from  the
                      Participant's Employee  Contributions.  Such portion is an
                      annual  benefit  equal  to the  Participant's  accumulated
                      contributions  multiplied  by the  appropriate  conversion
                      factor, as determined in accordance with Section 411(c)(2)
                      of the Code;  provided,  however,  that such portion shall
                      not exceed the  Participant's  accrued  benefit  under the
                      Plan. No  Participant  may withdraw or receive a refund of
                      his Employee  Contributions  With Interest before he has a
                      Termination of Employment.

                            (d)  Upon  the  death  of a  Participant  or  former
                      Participant, or upon the subsequent death of his surviving
                      spouse or other  contingent  annuitant  who was  receiving
                      payments  under the Plan,  and in the event that no amount
                      is  otherwise  payable  under the Plan with respect to the
                      deceased Participant or former Participant, then an amount
                      equal to his Employer  Contributions  With Interest,  less
                      the sum of all  benefit  payments  previously  made to the
                      Participant  or former  Participant  and/or  his spouse or
                      other  contingent  annuitant,  shall  be  payable  to  the
                      Participant's  designated beneficiary.  The designation by
                      the  Participant  of  a  beneficiary   shall  be  made  in
                      accordance  with  Section 7 of Appendix I to this  Section
                      13.09.

                            (e) If a Participant  has  completed  less than five
                      years of service as calculated under the provisions of the
                      Former  Plan  at  the  time  he  has  a   Termination   of
                      Employment, his



                                      -53-

                                       380
<PAGE>


                                  Employee  Contributions With Interest shall be
                      paid to him in a lump sum as soon as practicable after his
                      Termination of Employment,  and he shall be entitled to no
                      other benefits  under the Plan. If the former  Participant
                      is again employed by an Employer,  the Participant's Years
                      of  Participation as defined in Section 1.21 of Appendix I
                      to this Section 13.09 for purposes of  calculating  his CP
                      National Benefit shall include Years of Participation both
                      prior and subsequent to his date of reemployment; provided
                      that if the Participant's  interest in that part of his CP
                      National  Benefit  under the Plan  which is  derived  from
                      Employer  Contributions was not at least 50% vested and he
                      does  not   repay  the  full   amount  of  this   Employee
                      Contributions  With Interest,  within the time required by
                      Section 1.21.3 of Appendix I to this Section  13.09,  then
                      his Years of Participation for purposes of calculating his
                      CP  National  Benefit  under the Plan shall  include  only
                      Years of  Participation  subsequent  to the earlier of his
                      date of  reemployment  or January 1, 1976. For purposes of
                      the preceding sentence,  interest shall be computed on the
                      amount of the  prior  distribution  from the  distribution
                      date  to  the  repayment  date  and  shall  be  compounded
                      annually from the  distribution  date at the rate of 5% or
                      greater  (or lesser)  rate of  interest  as is  determined
                      pursuant to section  411(c)(2)(C)(iii) and (D) of the Code
                      at the date of repayment.

                            (f) If a Participant was an Employee prior to May 1,
                      1976, but did not earn "Years of Participation" as defined
                      under the Former  Plan  (formerly,  "Credited  Service" as
                      defined under the Former Plan) for any period prior to May
                      1, 1976  solely  because of his  failure to make  Employee
                      Contributions  (an  "Omitted  Period"),  then the  Omitted
                      Period shall be counted as Years of Participation, if, but
                      only if, prior to September 1, 1989 or the  expiration  of
                      90 days after the Participant's Termination of Employment,
                      whichever is later,  the  Participant  pays to the Plan an
                      amount equal to the Employee Contributions that would have
                      been required of the Employee as a  Participant  under the
                      Former  Plan  for  the  Omitted   Period,   together  with
                      interest,  (a) for the period ending December 31, 1987, at
                      5% and, (b) for the period  beginning  January 1, 1988, at
                      the  rate  of  interest  determined  pursuant  to  section
                      411(c)(2)(C)(iii)  of the Code,  commencing as of the last
                      day of the Omitted Period and compounded annually.



                                      -54-

                                       381
<PAGE>


                            (g)  If  a  former   Participant  is  reemployed  in
                      employment  covered  by the Plan after  having  received a
                      lump sum payment of the vested  accrued  portion of his CP
                      National  Benefit,  the CP National  Benefit  that becomes
                      payable to the former Participant following his subsequent
                      Termination of Employment shall be determined on the basis
                      of  all  includible  periods  of  his  prior  and  current
                      Service,  but the CP  National  Benefit  as so  determined
                      shall be reduced by the Actuarial  Equivalent,  as defined
                      in  Section  1.03H,  of the  amount of the prior  lump sum
                      payment.

O.     Section 7.01(e)H is modified as follows:

                     Section 7.01(e)H  Maximum Limitation on Pensions

                            (e)  For  purposes  of  subsection  (j)  above,  the
                      Defined  Contribution  Plan Fraction shall be limited only
                      for  Limitations  Years beginning after December 31, 1989,
                      and any  adjustment  in the Defined  Benefit Plan Fraction
                      required as a result thereof shall be made.



                                      -55-

                                       382
<PAGE>



                           APPENDIX I
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
          CP NATIONAL CORPORATION AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

Effective as of the close of business on December 31, 1989, the Retirement  Plan
for Employees of CP National  Corporation  (the "Former  Plan") was continued by
amendment and merger into the Plan. Thereafter, the provisions of the Plan shall
govern the interests of participants, former participants, contingent annuitants
or any other person or entity  claiming  any right or interest  under the Former
Plan.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  effective  January 1, 1990,
Articles VIII, IX, X, XI, and XII, Section 3.08,  Section 6.04, and Article I to
the extent it applies to Articles  VIII,  IX, X, XI, and XII,  Section  3.08 and
Section  6.04 of the Plan are replaced in their  entirety  (except to the extent
Change in Employment  Status provisions apply) by the provisions set forth below
with  respect to any  employee  who is in  employment  of the  Controlled  Group
covered under the Plan on or after  January 1, 1990 as an employee  covered by a
collective  bargaining agreement providing for coverage under the Former Plan or
this Appendix I. For a Former Plan  participant  who died,  became  "totally and
permanently disabled" or who had a Termination of Employment prior to January 1,
1990,  the  provisions  of  the  Former  Plan  in  effect  at  the  date  of the
participant's  death,  the date the  participant  became totally and permanently
disabled,  or when the participant had a Termination of Employment  shall govern
the rights and interests of the participant,  his  beneficiaries  and contingent
annuitants and any other person or entity claiming any right or interest through
the participant's participation in the Former Plan, except as otherwise required
by law, or if the Former Plan  participant  is  reemployed  in employment of the
Controlled  Group  on or  after  January  1,  1990 in  employment  covered  by a
collective  bargaining agreement providing for coverage under the Former Plan or
this Appendix I.


                           SECTION 1

                          DEFINITIONS

The following  words and phrases shall have the following  meanings for purposes
of this Appendix I unless a different meaning is plainly required by context:

1.1   "Actuarial  Equivalent"  shall  mean a benefit  which is  equivalent  to a
      benefit  payable as a single life annuity,  and effective as of January 1,
      1984,  which is  calculated,  except to the extent  otherwise  provided by
      Section  5.6.5 of this  Appendix I or Table A to this  Appendix  I, on the
      basis of (a) the UP-1984 Mortality Table and (b) an interest rate of eight
      percent (8%) per annum.

1.2   "Administrative  Committee"  shall  mean the  "Committee"  as  defined  in
      Section 1.12 of the Plan.



                                      -56-

                                       383
<PAGE>


1.3   "Affiliate" shall mean any member of the "Controlled  Group" as defined in
      Section 1.15 of the Plan.

1.4   "Average Career Pay" shall mean (a) the total amount of an Employee's cash
      compensation  (excluding  such  items  as  Employer  contributions  to any
      employee  benefit plan and monthly expense  reimbursements)  received from
      any Employer for all periods  included in his Career  Service,  divided by
      (b) the total number of his years of Career  Service.  An Employee's  cash
      compensation shall not be affected by any compensation  reduction pursuant
      to a "cafeteria  plan" as defined in Section 125 of the Code. For purposes
      of this  Section  1.4 of this  Appendix  I,  (1) a  Participant's  "Career
      Service" shall include each period  included in his Service (under Section
      1.18 of this Appendix I) but shall exclude all periods prior to January 1,
      1986,  and  (2)  the  Participant's  years  of  Career  Service  shall  be
      calculated by aggregating all periods to be included  (after  disregarding
      all  periods  to be  excluded)  in his Career  Service  and  rounding  any
      remaining  fractional period of less than 30 days up to the next 1/12th of
      a year of Career Service. If a Participant's  Career Service terminates on
      a day other  than the last day of a month,  his  Average  Career Pay shall
      include the amount of what would have been his cash  compensation  for the
      remainder of such month,  computed at the  compensation  rate in effect at
      the  Termination  date.  A  Participant's  Average  Career  Pay  shall  be
      determined  without regard to any decrease in the amount of his total cash
      compensation for any period resulting from salary reduction elections made
      pursuant to section 401(k) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, for
      Plan Years that begin after  December 31,  1988,  no  compensation  (after
      aggregation of "family members") in excess of $200,000,  and for Plan Year
      that begins after December 31, 1993, no compensation (after aggregation of
      "family  members")  in excess of $150,000,  both as adjusted  annually for
      cost of living increases in accordance with sections 40l(a)(17) and 415(d)
      of the Code, shall be taken into account for purposes of this Section 1.4.
      of this  Appendix I. For  purposes of the  preceding  sentence,  a "family
      member" shall mean an employee of the Controlled  Group who is, on any one
      day of the year, a spouse or a lineal  descendant who has not attained age
      19 before the last day of the year, of an  individual  who during the year
      was (i) an active  or former  employee  of the  Controlled  Group and a 5%
      owner within the meaning of Section  414(q)(3) of the Code and regulations
      thereunder,  or (ii) one of the ten most  highly-paid  Highly  Compensated
      Employees; provided, however, that any compensation paid to such spouse or
      lineal  descendant  shall be treated as if it were paid to the  individual
      described in (i) or (ii) above. If, as a result of the family  aggregation
      rules,  the dollar  limitation  under  Section  401(a)(17) of the Code (as
      adjusted  from time to time) would be exceeded,  the  limitation  shall be
      prorated among the Participant and his or her family members in proportion
      to each one's Average Career Pay as determined prior to the application of
      this limitation.

1.5   "Code" shall mean the "Code" as defined in Section 1.11 of the Plan.

1.6   "Company" shall mean the "Company" as defined in Section 1.13 of the Plan.



                                      -57-

                                       384
<PAGE>


1.7   "Employee" shall mean an individual who is employed by an Employer.

1.8   "Employee  Contributions"  shall  mean the  amounts  paid by  Participants
      through payroll deductions as described in Section 2.4 of this Appendix I.

1.9   "Employee Contributions With Interest" shall mean the aggregate of the  
      following:

                1.9.1 Employee Contributions received prior to November 1, 1960,
                with two percent  (2%)  interest  compounded  annually  from the
                November 1st  immediately  following the date each  contribution
                was made through  December 31, 1967, and with three percent (3%)
                interest  compounded  annually  from  January 1,  1968,  through
                December 31, 1975, or, if earlier, to the first day of the month
                in which (a) the  Participant  dies, (b) occurs the later of the
                date the Participant's employment terminates or the date elected
                by him for payment of his Employee  Contributions With Interest,
                or (c) the Participant actually retires.

                1.9.2 Employee  Contributions  received on and after November 1,
                1960 through  December 31, 1967,  with two and one-half  percent
                (2.5%)  interest  compounded  annually  from  the  November  1st
                immediately  following  the  date  each  contribution  was  made
                through  December 31, 1967, and with three percent (3%) interest
                compounded  annually from January 1, 1968,  through December 31,
                1975, or, if earlier, to the first day of the month in which (a)
                the  participant  dies,  (b)  occurs  the  later of the date the
                Participant's  employment  terminates or the date elected by him
                for payment of his Employee  Contributions With Interest, or (c)
                the Participant actually retires.

                1.9.3  Employee  Contributions  received on and after January 1,
                1968, with three percent (3%) interest  compounded annually from
                the January 1st immediately following the date each contribution
                was made through December 31, 1975, or, if earlier, to the first
                day of the month in which (a) the  Participant  dies, (b) occurs
                the later of the date the Participant's employment terminates or
                the  date   elected  by  him  for   payment   of  his   Employee
                Contributions  With Interest,  or (c) the  Participant  actually
                retires.

                1.9.4 All Employee  Contributions  received on and after January
                1, 1976, and all Employee Contributions held on January 1, 1976,
                with five percent (5%)  interest (or such lesser or greater rate
                of   interest   as   is   determined    pursuant   to   sections
                411(c)(2)(C)(iii)  and (D) of the Code) compounded annually from
                January 1, 1976,  to the first day of the month in which (a) the
                Participant   dies,  (b)  occurs  the  later  of  the  date  the
                Participant's employment terminates or the date



                                      -58-

                                       385
<PAGE>


                elected by him for payment of his  Employee  Contributions  With
                Interest, or (c) the Participant actually retires.

1.10  "Employer" shall mean CP National  Corporation and any Affiliate which has
      been  approved by the Board of Directors of the Company as an Employer for
      purposes of the Plan, and which has accepted such  designation  and agreed
      to be bound by the  terms of the  Plan and  Trust  Agreement.  Each of the
      Affiliates  which from time to time has become an Employer for purposes of
      this Appendix I shall be identified, together with the date(s) on which it
      became and (if applicable) ceased to be an Employer, in Schedule A to this
      Appendix  I, which  shall be updated  periodically  by the  Administrative
      Committee.

1.11  "ERISA" shall mean the "Act" as defined in Section 1.02
      of the Plan.

1.12  "Fund" or "Trust  Fund" shall mean the "Trust  Fund" as defined in Section
      1.46 of the Plan.

1.13  Reserved.

1.14  "Participant" shall mean an Employee who is participating in the Plan
      as provided in Section 2 of this Appendix I.

1.15  "Plan" shall mean the "Plan" as defined in Section 1.28 of the Plan.

1.16  "Plan  Year"  shall mean the "Plan  Year"  defined in Section  1.30 of the
      Plan.

1.17  "Retirement Benefit" shall mean any retirement benefit provided by Section
      4 of this Appendix I.

1.18  "Service"  shall mean a period of employment with an Employer or Affiliate
      during which an Employee is directly or  indirectly  paid,  or entitled to
      payment,  for the  performance  of duties (or for  reasons  other than the
      performance of duties, such as a vacation, sickness, disability,  holiday,
      or paid leave of absence).  Service  terminates  on the earlier of (a) the
      date on which  an  Employee  retires  or dies or his  employment  with all
      Employers and Affiliates otherwise terminates; (b) effective as of January
      1, 1985, the second  anniversary of the first date of a period in which an
      Employee  remains  absent from active  employment  with all  Employers and
      Affiliates,  if the period  began by reason of a  maternity  or  paternity
      absence  (within the meaning of section  410(a)(5)(E)(i)  of the Code); or
      (c) the  first  anniversary  of the  first  date of a  period  in which an
      Employee  remains  absent from active  employment  with all  Employers and
      Affiliates  (other than as  described  in clause (b) above) for any reason
      other  than his  retirement,  death or other  termination  of  employment.
      Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  Service shall include all periods during
      which an Employee is:



                                      -59-

                                       386
<PAGE>



                1.18.1 On an  authorized  leave of absence,  provided  that such
                leave of absence  does not exceed two (2) years and the Employee
                returns to active employment or retires at the end of such leave
                of absence;

                1.18.2 In military  service,  provided that the Employee returns
                to active  employment  with an Employer or  Affiliate  while his
                reemployment rights are protected by law; or

                1.18.3  Disabled  (within  the  meaning of  Section  3.4 of this
                Appendix I) prior to his Normal  Retirement Date. The provisions
                of this Section 1.18.3 shall be ineffective  with respect to any
                Employee who becomes disabled on or after January 1, 1991.

1.19  "Trustee" shall mean the "Trustee" as defined in Section 1.45 of the Plan.

1.20  "Valuation  Date" shall mean the last  business  day of each Plan Year and
      each  such  other  date  as  the  Administrative  Committee  may  (in  its
      discretion) designate as a Valuation Date for any purpose under the Plan.

1.21  "Year of Participation" shall mean (a) for periods on and after January 1,
      1976, each period included in an Employee's Service (under Section 1.18 of
      this Appendix I),  excluding each period which is not  attributable to his
      employment with an Employer, and (b) for periods prior to January 1, 1976,
      each year of "Credited Service" (as defined under the Plan as in effect on
      December 31, 1975), which term excluded certain periods of employment that
      were not uninterrupted or during which the Employee failed to make or with
      respect to which the Employee withdrew required Employee Contributions. In
      addition, the following rules shall apply:

                1.21.1 A Participant's  Years of  Participation  for purposes of
                the Plan shall  include,  for periods  prior to January 1, 1976,
                any year (or  fractional  portion  thereof)  not included in his
                "Credited   Service"  (as  defined  above)  solely  because  the
                Participant   (a)  had   already   accumulated   36   Years   of
                Participation, (b) had attained age 65 or (c) had not yet become
                a  Participant  in  the  Plan  because  of  the  Plan's  service
                eligibility requirement.

                1.21.2A If an  Employee  transfers  to a position at an Employer
                from a  position  at a Utility-  Type  Company,  his  periods of
                Qualifying  Continuous  Employment  with all such  Utility- Type
                Companies and their  predecessors shall be included in his Years
                of  Participation  for purposes of the Plan;  provided,  however
                that  (a) such  prior  periods  of  employment  would  otherwise
                qualify as Years of  Participation  under this  Section  1.21 of
                this Appendix I; (b) the Employee has  completed  five (5) Years
                of Service with the Employers; (c) the Employee's transfer to an
                Employer occurred within twenty-four



                                      -60-

                                       387
<PAGE>


                  (24)  months  of  the  termination  of his  employment  with a
                Utility-Type Company; (d) the Employee's transfer to an Employer
                or a Utility-Type Company occurred prior to January 1, 1984; and
                (e) the number of Years of  Participation  which may be credited
                to an Employee under this Section  1.21.2A of this Appendix I is
                limited to seven (7) years. Periods of employment with more than
                one  Utility-Type  Company  may be counted  under  this  Section
                1.21.2A of this Appendix I, provided that less than  twenty-four
                (24) months elapsed  between the  Employee's  transfer from such
                Utility-Type  Company to another  Utility-Type  Company or to an
                Employer.  The  provisions  of  this  Section  1.21.2A  of  this
                Appendix I are effective only with respect to a Participant who,
                prior to August 1, 1989, applies to the Administrative Committee
                for bridging of service  credit  under this  Section  1.21.2A of
                this Appendix I.

                1.21.2B For purposes of Section 1.21.2A of this Appendix I only,
                the following terms shall have the meanings indicated below:

                  "Utility-Type Company" means, with respect to a Participant, a
                Utility Company or other business or  governmental  entity where
                the Participant obtained Utility Related Work
                Experience.

                  "Utility  Company"  means a private or public-  sector company
                regularly  and   substantially   engaged  in  the  provision  of
                electric, gas, telephone, water and/or CATV service.

                  "Utility  Related  Work  Experience"   means  work  experience
                providing  utility-specific  services  (a) to a Utility  Company
                while   employed   with   a   company   engaged   in   providing
                utility-specific  services  to a  Utility  Company;  or (b) to a
                governmental   entity  while   employed  with  a  unit  of  such
                governmental   entity,   which  unit  is  engaged  in  providing
                utility-specific  services to the governmental entity. Such work
                experience  must  have  required   specialized  training  and/or
                instruction.  Utility-specific  services are  services  that are
                unique to the utility  industry and that  normally are performed
                by utility  operating  companies.  For example,  Utility Related
                Work  Experience  includes  an  electric  or  telephone  lineman
                working  for  a  construction   contractor   building   electric
                transmission  or  utility  lines for an  electric  or  telephone
                utility,  a task  normally  performed  by a Utility  Company;  a
                computer  programmer/analyst  working for a computer programming
                contractor  providing  customer billing services to a utility, a
                function normally performed by a Utility Company.  The following
                examples  illustrate  prior work experience which is not Utility
                Related Work experience: a CPA auditing the books and records of
                a  Utility  Company;  a  secretary  employed  by a  construction
                company which performs work for an electric utility,



                                      -61-

                                       388
<PAGE>


                  a job  category  not unique to the  utility  industry  and not
                requiring special utility industry  training;  an electrician or
                cable  splicer  working for a general  contractor  who contracts
                with the Federal Government, because the work is not provided to
                a  Utility  Company  nor is the  electrician  or  cable  splicer
                employed  by a unit  of a  governmental  entity  which  provides
                utility-specific services to the governmental entity.

                  "Qualifying Continuous Employment" means (a) with respect to a
                Participant's  employment at a Utility  Company,  all periods of
                continuous employment with such Utility Company during which the
                Participant  worked  in a  business  segment  (of  such  Utility
                Company) that provided  government-regulated  utility  services;
                and  (b)  with  respect  to  a  Participant's  employment  at  a
                Utility-Type Company which is not a Utility Company,  periods of
                employment  with  such  Utility-Type  Company  during  which the
                Participant obtained Utility Related Work Experience.

                1.21.2C If an Employee  transfers  directly to an Employer  from
                another electric,  gas, telephone,  water or combination utility
                company  prior  to  January  1,  1984,   his  prior  periods  of
                employment with such other utility company and its  predecessors
                shall,  up to a maximum of seven (7)  Years,  but only after the
                Employee  has  completed  five  (5)  Years of  Service  with the
                Employers,  be  included  in  his  Years  of  Participation  for
                purposes  of the Plan,  provided  that  such  prior  periods  of
                employment  otherwise  qualify as Years of  Participation  under
                this Section  1.21 of this  Appendix I. The  provisions  of this
                Section 1.21.2C of this Appendix I are effective with respect to
                any  Participant  with respect to whom  Section  1.21.2A of this
                Appendix I is not effective.

                1.21.2D   Notwithstanding   any  contrary  Plan   provision,   a
                Participant  shall not receive credit for Years of Participation
                under  this  Section  1.21.2 of this  Appendix I for a period of
                employment with Great Southwest  Telephone  Corporation,  Nevada
                Telephone & Telegraph Company or Tuolumne  Telephone Company and
                their subsidiaries (collectively,  the "Acquired Companies") if,
                during  such period of  employment,  the  Participant  became an
                Employee  or an  employee  of an  Affiliate  on  account  of the
                acquisition  by the Company of  substantially  all the assets or
                stock of one of the Acquired Companies.  A Participant shall not
                be  credited  with a Year of  Participation  under this  Section
                1.21.2 of this Appendix I for any period of  employment  that is
                also  counted  as  a  Year  of  Participation  under  any  other
                provision of the Plan.


                                      -62-

                                       389
<PAGE>

                1.21.3  Notwithstanding  any  contrary  Plan  provision,   if  a
                Participant's  employment  with  all  Employers  and  Affiliates
                terminated  at  any  time,  and  if the  former  Participant  is
                thereafter  rehired by an Employer after December 31, 1983, then
                his total  Years of  Participation  shall  include  the Years of
                Participation  with which he was credited as of the date of such
                prior termination;  provided, however, that if the Participant's
                interest in that part of the accrued  portion of his  Retirement
                Benefit   under  the  Plan  which  is  derived   from   Employer
                contributions  was not at least 50%  vested,  his prior Years of
                Participation  shall be reinstated  under this Section 1.21.3 of
                this Appendix I only if the former Participant (a) repays to the
                Plan the full amount of the Employee Contributions With Interest
                distributed to him in conjunction  with such prior  termination,
                together with interest on such amount  (calculated in accordance
                with  Section  1.9 of this  Appendix  I) for the period from the
                date such  distribution  was made to the date such  repayment is
                made in full; and (b) actually  makes such repayment  within six
                (6)  months  of the date on which the  Administrative  Committee
                notifies  him  that his  prior  Years  of  Participation  may be
                reinstated  in  accordance  with  this  Section  1.21.3  of this
                Appendix  I or (if later)  before the  earlier of (1) the end of
                the five (5)year period  beginning on his  reemployment  date or
                (2) the end of the five  (5)-year  period  beginning on the date
                his Employee  Contributions  With Interest were  distributed  to
                him.

                1.21.4  Notwithstanding  any  contrary  Plan  provision,   if  a
                Participant  was an Employee  prior to May 1, 1976,  but did not
                earn Years of Participation  (formerly,  "Credited Service") for
                any period prior to May 1, 1976 solely because of his failure to
                make  Employee  Contributions  (an "Omitted  Period"),  then the
                Omitted Period shall be counted as Years of  Participation,  if,
                but only if,  prior to September  1, 1989 or the  expiration  of
                ninety  (90)  days  after  the   Participant's   termination  of
                employment  with the  Employers  and  Affiliates,  whichever  is
                later,  the Participant  pays to the Plan an amount equal to the
                Employee  Contributions  that  would have been  required  of the
                Employee as a Participant under the Plan for the Omitted Period,
                together with interest,  (a) for the period ending  December 31,
                1987,  at five percent  (5%) and,  (b) for the period  beginning
                January 1, 1988, at the rate of interest  determined pursuant to
                section 411(c)(2)(C)(iii) of the Code, commencing as of the last
                day of the Omitted Period and compounded annually.

                1.21.5 A  Participant's  total number of Years of  Participation
                shall be  calculated by  aggregating  all periods to be included
                (after  disregarding all periods to be excluded) in his Years of
                Participation



                                      -63-

                                       390
<PAGE>

                  and rounding any remaining  fractional  period of less than 30
                days up to the nearest 1/12th of a Year of Participation.

 1.22 "Year of Service" shall mean (a) for periods on and after January 1, 1976,
      each period  included in an Employee's  Service (under Section 1.18),  and
      (b) for  periods  prior to  January  1,  1976,  each  year of  "continuous
      unbroken  service"  (as  defined  under  the  Former  Plan as in effect on
      December 31, 1975), which term excluded certain periods of employment that
      were not uninterrupted or during which the Employee failed to make or with
      respect to which the Employee withdrew required Employee Contributions. In
      addition, the following rules shall apply.

                1.22.1  If an  Employee  retires  or  his  employment  with  all
                Employers and Affiliates otherwise terminates after December 31,
                1975, and he returns to employment with an Employer or Affiliate
                within  the  12-month  period  beginning  on the  date  of  such
                termination,  then his Years of Service shall include the period
                of time between such termination and such reemployment.

                1.22.2  For  purposes  of  determining  an  Employee's  Years of
                Service,  Service  shall  include,  in  addition  to  periods of
                employment  with  the  Employers  and  Affiliates,   periods  of
                employment   with  (a)  any  company  which  is  a  "predecessor
                employer"  with  respect to an  Employer,  within the meaning of
                section  414(a)  of the Code,  and (b)  another  electric,  gas,
                telephone or combination  utility  company for which an Employee
                is credited with Years of Participation for purposes of the Plan
                pursuant to Section 1.21.2 of this Appendix I.

                1.22.3  If a group  of  employees  of  another  employer  become
                Employees pursuant to a merger, spin-off,  exchange of assets or
                other corporate  reorganization,  the  Administrative  Committee
                may,   in   its   discretion   (applied   in   a   uniform   and
                nondiscriminatory manner), direct that all or any portion of the
                Employees'  respective  periods  of  employment  with such other
                employer  may be  deemed  to be  Service  with an  Employer  for
                purposes of determining  such Employees'  Years of Service under
                this Plan,  provided that such periods of  employment  otherwise
                qualify as Service under Section 1.18 of this Appendix I.

                1.22.4 An  Employee's  total number of Years of Service shall be
                calculated  by  aggregating  all periods to be  included  (after
                disregarding all periods to be excluded) in his Years of Service
                and rounding  any  remaining  fractional  period of less than 30
                days up to the nearest 1/12th of a Year of Service.


                                      -64-

                                       391
<PAGE>


                           SECTION 2

             ELIGIBILITY AND EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS

2.1   Initial  Eligibility.  All Participants in the Former Plan on December 31,
      1989, shall continue to be Participants.  Each other Employee, hired prior
      to the date he attains age 65, shall become a  Participant  in the Plan on
      the first  day of the month  that  occurs on or next  follows  the date he
      completes one Year of Service; provided, however, that for the duration of
      any period in which the terms and  conditions of an Employee's  employment
      is governed by a  collective  bargaining  agreement,  the  Employee  shall
      neither become a Participant nor accrue any benefit under the Plan, except
      to the  extent  that  the  collective  bargaining  agreement  specifically
      provides for his coverage by the Plan.

2.2   Termination of Participation.  A Participant ceases to be a Participant in
      the Plan on the  earlier of the date he retires or dies or his  employment
      otherwise  terminates  or  the  first  anniversary  of  his  absence  from
      employment  with all  Employers  for any other  reason  (such as vacation,
      leave of absence,  sickness or layoff).  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  a
      Participant  continues to be a Participant during (a) an approved leave of
      absence,  provided that he returns to active employment at the end of such
      leave of  absence,  and (b) a period in which he is  Disabled  (within the
      meaning  of  Section  3.4 of this  Appendix  I)  prior  to his  retirement
      pursuant to Section 4.4 of this Appendix I.

2.3   Rehired Employee. A former Participant who is rehired shall again become a
      Participant  as of the  first  day of the  month in which he  returned  to
      employment with an Employer.  A former Employee who is rehired and who has
      completed one Year of Service  shall become a Participant  as of the first
      day of the month in which he returned to employment with an Employer.

2.4   Employee Contributions.  Employee Contributions were
      required under the Former Plan as in effect prior to
      January 1, 1976.  For the period January 1 to May 1,
      1976, each Participant with less than 36 Years of
      Participation made Employee Contributions each month in
      an amount equal to two percent (2%) of his monthly
      compensation in excess of $550.  No further Employee
      Contributions were permitted to be made by any
      Participant after May 1, 1976.

                           SECTION 3

                        RETIREMENT DATES

3.1   Normal Retirement. A Participant's Normal Retirement Date is the first day
      of the month that  occurs on or next  follows  the date he attains age 65;
      provided,  however, that the Participant's interest in the accrued portion
      of his  Retirement  Benefit  under the Plan shall  become fully vested and
      nonforfeitable on the date he attains age 65.



                                      -65-

                                       392
<PAGE>


3.2   Early Retirement. A Participant may elect to retire on an Early Retirement
      Date,  which may be the first day of any month after the  Participant  has
      attained age 55 and completed ten (10) or more Years of Service.

3.3   Postponed  Retirement.  A  Participant  may  remain  in  employment  or be
      reemployed after his Normal Retirement Date. No retirement  payments shall
      be made until after his Postponed Retirement Date, which shall be the date
      on which the Participant's employment actually terminates.

 3.4  Disability  Retirement.  A Participant who becomes totally and permanently
      disabled  prior to the date he attains age 65 shall  receive a  disability
      retirement  benefit upon his Normal Retirement Date. A Participant will be
      deemed to be  "totally  and  permanently  disabled"  for  purposes of this
      Section 3.4 of this  Appendix I if he incurs a  disability  which,  in the
      opinion of the Administrative Committee, (a) prevents him permanently from
      performing his assigned duties with his Employer and (b) qualifies him for
      a federal Social Security disability benefit continuously from the date of
      disability  until he attains age 65. The  provisions  of this  Section 3.4
      shall be ineffective  with respect to any Employee who becomes disabled on
      or after January 1, 1991.

                           SECTION 4

                      RETIREMENT BENEFITS

4.1   Normal Retirement Benefit.  Upon retirement on his Normal Retirement Date,
      a Participant shall receive for life an annual Retirement Benefit, payable
      in 12 equal  monthly  installments,  which,  when added to any  retirement
      benefits  payable under any other  tax-qualified  defined  benefit pension
      plan of any Employer or Affiliate or any of their  predecessor  companies,
      is equal to (a) one and  five-tenths  percent (1.5%) of the  Participant's
      Average Career Pay,  multiplied by (b) the  Participant's  total number of
      Years of Participation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the following rules
      shall apply:

                4.1.1 For a Participant who made optional contributions after he
                attained age 55, as authorized by prior  provisions of the Plan,
                the annual amount of his Retirement Benefit at Normal Retirement
                Date shall be increased by an amount equal to ten percent  (10%)
                of the total of said optional contributions.

                4.1.2  For an  Employee  who has  been  credited  with  Years of
                Participation  under  Section  1.21.2  of this  Appendix  I, the
                Retirement  Benefit  determined in accordance  with this Section
                4.1 of this  Appendix I shall be reduced by the annual amount of
                the retirement benefit (or the Actuarial  Equivalent thereof) to
                which the Employee is entitled from any tax-qualified retirement
                plan sponsored by an employer  which provided  employment to the
                Employee that was credited as



                                      -66-

                                       393
<PAGE>


                  Years of  Participation  under Section 1.21.2 of this Appendix
                I, or to which he would  have been  entitled  if he had left his
                contributions (if any) with said plan.

                4.1.3 The  minimum  annual  Retirement  Benefit,  commencing  at
                Normal Retirement Date, for an Employee who was a Participant on
                December 31, 1969, and who had not reached his Normal Retirement
                Date by that time, shall be one-half of his total  contributions
                to December  31,  1969,  plus an amount equal to one-half of the
                total  contributions  he would  have  made from said date to the
                earlier  of the date his  employment  terminates  or his  Normal
                Retirement Date,  assuming no change in compensation,  if had he
                contributed  (a) two  percent  (2%) of the  first  $3,000 of his
                annual  compensation;  (b)  four  percent  (4%)  of  his  annual
                compensation  in  excess of  $3,000;  and (c)  unless,  prior to
                December  31,  1969,  such  Participant   elected  not  to  make
                additional contributions after he attained age 55, an additional
                two percent (2%) of his total compensation commencing at age 55.

4.2   Early Retirement Benefit. A Participant who retires on an Early Retirement
      Date may elect to receive his Retirement Benefit, as determined under this
      Section 4.2 of this  Appendix I,  commencing on such date or the first day
      of any month prior to his Normal  Retirement  Date. A Participant's  Early
      Retirement  Benefit shall be equal to his Retirement Benefit as determined
      multiplied by the Early  Retirement  Factor  applicable to the Participant
      under paragraph (a) or (b) below:

                (a) If the Participant has 30 or more Years of  Participation on
                his Early Retirement Date, his Early Retirement  Factor shall be
                determined under the following table,  using his age at the date
                as of which payments of his Retirement Benefit commence



                                      -67-

                                       394
<PAGE>


                    Early Retirement Factors

Age When Retirement     Early Retirement       Early Retirement
 Benefits Commence      Date Before 1985       Date After 1984

      65                      1.00                  1.00
      64                      1.00                  1.00
      63                      1.00                  1.00
      62                      1.00                  1.00
      61                      0.98                  1.00
      60                      0.96                  1.00
      59                      0.93                  0.98
      58                      0.90                  0.96
      57                      0.87                  0.93
      56                      0.84                  0.90
      55                      0.81                  0.87

                (b) If the Participant  has less than 30 Years of  Participation
                on his Early Retirement Date, his Early Retirement  Factor shall
                be determined  under the following  table,  using his age at the
                date as of which payments of his Retirement Benefit commence:

                 Age When Retirement      Early Retirement
                  Benefits Commence            Factor

                        65                     1.00
                        64                     0.98
                        63                     0.96
                        62                     0.94
                        61                     0.92
                        60                     0.90
                        59                     0.88
                        58                     0.86
                        57                     0.84
                        56                     0.82
                        55                     0.80

                  If a Participant makes no election of an earlier  commencement
                date for his  Retirement  Benefit under this Section 4.2 of this
                Appendix  I, or  effective  July 19,  1985,  in the absence of a
                Qualified Election if required by Section 5.3.1 of this Appendix
                I,  payment  of  the  Participant's   Retirement  Benefit  shall
                commence  on his  Normal  Retirement  Date  and be  equal to his
                Retirement  Benefit  as  determined  under  Section  4.1 of this
                Appendix I.



                                      -68-

                                       395
<PAGE>


4.3   Postponed  Retirement  Benefit. A Participant who retires on his Postponed
      Retirement  Date pursuant to Section 3.3 of this Appendix I shall receive,
      commencing on or after his Postponed  Retirement  Date pursuant to Section
      5.1 of this Appendix I, a Retirement Benefit calculated in accordance with
      Section  4.1 of this  Appendix I, but based on the  Participant's  Average
      Career Pay and total number of Years of  Participation as of his Postponed
      Retirement Date, subject to the provisions of Section 5.2 of this Appendix
      I.

 4.4  Disability  Retirement  Benefit.  A  Participant  who  is  eligible  for a
      Disability  Retirement  Benefit under Section 3.4 of this Appendix I shall
      receive,  commencing on his Normal  Retirement Date, a Retirement  Benefit
      calculated in accordance with Section 4.1 of this Appendix I, but based on
      the  assumption  that the  disabled  Participant  continued to work for an
      Employer  until his  Normal  Retirement  Date at his rate of pay as of the
      date of his  disability.  In lieu of the foregoing,  a Participant  who is
      eligible for a Disability  Retirement  Benefit and has attained age 55 may
      elect to  receive,  commencing  on the first day of any month prior to his
      Normal Retirement Date, an Early Disability  Retirement Benefit calculated
      in  accordance  with  Section  4.2 of this  Appendix  I, but  based on the
      assumption that the disabled Participant continued to work for an Employer
      until the commencement date selected by the Participant at his rate of pay
      as of the date of his disability. The provisions of this Section 4.4 shall
      be  ineffective  with respect to any  Employee who becomes  disabled on or
      after January 1, 1991.

4.5   Benefit Increase for Retirees.  The Retirement  Benefit payable this under
      Section 4 of this Appendix I to any retired Participant shall be increased
      (if at all) in  accordance  with  the  provisions  of a  Schedule  to this
      Appendix I.

4.6   Prior Benefit Accrual.  Notwithstanding  any contrary Plan provision,  the
      annual amount of the  Retirement  Benefit  payable in the form of a single
      life annuity to a Participant at his Normal  Retirement  Date shall not be
      less than the dollar amount of the benefit accrued by such  Participant as
      of August 31, 1986, under the Former Plan as in effect on said date, or as
      of August 1, 1990, under the Plan as in effect on said date,  whichever is
      greater.  Furthermore,  if a Participant  elects early commencement of his
      Retirement  Benefit,  the annual dollar  amount  payable shall not be less
      than that  which  would have been  payable  to him as of August 31,  1986,
      under the Former Plan as in effect on said date,  or as of August 1, 1990,
      under the Plan as in effect on that date, whichever is greater, calculated
      as if the Participant had elected that payment of his benefit be commenced
      on August 31, 1986, or August 1, 1990, as  applicable,  and be made in the
      same form as that elected at his actual retirement.

 4.7  Maximum Benefit Definitions.  For purposes of Section 4.8 of this Appendix
      I, the following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

                4.7.1  "Affiliate"  shall mean a corporation,  trade or business
                which is,  together with any Employer,  a member of a controlled
                group of



                                      -69-

                                       396
<PAGE>


                  corporations  or an  affiliated  service group or under common
                control (within the meaning of section 414(b), (c) or (m) of the
                Code, as modified by section  415(h) of the Code),  but only for
                the period  during  which such other entity is so related to any
                Employer or Affiliate.

                4.7.2 "Annual  Benefit" shall mean a retirement  income benefit,
                which is payable annually in the form of a straight life annuity
                (with no  ancillary  benefits)  or is adjusted to the  Actuarial
                Equivalent  of such a benefit,  provided that the annual rate of
                interest assumed in computing the Actuarial Equivalent shall not
                be less than five percent  (5%).  For purposes of the  preceding
                sentence,   no  ancillary   benefits  not  directly  related  to
                retirement  income  benefits,  and no  qualified  portion of any
                joint and survivor annuity, shall be taken into account.

                4.7.3 "Defined Benefit Fraction" shall mean a fraction, of which
                the numerator is the  Participant's  Projected  Annual  Benefit,
                determined as of the last  Valuation  Date of the Plan Year, and
                the denominator is the lesser of (a) the product of 1.25 and the
                Dollar  Limitation  for the Plan Year, or (b) the product of 1.4
                and the Participant's  average annual Total Compensation for the
                three (3)  consecutive  Plan Years for which such average is the
                highest, provided that if the participant, on or before December
                31, 1982, was a participant in this Plan or any other  qualified
                defined  benefit  pension  plan  maintained  by any  Employer or
                Affiliate that was in existence on July 1, 1982, the denominator
                of the  Defined  Benefit  Fraction  shall  be no less  than  the
                individual's  accrued  benefit  under  the  provisions  of  such
                defined benefit plan as of December 31, 1982, calculated without
                regard to plan amendments or cost-of-living  increases occurring
                after July 1, 1982.

                4.7.4 "Defined Contribution  Fraction" shall mean a fraction, of
                which (a) the  numerator  is the sum of the annual  additions to
                the   Participant's   accounts   under  all  qualified   defined
                contribution  plans  maintained by all Employers and  Affiliates
                for the  current  and all  prior  Plan  Years in which he was an
                Employee  (his  "Total  Service"),  less  the  amount  (if  any)
                permitted  to be  subtracted  under  the  transitional  rule  of
                section  235(g)(3)  of the Tax Equity and Fiscal  Responsibility
                Act of 1982, and (b) the denominator is the sum of the lesser of
                the following amounts (determined for each Plan Year included in
                his Total Service,  in accordance  with Treas.  Reg.  1.415-7(f)
                (1980)):  (1) the product of 1.25 and the dollar  limitation  in
                effect  under  section  415(c)(1)(A)  and (d) of the  Code  (but
                without  regard to section  415(c)(6)  of the Code) for the Plan
                Year or (2) an amount equal to 25% of the Participant's Total



                                      -70-

                                       397
<PAGE>

                  Compensation  for the Plan Year,  provided that for Plan Years
                ended before January 1, 1983, the  Administrative  Committee (in
                its  discretion)  may calculate the  denominator  of the Defined
                Contribution  Fraction for all such defined  contribution  plans
                using the alternative  method set forth in section  415(e)(6) of
                the Code.

                4.7.5  "Projected  Annual Benefit" shall mean an amount equal to
                the aggregate  Annual  Benefits to which a participant  would be
                entitled under this Plan and all other qualified defined benefit
                plans maintained by all Employers and Affiliates  (determined as
                of the end of the Plan  Year),  assuming  that  the  Participant
                remains an  Employee  until his Normal  Retirement  Date and all
                other factors relevant to the calculation of his Annual Benefits
                remain constant for all future Plan Years.

                4.7.6  "Total  Compensation"  shall mean the  total,  but not in
                excess of the limitations of section  401(a)(17) of the Code, of
                all  earned  income,  wages,  salaries,  fees  for  professional
                services  and other  amounts  paid to an Employee  for  personal
                services  actually  rendered  in the  course  of  employment  or
                service with all Employers and  Affiliates,  including  (but not
                limited to) bonuses,  overtime,  commissions,  compensation  for
                services on the basis of a percentage  of profits and  incentive
                compensation,  but excluding any salary reduction  contributions
                made pursuant to section  401(k) of the Code and the other items
                described in Treas. Reg. 1.415-2(d)(2) (1980).

4.8   Maximum Benefit  Limitations.  Notwithstanding any contrary Plan provision
      in this Appendix I, the  limitations  set forth in Article VII of the Plan
      shall apply to that portion of a Participant's  accrued Normal  Retirement
      Benefit which is attributable to Employer contributions,  but substituting
      the definition of Actuarial Equivalent for the reference to Section 1.03.

4.9   Top-Heavy Plan Rules.  Notwithstanding  any contrary Plan  provision,  the
      provisions of this Section 4.9 of this Appendix I shall apply with respect
      to any Plan Year for which this Plan is a Top-Heavy Plan.

                4.9.1  "Top-Heavy Plan" means, for any Plan Year beginning after
                December  31,  1983,  this  Plan  or any  other  qualified  plan
                maintained  by any Employer or  Affiliate  which is for the Plan
                Year a top-heavy  plan (within the meaning of section  416(g) of
                the Code). The Administrative Committee, acting on behalf of the
                Company, shall determine as to each Plan Year whether or not the
                Plan is a  Top-Heavy  Plan for that Plan Year.  For  purposes of
                making that determination as to any Plan Year:



                                      -71-

                                       398
<PAGE>


                        (a) The date as of which the  determination  is made and
                      the applicable  valuation date shall be the last Valuation
                      Date of the immediately preceding Plan Year;

                        (b)  This  Plan  shall be  aggregated  with  each  other
                      qualified plan maintained by any Employer or Affiliate (1)
                      in which a key  employee  (within  the  meaning of section
                      416(i)(1)  and (5) of the Code)  participates,  and/or (2)
                      which  enables  this Plan or any plan  described in clause
                      (1) above to meet the requirements of section 401(a)(4) or
                      410 of the Code;

                        (c) This Plan may be aggregated with any other qualified
                      plan  maintained by any Employer or Affiliate,  which plan
                      is not  required  to be  aggregated  under  paragraph  (b)
                      above,  if the resulting  group of plans would continue to
                      meet the requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the
                      Code;

                        (d)   For   purpose   of   this   Section   4.9.1,   all
                      determinations as to the present value of accrued benefits
                      under  this  Plan  or  any  other  defined   benefit  plan
                      maintained  by any Employer or Affiliate  shall be made on
                      an Actuarially Equivalent basis; and

                        (e) The determination of whether or not an individual is
                      a  key  employee  shall  be  made  on  the  basis  of  the
                      Employee's Total Compensation (as defined in Section 4.7.6
                      of this Appendix I).

                4.9.2  Minimum  Benefit.  The  accrued  portion  of  the  Normal
                Retirement Benefit, as calculated in accordance with Section 4.1
                of this  Appendix  I, of each  Participant  who is or was at any
                time after  December  31,  1983 a non-key  employee  (within the
                meaning of section  416(i)(2)  and (5) of the Code)  shall in no
                event be less than an amount  computed by multiplying  (a) times
                (b) times (c) and subtracting (d) from the product, where:

                        (a)     is two percent (2%).

      (b)is the average annual Total  Compensation  of the  Participant  for the
      period  of five (5)  consecutive  Plan  Years  for which he or she had the
      greatest  Total  Compensation,  excluding  (1) all Plan Years ended before
      January  1, 1984 and (2) any  subsequent  Plan Year for which the Plan was
      not a Top-Heavy Plan. If the Participant had Total  Compensation for fewer
      than five (5) such Plan Years,  the  average  shall be based upon those of
      such Plan Years for which the Participant had Total Compensation.



                                      -72-

                                       399
<PAGE>


                        (c) is the total number (which shall not be greater than
                      ten (10)) of the Participant's Years of Service, excluding
                      all such Years to the extent  that they  include  any Plan
                      Year (1) ended before  January 1, 1984,  (2) for which the
                      participant  was a key  employee  (within  the  meaning of
                      section  416(i)(1)  and (5) of the  Code) or (3) for which
                      the Plan was not a Top-Heavy Plan.

                        (d) is an annual benefit which is Actuarially Equivalent
                      to the total of the  Participant's  account balances under
                      all qualified defined contribution plans maintained by any
                      Employer or Affiliate to the extent that such balances are
                      attributable  to  contributions  made by any  Employer  or
                      Affiliate under such plans, other than those contributions
                      made (1)  pursuant  to salary  reduction  elections  under
                      section  401(k) of the Code or (2) on a matching  basis in
                      respect of such contributions.

                4.9.3 Minimum Vesting.  For each Plan Year for which the Plan is
                a Top Heavy Plan, the following  vesting schedule shall be used,
                instead  of the  provisions  of  Sections  6.2  and  6.3 of this
                Appendix  I,  to  determine   the  vested   percentage  of  each
                Participant  who is a non-key  employee  (within  the meaning of
                section 416(i)(2) and (5) of the Code) in the accrued portion of
                his Normal Retirement  Benefit, as calculated in accordance with
                Section 4.1 (as modified by Section 4.9.2):

                        Completed Years          Vested
                          of Service           Percentage

                        Less than 2               0%
                        2 but less than 3        20%
                        3 but less than 4        40%
                        4 but less than 5        60%
                        5 or more               100%

                  If the Plan ceases to be a Top-Heavy Plan, each  Participant's
                vested percentage shall again be determined pursuant to Sections
                6.2  and  6.3  of  this   Appendix  I,  provided  that  (a)  the
                Participant's  vested  percentage  shall  not be less  than  his
                vested  percentage  determined  under this Section 4.9.3 of this
                Appendix I as of the last day on which the Plan was a  Top-Heavy
                Plan,  and (b)  this  Section  4.9.3  of this  Appendix  I shall
                continue to apply to the Participant if he has at least five (5)
                Years of  Service  as of the first  date the Plan is no longer a
                Top-Heavy Plan.


                                      -73-

                                       400
<PAGE>


                4.9.4   Reserved

                4.9.5 Section  415(e) Limits.  With respect to each  Participant
                who is also a participant  in a qualified  defined  contribution
                plan   maintained  by  any  Employer  or  Affiliate,   the  1.25
                multiplier  set  forth  in  Sections  4.7.3  and  4.7.4  of this
                Appendix  I  shall  be  reduced  to 1.0  and  $41,500  shall  be
                substituted for $51,875 in applying the transitional  rule under
                section  415(e)(6) of the Code as described in Section  4.7.4 of
                this  Appendix I,  unless for the Plan Year (a) the  aggregation
                group of which  the Plan is a member  is not  "super  top-heavy"
                (within the meaning of section 416(h)(2)(B) of the Code) and (b)
                three  percent  (3%) is  substituted  for the  reference  to two
                percent (2%) in applying  factor (a) under Section 4.9.2 of this
                Appendix I.

4.10  Internal Revenue Requirements

      Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  Plan to the  contrary,  to
      conform to the  requirements  of U.S.  Treasury  Regulations,  the benefit
      payable under the Plan shall be subject to the following limitations:

                (a) If the  Plan  is  terminated,  the  benefit  of any  "highly
                compensated  employee" or "highly  compensated former employee,"
                as defined in Section 414(q) of the Code,  shall be limited to a
                benefit that is nondiscriminatory under Section 401(a)(4) of the
                Code.

                (b) The annual  payments in any one year to any of the 25 highly
                compensated  employees or highly  compensated  former  employees
                with the  greatest  compensation  (hereinafter  referred to as a
                "restricted  employee")  in the  current or any prior year shall
                not exceed an amount equal to the payments that would be made on
                behalf of the  restricted  employee  under (1) a  straight  life
                annuity  that  is the  actuarial  equivalent  of the  restricted
                employee's  accrued  portion  and  other  benefits  to which the
                restricted  employee  is  entitled  under the Plan (other than a
                Social Security supplement),  and (2) the amount of the payments
                the  restricted  employee is entitled to receive  under a Social
                Security   supplement.   For  purposes  of  this  paragraph  (b)
                "benefit" includes, among other benefits, loans in excess of the
                amounts  set  forth in  Section  72(p)(2)(A)  of the  Code,  any
                periodic  income,  any  withdrawal  values  payable  to a living
                employee,  and any death  benefits not provided for by insurance
                on the restricted  employee's life. The foregoing  provisions of
                this paragraph (b) shall not apply, however, if:


                                      -74-

                                       401
<PAGE>


                        (i)  After  payment  to a  restricted  employee  of  all
                      benefits  payable  to the  restricted  employee  under the
                      Plan,  the  value of Plan  assets  equals or  exceeds  110
                      percent of the value of "current  liabilities," as defined
                      in  Section  412(b)(7)  of the  Code,  (each  value  being
                      determined  as  of  the  same  date  in  accordance   with
                      applicable Treasury regulations);

                        (ii) The value of the benefits payable under the Plan to
                      or for a  restricted  employee is less than one percent of
                      the value of current liabilities before distribution; or

                        (iii) The value of benefits payable under the Plan to or
                      for a  restricted  employee  does not  exceed  the  amount
                      described in Section 411(a)(11)(A) of
                      the Code.

4.11  Prior Plan  Benefit.  In no event shall the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of the
      annual Retirement Benefit payable to a participant under Section 4 or 6 of
      this Appendix I (expressed as an annual  benefit  payable as a single life
      annuity  commencing at the  Participant's  Normal Retirement Date) be less
      than the Participant's Prior Plan Benefit (if any) as determined under the
      applicable   Schedule  to  the  Plan  as  adopted  by  the  Administrative
      Committee.

                           SECTION 5

                  FORM AND PAYMENT OF BENEFITS

5.1   Commencement of Benefits. Subject to the provisions of Section 5.8 of this
      Appendix I, payment of a Participant's  Retirement  Benefit normally shall
      commence on his Normal  Retirement  Date, on or after his Early Retirement
      Date (in  accordance  with his election under Section 4.2 of this Appendix
      I), on or after his 55th birthday (in  accordance  with his election under
      Section  6.3(b) of this Appendix I), or no later than the first day of the
      third  calendar  month  after the  calendar  month in which his  Postponed
      Retirement Date occurs. Whichever of such commencement dates applies shall
      be known as the Participant's "Annuity Starting Date." Retirement Benefits
      normally shall be payable  monthly,  except that small amounts may be paid
      in Actuarially Equivalent amounts no less frequently than annually.

5.2   Suspension  of  Benefits.  In the  case of a  retired  Participant  who is
      reemployed by an Employer or Affiliate after his Annuity  Starting Date or
      a Participant  whose  employment  with an Employer or Affiliate  continues
      after his Normal  Retirement Date (whether in Suspension  Service or not),
      no Retirement  Benefit shall be paid to the  Participant  for any calendar
      month  ending  before his  subsequent  Annuity  Starting  Date;  provided,
      however,   that  his  Retirement  Benefit  shall  be  increased  upon  his
      subsequent Annuity Starting Date by the Actuarial Equivalent of the



                                      -75-

                                       402
<PAGE>


      Retirement  Benefit  payments that would otherwise have been made (if any)
      for the  calendar  months  in  which  he was not  employed  in  Suspension
      Service.

                5.2.1 Resumption or Commencement.  If a Participant's Retirement
                Benefit payments have been suspended after his Normal Retirement
                Date in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this Section
                5.2 of this  Appendix  I, they  shall  commence  or  resume  (as
                appropriate)  after his  Postponed  Retirement  Date pursuant to
                Section 5.1 of this  Appendix I. The initial  payment made after
                his Postponed  Retirement  Date shall include (a) the Retirement
                Benefit  payment  scheduled for the calendar  month in which the
                initial payment is made, plus (b) any amount not previously paid
                for any calendar month  beginning on or after the  Participant's
                Postponed  Retirement  Date,  less  (c) any  amounts  which  are
                subject to offset under Section 5.2.2 of this Appendix I. In the
                case  of  a  Participant   whose  Retirement   Benefit  payments
                commenced   before  his  Normal   Retirement  Date  and  who  is
                reemployed by an Employer or Affiliate,  his Retirement  Benefit
                shall be computed  upon his  subsequent  Annuity  Starting  Date
                based on his Retirement  Benefit accrued pursuant to Section 4.1
                of this Appendix I during his Years of Participation  before and
                after his reemployment and his then attained age, subject to (1)
                the  actuarial  increase  (if any)  mandated  by the proviso set
                forth in the first sentence of this Section 5.2 of this Appendix
                I and (2)  actuarial  reduction  to take  account of  Retirement
                Benefit  payments made prior to the date of his reemployment and
                before his Normal Retirement Date.

                5.2.2  Offset  Rule.   There  shall  be  deducted   from  future
                Retirement  Benefit payments,  any payments  previously made for
                those calendar  months in which the  Participant was employed in
                Suspension Service, provided that such deduction does not exceed
                in any one  month 25% of the total  Retirement  Benefit  payment
                which  would  have been due for that  month  but for the  offset
                (excluding  the initial  payment  described in Section  5.2.1 of
                this Appendix I).

                5.2.3  Notification.  No  Retirement  Benefit  payment  shall be
                permanently  withheld pursuant to Section 5.2 of this Appendix I
                from a Participant  who is  reemployed in Suspension  Service or
                who continues in Suspension  Service  unless the  Administrative
                Committee  notifies the  Participant,  during the first calendar
                month  in  which   the  Plan   withholds   payments,   that  the
                Participant's  Retirement  Benefit payments are being suspended.
                Such  notification  shall contain a description  of the specific
                reasons why Retirement  Benefit payments are being suspended,  a
                general  description and copies of the Plan provisions  relating
                to  the  suspension  of  Retirement  Benefit  payments,   and  a
                statement to the



                                      -76-

                                       403
<PAGE>

                effect that  applicable  Department of Labor  regulations may be
                found in 29 C.F.R. 2530.203-3 and that the appropriate procedure
                for affording a review of the suspension of Retirement  Benefits
                is contained in Section 9.4 of this Appendix I. The notification
                shall also  specifically  identify periods of employment and any
                suspendable  amounts  in  respect  thereof  that are  subject to
                offset, and the manner in which an offset will be made.

                5.2.4  Status  Determination.  Pursuant  to Section  9.4 of this
                Appendix  I, if a  Participant  makes a  written  request  for a
                determination of whether specific  contemplated  employment will
                result in suspension of Retirement  Benefit  payments under this
                Section  5.2 of this  Appendix I, the  Administrative  Committee
                shall, within 30 days thereof,  advise the Participant as to its
                determination of the question.

                5.2.5   Verification.   The   Participant   shall   notify   the
                Administrative  Committee of any employment  with an Employer or
                Affiliate  after his Annuity  Starting Date.  Furthermore,  from
                time to  time,  but  not  more  frequently  than  annually,  the
                Administrative  Committee may request that a Participant certify
                (in  writing)  that  he  is  not  so  employed  or  provide  the
                Administrative  Committee with information  sufficient for it to
                establish  that any employment  does not  constitute  Suspension
                Service  within the meaning of this Section 5.2 of this Appendix
                I. The  Administrative  Committee  shall advise the  Participant
                that  the   requirement   to  provide  such   certification   or
                information  may be a condition  precedent to  receiving  future
                Retirement Benefit payments.

                5.2.6  Suspension  Service.  As used in this Section 5.2 of this
                Appendix I, the term "Suspension  Service" shall mean a calendar
                month  in  which  the  Participant  receives  payment  from  any
                Employer  or  Affiliate  in respect of any hours of service  (as
                defined in 29 C.F.R.  2530.200b-2(a)(1)  and (2))  performed  on
                each of eight (8) or more days (or separate work shifts) in such
                month.

                5.2.7 Accrued Benefit  Attributable  to Employee  Contributions.
                Notwithstanding  any contrary Plan  provision,  in the case of a
                retired   Participant  who  is  reemployed  by  an  Employer  or
                Affiliate after his Annuity Starting Date or a Participant whose
                employment  with an Employer or  Affiliate  continues  after his
                Normal Retirement Date,  unless the actuarial  increase provided
                in the second  sentence of this  Section 5.2 of this  Appendix I
                applies,  upon his subsequent  retirement his Retirement Benefit
                shall be increased by the Actuarial Equivalent of the portion of
                the Retirement  Benefit payments that (a) constitute the portion
                of his accrued benefit attributable to his



                                      -77-

                                       404
<PAGE>

                  Employee Contributions  (determined in accordance with section
                411(c)(2)(B) of the Code) and (b) would otherwise have been made
                to the Participant for the months in which he was so employed.

5.3   Normal  Form of  Payment.  Unless  the  Participant  has made a  Qualified
      Election  pursuant to Section  5.3.1 of this  Appendix I within the 90-day
      period ending on his Annuity  Starting Date, the normal form of payment of
      any Retirement  Benefit  provided by the Plan for a Participant (a) who is
      not married on his Annuity  Starting  Date shall be a single life  annuity
      (as  described in Section 5.6.1 of this Appendix I); or (b) who is married
      on annuity (as  described  in Section  5.6.3 of this  Appendix I) with his
      spouse as his  contingent  annuitant.  Notwithstanding  the  foregoing and
      effective as of January 1, 1985, if the lump sum  Actuarial  Equivalent of
      the vested accrued portion of a Participant's  Retirement Benefit does not
      exceed $3,500 as of his Annuity  Starting Date,  such amount shall be paid
      to the Participant in a single lump sum payment. All benefit payments made
      under the Plan from the Trust  Fund  shall be made in the form of cash (or
      its equivalent).

                5.3.1  "Qualified  Election"  shall mean a written waiver of the
                normal form of payment which is signed by the Participant.  Such
                a waiver shall not be effective  without  Spousal Consent (a) to
                the Participant's  waiver of the normal form of payment, and (b)
                effective  July  19,  1985,  if  the  Participant  elects  early
                commencement of Retirement  Benefit payments (in accordance with
                Section   4.2,   4.4  or  6.3  of  this   Appendix  I),  to  the
                Participant's early payment election.

                5.3.2 Notice  Requirements.  The Administrative  Committee shall
                provide to each Participant, within a reasonable period prior to
                his Annuity Starting Date, a general written explanation of and,
                upon the participant's  written request made within a reasonable
                period prior to his Annuity Starting Date, specific  information
                concerning (a) the terms,  conditions  and financial  effects of
                the  normal  form  of  payment  for  the  Participant;  (b)  the
                Participant's right to make a Qualified Election,  the effect of
                such an election  to waive the normal  form of payment,  and the
                terms, conditions and financial effects of the optional forms of
                payment  available  to the  Participant;  (c) the  rights of the
                Participant's  spouse;  and (d) the  right  to  revoke,  and the
                effect of a  revocation  of, a previous  Qualified  Election  to
                waive the normal form of payment.

                5.3.3 Election of Optional  Form. A Participant,  if he has made
                and not revoked  the  Qualified  Election,  may elect one of the
                optional  forms  of  payment  provided  in  Section  5.6 of this
                Appendix  I, in  lieu  of the  normal  form  of  payment  of any
                Retirement  Benefit  provided by the Plan,  at any time prior to
                his Annuity Starting Date. An election,  or a revocation  and/or
                reinstatement of the election, of an optional



                                      -78-

                                       405
<PAGE>

                  form of payment must be made in writing on such form,  in such
                manner   and  within   such   advance   notice   period  as  the
                Administrative Committee shall specify.

 5.4  Pre-Retirement Survivor Benefit. Subject to Section 5.4.6 of this Appendix
      I, a  survivor  benefit  shall  be  paid  to  the  surviving  spouse  of a
      Participant  or former  Participant  who is  married  and dies  before his
      Annuity Starting Date if

                  (a) The  participant dies after the earlier of the date he
                completed  five (5) Years of Service or the date he attained age
                65; or

                (b) The former Participant dies after the date he completed five
                (5) Years of Service; or

                (c) The  Participant  or  former  Participant  dies (1)  while a
                segment  of the  accrued  portion of his  Retirement  Benefit is
                attributable to his Employee  Contributions  With Interest,  but
                (2) before he has completed
                five (5) Years of Service.

      The survivor  benefit shall be payable only if the  Participant  or former
      Participant had been married to his surviving spouse for at least one year
      prior to the date of his death.  The survivor benefit shall be paid in the
      form of a single life annuity and,  except as provided in Section 5.4.4 of
      this Appendix I, shall be  calculated as of the date of the  Participant's
      death  using the  procedure  set forth in Section  4.2 of this  Appendix I
      (relating to the calculation of the reduction for early  commencement of a
      Participant's Early Retirement  Benefit),  but (i) if paragraph (a) or (b)
      applies,  using  the  accrued  portion  of  the  Participant's  or  former
      Participant's Normal Retirement Benefit, or (ii) if paragraph (c) applies,
      using only the segment of the accrued  portion of his  Retirement  Benefit
      that is attributable to his Employee Contributions With Interest.

                5.4.1 Death Before Age 55 Without Employee Contributions. If the
                Participant dies on or before the date he attained or would have
                attained age 55, the survivor  benefit shall be payable monthly,
                beginning as of the date the Participant would have attained age
                55,  and  shall  be  determined  as if the  Participant  had (1)
                terminated  employment on the date of his death, (2) survived to
                his 55th  birthday,  (3) retired with the joint and 50% survivor
                annuity form of payment in effect, and (4) died on the following
                day.

                5.4.2 Death Before Age 55 with  Employee  Contributions.  If the
                Participant dies on or before the date he attained or would have
                attained  age 55 and a segment  of the  accrued  portion  of his
                Retirement Benefit is attributable to his Employee Contributions
                With Interest,  the survivor  benefit shall be payable  monthly,
                beginning as of the date of the  Participant's  death, and shall
                be



                                      -79-

                                       406
<PAGE>

                  determined as if the Participant had (1) terminated employment
                on the date of his  death,  (2)  retired  with the joint and 50%
                survivor annuity form of payment in effect,  and (3) died on the
                following day.

                5.4.3 Death After Age 55. If the Participant dies after the date
                he attained  age 55 and before his Annuity  Starting  Date,  the
                survivor benefit shall be payable  monthly,  beginning as of the
                first day of the month that occurs on or next following the date
                of his death,  and shall be determined as if the Participant had
                died with the joint and 50% survivor  annuity form of payment in
                effect and an Annuity  Starting Date occurring on the day before
                the date of his death.

                5.4.4 No Subsidy. Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this
                Section 5.4 of this Appendix I, if (a) the Participant or former
                Participant dies with less than five (5) Years of Service or (b)
                payment of the survivor benefit  commences prior to the date the
                Participant  or  former  Participant   attained  or  would  have
                attained age 55, the survivor  benefit  shall not be  calculated
                using the  procedure set forth in Section 4.2 of this Appendix I
                (relating  to  the   calculation  of  the  reduction  for  early
                commencement of a Participant's Early Retirement  Benefit),  but
                the  survivor   benefit   instead  shall  be  calculated  on  an
                Actuarially Equivalent basis.

                5.4.5  Commencement  Rules.  Payment  of  any  survivor  benefit
                provided  under this  Section  5.4 of this  Appendix I shall not
                commence before the date that would have been the  Participant's
                Normal  Retirement Date if the Participant had survived,  unless
                the spouse who is to receive the  survivor  benefit  consents to
                the earlier  commencement.  The consent shall be in such form as
                the Administrative Committee shall specify;  provided,  however,
                that the consent  shall be in writing,  signed by the spouse and
                received by the  Administrative  Committee not more than 90 days
                before the earlier commencement date.

                5.4.6 Prior Vesting Rule. Notwithstanding any contrary provision
                of this Section 5.4 of this Appendix I, in applying this Section
                5.4 with respect to any  Participant or former  Participant  who
                died or terminated  employment with all Employers and Affiliates
                before  September 1, 1986, each reference in this Section 5.4 of
                this Appendix I to "five (5) Years of Service"  shall be changed
                to "ten (10) Years of Service",  in order to reflect the vesting
                rules in effect under the Plan prior to that date.

5.5   "Spousal  Consent" shall mean, for all purposes under this Appendix I, the
      consent of the spouse of a Participant  which (a) is set forth in writing;
      (b) acknowledges

                                      -80-

                                       407
<PAGE>

      the effect of the waiver,  election or  designation  made or other  action
      taken by the Participant; and (c) is signed by the spouse and witnessed by
      a member or an authorized  agent of the  Administrative  Committee or by a
      notary public.  Notwithstanding  any  requirement of Spousal Consent under
      this  Plan,  if a  Participant  establishes  to  the  satisfaction  of the
      Administrative  Committee that Spousal Consent may not be obtained because
      the  Participant  has no  spouse or his  spouse  cannot  be  located,  the
      Participant's  waiver,  election,  designation  or other  action  shall be
      effective without Spousal Consent. Any Spousal Consent required under this
      Plan  shall be valid  only (1) with  respect  to the  spouse who signs the
      Spousal  Consent  and  (2)  as  to  the  particular  choice  made  by  the
      Participant  in the waiver,  election  or  designation  requiring  Spousal
      Consent.  A Participant may without Spousal Consent revoke a prior waiver,
      election or designation  requiring  Spousal Consent at any time before his
      Annuity Starting Date. The number of revocations shall not be limited.

 5.6  Optional  Forms of  Retirement  Benefits.  Subject to Section  5.3 of this
      Appendix I, the following optional forms of Retirement Benefit payment are
      available under the Plan:

                5.6.1 Single Life Annuity. This option, which is the normal form
                of payment for an unmarried Participant,  provides for unreduced
                payments of Retirement  Benefit  determined  in accordance  with
                Section  4 of  this  Appendix  I to  and  for  the  life  of the
                Participant with no survivor benefit.

                5.6.2 Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity.  This option provides for
                reduced pension  payments to and for the life of the Participant
                and for the continuance of pension payments,  if the Participant
                is survived by the contingent annuitant designated in accordance
                with  Section  7.2 of this  Appendix  I,  equal  to 100% of such
                reduced  pension  amount  for  the  then  remaining  life of the
                contingent annuitant.

                5.6.3 Joint and Reduced Survivor  Annuity.  This option provides
                for  reduced  pension  payments  to  and  for  the  life  of the
                Participant and for the continuance of pension payments,  if the
                Participant is survived by the contingent  annuitant  designated
                in accordance  with Section 7.2 of this Appendix I, equal to 50%
                or 66-2/3%  (as  elected  by the  Participant)  of such  reduced
                pension  amount for the then  remaining  life of the  contingent
                annuitant.  This  option is the  normal  form of  payment  for a
                married  Participant if the individual who was the Participant's
                spouse on his Annuity Starting Date is his contingent  annuitant
                and the 50% pension continuation level is in effect.

                5.6.4 Social  Security  Adjustment  Option.  If a  participant's
                Annuity  Starting Date occurs before his Federal Old Age (Social
                Security)

                                      -81-

                                       408
<PAGE>

                  Benefit  first  becomes  payable,  he may elect  with  Spousal
                Consent  to have his  Retirement  Benefit  payments  paid in the
                single life  annuity  form after  adjustment  on an  Actuarially
                Equivalent  basis to provide (so far as  practicable) a constant
                total retirement  income inclusive of the estimated  Federal Old
                Age Benefit,  both before and after such Benefit is scheduled to
                commence.

                5.6.5 Conversion  Factors.  The amount payable under any form of
                payment  described in this Section 5.6 of this  Appendix I shall
                be calculated using the conversion factors prescribed by Table A
                to this Appendix I; provided,  however,  that the portion of the
                Normal  Retirement  Benefit  accrued to November 12, 1984 by any
                Participant  shall in no event be  reduced  as the result of the
                use of such conversion factors.

5.7   Other Benefit Payment Rules.

                5.7.1 Incidental Benefit Rule. If a Participant's  spouse is not
                his contingent annuitant, any joint and survivor annuity form of
                payment  provided  under  Section  5.6 of this  Appendix I shall
                provide for  payments in such a manner that more than 50% of the
                Actuarially Equivalent present value of all payments expected to
                be made under the  annuity  form are  expected to be made to the
                Participant.

                5.7.2  Rescission  of Election.  Once a choice as to an optional
                form of payment of a  Participant's  Retirement  Benefit payment
                has  been   effectively   made,  it  may  be  rescinded  by  the
                Participant  at any time  before the benefit  payments  actually
                commence.

                5.7.3 Death Before Starting Date. If a Participant has elected a
                joint and survivor  annuity form of payment  under Section 5.6.2
                or  5.6.3  and  his   contingent   annuitant   dies  before  the
                Participant's   Annuity   Starting   Date,   the   participant's
                Retirement  Benefit shall be paid in the applicable  normal form
                (as if the  optional  form  had not  been  elected)  unless  the
                Participant  makes a new election.  No benefits shall be payable
                under  Section  5.6  of  this  Appendix  I  to  a  Participant's
                designated  contingent  annuitant if the participant dies before
                his  Annuity  Starting  Date,  and the only  death  or  survivor
                benefits  payable  (if any) shall be those  provided by Sections
                5.4 and 7 of this Appendix I.

                5.7.4 Death After Starting  Date. If the  designated  contingent
                annuitant predeceases the Participant after his Annuity Starting
                Date,  the reduced  pension  amount  payable under any joint and
                survivor   annuity   form  of  payment   shall  cease  upon  the
                Participant's death.



                                      -82-

                                       409
<PAGE>

                  If a Participant dies on or after his Annuity Starting Date, a
                survivor  benefit shall be payable under the Plan only if and to
                the extent  provided under Section 7 of this Appendix I or under
                the form of payment  actually in effect for the  Participant  on
                the date of his death.

                5.7.5 Minimum Payment Requirement. A participant's election of a
                joint and survivor  annuity form of payment  under Section 5.6.2
                or 5.6.3 of this  Appendix  I shall not become  effective  if an
                annual  rate of  pension  payments  of less than  $120  would be
                payable to either the Participant or his contingent annuitant.

                5.7.6 Annuity  Contract  Alternative.  Annuity payments shall be
                made by the Trustee in  accordance  with the  provisions of this
                Section 5 of this Appendix I; provided, however, that in lieu of
                such  payments,  the  Administrative  Committee  may  direct the
                Trustee  to  purchase  from an  insurance  company  or cause the
                Insurer  to  issue  a  single  premium  annuity  contract  which
                provides the pension  benefits to which the  Participant  and/or
                his spouse or other  contingent  annuitant is (or are)  entitled
                under the Plan. Such annuity contract may be held by the Trustee
                as owner or may be a  nontransferable  annuity contract which is
                distributed to the Participant or his surviving  spouse or other
                contingent  annuitant and shall discharge all liabilities of the
                Plan in respect of the Participant.

5.8   Commencement  Rules.  The  Administrative  Committee  shall  determine the
      Annuity Starting Date for a Participant's  Retirement Benefit,  subject to
      the  provisions  of  Sections  5.1  and  5.2 of  this  Appendix  I and the
      following rules:

                5.8.1  Earliest  Commencement.  No  payments  shall be made to a
                Participant   before  (a)  the  date  his  employment  with  all
                Employers  and   Affiliates   terminates,   or  (b)  unless  the
                Participant  consents to the earlier commencement of payments in
                a written  instrument which is signed by him and received by the
                Administrative  Committee  not  more  than 90 days  before  such
                earlier  commencement date, the date the Participant attains age
                65;  provided,  however,  that clause (b) of this sentence shall
                apply only if the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of the vested  accrued
                portion of the Participant's Retirement Benefit exceeds $3,500.

                5.8.2 Latest  Commencement  With Consent.  Even if a Participant
                consents to the deferral in  accordance  with  Section  5.8.3 of
                this  Appendix I, the  commencement  of his  Retirement  Benefit
                payments  may not be  deferred  beyond  the  April  1 that  next
                follows the calendar year in which the  Participant  attains age
                70- 1/2 or his  employment  with all  Employers  and  Affiliates
                terminates (whichever



                                      -83-

                                       410
<PAGE>

                  is  later);  provided,   however,  that  the  commencement  of
                payments to a Participant  who is a 5% owner (within the meaning
                of section 416(i)(1)(B)(i) of the Code) for the calendar year in
                which he attains age 70-1/2 or any later  calendar  year may not
                be deferred  beyond the April 1 that next follows such  calendar
                year.

                5.8.3 Latest Commencement Without Consent.  Unless a Participant
                consents  in writing to a deferral  of the  commencement  of his
                Retirement  Benefit payments,  Retirement  Benefit payments to a
                Participant  shall in no event commence later than 60 days after
                the end of the Plan Year in which  occurs  the latest of (a) the
                Participant's  Normal  Retirement  Date,  (b) the  tenth  (10th)
                anniversary  of the date on which he first became a  Participant
                in  the  Plan  or  (c)  the  date  on  which  the  participant's
                employment   with  all  Employers  and  Affiliates   terminated.
                Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  if the amount of the Retirement
                Benefit or the location of the  Participant or his spouse (after
                a  reasonable  search)  cannot  be  ascertained  by  such  date,
                payments may be deferred but shall be commenced on a retroactive
                basis no later  than 60 days  after the  earliest  date on which
                such amount or location (as appropriate) is ascertained.

5.9   Prior Lump Sum Payment.  If a  Participant  is  reemployed  by an Employer
      after having  received a lump sum payment of the vested accrued portion of
      his Retirement Benefit, the Retirement Benefit that becomes payable to the
      Participant  following his subsequent  termination of employment  shall be
      determined on the basis of all includible periods of his prior and current
      Service,  but the Retirement  Benefit as so determined shall be reduced by
      the Actuarial Equivalent of the amount of the prior lump sum payment.

5.10  Payments to  Incompetents.  If any individual to whom a benefit is payable
      under the Plan is a minor, or if the Administrative  Committee  determines
      that  any  individual  to whom a  benefit  is  payable  under  the Plan is
      mentally  incompetent  to receive such payment or to give a valid  release
      therefor,  payment  shall  be made to the  guardian,  committee  or  other
      representative  of the  estate  of such  individual  which  has been  duly
      appointed by a court of competent jurisdiction.  If no guardian, committee
      or other  representative  has been  appointed,  payment may be made to any
      person as  custodian  for such  individual  under the  California  Uniform
      Transfers to Minors Act or may be made to or applied to or for the benefit
      of the minor or incompetent,  the incompetent's spouse,  children or other
      dependents,   the   institution  or  persons   maintaining  the  minor  or
      incompetent  or any of them,  in such  proportions  as the  Administrative
      Committee from time to time shall determine; and the release of the person
      or  institution  receiving  the  payment  shall  be a valid  and  complete
      discharge  of any  liability  of the Plan with  respect to any  benefit so
      paid.


                                      -84-

                                       411
<PAGE>


                           SECTION 6

                     TERMINATION OF SERVICE

6.1   General  Rules.  A  Participant  whose  employment  with all Employers and
      Affiliates  terminates  prior to his  Retirement  Date shall cease to be a
      Participant   and  shall  be  entitled  to  the  return  of  his  Employee
      Contributions  With Interest.  Notwithstanding  any contrary  provision of
      this Section 6 of this Appendix I, any payment of a Participant's Employee
      Contributions With Interest, or such segment of the vested accrued portion
      of his Retirement Benefit as is attributable thereto,  shall be subject to
      the provisions of Section 5 of this Appendix I, with respect to the normal
      form  of  payment,   the   commencement   of  payments   and  the  consent
      requirements;  provided,  however,  that the lump sum  payment of Employee
      Contributions With Interest,  to the extent provided for in this Section 6
      of this  Appendix I, shall be treated as an  optional  form of payment for
      such amount as if specified in Section 5.6 of this Appendix I.

6.2   Less than 5 Years of Service.  If a Participant  has  completed  less than
      five (5)  Years of  Service  at the time his  employment  terminates,  his
      Employee Contributions With Interest shall be paid to him in a lump sum as
      soon as practicable after his termination,  and he shall be entitled to no
      other benefits under the Plan. If the former Participant is again employed
      by an Employer,  the Participant's Years of Participation for all purposes
      shall include Years of Participation both prior and subsequent to his date
      of reemployment;  provided that if the Participant's interest in that part
      of the accrued  portion of his Retirement  Benefit under the Plan which is
      derived  from  Employer  Contributions  was not at least 50% vested and he
      does  not  repay  the  full  amount  of his  Employee  Contributions  With
      Interest,  within the time required by Section  1.21.3 of this Appendix I,
      then his Years of Participation  shall include only Years of Participation
      subsequent to the earlier of his date of  reemployment or January 1, 1976.
      For purposes of the preceding sentence,  interest shall be computed on the
      amount  of the  prior  distribution  from  the  distribution  date  to the
      repayment date and shall be compounded annually from the distribution date
      at the rate of five  percent  (5%) or such  greater  (or  lesser)  rate of
      interest as is determined pursuant to section 411(c)(2)(C)(iii) and (D) of
      the Code at the date of repayment.

6.3   Vested  Termination.  If the  Participant  terminates  employment with all
      Employers and Affiliates and if he has completed five (5) or more Years of
      Service at the time his employment  terminates,  he may elect to leave his
      Employee Contributions With Interest with the Plan, and he shall receive:

                (a)  Commencing as of his Normal  Retirement  Date, a Retirement
                Benefit  calculated  in  accordance  with  Section  4.1 of  this
                Appendix I, but based on his Years of Participation  and Average
                Career Pay as of the date his Service terminated; or

                                      -85-

                                       412
<PAGE>

                (b) If he has completed  ten (10) or more Years of Service,  and
                if he so elects with Spousal Consent, commencing as of the first
                day of any  month on or after  the  date he  attains  age 55 and
                before  his  Normal   Retirement  Date,  a  Retirement   Benefit
                calculated   pursuant  to  paragraph   (a)  as  of  the  earlier
                commencement  date, but using the procedure set forth in Section
                4.2 of this  Appendix  I  (relating  to the  calculation  of the
                reduction  for  early  commencement  of  a  Participant's  Early
                Retirement Benefit);

      provided,  however, that the Retirement Benefit amount so calculated shall
      be paid in an  immediate  single  lump sum  payment  if and to the  extent
      provided by Section 5.3 of this Appendix I.

6.4   Withdrawal  of  Employee  Contributions.  At any time  before his  Annuity
      Starting  Date,  a former  Participant  who has not  elected  to leave his
      Employee  Contributions  With Interest  with the Plan in  accordance  with
      Section 6.3 of this Appendix I, or a former Participant who made but later
      revoked  such  election,  may elect with  Spousal  Consent to withdraw his
      Employee  Contributions  With  Interest.  In such event the  Participant's
      Employee  Contributions  With Interest  shall be  distributed to him in an
      immediate  single lump sum payment,  and the  Retirement  Benefit  payable
      under  Section 6.3 of this  Appendix I shall be reduced by an amount equal
      to the  portion  of such  Retirement  Benefit  that is  derived  from  the
      Participant's  Employee  Contributions.  Such portion is an annual benefit
      equal to the  Participant's  accumulated  contributions  multiplied by the
      appropriate  conversion  factor,  as determined in accordance with section
      411(c)(2) of the Code;  provided,  however,  that such  portion  shall not
      exceed the  Participant's  accrued  benefit under the Plan. No Participant
      may  withdraw  or  receive a refund  of his  Employee  Contributions  With
      Interest   before  his  employment   with  all  Employers  and  Affiliates
      terminates.

                           SECTION 7

                         DEATH BENEFITS

7.1   Return  of  Employee  Contributions  With  Interest.  Upon the  death of a
      Participant or former  Participant,  or upon the  subsequent  death of his
      surviving spouse or other contingent  annuitant who was receiving payments
      under the Plan, and in the event that no amount is otherwise payable under
      the Plan with respect to the deceased  Participant or former  Participant,
      then an amount equal to his Employee Contributions With Interest, less the
      sum of all benefit  payments  previously made to the Participant or former
      Participant  and/or his  spouse or other  contingent  annuitant,  shall be
      payable to the  beneficiary  designated in accordance  with Section 7.2 of
      this Appendix I.

 7.2  Beneficiary or Contingent  Annuitant  Designations.  Each  Participant may
      designate,  in a signed writing delivered to the Administrative  Committee
      on such


                                      -86-

                                       413
<PAGE>

      form as it may prescribe, one or more individuals to be (a) his contingent
      annuitant who shall receive any survivor  annuity  payments  under Section
      5.6 of this  Appendix I (other than the  pre-retirement  survivor  annuity
      provided by Section 5.4 of this Appendix I) and/or (b) his beneficiary who
      shall receive any death distribution under Section 7.1 of this Appendix I.

                7.2.1  Changed   Designations.   A  Participant   may  designate
                different contingent annuitants and/or beneficiaries at any time
                by delivering a new designation in like manner.  Any designation
                shall   become   effective   only  upon  its   receipt   by  the
                Administrative  Committee,  and the last  effective  designation
                received by the  Administrative  Committee  shall  supersede all
                prior designations.

                7.2.2  Spousal   Consent.   If  a  Participant   designates  any
                individual other than his spouse as his contingent  annuitant or
                beneficiary, the designation shall be ineffective in the absence
                of Spousal Consent.

                7.2.3 Failed  Beneficiary  Designations.  If a Participant  dies
                without having effectively designated his beneficiary,  or if no
                designated    beneficiary   survives   the   Participant,    the
                Administrative  Committee shall  designate as the  Participant's
                beneficiary  (in  the  following  order  of  priority)  his  (a)
                surviving  spouse,  (b) surviving  children  (including  adopted
                children),  (c)  surviving  parents,  or (d)  estate;  provided,
                however,  that if the Participant has no surviving  spouse,  the
                Administrative  Committee may (in its discretion)  designate the
                Participant's  estate as his  beneficiary,  irrespective  of the
                foregoing  order of  priority.  The  Administrative  Committee's
                determination  as to which  persons (if any) qualify  within the
                aforementioned categories shall be final and conclusive upon all
                persons.

7.3   No Other Death  Benefits.  Except as  provided  in this  Section 7 of this
      Appendix I or  Section 5 of this  Appendix  I, no death or other  survivor
      benefits are provided under the Plan.

                           SECTION 8

                         MISCELLANEOUS

8.1   Controlling  Law.  Except  to the  extent  preempted  by ERISA  and  other
      applicable federal laws, this Appendix I and the Plan with respect to this
      Appendix I shall be construed,  regulated and  administered  in accordance
      with the laws of the State of California.


                                      -87-

                                       414
<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE A
                                                                           TO
                                                                    APPENDIX I


                       List of Employers


                                       Date Became    Date of
Name of Employer                       an Employer  Withdrawal

Western States Utility Company           9/1/44        N/A
West Coast Power Company                 6/1/45        N/A
Eastern Oregon Light & Power Co.         7/1/46        N/A
Colusa County Telephone Company          1/1/52        N/A
Northern Counties Utility Company        1/1/52        N/A
Umpqua Valley Telephone Company          3/31/52       N/A

Elko County Telephone &
  Telegraph Co.                          3/1/52        N/A

The Redwoods Telephone Company           1/1/78        N/A
Tel-Logic Communication, Inc.            1/1/81        N/A
Tuolumne Telephone Co.                   1/1/81        N/A
RAI Consultants, Inc.                    5/1/81        N/A

Great Southwest Telephone
  Corporation and its
  Subsidiaries:                          9/1/81        N/A

    Navajo Communications Co., Inc.
    NCC Systems, Inc.
    Romain Telephone Co., Inc.
    Telephone Service Co., Inc.
    Texas-Midland Telephone Co.
    Trinity Valley Telephone Co.

The Warner-Whitney Group, Inc.           1/28/82       6/1/85

The Communications Processing
  Group, Inc.                            1/28/82       N/A

CP National CONTECH                      8/10/84       N/A

Nevada Telephone & Telegraph             12/30/86      N/A


                                      -88-

                                       415
                                       
<PAGE>


                                                                    SCHEDULE B
                                                                            TO
                                                                    APPENDIX I


                  Tuolumne Prior Plan Benefit


Effective as of January 1, 1981, Tuolumne Telephone Co. ("Tuolumne") adopted the
Former Plan as an amendment and complete restatement of the GR-4640 Pension Plan
for Employees of Tuolumne  Telephone Co., as set forth in Group Annuity Contract
No. GR-4640 issued to Tuolumne by The Travelers  Insurance  Company effective as
of November 1, 1972, and as thereafter from time to time amended effective prior
to 1982 (the "Tuolumne Plan").  The benefits provided for each Participant under
the Former Plan who prior to January 1, 1981,  was a participant in the Tuolumne
Plan (a "Tuolumne Plan Participant")  shall be determined in accordance with all
of the terms and conditions of Appendix I, subject to the following

 1.  Prior Plan Benefit.  For purposes of applying Section 4.13 of this Appendix
     I, the Prior Plan  Benefit  for a Tuolumne  Plan  Participant  shall be the
     Actuarial  Equivalent of the accrued  benefit that would have been provided
     for the Tuolumne  Plan  Participant  as of October 31, 1981,  as determined
     under the  provisions  of the  Tuolumne  Plan as in effect on December  31,
     1980,  expressed  as an annual  benefit  payable as a single  life  annuity
     commencing at the Tuolumne Plan Participant's Normal Retirement Date.

 2.  Benefit Accrual. A Tuolumne Plan Participant shall commence to accrue Years
     of  Participation  under the Former Plan on January 1, 1981, for periods of
     his Service  with the  Employers  after said date.  An amount  equal to the
     Tuolumne  Plan  Participant's  Prior  Plan  Benefit,  as  determined  under
     Paragraph 1 of this  Schedule B (but  calculated  as of December  31, 1980,
     rather than October 31, 1981),  shall be added to the Actuarial  Equivalent
     of his accrued  benefit as determined  under Section 4.1 of this Appendix I
     and  related  provisions  of  this  Appendix  I,  based  on  his  Years  of
     Participation  after  December 31, 1980, and expressed as an annual benefit
     payable as a single life annuity  commencing at his Normal Retirement Date,
     in calculating the Retirement Benefit (if any) ultimately payable under the
     CP National Plan.

 3.  Years of  Service.  The  Years  of  Service  credited  to a  Tuolumne  Plan
     Participant  under the Former Plan on and after  January 1, 1981,  shall at
     least equal the total of the years of service  credited to such Participant
     under  Article VII,  Section  B(4) of the Tuolumne  Plan as of December 31,
     1980, plus the Years of Service credited to such Participant  under Section
     1.22 of this Appendix I for periods of his Service after said date.

                                      -89-

                                       416
<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE C
                                                                            TO
                                                                    APPENDIX I


                   Trinity PUD Service Credit


Effective as of March 1, 1983,  solely for purposes of determining  the Years of
Service of an Employee  (a) who was  employed  at the CP National  Corporation's
facilities in Weaverville,  California on February 28, 1983, (b) who transferred
to  employment  with the Trinity  County Public  Utility  District (the "Trinity
PUD") on March 1, 1983,  and (c) who was credited  with less than ten (10) Years
of Service at the date of such transfer,  Service shall include,  in addition to
periods of employment with the Employers and  Affiliates,  periods of employment
with the Trinity  PUD on and after the date of such  transfer.  For  purposes of
determining his eligibility to receive benefits under Appendix I, the employment
of any such Employee shall not be deemed terminated until the termination of his
employment with the Trinity PUD.

                                      -90-

                                       417
<PAGE>

                                                                       TABLE A
                                                                            TO
                                                                    APPENDIX I


                       Conversion Factors


The  conversion  factors  set forth  below are to be applied  to the  Retirement
Benefit  amount  payable in the normal  single life annuity  form for  unmarried
Participants  to calculate,  in accordance  with Section 5.6 of this Appendix I,
the amount(s)  payable under another form of payment.  In applying the formulas,
age  nearest  birthday  should  be used for the  Participant  and his  spouse or
designated contingent annuitant.

1.     Joint and 100% Survivor Annuity:

             1.1   Retirement at Age 65:

                   The conversion  factor is 0.7450 plus (minus) 0.0100 for each
             year  that  the  Participant's  spouse  or  designated   contingent
             annuitant is older (younger) than the Participant.

             1.2   Retirement at Other Age:

                   The conversion  factor is 0.7450 plus (minus) 0.0070 for each
             year that the  Participant  is under (over) age 65 and plus (minus)
             0.0100 for each year that the  Participant's  spouse or  designated
             contingent annuitant is older (younger) than the Participant.

2.     Joint and 66-2/3% Survivor Annuity:

             2.1   Retirement at Age 65:

                   The conversion  factor is 0.8150 plus (minus) 0.0080 for each
             year  that  the  Participant's  spouse  or  designated   contingent
             annuitant is older (younger) than the Participant.

             2.2   Retirement at Other Age:

                   The conversion  factor is 0.8150 plus (minus) 0.0050 for each
             year that the  Participant  is under (over) age 65 and plus (minus)
             0.0080 for each year that the  Participant's  spouse or  designated
             contingent annuitant is older (younger)than the Participant.



                                      -91-

                                       418
<PAGE>


3.     Joint and 50% Survivor Annuity:

             3.1   Retirement at Age 65:

                   The conversion  factor is 0.8540 plus (minus) 0.0070 for each
             year  that  the  Participant's  spouse  or  designated   contingent
             annuitant is older (younger) than the Participant.

             3.2   Retirement at Other Age:

                   The conversion  factor is 0.8540 plus (minus) 0.0040 for each
             year that the  Participant  is under (over) age 65 and plus (minus)
             0.0070 for each year that the  Participant's  spouse or  designated
             contingent annuitant is older (younger) than the Participant.

4.     Other Forms:

       The conversion factors for any other form of payment under the Plan shall
       be based on the  Actuarial  Equivalent  of the normal single life annuity
       form.

5.     Lump Sum Restriction:

       Effective  as of January 1, 1985,  in  determining  whether  the lump sum
       Actuarial  Equivalent of the vested  accrued  portion of a  Participant's
       Retirement  Benefit  exceeds  $3,500 as of any date, the rate of interest
       used  shall be the  lesser of (a) the rate  specified  in  clause  (b) of
       Section 1.1 of the Plan or (b) the rate  established by the PBGC to value
       immediate  annuities  for plans  terminated  on the first day of the Plan
       Year which includes the date as of which the determination is made.



                                      -92-

                                       419
<PAGE>

13.10  Employees of St. Matthews Telephone Company.

       (a)   Effective Date - Not applicable.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)   Provision Relative to Section 401(a)(12) of the Code - Not 
             Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX J - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES  OF ST.  MATTHEWS  TELEPHONE  COMPANY,  which
             follows immediately hereafter.



                                      -93-

                                       420
<PAGE>


                           APPENDIX J
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                 ST. MATTHEWS TELEPHONE COMPANY

 Effective  as of the close of business  on  February  29,  1988,  St.  Matthews
 Telephone  Company ("St.  Matthews")  became a  wholly-owned  subsidiary of the
 Company.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to active employees of St. Matthews on March 1, 1988:

A.     Section 1.07 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.07J "Basic  Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned
                after February 29, 1988.

B.     Section 1.14 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.14J  "Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned after
                February 29, 1988.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)J    Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following.

                                        (i) Service  Prior to March 1, 1988:  An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with St. Matthews
                            prior to March 1, 1988,  shall be counted as Vesting
                            Service to the extent that such  periods  would have
                            counted under the Plan if such  employment  had been
                            with the Company.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  March 1,
                            1988: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).

D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)J    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:



                                      -94-

                                       421
<PAGE>


                                        (i)  Benefit  Service  Prior to March 1,
                        1988: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                        March 1, 1988:  In  accordance  with the  provisions  of
                        Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)J    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service  Prior to March 1, 1988:  An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with St. Matthews
                            prior  to  March  1,  1988,   shall  be  counted  as
                            Eligibility Years of Service to the extent that such
                            periods  would have  counted  under the Plan if such
                            employment had been with the Company.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  March 1,
                            1988: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).



                                      -95-

                                       422
<PAGE>


13.11  Employees of Area Marketing/Research Associates, Inc.

             (a)   Effective Date - Not Applicable.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)   Provision Relative to Section 401(a)(12) of the Code - Not 
                   Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX K - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES OF AREA MARKETING/RESEARCH  ASSOCIATES,  INC.,
             which follows immediately hereafter.



                                      -96-

                                       423
<PAGE>

                           APPENDIX K
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
            AREA MARKETING/RESEARCH ASSOCIATES, INC.

Effective as of the close of business on April 30, 1988, Area Marketing/Research
Associates, Inc., ("AMRA") became a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to active employees of AMRA on May 1, 1988:

 A.    Section  1.07  is  modified  by  adding  to the  definition  thereof  the
       following:

                1.07K "Basic  Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned
                after April 30, 1988.

 B.    Section  1.14  is  modified  by  adding  to the  definition  thereof  the
       following:

                1.14K  "Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned after
                April 30, 1988.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)K    Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to May 1,  1988:  An
                            Employee's  period(s) of employment  with AMRA prior
                            to May 1, 1988,  shall be counted as Vesting Service
                            to the extent that such  periods  would have counted
                            under the Plan if such  employment had been with the
                            Company.

                                        (ii) Service From and After May 1, 1988:
                            In  accordance   with  the   provisions  of  Section
                            1.37(g).

D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)K    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                      -97-

                                       424
<PAGE>

                                        (i)  Benefit  Service  Prior  to  May 1,
                            1988: None.

                                        (ii) Benefit  Service From and After May
                            1,  1988:  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of
                            Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)K    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to May 1,  1988:  An
                            Employee's  period(s) of employment  with AMRA prior
                            to May 1,  1988,  shall be  counted  as  Eligibility
                            Years of  Service to the  extent  that such  periods
                            would have counted under the Plan if such employment
                            had been with the Company.

                                        (ii) Service From and After May 1, 1988:
                            In  accordance   with  the   provisions  of  Section
                            1.37(f).



                                      -98-

                                       425
<PAGE>


13.12  Employees of Cellular Phone of Aiken-Augusta, Inc.

             (a)   Effective Date - Not Applicable.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)   Provision Relative to Section 401(a)(12) of the Code - Not 
                   Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX L - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES  OF CELLULAR  PHONE OF  AIKEN-AUGUSTA,  INC.,
             which follows immediately hereafter.

                                      -99-

                                       426
<PAGE>
          
                          APPENDIX L
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
             CELLULAR PHONE OF AIKEN-AUGUSTA, INC.

Effective  as of the  close of  business  on April 1,  1990,  Cellular  Phone of
Aiken-Augusta,  Inc., ("CPAA") became a wholly-owned (second-tier) subsidiary of
the Company.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to active employees of CPAA on April 2, 1990:

A.     Section 1.07 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.07L "Basic  Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned
                after April 1, 1990.

B.     Section 1.14 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.14L  "Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned after
                April 1, 1990.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)L    Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to  April  2,  1990:
                             None.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  April 2,
                             1990: In accordance  with the provisions of Section
                             1.37(g).

D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)L    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                       behalf of a Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                       of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Benefit  Service  Prior to April 2,
                             1990: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                             April 2, 1990: In accordance with the provisions of
                             Section 1.37(d).



                                     -100-

                                      427
<PAGE>


E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)L    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                       under the Plan shall be determined in accordance with the
                       following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to  April  2,  1990:
                            None.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  April 2,
                            1990: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).


                                     -101-

                                      428
<PAGE>


13.13  Employees of Systematics, Inc. and its Subsidiaries

             (a)   Effective Date - Not Applicable.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)   Provision Relative to Section 401(a)(12) of the Code - Not 
                   Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX M - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES OF  SYSTEMATICS,  INC. AND ITS  SUBSIDIARIES,
             which follows immediately hereafter.



                                     -102-

                                      429
<PAGE>


                            APPENDIX M
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
             SYSTEMATICS, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

Effective as of the close of business on May 31, 1990,  Systematics,  Inc.,  and
its subsidiaries ("Systematics") became a part of the Controlled Group.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to active  employees of the Controlled Group on January
1, 1991:

A.     Section 1.07 is modified by adding to the definition thereof the 
       following:

                1.07M "Basic Compensation" shall include only amounts earned (as
                an Employee of an Employer) after May 31, 1990.

 B.    Section  1.14  is  modified  by  adding  to the  definition  thereof  the
       following:

                1.14M  "Compensation"  shall include only amounts  earned (as an
                Employee of an Employer) after May 31, 1990.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)M    Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to June 1, 1990:  An
                            Employee's  period(s) of employment with Systematics
                            after  December 31, 1985, and prior to June 1, 1990,
                            shall be counted  as  Vesting  Service to the extent
                            that such periods  would have counted under the Plan
                            if such employment had been with the Company.

                                        (ii)  Service  From  and  After  June 1,
                            1990: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).


                                     -103-

                                      430
<PAGE>


D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)M    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Benefit  Service  Prior  to June 1,
                            1990: None.

                                        (ii) Benefit Service From and After June
                            1,  1990:  In  accordance  with  the  provisions  of
                            Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)M    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i)  Service  Prior to June 1, 1990:  An
                            Employee's  period(s) of employment with Systematics
                            after  December  31, 1985 and prior to June 1, 1990,
                            shall be counted as Eligibility  Years of Service to
                            the extent  that such  periods  would  have  counted
                            under the Plan if such  employment had been with the
                            Company.

                                        (ii)  Service  From  and  After  June 1,
                            1990: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).


                                     -104-

                                      431
<PAGE>

13.14  Employees of HWC Distribution Corp. and its Subsidiaries

             (a)   Effective Date - Not Applicable.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to Section  401(a)(12)  of the Code - Not
             Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX N - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO  CERTAIN   EMPLOYEES   OF  HWC   DISTRIBUTION   CORP.   AND  ITS
             SUBSIDIARIES, which follows immediately hereafter.


                                     -105-

                                      432
<PAGE>


                           APPENDIX N
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
          HWC DISTRIBUTION CORP. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES

Effective as of the close of business on April 14, 1989, HWC Distribution Corp.,
and its subsidiaries ("HWC") became part of the Controlled Group.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to active  employees of the Controlled Group on January
1, 1991:

 A.    Section  1.07  is  modified  by  adding  to the  definition  thereof  the
       following:

                1.07N "Basic Compensation" shall include only amounts earned (as
                an Employee of an Employer) after April 14, 1989.

 B.    Section  1.14  is  modified  by  adding  to the  definition  thereof  the
       following:

                1.14N  "Compensation"  shall include only amounts  earned (as an
                Employee of an Employer) after April 14, 1989.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)N    Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Service  Prior to April 15, 1989: An
                            Employee's  period(s) of  employment  with HWC after
                            December  31,  1985,  and prior to April  15,  1989,
                            shall be counted  as  Vesting  Service to the extent
                            that such periods  would have counted under the Plan
                            if such employment had been with the Company.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and After  April 15,
                            1989: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).

D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)N    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:



                                     -106-

                                      433
<PAGE>

                                        (i) Benefit  Service  Prior to April 15,
                            1989: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                            April 15, 1989: In accordance with the provisions of
                            Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)N    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service  Prior to April 15, 1989: An
                            Employee's  period(s) of  employment  with HWC after
                            December 31, 1985 and prior to April 15, 1989, shall
                            be  counted as  Eligibility  Years of Service to the
                            extent that such periods  would have  counted  under
                            the  Plan if  such  employment  had  been  with  the
                            Company.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and After  April 15,
                            1989: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).

                                     -107-


                                      434
<PAGE>


13.15  Employees of Missouri Telephone Company and Eastern Missouri Telephone 
       Company

             (a)   Effective Date - January 1, 1992

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)   Provision Relative to Section 401(a)(12) of the Code - Not 
             Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX O - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES  OF  MISSOURI  TELEPHONE  COMPANY AND EASTERN
             MISSOURI TELEPHONE COMPANY, which follows immediately hereafter.


                                     -108-

                                      435
<PAGE>


                           APPENDIX O
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
                 MISSOURI TELEPHONE COMPANY AND
               EASTERN MISSOURI TELEPHONE COMPANY

Effective as of the close of business on September 30, 1991,  Missouri Telephone
Company  and  Eastern  Missouri  Telephone  Company  (the  "Missouri   Telephone
Companies")  became  (direct  and  indirect)  wholly-owned  subsidiaries  of the
Company.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to active employees of the Missouri Telephone Companies
on January 1, 1992:

 A.    Section  1.07  is  modified  by  adding  to the  definition  thereof  the
       following:

                1.07O "Basic  Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned
                after December 31, 1991.

 B.    Section  1.14  is  modified  by  adding  to the  definition  thereof  the
       following:

                1.14O  "Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned after
                December 31, 1991.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)O    Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Service Prior to October 1, 1991: An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with the Missouri
                            Telephone  Companies prior to October 1, 1991, shall
                            be  counted as  Vesting  Service to the extent  that
                            such periods  would have  counted  under the Plan if
                            such employment had been with the Company.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  October 1,
                            1991: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).


                                     -109-

                                      436
<PAGE>


D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)O    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Benefit  Service Prior to January 1,
                            1992: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                            January 1, 1992: In accordance  with the  provisions
                            of Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)O    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service Prior to October 1, 1991: An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with the Missouri
                            Telephone  Companies prior to October 1, 1991, shall
                            be  counted as  Eligibility  Years of Service to the
                            extent that such periods  would have  counted  under
                            the  Plan if  such  employment  had  been  with  the
                            Company.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  October 1,
                            1991: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).


                                     -110-

                                      437
<PAGE>


13.16  Employees of Savannah MSA Cellular Partnership

             (a)   Effective Date - April 1, 1992.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to Section  401(a)(12)  of the Code - Not
             Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX P - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES OF SAVANNAH MSA CELLULAR  PARTNERSHIP,  which
             follows immediately hereafter.


                                     -111-

                                      438
<PAGE>

                           APPENDIX P
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
               SAVANNAH MSA CELLULAR PARTNERSHIP

On April 1, 1992, certain former employees of Savannah MSA Cellular  Partnership
("Savannah MSA Cellular") became
Employees.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with  respect to active  employees of Savannah MSA Cellular on March
31, 1992 who became Employees on April 1, 1992:

A.     Section 1.07 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.07P "Basic  Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned
                after March 31, 1992.

B.     Section 1.14 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.14P  "Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned after
                March 31, 1992.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)P    Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Service  Prior to April 1, 1992:  An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with Savannah MSA
                            Cellular  during the  period  November  1, 1991,  to
                            April 1, 1992 shall be counted as Vesting Service to
                            the extent  that such  periods  would  have  counted
                            under the Plan if such  employment had been with the
                            Company. An Employee's  period(s) of employment with
                            Savannah  MSA  Cellular  prior to  November  1, 1991
                            shall not be counted as Vesting Service.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  April 1,
                            1992: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).


                                     -112-

                                      439
<PAGE>


D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)P    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Benefit  Service  Prior to April 1,
                            1992: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                            April 1, 1992: In accordance  with the provisions of
                            Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)P    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service  Prior to April 1, 1992:  An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with Savannah MSA
                            Cellular during the period November 1, 1991 to April
                            1, 1992  shall be counted  as  Eligibility  Years of
                            Service to the extent that such  periods  would have
                            counted under the Plan if such  employment  had been
                            with  the  Company.   An  Employee's   period(s)  of
                            employment  with  Savannah  MSA  Cellular  prior  to
                            November 1, 1991 shall not be counted as Eligibility
                            Years of Service.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  April 1,
                            1992: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).




                                     -113-

                                      440
<PAGE>



13.17  Employees of Sugar Land Telephone Company, Perco
       Telephone Company, SLT Cable TV, Inc., and Metropolitan
       Houston Paging Services, Inc.

             (a)   Effective Date - January 1, 1993.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to Section  401(a)(12)  of the Code - Not
             Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX Q - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO  CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES  OF  SUGAR  LAND  TELEPHONE  COMPANY,  PERCO
             TELEPHONE  COMPANY,  SLT CABLE TV, INC., AND  METROPOLITAN  HOUSTON
             PAGING SERVICES, INC., which follows immediately hereafter.




                                     -114-

                                      441
<PAGE>



                           APPENDIX Q
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
     SUGAR LAND TELEPHONE COMPANY, PERCO TELEPHONE COMPANY,
                    SLT CABLE TV, INC., AND
           METROPOLITAN HOUSTON PAGING SERVICES, INC.

Pursuant  to  the  merger  of  a  subsidiary  of  ALLTEL  Corporation  into  SLT
Communications, Inc. with SLT Communications, Inc. as the surviving corporation,
as defined in the Plan of Merger dated June 12, 1992 between ALLTEL  Corporation
and SLT  Communications,  Inc.,  as  amended,  certain  employees  of Sugar Land
Telephone   Company,   Perco   Telephone   Company,   and  SLT  Cable  TV,  Inc.
(collectively,  "SLT") and certain  former  employees  of  Metropolitan  Houston
Paging Services, Inc. ("Metropolitan") whose employment transferred to SLT Cable
TV, Inc. became Employees.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with  respect to active  employees  of SLT on the date of the merger
and the employees of Metropolitan whose employment  transferred to SLT Cable TV,
Inc. in connection with the merger who became Employees:

A.     Section 1.07 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.07Q "Basic  Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned
                after December 31, 1992.

B.     Section 1.14 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.14Q  "Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned after
                December 31, 1992.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)Q    Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Service Prior to January 1, 1993: An
                            Employee's  period(s)  of  employment  with  SLT  or
                            Metropolitan  shall be counted as Vesting Service to
                            the extent  that such  periods  would  have  counted
                            under the Plan if such  employment had been with the
                            Company.



                                     -115-

                                      442
<PAGE>


                                        (ii) Service  From and After  January 1,
                            1993: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).

D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)Q    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Benefit  Service Prior to January 1,
                            1993: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                            January 1, 1993: In accordance  with the  provisions
                            of Section 1.37(d).

E.  Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)Q    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service Prior to January 1, 1993: An
                            Employee's  period(s)  of  employment  with  SLT  or
                            Metropolitan  shall be counted as Eligibility  Years
                            of  Service to the extent  that such  periods  would
                            have counted under the Plan if such  employment  had
                            been with the Company.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  January 1,
                            1993: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).



                                     -116-

                                      443
<PAGE>



13.18  Employees of Contel Cellular of Arkansas, Inc.

             (a)   Effective Date - January 1, 1993.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to Section  401(a)(12)  of the Code - Not
             Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX R - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN  EMPLOYEES OF CONTEL CELLULAR OF ARKANSAS,  INC.,  which
             follows immediately hereafter.



                                     -117-

                                      444
<PAGE>


                           APPENDIX R
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
               CONTEL CELLULAR OF ARKANSAS, INC.

Pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement  dated December 22, 1992, by and among
ALLTEL Mobile  Communications,  Inc,  Contel  Cellular,  Inc.,  and GTE Mobilnet
Incorporated,  certain  former  employees of Contel  Cellular of Arkansas,  Inc.
and/or  its  Affiliates  (as  defined  in  the  Purchase  and  Sale   Agreement)
(collectively, "Contel") became Employees.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth  below with  respect to active  employees  of Contel who became  Employees
pursuant to the Purchase and Sale Agreement:

A.     Section 1.07 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.07R "Basic  Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned
                after December 31, 1992.

B.     Section 1.14 is modified by adding to the definition
       thereof the following:

                1.14R  "Compensation"  shall  include only amounts  earned after
                December 31, 1992.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

       1.37(g)R  Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Service Prior to January 1, 1993: An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with Contel shall
                            be  counted as  Vesting  Service to the extent  that
                            such periods  would have  counted  under the Plan if
                            such employment had been with the Company.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  January 1,
                            1993: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).


                                     -118-

                                      445
<PAGE>


D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)R    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Benefit  Service Prior to January 1,
                            1993: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                            January 1, 1993: In accordance  with the  provisions
                            of Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)R    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service Prior to January 1, 1993: An
                            Employee's period(s) of employment with Contel shall
                            be  counted as  Eligibility  Years of Service to the
                            extent that such periods  would have  counted  under
                            the  Plan if  such  employment  had  been  with  the
                            Company.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  January 1,
                            1993: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).



                                     -119-

                                      446
<PAGE>


13.19  Employees of GTE South Incorporated and Contel of the
South, Inc.

                         (a)  Effective  Date - The Closing  Date, as defined in
                         Appendices S and T.

                         (b)   Account - None.

                         (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

                         (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

                         (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

                         (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

                         (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

                         (h)   Prior Plan Offset - None.

                         (i)  Provision  Relative to Section  401(a)(12)  of the
                         Code -  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this
                         Plan, in the event of the termination of the Plan, each
                         participant  of the Plan who has a  benefit  under  the
                         Plan  attributable  to the Former Plan shall  receive a
                         benefit  which is equal to or greater  than the benefit
                         he would  have been  entitled  to receive if the Former
                         Plan had terminated  immediately prior to the Effective
                         Date.

                         (j)  Miscellaneous  - See  APPENDICES S and T - SPECIAL
                         PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN  FORMER  EMPLOYEES OF
                         GTE SOUTH  INCORPORATED AND CONTEL OF THE SOUTH,  INC.,
                         which appendices follow immediately hereafter.



                                     -120-

                                      447
<PAGE>

        
                           APPENDIX S
   SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN FORMER EMPLOYEES
                               OF
      GTE SOUTH INCORPORATED AND CONTEL OF THE SOUTH, INC.


Pursuant to Employee Transfer  Agreements between ALLTEL Georgia  Communications
Corp.  and  GTE  South  Incorporated,   ALLTEL  Illinois,  Inc.  and  GTE  South
Incorporated,  ALLTEL  Indiana,  Inc. and Contel of the South,  Inc., and ALLTEL
Michigan,  Inc. and Contel of the South,  Inc.,  each dated April 5, 1993,  (the
"Employee Transfer  Agreements") certain employees of GTE South Incorporated and
Contel  of the  South,  Inc.  who are not  covered  by a  collective  bargaining
agreement and whose  employment  transferred to ALLTEL Georgia  Communica  tions
Corp.,  ALLTEL Illinois,  Inc., ALLTEL Indiana,  Inc., or ALLTEL Michigan,  Inc.
became Employees (the "Non-Bargaining Transfer Employees").  Effective as of the
"Closing Date," as Closing Date is defined in the Employee Transfer  Agreements,
assets and liabilities  with respect to the  Non-Bargaining  Transfer  Employees
shall  be  transferred  to the  Plan  from  the  Former  Plan.  Thereafter,  the
provisions  of the Plan  shall  govern the  interests  of  participants,  former
participants,  contingent  annuitants or any other person or entity claiming any
right or  interest  under the Former  Plan with  respect  to the  Non-Bargaining
Transfer Employees.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to the Non-Bargaining Transfer Employees.

A.     Section 1.01S is modified as follows:

                1.01S        "Accrued  Pension" for a Participant  means (except
                             as  otherwise  provided  herein) an amount equal to
                             the sum of (1) and (2) below:

                            (1) an  amount  equal to the  Participant's  Accrued
                      Pension  under   Section  1.01  without   regard  to  this
                      subsection 1.01S.

                              plus

                            (2) An  amount  equal to the  Participant's  monthly
                      accrued  benefit that has accrued at the close of business
                      on the  Closing  Date  under  the  Former  Plan  (the "GTE
                      Benefit"), if any.

B.     Section 1.03 is modified as follows:

                1.03S        "Actuarial  Equivalent"  means with  respect to any
                             determination of actuarial  equivalence required by
                             the  provisions  of  the  Plan  involving  the  GTE
                             Benefit  shall be made using the  factors set forth
                             on  Table  I  -  Early  Commencement   Factors  for
                             Deferred  Vested  Pensions,  Table  II - Joint  and
                             Survivor Factors, Table III - Factors for


                                     -121-

                                      448
<PAGE>

                            Small  Pensions,  Table IV - Factors  for  Five-Year
                            Certain and Life Option,  or Table V - Determination
                            of Actuarial  Equivalence for Lump Sum Distributions
                            (Other than Small Pensions) and Lump Sum Factors, as
                            applicable, each of which Tables is attached to this
                            Appendix S to Section 13.19 and made a part hereof.

C.     Section 1.24 is modified as follows:

                1.24S       "Normal  Retirement  Age" means age 65, except that,
                            in the case of any Employee who (i) was not employed
                            (as an  Employee  or  otherwise)  by the Company (as
                            defined  in  Section 9 of  Article  II of the Former
                            Plan) or an  Affiliate  (as  defined in Section 3 of
                            Article II of the Former Plan) on or before the last
                            day of the month  during  which he attained  age 60,
                            and  (ii)  completes  at least  one Hour of  Service
                            after 1987,  "Normal Retirement Age" means the fifth
                            anniversary  of the date as of which the  Employee's
                            participation in the Plan commenced.

D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)S    Benefit Service

                            (1)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Benefit Service Prior to the Closing
                            Date: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service for the  Calendar
                            Year in  Which  the  Closing  Date  Occurs:  For the
                            calendar year in which the Closing Date occurs,  the
                            Participant shall accrue  one-twelfth  (1/12th) year
                            of Benefit  Service with  respect to benefits  under
                            the Plan other than a Participant's  GTE Benefit for
                            each one hundred  sixty-six and two-thirds (166 2/3)
                            Hours of Service  completed  (during  such  calendar
                            year).

                                        (iii) Benefit Service for Calendar Years
                            Beginning After the Closing Date: For calendar years
                            beginning  after the Closing Date,  Benefit  Service
                            with respect to benefits under the Plan other than a
                            Participant's  GTE Benefit  shall be  determined  in
                            accordance  with  Section  1.37(d),  except that the
                            last  sentence of Section  1.37(d)(l)(ii)  shall not
                            result in any duplication of Benefit Service for the
                            Calendar Year in which the Closing Date occurs.


                                     -122-

                                      449
<PAGE>

                                        (iv)  Benefit  Service  for  Purposes of
                            Appendix S: For purposes only of  subsection  (d) of
                            Section  1.37(h)S,  Section  4.02S,  Section  4.03S,
                            Section 4.04S,  and Section 6.01S of this Appendix S
                            and solely for purposes of  determining  eligibility
                            under the  provisions  of such Sections with respect
                            to a Participant's GTE Benefit,  a Participant shall
                            accrue  Benefit  Service  for the  calendar  year in
                            which the  Closing  Date  occurs and  thereafter  in
                            accordance  with the  provisions  of  Section  10 of
                            Article I of  Appendix T to this  Section  13.19 and
                            Section  6 of  Article  III of  Appendix  T to  this
                            Section 13.19.

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)S    Eligibility Year of Service

                      Subject to the Break in Service  provisions,  an Employee,
                whether or not a Participant,  shall accrue Eligibility Years of
                Service under the Plan in accordance with Section  1.37(f),  but
                taking  into  account his  period(s)  of  employment  taken into
                account under the Former Plan as if such period(s) of employment
                had been with the Controlled Group.

F.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

                1.37(g)S    Vesting Service

                            (1) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service  Prior to the Closing  Date:
                            For  a  Participant  as of  the  Closing  Date,  the
                            Participant's  period(s)  of  employment  taken into
                            account  under  the  Former  Plan as of the  Closing
                            Date,  shall be counted  as  Vesting  Service to the
                            extent of the  number  of whole  1-year  periods  of
                            service  that  were  similarly  credited  under  the
                            provisions  of the  Former  Plan  as of the  Closing
                            Date.

                                        (ii)  Service From and After the Closing
                            Date: Subject to the Break in Service provisions, an
                            Employee, whether or not a Participant, shall accrue
                            one year of Vesting  Service for each  calendar year
                            in which


                                     -123-

                                      450
<PAGE>

                                           he  has   1,000  or  more   Hours  of
                            Service. In determining such Vesting Service for the
                            computation  period which includes the Closing Date,
                            the Participant shall receive credit for a number of
                            Hours of  Service  equal to the  number  of hours of
                            service for such computation  period credited to the
                            Participant   as  of  the  Closing  Date  under  the
                            provisions of the Former Plan.

                                        (iii)    Notwithstanding    any    other
                            provision of the Plan, there shall be no duplication
                            of Vesting Service or Vesting Years of Service under
                            the  Plan  and  the  Former  Plan by  reason  of any
                            restoration of, crediting of, or granting of service
                            (or  hours of  service)  in  respect  of any  single
                            period or otherwise.

G.     Section 1.37(h) is modified as follows:

       1.37(h)S Bridging

                            (a)  Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of this
                      Plan, any former Participant who, irrespective of the date
                      of his  Termination of  Employment,  had not fulfilled the
                      requirements  for vested benefits under the Plan including
                      any  prior  provision  hereof,  and  who  again  was or is
                      employed,  shall  have  years of  pre-termination  Vesting
                      Service and Benefit  Service  restored,  unless  otherwise
                      restored in accordance with Section 1.37 or Section 10.04,
                      if the  number of  consecutive  years of  post-termination
                      employment is at least 5.

                            (b) When an Employee's Vesting Service is broken and
                      he is thereafter  reemployed by an Employer or a member of
                      the  Controlled  Group and he  accumulates  1,000 Hours of
                      Service  constituting  Vesting Service,  then the break in
                      the Employee's employment shall be bridged and there shall
                      be added to the  Vesting  Service  which  has  accumulated
                      since  his  reemployment  the  aggregate  of all  previous
                      periods of Vesting Service which the Employee had prior to
                      such reemployment, provided that the Employee had one year
                      of  Vesting  Service  taken  into  account  under the Plan
                      preceding the break in service.

                            (c) When an Employee's Accredited Service or Benefit
                      Service is broken and he is  thereafter  reemployed  by an
                      Employer


                                     -124-

                                      451
<PAGE>

                                  or a member  of the  Controlled  Group  and he
                      accumulates  1,000 Hours of Service  constituting  Vesting
                      Service, then the break in the Employee's employment shall
                      be bridged, and he shall be credited with the aggregate of
                      all periods of  Accredited  Service  which he had prior to
                      the  break,  provided  that the  Employee  had one year of
                      Vesting Service preceding the break in service.

                            (d) Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
                      there  shall  be no  duplication  of  Vesting  Service  or
                      Vesting  Years of  Service  under the Plan and the  Former
                      Plan by reason of any  restoration  of,  crediting  of, or
                      granting  of service or hours of service in respect of any
                      single period or otherwise.

H.     Section 1.37 is modified as follows:

                1.37(i)S    Accredited Service

                      An Employee's  period(s) of employment  taken into account
                as of the Closing Date as Accredited Service under Article IV of
                the Former Plan.

I.     Section 1.48S is added as follows:

                1.48S "Former Plan" means the GTE Telephone  Operations Salaried
                Pension Plan or the GTE South Incorporated  (Southeast) Plan for
                Hourly-  Paid   Employees'   Pensions  (to  the  extent  a  Non-
                Bargaining  Transfer  Employee has accrued  benefits  thereunder
                immediately  prior to the Closing Date),  as  applicable,  as in
                effect on the Closing Date.

J.     Section 1.49 is added to provide as follows:

       1.49S "Contel  Provisions" means the provisions set forth on Attachment I
       to this Appendix S or  Attachment  II to this Appendix S, as  applicable.
       The Contel  Provisions  shall modify or supplement the provisions of this
       Appendix S, as appropriate,  with respect to a Participant's  GTE Benefit
       to the extent the Contel  Provisions would permit different or additional
       optional forms of benefit with respect to the Participant's GTE Benefit.

K.     Section 1.50 is added to provide as follows:

                1.50S  "Disabled"  means the total  disability of an Employee as
                determined  by the Plan  Administrator  on the  basis of  proper
                medical  evidence,  whereby the Employee is completely unable to
                engage in any and


                                     -125-

                                      452
<PAGE>

                      every duty  pertaining to any occupation or employment for
                wage or profit for which he is reasonably qualified by training,
                education,  or  experience,  and such  total  disability  can be
                expected  to  result  in  death or to be of  long-continued  and
                indefinite duration.

L.     Section 1.51 is added to provide as follows:

                1.51S  An  "LTD  Recipient"  or "WC  Recipient"  shall  mean  an
                Employee or former  Employee of ALLTEL  Illinois,  Inc.,  ALLTEL
                Indiana,  Inc.,  or ALLTEL,  Michigan,  Inc.,  as defined in the
                Employee Transfer Agreements, who may become an Employee covered
                by the provisions of this Appendix S as provided in the Employee
                Transfer Agreements, and the provisions of this Appendix S shall
                apply to such former LTD Recipient or WC Recipient with the last
                day of the  calendar  year that  includes the date of the former
                LTD Recipient's or WC Recipient's commencement of active service
                with  GTE  South  Incorporated  or  Contel  of the  South,  Inc.
                substituted for Closing Date.

M.     Section 1.52 is added to provide as follows:

                1.52S "Other  Pension  Plan" means Other Pension Plan as defined
                in Section 20 of Article I of Appendix T to Section 13.19.

N.     Section 1.53 is added to provide as follows:

                1.53S  "Pension  Commencement  Date"  means the date as of which
                payment with respect to a GTE Benefit is to commence or be made.

O.     Section 10.01 is modified as follows:

                10.01S      Normal Retirement Pension

                            (c)   The   monthly   pension   of   a   Participant
                      attributable  to his GTE  Benefit  shall be reduced by the
                      monthly amount, if any, payable from any Other
                      Pension Plan.

                            (d) The  annual  amount  of a  Participant's  Normal
                      Retirement   Benefit  with  respect  to  his  GTE  Benefit
                      attributable  to the  GTE  Telephone  Operations  Salaried
                      Plan, if any, shall not be less than the applicable amount
                      determined  under  subparagraph  (iii) of paragraph (c) of
                      Section 10.02S.

                            (e) The  annual  amount  of a  Participant's  Normal
                      Retirement   Benefit   attributable   to  the  GTE   South
                      Incorporated  (South-east) Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees'
                      Pensions, if any, shall


                                     -126-

                                      453
<PAGE>

                      not be less than the applicable  amount  determined  under
                      subparagraph (iii) of paragraph (d) of Section 10.02S.

P.     Section 10.02 is modified as follows:

                10.02S      Early Retirement Pension

                            (c) The  provisions  of this  subsection  (c)  shall
                      apply with respect to that  portion,  if any, of a Partici
                      pant's  GTE  Benefit  attributable  to the  GTE  Telephone
                      Operations Salaried
                      Pension Plan.

                                        (i) A Participant whose combined (1) age
                            and  (2)  the  sum of his  Benefit  Service  and his
                            Accredited  Service (such sum to be not less than 15
                            years) total 76 or more years,  may elect to receive
                            an Early Retirement  Pension with respect to his GTE
                            Benefit attributable to the GTE Telephone Operations
                            Salaried  Pension  Plan.  The  monthly  Pension of a
                            Participant eligible for an Early Retirement Pension
                            with respect to his GTE Benefit  attributable to the
                            GTE Telephone Operations Salaried Pension Plan shall
                            be equal to his Accrued Pension  attributable to his
                            GTE  Benefit   attributable  to  the  GTE  Telephone
                            Operations   Salaried   Pension  Plan.   Credit  for
                            fractional parts of a year, with respect to both age
                            and Benefit Service and Accredited Service in excess
                            of 15 years shall be  recognized at the rate of 1/12
                            of a year for each full month. A Participant with 15
                            or  more  years  of  combined  Benefit  Service  and
                            Accredited   Service  who  has  a   Termination   of
                            Employment for a reason other than cause, either

                                                 (A)  within  24  months  of the
                                  date on which his age combined with the sum of
                                  his Benefit Service and his Accredited Service
                                  at date of  Termination  of  Employment  would
                                  equal 76, or

                                                 (B)  within  24  months  of the
                                  date of his 55th  birthday if his combined age
                                  and the  sum of his  Benefit  Service  and his
                                  Accredited   Service   on  the   date  of  his
                                  Termination  of Employment  equal or exceed 76
                                  on the date of his Termination of Employment


                                     -127-

                                      454
<PAGE>

                                           shall  be   eligible   for  an  Early
                            Retirement  Pension  with respect to his GTE Benefit
                            attributable   to  the  GTE   Telephone   Operations
                            Salaried Plan computed under Section 1 of Article VI
                            of the Former Plan as in effect on the Closing  Date
                            as of the  last  day  of  the  month  in  which,  if
                            subparagraph (A) applies,  his age combined with his
                            previously  accrued  Benefit  Service and Accredited
                            Service equal 76, or if subparagraph (B) applies, he
                            attains  age  55.  However,  in  no  event  shall  a
                            Participant  retiring  under the  provisions  of the
                            preceding  sentence  accrue any  additional  Benefit
                            Service   or   Accredited    Service   for   benefit
                            computation   purposes  for  any  period  after  his
                            Termination of Employment.

                                        (ii) A  Participant's  Early  Retirement
                            Pension with respect to his GTE Benefit attributable
                            to the GTE Telephone  Operations Salaried Plan shall
                            be  multiplied  by  the  appropriate  percentage  as
                            indicated below:

                            Age at Pension
                          Commencement Date          Percentage

                               Age 55 or Later           100%
                               Age 54                     97%
                               Age 53                     94%
                               Age 52                     91%
                               Age 51                     88%
                               Age 50                     85%
                               Age 49 or Earlier          82%


                                           In the case of a fractional part of a
                            year, the above  percentages will be adjusted at the
                            rate of 1/4 of 1% for each  full  month by which the
                            Pension  Commencement  Date follows the first day of
                            the month after attainment of age 49 through age 54.
                            For the  purpose of this  calculation,  the  Pension
                            Commencement  Date shall be deemed not to be earlier
                            than  the  first  day of  the  month  following  the
                            Employee's 49th birthday.

                                        (iii)   The    annual    amount   of   a
                            Participant's  Early Retirement Pension with respect
                            to his GTE Benefit attributable to the GTE Telephone
                            Operations


                                     -128-

                                      455
<PAGE>
               
                                        Salaried Plan shall not be less than the
                            applicable  amount  according  to the  Participant's
                            years of Benefit  Service and Accredited  Service as
                            set forth below:

                                   Years of
                                   Benefit Service and
                                   Accredited Service        Amount

                                   15 but less than 18 -     $2,100
                                   18 but less than 19 -      2,160
                                   19 but less than 20 -      2,280
                                   20 but less than 30 -      2,400
                                   30 but less than 40 -      3,000
                                   40 or more          -      3,300

                                        (iv)  The  normal  Pension  Commencement
                            Date of a Participant's GTE Benefit  attributable to
                            the GTE Telephone  Operations Salaried Plan shall be
                            the   first   day  of  the   month   following   the
                            Participant's  Normal Retirement Age.  However,  the
                            Participant  may  elect  to  have  his  GTE  Benefit
                            attributable   to  the  GTE   Telephone   Operations
                            Salaried  Pension Plan  commence as of the first day
                            of any month  following his Retirement and preceding
                            his Normal  Retirement  Age,  reduced in  accordance
                            with  paragraph  (ii) of this Section  10.02S if the
                            Pension   Commencement   Date   is   prior   to  the
                            Participant's attaining the age of 55.

                                        (v) The monthly pension of a Participant
                            with respect to his GTE Benefit  attributable to the
                            GTE  Telephone  Operations  Salaried  Plan  shall be
                            reduced by the monthly amount,  if any, payable from
                            any Other Pension Plan.

                                        (vi)    If    a    Participant    elects
                            commencement of his GTE Benefit  attributable to the
                            GTE  Telephone  Operations  Salaried Plan under this
                            subsection  (c), the  Participant's  Accrued Pension
                            shall  be  calculated  without  regard  to such  GTE
                            Benefit.

                            (d) The  provisions  of this  subsection  (d)  shall
                      apply  with  respect  to that  portion,  if any,  of a Par
                      ticipant's  GTE  Benefit  attributable  to the  GTE  South
                      Incorporated  (Southeast) Plan for Hourly-Paid  Employees'
                      Pensions.


                                     -129-

                                      456
<PAGE>

                                        (i) A Participant whose combined (1) age
                            and  (2)  the  sum of his  Benefit  Service  and his
                            Accredited  Service (such sum to be not less than 15
                            years) total 76 or more years,  may elect to receive
                            an Early Retirement  Pension with respect to his GTE
                            Benefit  attributable to the GTE South  Incorporated
                            (Southeast)   Plan   for   Hourly-Paid    Employees'
                            Pensions.  The  monthly  Pension  of  a  Participant
                            eligible  for  an  Early  Retirement   Pension  with
                            respect to his GTE Benefit  attributable  to the GTE
                            South Incorporated  (Southeast) Plan for Hourly-Paid
                            Employees'  Pensions  shall be equal to his  Accrued
                            Pension attributable to his GTE Benefit attributable
                            to the GTE South  Incorporated  (Southeast) Plan for
                            Hourly-Paid   Employees'   Pensions.    Credit   for
                            fractional parts of a year, with respect to both age
                            and Benefit Service and Accredited Service in excess
                            of 15 years shall be  recognized at the rate of 1/12
                            of a year for each full month.

                                        (ii) A  Participant's  Early  Retirement
                            Pension with respect to his GTE Benefit attributable
                            to the GTE South  Incorporated  (Southeast) Plan for
                            Hourly-Paid  Employees' Pensions shall be multiplied
                            by the appropriate percentage as indicated below:

                            Age at Pension
                          Commencement Date          Percentage

                               Age 55 or Later           100%
                               Age 54                     97%
                               Age 53                     94%
                               Age 52                     91%
                               Age 51                     88%
                               Age 50                     85%
                               Age 49 or Earlier          82%

                                           Any   Participant    whose   combined
                            Benefit  Service and Accredited  Service total 30 or
                            more years shall be entitled to an unreduced Pension
                            with respect to his GTE Benefit  attributable to the
                            GTE   South   Incorporated   (Southeast)   Plan  for
                            Hourly-Paid Employees' Pensions.

                           In the case of a fractional part of a year, the above
                           percentages will be adjusted at the rate of 1/4 of


                                     -130-

                                      457
<PAGE>
                                           1% for each  full  month by which the
                            Pension  Commencement  Date follows the first day of
                            the month after attainment of age 49 through age 54.
                            For the  purpose of this  calculation,  the  Pension
                            Commencement  Date shall be deemed not to be earlier
                            than  the  first  day of  the  month  following  the
                            Employee's 49th birthday.

                                        (iii)   The    annual    amount   of   a
                            Participant's  Early Retirement Pension with respect
                            to his GTE  Benefit  attributable  to the GTE  South
                            Incorporated   (Southeast)   Plan  for   Hourly-Paid
                            Employees'  Pensions  shall  not be  less  than  the
                            applicable  amount  according  to the  Participant's
                            years of Benefit  Service and Accredited  Service as
                            set forth below:

                                  Years of
                             Benefit Service and
                             Accredited Service        Amount

                             15 but less than 20 -     $2,700
                             20 but less than 25 -      2,820
                             25 but less than 30 -      3,000
                             30 but less than 35 -      3,600
                             35 but less than 40 -      4,500
                             40 or more          -      5,400

                                        (iv)  The  normal  Pension  Commencement
                            Date of a Participant's GTE Benefit  attributable to
                            the GTE  South  Incorporated  (Southeast)  Plan  for
                            Hourly-Paid  Employees'  Pensions shall be the first
                            day of the month following the Participant's  Normal
                            Retirement Age.  However,  the Participant may elect
                            to have  his  GTE  Benefit  attributable  to the GTE
                            South Incorporated  (Southeast) Plan for Hourly-Paid
                            Employees'  Pensions commence as of the first day of
                            any month following his Retirement and preceding his
                            Normal  Retirement  Age,  reduced in accordance with
                            paragraph (ii) of this Section 10.02S if the Pension
                            Commencement  Date  is  prior  to the  Participant's
                            attaining  the age of 55 and he does  not have 30 or
                            more  years  of   combined   Benefit   Service   and
                            Accredited Service.


                                     -131-

                                      458
<PAGE>

                                        (v) The monthly pension of a Participant
                            with respect to his GTE Benefit  attributable to the
                            GTE   South   Incorporated   (Southeast)   Plan  for
                            Hourly-Paid  Employees' Pensions shall be reduced by
                            the monthly amount,  if any,  payable from any Other
                            Pension Plan.

                                        (vi)    If    a    Participant    elects
                            commencement of his GTE Benefit  attributable to the
                            GTE   South   Incorporated   (Southeast)   Plan  for
                            Hourly-Paid    Employees'    Pensions   under   this
                            subsection  (d), the  Participant's  Accrued Pension
                            shall  be  calculated  without  regard  to such  GTE
                            Benefit.

Q.   Section 10.03 is modified as follows:

                10.03S      Disability Retirement Pension

                            (a) A  Participant  who  has  15 or  more  years  of
                      combined  Benefit  Service  and  Accredited   Service  who
                      becomes  Disabled  prior to age 65 shall be  entitled to a
                      Disability  Retirement  Pension  with  respect  to his GTE
                      Benefit  until the  earlier of (1) the  earlier of (i) the
                      death of such  retired  Participant  or (ii)  the  retired
                      Participant's   recovery  from  his  Total  and  Permanent
                      Disability,  or (2)  the  retired  Participant  begins  to
                      receive an Early Retirement  Pension or Normal  Retirement
                      Pension;   provided   that,   with   respect  to  benefits
                      attributable  to the  GTE  Telephone  Operations  Salaried
                      Pension  Plan, he is receiving  benefits  under the Social
                      Security  Act.  The  monthly   Pension  of  a  Participant
                      eligible for a Disability  Retirement Pension with respect
                      to his GTE Benefit  shall be equal to his Accrued  Pension
                      attributable  to his GTE Benefit.  If the  Participant  is
                      otherwise  eligible to commence a retirement benefit under
                      this  Appendix  S to Section  13.19,  he may elect to have
                      such  Disability  Retirement  Pension  commence  as of the
                      first of any month  preceding  his Normal  Retirement  Age
                      without reduction for such early commencement.

                            (b) The monthly  disability pension of a Participant
                      attributable  to his GTE  Benefit  shall be reduced by the
                      monthly amount, if any, payable from any
                      Other Pension Plan.


                                     -132-

                                      459
<PAGE>

R.   Section 10.04 is modified as follows:

                10.04S      Deferred Vested Pension Upon Termination of 
                            Employment

                                  (g) (i) A former  Participant who has at least
                            5 years of Vesting  Service but who is not  eligible
                            for a Normal Retirement Pension, an Early Retirement
                            Pension,  or a Disability  Pension shall be entitled
                            to a Deferred Vested Pension with respect to his GTE
                            Benefit. The monthly Pension of a former Participant
                            eligible for a Deferred  Vested Pension with respect
                            to his GTE  Benefit  shall be  equal to his  Accrued
                            Pension  attributable  to  his  GTE  Benefit.   Such
                            Deferred Vested Pension of a former  Participant who
                            does  not  meet the age and  service  conditions  in
                            paragraph  (ii) or (iii) below shall commence on the
                            first day of the month  next  following  his  Normal
                            Retirement Age.

                                        (ii)  A  former   Participant   who  has
                            completed ten (10) years of combined Benefit Service
                            and Accredited  Service may elect to have a Deferred
                            Vested  Pension  with  respect  to his  GTE  Benefit
                            commence  on or after  the  first  day of the  month
                            after  the  date he  attains  age  fifty-five  (55),
                            calculated  as of the  early  commencement  date and
                            reduced by the appropriate factor set forth in Table
                            I - Early  Commencement  Factors for Deferred Vested
                            Pensions.

                                        (iii)  A  former   Participant  who  has
                            completed  fifteen  (15) or more  years of  combined
                            Benefit Service and Accredited  Service may elect to
                            have a Deferred  Vested Pension  attributable to his
                            GTE  Benefit  commence  on or after the first day of
                            the month after his combined age and Benefit Service
                            and  Accredited  Service equal 76,  calculated as of
                            the  early  commencement  date  and  reduced  by the
                            appropriate  factor  set  forth  in  Table 1 - Early
                            Commencement  Factors for Deferred Vested  Pensions.
                            Credit for fractional  parts of a year, with respect
                            to  both  age and  Benefit  Service  and  Accredited
                            Service in excess of 15 years shall be recognized at
                            the rate of 1/12 of a year for each full month.  The
                            minimum pension described in Section 1(c) of Article
                            VI of the Former Plan shall


                                     -133-

                                      460
<PAGE>
                                           be based on the  Benefit  Service and
                            Accredited Service the Participant would have had at
                            his Normal  Retirement Age (if he had accrued a year
                            of  Benefit  Service or  Accredited  Service in each
                            subsequent  year until his Normal  Retirement  Age),
                            multiplied by the ratio of the Participant's  actual
                            Vesting Service to the Vesting Service he would have
                            had at his Normal  Retirement Age, if he had not had
                            a Termination of Employment.

                                        (iv)    If    a    Participant    elects
                            commencement  of his GTE Benefit  under this Section
                            10.04S,  the Participant's  Accrued Pension shall be
                            calculated without regard to his GTE Benefit.

                            (h)  If a  former  Participant  is not  eligible  to
                      commence  his GTE Benefit  prior to his Normal  Retirement
                      Age in  accordance  with  subsections  (g)(ii) or (g)(iii)
                      above  and he  has  not  elected  to  waive  Preretirement
                      Survivor  Annuity  coverage,  the  amount of his  Deferred
                      Vested Pension with respect to his GTE Benefit  commencing
                      at  his  Normal   Retirement   Age  shall  be  reduced  in
                      accordance  with the charges set forth below for each full
                      month that Preretirement  Survivor Annuity coverage was in
                      effect  during  the  period  beginning  on the date of his
                      Termination  of Employment and ending on the date that the
                      earliest of the following occurs:  (i) his reemployment by
                      the Employer or a member of the Controlled Group, (ii) the
                      death of his  Spouse,  (iii) the entry of a final  divorce
                      decree dissolving the former Participant's marriage unless
                      coverage  is required  pursuant  to a  qualified  domestic
                      relations   order,   (iv)   commencement   of  the  former
                      Participant's  GTE Benefit,  (v) the former  Participant's
                      death,  or  (vi)  the  waiver  of  Preretirement  Survivor
                      Annuity coverage as provided in paragraph (i) below.

     For Each Year of Coverage              The Reduction in the
     in Effect After the                   Participant's Pension
     Participant's Termination           Accrued to his Termination
     of Employment  . . . . . .         of Employment Shall be . . .

       Prior to age 40                              0.1%
       From age 40 through 49                       0.2%
       From age 50 through 54                       0.3%
       From age 55 to commencement                  0.5%


                                     -134-

                                      461
<PAGE>

                            (i) At any time during the period  beginning 90 days
                      before  the  date  as  of  which  a   Participant   has  a
                      Termination  of  Employment  and ending on the earliest to
                      occur of the date he is  reemployed  by the  Company  or a
                      member of the Controlled  Group, his Pension  Commencement
                      Date  with  respect  to his GTE  Benefit,  or his  date of
                      death,  a Participant  who is not eligible to commence his
                      GTE  Benefit  prior  to  his  Normal   Retirement  Age  in
                      accordance  with  paragraph  (g)(ii) or  (g)(iii)  of this
                      Section 10.04S may elect to waive,  or revoke the election
                      to waive,  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  coverage with
                      respect to his GTE Benefit.  Such  election or  revocation
                      shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

                                        (1) Any election or revocation  shall be
                            made by  giving  written  notice  in such  form  and
                            manner as may be required by the Plan Administrator.

                                        (2) An election or  revocation  shall be
                            ineffective unless the Participant's Spouse consents
                            in  writing  to such  election  or  revocation.  The
                            Spouse's consent must acknowledge the effect of such
                            election and must be witnessed by a notary public or
                            authorized  plan  representative.  Any  consent by a
                            Spouse shall be irrevocable  unless the  Participant
                            agrees to a revocation.

                                        (3)  Paragraph  (i)(2)  of this  Section
                            10.04S  shall  not  apply if the Plan  Administrator
                            determines that the consent  required therein cannot
                            be obtained because there is no Spouse,  because the
                            Spouse  cannot be located,  or because of such other
                            circumstances   as  are  specified  in   regulations
                            promulgated under Section 417 of the Code.

                                        (4) Any consent by a Spouse  pursuant to
                            paragraph  (i)(2) of this  Section  10.04S  shall be
                            effective   only  with   respect  to  that   Spouse.
                            Similarly,  any establishment  that the consent of a
                            Spouse  cannot be  obtained  for any of the  reasons
                            described in paragraph (i)(3) of this Section 10.04S
                            shall be effective only with respect to that Spouse.

                            Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  coverage  shall be
                            automatic and without  charge while a Participant is
                            employed by the Company or a member of the


                                     -135-

                                      462
<PAGE>
                                           Controlled Group, and a Participant's
                            waiver of  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity coverage
                            shall be ineffective during any period of employment
                            by the Company or a member of the Controlled  Group,
                            except to the extent that such coverage is waived in
                            accordance  with  paragraph (g) of Section 11.05S of
                            this  Appendix S during the 90-day  period ending on
                            the  Participant's  Pension  Commencement  Date with
                            respect to his GTE Benefit.

                            (j) The Plan  Administrator  shall  provide  to each
                      Participant  eligible  to  waive  Preretirement   Survivor
                      Annuity coverage pursuant to paragraph (i) of this Section
                      10.04S  during a reasonable  period  ending on the date on
                      which  he  has a  Termination  of  Employment,  a  written
                      explanation of:

                                        (1)  the  terms  and  conditions  of the
                            Preretirement Survivor Annuity;

                                        (2) the  Participant's  right to  elect,
                            and the effect of electing,  to waive  Preretirement
                            Survivor  Annuity  coverage  with respect to his GTE
                            Benefit;

                                        (3)   the    rights    of   a    married
                            Participant's  Spouse with respect to that election;
                            and

                                        (4)  the  right  of the  Participant  to
                            revoke,  and the effect of revoking,  an election to
                            waive   Preretirement   Survivor   Annuity   Pension
                            coverage.

                                           The  Plan  Administrator  shall  also
                            provide  to  each  Participant   eligible  to  waive
                            Preretirement   Survivor  Annuity  Pension  coverage
                            pursuant to paragraph (g) of Section  11.05S of this
                            Appendix S with the written explanation described in
                            this  paragraph  (j). The Plan  Administrator  shall
                            provide such written explanation at the same time as
                            it provides  the written  explanation  described  in
                            Section 11.04.


                                     -136-

                                      463
<PAGE>

                                        (k) The monthly pension of a Participant
                            attributable  to his GTE Benefit shall be reduced by
                            the monthly amount,  if any,  payable from any Other
                            Pension Plan.

S.     Section 10.05 is modified as follows:

     Section 10.05S   Maximum Limitation on Pensions

                                        (l)  For  purposes  of  subsection   (j)
                            above, the Defined  Contribution Plan Fraction shall
                            be limited only for Limitation Years beginning after
                            the Closing  Date and prior to January 1, 1995,  and
                            any adjustment in the Defined  Benefit Plan Fraction
                            required as a result thereof shall be made.

T.   Section 11.05 is modified as follows:

     11.05S     Optional Forms of Pension

                            (g) A  Participant  shall receive his GTE Benefit in
                      the normal form of payment  provided in Section  11.01(b),
                      reduced in  accordance  with Table II - Joint and Survivor
                      Factors if he is married. The provisions of subsection (c)
                      of  Section  11.04  shall  not  apply  with  respect  to a
                      Participant's GTE Benefit.

                                  A  Participant  may waive the  normal  form of
                      payment  applicable  to him and elect one of the following
                      optional  forms of payment  with  respect  only to his GTE
                      Benefit, provided that he is
                      eligible therefor.

                                        (1) A reduced level Pension  payable for
                            the  life  of  the   Participant,   and   continuing
                            thereafter in an amount equal to 100%, 66-2/3%, 50%,
                            or 33-1/3%,  as elected by the Participant,  for the
                            life of the Participant's Spouse or other designated
                            Benefi ciary,  reduced in accordance with Table II -
                            Joint and Survivor Factors.

                                        (2) An  annuity  that  is the  actuarial
                            equivalent of the  Participant's  GTE Benefit in the
                            form of a single  life  annuity  and  that  provides
                            equal   monthly   payments   for  the  life  of  the
                            Participant,   with  the   condition   that  if  the
                            Participant  dies before he has  received 60 monthly
                            payments, the Participant's designated


                                     -137-

                                      464
<PAGE>
                                           Beneficiary   shall  receive  monthly
                            payments in the same amount as the Participant until
                            a total of 60 monthly payments have been made to the
                            Participant and his Beneficiary combined.  Actuarial
                            equivalence  shall be determined in accordance  with
                            Table IV - Factors  for Five- Year  Certain and Life
                            Option.

                                        (3)  A  lump  sum   distribution,   with
                            respect to his GTE Benefit  attributable  to the GTE
                            Telephone  Operations Salaried Pension Plan, if any,
                            but  only  if  the  Participant  is  eligible  for a
                            Normal,   Early,  or  Deferred   Vested   Retirement
                            Pension.   The   amount   of  any   such   lump  sum
                            distribution  shall be the  actuarial  equivalent of
                            the present value of the  Participant's  GTE Benefit
                            attributable   to  the  GTE   Telephone   Operations
                            Salaried Pension Plan otherwise  payable in the form
                            of a single life  annuity as of the date the Pension
                            attributable to such GTE Benefit attributable to the
                            GTE Telephone Operations Salaried Pension Plan would
                            otherwise commence.  Actuarial  equivalence shall be
                            determined   in   accordance    with   Table   V   -
                            Determination  of Actuarial  Equivalence of Lump Sum
                            Distribution  (Other Than Small  Pensions)  and Lump
                            Sum   Factors.   Notwithstanding   anything  to  the
                            contrary in Article XI, the payment of a GTE Benefit
                            attributable   to  the  GTE   Telephone   Operations
                            Salaried  Pension  Plan in the  form  of a lump  sum
                            distribution  shall  be in one  taxable  year of the
                            recipient  and  shall  be  made  on  or as  soon  as
                            practicable    after   a    Participant's    Pension
                            Commencement  Date.  Elections  to receive  lump sum
                            distributions  must be  submitted  in writing to the
                            Plan  Administrator  not later than 90 days prior to
                            the   Participant's   Pension   Commencement   Date.
                            Notwithstand  ing,  the Plan  Administrator,  on the
                            basis of uniform and  non-discriminatory  rules, may
                            waive the 90-day requirement for good cause shown.

                                           A  Participant  who waives the normal
                            form of payment applicable to him may also waive the
                            Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  coverage,  if any,
                            with  respect  to the GTE  Benefit  for  which he is
                            eligible, under the following terms and conditions:


                                     -138-

                                      465
<PAGE>
                                           At  any  time   during   the   period
                            beginning  90 days  prior  to the date as of which a
                            Partici pant has a Termination  of  Employment,  his
                            GTE  Benefit  com  mences,  or his date of death,  a
                            Participant   may  elect  to  waive,  or  revoke  an
                            election to waive,  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity
                            coverage  with  respect  to his  GTE  Benefit.  Such
                            election  or  revocation  may be made only under the
                            conditions  described in Section  11.04 with respect
                            to  waiver  of the  automatic  Qualified  Joint  and
                            Survivor Annuity.

                                           If  a  Participant  dies  before  his
                            Pension  Commencement  Date,  after having made (and
                            not revoked) a valid election of an optional form of
                            payment  available  under this Section 11.05S (other
                            than a lump  sum  payment)  and  (in  the  case of a
                            married   Participant)   a  valid   waiver   of  the
                            Preretirement Survivor Annuity coverage with respect
                            to his GTE Benefit, leaving a designated Beneficiary
                            surviving him, the designated  Beneficiary  shall be
                            eligible  to  receive  benefits  under  the  form of
                            payment the Participant  elected with respect to his
                            GTE  Benefit as if the  Participant  had died on the
                            date following his Pension  Commencement  Date. If a
                            Participant  dies  before his  Pension  Commencement
                            Date,  after  having made (and not  revoked) a valid
                            election  of a lump sum payment  under this  Section
                            11.05S with respect to his GTE Benefit  attributable
                            to the GTE  Telephone  Operations  Salaried  Pension
                            Plan and (in the case of a  married  Participant)  a
                            valid waiver of the  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity
                            coverage   with   respect   to   his   GTE   Benefit
                            attributable   to  the  GTE   Telephone   Operations
                            Salaried Pension Plan, the lump sum payment shall be
                            paid to the Participant's estate.

                                           Notwithstanding   the  foregoing,   a
                            Participant  whose GTE Benefit  commences  as of the
                            same time as his Accrued Pension (other than his GTE
                            Benefit) may elect to receive his entire  benefit in
                            any form  permitted  and  under the  conditions  and
                            actuarial equivalence  provisions of the Plan (other
                            than this Appendix S).


                                     -139-

                                      466
<PAGE>

U.     Section 11.06 is modified as follows:

                11.06S      Payment of Small Pensions

                      If the  present  value of a former  Participant's  Accrued
                Benefit does not exceed $3,500 (and did not exceed $3,500 at the
                time of any prior distribution), determined as of any date after
                his  Termination  of  Employment  and on or before  his  Pension
                Commencement  Date, the former  Participant shall receive a lump
                sum payment of such present value.  The portion of such lump sum
                payment  attributable  to his GTE  Benefit  shall be the  amount
                determined by multiplying the Pension

                            (i) by the appropriate actuarial factor indicated in
                      Table I - Early  Commencement  Factors for Deferred Vested
                      Pensions  (but only if the  Pension is a  Deferred  Vested
                      Pension or is a Pre- Retirement  Survivor  Annuity that is
                      subject to  reduction  under  Table I in  accordance  with
                      paragraph (g) of Section 12.01S) and then

                            (ii) by the appropriate  actuarial  factor indicated
                      in Table III - Factors for Small Pensions.

V.   Section 11.10 is modified as follows:

                11.10S      Limitations on Distributions

                            (g) The  provisions  of this Section 11.10 shall not
                      apply with respect to a  Participant's  GTE Benefit to any
                      method  of   distribution   designated  in  writing  by  a
                      Participant  under the  terms of the  Former  Plan  before
                      January 1, 1984, in accordance  with Section  242(b)(2) of
                      the Tax Equity and Fiscal  Responsibility  Act of 1982 (as
                      in effect before the amendments made by the Tax Reform Act
                      of 1984).

W.     Section 11.09 is modified as follows:

                11.09S      Suspension of Benefits Upon Reemployment.

                            (a)  Retirement  benefits  in pay status  other than
                      those attributable to the Participant's GTE Benefit,  will
                      be  suspended  for each  calendar  month  during which the
                      Participant completes at least forty (40) Hours of Service
                      with the Employer or receives payment for Hours of Service
                      performed  on each of eight (8) or more  days in  "Section
                      203(a)(3)(B) Service" as defined in Department of


                                     -140-

                                      467
<PAGE>

                                  Labor Regulations  Section  2530.203-3(c).  If
                      the  Participant  has  received  any  Pension  payment  or
                      distributions  in lieu of a Pension  under  the Plan,  the
                      Pension  payable upon his subsequent  Retirement  shall be
                      reduced by the  Actuarial  Equivalent of any such payments
                      or  distributions  he had  received  prior  to his  Normal
                      Retirement Age, other than Disability Pension payments.

                            (b)  With  respect  to  retirement  benefits  in pay
                      status  that are  attributable  to the  Participant's  GTE
                      Benefit,  such  retirement  benefits  will be suspended in
                      accordance  with  Section 3 of Article VI of Appendix T to
                      this Section 13.19.

X.     Section 12.01 is modified as follows:

                12.01S      Death Prior to Pension Commencement

                            (e)  If  a  Participant   dies  before  his  Pension
                      Commencement  Date without having made a valid election of
                      an  optional  form  of  payment  with  respect  to his GTE
                      Benefit,  no individual  shall have a right to any payment
                      under the Plan with respect to the Participant (unless the
                      Participant  is  survived by a Spouse who is entitled to a
                      Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor Annuity with respect to
                      his GTE Benefit).

                            (f) If the designated  Beneficiary with respect to a
                      joint and survivor annuity  described in subsection (g)(1)
                      of Section  11.05S  dies  before a  Participant's  Pension
                      Commencement  Date with  respect to his GTE  Benefit,  the
                      election,  including  any  election  pursuant  to  Section
                      11.05S to waive  Preretirement  Surviving  Spouse  Pension
                      coverage  with  respect to his GTE Benefit  shall be void,
                      and the Participant shall be deemed not to have previously
                      elected  such an annuity.  If the  designated  Beneficiary
                      with  respect to such a joint and  survivor  annuity  dies
                      before the Participant, but after the Pension Commencement
                      Date with  respect to his GTE  Benefit,  the amount of the
                      Pension thereafter payable to the Participant shall not be
                      affected in any way as a result thereof.

                            (g)  The  normal  Pension  Commencement  Date  of  a
                      Qualified  Preretirement  Survivor  Annuity  shall  be the
                      first day of the  month  next  following  the later of the
                      deceased  Participant's  Normal Retirement Age or the date
                      of his death.  However,  (i) if the  deceased  Participant
                      died while in the service of



                                    -141-

                                     468
<PAGE>

                                  any member of the  Controlled  Group  after he
                      had at least 5 years  of  Vesting  Service  or (ii) if the
                      deceased  Participant  had at least  15 years of  combined
                      Benefit  Service and  Accredited  Service,  his  surviving
                      Spouse  may elect to  commence a  Qualified  Preretirement
                      Survivor  Annuity  with respect to the  Participant's  GTE
                      Benefit  at any  time  prior  to  the  date  the  deceased
                      Participant would have attained his Normal Retirement Age,
                      provided  that with respect to the Spouse of a Participant
                      described in (ii) of this  paragraph  (g) not earlier than
                      the earliest date on which the deceased  Participant could
                      have elected to receive a retirement pension if he had not
                      died and had  earned  no  additional  Benefit  Service  or
                      Accredited  Service  under the  Plan.  The  provisions  of
                      subsection  (c) of  Section  12.01  shall not  apply  with
                      respect to a Participant's GTE Benefit.

                            (h) If a Spouse elects, in accordance with paragraph
                      (g)  of  this  Section  12.01S,   to  have  the  Qualified
                      Preretirement   Survivor   Annuity  with  respect  to  the
                      deceased Participant's GTE Benefit attributable to the GTE
                      Telephone  Operations Salaried Pension Plan commence as of
                      a  date  preceding  the  deceased   Participant's   Normal
                      Retirement Age, the amount of such Qualified Preretirement
                      Survivor  Annuity shall not be reduced if the  Participant
                      died in the service of any member of the Controlled  Group
                      after he had at least 5 years of  Vesting  Service  or had
                      met the age and  Benefit  Service and  Accredited  Service
                      requirements of Section 10.02S;  otherwise,  the Qualified
                      Preretirement   Survivor   Annuity  with  respect  to  the
                      Participant's   GTE  Benefit   attributable   to  the  GTE
                      Telephone   Operations  Salaried  Pension  Plan  shall  be
                      reduced  for early  commencement  in  accordance  with the
                      appropriate factor in Table I - Early Commencement Factors
                      for Deferred Vested Benefits, except that the factor shall
                      be  100%  in the  case  of a  Disability  Retirement  with
                      respect to the Participant's  GTE Benefit  attributable to
                      the GTE Telephone Operations Salaried Pension Plan.

                            (i) If a Spouse elects, in accordance with paragraph
                      (g)  of  this  Section  12.01S,   to  have  the  Qualified
                      Preretirement   Survivor   Annuity  with  respect  to  the
                      deceased Participant's GTE Benefit attributable to the GTE
                      South   Incorporated   (Southeast)  Plan  for  Hourly-Paid
                      Employees'  Pensions  commence as of a date  preceding the
                      deceased  Participant's Normal Retirement Date, the amount
                      of such Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity (1) shall
                      not be


                                     -142-

                                      469
<PAGE>
                                  reduced if the Participant died in the service
                      of any  member  of the  Controlled  Group  after he had at
                      least 5 years of Vesting Service,  (2) shall be reduced in
                      accordance with subparagraph (ii) of paragraph (e) of this
                      Section 10.02S if the deceased Participant had met the age
                      and service  requirements for an Early Retirement  Pension
                      with  respect to his GTE Benefit  attributable  to the GTE
                      South   Incorporated   (Southeast)  Plan  for  Hourly-Paid
                      Employees'  Pensions  specified  in  subparagraph  (i)  of
                      paragraph  (d) of this  Section  10.02S at the time of his
                      Termination  of  Employment,  and (3)  otherwise  shall be
                      reduced  for early  commencement  in  accordance  with the
                      appropriate factor in Table I - Early Commencement Factors
                      for Deferred Vested Benefits, except that the factor shall
                      be  100%  in the  case  of a  Disability  Retirement  with
                      respect to the Participant's  GTE Benefit  attributable to
                      the GTE South  Incorporated  (Southeast)  Plan for Hourly-
                      Paid Employees' Pensions.


                                     -143-

                                      470
<PAGE>


                                                                  ATTACHMENT I
                                                                            TO
                                                                    APPENDIX S


                               CONTEL PROVISIONS



WITNESSETH  THAT  WHEREAS,  effective  March 14,  1991,  pursuant  to the Merger
Agreement and Plan of Reorganization Dated as of August 7, 1990 By and Among GTE
Corporation,  GTE  Exchange  Corporation  and Contel  Corporation  (the  "Merger
Agreement"),   GTE  Exchange  Corporation,  a  wholly-owned  subsidiary  of  GTE
Corporation  ("GTE"),  merged with and into Contel Corporation  ("Contel"),  and
Contel, as the surviving corporation, became a wholly-owned subsidiary of GTE;

WHEREAS,  GTE now wishes (i) to transfer  certain  salaried  employees who as of
June 30, 1992, are active  participants in the Contel Plan (the "Contel Salaried
Employees") to certain  tax-qualified  defined benefit plans that are maintained
by GTE and/or its  subsidiaries  and their  affiliates and that provide  pension
benefits to similarly  situated  employees of GTE and its subsidiaries,  (ii) to
provide for the  transfer of the  benefits  accrued  under the Contel Plan as of
June 30, 1992, by the Contel Salaried  Employees and by certain  participants in
the GTE plans who are former  participants in the Contel Plan to the appropriate
GTE plans,  and (iii) to provide for the transfer of assets from the Contel Plan
to the appropriate GTE plans in amounts that are at least  sufficient to satisfy
the applicable asset  allocation  requirements of Section 414(l) of the Internal
Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code");

WHEREAS,  GTE Service  Corporation wishes to amend the GTE Telephone  Operations
Salaried  Pension Plan (the "GTE  Salaried  Plan"),  effective  July 1, 1992, to
permit certain Contel Salaried Employees to participate in the GTE Salaried Plan
and to permit the transfer  into the GTE Salaried  Plan and its related trust of
those Contel Salaried  Employees'  accrued  benefits under the Contel Plan as of
June 30, 1992, and the related assets; and

WHEREAS, under the terms of the GTE Salaried Plan, the Board of Directors of GTE
Service Corporation has the authority to amend the Plan;

NOW,  THEREFORE,  BE IT  RESOLVED  that the Board of  Directors  of GTE  Service
Corporation hereby amends the GTE Salaried Plan to provide as follows:

                1. Effective July 1, 1992, the Contel Salaried Employees who are
                identified  in Part II of  Exhibit 1 to these  resolutions  (the
                "Current Contel  Employees") shall be eligible to participate in
                the GTE Salaried Plan as of
                July 1, 1992.


                                     -144-

                                      471
<PAGE>

                2. For purposes of these  resolutions,  the following  words and
                phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

                            a. "Contel  Participant" shall mean a Current Contel
                      Employee or an Individual Transferee.

                            b.  "Contel  Plan"  shall  mean  the  Contel  System
                      Pension Plan, as in effect on June 30, 1992,  except where
                      a  different   effective   date  is   specified  in  these
                      resolutions.

                            c.   "Contel    Service"   shall   mean   a   Contel
                      Participant's  period of service as of his Transfer  Date,
                      that is recognized for benefit accrual  purposes under the
                      terms of the Contel Plan.

                            d.  "Contel  Service  Benefit"  shall  mean a Contel
                      Participant's   accrued  benefit   determined  as  of  his
                      Transfer Date, in accordance with Sections 1.1 and 14.2 of
                      the Contel Plan in effect on that date.

                            e.  "GTE  Benefit"  shall  mean (i) in the case of a
                      Contel  Participant  whose  normal  retirement  benefit is
                      calculated   under  Paragraph  4.a.,   below,  the  Contel
                      Participant's GTE Service Benefit; and (ii) in the case of
                      a Contel  Participant whose normal  retirement  benefit is
                      calculated  under  Paragraph 4.b.,  below,  the difference
                      between the Contel Participant's Total Service Benefit and
                      his Contel Service Benefit.

                            f.   "GTE   Compensation"   shall   mean  a   Contel
                      Participant's compensation determined under the definition
                      of compensation set forth in the GTE Salaried Plan that is
                      used to determine a participant's benefits thereunder. GTE
                      Compensation  shall  include  the  remuneration  that  the
                      Contel Participant received on or before his Transfer Date
                      from Contel or from another company  participating  in the
                      Contel Plan, but only to the extent that such remuneration
                      is of a type that is  recognized  and taken  into  account
                      under the GTE Salaried Plan's definition of compensation.

                            g. "GTE Service" shall mean the Contel Participant's
                      period  of  service   after  his  Transfer  Date  that  is
                      recognized  under the terms of the GTE  Salaried  Plan for
                      benefit accrual purposes.

                            h.  "GTE  Service   Benefit"  shall  mean  a  Contel
                      Participant's  accrued  benefit  determined  under the GTE
                      Salaried Plan's


                                     -145-

                                      472
<PAGE>


                            benefit    formula   and   based   on   the   Contel
                      Participant's GTE Service and GTE Compensation.

                            i. "Individual  Transferee"  shall mean a person who
                      (i) is a Classified Employee (as defined in Section 7.9(b)
                      of the Merger Agreement), (ii) became a participant in the
                      GTE Salaried Plan before July 1, 1992,  (iii)  transferred
                      from a Contel  business unit to a GTE business unit before
                      July 1, 1992,  (iv) was a  participant  in the Contel Plan
                      before he  transferred  to a GTE business unit, (v) ceased
                      accruing a benefit under the Contel Plan as of the date he
                      transferred  to a GTE business unit, and (vi) is an active
                      employee  as of  June  30,  1992  and  has  not  commenced
                      receiving benefits under either the Contel Plan or the GTE
                      Salaried Plan as of June 30, 1992.

                            j.  "Total  Service  Benefit"  shall  mean a  Contel
                      Participant's  accrued benefit determined solely under the
                      GTE Salaried  Plan's  benefit  formula based on the Contel
                      Participant's  Contel  Service and GTE Service and his GTE
                      Compensation.

                            k. "Transfer  Date" shall mean (i) with respect to a
                      Current  Contel  Employee,  June 30,  1992,  and (ii) with
                      respect to an Individual Transferee,  the date on which he
                      ceased accruing benefits under the Contel Plan.

                3. For purposes of determining  vesting and benefit  eligibility
                (including eligibility for early retirement benefits, disability
                benefits,  and other  benefits),  the GTE  Salaried  Plan  shall
                recognize the period of service with which a Contel  Participant
                is  credited  as of June  30,  1992,  for  vesting  and  benefit
                eligibility purposes under the terms of the Contel Plan.

                4. The normal retirement  benefit under the GTE Salaried Plan of
                a  Contel  Participant  shall be  equal  to the  greater  of the
                following:

                            a.  The  sum  of  the  Contel  Participant's  Contel
                      Service Benefit and GTE Service Benefit; or

                            b. The Contel Participant's Total Service Benefit.

                5. The early retirement benefits, optional forms of benefit, and
                ancillary  benefits  that are  available  under the Contel Plan,
                shall  be  available  under  the GTE  Salaried  Plan  to  Contel
                Participants subject to the following conditions:


                                     -146-

                                      473
<PAGE>

                            a.    Early Retirement Benefits:

                                        (1) A Contel Participant who, as of July
                            1, 1992, has satisfied the requirements for an early
                            retirement  benefit  under Section 4.3 of the Contel
                            Plan   shall  be   eligible   to  receive  an  early
                            retirement   benefit   subject   to  the   following
                            conditions:

                                                 (a) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  4.a.,
                                  above,  his Contel  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  reduced in  accordance  with the Contel Plan's
                                  early retirement  reduction  factors,  and his
                                  GTE  Service  Benefit  shall not be reduced to
                                  reflect   commencement   before   his   normal
                                  retirement date; and

                                                 (b) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  4.b.,
                                  above,  his Total Service Benefit shall not be
                                  reduced  to  reflect  commencement  before his
                                  normal retirement date.

                                        (2) A Contel Participant who, after July
                            1, 1992,  satisfies  the  requirements  for an early
                            retirement  benefit  under Section 4.3 of the Contel
                            Plan, but who does not satisfy the  requirements for
                            an early  retirement  benefit under the GTE Salaried
                            Plan,   shall  be   eligible  to  receive  an  early
                            retirement   benefit   subject   to  the   following
                            conditions.

                                                 (a) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  4.a.,
                                  above,  his Contel  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  reduced in  accordance  with the Contel Plan's
                                  early retirement  reduction  factors,  and his
                                  GTE  Service   Benefit  shall  be  actuarially
                                  reduced from his normal retirement date (using
                                  the GTE  Salaried  Plan's  early  commencement
                                  factors that are applicable to deferred vested
                                  pensions); and

                                                 (b) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  4.b.,
                                  above,  his  Total  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  actuarially reduced from his normal

                                     -147-

                                      474
<PAGE>

                                 retirement  date (using the GTE Salaried Plan's
                                 early commencement  factors that are applicable
                                 to deferred vested pensions).

                                        (3) A  Contel  Participant  who,  either
                            before  or  after  July  1,  1992,   satisfies   the
                            requirements for an early  retirement  benefit under
                            the GTE  Salaried  Plan shall be eligible to receive
                            an early retirement benefit pursuant to the terms of
                            the GTE Salaried Plan,  regardless of whether he has
                            satisfied the  requirements  for an early retirement
                            benefit  under  Section  4.3  of  the  Contel  Plan,
                            subject to the following conditions:

                                                 (a) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  4.a.,
                                  above,  his Contel  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  reduced in  accordance  with the Contel Plan's
                                  early retirement  reduction  factors,  and his
                                  GTE  Service   Benefit  shall  be  reduced  in
                                  accordance  with the GTE Salaried Plan's early
                                  retirement reduction factors; and

                                                 (b) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  4.b.,
                                  above,  his  Total  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  reduced in  accordance  with the GTE  Salaried
                                  Plan's early retirement reduction factors.

                            b.    Deferred Vested Benefits

                                        (1) If a Contel  Participant  terminates
                            from  service  with  a  nonforfeitable  right  to  a
                            benefit  under  Article 6 of the Contel Plan, he may
                            elect to begin  receiving  his benefit under the GTE
                            Salaried Plan as of any date provided  under Article
                            6 of the Contel Plan, or, if earlier, as of any date
                            provided under the terms of the GTE Salaried Plan.

                                        (2) If a Contel  Participant  elects  to
                            receive  his   benefit  as  provided  in   Paragraph
                            5.b.(1),  above, his entire benefit shall be reduced
                            in  accordance  with the GTE  Salaried  Plan's early
                            commencement factors that are applicable to deferred
                            vested  pensions.  However,  in no event  shall  the
                            amount of a Contel


                                     -148-

                                      475
<PAGE>
                                           Participant's  benefit  determined as
                            provided in the preceding  sentence be less than the
                            amount of his  Contel  Service  Benefit  reduced  in
                            accordance with the Contel Plan's early commencement
                            factors  that  are  applicable  to  deferred  vested
                            pensions.

                            c.    Optional Forms of Payment

                                        (1) If a  Contel  Participant  satisfies
                            (either   before   or  after   July  1,   1992)  the
                            requirements  for an optional  form of benefit under
                            the Contel Plan (other  than any  optional  forms of
                            benefit that are available  solely with respect to a
                            Transitional  Benefit  or  Special  Minimum  Benefit
                            under  Articles 14 and 15 of the Contel  Plan),  the
                            Contel  Participant  may elect to receive his entire
                            benefit in any  optional  form of  benefit  provided
                            under the Contel  Plan  (including,  but not limited
                            to,  a life  and  5-year  certain  annuity,  and the
                            various  qualified  joint  and  survivor   annuities
                            available  under  Section 4.6B. of the Contel Plan),
                            subject to the conditions  specified in subparagraph
                            (2),  below.  If  a  Contel  Participant   satisfies
                            (either   before   or  after   July  1,   1992)  the
                            requirements  for an optional  form of benefit under
                            the GTE Salaried  Plan, the Contel  Participant  may
                            elect to receive his entire  benefit in any optional
                            form of benefit provided under the GTE Salaried Plan
                            (including, but not limited to, a lump sum payment).
                            Except as provided in Paragraph  6.c.,  below,  with
                            respect to certain grandfathered  benefits, a Contel
                            Participant's  election of an optional form shall be
                            applicable to his entire benefit.

                                        (2) If a Contel  Participant  elects  to
                            receive  his  benefit  in a form  that is  available
                            under both the Contel Plan and the GTE Salaried Plan
                            (including  a lump sum  payment of a vested  accrued
                            benefit whose value is $3,500 or less),  his benefit
                            shall be determined as follows:

                                                 (a) if the Contel Participant's
                                   benefit is determined  under  Paragraph 4.a.,
                                   above,   the  Contel   Participant's   Contel
                                   Service  Benefit payable in the form provided
                                   in Section 4.6.A. of the Contel Plan shall be


                                     -149-

                                      476
<PAGE>

                                                 converted  to  an   actuarially
                                   equivalent  single life  annuity  ("Converted
                                   Contel  Service   Benefit"),   and  then  the
                                   actuarial  factors  or  assumptions  that are
                                   applicable  to the form  elected as  provided
                                   under  the  terms  of the GTE  Salaried  Plan
                                   shall be applied to the Contel  Participant's
                                   Converted  Contel  Service  Benefit  and  GTE
                                   Service Benefit; and

                                                 (b) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit   under  the  GTE  Salaried   Plan  is
                                  determined  under Paragraph 4.b.,  above,  the
                                  actuarial  factors  or  assumptions  that  are
                                  applicable  to the form  elected  as  provided
                                  under the terms of the GTE Salaried Plan shall
                                  be applied to the Contel  Participant's entire
                                  benefit.

                                                      However, in no event shall
                                  the amount of a Contel  Participant's  benefit
                                  determined as provided in subparagraph  (a) or
                                  (b),  above,  be less  than the  amount of the
                                  Contel  Participant's  Contel Service  Benefit
                                  payable in the same form and determined on the
                                  basis of the actuarial factors and assumptions
                                  that are  applicable  to the form  elected  as
                                  provided under the terms of the Contel Plan.

                                        (3) If a Contel  Participant  elects  to
                            receive  his  benefit  in a form  that is  available
                            solely under the GTE Salaried  Plan,  the  actuarial
                            factors or  assumptions  that are  applicable to the
                            form elected as provided under the terms of the Plan
                            shall be applied to the Contel  Participant's entire
                            benefit.

                            (d)  Ancillary  Benefits:   Except  as  provided  in
                      Paragraph   6.a.,   below,   with   respect   to   certain
                      grandfathered  benefits, a Contel Participant shall not be
                      eligible  under  the  GTE  Salaried  Plan to  receive  any
                      ancillary  benefit  (including,  but  not  limited  to any
                      disability   benefit   not  in  excess  of  a   "qualified
                      disability  benefit"  under Section  411(a)(9) of the Code
                      and any pre-retirement or  post-retirement  death benefit)
                      that is available under the Contel Plan and that is a part
                      of the Contel Participant's Contel Service Benefit. A


                                     -150-

                                      477
<PAGE>

                            Contel  Participant's  entitlement  to any ancillary
                      benefit  under the GTE Salaried  Plan shall be  determined
                      solely by the terms of the GTE Salaried  Plan with respect
                      to the Contel  Participant's  entire accrued benefit.  The
                      terms of the GTE Salaried  Plan shall  determine the type,
                      amount,   duration,  and  other  characteristics  of  each
                      ancillary benefit that is payable to a Contel Participant.

                6.    Provisions Applicable to Certain
                Grandfathered Benefits:

                                        a.  A   Contel   Participant   shall  be
                            eligible  under the GTE Salaried Plan to receive any
                            ancillary  benefit  that is  part of a  Transitional
                            Benefit or Special  Minimum  Benefit  provided under
                            Articles  14 and 15 of the Contel  Plan,  including,
                            but not  limited to, the  Special  Surviving  Spouse
                            Benefit  that is provided for in Section 14.5 of the
                            Contel  Plan,  but only with  respect  to the Contel
                            Participant's   Transitional   Benefit   or  Special
                            Minimum  Benefit  that  has  accrued  as of June 30,
                            1992.

                                        b. If a Contel Participant satisfied the
                            requirements  under  Article  14 or 15 of the Contel
                            Plan for  commencement of benefits before his normal
                            retirement  date, he may elect to receive his Contel
                            Service Benefit  pursuant to the terms of Article 14
                            or 15 of the Contel  Plan.  If a Contel  Participant
                            elects to begin receiving his Contel Service Benefit
                            under  Article 14 or 15 of the Contel Plan before he
                            is  otherwise  eligible to receive his GTE  Benefit,
                            the Contel Participant shall begin receiving his GTE
                            Benefit on the earliest  date under the GTE Salaried
                            Plan  on  which  a  Contel   Participant  may  begin
                            receiving a benefit.

                                        c. If a Contel Participant satisfies the
                            requirements  applicable  to any  optional  forms of
                            benefit that are available  solely with respect to a
                            Transitional  Benefit  or  Special  Minimum  Benefit
                            under  Article  14 or 15 of  the  Contel  Plan,  the
                            Contel  Participant  may elect to receive his Contel
                            Service  Benefit  in any  such  forms.  If a  Contel
                            Participant  elects to receive  his  Contel  Service
                            Benefit  pursuant to this  Paragraph  6.c. in a form
                            that  includes  a  survivor   annuity,   the  Contel
                            Participant's GTE Benefit shall be payable under the
                            GTE

                                     -151-

                                      478
<PAGE>

                                           Salaried Plan's  automatic  qualified
                            joint and  survivor  annuity,  with the same  person
                            receiving  the  survivor  annuity  under the  Contel
                            Service  Benefit  and the GTE  Benefit.  If a Contel
                            Participant  elects to receive  his  Contel  Service
                            Benefit  pursuant to this  Paragraph  6.c. in a form
                            that does not provide a survivor annuity, the Contel
                            Participant's  GTE  Benefit  shall be  payable  as a
                            straight life annuity.

                            7.    Provisions Applicable to All Participants in 
                      the GTE Salaried Plan:

                                  Effective July 1, 1992, all pre-March 14, 1991
                      GTE pension plan or Contel  System  Pension Plan  Vesting,
                      Credited or Accredited Service of current  participants in
                      the Plan that has not  already  been  taken  into  account
                      under  the  terms  of  the  GTE  Salaried   Plan  will  be
                      considered to be Vesting Service or Accredited Service, as
                      the case may be, for all  purposes  under the terms of the
                      GTE Salaried  Plan,  including  vesting,  eligibility  and
                      benefit computation purposes.


                                     -152-

                                      479
<PAGE>
                                                                     EXHIBIT 1
                                                                            TO
                                                                  ATTACHMENT I
                                                                            TO
                                                                    APPENDIX S


PART I:         Contel Cellular Employees Participating in the Contel System 
       Pension Plan on December 31, 1991.

Employees Transferred to the GTE Service Corporation Plan for Employees'Pensions


PART II:        Telops Employees Participating in the Contel System Pension Plan
       on June 30, 1992.

Employees Transferred to the GTE Telephone Operations Salaried Pension Plan


PART III:       Contel Employees Participating in the Contel Retirement Savings
                 Plan on December 31, 1991

Section A - Employees Transferred to the GTE Service Corporation Plan for
Employees' Pensions

Section B - Employees Transferred to the GTE Government Systems Pension Plan for
Salaried Employees


PART IV:        Former Contel Plan Participants Who Transferred to a GTE 
                Business Unit

Section A - Transferred Employees Participating in the GTE Service Corporation 
Plan for Employees' Pensions

Section B - Transferred Employees Participating in the GTE Telephone Operations
Salaried Pension Plan

Section C - Transferred Employees Participating in the GTE Government Systems 
Corporation Pension Plan for Salaried Employees


                                     -153-

                                      480
<PAGE>

   
                                                                 ATTACHMENT II
                                                                            To
                                                                    APPENDIX S


                              CONTEL PROVISIONS


RESOLVED:  That effective February 1, 1993 (except as otherwise  provided),  the
GTE South Incorporated (Southeast) Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees' Pensions (the
"Southeast  Plan")  is  amended  conditional  upon the  receipt  of a  favorable
determination  letter from the Internal  Revenue Service that the Southeast Plan
continues to be qualified under section 401(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code, as
follows:

                1.    For purposes of these resolutions, the following words and
                      phrases shall have the meanings set forth below:

                            a. "Contel Affiliate" shall mean Contel of Virginia,
                      Inc. (d/b/a GTE Virginia),  Contel of West Virginia,  Inc.
                      (d/b/a  GTE West  Virginia),  Contel  of the  South,  Inc.
                      (d/b/a  GTE  Systems  of  the  South),   Contel  of  North
                      Carolina,  Inc. (d/b/a GTE North Carolina),  and Contel of
                      South Carolina, Inc. (d/b/a GTE South Carolina).

                            b.   "Contel   Participant"   shall   mean   (i)  an
                      hourly-paid   employee  of  a  Contel  Affiliate  who,  on
                      February 1, 1993, is an  "Employee"  within the meaning of
                      Section 15 of Article II of the Southeast  Plan or (ii) an
                      Individual Transferee.

                            c.  "Contel  Plan"  shall  mean  the  Contel  System
                      Pension  Plan,  as in effect on January 31,  1993,  except
                      where a different  effective  date is  specified  in these
                      resolutions.

                            d.   "Contel    Service"   shall   mean   a   Contel
                      Participant's  period of service as of his  Transfer  Date
                      that is recognized for benefit accrual  purposes under the
                      terms of the Contel Plan in effect on that date.

                            e.  "Contel  Service  Benefit"  shall  mean a Contel
                      Participant's   accrued  benefit   determined  as  of  his
                      Transfer Date in accordance  with Sections 1.1 and 14.2 of
                      the Contel Plan in effect on that date.

                            f.  "GTE  Benefit"  shall  mean (i) in the case of a
                      Contel  Participant  whose  normal  retirement  benefit is
                      calculated   under  Paragraph  3.a.,   below,  the  Contel
                      Participant's GTE

                                     -154-

                                      481
<PAGE>

                                  Service  Benefit;  and  (ii) in the  case of a
                      Contel  Participant  whose  normal  retirement  benefit is
                      calculated  under  Paragraph 3.b.,  below,  the difference
                      between the Contel Participant's Total Service Benefit and
                      his Contel Service Benefit.

                            g.   "GTE   Compensation"   shall   mean  a   Contel
                      Participant's compensation determined under the definition
                      of  compensation  set forth in the Southeast  Plan that is
                      used to determine a participant's benefits thereunder. GTE
                      Compensation  shall  include  the  remuneration  that  the
                      Contel Participant received on or before his Transfer Date
                      from  a  Contel   Affiliate   or  from   another   company
                      participating  in the Contel Plan,  but only to the extent
                      that such remuneration is of a type that is recognized and
                      taken into account under the Southeast  Plan's  definition
                      of compensation.

                            h. "GTE Service" shall mean the Contel Participant's
                      period  of  service   after  his  Transfer  Date  that  is
                      recognized  under  the  terms  of the  Southeast  Plan for
                      benefit accrual purposes.

                            i.  "GTE  Service   Benefit"  shall  mean  a  Contel
                      Participant's   accrued  benefit   determined   under  the
                      Southeast  Plan's benefit  formula and based on the Contel
                      Participant's GTE Service and GTE Compensation.

                            j. "Individual  Transferee"  shall mean a person who
                      (i) became a  participant  in the  Southeast  Plan  before
                      February 1, 1993, (ii) transferred  (either voluntarily or
                      involuntarily)  from  a  Contel  business  unit  to a  GTE
                      business  unit  before  February  1,  1993,  (iii)  was  a
                      participant  in the Contel Plan before he transferred to a
                      GTE business  unit,  (iv) ceased  accruing a benefit under
                      the  Contel  Plan as of the date he  transferred  to a GTE
                      business  unit,  and  (v)  has  not  commenced   receiving
                      benefits  under  either the Contel  Plan or the  Southeast
                      Plan as of January 31, 1993.

                            k.  "Total  Service  Benefit"  shall  mean a  Contel
                      Participant's  accrued benefit determined solely under the
                      Southeast  Plan's  benefit  formula  based  on the  Contel
                      Participant's  Contel  Service and GTE Service and his GTE
                      Compensation.

                            l. "Transfer Date" shall mean (i) with respect to an
                      Individual  Transferee,   the  date  on  which  he  ceased
                      accruing benefits


                                     -155-

                                      482
<PAGE>

                                  under the Contel  Plan,  and (ii) with respect
                      to all other Contel Participants, January 31, 1993.

                2. For purposes of determining  vesting and benefit  eligibility
                (including eligibility for early retirement benefits, disability
                benefits,   and  other  benefits),   the  Southeast  Plan  shall
                recognize the period of service with which a Contel  Participant
                is  credited  as of January  31,  1993,  for vesting and benefit
                eligibility purposes under the terms of the Contel Plan.

                3. The normal  retirement  benefit under the Southeast Plan of a
                Contel  Participant  shall  be  equal  to  the  greater  of  the
                following:

                            a.  The  sum  of  the  Contel  Participant's  Contel
                      Service Benefit and GTE Service Benefit; or

                            b. The Contel Participant's Total Service Benefit.

                4. The early retirement benefits, optional forms of benefit, and
                ancillary  benefits  that are  available  under the Contel Plan,
                shall  be  available   under  the   Southeast   Plan  to  Contel
                Participants subject to the following conditions:

                            a.    Early Retirement Benefits:

                                        (1)  A  Contel  Participant  who,  as of
                            January 31, 1993, has satisfied the requirements for
                            an early retirement benefit under Section 4.3 of the
                            Contel  Plan shall be  eligible  to receive an early
                            retirement   benefit   subject   to  the   following
                            conditions:

                                                 (a) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  3.a.,
                                  above,  his Contel  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  reduced in  accordance  with the Contel Plan's
                                  early retirement  reduction  factors,  and his
                                  GTE  Service  Benefit  shall not be reduced to
                                  reflect   commencement   before   his   normal
                                  retirement date; and

                                                 (b) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  3.b.,
                                  above,  his Total Service Benefit shall not be
                                  reduced  to  reflect  commencement  before his
                                  normal retirement date.


                                     -156-

                                      483
<PAGE>

                                        (2)  A  Contel  Participant  who,  after
                            February 1, 1993,  satisfies the requirements for an
                            early  retirement  benefit  under Section 4.3 of the
                            Contel   Plan,   but  who  does  not   satisfy   the
                            requirements for an early  retirement  benefit under
                            the Southeast Plan,  shall be eligible to receive an
                            early  retirement  benefit  subject to the following
                            conditions:

                                                 (a) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  3.a.,
                                  above,  his Contel  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  reduced in  accordance  with the Contel Plan's
                                  early retirement  reduction  factors,  and his
                                  GTE  Service   Benefit  shall  be  actuarially
                                  reduced from his normal retirement date (using
                                  the   Southeast   Plan's  early   commencement
                                  factors that are applicable to deferred vested
                                  pensions); and

                                                 (b) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  3.b.,
                                  above,  his  Total  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  actuarially reduced from his normal retirement
                                  date  (using  the   Southeast   Plan's   early
                                  commencement  factors that are  applicable  to
                                  deferred vested pensions).

                                        (3) A  Contel  Participant  who,  either
                            before or after  February  1,  1993,  satisfies  the
                            requirements for an early  retirement  benefit under
                            the  Southeast  Plan shall be eligible to receive an
                            early  retirement  benefit  pursuant to the terms of
                            the  Southeast  Plan,  regardless  of whether he has
                            satisfied the  requirements  for an early retirement
                            benefit  under  Section  4.3  of  the  Contel  Plan,
                            subject to the following conditions:

                                                 (a) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  3.a.,
                                  above,  his Contel  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  reduced in  accordance  with the Contel Plan's
                                  early retirement  reduction  factors,  and his
                                  GTE  Service   Benefit  shall  be  reduced  in
                                  accordance  with the  Southeast  Plan's  early
                                  retirement reduction factors; and


                                     -157-

                                      484
<PAGE>
                                                 (b) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  3.b.,
                                  above,  his  Total  Service  Benefit  shall be
                                  reduced  in  accordance   with  the  Southeast
                                  Plan's early retirement reduction factors.

                            b.    Deferred Vested Benefits:

                                        (1) If a Contel  Participant  terminates
                            from  service  with  a  nonforfeitable  right  to  a
                            benefit  under  Article 6 of the Contel Plan, he may
                            elect to  begin  receiving  his  benefit  under  the
                            Southeast Plan as of any date provided under Article
                            6 of the Contel Plan, or, if earlier, as of any date
                            provided under the terms of the Southeast Plan.

                                        (2) If a Contel  Participant  elects  to
                            receive  his   benefit  as  provided  in   Paragraph
                            4.b.(1),  above, his entire benefit shall be reduced
                            in  accordance  with  the  Southeast   Plan's  early
                            commencement factors that are applicable to deferred
                            vested  pensions.  However,  in no event  shall  the
                            amount of a Contel Participant's  benefit determined
                            as provided in the  preceding  sentence be less than
                            the amount of his Contel Service  Benefit reduced in
                            accordance with the Contel Plan's early commencement
                            factors  that  are  applicable  to  deferred  vested
                            pensions.

                            c.    Optional Forms of Payment:

                                        (1) If a  Contel  Participant  satisfies
                            (either  before  or  after  February  1,  1993)  the
                            requirements  for an optional  form of benefit under
                            the Contel Plan (other  than any  optional  forms of
                            benefit that are available  solely with respect to a
                            Transitional  Benefit  or  Special  Minimum  Benefit
                            under  Articles 14 and 15 of the Contel  Plan),  the
                            Contel  Participant  may elect to receive his entire
                            benefit in any  optional  form of  benefit  provided
                            under the Contel  Plan  (including,  but not limited
                            to,  a life  and 5- year  certain  annuity,  and the
                            various  qualified  joint  and  survivor   annuities
                            available  under  Section 4.6B. of the Contel Plan),
                            subject to the conditions  specified in subparagraph
                            (2),  below.  If  a  Contel  Participant   satisfies
                            (either  before  or  after  February  1,  1993)  the
                            requirements for an optional

                                     -158-

                                      485
<PAGE>
                                           form of benefit  under the  Southeast
                            Plan,  the Contel  Participant  may elect to receive
                            his entire  benefit in any optional  form of benefit
                            provided  under  the  Southeast   Plan.   Except  as
                            provided in Paragraph 5.c.,  below,  with respect to
                            certain    grandfathered    benefits,    a    Contel
                            Participant's  election of an optional form shall be
                            applicable to his entire benefit.

                                        (2) If a Contel  Participant  elects  to
                            receive  his  benefit  in a form  that is  available
                            under both the Contel  Plan and the  Southeast  Plan
                            (including  a lump sum  payment of a vested  accrued
                            benefit whose value is $3,500 or less) 1 his benefit
                            shall be determined as follows:

                                                 (a) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit is determined  under  Paragraph  3.a.,
                                  above, the Contel Participant's Contel Service
                                  Benefit   payable  in  the  form  provided  in
                                  Section  4.6.A.  of the  Contel  Plan shall be
                                  converted to an actuarially  equivalent single
                                  life  annuity   ("Converted   Contel   Service
                                  Benefit"),  and then the actuarial  factors or
                                  assumptions  that are  applicable  to the form
                                  elected  as  provided  under  the terms of the
                                  Contel  Plan  shall be  applied  to the Contel
                                  Participant's Converted Contel Service Benefit
                                  and GTE Service Benefit; and

                                                 (b) if the Contel Participant's
                                  benefit under the Southeast Plan is determined
                                  under  Paragraph  3.b.,  above,  the actuarial
                                  factors or assumptions  that are applicable to
                                  the form  elected as provided  under the terms
                                  of the Southeast  Plan shall be applied to the
                                  Contel Participant's entire benefit.

                                           However, in no event shall the amount
                            of a  Contel  Participant's  benefit  determined  as
                            provided in subparagraph  (a) or (b), above, be less
                            than the amount of the Contel  Participant's  Contel
                            Service   Benefit  payable  in  the  same  form  and
                            determined on the basis of the actuarial  factors or
                            assumptions  that are applicable to the form elected
                            as provided under the terms of the Contel Plan

                                     -159-

                                      486
<PAGE>

                                        (3) If a Contel  Participant  elects  to
                            receive  his  benefit  in a form  that is  available
                            solely  under  the  Southeast  Plan,  the  actuarial
                            factors or  assumptions  that are  applicable to the
                            form  elected  as  provided  under  the terms of the
                            Southeast  Plan  shall  be  applied  to  the  Contel
                            Participant's entire benefit.

                            d.  Ancillary   Benefits:   Except  as  provided  in
                      Paragraph   5.a.,   below,   with   respect   to   certain
                      grandfathered  benefits, a Contel Participant shall not be
                      eligible under the Southeast Plan to receive any ancillary
                      benefit  (including,  but not  limited  to any  disability
                      benefit not in excess of a "qualified  disability benefit"
                      under Section  411(a)(9) of the Code and any preretirement
                      or post-retirement  death benefit) that is available under
                      the  Contel  Plan  and  that  is  a  part  of  the  Contel
                      Participant's    Contel   Service   Benefit.    A   Contel
                      Participant's  entitlement to any ancillary  benefit under
                      the Southeast Plan shall be determined solely by the terms
                      of  the   Southeast   Plan  with  respect  to  the  Contel
                      Participant's  entire  accrued  benefit.  The terms of the
                      Southeast Plan shall determine the type, amount, duration,
                      and other  characteristics  of each ancillary benefit that
                      is payable to a Contel Participant.

                5.    Provisions Applicable to Certain Grandfathered Benefits:

                            a. A Contel  Participant shall be eligible under the
                      Southeast  Plan to receive any  ancillary  benefit that is
                      part of a Transitional  Benefit or Special Minimum Benefit
                      provided  under  Articles  14 and 15 of the  Contel  Plan,
                      including,  but not  limited  to,  the  Special  Surviving
                      Spouse Benefit that is provided for in Section 14.5 of the
                      Contel   Plan,   but  only  with  respect  to  the  Contel
                      Participant's  Transitional  Benefit  or  Special  Minimum
                      Benefit that has accrued as of January 31, 1993.

                            b.   If   a   Contel   Participant   satisfies   the
                      requirements under Article 14 or 15 of the Contel Plan for
                      commencement  of  benefits  before his  normal  retirement
                      date, he may elect to receive his Contel  Service  Benefit
                      pursuant  to the terms of  Article  14 or 15 of the Contel
                      Plan. If a Contel  Participant  elects to begin  receiving
                      his Contel Service Benefit under

                                     -160-

                                      487
<PAGE>
                                  Article 14 or 15 of the Contel  Plan before he
                      is  otherwise  eligible  to receive his GTE  Benefit,  the
                      Contel  Participant  shall begin receiving his GTE Benefit
                      on the earliest date under the  Southeast  Plan on which a
                      Contel Participant may begin receiving a benefit.

                            c.   If   a   Contel   Participant   satisfies   the
                      requirements  applicable to any optional  forms of benefit
                      that are available  solely with respect to a  Transitional
                      Benefit or Special  Minimum Benefit under Article 14 or 15
                      of the Contel Plan,  the Contel  Participant  may elect to
                      receive his Contel Service Benefit in any such forms. If a
                      Contel  Participant  elects to receive his Contel  Service
                      Benefit  pursuant  to this  Paragraph  5.c. in a form that
                      includes a survivor annuity,  the Contel Participant's GTE
                      Benefit  shall  be  payable  under  the  Southeast  Plan's
                      automatic  qualified joint and survivor annuity,  with the
                      same  person  receiving  the  survivor  annuity  under the
                      Contel  Service  Benefit and the GTE Benefit.  If a Contel
                      Participant  elects to receive his Contel Service  Benefit
                      pursuant  to this  Paragraph  5.c. in a form that does not
                      provide a survivor annuity,  the Contel  Participant's GTE
                      Benefit shall be payable as a single life annuity.

                6.    Provisions Applicable to All Participants in the Southeast
                      Plan:

                      Effective  February  1, 1993,  all pre- March 14, 1991 GTE
                pension  plan or Contel  Plan  Vesting  Credited  or  Accredited
                Service of current  participants  in the Southeast Plan that has
                not  already  been  taken  into  account  under the terms of the
                Southeast  Plan will be  considered  to be  Vesting  Service  or
                Accredited  Service,  as the case may be, for all purposes under
                the terms of the Southeast Plan, including vesting,  eligibility
                and benefit computation  purposes;  provided that no participant
                shall be  credited  with  Accredited  Service  pursuant  to this
                Paragraph 6 if such participant is receiving a benefit under the
                Contel System Pension Plan with respect to such Service.


                                     -161-

                                      488
<PAGE>


                                 APPENDIX T
         SPECIAL   PROVISIONS   APPLICABLE   TO  CERTAIN   EMPLOYEES  
                                    OF  
             GTE SOUTH INCORPORATED AND CONTEL OF THE SOUTH, INC.


Pursuant to Employee Transfer  Agreements between ALLTEL Georgia  Communications
Corp.  and  GTE  South  Incorporated,   ALLTEL  Illinois,  Inc.  and  GTE  South
Incorporated,  ALLTEL  Indiana,  Inc. and Contel of the South,  Inc., and ALLTEL
Michigan,  Inc. and Contel of the South,  Inc.,  each dated April 5, 1993,  (the
"Employee Transfer  Agreements") certain employees of GTE South Incorporated and
Contel of the South, Inc. who are covered by a collective  bargaining  agreement
and whose employment  transferred to ALLTEL Georgia Communications Corp., ALLTEL
Illinois,  Inc., ALLTEL Indiana, Inc., or ALLTEL Michigan, Inc. became Employees
(the "Bargaining  Transfer  Employees").  Effective as of the "Closing Date," as
Closing  Date  is  defined  in the  Employee  Transfer  Agreements,  assets  and
liabilities  with  respect  to  the  Bargaining   Transfer  Employees  shall  be
transferred  to the  Plan  from  the  General  Telephone  Company  of the  South
(Southeast)  Plan  for  Hourly-  Paid  Employees'  Pensions.   Thereafter,   the
provisions  of the Plan  shall  govern the  interests  of  participants,  former
participants,  contingent  annuitants or any other person or entity claiming any
right or interest under the Former Plan with respect to the Bargaining  Transfer
Employees.

            Notwithstanding  any  other  provision  of the  Plan,  the  Plan  is
modified as set forth below with respect to the Bargaining Transfer Employees.

            Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, effective as of the
Closing Date,  Articles VIII, IX, X, XI, and XII, and Article I to the extent it
applies to Articles  VIII, IX, X, XI, and XII, of the Plan are replaced in their
entirety (except to the extent Change in Employment Status provisions apply) the
provisions set forth below with respect to any Bargaining  Transfer  Employee or
other  Employee who is in employment of the  Controlled  Group covered under the
Plan on or  after  the  Closing  Date as an  employee  covered  by a  collective
bargaining agreement providing for coverage under this Appendix T.


ARTICLE I Definitions


     The  following  words and phrases  shall have the  following  meanings  for
purposes of this  Appendix T unless a different  meaning is plainly  required by
the context:

     1. "Accredited Service" means the period of employment which shall be taken
into account,  pursuant to Article III of this Appendix T, in the computation of
benefits under the Plan.


                                     -162-

                                      489
<PAGE>

     2. "Accrued  Benefit"  means for any  participant,  on any given date,  the
Service  Pension  (whether  or  not  vested)  which  would  be  payable  to  the
participant at Normal  Retirement Date in accordance with the formulas set forth
in Section 1 of Article V of this Appendix T.

     3. "Affiliate"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3 of Article II
of the Former Plan for periods prior to the Closing Date, and  thereafter  shall
mean any member of the  "Controlled  Group" as  defined  in Section  1.15 of the
Plan.

     4.  "Average   Annual   Compensation"   means  the  average   annual  basic
remuneration (exclusive of overtime,  differentials,  premiums and other similar
types of payment,  but inclusive of commissions  and bonuses on account of sales
when received by an Employee  pursuant to a written  commitment of his employer)
based on the Employee's rate of compensation  during the five consecutive  years
of employment with the Company, or any employer recognized,  pursuant to Section
6 of Article III of this  Appendix T for the purpose of  determining  Accredited
Service, during which he was compensated at the highest rates of pay. Any amount
that would qualify as  remuneration  but for the Employee's  agreement to forego
receipt of  remuneration  pursuant  to a written  agreement  shall be treated as
remuneration for purposes of determining the Average Annual Compensation.  If an
Employee's  Average Annual  Compensation  is determined on the basis of any year
during which the Employee was credited with less than the  Customary  Work Year,
the  Employee's  basic  remuneration  for such  calendar year shall be adjusted,
solely  for  the  purpose  of  calculating   such   Employee's   Average  Annual
Compensation,  by multiplying the Employee's  basic  remuneration by a fraction,
the numerator of which is the Customary  Work Year and the  denominator of which
is the number of Hours of Service  credited  to the  Employee  during such year.
Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  for Plan Years that begin after  December  31,
1993, no  compensation  in excess of $150,000 (as adjusted  annually for cost of
living increases in accordance with Sections  401(a)(17) and 415(d) of the Code)
shall be taken into  account for purposes of this Section 4 of Article I of this
Appendix T.

     In addition to other applicable  limitations  which may be set forth in the
Plan and notwithstanding any other contrary provision of the Plan,  Compensation
(after  aggregation of "family members") taken into account under the Plan shall
not exceed  $200,000,  adjusted for changes in the cost of living as provided in
Section  415(d) of the Internal  Revenue Code,  for the purpose of calculating a
Plan participant's  Accrued Benefit (including the right to any optional benefit
provided under the Plan) for any Plan Year  commencing  after December 31, 1988.
For Plan Years beginning after 1993,  $150,000 shall be substituted for $200,000
in the immediately preceding sentence. For purposes of the preceding sentence, a
"family  member" shall mean an employee of the  Controlled  Group who is, on any
one day of the year, a spouse or a lineal descendant who has not attained age 19
before the last day of the year, of an individual who during the year was (i) an
active or former  employee  of the  Controlled  Group and a 5% owner  within the
meaning of Section 414(q)(3) of the Code and regulations thereunder, or (ii) one
of the ten most highly- paid Highly Compensated  Employees;  provided,  however,
that any compensation  paid to such spouse or lineal descendant shall be treated
as if it were paid


                                     -163-

                                      490
<PAGE>


to the individual  described in (i) or (ii) above. If, as a result of the family
aggregation  rules, the dollar  limitation under Section  401(a)(17) of the Code
(as  adjusted  from time to time) would be  exceeded,  the  limitation  shall be
prorated  among the  Participant  and his or her family members in proportion to
each one's Average Annaul Compensation as determined prior to the application of
this limitation. However, the Accrued Benefit determined in accordance with this
provision shall not be less than the Accrued Benefit  determined on May 31, 1989
without regard to this provision.

     Notwithstanding  the preceding  sentence,  the Accrued  Benefit of any Plan
participant who is a highly compensated employee,  within the meaning of section
414(q) of the Code,  is reduced to the extent a benefit has accrued with respect
to Compensation in excess of $200,000 during the 1989 Plan Year before the later
of the adoption or effective date of this provision.

     5. "Beneficiary  means the Spouse of a deceased Employee who is entitled to
a Spouse's  Pension or any  individual  designated  or deemed  designated  by an
Employee or former  Employee in accordance  with Section 5 of Article IV of this
Appendix T to receive a Joint-Survivor  Pension or other benefit after his death
under this Plan.

     6.  "Board"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6 of Article II of
the Former Plan prior to the  Closing  Date and  thereafter  means the "Board of
Directors" as defined in Section 1.10 of the Plan.

     7.   "Code" means the "Code" as defined in Section 1.11 of the Plan.

     8.   "Committee" or "Employee Benefits  Committee" means the "Committee" as
          defined in Section 1.12 of the Plan.

     9. "Company" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9 of Article II of
the Former Plan for periods prior to the Closing Date, and thereafter  means any
Employer (as defined in Section 1.19 of the Plan) whose employees are covered by
a collective bargaining agreement providing for coverage under this Appendix T.

     10.  "Customary Work Year" means:

          (a) in the case of the  Company,  the lesser of (i) 2080 hours or (ii)
the standard number of hours worked in any calendar year by Employees comparably
situated in the Company  according to written  statements  of Company  policy in
effect from time to time, and

          (b) in the case of an Affiliate or any other  employer,  the lesser of
(i) the number of hours  required for a year of service  under any Other Pension
Plan  sponsored by such employer or (ii) the standard  number of hours worked in
any  calendar  year  by  employees  comparably  situated  according  to  written
statements of the employer's policy in effect from time to time.


                                     -164-

                                      491
<PAGE>


     11.  "Deferred  Vested  Pension"  means the  payments  under the Plan to an
Employee  who is  eligible  by reason of age and  Vesting  Service,  pursuant to
Section 5 of  Article IV of this  Appendix T and  Section 3 of Article V of this
Appendix T.

     12.  "Disability  Pension"  means the payments under the Plan, by reason of
Disability,  to a Retired  Employee  for the period of  Disability,  pursuant to
Section 4 of  Article IV of this  Appendix T and  Section 2 of Article V of this
Appendix T.

     13. "Disabled" or "Disability" means the total disability of an Employee as
determined by the Committee on the basis of proper medical evidence, whereby the
Employee is completely  unable to engage in any and every duty pertaining to any
occupation or employment for wage or profit for which he is reasonably qualified
by training,  education or experience, and such total disability can be expected
to result in death or to be of long-continued and indefinite duration.

     14.  "Eligibility  Computation  Period"  means the  following:  The initial
computation  period shall be the twelve (12) consecutive month period commencing
on the date the Employee  completes an Hour of Service;  the second  computation
period shall be the Plan Year which  includes the first  anniversary of the date
the Employee  completes an Hour of Service and  succeeding  computation  periods
shall be computed on the basis of the Plan Year.

     15. "Employee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 15 of Article II
of the Former Plan for periods prior to the Closing Date, and  thereafter  means
any employee of an Employer (as defined in Section 1.19 of the Plan)  covered by
a collective  bargaining agreement providing for coverage under this Appendix T.
The term "Employee" shall not include a "leased  employee" within the meaning of
Section 414(n) of the Code (this  provision  shall be effective as of January 1,
1984, as if it had been adopted as part of the Plan in effect on that date); and
shall not  include an Employee  who is  retained  by the  Company  pursuant to a
contract or  agreement  that  specifies  that the  Employee  is not  eligible to
participate  in the Plan.  The term  "Employee"  shall not include an individual
whose basic  compensation for services  rendered on behalf of the Company is not
paid directly by the Company.

     16.  "Enrolled  Actuary" means  "Actuary" as defined in Section 1.04 of the
          Plan.

     17.  "ERISA" means the "Act" as defined in Section 1.02 of the Plan.

     18.  "Hour of Service" means the following: Each Employee shall be credited
          with an Hour of Service for:

          (a) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly  paid or
entitled  to payment by the  Company or any  Affiliate  for the  performance  of
duties (such hours to be credited to the Employee for the computation  period or
periods in which the duties are performed); and


                                     -165-

                                      492
<PAGE>

          (b) each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly  paid or
entitled to payment by the Company or any  Affiliate  for reasons other than the
performance of duties; and

          (c) each  hour for  which  back pay to an  Employee,  irrespective  of
mitigation  of damages,  has been either  awarded or agreed to by the Company or
any Affiliate.

     For the purpose of crediting hours in subsections  (b) and (c) above,  such
hours shall be credited in  accordance  with Section  2530.200b-2(b)  and (c) of
Title 29 of the Code of Federal Regulations, as amended from time to time.

     19. "Normal  Retirement  Age" means age 65, except that, in the case of any
Employee who (i) was not employed (as an Employee or  otherwise)  by the Company
or any Affiliate on or before the last day of the month during which he attained
age 60, and (ii)  completes  at least one Hour of Service  after  1987,  "Normal
Retirement  Age"  means  the  fifth  anniversary  of the  date as of  which  the
Employee's  participation  in the Plan  commenced.  (This provision is effective
January 1, 1988.)

     20.  "Other Pension Plan" means

          (a)  any pension plan or any pension system (except this Appendix T),

          (b)  any payment  required to be made by law or  regulation on account
               of termination or separation from employment,

          (c)  any other similar program, or

          (d) any similar plan, system,  payment,  or program to the extent that
it provides  benefits  that are  attributable  to service with the Company or an
employer described in Section 6 of Article III of this Appendix T as a result of
a transfer of liabilities from this Plan or any other  arrangement  described in
clause (a), (b), or (c), to which the Company, any employer described in Section
6 of Article III of this Appendix T, or (in the case of an arrangement described
in clause (d)) any other employer has contributed or does contribute  during the
continuance of the Plan, either directly or indirectly,  but in any case only to
the extent that amounts paid  thereunder are provided by or are  attributable to
employer contributions; but this term does not include:

               (i) a pension  paid or payable  pursuant  to any Federal or State
 law;

               (ii) any amount paid or payable  pursuant to any  applicable  law
 relating to worker's compensation or occupational diseases; or

               (iii) any deferred compensation or similar payments made directly
by the employer on an unfunded basis.


                                     -166-

                                      493
<PAGE>

     21.  "Pension"  means  a  Service  Pension,  Disability  Pension,  Spouse's
Pension, or Deferred Vested Pension.

     22.  "Pension  Commencement  Date"  means the date as of which a Pension is
scheduled to commence.

     23. "Pension Fund" means the "Trust Fund" as defined in Section 1.46 of the
Plan.

     24.  "Plan" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 24 of Article II to
the Former Plan prior to the Closing Date and thereafter means "Plan" as defined
in Section 1.28 of the Plan.

     25.  "Plan  Year" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 25 of Article
II to the Former Plan prior to the Closing and  thereafter  means "Plan Year" as
defined in Section 1.30 of the Plan.

     26. "Qualified  Domestic  Relations Order" means (a) a "qualified  domestic
relations  order"  within the meaning of Section  206(d) of ERISA (b) a domestic
relations order entered before January 1, 1985, if payment of benefits  pursuant
to such  order  had  commenced  as of such  date,  and  (c) any  other  domestic
relations  order entered before January 1, 1985, that the Committee  elects,  in
its sole discretion, to treat as a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

     27. "Retire," "Retired" or "Retirement" means the separation of an Employee
from employment with the Company or the Affiliates under such circumstances that
he is  entitled  to receive a  Pension,  except  that an  Employee  who  becomes
entitled to a Deferred  Vested Pension shall be deemed to Retire on the last day
of the month immediately preceding his Pension Commencement Date.

     28.  "Retired  Employee" means a former Employee who is eligible to receive
or is receiving a Pension under the Plan,  except a former Employee eligible for
a Deferred Vested Pension prior to his Pension Commencement Date.

     29.  "Retirement Date" means the date on which an Employee actually Retires
or is Retired pursuant to the terms of this Plan.

          (a)  "Early  Retirement  Date"  means  any date  prior  to his  Normal
Retirement Date on which an Employee Retires or is Retired pursuant to Section 3
of Article IV of this Appendix T.

          (b) "Normal  Retirement  Date" means the last day of the month  during
which any Employee or former  Employee  attains  Normal  Retirement  Age.  (This
provision is effective January 1, 1988.)


                                     -167-

                                      494
<PAGE>

     30.  "Service  Pension"  means the payments under the Plan, by reason of an
Employee's age and Accredited  Service, to a Retired Employee for life, but does
not include a Deferred Vested Pension or a Disability Pension.

     31.  "Spouse"  means the person to whom an Employee  or former  Employee is
married  on his date of death or Pension  Commencement  Date,  whichever  occurs
first.  The term  "Spouse"  shall also include a former spouse of an Employee or
former Employee to the extent required by a Qualified Domestic Relations Order.

     32.  "Spouse's  Pension"  means the payments under the Plan for life to the
Spouse  of an  Employee  or  former  Employee  who  dies  prior  to his  Pension
Commencement  Date  pursuant  to Section 6 of Article IV of this  Appendix T and
Section 4 of Article V of this Appendix T.

     33. "Tables" means Table I - Early Commencement Factors for Deferred Vested
Pensions,  Table II - Joint and Survivor Factors,  Table III - Factors for Small
Pensions, and Table IV - Factors for Five-Year Certain and Life Option and which
are hereby made a part of this Appendix T.

     34.  "Trust  Agreement"  shall have the  meaning set forth in Section 34 of
Article II to the Former Plan prior to the  Closing  Date and  thereafter  means
"Trust Agreement and Trust" as defined in Section 1.44 of the Plan.

     35.  "Trust Fund" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 35 of Article
II to the Former  Plan prior to the Closing  Date and  thereafter  means  "Trust
Fund" as defined in Section 1.46 of the Plan.

     36.  "Trustee" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 36 of Article II
to the Former  Plan prior to the  Closing  and  thereafter  means  "Trustee"  as
defined in Section 1.45 of the Plan.

     37. "Vesting  Service" means the period of employment  which shall be taken
into  account,  pursuant  to  Article  III of this  Appendix  T, in  determining
eligibility for a Spouse's Pension or a Deferred Vested Pension under the Plan.

     38. "Contel  Provisions"  means the provisions set forth on Attachment I to
this Appendix T. The Contel Provisions shall modify or supplement the provisions
of this Appendix S, as appropriate,  with respect to a Participant's GTE Benefit
to the  extent  the Contel  Provisions  would  permit  different  or  additional
optional forms of benefit with respect to the Participant's GTE Benefit.

     30.  "Former Plan" means the GTE South  Incorporated  (Southeast)  Plan for
Hourly-Paid Employees' Pensions, as in effect on the Closing Date.

     40. An "LTD  Recipient" or "WC Recipient"  shall mean an Employee or former
Employee of ALLTEL Illinois,  Inc., ALLTEL Indiana,  Inc., or ALLTEL,  Michigan,
Inc., as


                                     -168-

                                      495
<PAGE>

defined in the Employee Transfer Agreements,  who may become an Employee covered
by the  provisions  of this  Appendix T as  provided  in the  Employee  Transfer
Agreements, and the provisions of this Appendix T shall apply to such former LTD
Recipient or WC Recipient  with the last day of the calendar  year that includes
the date of the former LTD Recipient's or WC Recipient's  commencement of active
service with GTE South Incorporated or Contel of the South, Inc. substituted for
Closing Date.


ARTICLE II     Participation


     Any  individual  shall become a participant in the Plan as of the first day
of the Eligibility Computation Period in which he qualifies as an Employee under
Article I;  provided,  however,  that an Employee  who was not  employed  (as an
Employee or otherwise) by the Company or any Affiliate on or before the last day
of the month during which he attained age 60 shall not  participate  in the Plan
unless he  completes  at least one Hour of  Service  after  1987;  and  provided
further that if an Employee  described in the  immediately  preceding  provision
completes at least one Hour of Service after 1987, he shall become a participant
in the Plan (which  participation may become effective  retroactively) as of the
first day of the  Eligibility  Computation  Period in which he  qualifies  as an
Employee  under  Article I of this  Appendix  T. (This  provision  is  effective
January 1, 1988.)


ARTICLE III    Computation of Vesting Service and Accredited Service


     1. Vesting Service, in respect of any period of employment prior to January
1, 1984,  shall be determined on the same basis as Vesting Service is determined
in  respect of any  period of  employment  after  December  31,  1983 under this
Article III; except that for any period of employment prior to January 1, 1976 a
year of Vesting Service or any fraction thereof shall be:

          (a) in the case of Employees  then under this Plan, the similar period
of "Accredited Service" as computed under the terms of this Plan then in effect;

          (b) in the case of Employees  then  employed by any Affiliate or other
employer  sponsoring any Other Pension Plan, the similar period of service under
the terms of such Other Pension Plan then in effect; and

          (c) in the case of all other Employees their Customary Work Year.

     2. Vesting  Service,  in respect of any period of employment after December
31, 1983, shall consist without duplication of the aggregate of the following:


                                     -169-

                                      496
<PAGE>

          (a) active  employment  with the Company and any excused  absence time
specifically  approved for Vesting  Service  purposes in accordance with Company
policy in effect from time to time;

          (b) active  employment with an Affiliate  during the period of time in
which such Affiliate is a member of the controlled group of corporations defined
in Section 3 of Article I of this Appendix T; and

          (c)  active  employment  with any  other  employer  when  specifically
approved for Vesting Service purposes by the Board.

     A full  year of  Vesting  Service  shall  be  included  in the  Employee's,
aggregate of Vesting  Service with respect to any calendar  year in which he has
been  credited  with not less  than  1000  Hours of  Service.  In the case of an
Employee who, in any calendar  year, has been credited with less than 1000 Hours
of Service,  the Employee  shall accrue a fraction of a year of Vesting  Service
(not in excess of one (l)) where the  numerator of the fraction is the number of
Hours of Service  credited to the Employee  during such year and the denominator
is the Customary Work Year.

     3.  Vesting  Service  shall  be  broken  in any  calendar  year in which an
Employee who has not been credited with more than 500 Hours of Service ceases to
be an Employee of any  employer  described  in Section 2 of this  Article III of
this Appendix T.

     4.  When an  Employee's  Vesting  Service  is broken  and he is  thereafter
reemployed  by an employer  described  in Section 2 of this  Article III of this
Appendix  T and he  accumulates  1000  Hours  of  Service  constituting  Vesting
Service,  then the break in the Employee's employment shall be bridged and there
shall  be  added  to  the  Vesting  Service  which  has  accumulated  since  his
reemployment  the aggregate of all previous periods of Vesting Service which the
Employee had prior to such reemployment, provided that the Employee had one year
of Vesting Service preceding the break in service.

     5.  Accredited  Service,  in respect of any period of  employment  prior to
January 1, 1984, shall be determined on the same basis as Accredited  Service is
determined in respect of any period of employment  after December 31, 1983 under
this Article III;  except that for any period of employment  prior to January 1,
1976,  in the case of any  Employee  then  employed  by any  Affiliate  or other
employer sponsoring any Other Pension Plan, Accredited Service shall be computed
in accordance with the terms governing  similar service under such Other Pension
Plan.

     6.  Accredited  Service,  in  respect  of any  period of  employment  after
December 31, 1983,  shall consist  without  duplication  of the aggregate of the
following:

          (a) active  employment  with the Company and any excused  absence time
specifically approved for Accredited Service purposes in accordance with Company
policy in effect from time to time;


                                     -170-

                                      497
<PAGE>

          (b) active  employment with an Affiliate  during the period of time in
which such Affiliate is a member of the controlled group of corporations defined
in Section 3 of Article I of this Appendix T; and

          (c)  active  employment  with any  other  employer  when  specifically
approved for Accredited Service purposes by the Board.

     A full  year  of  Accredited  Service  shall  be  added  to the  Employee's
aggregate Accredited Service for any calendar year in which he has been credited
with not less than the Customary Work Year. In the case of an Employee who, in a
calendar  year, is credited with less than the Customary Work Year, the Employee
shall  accrue a fraction of a year of  Accredited  Service (not in excess of one
(l))  where the  numerator  of the  fraction  is the  number of Hours of Service
credited to the Employee  during such year and the  denominator is the Customary
Work Year.

     7.  Accredited  Service  shall be broken in any calendar  year in which the
Employee  has a break in Vesting  Service  pursuant to Section 3 of this Article
III of this Appendix T.

     8. When an  Employee's  Accredited  Service is broken and he is  thereafter
reemployed  by an employer  described  in Section 2 of this  Article III of this
Appendix  T and he  accumulates  1000  Hours  of  Service  constituting  Vesting
Service,  then the break in the Employee's  employment shall be bridged,  and he
shall be credited with the aggregate of all periods of Accredited  Service which
he had prior to the break,  provided  that the  Employee had one year of Vesting
Service preceding the break in service.

     Provided, however, that if the Employee is a "Special Retiree" as that term
is defined in an enhanced (or  incentive)  early  retirement  program  under the
Plan, or any other pension plan  sponsored by the Company or an Affiliate  ("the
Program"),  and he is reemployed  by an employer  described in Section 2 of this
Article III of this Appendix T after his  "Qualified  Retirement  Date" (as that
term is defined in the Program),  then the  Accredited  Service with which he is
credited under this Article III in respect of the period preceding his Qualified
Retirement  Date shall be the  Accredited  Service with which he would have been
credited  pursuant to this Article III excluding the  provisions of the Program,
as if he had terminated his employment on his Qualified  Retirement Date but had
not elected to Retire  under the Program;  provided  that,  upon his  Retirement
following  his  reemployment,  his Pension  shall be not less than the actuarial
equivalent  of the  Pension to which he was  entitled,  in  accordance  with the
provisions of the Plan including the provisions of the Program,  when he Retired
under the Program.

     9. Upon Retirement or separation  from service  following the bridging of a
break in  Accredited  Service  pursuant to Section 8 of this Article III of this
Appendix  T,  the  Employee's  Pension  shall be  based  on his  Average  Annual
Compensation and Accredited Service before and after the break.


                                     -171-

                                      498
<PAGE>

     10. Except for the purpose of determining  his Average Annual  Compensation
or other compensation under the terms of this Plan, no Employee who Retires,  is
Retired or whose service  terminates  prior to January 1, 1981 shall receive any
Accredited  Service for  service  with the  Company or any  Affiliate  after his
Normal Retirement Date; provided, however, that the foregoing provisions of this
Section 10 to Article III of this Appendix T shall not apply to any Employee who
completes at least one Hour of Service after 1988.  (This provision is effective
January 1, 1989.)


ARTICLE IV     Eligibility for Pension


     1. Normal  Retirement - Any Employee who is a participant  in this Plan and
attains Normal  Retirement Age shall have the right to separate from the service
of the Company and the Affiliates with a fully vested and nonforfeitable Service
Pension  commencing  as of the  first  day  of  the  month  next  following  his
Retirement.

     2.   Reserved.

     3. Early  Retirement  - Any  Employee  whose  combined  age and  Accredited
Service  (of not less than 15 years)  total 76 or more years,  may  Retire,  and
shall be  entitled  to a  Service  Pension.  Additionally,  any  Employee  whose
Accredited  Service totals thirty (30) or more years,  may Retire,  and shall be
entitled  to a  Service  Pension.  Credit  for  fractional  parts of a year with
respect  to both age and  Accredited  Service  in excess  of 15 years,  shall be
recognized at the rate of 1/12 of a year for each full month.

     4. Disability Retirement - Any Employee who shall become Disabled and whose
Accredited  Service  is 15 or more  years  shall  be  entitled  to a  Disability
Pension.  The Employee may elect,  in accordance with Section 8 of Article VI of
this Appendix T, to have his Disability  Pension commence as of the first day of
any month preceding his Normal Retirement Date.

     5.  Deferred  Vested  Pension  - Any  Employee  whose  employment  with the
employers  described  in Section 2 of Article III of this  Appendix T terminates
other than by death  after 5 or more years of  Vesting  Service,  but who cannot
qualify  for a Service  Pension or  Disability  Pension,  shall be entitled to a
Deferred Vested Pension.  The normal Pension  Commencement  Date of the Deferred
Vested Pension shall be the first day of the month next following the Employee's
Normal Retirement Date.  However,  if such former Employee  terminates (1) after
completion of 15 or more years of Accredited Service, he may elect in accordance
with  Section 8 of Article VI of this  Appendix T, to have his  Deferred  Vested
Pension  commence  prior to his Normal  Retirement  Date on the first day of any
month following the date on which his combined age and Accredited  Service equal
76 years, or (2) after completing ten (10) years of Accredited  Service,  he may
elect in accordance with Section 8 of Article VI of this Appendix T, to have his
Deferred  Vested  Pension  commence  on the  first day of the month of any month
following the date he attains age fifty-five  (55).  Credit for fractional parts
of a year, with respect to both age

                                     -172-

                                      499
<PAGE>


and Accredited Service in excess of 15 years, shall be recognized at the rate of
1/12 of a year for each full month.  The Deferred  Vested  Pension of any former
Employee whose Pension  Commencement  Date occurs prior to his Normal Retirement
Date shall be reduced in accordance with Section 3 of Article V of this Appendix
T.

     6.   Spouse's Pension -

          (a) (i) If a married participant who has not terminated his employment
with the Company and the Affiliates,  and who has earned a nonforfeitable  right
to a Pension dies before his Pension  Commencement Date without having in effect
a valid  election of an optional form of payment under Section 6 of Article V of
this Appendix T and a valid waiver of the Spouse's Pension under Section 5(b) of
Article V of this Appendix T, a Spouse's Pension shall be payable to his Spouse.

               (ii) If a married participant, who terminated employment with the
Company and the  Affiliates  after (A)  attaining  Normal  Retirement  Age,  (B)
meeting the age and Accredited Service  requirements  prescribed by Section 3 of
this Article IV of this Appendix T, or (C) meeting the  requirements  prescribed
by Section 4 of this  Article IV of this  Appendix  T, dies  before his  Pension
Commencement  Date without having in effect a valid election of an optional form
of payment  under  Section 6 of Article V of this Appendix T, and a valid waiver
of the Spouse's  Pension  under  Section 5(b) of Article V of this Appendix T, a
Spouse's Pension shall be payable to his Spouse.

               (iii) Unless he has elected to waive Spouse's Pension coverage in
accordance  with the provisions of Section 4(e) of Article V of this Appendix T,
if a married  participant,  who terminated  employment  with the Company and the
Affiliates  after acquiring a  nonforfeitable  right to a Pension but before (A)
attaining  Normal  Retirement  Age, (B) meeting the age and  Accredited  Service
requirements  prescribed  by subsection 3 of this Article IV, or (C) meeting the
requirements prescribed by Section 4 of this Article IV of this Appendix T, dies
before his Pension  Commencement  Date without having in effect a valid election
of an optional  form of payment under Section 6 of Article V of this Appendix T,
and a valid waiver of the Spouse's  Pension  under  Section 5(b) of Article V of
this Appendix T, a Spouse's Pension shall be payable to his Spouse.

          (b) Subsection  (a),  above,  shall apply to any participant or former
participant  who  completed  at least one Hour of Service on or after August 23,
1984.

          (c)  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b), above, a former
Employee who

               (i) ceased to be an employee  of the  Company and the  Affiliates
before  August 23,  1984,  and did not  thereafter  resume  employment  with the
Company or an Affiliate,

               (ii)  completed at least 10 Years of Service,  including at least
one Hour of Service after December 31, 1975,


                                     -173-

                                      500
<PAGE>

               (iii) was alive but not yet receiving  benefits under the Plan as
of August 23, 1984, and

               (iv) was not covered by the  provisions  of the Plan that were in
effect before August 23, 1984, that provided a survivor  annuity for the benefit
of the former Employee's spouse,

may  elect to have  the  provisions  of  subsection  (a),  above,  apply.  Every
participant  eligible to make such  election  shall be notified of this right at
such time and in such manner as the Secretary of the Treasury  shall  prescribe.
If any participant  described in this subsection (c) elects to be covered by the
provisions  of  subsection  (a),  the amount of his Pension  shall be reduced as
provided by Section 4(d) of Article V of this  Appendix T to reflect the cost of
coverage for the period beginning on the date the election is made.


ARTICLE V Computation of Pensions and Form of Payment


     1.  Service  Pension - The  annual  Service  Pension  payable  to a Retired
Employee shall be computed as follows:

          (a) By multiplying an Employee's  Average Annual  Compensation  by his
Accredited  Service expressed as a percentage on the basis of allowing 1.35% for
each year of Accredited Service.

          (b)  The  amount  determined  under  subsection  (a)  above  shall  be
multiplied by the appropriate percentage as indicated below:

             Age at Pension
            Commencement Date             Percentage

            Age 55 and Later                100%
            Age 54                           97%
            Age 53                           94%
            Age 52                           91%
            Age 51                           88%
            Age 50                           85%
            Age 49 or Earlier                82%

     Any Employee  whose  Accredited  Service  totals  thirty (30) or more years
shall be entitled to an unreduced Service Pension.

     In the case of a fractional  part of a year the above  percentage  shall be
adjusted  at the rate of 1/4 of l% for each  full  month  by which  the  Pension
Commencement  Date  follows the first day of the month after the  attainment  of
years 49 through 54 inclusive.

                                     -174-

                                      501
<PAGE>

For the  purpose of this  calculation,  the Pension  Commencement  Date shall be
deemed  to be  not  earlier  than  the  first  day of the  month  following  the
Employee's 49th birthday.

          (c) The amount  determined in subsections  (a) and (b) above shall not
be less  than  the  applicable  amount  according  to the  Employee's  years  of
Accredited Service as set forth below:

         (i)  For Employees affiliated with the Georgia IBEW Local 84:

               Years of
           Accredited Service                 Amount

          15 but less than 20 -               $3,600
          20 but less than 25 -                4,650
          25 but less than 30 -                5,700
          30 but less than 35 -                6,750
          35 but less than 40 -                7,800
          40 or more          -                8,850

         (ii) For Employees affiliated with the Communication Workers of America
     Locals 3270, 3271, 3272, and 3275:

               Years of
           Accredited Service                 Amount

          15 but less than 20 -               $4,000
          20 but less than 25 -                5,200
          25 but less than 30 -                6,400
          30 but less than 35 -                7,600
          35 but less than 40 -                8,800
          40 or more          -               10,000

          (d) The amount  determined  under subsection (b) or (c) above shall be
reduced by

               (i) the annual  amount,  if any,  payable from any Other  Pension
Plan; and

               (ii) the amount  prescribed  by Section 4(d) of this Article V of
this Appendix T, if applicable.

     2. Disability  Pension - The annual Disability Pension payable to a Retired
Employee  shall be computed as  prescribed  in  subsections  (a), (c) and (d) of
Section 1 of this Article V of this Appendix T. A Retired  Employee  receiving a
Disability  Pension may elect in accordance with Section 8 of Article VI of this
Appendix  T to  receive  a  Service  Pension  in  lieu of a  Disability  Pension
beginning in any month after he becomes eligible


                                     -175-

                                      502
<PAGE>

therefor.  Upon attaining his Normal  Retirement  Age, a Retired  Employee whose
Disability  Pension  has not  been  terminated,  shall,  in lieu of any  further
Disability  Pension,  be entitled to a Service  Pension  under Section 1 of this
Article V. Such Service  Pension  shall  commence  with the month  following the
month in which he attains his Normal Retirement Age, and shall be subject to the
applicable  provisions  of this  Appendix  T other  than this  Section 2 of this
Article V.

     3. Deferred  Vested Pension - The annual  Deferred  Vested Pension  payable
after reaching Normal Retirement Age to a former Employee who qualified for such
a Pension  shall be computed as  prescribed  in  subsections  (a) (c) and (d) of
Section  1 of  this  Article  V of this  Appendix  T,  except  that  the  amount
applicable  under  subsection (c) shall be based on the  Accredited  Service the
Employee would have had at his Normal  Retirement Date (if he had accrued a year
of Accredited Service in each subsequent year until his Normal Retirement Date),
multiplied by the ratio of the Employee's  actual Vesting Service to the Vesting
Service he would have had at his Normal  Retirement Date, if his employment with
the  employers  described in Section 2 of Article III of this Appendix T had not
been terminated.  If such former Employee is eligible in accordance with Section
5 of Article IV of this Appendix T, to elect to have his Deferred Vested Pension
commence prior to his Normal Retirement Date, the amount of such Deferred Vested
Pension  shall be reduced by  multiplying  his  Deferred  Vested  Pension at his
Normal Retirement Date by the appropriate factor as indicated in Table I - Early
Commencement Factors for Deferred Vested Pensions.

     4.   Spouse's Pension -

          (a) The annual  Spouse's  Pension  payable to the Spouse of a deceased
Employee  or former  Employee  who has not  elected  to waive  Spouse's  Pension
coverage  in  accordance  with  subsection  (e)  below,  shall  be  computed  as
prescribed  by Section 6 of this Article V of this  Appendix T for the Spouse as
Beneficiary on the basis of a 50% Joint-Survivor  election as if the Employee or
former Employee had

               (i) terminated employment with the employers described in Section
1 of Article III of this Appendix T on the date of his death (or, if earlier, on
the date of his actual termination of employment),

               (ii) elected the first day of the month next following his Normal
Retirement  Date (or, if later,  the first day of the month next  following  the
date of his death) as his Pension Commencement Date, and

               (iii)  died on his Pension Commencement Date.

          (b) The normal Pension  Commencement  Date of a Spouse's Pension shall
be the  first  day  of the  month  next  following  the  later  of the  deceased
Employee's Normal Retirement Date or the date of his death.  However, (i) if the
deceased  Employee  died in the service of the  Company  after he had at least 5
years of Vesting Service or (ii) if the deceased Employee had completed at least
15 years of Accredited Service before his


                                     -176-

                                      503
<PAGE>

death,  the Spouse may elect, in accordance with Section 8 of Article VI of this
Appendix  T, that the  Pension  Commencement  Date shall be the first day of any
month before the deceased  Employee's Normal Retirement Date and after the month
of the  Employee's  death,  provided  that with  respect  to the  Spouse of such
Employee described in (ii) of this subsection (b) the Pension  Commencement Date
shall not be earlier than the earliest date on which the deceased Employee could
have  elected  to  receive  a  Pension  if he had not  died  and had  earned  no
additional Accredited Service under the Plan.

          (c) If a Spouse elects,  in accordance  with  subsection (b) above, to
have  the  Spouse's  Pension  commence  as  of a  date  preceding  the  deceased
Employee's  Normal Retirement Date, the amount of the Spouse's Pension (1) shall
not be reduced if the Employee  died in the service of the Company  after he had
at least 5 years of Vesting  Service,  (2) shall be reduced in  accordance  with
paragraph  (b) of  Section 1 of  Article V of this  Appendix  T if the  deceased
Participant  had met  the age and  service  requirements  for  Early  Retirement
specified  in  Section  3 of  Article  IV of this  Appendix  T at the  time  his
employment  terminated with the Company and the  Affiliates,  and (3) otherwise,
shall be reduced  for early  commencement  in  accordance  with the  appropriate
factor in Table I - Early  Commencement  Factors for Deferred  Vested  Benefits,
except that the factor shall be 100% in the case of a Disability Retirement with
respect  to  the  Participant's  GTE  Benefit  attributable  to  the  GTE  South
Incorporated (Southeast) Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees' Pensions.

          (d) The amount of the Pension of a  participant  described  in Section
6(a)(iii) of Article IV of this Appendix T shall be reduced in  accordance  with
the charges set forth below for each full month that Spouse's  Pension  coverage
was in effect during the period beginning on the date the participant terminated
employment  with the Company and the  Affiliates and ending on the date that the
earliest of the following  occurred:  (i) his  reemployment by the Company or an
Affiliate,  (ii) the death of his  Spouse,  (iii)  the entry of a final  divorce
decree  dissolving  the  participant's  marriage  unless  coverage  is  required
pursuant to a Qualified Domestic Relations Order, (iv) the participant's Pension
Commencement Date, (v) the participant's death or (vi) the waiver of coverage in
accordance with subsection (e), below.

For Each Year of Coverage         The Reduction in the
in Effect After the               Participant's Pension
Participant's Termination         Accrued to his Termination
of Employment  . . . . . .        of Employment Shall be . . .

  Prior to age 40                           0.1%
  From age 40 through 49                    0.2%
  From age 50 through 54                    0.3%
  From age 55 to commencement               0.5%

          (e) At any time during the period beginning 90 days before the date as
of which a participant terminates employment with the Company and the Affiliates
and ending on the earliest to occur of the date he is  reemployed by the Company
or an


                                     -177-

                                      504
<PAGE>

Affiliate,  his Pension  Commencement  Date or his date of death,  a participant
described in subsection 6(a) (iii) of Article IV of this Appendix T may elect to
waive, or revoke the election to waive, Spouse's Pension coverage. Such election
or revocation shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

               (i) Any election or  revocation  shall be made by giving  written
notice in such form and manner as may be required by the Committee.

               (ii) An election or revocation  shall be  ineffective  unless the
participant's  Spouse  consents in writing to such election or  revocation.  The
Spouse's  consent  must  acknowledge  the  effect of such  election  and must be
witnessed by a notary public or authorized plan representative. Any consent by a
Spouse shall be irrevocable unless the participant agrees to a revocation.

               (iii) Subsection  (e)(ii) above, shall not apply if the Committee
determines that the consent required therein cannot be obtained because there is
no  Spouse,  because  the  Spouse  cannot be  located,  or because of such other
circumstances as are specified by Treasury  Department  regulations  promulgated
under Section 417 of the Code.

               (iv) Any  consent by a Spouse  pursuant  to  subsection  (e)(ii),
above,  shall be  effective  only with respect to that  Spouse.  Similarly,  any
establishment  that the consent of a Spouse  cannot be  obtained  for any of the
reasons described in subsection  (e)(iii),  above,  shall be effective only with
respect to that Spouse.

     Spouse's  Pension  coverage  shall be automatic and without  charge while a
participant,  is employed by  the,Company  or an Affiliate,  and a participant s
waiver of Spouse s Pension  coverage shall be  ineffective  during any period of
employment  by the  Company  or an  Affiliate,  except to the  extent  that such
coverage is waived in accordance  with  subsection  (b) hereof during the 90-day
period ending on the Participant's Pension Commencement Date.

          (f) The Committee shall provide to each participant  eligible to waive
Spouse's Pension coverage  pursuant to subsection (e) hereof during a reasonable
period ending on the date as of which he terminates  employment with the Company
and the Affiliates, a written explanation of:

               (i)  the terms and conditions of the Spouse's Pension;

               (ii)  the  participant's  right  to  elect,  and  the  effect  of
electing, to waive Spouse's Pension coverage;

               (iii) the rights of a married  participant's  Spouse with respect
to that election; and


                                     -178-

                                      505
<PAGE>

               (iv) the right of the  participant  to revoke,  and the effect of
revoking, an election to waive Spouse's Pension coverage.

     The  Committee  shall also  provide to each  participant  eligible to waive
Spouse's  Pension  coverage  pursuant  to Section  5(b)  hereof with the written
explanation  described in this  subsection (f). The Committee shall provide such
written  explanation  at the same time as it provides  the  written  explanation
described in Section 5(e) hereof.

     5.   Normal Form of Payment -

          (a)  Unless he elects another form of payment in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 5,

               (i) a participant who is married on his Pension Commencement Date
shall  receive a  Joint-Survivor  Pension,  with a 50% survivor  annuity and his
Spouse as the Beneficiary, and

               (ii) a participant who is not married on his Pension Commencement
Date shall receive his Pension in the form of a single life annuity.

          (b) A  participant  may elect to waive the form of  Pension  otherwise
applicable to him, as prescribed by subsection  (a),  above,  and to receive his
pension as

               (i)  a single life annuity;

               (ii) a  Joint-Survivor  Pension with one of the  percentages  set
forth in Section  6(a) of this  Article V of this  Appendix T (other  than a 50%
Joint-Survivor Pension);

               (iii) a Joint-Survivor  Pension with an individual other than his
Spouse (if applicable) as Beneficiary, designated by the participant; or

               (iv) a Five Year Certain and Life  Annuity that is the  actuarial
equivalent  of the Plan's  single life annuity and that  provides  equal monthly
payments  for the  life  of the  participant,  with  the  condition  that if the
participant dies before he has received 60 monthly  payments,  the participant's
designated  Beneficiary shall receive monthly payments in the same amount as the
participant  until  a  total  of 60  monthly  payments  have  been  made  to the
participant  and  his  Beneficiary  combined.  Actuarial  equivalence  shall  be
determined in accordance with Table IV - Factors for Five-Year  Certain and Life
Option.

     Any election of a  Joint-Survivor  Pension must be  accompanied by proof of
the  Beneficiary's  age satisfactory to the Committee.  A participant who waives
the form of Pension otherwise  applicable to him pursuant to this subsection (b)
may also waive the Spouse's Pension coverage,  if any, for which he is eligible.
A waiver of the Spouse's Pension coverage  pursuant to this subsection (b) shall
be subject to the terms and


                                     -179-

                                      506
<PAGE>

conditions set forth in subsections  (e)(i) through  (e)(iv) of Section 4 hereof
and  shall be  effective  for the  period  beginning  on the  date on which  the
Committee  receives  the  participant's  waiver and ending on the earlier of the
participant's  Pension  Commencement  Date or the date on which  the  waiver  is
revoked.

          (c)  An  election   under   subsection   (b)  may  be  revoked  either
automatically  in the  circumstances  described in subsection  (f), below, or by
filing  a  written  revocation  with  the  Committee  in a form  and in a manner
acceptable  to the  Committee.  After any such  revocation,  an  election  under
subsection (b) may be made again at any time prior to the participant's  Pension
Commencement Date.  However,  except as provided by Section 3(d)(iii) of Article
VI of this Appendix T, any election  under  subsection  (b) shall be irrevocable
after the participant's Pension Commencement Date.

          (d) An election or revocation of an election under subsections (b) and
(c) above, shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

               (i) Any  election or  revocation  shall be made within the 90-day
period ending on the Pension  Commencement Date by giving written notice in such
form and manner as may be required by the Committee.

               (ii) An election or revocation  shall be  ineffective  unless the
participant's Spouse consents in writing to such election or revocation, and the
consent  acknowledges  the effect of the election or revocation and is witnessed
by a notary public or authorized plan representative.  The Spouse's consent must
acknowledge  the  Beneficiary,  including  any  class of  Beneficiaries  and any
contingent  Beneficiaries.  Any consent by a Spouse shall be irrevocable  unless
the participant agrees to a revocation.

               (iii) Subsection (d)(ii), above, shall not apply if the Committee
determines that the consent required therein cannot be obtained because there is
no  Spouse,  because  the  Spouse  cannot be  located,  or because of such other
circumstances as are specified by Treasury  Department  regulations  promulgated
under Section 417 of the Code.

               (iv) Any  consent by a Spouse  pursuant  to  subsection  (d)(ii),
above,  shall be  effective  only with respect to that  Spouse.  Similarly,  any
establishment  that the consent of a Spouse  cannot be  obtained  for any of the
reasons described in subsection  (d)(iii),  above,  shall be effective only with
respect to that Spouse.

               (v) Any  consent  by a Spouse  pursuant  to  subsection  (d)(ii),
above, shall be effective only as long as the participant makes no change in the
designated Beneficiary or class of Beneficiaries.

          (e)  The  Committee  shall  provide  to  each  participant,  within  a
reasonable  period of time  before  his  Pension  Commencement  Date,  a written
explanation of:


                                     -180-

                                      507
<PAGE>

               (i) the terms and conditions of the otherwise  applicable form of
Pension;

               (ii)  the  participant's  right  to  elect,  and  the  effect  of
electing, to waive the otherwise applicable form of Pension;

               (iii) the rights of a married  participant's  Spouse with respect
to that election; and

               (iv) the right of the  participant  to revoke,  and the effect of
revoking, an election to waive the otherwise applicable form of Pension.

          (f) (i) If the designated Beneficiary with respect to a Joint-Survivor
Pension shall die before the Pension  Commencement Date, the election (including
any  election  pursuant  to  subsection  (b)  hereof to waive  Spouse's  Pension
coverage) shall be void, and the Employee shall be deemed not to have previously
elected a Joint-Survivor  Pension. If the designated Beneficiary with respect to
a Joint-Survivor  Pension shall die before the Retired  Employee,  but after the
Pension  Commencement  Date, the amount of the Pension thereafter payable to the
Retired Employee shall not be affected in any way as a result thereof.

               (ii) If an  Employee  shall die before his  Pension  Commencement
Date without  having made a valid  election of an optional form of payment under
Section 6 of Article V of this Appendix T, no  individual  shall have a right to
any payment under the Plan with respect to the Employee  (unless the Employee is
survived  by a Spouse who is  entitled  to a Spouse's  Pension).  If an Employee
shall die before  his  Pension  Commencement  Date  after  having  made (and not
revoked) a valid  election of an optional form of payment under  Subsection 6 of
Article  V and (in the case of a  married  participant)  a valid  waiver  of the
Spouse's Pension leaving a designated  Beneficiary surviving him, the designated
Beneficiary  shall be eligible to receive benefits under the form of payment the
Participant  elected as if the  Participant  had died on the date  following his
Pension Commencement Date.

          (g) This  Section 5 shall apply on and after  January 1, 1985,  to any
participant  who  completed  at least one Hour of Service with the Company or an
Affiliate on or after August 23, 1984.

          (h)  Notwithstanding subsection (g), above, if

               (i) a participant  completed at least one Hour of Service under a
predecessor  to the Plan (from  which  assets were  transferred  directly to the
Plan) on or after September 2, 1974,

               (ii) Section  401(a)(11)  of the Code, as in effect on August 22,
1984, would not otherwise apply to the participant,


                                     -181-

                                      508
<PAGE>

               (iii)  Section 4 or 5 of this  Article V of this  Appendix T does
not otherwise apply to the participant, and

               (iv) as of August 23, 1984, the participant was alive and had not
reached his Pension  Commencement  Date,  unless the  participant  declines  the
annuity in writing, any Pension payable to or on behalf of the participant shall
be  paid as a  joint  and  survivor  annuity,  within  the  meaning  of  Section
401(a)(11)  of the Code (as in effect on August 22,  1984),  with a 50% survivor
annuity,  for the benefit of the participant and his Spouse (if any);  provided,
that this subsection (h) shall not apply to the extent that equivalent  benefits
would otherwise be provided by the Plan.

     6.   Optional Forms of Payment

          (a) Under  the  Joint-Survivor  Pension,  a  reduced  amount  shall be
payable to the Retired Employee for his lifetime. The Beneficiary,  if surviving
at the Retired  Employee's  death,  shall be entitled  to receive  thereafter  a
lifetime  survivor benefit in an amount equal to 100%, 66 2/3%, 50%, or 33 1/3%,
as elected by the Employee,  of the reduced amount which had been payable to the
Retired  Employee,  determined  without regard to subsection (d) of Section 1 of
this Article V of this Appendix T, subject  however to further  reduction by the
annual amount of the survivor  benefit,  if any payable to the Beneficiary  from
any Other Pension Plan.

          (b) The reduced amount payable to the Retired Employee under the Joint
Survivor  Option shall be determined as prescribed in Section 1, 2, or 3 of this
Article  V of this  Appendix  T, as the case  may be,  except  that  the  amount
obtained  under  subsection  (b) or (c) of Section 1, but before  application of
paragraph (i) of Section 1(d) of this Article V (and incorporated into Section 2
or 3 if applicable),  shall be multiplied by the appropriate actuarial factor as
indicated in Table II - Joint and Survivor Factors,  which is hereby made a part
of this Plan,  subject however to further  reduction by the annual amount of any
benefit payable from any Other Pension Plan.

          (c) The  appropriate  actuarial  factor  shall be  determined  for any
Employee and his Beneficiary as of the Pension Commencement Date.

          (d) If an Employee  designates any individual other than his Spouse as
his  Beneficiary,  the  annual  amount  of  the  Employee's  annuity  under  the
Joint-Survivor  Pension  shall  be not  less  than  50% of  his  annual  Pension
calculated  as a single life annuity,  and the  Beneficiary's  survivor  annuity
under the Joint-Survivor  Pension shall be reduced, in accordance with the Table
referred to in  paragraph  (b),  above,  to the extent  necessary to reflect any
adjustment  required  by this  paragraph  (d) in the  amount  of the  Employee's
annuity under the Joint-Survivor Pension.


                                     -182-

                                      509
<PAGE>

          (e) Under the  Five-Year  Certain and Life  Option,  a reduced  amount
shall be  payable to the  Retired  Employee  for his  lifetime.  If the  Retired
Employee dies before he has received 60 monthly payments, the Retired Employee's
designated  beneficiary shall receive monthly payments in the same amount as the
Retired  Employee  until a total of 60  monthly  payments  have been made to the
Employee and his beneficiary combined. Actuarial equivalence shall be determined
in accordance with Table IV - Factors for Five-Year Certain and Life Option. The
appropriate  actuarial  factor  shall be  determined  for any  Employee  and his
Beneficiary as of the Pension Commencement Date.

          (f) The  reduced  amount  payable to the  Retired  Employee  under the
Five-Year  Certain and Life Option shall be  determined as prescribed in Section
1, 2, or 3 of this Article V of this Appendix T, as the case may be, except that
the  amount  obtained  under  subsection  (b) or (c) of  Section  1, but  before
application of paragraph (i) of Section 1(d) of this Article V (and incorporated
into  Section 2 or 3 if  applicable),  shall be  multiplied  by the  appropriate
actuarial  factor as indicated in Table IV - Factors for  Five-Year  Certain and
Life  Option,  which is hereby  made a part of this  Plan,  subject  however  to
further  reduction  by the annual  amount of any benefit  payable from any Other
Pension Plan.

     7.   Limitations on Pensions -

          (a) The maximum annual Pension  payable under the Plan,  when added to
any pension or  retirement  allowance  provided to the Employee  under any other
defined  benefit  plan on account  of the  contributions  of the  Company or its
Affiliates thereto,  shall be equal to the lesser of (i) $90,000 or (ii) 100% of
the Employee's  average annual  remuneration,  not in excess of the Code Section
401(a)(17)  limitations,  during the three  consecutive  years of his Accredited
Service (not more than three) as an Employee affording the highest such average.

     If the Pension commences prior to the Employee's social security retirement
age,  the  maximum  Pension in (i) above  shall be  reduced so that the  maximum
Pension is the  equivalent  of the  maximum  Pension  payable at the  Employee's
social  security  retirement  age. The reduction shall be made in such manner as
the  Secretary  of the  Treasury  may  prescribe  which is  consistent  with the
reduction for old-age insurance  benefits  commencing before the social security
retirement age. If the Pension commences before the Participant  attains age 62,
the  reduction  shall be based on an interest  rate of five percent per year. If
the Pension commences after the Employee's  social security  retirement age, the
maximum  Pension in (i) above  shall be the  actuarial  equivalent  (based on an
interest  rate of five percent per year) of the maximum  Pension  payable at the
Employee's social security  retirement age. If the Employee's Pension is payable
as a Joint-Survivor Pension with his Spouse as the Beneficiary, the modification
of the Pension for that form of payment  shall be made prior to the  application
of the  maximum  limitation,  and,  as so  modified,  shall  be  subject  to the
limitation. For purposes of this Section 7, the term "social security retirement
age" means the age used as the retirement age under Section 216(l) of the Social
Security Act,  except that such Section shall be applied  without  regard to the
age increase factor and as if the early  retirement age under Section  216(l)(2)
of that Act were 62.


                                     -183-

                                      510
<PAGE>

          (b)  Notwithstanding  the  provisions  of  subsection  (a) above,  the
Pension  payable with respect to an Employee  under the Plan shall not be deemed
to exceed the limitation set forth in this Section 7, if:

               (i) The annual  Pension with  respect to the  Employee  under the
Plan does not exceed $10,000 multiplied by the ratio described in subsection (a)
above, for the calendar year or any prior calendar year; and

               (ii)  neither  the  Company  nor any  Affiliate  has at any  time
maintained a defined contribution plan in which the Employee participated.

          (c) In the  case of an  Employee  who  has  less  than  ten  years  of
participation in the Plan, the limitations  referred to in (i) of subsection (a)
shall be the limitation  determined  under (i) of subsection (a) (without regard
to this  subsection)  multiplied  by a fraction,  the  numerator of which is the
number of years (or part thereof) of the Employee's  participation  in the Plan,
and the  denominator  of which is ten. This  subsection  also shall apply to the
limitations  set forth in (ii) of subsection (a) and in subsection  (b),  except
that this subsection  shall be applied on the basis of years of Vesting Service,
rather  than  years of  participation  in the Plan.  To the extent  provided  in
regulations  issued by the Secretary of the Treasury,  this subsection  shall be
applied  separately with respect to each change in the benefit  structure of the
Plan.  In no event  shall  this  subsection  reduce the  limitations  imposed by
subsections  (a)  and (b) to  amounts  less  than  1/10th  of  such  limitations
(determined without regard to this subsection).

          (d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the case of an
Employee who was an active participant in a predecessor plan prior to October 3,
1973, the annual amount of his Pension (when expressed as a single-life  annuity
with no ancillary  benefits)  shall not be deemed to exceed the  limitation  set
forth in the preceding provisions of this Section 7 if:

               (i) such  Pension  does not exceed 100 percent of the  Employee's
annual rate of  compensation  on the earlier of (A) October 2, 1973,  or (B) the
date on which he separated from the service of the Company and its Affiliates;

               (ii) such Pension does not exceed the annual  benefit which would
have been payable to the Employee on Retirement if all the terms and  conditions
of the  predecessor  plan in  existence  on such date had  remained in existence
until such Retirement, and if his compensation taken into account for any period
after October 2, 1973,  did not exceed his annual rate of  compensation  on such
date; and

               (iii) in the case of an Employee who separated from service prior
to October 2, 1973,  the  annual  amount of the  Pension is no greater  than his
vested accrued benefit as of the date he separated from service.

          (e) As of  January l of each  calendar  year on and after  January  1,
1988,  the dollar  limitation  as  determined  by the  Commissioner  of Internal
Revenue for that calendar


                                     -184-

                                      511
<PAGE>


year shall become  effective  as the maximum  permissible  dollar  amount of any
Pension  payable under the Plan during that calendar  year,  including  Pensions
payable to Employees  who retired  prior to that  calendar  year, in lieu of the
dollar amount in (i) of subsection (a) above.

          (f) In the  case of an  Employee  who is also a  member  of a  defined
contribution plan of the Company or an Affiliate, his maximum benefit limitation
shall not exceed the adjusted limitation computed as follows:

               (i) Determine the defined contribution fraction.

               (ii) Subtract the result of (i) from one (1.0).

               (iii)  Multiply the dollar amount in (i) of subsection  (a) above
by 1.25.

               (iv)  Multiply  the amount  described in (ii) of  subsection  (a)
above by 1.4.

               (v)  Multiply  the lesser of the result of (iii) or the result of
(iv) by the result of (ii).

               (vi) The adjusted maximum benefit  limitation  applicable to such
employee shall be the lesser of the  following:  the result of (v) or the lesser
of the amounts in (i) or (ii) of paragraph (a) above.

          (g)  For purposes of this Section 7:

               (i) The defined  contribution  fraction  for an Employee who is a
member of one or more defined  contribution plans of the Company or an Affiliate
shall be a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the following:

                        (A) the Company's and Affiliates' contributions credited
          to such  Employee's  accounts under the defined  contribution  plan or
          plans  plus any  amount  allocated  after  December  31,  1984,  to an
          individual medical account as described in Section 415(l) of the Code,
          and any amount  allocated after December 31, 1985, to a key employee's
          post-retirement  medical  benefit  account,  as  described  in Section
          419A(d) of the Code,

                        (B) the Employee's  contributions to such plan or plans;
          provided   that  this   subparagraph   (B)  shall  not   require   the
          recomputation  of the portion of the Employee's  contributions to such
          plan or plans  that are  taken  into  account  hereunder  for any year
          beginning before 1987, and

                        (C) any forfeitures allocated to his accounts under such
          plan or plans,  but  reduced by any amount  permitted  by  regulations
          promulgated by the Commissioner of Internal Revenue,


                                     -185-

                                      512
<PAGE>

and the denominator of which is the lesser of the following  amounts  determined
for each year of such Employee's Vesting Service:

                       (D) 1.25  multiplied by the maximum dollar amount allowed
          by law for that year; or

                       (E) 1.4 multiplied by 25% of such Employee's remuneration
          for that year.

     At the direction of the Committee, for plans in existence on or before July
1, 1982,  the  portion  of the  denominator  of that  fraction  with  respect to
calendar  years before 1983 shall be computed as the  denominator  for 1982,  as
determined  under  the law as then  in  effect,  multiplied  by a  fraction  the
numerator of which is the lesser of:

                       (F) $51,875, or

                       (G) 1.4 multiplied by 25% of such Employee's remuneration
          for 1981,

and the denominator of which is the lesser of:

                        (H)  $41,500, or

                        (I) 25% of such Employee's remuneration for 1981.

     Pursuant to  regulations  prescribed by the  Secretary of the Treasury,  an
amount shall be subtracted from the numerator of the defined  contribution  plan
fraction so that the sum of the defined  benefit  plan  fraction and the defined
contribution plan fraction shall not exceed 1.0 for the 1986 calendar year.

               (ii) A defined contribution plan shall mean a plan which provides
for an individual  account for each member and for benefits  based solely on the
amount contributed to the member's account, and any income,  expenses, gains and
losses,  and any forfeitures of accounts of other members which may be allocated
to such member's accounts, subject to (iii) below; and

               (iii) A defined  benefit  plan shall mean any plan which is not a
defined  contribution plan; however, in the case of a defined benefit plan which
provides a benefit which is based partly on the balance of the separate  account
of a member, that plan shall be treated as a defined  contribution to the extent
benefits are based on the separate  account of a member and as a defined benefit
plan with respect to the remaining portion of the benefits under such plan.

          (h) Notwithstanding the preceding subsections of this Section 7, in no
event shall an Employee's annual Pension payable under the Plan be less than the
benefit which the Employee had accrued  under a predecessor  plan as of December
31, 1982; provided,


                                     -186-

                                      513
<PAGE>

however, that in determining such benefit no changes in the terms and conditions
of a predecessor plan on or after July 1, 1982 shall be taken into account.

          (i) In the case of an  Employee  who is a  Participant  on  January 1,
1987, and with respect to whom the  requirements of Section 415 of the Code have
been met for all Plan Years, if the Employee's current accrued benefit under the
Plan exceeds the limitations  prescribed by this Section 7, then the limitations
imposed by this  Section 7 with respect to such  Employee  shall be equal to the
Employee's current accrued benefit.  For this purpose, the term "current accrued
benefit"  means the  Employee's  accrued  benefit as of December 31, 1986,  when
expressed as an annual benefit  (within the meaning of Section 415(b) (2) of the
Code).  For purposes of determining the amount of an Employee's  current accrued
benefit,  no change in the terms and  conditions  of the Plan after May 5, 1986,
and no  cost-of-living  adjustment  occurring after May 5, 1986,  shall be taken
into account.

          (j) For purposes of this Section 7, all defined benefit plans (whether
or not  terminated)  of the Company and its  Affiliates  shall be treated as one
defined  benefit  plan,  and all  defined  contribution  plans  (whether  or not
terminated)  of the Company and its  Affiliates  shall be treated as one defined
contribution plan; provided, however, that for purposes of applying Section 3 of
Article I and Section  1563(a) of the Code to this  Section 7, the phrase  "more
than 50 percent" shall be substituted for the phrase "at least 80 percent."

          (k) In the event  that a  participant  under the Plan and any  defined
contribution  plan  maintained  by the  Company or an  Affiliate  has a combined
benefit under the plans which exceeds the combined limitation  established under
Section 415 of the Code, as amended,  the participant's  benefits under the Plan
projected to Normal  Retirement Date shall be adjusted,  to the extent permitted
by law,  so that the  combined  benefit  under the plans  does not  exceed  such
limitation.

          (l) If the  benefits of a Retired  Employee  which would  otherwise be
payable under this Plan are limited by the provisions of this Section 7 and such
limitation  is raised to the extent  permitted  by Treasury  regulations  issued
under  Section  415 of the  Code,  the  amount  of  benefits  under  the  raised
limitation shall  thereafter be paid under this Plan,  except that the amount of
benefits  under the raised  limitation  shall not be paid under this Plan if the
Company  has in effect an excess  benefit  plan for the  payment of  benefits in
excess of the  limitation  under this  Section 7 and the  Retired  Employee  has
elected a form of payment or Beneficiary for his excess benefits  different from
the form of payment or Beneficiary of his benefits hereunder.


ARTICLE VIPayment of Pensions and Conditions Related Thereto


     1.   All Pensions shall be payable in monthly installments as follows:


                                     -187-

                                      514
<PAGE>

          (a) The first  installment  shall be paid to the Retired  Employee (or
Spouse, in the case of a Spouse's  Pension) as of the Pension  Commencement Date
determined in accordance with Articles IV, V and VI.

          (b)  Where  installments  are to be  paid  to a  Beneficiary  under  a
Joint-Survivor  Pension,  the first installment to the Beneficiary shall be paid
as of the beginning of the first month following the death of the participant.

          (c) The final  installment  shall be paid as of the  beginning  of the
month during which the death of the Retired Employee or Beneficiary, as the case
may be, occurs,  except that the final Disability  Pension  installment shall be
paid as of (1) the beginning of the month in which occurs the earlier of (i) the
death  of such  Retired  Employee  or (ii) the  Retired  Employee  ceases  to be
Disabled,  or (2) the  beginning of the month  preceding  the month in which the
Retired Employee begins to receive a Service Pension.

     2. The benefits under the Plan may not be anticipated,  assigned (either at
law or in equity),  alienated  or subjected to  attachment,  garnishment,  levy,
execution or other legal or equitable process; provided that:

          (a)  an   arrangement   whereby   benefit   payments  are  paid  to  a
participant's  savings or  checking  account in a financial  institution  is not
prohibited; and

          (b) once a participant  begins receiving benefits under the Plan, such
participant  may  assign  or  alienate  the  right to  future  payments  if such
transaction is limited to assignments or alienations which:

               (i)  are voluntary and revocable.

               (ii) with respect to a particular benefit payment,  do not in the
aggregate exceed 10 percent of such payment, and

               (iii)  are  neither  for the  purpose,  nor have the  effect,  of
defraying administration costs of the Plan; and

          (c)  payments  were  made  in  accordance  with a  Qualified  Domestic
Relations Order are not prohibited.

     For the purposes of subsection (b) above, an attachment, garnishment, levy,
execution  or other legal or  equitable  process is not  considered  a voluntary
assignment or alienation.

     3. (a) If a Retired Employee is employed by the Company or any Affiliate as
a regular or  temporary  employee  for at least 40 Hours of Service  (within the
meaning of Section 18(a) and (b) of Article I of this Appendix T) per month, his
Pension shall be suspended  during each such month in accordance with subsection
(c), below.


                                     -188-

                                      515
<PAGE>

          (b) If a participant  remains  employed by the Company or an Affiliate
as a regular or temporary  employee for at least 40 Hours of Service (within the
meaning of  Section  18(a) and (b) of  Article I of this  Appendix  T) per month
after attaining Normal  Retirement Age, his Pension  Commencement  Date shall be
delayed in accordance with subsection (c), below.

          (c)  The  Company  shall  determine   whether  specific   contemplated
employment will result in a suspension or delay in the commencement of a Pension
pursuant to subsection (a) or (b),  above,  and shall notify the  participant of
such  suspension  or delay by  personal  delivery or first class mail during the
first calendar  month in which the Pension is to be suspended or delayed,  shall
afford him a review of such suspension or delay under the procedure specified in
Article  IX and shall  otherwise  administer  such  suspension  or delay and any
subsequent resumption or commencement of Pension payments in a manner consistent
with Subsection  2530.203-3 of Title 29 of the Code of Federal  Regulations,  as
amended from time to time.

          (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this Section:

               (i) No Pension that has previously  commenced  shall be suspended
for any month in which a Retired  Employee is  reemployed  after  attaining  his
Normal Retirement Age, except in accordance with subsections (a) and (c), above;

               (ii) If a participant  is employed or remains in employment as an
employee as described in subsection (a) or (b), above, his Pension  Commencement
Date shall  occur no earlier  than the first day of the first  month in which he
ceases to be so employed,  and his Pension  shall be  calculated,  in accordance
with  Sections  6, 7, 8 and 9 of Article  III of this  Appendix  T, to take such
employment into account; and

               (iii)  If a  participant  whose  Pension  has been  suspended  in
accordance with the preceding  provisions of this Section 3 becomes  entitled to
have his Pension  resume,  the amount and form of the Pension  shall be governed
by, the generally  applicable  provisions of the Plan, as if the participant had
then first Retired.

     4.  The  Committee  may  request  an  Employee,  former  Employee,  Retired
Employee,  or  Beneficiary  to furnish it with such  information as it considers
necessary  or  appropriate  for the  proper  administration  of the  Plan or the
payment of a Pension.  In the event that an Employee,  former Employee,  Retired
Employee,  or  Beneficiary  refuses to  furnish  any such  information  which is
pertinent to the  calculation  or payment of a Pension,  the Committee  shall be
authorized to withhold payment of the Pension until the information is provided.

     5. Any Employee  who is  transferred  to any employer  described in Section
2(b) or (c) of Article III shall not by reason of such  transfer be eligible for
Early Retirement or a Deferred Vested Pension under this Plan. However, upon the
conclusion  of any such  employment  (other  than by  transfer  to another  such
employer or retransfer  to the Company) he shall be entitled to the Pension,  if
any, for which he is eligible on the basis


                                     -189-

                                      516
<PAGE>


of his Average Annual  Compensation,  Vesting Service, and Accredited Service at
that time, calculated in accordance with the provisions of this Plan.

     6. (a) The  Committee  shall direct a lump sum payment of the present value
of a former  Employee's  Pension,  provided  that such  payment  does not exceed
$3,500,  determined as of any date after his  separation  from service and on or
before his Pension  Commencement Date. Such lump sum payment shall be the amount
determined by multiplying the Pension

               (i) by the appropriate  actuarial  factor  indicated in Table I -
Early Commencement Factors for Deferred Vested Pensions (but only if the Pension
is a  Deferred  Vested  Pension  or is a  Spouse's  Pension  that is  subject to
reduction  under Table I in  accordance  with  Section 4(c) of Article V of this
Appendix T) and then

               (ii) by the appropriate actuarial factor indicated in Table III -
Factors for Small Pensions.

          (b) For purposes of subsection (a),  above,  Tables I and III shall be
based on the interest rate used by the Pension Benefit Guaranty  Corporation for
the purpose of determining the present value of a lump sum  distribution on plan
termination in effect 90 days prior to the proposed distribution date.

          (c) This Section 6 is  effective  as of January 1, 1984,  as though it
had been adopted as part of the Plan in effect on that date;  provided  that the
$3,500 limit in the first sentence of this Section 6 shall not become  effective
until  January 1, 1987 (August 23, 1984,  with respect to the Spouse's  Pension)
and that the limit shall be $1,750 before that date; and provided further,  that
subsection (b) above,  shall not be effective  until January 1, 1987 (August 23,
1984,  with  respect  to  the  Spouse's  Pension).  Notwithstanding  the  second
provision in the preceding  sentence,  subsection (b), above,  shall not cause a
lump sum payment to a former Employee to be less than the lump sum payment would
have been as of December 31, 1986.

     7. The  following  subsections  limit the timing of  Pension  distributions
under the Plan:

          (a) Any Pension that is payable to a  participant  hereunder  shall be
distributed  or commence not later than April I of the calendar  year  following
the later of (i) the calendar year in which the participant  attains age 70 1/2,
or (ii) in the  case of a  participant  who is not a 5%  owner  as that  term is
defined in Section  416(i)(l)(B)(i)  of the Code and the regulations  thereunder
with respect to the  calendar  year in which he attains age 70 1/2, the calendar
year in which the  participant  Retires.  The Pension shall be  distributed,  in
accordance with the regulations under Section 401(a) (9) of the Code,

               (i) in a lump sum (to the extent  permitted  by Section 6 of this
Article VI)


                                     -190-

                                      517
<PAGE>

               (ii)  over the life of the participant,

               (iii)  over the lives of the  participant  and the  participant's
Beneficiary,

               (iv) over a period not extending  beyond the  participant's  life
expectancy, or

               (v)  over a  period  not  extending  beyond  the  joint  and last
survivor expectancy of the participant and the participant's Beneficiary.

     If the participant's  entire interest is to be distributed over a period of
more than one year, then the amount to be distributed each year shall be no less
than the amount  prescribed in the  regulations  under Section 401(a) (9) of the
Code.

          (b) If the distribution of the participant's  Pension has commenced in
conformity with subsection (a) above, and the participant dies before his entire
Pension has been distributed to him, the remaining  portion of his Pension shall
be  distributed  to his  Beneficiary  at least as rapidly as under the method of
distribution that was in effect, as of the date of the participant's death.

          (c) Subject to subsection (d),  below, if the participant  dies before
distribution of his Pension has commenced, any Pension that is payable under the
terms of the Plan shall be  distributed  within 5 years after the  participant's
death.

          (d)  Subsection (c), above, shall not apply to

               (i) any portion of the  participant's  Pension payable to (or for
the  benefit of) a  Beneficiary  that is  distributed  (in  accordance  with the
regulations  under Section 401(a) (9) of the Code) over the  Beneficiary's  life
(or a period not extending  beyond his life  expectancy)  commencing  within one
year  after the date of the  participant's  death (or such  later date as may be
prescribed by the regulations under Section 401(a) (9) of the Code), or

               (ii) any  portion  of the  participant's  Pension  payable to his
Spouse that is  distributed  over the Spouse's  life (or a period not  extending
beyond the Spouse's life expectancy)  commencing no later than the date on which
the participant would have attained age 70 1/2; provided that if the Spouse dies
before payments to such Spouse begin,  subsections (c) and (d) shall apply as if
the Spouse were the  participant;  and further  provided that any amount paid to
the  child of the  participant  shall be  treated  as if it had been paid to the
Spouse of the  participant  if such  amount is payable  to the Spouse  upon such
child's  reaching  majority  (or such other  event as may be  prescribed  by the
regulations under Section 401(a)(9) of the Code).

          (e) For  purposes  of this  Section  7,  the  life  expectancy  of the
participant and his Spouse shall be recomputed on an annual basis,  but the life
expectancy of any


                                     -191-

                                      518
<PAGE>


               nonspouse  Beneficiary  shall be computed  only on the date as of
which the distribution commences.

          (f) This Section 7 shall apply  notwithstanding any other provision of
the Plan. The sole purpose of this Section 7 is to limit the manner in which the
benefit payments may be made under the Plan in accordance with Section 401(a)(9)
of the Code.  This  Section 7 does not confer any  rights or  benefits  upon any
participant, Spouse, Beneficiary, or any other person.

          (g) This  Section  7 shall not  apply to any  method  of  distribution
designated  in  writing  by a  participant  under the  terms of the Plan  before
January 1, 1984,  in  accordance  with  Section  242(b)(2) of the Tax Equity and
Fiscal  Responsibility  Act of 1982 (as in effect before the amendments  made by
the
Tax Reform Act of 1984).

     8.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  in the Plan,  and subject to the
provisions  of Section 5 of Article V of this  Appendix T and  Section 6 of this
Article VI of this Appendix T, the participant (or his Spouse,  in the case of a
Spouse's Pension) may elect a Pension Commencement Date that precedes the normal
Pension  Commencement Date if he is otherwise  eligible to do so under the terms
of the Plan.  The  election  shall be in writing,  in a form  acceptable  to the
Committee,  and executed and filed with the  Committee  during the 90-day period
ending on the Pension Commencement Date.


                                     -192-

                                      519
<PAGE>

                                                                  ATTACHMENT I
                                                                            To
                                                                    APPENDIX T


                       CONTEL PROVISIONS


RESOLVED:  That effective February 1, 1993 (except as otherwise  provided),  the
GTE South Incorporated (Southeast) Plan for Hourly-Paid Employees' Pensions (the
"Southeast  Plan")  is  amended  conditional  upon the  receipt  of a  favorable
determination  letter from the Internal  Revenue Service that the Southeast Plan
continues to be qualified under section 401(a) of the Internal  Revenue Code, as
follows:

          1. For purposes of these resolutions,  the following words and phrases
          shall have the meanings set forth below:

                   a. "Contel  Affiliate"  shall mean Contel of  Virginia,  Inc.
               (d/b/a GTE Virginia),  Contel of West Virginia,  Inc.  (d/b/a GTE
               West Virginia),  Contel of the South,  Inc. (d/b/a GTE Systems of
               the  South),  Contel of North  Carolina,  Inc.  (d/b/a  GTE North
               Carolina),  and Contel of South  Carolina,  Inc. (d/b/a GTE South
               Carolina).

                   b.  "Contel   Participant"  shall  mean  (i)  an  hourly-paid
               employee of a Contel  Affiliate  who, on February 1, 1993,  is an
               "Employee"  within the meaning of Section 15 of Article II of the
               Southeast Plan or (ii) an Individual Transferee.

                   c. "Contel Plan" shall mean the Contel  System  Pension Plan,
               as in  effect on  January  31,  1993,  except  where a  different
               effective date is specified in these resolutions.

                   d. "Contel Service" shall mean a Contel  Participant's period
               of service as of his Transfer Date that is recognized for benefit
               accrual  purposes under the terms of the Contel Plan in effect on
               that date.

                   e. "Contel Service Benefit" shall mean a Contel Participant's
               accrued benefit  determined as of his Transfer Date in accordance
               with  Sections  1.1 and 14.2 of the Contel Plan in effect on that
               date.

                   f.  "GTE  Benefit"  shall  mean  (i) in the  case of a Contel
               Participant whose normal  retirement  benefit is calculated under
               Paragraph  3.a.,  below,  the Contel  Participant's  GTE  Service
               Benefit;  and  (ii) in the  case of a  Contel  Participant  whose
               normal  retirement  benefit is calculated  under  Paragraph 3.b.,
               below, the difference between the


                                     -193-

                                      520
<PAGE>

                   Contel  Participant's  Total  Service  Benefit and his Contel
               Service Benefit.

                   g.  "GTE  Compensation"  shall  mean a  Contel  Participant's
               compensation  determined under the definition of compensation set
               forth  in  the  Southeast  Plan  that  is  used  to  determine  a
               participant's benefits thereunder. GTE Compensation shall include
               the  remuneration  that the  Contel  Participant  received  on or
               before his Transfer Date from a Contel  Affiliate or from another
               company  participating in the Contel Plan, but only to the extent
               that such  remuneration is of a type that is recognized and taken
               into  account   under  the   Southeast   Plan's   definition   of
               compensation.

                   h. "GTE Service" shall mean the Contel  Participant's  period
               of service after his Transfer  Date that is recognized  under the
               terms of the Southeast Plan for benefit accrual purposes.

                   i. "GTE Service  Benefit"  shall mean a Contel  Participant's
               accrued  benefit  determined  under the Southeast  Plan's benefit
               formula and based on the Contel Participant's GTE Service and GTE
               Compensation.

                   j. "Individual Transferee" shall mean a person who (i) became
               a participant in the Southeast Plan before February 1, 1993, (ii)
               transferred  (either  voluntarily or involuntarily) from a Contel
               business  unit to a GTE  business  unit before  February 1, 1993,
               (iii) was a participant  in the Contel Plan before he transferred
               to a GTE business unit,  (iv) ceased accruing a benefit under the
               Contel Plan as of the date he transferred to a GTE business unit,
               and (v) has not  commenced  receiving  benefits  under either the
               Contel Plan or the Southeast Plan as of January 31, 1993.

                   k. "Total Service Benefit" shall mean a Contel  Participant's
               accrued  benefit  determined  solely under the  Southeast  Plan's
               benefit formula based on the Contel  Participant's Contel Service
               and GTE Service and his GTE Compensation.

                   l.  "Transfer  Date"  shall  mean  (i)  with  respect  to  an
               Individual  Transferee,  the  date on which  he  ceased  accruing
               benefits  under the  Contel  Plan,  and (ii) with  respect to all
               other Contel Participants, January 31, 1993.

          2.  For  purposes  of  determining  vesting  and  benefit  eligibility
          (including  eligibility  for  early  retirement  benefits,  disability
          benefits, and other benefits),  the Southeast Plan shall recognize the
          period of service with


                                     -194-

                                      521
<PAGE>

              which a Contel Participant is credited as of January 31, 1993, for
          vesting and benefit eligibility purposes under the terms of the Contel
          Plan.

          3. The normal retirement  benefit under the Southeast Plan of a Contel
          Participant shall be equal to the greater of the following:

                   a. The sum of the Contel Participant's Contel Service Benefit
               and GTE Service Benefit; or

                   b. The Contel Participant's Total Service Benefit.

          4. The early  retirement  benefits,  optional  forms of  benefit,  and
          ancillary  benefits that are available under the Contel Plan, shall be
          available under the Southeast Plan to Contel  Participants  subject to
          the following conditions:

                   a.   Early Retirement Benefits:

                        (1) A Contel  Participant  who, as of January 31,  1993,
                    has  satisfied  the  requirements  for an  early  retirement
                    benefit  under  Section  4.3 of the  Contel  Plan  shall  be
                    eligible to receive an early  retirement  benefit subject to
                    the following conditions:

                                        (a) if the Contel Participant's  benefit
                         is determined  under Paragraph 3.a.,  above, his Contel
                         Service Benefit shall be reduced in accordance with the
                         Contel Plan's early retirement  reduction factors,  and
                         his GTE Service Benefit shall not be reduced to reflect
                         commencement before his normal retirement date; and

                                        (b) if the Contel Participant's  benefit
                         is determined  under Paragraph 3.b.,  above,  his Total
                         Service   Benefit  shall  not  be  reduced  to  reflect
                         commencement before his normal retirement date.

                        (2) A Contel  Participant  who,  after February 1, 1993,
                    satisfies the requirements  for an early retirement  benefit
                    under  Section  4.3 of the  Contel  Plan,  but who  does not
                    satisfy the  requirements  for an early  retirement  benefit
                    under the  Southeast  Plan,  shall be eligible to receive an
                    early   retirement   benefit   subject   to  the   following
                    conditions:

                                        (a) if the Contel Participant's  benefit
                         is determined  under Paragraph 3.a.,  above, his Contel
                         Service Benefit shall be reduced in accordance with the
                         Contel Plan's early retirement  reduction factors,  and
                         his GTE Service  Benefit shall be  actuarially  reduced
                         from his normal


                                     -195-

                                      522
<PAGE>

                         retirement  date  (using  the  Southeast  Plan's  early
                         commencement  factors that are  applicable  to deferred
                         vested pensions); and

                                        (b) if the Contel Participant's  benefit
                         is determined  under Paragraph 3.b.,  above,  his Total
                         Service  Benefit shall be actuarially  reduced from his
                         normal  retirement  date  (using the  Southeast  Plan's
                         early  commencement  factors  that  are  applicable  to
                         deferred vested pensions).

                        (3) A Contel  Participant  who,  either  before or after
                    February 1, 1993,  satisfies the  requirements  for an early
                    retirement   benefit  under  the  Southeast  Plan  shall  be
                    eligible to receive an early retirement  benefit pursuant to
                    the terms of the  Southeast  Plan,  regardless of whether he
                    has  satisfied  the  requirements  for an  early  retirement
                    benefit under Section 4.3 of the Contel Plan, subject to the
                    following conditions:

                                        (a) if the Contel Participant's  benefit
                         is determined  under Paragraph 3.a.,  above, his Contel
                         Service Benefit shall be reduced in accordance with the
                         Contel Plan's early retirement  reduction factors,  and
                         his GTE Service  Benefit shall be reduced in accordance
                         with the Southeast  Plan's early  retirement  reduction
                         factors; and

                                        (b) if the Contel Participant's  benefit
                         is determined  under Paragraph 3.b.,  above,  his Total
                         Service Benefit shall be reduced in accordance with the
                         Southeast Plan's early retirement reduction factors.

                   b.   Deferred Vested Benefits:

                        (1) If a Contel Participant terminates from service with
                    a  nonforfeitable  right to a benefit under Article 6 of the
                    Contel  Plan,  he may elect to begin  receiving  his benefit
                    under  the  Southeast  Plan as of any  date  provided  under
                    Article 6 of the Contel Plan, or, if earlier, as of any date
                    provided under the terms of the Southeast Plan.

                        (2)  If a  Contel  Participant  elects  to  receive  his
                    benefit as provided in Paragraph 4.b.(1),  above, his entire
                    benefit  shall be reduced in  accordance  with the Southeast
                    Plan's early  commencement  factors that are  applicable  to
                    deferred  vested  pensions.  However,  in no event shall the
                    amount of a Contel


                                     -196-

                                      523
<PAGE>

                    Participant's   benefit   determined   as  provided  in  the
                    preceding  sentence  be less than the  amount of his  Contel
                    Service Benefit reduced in accordance with the Contel Plan's
                    early  commencement  factors that are applicable to deferred
                    vested pensions.

                   c.   Optional Forms of Payment:

                        (1) If a Contel Participant  satisfies (either before or
                    after  February  1, 1993) the  requirements  for an optional
                    form of  benefit  under  the  Contel  Plan  (other  than any
                    optional  forms of benefit  that are  available  solely with
                    respect to a Transitional Benefit or Special Minimum Benefit
                    under  Articles  14 and 15 of the Contel  Plan),  the Contel
                    Participant  may elect to receive his entire  benefit in any
                    optional  form of benefit  provided  under the  Contel  Plan
                    (including,  but not limited  to, a life and 5-year  certain
                    annuity,  and  the  various  qualified  joint  and  survivor
                    annuities available under Section 4.6B. of the Contel Plan),
                    subject to the  conditions  specified in  subparagraph  (2),
                    below. If a Contel  Participant  satisfies (either before or
                    after  February  1, 1993) the  requirements  for an optional
                    form  of  benefit  under  the  Southeast  Plan,  the  Contel
                    Participant  may elect to receive his entire  benefit in any
                    optional form of benefit  provided under the Southeast Plan.
                    Except as provided in Paragraph 5.c., below, with respect to
                    certain  grandfathered   benefits,  a  Contel  Participant's
                    election  of an  optional  form shall be  applicable  to his
                    entire benefit.

                       (2) If a Contel Participant elects to receive his benefit
                    in a form that is  available  under both the Contel Plan and
                    the Southeast Plan (including a lump sum payment of a vested
                    accrued benefit whose value is $3,500 or less) 1 his benefit
                    shall be determined as follows:

                                        (a) if the Contel Participant's  benefit
                         is determined  under Paragraph 3.a.,  above, the Contel
                         Participant's  Contel  Service  Benefit  payable in the
                         form  provided  in Section  4.6.A.  of the Contel  Plan
                         shall be converted to an actuarially  equivalent single
                         life annuity ("Converted Contel Service Benefit"),  and
                         then the  actuarial  factors  or  assumptions  that are
                         applicable  to the form  elected as provided  under the
                         terms of the Contel Plan shall be applied to the Contel
                         Participant's  Converted Contel Service Benefit and GTE
                         Service Benefit; and


                                     -197-

                                      524
<PAGE>

                                        (c) if the Contel Participant's  benefit
                         under the Southeast Plan is determined  under Paragraph
                         3.b.,  above, the actuarial factors or assumptions that
                         are  applicable  to the form elected as provided  under
                         the terms of the Southeast Plan shall be applied to the
                         Contel Participant's entire benefit.

                    However,   in  no  event   shall  the  amount  of  a  Contel
                    Participant's benefit determined as provided in subparagraph
                    (a) or (b),  above,  be less than the  amount of the  Contel
                    Participant's  Contel  Service  Benefit  payable in the same
                    form and determined on the basis of the actuarial factors or
                    assumptions  that  are  applicable  to the form  elected  as
                    provided under the terms of the Contel Plan

                       (3) If a Contel Participant elects to receive his benefit
                    in a form that is available solely under the Southeast Plan,
                    the actuarial  factors or assumptions that are applicable to
                    the  form  elected  as  provided  under  the  terms  of  the
                    Southeast Plan shall be applied to the Contel  Participant's
                    entire benefit.

                   d. Ancillary Benefits:  Except as provided in Paragraph 5.a.,
               below, with respect to certain  grandfathered  benefits, a Contel
               Participant  shall not be eligible  under the  Southeast  Plan to
               receive any ancillary benefit (including,  but not limited to any
               disability  benefit  not in  excess  of a  "qualified  disability
               benefit"   under   Section   411(a)(9)   of  the   Code  and  any
               preretirement or post-retirement death benefit) that is available
               under  the  Contel  Plan  and  that  is  a  part  of  the  Contel
               Participant's  Contel  Service  Benefit.  A Contel  Participant's
               entitlement  to any ancillary  benefit  under the Southeast  Plan
               shall be  determined  solely by the terms of the  Southeast  Plan
               with respect to the Contel  Participant's entire accrued benefit.
               The terms of the Southeast Plan shall determine the type, amount,
               duration,  and other  characteristics  of each ancillary  benefit
               that is payable to a Contel Participant.

          5.  Provisions Applicable to Certain Grandfathered Benefits:

                   a. A Contel Participant shall be eligible under the Southeast
               Plan  to  receive  any  ancillary  benefit  that  is  part  of  a
               Transitional  Benefit or Special Minimum  Benefit  provided under
               Articles 14 and 15 of the Contel Plan, including, but not limited
               to, the Special  Surviving Spouse Benefit that is provided for in
               Section  14.5 of the Contel  Plan,  but only with  respect to the
               Contel  Participant's  Transitional  Benefit or  Special  Minimum
               Benefit that has accrued as of January 31, 1993.


                                     -198-

                                      525
<PAGE>

                   b. If a Contel  Participant  satisfies the requirements under
               Article 14 or 15 of the Contel Plan for  commencement of benefits
               before his normal  retirement  date,  he may elect to receive his
               Contel Service Benefit  pursuant to the terms of Article 14 or 15
               of the  Contel  Plan.  If a Contel  Participant  elects  to begin
               receiving  his Contel  Service  Benefit under Article 14 or 15 of
               the Contel  Plan before he is  otherwise  eligible to receive his
               GTE Benefit, the Contel Participant shall begin receiving his GTE
               Benefit on the earliest date under the Southeast  Plan on which a
               Contel Participant may begin receiving a benefit.

                   c.  If  a  Contel  Participant   satisfies  the  requirements
               applicable  to any optional  forms of benefit that are  available
               solely with respect to a Transitional  Benefit or Special Minimum
               Benefit  under  Article 14 or 15 of the Contel  Plan,  the Contel
               Participant  may elect to receive his Contel  Service  Benefit in
               any such  forms.  If a Contel  Participant  elects to receive his
               Contel Service Benefit  pursuant to this Paragraph 5.c. in a form
               that includes a survivor  annuity,  the Contel  Participant's GTE
               Benefit  shall be payable under the  Southeast  Plan's  automatic
               qualified  joint  and  survivor  annuity,  with the  same  person
               receiving the survivor  annuity under the Contel Service  Benefit
               and the GTE Benefit.  If a Contel  Participant  elects to receive
               his Contel Service  Benefit  pursuant to this Paragraph 5.c. in a
               form  that  does not  provide  a  survivor  annuity,  the  Contel
               Participant's  GTE  Benefit  shall be  payable  as a single  life
               annuity.

          6.  Provisions Applicable to All Participants in the Southeast Plan:

              Effective  February 1, 1993,  all  pre-March  14, 1991 GTE pension
          plan or Contel Plan Vesting Credited or Accredited  Service of current
          participants  in the  Southeast  Plan that has not already  been taken
          into account under the terms of the Southeast  Plan will be considered
          to be Vesting Service or Accredited  Service,  as the case may be, for
          all purposes under the terms of the Southeast Plan, including vesting,
          eligibility  and  benefit  computation  purposes;   provided  that  no
          participant shall be credited with Accredited Service pursuant to this
          Paragraph  6 if such  participant  is  receiving  a benefit  under the
          Contel System Pension Plan with respect to such Service.


                                     -199-

                                      526
<PAGE>


13.20  Employees of CPI Acquisition, Inc. d/b/a Computer Power, Inc.

             (a)   Effective Date - March 1, 1992.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to Section  401(a)(12)  of the Code - Not
             Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX U - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES OF CPI ACQUISITION, INC. D/B/A COMPUTER POWER,
             INC., which follows immediately hereafter.


                                     -200-

                                      527
<PAGE>

                           APPENDIX U
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
        CPI ACQUISITION, INC. D/B/A COMPUTER POWER, INC.

Effective  as of the close of business on February 28,  1992,  CPI  Acquisition,
Inc. d/b/a Computer Power, Inc. ("CPI") became a member of the Controlled Group.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to active  employees of CPI who became employees of the
Controlled Group on March 1, 1993.

A.     Section 1.07 is modified by adding to the definition thereof the 
       following:

                1.07U "Basic Compensation" shall include only amounts earned (as
                an Employee of an Employer) after February 28, 1992.

B.     Section 1.14 is modified by adding to the definition thereof the 
       following:

                1.14U  "Compensation"  shall include only amounts  earned (as an
                Employee of an Employer) after February 28, 1992.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

       1.37(g)R  Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Service  Prior to March 1, 1992:  An
                            Employee's  period(s) of  employment  with CPI after
                            February 28, 1987, and prior to March 1, 1992, shall
                            be  counted as  Vesting  Service to the extent  that
                            such periods  would have  counted  under the Plan if
                            such employment had been with the Company.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  March 1,
                            1992: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).


                                     -201-

                                      528
<PAGE>


D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)U    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i)  Benefit  Service  Prior to March 1,
                            1992: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                            March 1, 1992: In accordance  with the provisions of
                            Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)U    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service  Prior to March 1, 1992:  An
                            Employee's  period(s) of  employment  with CPI after
                            February 28, 1987, and prior to March 1, 1992, shall
                            be  counted as  Eligibility  Years of Service to the
                            extent that such periods  would have  counted  under
                            the  Plan if  such  employment  had  been  with  the
                            Company.

                                        (ii)  Service  From and  After  March 1,
                            1992: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).


                                     -202-

                                      529
<PAGE>


13.21  Employees of TDS Healthcare Systems Corporation

             (a)   Effective Date - October 1, 1993.

             (b)   Account - None.

             (c)   Minimum Normal Retirement Pension - None.

             (d)   Minimum Early Retirement Pension - None.

             (e)   Minimum Disability Retirement Pension - None.

             (f)   Minimum Deferred Vested Pension - None.

             (g)   Minimum Death Benefit - None.

             (h)   Prior Plan Offset - Not Applicable.

             (i)  Provision  Relative  to Section  401(a)(12)  of the Code - Not
             Applicable.

             (j) Miscellaneous - See APPENDIX V - SPECIAL PROVISIONS  APPLICABLE
             TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES OF TDS HEALTHCARE SYSTEMS  CORPORATION,  which
             follows immediately hereafter.


                                     -203-

                                      530
<PAGE>

                           APPENDIX V
       SPECIAL PROVISIONS APPLICABLE TO CERTAIN EMPLOYEES
                               OF
         SLT COMMUNICATIONS, INC. AND ITS SUBSIDIARIES


Effective as of October 1, 1993,  certain  employees of TDS  Healthcare  Systems
Corporation  and/or its subsidiaries  ("TDS") became employees of the Controlled
Group.

Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan,  the Plan is modified as set
forth below with respect to active  employees of TDS who became employees of the
Controlled Group on October 1, 1993.

A.     Section 1.07 is modified by adding to the definition thereof the 
       following:

                1.07V "Basic Compensation" shall include only amounts earned (as
                an Employee of an Employer) after September 30, 1993.

B.     Section 1.14 is modified by adding to the definition thereof the 
       following:

                1.14V  "Compensation"  shall include only amounts  earned (as an
                Employee of an Employer) after September 30, 1993.

C.     Section 1.37(g) is modified as follows:

       1.37(g)R  Vesting Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  eligibility for benefits under
                      the Plan  shall be  determined  by his  period of  Vesting
                      Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Service Prior to October 1, 1993: An
                            Employee's  period(s) of  employment  with TDS after
                            September  30,  1988,  and prior to October 1, 1993,
                            shall be counted  as  Vesting  Service to the extent
                            that such periods  would have counted under the Plan
                            if such employment had been with the Company.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  October 1,
                            1993: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(g).


                                     -204-

                                      531
<PAGE>

D.     Section 1.37(d) is modified as follows:

                1.37(d)V    Benefit Service

                            (a)  The  amount  of the  benefit  payable  to or on
                      behalf of a  Participant  shall be determined on the basis
                      of his Benefit Service, in accordance with the following:

                                        (i) Benefit  Service Prior to October 1,
                            1993: None.

                                        (ii)  Benefit  Service  From  and  After
                            October 1, 1993: In accordance  with the  provisions
                            of Section 1.37(d).

E.     Section 1.37(f) is modified as follows:

                1.37(f)V    Eligibility Year of Service

                            (a) A  Participant's  Eligibility  Years of  Service
                      under the Plan shall be determined in accordance  with the
                      following:

                                        (i) Service Prior to October 1, 1993: An
                            Employee's  period(s) of  employment  with TDS after
                            September  30,  1988,  and prior to October 1, 1993,
                            shall be counted as Eligibility  Years of Service to
                            the extent  that such  periods  would  have  counted
                            under the Plan if such  employment had been with the
                            Company.

                                        (ii) Service  From and After  October 1,
                            1993: In accordance  with the  provisions of Section
                            1.37(f).



                                     -205-

                                      532
<PAGE>


                                                                  EXHIBIT 10(l)
                      ALLTEL CORPORATION
                      PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                (January 1, 1994 Restatement)

                                      533
<PAGE>
                       TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                             Page

PREAMBLE                                                        1

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS                                        2

             1.01   Authorized Leave of Absence                 2
             1.02   Beneficiary                                 2
             1.03   Board of Directors                          2
             1.04   Break in Service                            2
             1.05   Code                                        2
             1.06   Company                                     2
             1.07   Compensation                                3
             1.08   Computation Period                          3
             1.09   Controlled Group                            4
             1.10   Early Retirement Date                       4
             1.11   Effective Date                              4
             1.12   Eligible Employee                           4
             1.13   Employee                                    5
             1.14   Employer                                    5
             1.15   Employer Contribution                       5
             1.16   Employment Commencement Date                5
             1.17   ERISA                                       5
             1.18   Forfeiture                                  6
             1.19   Guaranteed Principal Investment Fund        6
             1.20   Highly Compensated Employee                 6
             1.21   Hour of Service                             8
             1.22   Investment Fund A                           8
             1.23   Late Retirement Date                        8
             1.24   Nonhighly Compensated Employee              8
             1.25   Normal Retirement Age                       8
             1.26   Normal Retirement Date                      8
             1.27   Participant                                 8
             1.28   Plan                                        9
             1.29   Plan Administrator                          9
             1.30   Plan Year                                   9
             1.31   Prior Plan                                  9
             1.32   Reemployment Commencement Date              9
             1.33   Region                                      9
             1.34   Separate Account                            9
             1.35   Spouse                                      9
             1.36   Sub-Account                                 9
             1.37   Termination of Employment                  10
                              (i)

                              534
<PAGE>
             1.38   Total and Permanent Disability             10
             1.39   Trust                                      10
             1.40   Trust Agreement                            10
             1.41   Trustee                                    10
             1.42   Trust Fund                                 10
             1.43   Valuation Date                             11
             1.44   Year of Eligibility Service                11
             1.45   Year of Participation                      11
             1.46   Year of Service                            11
             1.47   Year of Vesting Service                    11

ARTICLE II   ADMINISTRATION                                    12

             2.01   Plan Administrator                         12
             2.02   Allocation of Authority and Responsibility 
                    Among Named Fiduciaries                    12
             2.03   Rights, Powers and Duties of the Plan 
                    Administrator                              12
             2.04   Discharge of Duties                        13
             2.05   Indemnification                            13
             2.06   Compensation and Expenses                  14
             2.07   Committee                                  14
             2.08   Administrative Expenses                    15

ARTICLE III  GENERAL PROVISIONS                                16

             3.01   Adoption of the Plan by Other Employers    16
             3.02   No Contract of Employment                  16
             3.03   Restrictions Upon Assignments and 
                    Creditor's Claims                          16
             3.04   Facility of Payment                        17
             3.05   Restriction of Claims Against Trust        17
             3.06   Benefits Payable from Trust                17
             3.07   Merger and Transfer of Assets or 
                    Liabilities                                17
             3.08   Applicable Law                             17
             3.09   Reversion of Employer Contributions        18

ARTICLE IV   CLAIMS PROCEDURES                                 19

             4.01   Claim for Benefits                         19
             4.02   Review                                     19

ARTICLE V    AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION                         21

             5.01   Amendment and Termination of the Plan      21
             5.02   Procedure Upon Termination                 21

                             (ii)

                              535

<PAGE>
             5.03   Non-Forfeitability Upon Termination of
                    Plan                                       22
             5.04   Reorganization                             22
             5.05   Withdrawal of an Employer                  22

ARTICLE VI   TRUST AGREEMENT AND TRUST FUND                    23

             6.01   Trust Agreement and Trust Fund             23
             6.02   Irrevocability                             23
             6.03   Benefits Payable Only from Trust Fund      23
             6.04   Optional Provision for Benefits            23
             6.05   Commingling Authorized                     23

ARTICLE VII  LIMITATION ON CONTRIBUTIONS                       25

             7.01   Definitions                                25
             7.02   Limitations on Crediting of 
                    Contributions and Forfeitures              26
             7.03   Coverage Under Other Qualified Defined 
                    Contribution Plan                          27
             7.04   Coverage Under Qualified Defined 
                    Benefit Plan                               27
             7.05   Scope of Limitations                       28

ARTICLE VIII TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS                              29

             8.01   Definitions                                29
             8.02   Applicability                              31
             8.03   Minimum Employer Contribution              31
             8.04   Coordination with Other Plans              32
             8.05   Adjustments to Section 415 Limitations     32
             8.06   Accelerated Vesting                        32

ARTICLE IX   SERVICE                                           34

             9.01   Crediting of Hours of Service              34
             9.02   Limitations on Crediting of Hours of 
                    Service                                    35
             9.03   Department of Labor Rules                  36
             9.04   Years of Eligibility Service               36
             9.05   Years of Vesting Service                   38
             9.06   Vesting Following Break in Service         41

ARTICLE X    ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION                     42

             10.01  Eligibility                                42
             10.02  Termination and Rehiring                   42
             10.03  Duration of Participation                  43
                               (iii)

                                536

<PAGE>
ARTICLE XI   INVESTMENT FUNDS, ACCOUNTING, AND SEPARATE
             ACCOUNTS                                          44

             11.01  Composition of Trust Fund                  44
             11.02  Election to Transfer to Guaranteed 
                    Principal Investment Fund                  45
             11.03  Allocation of Earnings or Losses to 
                    Separate Accounts                          45
             11.04  Separate Accounts                          45
             11.05  Sub-Accounts                               46

ARTICLE XII  VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVER
             CONTRIBUTIONS                                     47

             12.01  No Voluntary Contributions                 47
             12.02  No Rollover Contributions                  47

ARTICLE XIII EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS            48

             13.01  Employer Contributions                     48
             13.02  Timing of Employer Contributions           48
             13.03  Allocation of Forfeitures                  48
             13.04  Allocation of Employer Contributions       49
             13.05  Allocation of Employer Contributions 
                    for Certain Transfer Employees             49
             13.06  Limitation on Employer Contributions       51

ARTICLE XIV  BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS                        52

             14.01  Normal Retirement                          52
             14.02  Late Retirement                            52
             14.03  Early Retirement                           52
             14.04  Disability Retirement                      52
             14.05  Death                                      53
             14.06  Other Termination of Employment            54
             14.07  Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) 
                    of the Code                                54
             14.08  Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(14) 
                    of the Code                                55
             14.09  Administrative Powers Relating to 
                    Payments                                   55
             14.10  Reemployment                               56
             14.11  Special Provisions Effective 
                    January 1, 1995                            57

ARTICLE XV   FORMS OF PAYMENT                                  58

             15.01  Method of Distribution                     58
             15.02  Notice Regarding Distributions             58
                             (iv)

                              537
<PAGE>
             15.03  Small Benefit Cash-Out                     59
             15.04  Payment to Estate                          60
             15.05  Direct Rollover Requirements               60
             15.06  Valuation Date                             61
             15.07  Form of Election                           61

ARTICLE XVI  VESTING AND FORFEITURES                           62

             16.01  Full Vesting                               62
             16.02  Vesting Schedule                           62
             16.03  Forfeitures                                63
             16.04  Restoration of Certain Forfeitures 
                    on Reemployment                            64
             16.05  Vesting Following Certain Distributions    64
             16.06  Election of Former Vesting Schedule        65

ARTICLE XVII BENEFICIARIES                                     66

             17.01  Designation of Beneficiary                 66
             17.02  Spousal Consent Requirements               66
             17.03  No Beneficiary                             66
             17.04  Reliance                                   67

ARTICLE XVIII  LOANS                                           68

             18.01  No Loans                                   68

ARTICLE XIX  IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS                            69

             19.01  No In-Service Withdrawals                  69

ARTICLE XX   MERGER OF CERTAIN PLANS INTO THE PLAN             70

             20.01  In General                                 70
             20.02  Merger of Allied Telephone Company 
                    Profit Sharing Plan                        70
             20.03  Merger of Profit Sharing Plan for 
                    Employees of Systematics Information 
                    Services, Inc. and Participating 
                    Affiliates                                 71

ARTICLE XXI  SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND EFFECTIVE DATES            73

             21.01  Effective Date                             73
             21.02  Tax Reform Act of 1986 Effective Dates     73
                              (v)

                              538

<PAGE>
                       ALLTEL CORPORATION
                      PROFIT-SHARING PLAN
                 (January 1, 1994 Restatement)


                            PREAMBLE

The ALLTEL Corporation Profit-Sharing Plan, originally
effective as of January 1, 1988, is hereby amended and
restated in its entirety.  The Plan, as amended and restated
hereby, is intended to qualify as a profit-sharing plan under
Section 401(a) of the Code.  The Plan is maintained for the
exclusive benefit of eligible employees and their
beneficiaries.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
contrary, a Participant's vested interest in his Separate
Account under the Plan on and after the effective date of this
amendment and restatement shall be not less than his vested
interest in his account on the day immediately preceding the
effective date.

                              539
<PAGE>

ARTICLE I
                          DEFINITIONS


Whenever used herein with the initial letter capitalized, the
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings
unless a different meaning is plainly required by the context.
For purposes of construction of the Plan, the masculine term
shall include the feminine and the singular shall include the
plural in all cases in which they could thus be applied.

1.01   Authorized Leave of Absence

       Any absence from regular employment authorized or
       excused by the Employer under its standard personnel
       practices, provided that all persons under similar
       circumstances shall be treated alike in the granting of
       such Authorized Leaves of Absence.

1.02   Beneficiary

       The person or persons entitled under the provisions of
       the Plan to receive distribution hereunder in the event
       the Participant dies before receiving distribution of
       his entire vested interest under the Plan.

1.03   Board of Directors

       The Board of Directors of the Company.

1.04   Break in Service

       A Computation Period during which an Employee does not
       complete more than 500 Hours of Service.

1.05   Code

       The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
       to time.  Reference to a section of the Code includes
       such section and any comparable section or sections of
       any future legislation that amends, supplements, or
       supersedes such section.

1.06   Company

       ALLTEL Corporation, its corporate successors, and the
       surviving corporation resulting from any merger of
       ALLTEL Corporation with any other corporation or
       corporations.
                              -2-

                              540
<PAGE>

1.07   Compensation

       The amount paid by the Employer during the Plan Year
       directly to the Employee, including basic wages, cash
       bonuses, overtime compensation, commissions, shift
       differentials, in-charge premiums, and any amount the
       payment of which is deferred under the ALLTEL Corpora
       tion Executive Deferred Compensation Plan, the ALLTEL
       Corporation Performance Incentive Compensation Plan, or
       the ALLTEL Corporation Long-Term Performance Incentive
       Plan, but excluding any other forms of additional
       compensation and further excluding non-wage taxable
       fringe benefits.  Compensation which a Participant
       elects to defer under the above-specified plans shall,
       for purposes of the Plan, be credited to the
       Participant as compensation during the period when such
       deferred amounts would have been paid (in the absence
       of the deferral election) rather than during the period
       when such deferred amounts are earned or actually paid.
       Compensation shall not be affected by any compensation
       reduction pursuant to a "cafeteria plan" as defined in
       Section 125 of the Code.

       In no event, however, shall the Compensation of a
       Participant taken into account under the Plan for any
       Plan Year exceed (1) $200,000 for Plan Years beginning
       after December 31, 1988 but prior to January 1, 1994,
       or (2) $150,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after
       January 1, 1994 (subject to adjustment annually as
       provided in Section 401(a)(17)(B) and Section 415(d) of
       the Code).  If the compensation of a Participant is
       determined over a period of time that contains fewer
       than 12 calendar months, then the annual compensation
       limitation described above shall be adjusted with
       respect to that Participant by multiplying the annual
       compensation limitation in effect for the Plan Year by
       a fraction the numerator of which is the number of full
       months in the period and the denominator of which is
       12.  In determining the Compensation, for purposes of
       applying the annual compensation limitation described
       above, of a Participant who is a five-percent owner or
       among the ten Highly Compensated Employees receiving
       the greatest Compensation for the Plan Year, the
       Compensation of the Participant's Spouse and of his
       lineal descendants who have not attained age 19 as of
       the close of the Plan Year shall be included as
       Compensation of the Participant for the Plan Year.  If
       as a result of applying the family aggregation rule
       described in the preceding sentence the annual
       compensation limitation would be exceeded, the
       limitation shall be prorated among the affected family
       members in proportion to each member's Compensation as
       determined prior to application of the family
       aggregation rules.

1.08   Computation Period

       For purposes of determining an Employee's Years of
       Eligibility Service, a Computation Period means (i) the
       12-consecutive-month period beginning on his Employment
       Commencement Date, and (ii) each Plan Year beginning
       after his Employment Commencement Date.

                              -3-

                              541

<PAGE>
       For purposes of determining an Employee's Years of
       Vesting Service, a Computation Period means each Plan
       Year, commencing with the Plan Year in which occurs his
       Employment Commencement Date.

       For purposes of determining a Participant's Years of
       Participation, a Computation Period means each Plan
       Year.

1.09   Controlled Group

       An Employer and any and all other corporations, trades,
       businesses, or organizations, the employees of which
       together with the employees of the Employer are
       required, pursuant to the applicable provisions of
       Section 414(b), (c), or (m) of the Code, to be treated
       as if they were employed by a single employer.

1.10   Early Retirement Date

       The last day of the month in which a Participant's
       employment terminates with the Employer and all other
       members of the Controlled Group before his Normal
       Retirement Age but after he has met the age and service
       requirements specified in Section 14.03.

1.11   Effective Date

       The Plan was originally effective as of January 1,
       1988.

1.12   Eligible Employee

       Each Employee of the Employer, except

             (1)   an Employee covered by a collective
             bargaining agreement between an Employer and a
             representative of such Employee that does not
             specifically provide for coverage under the Plan;
             provided, however, that if an Employee ceases to
             be covered by a collective bargaining agreement
             (other than by a transfer of employment), such an
             Employee shall not become an Eligible Employee
             unless coverage under the Plan is specifically
             extended to such an Employee by an amendment to
             the Plan,

             (2)   any person who is a nonresident alien and
             who receives no earned income (within the meaning
             of Section 911(b) of the Code) from the Employer
             that constitutes income from sources within the
             United States (within the meaning of Section
             861(a)(3) of the Code), or

             (3)   a leased employee.

                              -4-

                              542
<PAGE>
1.13   Employee

       A person employed by the Controlled Group.

       "Employee" shall include any "leased employee" (as
       hereinafter defined); provided, however, contributions
       or benefits provided by the leasing organization which
       are attributable to services performed for the Employer
       shall be treated as provided by the Employer.  For
       purposes of this paragraph, the term "leased employee"
       means any person who, pursuant to an agreement between
       the Employer and any other person ("leasing
       organization"), has performed services for the Employer
       (or for the Employer and related persons determined in
       accordance with Section 414(n)(6) of the Internal
       Revenue Code) on a substantially full-time basis for a
       period of at least one year, if such services are of a
       type historically performed by employees in the
       business field of the Employer.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, a leased employee shall not be considered an
       Employee for any Plan Year if such leased employees
       constitute less than 20% of the number of the
       Employer's Nonhighly Compensated Employees within the
       meaning of Section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code and if
       during such Plan Year the leased employee is covered by
       a plan described in Section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code.
       A leased employee is not eligible to participate in the
       Plan unless he actually becomes an Employee without
       regard to this paragraph.

1.14   Employer

       The Company and any other member of the Controlled
       Group adopting the Plan pursuant to Section 3.01 or any
       corresponding predecessor provision of the Plan.

1.15   Employer Contribution

       An Employer profit-sharing contribution made pursuant
       to Section 13.01.

1.16   Employment Commencement Date

       The date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of
       Service for the Employer or any other member of the
       Controlled Group.

1.17   ERISA

       The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
       the same has been and may be amended from time to time.
       Reference to a section of ERISA includes such section
       and any comparable section or sections of any future
       legislation that amends, supplements, or supersedes
       such section.
                              -5-
                               
                              543
<PAGE>
1.18   Forfeiture

       The non-vested portion of a Participant's Separate
       Account that is forfeited pursuant to Section 16.03.

1.19   Guaranteed Principal Investment Fund

       An investment fund described in Section 11.01.

1.20   Highly Compensated Employee

             (a)   An Employee is a Highly Compensated
             Employee under this provision if (a) the Employee
             is a 5-percent owner; (b) the Employee's
             compensation for the Plan Year exceeds the
             Section 414(q)(1)(B) of the Code amount; (c) the
             Employee's compensation exceeds the
             Section 414(q)(1)(C) of the Code amount for the
             Plan Year and the Employee is in the top-paid
             group of employees within the meaning of
             Section 414(q)(4) of the Code, or (d) the
             Employee is an officer described in
             Section 414(q)(1)(D) of the Code.

             (b)   The lookback provisions of Section 414(q)
             of the Code shall not apply to determining Highly
             Compensated Employees under this provision.

       This simplified method for determining Highly
       Compensated Employees shall apply on the basis of a
       snapshot day.  In applying this simplified method on a
       snapshot basis:

             (a)   Who is a Highly Compensated Employee is
             determined on the basis of the data as of the
             snapshot day, except as provided below in (c).

             (b)   If the determination of who is a Highly
             Compensated Employee is made earlier than the
             last day of the Plan Year, the Employee's
             compensation that is used to determine an
             Employee's status must be projected for the Plan
             Year under a reasonable method established by the
             Company.

             (c)   Employees not employed on the snapshot day
             that are taken into account in testing must be
             categorized as either Highly Compensated
             Employees or Non-Highly Compensated Employees.
             In that case, the method described in this
             section shall be subject to the following
             modifications. In addition to those Employees who
             are determined to be Highly Compensated Employees
             on the Plan's snapshot day, as described above,
             the Plan shall treat as a Highly Compensated
             Employee an eligible Employee for the Plan Year
             who:

                         (1)   terminated prior to the
                   snapshot day and was a Highly Compensated
                   Employee in the prior year;
                              -6-

                              544

<PAGE>
                         (2)   terminated prior to the
                   snapshot day and (i) was a 5-percent owner,
                   (ii) has compensation for the Plan Year
                   greater than or equal to the projected
                   compensation of any Employee who is treated
                   as a Highly Compensated Employee on the
                   snapshot day (except for Employees who are
                   Highly Compensated Employees solely because
                   they are 5-percent owners or officers), or
                   (iii) was an officer and has compensation
                   greater than or equal to the projected
                   compensation of any other officer who is a
                   Highly Compensated Employee on the snapshot
                   day solely because that person is an
                   officer; or

                         (3)   becomes employed subsequent to
                   the snapshot day and (i) is a 5-percent
                   owner, (ii) has compensation for the Plan
                   Year greater than or equal to the projected
                   compensation of any Employee who is treated
                   as a Highly Compensated Employee on the
                   snapshot day (except for Employees who are
                   Highly Compensated Employees solely because
                   they are 5-percent owners or officers), or
                   (iii) is an officer and has compensation
                   greater than or equal to the projected
                   compensation of any other officer who is a
                   Highly Compensated Employee on the snapshot
                   day solely because that person is an
                   officer.

       In applying this provision, Section 1.414(q)-1T of the
       Temporary Income Tax Regulations applies to the extent
       that it is not inconsistent with the methods
       specifically provided above.

       "Highly Compensated Employee" shall include a former
       Employee of the Company whose employment with the
       Controlled Group terminated prior to the Plan Year and
       who was a Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year
       in which his employment terminated or for any Plan Year
       ending on or after his 55th birthday.

       If an Employee is a member of the family of a 5-percent
       owner or one of the 10 Highly Compensated Employees
       paid the greatest compensation for a Plan Year, then
       the Employee shall not be considered a separate
       Employee and any compensation paid to such Employee
       (and any contribution on behalf of such Employee) shall
       be treated as if it were paid to (or on behalf of) the
       5-percent owner or the Highly Compensated Employee.

       For the purposes of this definition of "Highly
       Compensated Employee",

             (a)   the term "compensation" shall mean an
             Employee's compensation (within the meaning of
             Section 415(c)(3) of the Code determined without
             regard to Sections 125, 402(a)(8) and
             402(h)(1)(B) of the Code),

                              -7-
                               
                              545
<PAGE>
             (b)   the term "top-paid group of Employees"
             shall mean that group of Employees of the
             Controlled Group consisting of the top 20 percent
             of such Employees when ranked on the basis of
             compensation paid by the Controlled Group during
             the Plan Year and

             (c)   the term "family" shall mean an Employee's
             spouse and lineal ascendants and descendants and
             the spouses of such lineal ascendants or
             descendants.

1.21   Hour of Service

       Each hour, if any, that may be credited to a person in
       accordance with the provisions of Article IX.

1.22   Investment Fund A

       An investment fund described in Section 11.01.

1.23   Late Retirement Date

       The last day of the month in which a Participant's
       employment terminates with the Employer and all other
       members of the Controlled Group after his Normal
       Retirement Age.

1.24   Nonhighly Compensated Employee

       Any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

1.25   Normal Retirement Age

       The date a Participant attains age 65.

1.26   Normal Retirement Date

       The last day of the month in which a Participant
       attains his Normal Retirement Age.

1.27   Participant

       An Eligible Employee who fulfills the eligibility
       requirements as provided in Article X and who continues
       to qualify as a Participant in accordance with
       Section 10.03.

                              -8-
                               
                              546
<PAGE>
1.28   Plan

       The ALLTEL Corporation Profit-Sharing Plan, as set
       forth herein and as may be amended from time to time.

1.29   Plan Administrator

       The Company, which shall serve pursuant to the terms of
       Article II.  The Company may allocate or delegate any
       or all of its authority under the Plan to a Committee
       of no less than three persons.

1.30   Plan Year

       The twelve-month period which begins on the first day
       of January and which ends on the last day of December.

1.31   Prior Plan

       Any other qualified plan that is merged into the Plan
       under Article XX.

1.32   Reemployment Commencement Date

       The date on which an Employee first performs an Hour of
       Service following a termination of employment with the
       Controlled Group.

1.33   Region

       An operating region, corporate division or other
       grouping of Employees of the Employer, as designated
       from time to time by the Committee.

1.34   Separate Account

       The separate account maintained by the Trustee in the
       name of a Participant that reflects his interest in the
       Trust Fund and any Sub-Accounts established thereunder,
       as provided in Article XI.

1.35   Spouse

       The person to whom a Participant is legally married at
       the time in question.

1.36   Sub-Account

       Any of the individual sub-accounts of a Participant's
       Separate Account that is maintained as provided in
       Article XI.

                              -9-
                               
                              547
<PAGE>
1.37   Termination of Employment

       A termination of employment with the Employer or other
       member of the Controlled Group following which the
       person is no longer employed by any member of the
       Controlled Group.

1.38   Total and Permanent Disability

       Permanent incapacity resulting in the Participant's
       being unable to engage in gainful employment at his
       usual occupation, or any other occupation for which he
       is reasonably suited by education, training and
       experience, by reason of any medically demonstrable
       physical or mental condition, excluding, however, (i)
       incapacity contracted, suffered or incurred while the
       Participant was engaged in, or which resulted from
       having engaged in, a felonious enterprise; (ii) incapac
       ity resulting from or consisting of chronic alcoholism
       or addiction to drugs of abuse; (iii) incapacity
       resulting from an intentionally self-inflicted injury
       or illness; (iv) incapacity contracted, suffered or
       incurred in the employment of other than the Employer,
       including self-employment; (v) incapacity resulting
       from injury or disease incurred while serving in the
       armed forces of any country and for which a government
       disability benefit is payable.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, for purposes of Section 14.04, but not for
       purposes of Sections 13.03 and 13.04, the incapacity of
       a Participant who became an Employee prior to
       January 1, 1995, may be determined in accordance with
       the definition of Total and Permanent Disability in
       effect under the Plan prior to January 1, 1995 to the
       extent that the prior definition is more favorable to
       the Participant.

1.39   Trust

       The trust maintained by the Trustee under the Trust
       Agreement.

1.40   Trust Agreement

       The Agreement between the Company and the Trustee
       establishing or maintaining the ALLTEL Corporation
       Profit-Sharing Trust, as amended from time to time.

1.41   Trustee

       The entity or individual or individuals designated
       under the Trust Agreement and includes and denotes any
       successor or successor in trust under the Trust
       Agreement, unless the context clearly indicates a
       contrary intention.
                             -10-

                              548
<PAGE>
1.42   Trust Fund

       All cash, securities, real estate, or any other
       property held by the Trustee pursuant to the terms of
       the Trust Agreement, together with the income
       therefrom.

1.43   Valuation Date

       The last day of each calendar quarter and any other
       date or dates that may be established from time to time
       by the Plan Administrator.

1.44   Year of Eligibility Service

       A Computation Period commencing before, on, or after
       the Effective Date during which an Employee is credited
       with a Year of Service for purposes of determining his
       eligibility to participate in the Plan.  The
       determination of Years of Eligibility Service for
       certain Employees may be modified by Section 9.04.

1.45   Year of Participation

       A Computation Period commencing on or after the
       Effective Date during which an Employee is credited
       with a Year of Service for purposes of determining his
       eligibility to receive an allocation under
       Sections 13.03 and 13.04 for a Plan Year.

1.46   Year of Service

       A Computation Period during which an Employee completes
       at least 1,000 Hours of Service.

1.47   Year of Vesting Service

       A Computation Period commencing before, on, or after
       the Effective Date during which an Employee is credited
       with a Year of Service for purposes of determining his
       vested interest in his Separate Account.  The
       determination of Years of Vesting Service for certain
       Employees may be modified by Section 9.05.
                             -11-

                              549
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE II
                         ADMINISTRATION


2.01   Plan Administrator

       The Company shall be the Plan Administrator and shall
       be the administrator for purposes of ERISA and the plan
       administrator for purposes of the Code.

2.02   Allocation of Authority and Responsibility Among Named
       Fiduciaries

       The Company, the Plan Administrator, and the Trustee
       shall be "named fiduciaries" as defined in Section
       402(a)(2) of ERISA.  The Employers shall have the sole
       responsibility for making contributions under the Plan,
       as determined by the Company.  The Company shall have
       the sole responsibility for appointing one or more
       trustees as the Trustee.  The Plan Administrator shall
       have the sole responsibility for the administration of
       the Plan as provided herein.  Except to the extent that
       an investment manager (as defined in Section 3(38) of
       ERISA) has been appointed, the Trustee shall have the
       responsibility for the administration and management of
       the Trust Fund, in accordance with the provisions of
       the Trust Agreement.  Each named fiduciary warrants
       that any directions given, information furnished, or
       action taken by it shall be in accordance with the
       provisions of the Plan, unless inconsistent with
       applicable law. Each named fiduciary may rely on any
       direction, information or action of another named
       fiduciary.  It is intended under the Plan that each
       named fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper
       exercise of its own powers, duties, responsibilities
       and obligations under the Plan and shall not be
       responsible for any act or failure to act of another
       fiduciary (including named fiduciaries) if the
       responsibility or authority of the act or failure to
       act was not within the scope of the named fiduciary's
       authority or delegated responsibility.  No fiduciary
       guarantees the Trust Fund in any manner against
       investment loss or depreciation in asset values.

2.03   Rights, Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator

       The Plan Administrator shall have all such powers and
       authority as may be necessary to discharge its
       responsibilities under the Plan, including the
       following rights, powers, and responsibilities:

             (1)   The Plan Administrator shall administer the
             plan uniformly and consistently with respect to
             persons who are similarly situated.

             (2)   The Plan Administrator shall direct the
             Trustee in writing to make payments from the
             Trust Fund to persons who qualify for such
             payments hereunder.  Such written order to the
             Trustee shall specify the name of the person, his
             address, and the amount and frequency of such
             payments.

                             -12-
                               
                              550
<PAGE>
             (3)   The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
             responsibility for the administration of the
             Plan; and, except as herein expressly provided,
             the Plan Administrator shall have the exclusive
             discretionary power and authority to interpret
             and construe the provisions of the Plan and to
             determine any question arising hereunder or in
             connection with the administration of the Plan,
             including the remedying of any omission,
             inconsistency or ambiguity, and its decision or
             action in respect thereof shall be conclusive and
             binding upon any and all Participants,
             Beneficiaries, and their heirs, distributees,
             executors, administrators and assigns.

             (4)   The Plan Administrator shall resolve all
             questions relating to participation in the Plan
             and determine the amount, manner, and timing of
             the payment of benefits under the Plan.

             (5)   The Plan Administrator shall maintain such
             records as it determines are necessary,
             appropriate, or convenient to properly administer
             the Plan.

             (6)   The Plan Administrator may adopt rules and
             procedures for the administration of the Plan
             that are consistent with the terms of the Plan.

             (7)   The Plan Administrator may employ such
             counsel and agents for administrative, clerical,
             legal, medical, accounting, or other services as
             it may require in carrying out the provisions of
             the Plan.

             (8)   The Plan Administrator shall prepare and
             distribute to Participants or their Beneficiaries
             all information required under federal law or by
             the other provisions of the Plan.

             (9)   The Plan Administrator shall prepare and
             file all reports or other information required by
             applicable law.

2.04   Discharge of Duties

       Each fiduciary under the Plan shall discharge its
       duties solely in the interest of Participants and their
       Beneficiaries in accordance with the applicable
       provisions of Section 404 of ERISA.

2.05   Indemnification

       The Company shall indemnify any officer, director, or
       employee of a member of the Controlled Group to whom
       any power, authority, or responsibility is allocated or
       delegated for any liability actually and reasonably
       incurred with respect to the

                             -13-
                               
                              551
<PAGE>
       exercise or failure to exercise such power, authority,
       or responsibility, unless such liability results from
       such person's own gross negligence or willful
       misconduct.

2.06   Compensation and Expenses

       No person who already receives full-time pay from a
       member of the Controlled Group shall receive
       compensation from the Plan, except for reimbursement of
       expenses properly and actually incurred.

2.07   Committee

             (a)   The Company, pursuant to authority of its
             Board of Directors, may allocate or delegate any
             or all of its powers, authority, or
             responsibilities as Plan Administrator to a
             Committee of no less than three persons.  Nothing
             contained herein shall be construed to prevent
             any Participant or any director, officer, or
             employee of a member of the Controlled Group from
             serving as a member of the Committee.

             (b)   Any action authorized, permitted, or
             required to be taken by the Committee may be
             taken by a majority of its members at the time
             acting hereunder, except that no member of the
             Committee who is a Participant shall take any
             part in any action relating solely to his
             participation.  The decision of the majority may
             be expressed by a vote at a meeting of the
             Committee, or in writing without a meeting.  Any
             direction or certification required or authorized
             to be given by the Committee shall be in writing
             and signed by a majority of the members of the
             Committee, or by such member as may be designated
             by an instrument in writing signed by all of the
             members thereof.  The Committee shall keep a
             permanent record of its meetings and actions.

             (c)   The Committee may from time to time
             allocate to one or more of its members and may
             delegate to any other persons or organizations
             any of its rights, powers, duties and responsi
             bilities with respect to the operation and
             administration of the Plan that are permitted to
             be delegated under ERISA unless delegation is
             expressly prohibited by the terms of the Plan or
             the Trust Agreement.  Any such allocation or
             delegation will be made in writing, will be
             reviewed periodically by the Committee, and will
             be terminable upon such notice as the Committee
             in its discretion deems reasonable and proper
             under the circumstances.  Whenever a person or
             organization has the power and authority under
             the Plan to delegate discretionary authority
             respecting the administration of the Plan to
             another person or organization, the delegating
             party's responsibility with respect to such
             delegation is limited to the selection of the
             person to whom authority is delegated and the
             periodic review of such person's performance and
             compliance with applicable law and

                             -14-
                               
                              552
<PAGE>
             regulations.  Any breach of fiduciary
             responsibility by the person to whom authority
             has been delegated which is not proximately
             caused by the delegating party's failure to
             properly select or supervise, and in which breach
             the delegating party does not otherwise
             participate, will not be considered a breach by
             the delegating party, to the extent permitted by
             law.

             (d)   The Company, pursuant to authority of its
             Board of Directors, may from time to time remove
             members of the Committee and add members thereto.
             A member of the Committee may, at any time,
             notify the Company in writing of his intent to
             resign from the Committee, and such resignation
             shall be effective as of the date such written
             notification is received by the Company, unless a
             later date is specified therein.  Vacancies
             occurring in the Committee whether by reason of
             resignation, removal, death or otherwise, shall
             be filled pursuant to authority of the Board of
             Directors.

             (e)   The Committee may from time to time
             formulate such rules and regulations for its
             organization and the transaction of its business
             as it deems suitable and as are consistent with
             the provisions of the Plan and the Trust
             Agreement.

2.08   Administrative Expenses

       The Plan Administrator may, in its discretion, direct
       the Trustee to pay from the Trust Fund all
       administrative expenses of the Plan and Trust,
       including the compensation of all persons employed by
       the Plan Administrator.  To the extent such expenses
       are not paid from the Trust Fund, they shall be paid
       directly by the Company.  Any expenses to be paid by
       the Trustee out of the Trust Fund shall be approved by
       the Plan Administrator before payment by the Trustee.
                             -15-

                              553
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE III
                       GENERAL PROVISIONS


3.01   Adoption of the Plan by Other Employers

       Any member of the Controlled Group may, with the
       consent of the Company, adopt the Plan and thereby
       become an Employer hereunder by executing an instrument
       evidencing such adoption on the order of its board of
       directors or other organizational authority.  Such
       instrument shall specify the effective date of the
       adoption.

3.02   No Contract of Employment

       Nothing herein contained shall be construed to
       constitute a contract of employment between the
       Employer and any Employee nor shall the maintenance of
       the Plan affect the Employer's right to discharge or
       otherwise discipline Employees.  The employment records
       of the Employer and the Trustee's records shall be
       final and binding upon all Employees as to eligibility
       and participation.

3.03   Restrictions Upon Assignments and Creditor's Claims

             (a)   Except as may be otherwise provided in the
             Plan, no Participant or Beneficiary shall have
             any power to assign, pledge, encumber or transfer
             any interest in the Trust Fund while the same
             shall be in the possession of the Trustee.  Any
             such attempt at alienation shall be void.  No
             such interest shall be subject to attachment,
             garnishment, execution, levy or any other legal
             or equitable proceeding or process and any
             attempt to so subject such interest shall be
             void.  The foregoing provisions of this
             subsection (a), however, shall not preclude (i)
             the enforcement of a Federal tax levy made
             pursuant to Section 6331 of the Code or (ii) the
             collection by the United States on a judgment
             resulting from an unpaid tax assessment.

             (b)   Notwithstanding the foregoing, this
             Section 3.03 shall not apply to a qualified
             domestic relations order, as defined in
             Section 414(p) of the Code.  The Plan
             Administrator shall establish a procedure to
             determine the qualified status of domestic
             relations orders and to administer distributions
             under such qualified orders.  The Plan
             Administrator shall promptly notify the
             Participant and each alternate payee of the
             receipt of any State domestic relations order and
             the procedure which the Plan Administrator will
             follow in determining whether the order
             constitutes a qualified domestic relations order,
             as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code.
                             -16-
                               
                              554
<PAGE>
3.04   Facility of Payment

       If any person to whom a benefit under the Plan is
       payable is unable to care for his affairs because of
       illness or accident, any payment due may be paid, in
       the discretion of the Plan Administrator, to the
       Spouse, child, brother or sister of such person, or to
       any other persons deemed by the Plan Administrator to
       be maintaining or responsible for the maintenance of
       such person (unless prior claim therefor shall have
       been made by a duly qualified guardian or other legal
       representative).  Any payment made in accordance with
       the provisions of this Section 3.04 shall be a complete
       discharge of any liabilities of the Plan with respect
       to the benefit so paid.

3.05   Restriction of Claims Against Trust

       The Trust and the corpus and income thereof shall not
       be subject to the rights or claims of any creditor of
       the Employer or Controlled Group.  Neither the
       establishment of the Trust, the modification of the
       Trust Agreement, the creation of any fund or account,
       nor the payment of any benefits shall be construed as
       giving any Participant or any other person any legal or
       equitable rights against the Controlled Group or any of
       its officers, employees, directors, or shareholders, or
       the Trustee unless the same shall be specifically
       provided for in the Plan.

3.06   Benefits Payable from Trust

       All benefits payable under the Plan shall be paid or
       provided for solely from the Trust.

3.07   Merger and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities

       The Plan shall not be merged or consolidated with any
       other plan, nor shall any assets or liabilities of the
       Plan be transferred to another plan, unless,
       immediately after such merger, consolidation, or
       transfer of assets, each Participant would receive a
       benefit having a value equal to or greater than the
       benefit he would have received if the Plan had
       terminated immediately prior to the merger,
       consolidation or transfer.

3.08   Applicable Law

       To the extent not preempted by federal law, the
       provisions of the Plan shall be construed, regulated,
       and administered in accordance with the laws of the
       State of Delaware.  The invalidity or illegality of any
       provision of the Plan shall not affect the legality or
       validity of any other part thereof.
                             -17-

                              555
<PAGE>
3.09   Reversion of Employer Contributions

       At no time shall any part of the corpus or income of
       the Trust Fund be used for or diverted to purposes
       other than for the exclusive benefit of Participants
       and their Beneficiaries.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, if a contribution to the Trust is made by
       the Employer by a mistake in fact, such contribution
       shall be returned to the Employer within one year after
       the payment of the contribution to the Trust if the
       Employer so directs.  If a contribution by the Employer
       is conditioned on initial qualification of the Plan
       under Section 401 of the Code, and if the Plan does not
       qualify, then such contribution shall be returned to
       the Employer within one year after the date of denial
       of qualification of the Plan.  If a contribution to the
       Trust is not fully deductible by the Employer under
       Section 404 of the Code, then, to the extent the
       deduction is disallowed, such a contribution may be
       returned to the Employer if the Employer so directs
       within one year after the disallowance of the
       deduction.  Unless otherwise specified in writing,
       contributions made by the Employer to the Trust shall
       be deemed to be conditioned upon the initial and
       continued qualification of the Plan under
       Section 401(a) of the Code, the exempt status of the
       Trust under Section 501(a) of the Code, and the
       deductibility of the contribution under Section 404 of
       the Code.
                               
                             -18-

                              556
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE IV
                       CLAIMS PROCEDURES


4.01   Claim for Benefits

       If any claim for benefits filed by any person under the
       Plan (the "claimant") is denied in whole or in part,
       the Plan Administrator shall issue a written notice of
       such decision to the claimant.  The notice shall be
       issued to the claimant as soon as possible but in no
       event later than 90 days from the date the claim for
       benefits was filed.  The notice issued by the Plan
       Administrator shall be written in a manner calculated
       to be understood by the claimant, and shall include the
       following:

             (1)   the specific reason or reasons for any
             denial of benefits;

             (2)   the specific Plan provisions on which any
             denial is based;

             (3)   a description of any further material or
             information which is necessary for the claimant
             to perfect his claim and an explanation of why
             the material or information is needed; and

             (4)   an explanation of the Plan's claim review
             procedure.

       If the Plan Administrator fails to respond to a claim
       for benefits, such claim shall be deemed to have been
       denied.

4.02   Review

       If the Plan Administrator denies a claim for benefits
       in whole or in part, or the claim is otherwise deemed
       to have been denied, the claimant or his duly
       authorized representative may submit to the Plan
       Administrator a written request for review of the claim
       denial within 60 days of the mailing of the notice or
       deemed denial of his claim.  The claimant or his duly
       authorized representative may:

             (1)   review pertinent documents; and

             (2)   submit issues and comments in writing to
             which the Plan Administrator shall respond.

       The Plan Administrator shall furnish a written decision
       on review not later than 60 days after receipt of the
       written request for review of the claim denial, unless
       special circumstances require an extension of the time
       for processing the appeal.  If an extension of time for
       review is required because of special circumstances,
       written notice of the extension shall be furnished to
       the claimant prior to the
                             -19-
                               
                              557
<PAGE>
       commencement of the extension, and the Plan
       Administrator shall furnish a written decision on
       review not later than 120 days after receipt of the
       written request for review of the claim denial.  If a
       written decision on review is not furnished within 60
       days (or 120 days, if applicable) after receipt of the
       written request for review of the claim denial, the
       claim shall be deemed denied on review.  The decision
       on review shall be in writing and shall include
       specific reasons for the decision, shall be written in
       a manner calculated to be understood by the claimant,
       and shall contain specific references to the pertinent
       Plan provisions on which the decision is based.

                             -20-
                               
                              558
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE V
                   AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


5.01   Amendment and Termination of the Plan

       The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time
       and from time to time, by action of or pursuant to
       authority of its Board of Directors:

             (1)   to terminate the Plan in whole or in part;
             and/or

             (2)   to amend the Plan in any respect.

       A Participant's accrued benefit shall not be decreased
       by an amendment to the Plan, except as may be permitted
       under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code.

       Any termination or amendment shall be evidenced by an
       instrument executed on behalf of the Company by an
       authorized officer.  No termination or amendment shall
       increase the duties or responsibilities of a Trustee
       without its consent thereto in writing.

       Promptly after any amendment of the Plan has become
       effective, the Company shall cause a copy of such
       amendment to be filed with the Plan Administrator and
       with the Trustee.

5.02   Procedure Upon Termination

       Upon termination of the Plan, the following actions
       shall be taken for the benefit of Participants and
       Beneficiaries:

             (a)   As of the termination date, the Trust Fund
             shall be valued and all Separate Accounts and sub-
             accounts shall be adjusted in the manner provided
             in Article XI, with any unallocated Employer
             Contributions or Forfeitures being allocated as
             of the termination date in the manner otherwise
             provided in the Plan.  The termination date shall
             become a Valuation Date for purposes of
             Article XI. In determining the net worth of the
             Trust Fund, there shall be included as a
             liability such amounts as shall be necessary to
             pay all expenses in connection with the
             termination of the Trust and the liquidation and
             distribution of the property of the Trust, as
             well as other expenses, whether or not accrued,
             and shall include as an asset all accrued income.

             (b)   All Separate Accounts shall then be
             distributed to or for the benefit of each
             Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the
             provisions of Article XIV as if the termination
             date were a termination of his employment with
             all members of the Controlled Group.
                             -21-

                              559
<PAGE>
5.03   Non-Forfeitability Upon Termination of Plan

       Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan or
       the complete discontinuance of contributions to the
       Plan, the rights of all affected Participants to the
       amounts credited to the Participants' Separate Accounts
       shall be nonforfeitable.

5.04   Reorganization

       The merger, consolidation, or liquidation of a member
       of the Controlled Group that has adopted the Plan with
       or into any other member of the Controlled Group shall
       not constitute a termination of the Plan as to such
       adopting member of the Controlled Group.

5.05   Withdrawal of an Employer

       A member of the Controlled Group that has adopted the
       Plan, other than the Company, may withdraw from the
       Plan (a "withdrawing employer") at any time upon notice
       in writing to the Plan Administrator and shall
       thereupon cease to be an adopting employer for all
       purposes of the Plan.  A member of the Controlled Group
       that has adopted the Plan shall be deemed automatically
       to withdraw from the Plan in the event of its complete
       discontinuance of contributions or, subject to Section
       5.03 and unless the Company otherwise directs, it
       ceases to be a member of the Controlled Group.  The
       withdrawal of a member of the Controlled Group shall be
       treated as a termination of the Plan with respect to
       Participants who at the time are employed by such
       withdrawing employer.  In the event of any such
       withdrawal of an adopting employer, the action
       specified in Section 5.02 shall be taken as of the
       withdrawal date, as on a termination of the Plan, but
       with respect only to Participants who are employed
       solely by the withdrawing employer, and who, upon such
       withdrawal, are neither transferred to nor continued in
       employment with any other member of the Controlled
       Group.  The interest of any Participant employed by the
       withdrawing employer who is transferred to or continues
       in employment with any other member of the Controlled
       Group, and the interest of any Participant employed
       solely by a member of the Controlled Group other than
       the withdrawing employer, shall remain unaffected by
       such withdrawal; no adjustment to his Separate Account
       shall be made by reason of the withdrawal; and he shall
       continue as a Participant hereunder subject to the
       remaining provisions of the Plan.
                             -22-

                              560
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE VI
                 TRUST AGREEMENT AND TRUST FUND


6.01   Trust Agreement and Trust Fund

       The Company shall execute one or more Trust Agreements
       (collectively referred to as the "Trust Agreement")
       with a trustee or trustees selected by the Company
       under the terms of which a Trust Fund will be
       established for the purpose of receiving or holding
       contributions made to the Plan, as well as interest and
       other income on investments of such funds, and for the
       purpose of paying benefits provided by the Plan.  The
       Company may amend the Trust Agreement from time to time
       to accomplish the purposes of the Plan, may remove any
       Trustee, and may select any successor trustee.  The
       Trust Agreement and the Trust maintained thereunder
       shall be deemed to be a part of the Plan as if fully
       set forth herein and the provisions of the Trust
       Agreement are hereby incorporated by reference into the
       Plan.

6.02   Irrevocability

       The Trust Fund shall be used to pay benefits as
       provided in the Plan.  No part of the principal or
       income of the Trust Fund shall be used for, or diverted
       to, purposes other than those provided in the Plan, and
       no part of the Trust Fund shall revert to the Company
       or any member of the Controlled Group except as may be
       otherwise specifically provided under the Plan, the
       Trust Agreement, or both.

6.03   Benefits Payable Only from Trust Fund

       All benefits paid under the Plan shall be paid from the
       Trust Fund or from any insurance contract established
       under Section 6.04, and the Employer shall not be
       otherwise liable for benefits payable under the Plan.

6.04   Optional Provision for Benefits

       The Company reserves the right to change at any time
       the means through which the benefits under the Plan
       shall be provided, including the substitution of a
       contract or contracts with an insurance company or
       companies, and may thereupon make suitable provision
       for the use of assets of the Trust Fund to provide for
       the payment of benefits under such insurance contract
       or contracts.  No such change shall constitute a
       termination of the Plan or result in the diversion to
       the Employer of any funds previously contributed
       hereunder.

6.05   Commingling Authorized

       As permitted in the Trust Agreement, the Trust Fund
       held under the Plan may be commingled with any trust
       funds held under other employee benefit plans of
                             -23-

                              561

<PAGE>
       the Controlled Group, provided such other funds qualify
       as tax exempt under the applicable provisions of the
       Code.
                             -24-
                               
                              562
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE VII
                  LIMITATION ON CONTRIBUTIONS


7.01   Definitions

       For purposes of this Article VII, the following terms
       have the following meanings:

             (a)   The "annual addition" with respect to a
             Participant for a limitation year means the sum
             of the Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
             allocated to his Separate Account for the
             limitation year (including any excess
             contributions that are distributed pursuant to
             this Article VII), the employer contributions,
             employee contributions, and forfeitures allocated
             to his accounts for the limitation year under any
             other qualified defined contribution plan
             (whether or not terminated) maintained by a
             member of the Controlled Group, and amounts
             described in Sections 415(l)(2) and 419A(d)(2) of
             the Code allocated to his account for the
             limitation year.

             (b)   The "employer" shall mean each employer
             that adopts the Plan, and all members of a
             controlled group of corporations (as defined in
             Section 414(b) of the Code, as modified by
             Section 415(h) of the Code), commonly controlled
             trades or businesses (as defined in
             Section 414(c) of the Code, as modified by
             Section 415(h) of the Code), or affiliated
             service groups (as defined in Section 414(m) of
             the Code) of which the adopting employer is a
             part.

             (c)   The "compensation" of a Participant for a
             limitation year shall mean compensation as
             defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.415-
             2(d).

             (d)   An "elective contribution" means any
             employer contribution made to a plan maintained
             by a member of the Controlled Group on behalf of
             a Participant in lieu of cash compensation
             pursuant to his written election to defer under
             any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as
             defined in Section 401(k) of the Code, any
             simplified employee pension cash or deferred
             arrangement as described in Section 402(h)(1)(B)
             of the Code, any eligible deferred compensation
             plan under Section 457 of the Code, or any plan
             as described in Section 501(c)(18) of the Code,
             and any contribution made on behalf of the
             Participant by a member of the Controlled Group
             for the purchase of an annuity contract under
             Section 403(b) of the Code pursuant to a salary
             reduction agreement.

             (e)   An "excess amount" shall mean the excess of
             a Participant's annual addition for the
             limitation year over the maximum permissible
             amount.
                             -25-

                              563
<PAGE>
             (f)   A "limitation year" means the Plan Year or
             such other 12-month period designated as such by
             the Company.

             (g)   The "maximum permissible amount" shall be
             the lesser of:

                         (1)   $30,000 (or, if greater, one-
                   fourth of the defined benefit dollar
                   limitation set forth in Section 415(b)(i)
                   of the Code as in effect for the limitation
                   year); or

                         (2)   25 percent of the Participant's
                   compensation for the limitation year.

7.02   Limitations on Crediting of Contributions and
       Forfeitures

       Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, the annual addition with respect to a
       Participant for a limitation year shall in no event
       exceed the maximum permissible amount.  If the annual
       addition to the Separate Account of a Participant in
       any limitation year would exceed the maximum
       permissible amount because of the allocation of
       Forfeitures, a reasonable error in estimating a
       Participant's annual compensation, a reasonable error
       in determining the amount of elective deferrals that
       may be made with respect to any Participant under the
       limits of Section 415 of the Code, or other limited
       facts and circumstances that justify the availability
       of the provisions set forth below, the excess amount
       shall be forfeited by the Participant and disposed of
       as follows:

             (a)   The excess amount shall be reallocated
             among the remaining Participants' Separate
             Accounts in the same way Forfeitures are
             allocated as specified in Section 16.03;
             provided, however, that such reallocation shall
             not cause the annual additions to any other
             Participant's Separate Account to exceed the
             maximum permissible amount.

             (b)   To the extent subsection (a) is not
             applicable, and if the Participant is covered by
             the Plan at the end of the limitation year, the
             excess amount in the Participant's Separate
             Account shall be used to reduce Employer
             Contributions for such Participant in the next
             limitation year, and each succeeding limitation
             year, if necessary.

             (c)   To the extent subsection (a) is not
             applicable, and if the Participant is not covered
             by the Plan at the end of the limitation year,
             the excess amount shall be held unallocated in a
             suspense account.  The suspense account shall be
             applied to reduce future Employer Contributions
             for all remaining Participants in the next
             limitation year, and each succeeding limitation
             year if necessary.
                             -26-

                              564
<PAGE>
       If a suspense account is in existence at any time
       during a limitation year, all amounts in the suspense
       account must be allocated to Participants' Separate
       Accounts (subject to the limitations contained herein)
       before any further Employer Contributions may be made
       to the Plan on behalf of Participants.  If a suspense
       account is in existence at any time during a limitation
       year, it shall not share in any increase or decrease in
       the net worth of the Trust Fund.

7.03   Coverage Under Other Qualified Defined Contribution
       Plan

       If a Participant is covered by any other qualified
       defined contribution plan (whether or not terminated)
       maintained by the Employer or a member of the
       Controlled Group, and if the annual addition for the
       limitation year would otherwise exceed the maximum
       permissible amount, the excess amount shall be
       eliminated by reducing contributions under such other
       plan to the extent necessary.  If the annual addition
       for the limitation year would still exceed the maximum
       permissible amount after returning contributions under
       such other plan, the excess amount shall be eliminated
       by returning Employer Contributions under the Plan to
       the extent necessary.  In the event that a Participant
       is covered by a qualified defined benefit plan, the
       procedure specified in Section 7.04 shall be
       implemented prior to effecting any reduction in the
       benefit of the Participant under the defined
       contribution plans.

7.04   Coverage Under Qualified Defined Benefit Plan

       If a Participant in the Plan is also covered by a
       qualified defined benefit plan (whether or not
       terminated) maintained by the Employer or a member of
       the Controlled Group, in no event shall the sum of the
       defined benefit plan fraction (as defined in Section
       415(e)(2) of the Code) and the defined contribution
       plan fraction (as defined in Section 415(e)(3) of the
       Code) exceed 1.0 in any limitation year.  In the event
       the limitation contained in this Section 7.04 is
       exceeded, (i) for Plan Years beginning before January
       1, 1995, the Employer Contributions and Forfeitures
       that would otherwise be allocated to the Participant
       shall be reduced to the extent necessary to meet such
       limitation, and (ii) for Plan Years beginning after
       December 31, 1994, the benefits otherwise payable to
       the Participant under the qualified defined benefit
       plan shall be reduced to the extent necessary to meet
       such limitation.

       If a Participant was a participant in one or more
       defined contribution plans maintained by the employer
       which were in existence on July 1, 1982, the numerator
       of the defined contribution plan fraction (as defined
       in Section 415(e)(3) of the Code) will be adjusted if
       the sum of this fraction and the defined benefit plan
       fraction (as defined in Section 415(e)(2) of the Code)
       would otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of the Plan.
       Under this adjustment, an amount equal to the product
       of (1) the excess of the sum of the fractions over 1.0
       times (2) the denominator of this fraction, will be
       permanently subtracted from the numerator of the
       defined contribution plan fraction (as
                             -27-

                              565
<PAGE>
       defined in Section 415(e)(3) of the Code).  The
       adjustment is calculated using the fractions as they
       would be computed as of the later of the end of the
       last limitation year beginning before January 1, 1983,
       or September 30, 1983.  This adjustment also will be
       made if at the end of the last limitation year
       beginning before January 1, 1984, the sum of the
       fractions exceeds 1.0 because of accruals or additions
       that were made before the limitations of this
       Article VII became effective as to any plans of the
       employer in existence on July 1, 1982.

7.05   Scope of Limitations

       The limitations contained in this Article VII shall be
       applicable only with respect to benefits provided
       pursuant to defined contribution plans and defined
       benefit plans described in Section 415(k) of the Code.
                             -28-

                              566
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE VIII
                      TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS


8.01   Definitions

       For purposes of this Article VIII, the following terms
       have the following meanings:

             (a)   The "compensation" of a Participant means
             compensation as defined in Section 415 of the
             Code and regulations issued thereunder.  In no
             event, however, shall the compensation of a
             Participant taken into account under the Plan for
             any Plan Year exceed (1) $200,000 for Plan Years
             beginning prior to January 1, 1994, or
             (2) $150,000 for Plan Years beginning on or after
             January 1, 1994 (subject to adjustment annually
             as provided in Section 401(a)(17)(B) and Section
             415(d) of the Code.  If the compensation of a
             Participant is determined over a period of time
             that contains fewer than 12 calendar months, then
             the annual compensation limitation described
             above shall be adjusted with respect to that
             Participant by multiplying the annual
             compensation limitation in effect for the Plan
             Year by a fraction the numerator of which is the
             number of full months in the period and the
             denominator of which is 12.  In determining the
             compensation, for purposes of applying the annual
             compensation limitation described above, of a
             Participant who is a five-percent owner or one of
             the ten Highly Compensated Employees receiving
             the greatest compensation for the Plan Year, the
             compensation of the Participant's Spouse and of
             his lineal descendants who have not attained age
             19 as of the close of the Plan Year shall be
             included as compensation of the Participant for
             the Plan Year.  If as a result of applying the
             family aggregation rule described in the
             preceding sentence the annual compensation
             limitation would be exceeded, the limitation
             shall be prorated among the affected family
             members in proportion to each member's
             compensation as determined prior to application
             of the family aggregation rules.

             (b)   The "determination date" with respect to
             any Plan Year means the last day of the preceding
             Plan Year, except that the determination date
             with respect to the first Plan Year of the Plan,
             shall mean the last day of such Plan Year.

             (c)   A "key employee" means any Employee or
             former Employee who is a key employee pursuant to
             the provisions of Section 416(i)(1) of the Code
             and any Beneficiary of such Employee or former
             Employee.
                             -29-

                              567
<PAGE>
             (d)   A "non-key employee" means any Employee or
             former Employee who is a not a key employee and
             any Beneficiary of such Employee or former
             Employee.

             (e)   A "permissive aggregation group" means
             those plans included in the Employer's required
             aggregation group together with any other plan or
             plans of the Employer, so long as the entire
             group of plans would continue to meet the
             requirements of Sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the
             Code.

             (f)   A "required aggregation group" means the
             group of tax-qualified plans maintained by a
             member of the Controlled Group consisting of each
             plan in which a key employee participates and
             each other plan that enables a plan in which a
             key employee participates to meet the
             requirements of Section 401(a)(4) or Section 410
             of the Code, including any plan that terminated
             within the five-year period ending on the
             relevant determination date.

             (g)   A "super top-heavy group" with respect to a
             particular Plan Year means a required or
             permissive aggregation group that, as of the
             determination date, would qualify as a top-heavy
             group under the definition in subsection (i) of
             this Section 8.01 with "90 percent" substituted
             for "60 percent" each place where "60 percent"
             appears in the definition.

             (h)   A "super top-heavy plan" with respect to a
             particular Plan Year means a plan that, as of the
             determination date, would qualify as a top-heavy
             plan under the definition in subsection (j) of
             this Section 8.01 with "90 percent" substituted
             for "60 percent" each place where "60 percent"
             appears in the definition.  A plan is also a
             "super top-heavy plan" if it is part of a super
             top-heavy group.

             (i)   A "top-heavy group" with respect to a
             particular Plan Year means a required or
             permissive aggregation group if the sum, as of
             the determination date, of the present value of
             the cumulative accrued benefits for key employees
             under all defined benefit plans included in such
             group and the aggregate of the account balances
             of key employees under all defined contribution
             plans included in such group exceeds 60 percent
             of a similar sum determined for all employees
             covered by the plans included in such group.

             (j)   A "top-heavy plan" with respect to a
             particular Plan Year means (i), in the case of a
             defined contribution plan (including any
             simplified employee pension plan), a plan for
             which, as of the determination date, the
             aggregate of the accounts (within the meaning of
             Section 416(g) of the Code and the regulations
             and rulings thereunder) of key employees exceeds
             60 percent of the aggregate of the accounts of
             all participants
                             -30-

                              568
<PAGE>
             under the plan, with the accounts valued as
             of the relevant valuation date and increased for
             any distribution of an account balance made in
             the five-year period ending on the determination
             date, (ii), in the case of a defined benefit
             plan, a plan for which, as of the determination
             date, the present value of the cumulative accrued
             benefits payable under the plan (within the
             meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code and the
             regulations and rulings thereunder) to key
             employees exceeds 60 percent of the present value
             of the cumulative accrued benefits under the plan
             for all employees, with the present value of
             accrued benefits to be determined under the
             accrual method uniformly used under all plans
             maintained by the Employer or, if no such method
             exists, under the slowest accrual method
             permitted under the fractional accrual rate of
             Section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code and including
             the present value of any part of any accrued
             benefits distributed in the five-year period
             ending on the determination date, and (iii) any
             plan included in a required aggregation group
             that is a top-heavy group.  For purposes of this
             subsection, the accounts and accrued benefits of
             any Employee who has not performed services for a
             member of the Controlled Group during the
             five-year period ending on the determination date
             shall be disregarded.  Notwithstanding the
             foregoing, if a plan is included in a required or
             permissive aggregation group that is not a
             top-heavy group, such plan shall not be a
             top-heavy plan.

             (k)   The "valuation date" with respect to any
             determination date means the most recent
             Valuation Date occurring within the 12-month
             period ending on the determination date.

8.02   Applicability

       Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, the provisions of this Article VIII shall be
       applicable during any Plan Year in which the Plan is
       determined to be a top-heavy plan.  If the Plan is
       determined to be a top-heavy plan and upon a subsequent
       determination date is determined no longer to be a top-
       heavy plan, the vesting provisions of Article XVI shall
       again become applicable as of such subsequent
       determination date; provided, however, that if the
       prior vesting provisions do again become applicable,
       any Employee with three or more Years of Vesting
       Service may elect in accordance with the provisions of
       Article XVI, to continue to have his vested interest in
       his Separate Account determined in accordance with the
       vesting schedule specified in Section 8.06.

8.03   Minimum Employer Contribution

       If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan, the
       Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated to the
       Separate Account of each non-key employee who is a
       Participant and who is employed by a member of the
       Controlled Group on
                             -31-

                              569
<PAGE>
       the last day of such top-heavy Plan Year shall be no
       less than the lesser of (i) three percent of his
       compensation or (ii) the largest percentage of
       compensation that is allocated as an Employer
       Contribution or Forfeiture for such Plan Year to the
       Separate Account of any key employee; except that, in
       the event the Plan is part of a required aggregation
       group, and the Plan enables a defined benefit plan
       included in such group to meet the requirements of
       Section 401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code, the minimum
       allocation of Employer Contributions and Forfeitures to
       each such non-key employee shall be three percent of
       the compensation of such non-key employee.  Any minimum
       allocation to a non-key employee required by this
       Section 8.03 shall be made without regard to any social
       security contribution made on behalf of the non-key
       employee, his number of Hours of Service, his level of
       compensation, or whether he declined to make elective
       or mandatory contributions.

8.04   Coordination with Other Plans

       If the Plan is a top-heavy plan, each non-key employee
       who is a Participant and who is employed by a member of
       the Controlled Group on the last day of a top-heavy
       Plan Year and who is also covered under any other
       top-heavy plan or plans maintained by the Employer will
       receive a top-heavy benefit under the Plan of no less
       than five percent of his compensation in lieu of the
       minimum allocation provided in Section 8.04 or under
       the other top-heavy plan or plans.

8.05   Adjustments to Section 415 Limitations

       If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan and
       the Employer maintains a defined benefit plan covering
       some or all of the Participants that are covered by the
       Plan, the defined benefit plan fraction and the defined
       contribution plan fraction, described in Article VII,
       shall be determined as provided in Section 415 of the
       Code by substituting "1.0" for "1.25" each place where
       "1.25" appears, except that such substitutions shall
       not be applied to the Plan if (i) the Plan is not a
       super top-heavy plan, (ii) the Employer Contribution
       for such top-heavy Plan Year for each non-key employee
       who is to receive a minimum top-heavy benefit hereunder
       is not less than four percent of such non-key
       employee's compensation, and (iii) the minimum annual
       retirement benefit accrued by a non-key employee who
       participates under one or more defined benefit plans of
       the Employer or any other member of the Controlled
       Group for such top-heavy Plan Year is not less than the
       lesser of three percent times years of service with the
       Employer or any other member of the Controlled Group or
       thirty percent of his compensation.

8.06   Accelerated Vesting

       If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy plan, a
       Participant's vested interest in his Separate Account
       shall be determined no less rapidly than in accordance
       with the following vesting schedule:
                                 -32-

                                  570
<PAGE>
               Years of Vesting Service      Vested Interest

                    less than 3                 0%
                    3 or more                 100%
                             -33-

                              571
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE IX
                            SERVICE


9.01   Crediting of Hours of Service

             (a)   An Employee shall be credited with an Hour
             of Service for:

                         (1)   Each hour for which the
                   Employee is directly or indirectly
                   compensated or entitled to compensation by
                   the Employer or any other member of the
                   Controlled Group for the performance of
                   duties during the applicable Computation
                   Period;

                         (2)   Subject to the provisions of
                   Section 9.02, each hour for which the
                   Employee is directly or indirectly
                   compensated or entitled to compensation by
                   the Employer or any other member of the
                   Controlled Group (irrespective of whether
                   the employment relationship has terminated)
                   for reasons other than the performance of
                   duties (such as vacation, holidays,
                   sickness, jury duty, disability, lay-off,
                   military duty or leave of absence) during
                   the applicable Computation Period; and

                         (3)   Each hour for which back pay is
                   awarded or agreed to by the Employer or any
                   other member of the Controlled Group
                   without regard to mitigation of damages
                   (provided that the same Hours of Service
                   shall not be credited under both this
                   paragraph (3) and paragraph (1) or
                   (2) above).

             (b)   Solely for the purpose of determining
             whether a Participant has incurred a Break in
             Service, Hours of Service shall be recognized for
             a "maternity or paternity leave of absence" as
             specified herein.  A "maternity or paternity
             leave of absence" means an absence from work for
             any period by reason of the Participant's
             pregnancy, birth of the Participant's child,
             placement of a child with the Participant in
             connection with the adoption of such child, or
             any absence for the purpose of caring for such
             child for a period immediately following such
             birth or placement.  For this purpose, Hours of
             Service shall be credited for the Computation
             Period in which the absence from work begins, if
             the Employee would otherwise incur a Break in
             Service in such Computation Period, or, in any
             other case, in the immediately following
             Computation Period.  The Hours of Service
             credited for a maternity or paternity leave of
             absence shall be those which would normally have
             been credited but for such absence, or, in any
             case in which the Plan Administrator is unable to
             determine such hours normally credited, 8 Hours
             of Service per day.  The total Hours of Service
             required to be credited for a maternity or
             paternity leave of absence shall not exceed 501.
             An absence from
                             -34-

                              572
<PAGE>
             work will be treated as a maternity and
             paternity leave of absence only if and to the
             extent that the Employee timely furnishes to the
             Plan Administrator such information as it may
             reasonably require to establish that the absence
             is a maternity and paternity leave of absence as
             defined herein and to establish the number of
             days of absence attributable to maternity and
             paternity leave.

             (c)   If an Employee has been granted an
             Authorized Leave of Absence, he shall be credited
             with Hours of Service as if he had been
             compensated by the Employer for what would have
             been his regularly scheduled hours of work during
             the period of such Authorized Leave of Absence.
             An Employee for whom records of his actual
             numbers of Hours of Service are not normally
             maintained shall be credited with 10 Hours of
             Service for each day of his Authorized Leave of
             Absence.

             (d)   Notwithstanding the provisions of
             subsection (a) above, an Employee for whom
             records of his actual number of Hours of Service
             are not normally maintained shall be credited
             with 10 Hours of Service for each day he would be
             required to be credited with at least one Hour of
             Service.

9.02   Limitations on Crediting of Hours of Service

       In the application of the provisions of paragraph (2)
       of subsection (a) of Section 9.01, the following shall
       apply:

             (a)   No more than 501 Hours of Service are
             required to be credited to an Employee on account
             of any single continuous period during which the
             Employee performs no duties (whether or not such
             period occurs in a single Computation Period);

             (b)   An hour for which an Employee is directly
             or indirectly paid, or entitled to payment, on
             account of a period during which no duties are
             performed, is not required to be credited to the
             Employee if such payment is made or due under a
             plan maintained solely for the purpose of
             complying with applicable worker's compensation,
             unemployment compensation or disability insurance
             laws; and

             (c)   Hours of Service are not required to be
             credited for a payment which solely reimburses an
             Employee for medical or medically related
             expenses incurred by the Employee.

             (d)   A payment shall be deemed to be made by or
             due from the Employer or any other member of the
             Controlled Group regardless of whether such
             payment is made by or due from the Employer or
             any other member of the Controlled Group directly
             or indirectly through, among others, a trust
                             -35-

                              573
<PAGE>
             fund, or insurer, to which the Employer or
             other member of the Controlled Group contributes
             or pays premiums and regardless of whether
             contributions made or due to the trust fund,
             insurer, or other entity are for the benefit of
             particular Employees or are on behalf of a group
             of Employees in the aggregate.

9.03   Department of Labor Rules

       The provisions of Department of Labor Regulations
       Sections 2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein
       by reference.

9.04   Years of Eligibility Service

       The following provisions shall apply in determining the
       Years of Eligibility Service for the Employees
       specified in such provisions:

             (a)   In determining Years of Eligibility
             Service, an Employee, other than an Employee
             described in paragraph (b), (c), (d), or (e) of
             this Section 9.04, shall receive credit for
             "Eligibility Years of Service" credited to the
             Employee pursuant to the terms of the ALLTEL
             Corporation Pension Plan (if any) in respect of
             any period not otherwise taken into account under
             the Plan for purposes of determining Years of
             Eligibility Service; provided, however, that
             there shall be no duplication of Years of
             Eligibility Service under the Plan by reason of
             any restoration of, crediting of, or granting of
             service in respect of any single period or
             otherwise.

             (b)   In determining Years of Eligibility Service
             for an Employee who was an employee of CP
             National Corporation or its subsidiaries prior to
             January 1, 1990, for a Computation Period that
             includes January 1, 1990, the Employee shall
             receive credit, for a number of Hours of Service
             with respect to any fractional part of a year of
             service credited to the Employee as of the close
             of business on December 31, 1989 under the
             provisions of the Retirement Plan for Employees
             of CP National Corporation (the "CPN Plan"),
             determined by crediting the Employee with 190
             Hours of Service for each 1/12th of a fractional
             year of service.  Notwithstanding any other
             provision of this Section 9.04, an Employee
             described in the preceding sentence shall not be
             credited with less Years of Eligibility Service
             for service in the Employee's initial Computation
             Period than under the method for determining
             eligibility service under the CPN Plan.

             (c)   In determining Years of Eligibility Service
             for an Employee who was an employee of HWC
             Distribution Corp. or one of its subsidiaries
             ("HWC") immediately prior to the date as of which
             HWC became a member of the Controlled Group, the
             Employee's period or periods of employment with
                             -36-

                              574
<PAGE>
             HWC prior to the date as of which HWC
             became a member of the Controlled Group that
             would have been taken into account under the Plan
             if such period or periods of employment were
             service with a member of the Controlled Group,
             shall be counted as Years of Eligibility Service.
             Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
             there shall be no duplication of Years of
             Eligibility Service under the Plan by reason of
             service (or hours of service) in respect of any
             single period or otherwise.

             (d)   In determining Years of Eligibility Service
             for an Employee who was an "Employee," as defined
             in the Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of
             Systematics Information Services, Inc. and
             Participating Affiliates (the "Systematics Plan")
             prior to its merger into the Plan, of Systematics
             Information Services, Inc. or its subsidiaries,
             prior to January 1, 1995, for a Computation
             Period that includes January 1, 1995, the
             Employee shall receive credit, for a number of
             Hours of Service with respect to any fractional
             part of a year of service credited to the
             Employee as of the close of business on
             December 31, 1994 under the provisions of the
             Systematics Plan determined by crediting the
             Employee with 190 Hours of Service for each 1/12
             of a fractional year of service.  Notwithstanding
             any other provision of this Section 9.04, an
             Employee described in the preceding sentence
             shall not be credited with less Years of
             Eligibility Service for service in the Employee's
             initial Computation Period than under the method
             for determining eligibility service under the
             Systematics Plan.

                   Furthermore, each person who became an
             "Employee" (as defined in the Systematics Plan
             prior to its merger into the Plan) of Systematics
             Information Services, Inc. or its subsidiaries
             (or Systematics, Inc. or its subsidiaries) or
             becomes an Employee of Systematics Information
             Services, Inc. or its subsidiaries pursuant to a
             Facilities Management Agreement shall be credited
             with Years of Eligibility Service for service
             with a prior employer to the extent, if any,
             provided in the Facilities Management Agreement.

             (e)   In determining the Years of Eligibility
             Service for an Employee who was an employee of
             GTE Directories Service Corporation or one of its
             subsidiaries ("GTE Directories") immediately
             prior to October 15, 1993 and became an Employee
             on October 15, 1993 in connection with the
             Purchase and Sale Agreement dated May 18, 1993
             between GTE Directories Service Corporation and
             ALLTEL Publishing Corporation, the Employee's
             period or periods of employment with GTE
             Directories and its affiliated corporations prior
             to October 15, 1993 that would have been taken
             into account under the Plan if such period or
             periods of employment were service with a member
             of the Controlled Group, shall be counted as
             Years of Eligibility
                             -37-

                              575
<PAGE>
             Service.  Notwithstanding any other
             provision of the Plan, there shall be no duplica
             tion of Years of Eligibility Service under the
             Plan by reason of service (or hours of service)
             in respect of any single period or otherwise.

9.05   Years of Vesting Service

       The following provisions shall apply in determining the
       Years of Vesting Service for the Employees specified in
       such provisions:

             (a)   In determining Years of Vesting Service, an
             Employee, other than an Employee described in
             paragraph (b), (c), (d), (e), or (f) of this
             Section 9.05, shall receive credit for "Vesting
             Years of Service" credited to the Employee
             pursuant to the terms of the ALLTEL Corporation
             Pension Plan (if any) in respect of any period
             not otherwise taken into account under the Plan
             for purposes of determining Years of Vesting
             Service; provided, however, that there shall be
             no duplication of Years of Vesting Service under
             the Plan by reason of any restoration of,
             crediting of, or granting of service in respect
             of any single period or otherwise.

             (b)   The Years of Vesting Service of an Employee
             who was an employee of CP National Corporation or
             its subsidiaries ("CPN") prior to January 1, 1990
             shall be determined in accordance with the
             following:

                         (1)   Service Prior to January 1,
                   1990:  The Employee's period or periods of
                   employment with CPN prior to January 1,
                   1990, shall be counted as Years of Vesting
                   Service to the extent of the number of
                   whole one-year periods of service that were
                   similarly credited under the provisions of
                   the Retirement Plan for Employees of CP
                   National Corporation (the "CPN Plan").

                         (2)   Service From and After
                   January 1, 1990:  The Employee shall accrue
                   one Year of Vesting Service for each
                   calendar year in which he has 1,000 or more
                   Hours of Service.  For all purposes except
                   for determining eligibility for Early
                   Retirement under Section 14.03, in
                   determining such Years of Vesting Service
                   for the Computation Period which includes
                   January 1, 1990, the Employee shall receive
                   credit for a number of Hours of Service
                   with respect to any fractional part of a
                   year of service credited to the Employee as
                   of December 31, 1989 under the provisions
                   of the CPN Plan, determined by crediting
                   the Employee with 190 Hours of Service for
                   each 1/12th of a fractional year of
                   service.  Only for purposes of determining
                   eligibility for Early Retirement under
                   Section 14.03, in determining such Years of
                   Vesting Service for the Computation Period
                   in which the Employee has a Termination of
                   Employment, the Employee shall receive
                   credit for a number of Hours of Service
                   with respect to
                             -38-

                              576
<PAGE>
                   any fractional part of a year
                   of service credited to the Employee as of
                   December 31, 1989 under the provisions of
                   the CPN Plan, determined by crediting the
                   employee with 190 Hours of Service for each
                   1/12 of a fractional year of service.

                         (3)   Notwithstanding the provisions
                   of paragraph (2) of this subsection (b),
                   the Employee shall not be credited with
                   less Years of Vesting Service for service
                   from and after January 1, 1990 than under
                   the method for determining vesting service
                   under the CPN Plan.

                         (4)   There shall be no duplication
                   of Years of Vesting Service under the Plan
                   by reason of any restoration of, crediting
                   of, or granting of service in respect of
                   any single period or otherwise.

             (c)   In determining Years of Vesting Service for
             an Employee who was an employee of HWC
             Distribution Corp. or one of its subsidiaries
             ("HWC") immediately prior to the date as of which
             HWC became a member of the Controlled Group, the
             Employee's period or periods of employment with
             HWC prior to the date as of which HWC became a
             member of the Controlled Group that would have
             been taken into account under the Plan if such
             period or periods of employment were service with
             a member of the Controlled Group, shall be
             counted as Years of Vesting Service.
             Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan,
             there shall be no duplication of Years of Vesting
             Service under the Plan by reason of any
             restoration of, crediting of, or granting of
             service (or hours of service) in respect of any
             single period or otherwise.

             (d)   The Years of Vesting Service of an Employee
             who was an "Employee," as defined in the Profit
             Sharing Plan for Employees of Systematics
             Information Services, Inc. and Participating
             Affiliates (the "Systematics Plan") prior to its
             merger into the Plan, of Systematics Information
             Services, Inc. or its subsidiaries
             ("Systematics"), prior to January 1, 1995, shall
             be determined in accordance with the following:

                         (1)   Service Prior to January 1,
                   1995:  The Employee's period or periods of
                   employment with Systematics prior to
                   January 1, 1995, shall be counted as Years
                   of Vesting Service to the extent of the
                   number of whole one-year periods of service
                   that were similarly credited under the
                   provisions of the Systematics Plan.

                         (2)   Service From and After
                   January 1, 1995:  The Employee shall accrue
                   one Year of Vesting Service for each
                   calendar year in which he has 1,000 or more
                   Hours of Service.  For all purposes except
                   for determining eligibility for Early
                   Retirement under
                             -39-

                              577
<PAGE>
                   Section 14.03, in determining
                   such Years of Vesting Service for the
                   Computation Period which includes
                   January 1, 1990, the Employee shall receive
                   credit for a number of Hours of Service
                   with respect to any fractional part of a
                   year of service credited to the Employee as
                   of December 31, 1994 under the provisions
                   of the Systematics Plan, determined by
                   crediting the Employee with 190 Hours of
                   Service for each 1/12 of a fractional year
                   of service.  Only for purposes of
                   determining eligibility for Early
                   Retirement under Section 14.03, in
                   determining such Years of Vesting Service
                   for the Computation Period in which the
                   Employee has a Termination of Employment,
                   the Employee shall receive credit for a
                   number of Hours of Service with respect to
                   any fractional part of a year of service
                   credited to the Employee as of December 31,
                   1994 under the provisions of the
                   Systematics Plan, determined by crediting
                   the employee with 190 Hours of Service for
                   each 1/12 of a fractional year of service.

                         (3)   Notwithstanding the provisions
                   of paragraph (2) of this subsection (f),
                   the Employee shall not be credited with
                   less Years of Vesting Service for service
                   from and after January 1, 1995 than under
                   the method for determining vesting service
                   under the Systematics Plan.

                         (4)   There shall be no duplication
                   of Years of Vesting Service under the Plan
                   by reason of any restoration of, crediting
                   of, or granting of service in respect of
                   any single period or otherwise.

                   Furthermore, each person who became an
             "Employee" (as defined in the Systematics Plan
             prior to its merger into the Plan) of Systematics
             Information Services, Inc. or its subsidiaries
             (or Systematics, Inc. or its subsidiaries) or
             becomes an Employee of Systematics Information
             Services, Inc. or its subsidiaries pursuant to a
             Facilities Management Agreement shall be credited
             with Years of Vesting Service for service with a
             prior employer to the extent, if any, provided in
             the Facilities Management Agreement.

             (e)   In determining Years of Vesting Service for
             an Employee who was an employee of GTE
             Directories Service Corporation or one of its
             subsidiaries ("GTE Directories") immediately
             prior to October 15, 1993 and became an Employee
             on October 15, 1993 in connection with the
             Purchase and Sale Agreement dated May 18, 1993
             between GTE Directories Service Corporation and
             ALLTEL Publishing Corporation, the Employee's
             period or periods of employment with GTE
             Directories and its affiliated corporations prior
             to October 15, 1993 that would have been taken
             into account under the Plan if such period or
             periods of
                             -40-

                              578
<PAGE>
             employment were service with a member of
             the Controlled Group, shall be counted as Years
             of Vesting Service.  Notwithstanding any other
             provision of the Plan, there shall be no
             duplication of Years of Vesting Service under the
             Plan by reason of any restoration of, crediting
             of, or granting of service (or hours of service)
             in respect of any single period or otherwise.

             (f)   Effective as of the Closing Date, as
             Closing Date is defined in the Employee Transfer
             Agreements between ALLTEL Illinois, Inc. and GTE
             South Incorporated, ALLTEL Indiana, Inc. and
             Contel of the South, Inc., and ALLTEL Michigan,
             Inc. and Contel of the South, Inc., each dated
             April 5, 1993, with respect to Participants who
             are GTE Transfer Employees (as GTE Transfer
             Employees is defined in subsection (a) of
             Section 13.05) as of the Closing Date or Partici
             pants who become GTE Transfer Employees after the
             Closing Date, the Years of Vesting Service of an
             Employee who transfers employment from an
             Employer to GTE South Incorporated or to Contel
             of the South, Inc. pursuant to an Employee
             Transfer Agreement shall be determined taking
             into account service with GTE (as defined in the
             Employee Transfer Agreements).

9.06   Vesting Following Break in Service

       If a former Employee is reemployed after a Break in
       Service and is subsequently credited with a Year of
       Vesting Service, such Employee shall be credited, for
       purposes of vesting, with both his pre-Break in Service
       Years of Vesting Service and his post-Break in Service
       Years of Vesting Service.

                             -41-

                              579
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE X
                 ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION


10.01  Eligibility

             (a)   Each Eligible Employee shall become a
             Participant on the day following his completion
             of one Year of Eligibility Service, provided that
             he has not had a Termination of Employment and he
             remains an Eligible Employee on such date.

             (b)   Any ineligible Employee who becomes an
             Eligible Employee shall become a Participant as
             follows:  (i) if the Employee has completed one
             Year of Eligibility Service, then he shall become
             a Participant on the day he becomes an Eligible
             Employee; and (ii) if the Employee has not
             completed one Year of Eligibility Service, then
             he shall become a Participant on the day
             following his completion of one Year of
             Eligibility Service, provided that he has not had
             a Termination of Employment.

             (c)   An Eligible Employee who becomes an
             ineligible Employee by means of a transfer of
             employment to a member of the Controlled Group
             that is not an Employer and who would be an
             Eligible Employee after such transfer of
             employment but for the fact that his employer is
             not an Employer or an Employee who would have
             become an Eligible Employee during a Plan Year
             but for such a transfer of employment shall, for
             the Plan Year in which such transfer of
             employment occurs, be treated as an Eligible
             Employee (provided he remains an Employee who
             would be an Eligible Employee but for the fact
             that his employer is not an Employer or would
             otherwise be eligible for an allocation of
             Employer Contributions and Forfeitures as a
             former Eligible Employee by reason of retirement,
             death, or Total and Permanent Disability) for
             purposes of sharing in Employer Contributions and
             Forfeitures (but based only on his Compensation
             paid by an Employer or Employers for such Plan
             Year) and after the Plan Year in which such
             transfer of employment occurs shall be ineligible
             to share in further Employer Contributions and
             Forfeitures unless he again becomes an Eligible
             Employee.

10.02  Termination and Rehiring

       A Participant who has a Termination of Employment and
       who is subsequently rehired by the Employer or an
       Eligible Employee who has a Termination of Employment
       after he has met the eligibility requirements of
       Section 10.01 but before he has become a Participant
       and who is subsequently rehired by the Employer shall
       be eligible to participate in the Plan on his
       Reemployment Commencement Date.
                             -42-

                              580
<PAGE>
       An Eligible Employee who has a Termination of
       Employment before he has met the eligibility
       requirements of Section 10.01 and who is subsequently
       rehired as an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to
       participate in the Plan on the day following his
       completion of one Year of Eligibility Service.

10.03  Duration of Participation

       Once an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant, he
       shall remain a Participant for so long as a portion of
       the Trust is credited to his Separate Account whether
       or not he continues to be an Eligible Employee;
       provided, however, that if a Participant ceases to be
       an Eligible Employee (other than by reason of his
       retirement, death, or Total and Permanent Disability),
       no further Employer Contributions or Forfeitures shall
       be allocated to his Separate Account, except as
       provided in subsection (c) of Section 10.01.  A
       Participant who is on an Authorized Leave of Absence
       shall continue as a Participant but no Employer
       Contributions or Forfeitures shall be made to his
       Separate Account for any Plan Year during which he does
       not receive Compensation from an Employer.

                             -43-

                              581
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XI
      INVESTMENT FUNDS, ACCOUNTING, AND SEPARATE ACCOUNTS


11.01  Composition of Trust Fund

       All amounts contributed to the Plan, as increased or
       decreased by income, expenditure, appreciation and
       depreciation, shall constitute a single fund known as
       the Trust Fund.  The Trust Fund shall be invested in an
       Investment Fund A and a Guaranteed Principal Investment
       Fund in accordance with the following:

             (a)   The assets of Investment Fund A shall be
             invested by the Trustee in common stocks and
             other securities, which are convertible into
             common stocks, including qualifying securities
             and qualifying real property of the Company,
             repurchase agreements, corporate and government
             bonds, real estate notes, and investment company
             shares.  Notwithstanding the preceding sentence
             or the provisions of paragraph (c) of
             Section 2.15 of the Trust Agreement, 20% of the
             annual Employer Contribution to the Plan
             allocable to Investment Fund A shall be invested
             by the Trustee in "Common Stock of the Company"
             (as hereinafter defined) to the extent that such
             investment does not result in the assets of
             Investment Fund A invested in Common Stock of the
             Company exceeding approximately 35% of the total
             assets of Investment Fund A, and the Trustee
             shall maintain the foregoing investment of assets
             of Investment Fund A in Common Stock of the
             Company subject to a maximum investment of the
             assets of Investment Fund A in Common Stock of
             the Company of approximately 35% of the total
             assets of Investment Fund A.  "Common Stock of
             the Company" shall mean the common stock, par
             value $1.00 per share, of ALLTEL Corporation, a
             Delaware corporation, as such common stock is
             from time to time constituted.  That portion of
             Investment Fund A invested in Common Stock of the
             Company shall constitute the ALLTEL Corporation
             Common Stock Fund as described in Section 2.15 of
             the Trust Agreement.  Notwithstanding the
             foregoing, the investment of assets in Investment
             Fund A shall be subject to limitations under
             ERISA and Section 401(a) of the Code and
             regulations issued thereunder.

             (b)   The assets of the Guaranteed Principal
             Investment Fund shall be invested by the Trustee
             in certificates of deposits, time deposit
             accounts, money market funds, guaranteed
             investment contracts or similar investments
             designed to protect the principal invested
             therein, as the Trustee may deem advisable for
             purposes of Section 11.02.

       The interest of each Participant or Beneficiary under
       the Plan in Investment Fund A or in the Guaranteed
       Principal Investment Fund, as applicable, shall be an
       undivided interest.
                             -44-

                              582
<PAGE>
11.02  Election to Transfer to Guaranteed Principal Investment
       Fund

       Each retiring Participant, who has attained age 55 may,
       as of the date of his retirement, make an irrevocable
       one-time election to direct the Plan Administrator to
       transfer 100% of his Separate Account balance to the
       Guaranteed Principal Investment Fund.  Furthermore,
       each Participant who has attained age 55 may make an
       irrevocable one-time election to direct the Plan
       Administrator to transfer 100% of his then current
       Separate Account balance to the Guaranteed Principal
       Investment Fund.  Such election shall also apply to all
       future Employer Contributions and Forfeitures allocated
       to a Participant's Separate Account, if any.  This
       right shall be exercised only as provided in the Plan
       on a form provided by the Plan Administrator.  The Plan
       Administrator may establish such rules and procedures
       regarding the exercise of this investment power as it
       deems appropriate.

11.03  Allocation of Earnings or Losses to Separate Accounts

       As of each current Valuation Date and prior to the
       allocation of Employer Contributions attributable to
       the period beginning with the day following the
       preceding Valuation Date and ending with such current
       Valuation Date, there shall be allocated to each
       Participant's Separate Account, by credit to or
       deduction therefrom, as the case may be, a portion of
       the increase or decrease in the value of the fund or
       funds within the Trust Fund in which the Participant's
       Separate Account is invested since the preceding
       Valuation Date attributable to interest, dividends,
       changes in market value, expenses, and gains and losses
       realized from the sale of assets.  In determining the
       value of the fund or funds within the Trust Fund, the
       Trustee shall value the assets at their fair market
       value as of the Valuation Date.  Allocations with
       respect to each fund within the Trust Fund shall be
       made in the proportion that each such Participant's
       Separate Account or percentage thereof as of the
       preceding Valuation Date, reduced by any distributions
       from a Participant's Separate Account attributable to
       such fund since such date, bears to the total of all
       such Separate Accounts or percentages thereof which are
       invested in the particular fund as of the preceding
       Valuation Date, reduced by any distributions from all
       Participants' Separate Accounts attributable to such
       fund since such date.  For purposes of this
       Section 11.03, all assets of the Trust Fund, other than
       those assets held within the Guaranteed Principal
       Investment Fund, shall constitute a single investment
       fund.

11.04  Separate Accounts

       A Separate Account shall be established in the name of
       each Participant reflecting his interest in the Trust
       Fund.  Each Separate Account shall be maintained and
       administered for each Participant and Beneficiary in
       accordance with the provisions of the Plan.  The
       balance of each Separate Account shall be the balance
       of the account after all credits and charges thereto,
       for and as of such date, have been made as provided
       herein.
                             -45-

                              583
<PAGE>
11.05  Sub-Accounts

       A Participant's Separate Account shall be divided into
       such Sub-Accounts as are necessary or appropriate to
       reflect a Participant's interest in the Trust Fund.

                             -46-

                              584
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XII
       VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS


12.01  No Voluntary Contributions

       Participants shall not be permitted to make any
       voluntary contributions to the Plan.

12.02  No Rollover Contributions

       Participants shall not be permitted to make any
       rollover contributions to the Plan.
                             -47-

                              585
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XIII
             EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS


13.01  Employer Contributions

       For each Plan Year, the Company shall make an annual
       Employer Contribution under the Plan in an amount which
       the Board of Directors shall so determine by
       resolution.  Such resolution shall specify the portion
       of such Employer Contribution assignable to each
       Region, which portions shall be uniform with respect to
       more than one Region to the extent necessary to comply
       with applicable regulations under Section 401(a)(26) of
       the Code.  In any event the annual Employer
       Contribution so determined shall be an amount not less
       than 2% of each Participant's Compensation paid by the
       Employer during such Plan Year.

13.02  Timing of Employer Contributions

       The Employer contributions which are to be made for a
       Plan Year shall be paid to the Trust from time to time
       as deemed advisable by the Employer but in no event
       later than the time prescribed by law for filing the
       Employer's Federal income tax return for its applicable
       taxable year, including extensions thereof.  In no
       event shall the total amount of Employer contributions
       under this Article XIII exceed the maximum amount
       deductible in such year, under the provisions of the
       Code and applicable Treasury Regulations thereunder.

13.03  Allocation of Forfeitures

       At the end of each Plan Year, after the allocation of
       earnings or losses pursuant to Section 11.03, the
       Forfeitures (as determined pursuant to Section 16.03
       and to the extent not required for restoration purposes
       under Section 16.04 or to provide allocations for
       Eligible Employees for whom an allocation was
       erroneously omitted) for such Plan Year shall be
       allocated to the Separate Accounts of all Participants
       who are actively employed by an Employer on the last
       day of the Plan Year and who have a Year of
       Participation, or who have retired, died or had a
       Termination of Employment because of a Total and
       Permanent Disability during the Plan Year, regardless
       of the number of Hours of Service such Participant
       worked during the Plan Year.  A Participant who is on
       an Authorized Leave of Absence, or a transferred
       Employee who pursuant to subsection (c) of
       Section 10.01 is treated as an Eligible Employee, shall
       be deemed to be actively employed by an Employer on the
       last day of the Plan Year for purposes of this
       Section 13.03.  Such allocation to a Participant's
       Separate Account shall be based on the ratio that each
       such Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year bears
       to the total Compensation for the Plan Year of all such
       Participants.
                             -48-

                              586
<PAGE>
13.04  Allocation of Employer Contributions

       As of the end of such Plan Year, after the allocation
       of earnings or losses pursuant to Section 11.03, and
       after the allocation of the Forfeitures pursuant to
       Section 13.03, the Employer Contribution assignable to
       each Region shall be allocated to the Separate Accounts
       of all Participants in such Region who are actively
       employed by an Employer on the last day of the Plan
       Year and who have a Year of Participation, or who had a
       Termination of Employment during the Plan Year because
       of retirement, death, or a Total and Permanent
       Disability, regardless of the number of Hours of
       Service such Participant worked during the Plan Year.
       For purposes of the immediately preceding sentence, a
       Participant shall be considered to be in the Region
       from which he received his last payment of Compensation
       during the Plan Year.  A Participant who is on an
       Authorized Leave of Absence, or a transferred Employee
       who pursuant to subsection (c) of Section 10.01 is
       treated as an Eligible Employee, shall be deemed to be
       actively employed by an Employer on the last day of the
       Plan Year for purposes of this Section 13.04.  The
       allocation of such Employer Contribution to a
       Participant's Separate Account shall be based on the
       ratio that each such Participant's Compensation for the
       Plan Year bears to the total compensation for the Plan
       Year of all such Participant's in the Region.  For
       purposes of this Section, a Participant who retires
       under conditions of eligibility for increased benefits
       under the provisions of Article XIV of the ALLTEL
       Corporation Pension Plan shall be deemed to have
       retired under the Plan, notwithstanding the provisions
       of Article XIV.

13.05  Allocation of Employer Contributions for Certain
       Transfer Employees

             (a)   Effective as of the Closing Date, as
             Closing Date is defined in the Employee Transfer
             Agreements between ALLTEL Illinois, Inc. and GTE
             South Incorporated, ALLTEL Indiana, Inc. and
             Contel of the South, Inc., and ALLTEL Michigan,
             Inc. and Contel of the South, Inc., each dated
             April 5, 1993, with respect to Participants who
             are GTE Transfer Employees (as hereinafter
             defined) as of the Closing Date or Participants
             who become GTE Transfer Employees after the
             Closing Date, the provisions of Sections 10.01,
             13.03, and 13.04 shall be modified as follows:

                         (i)   The requirement in Sections
                   13.03 and 13.04 that a Participant be
                   actively employed by an Employer on the
                   last day of the Plan Year and the
                   requirement in Section 10.01 that an
                   Eligible Employee becomes a Participant if
                   he has not had a Termination of Employment
                   prior to the date he has one Year of
                   Eligibility Service shall not apply with
                   respect to the Plan Year in which the
                   Participant becomes a GTE Transfer Employee
                   if the Participant was actively employed or
                   on an Authorized Leave of Absence as of the
                   day immediately preceding the date the
                             -49-

                              587
<PAGE>
                   Participant becomes a GTE
                   Transfer Employee, provided that the
                   Participant is employed by GTE South
                   Incorporated or Contel of the South, Inc.
                   on the last day of the Plan Year in which
                   the Participant becomes a GTE Transfer
                   Employee.  The preceding sentence shall
                   also apply to any GTE Transfer Employee who
                   would have become a Participant during the
                   period beginning on the date as of which he
                   becomes a GTE Transfer Employee and the
                   last day of the Plan Year in which he
                   becomes a GTE Transfer Employee had he
                   remained an Eligible Employee during such
                   period.

                         (ii)  The requirement in Sections
                   13.03 and 13.04 that a Participant have a
                   Year of Participation shall be satisfied
                   for the Plan Year in which he becomes a GTE
                   Transfer Employee if the Participant is
                   credited with at least such number of Hours
                   of Service as the number determined by
                   multiplying 1,000 by a fraction the
                   numerator of which is the number of days of
                   employment with the Controlled Group
                   completed by the Participant in such Plan
                   Year and the denominator of which is 365.

                   A "GTE Transfer Employee" shall mean an
             active Employee (including an Employee on
             military leave, maternity leave, or other
             approved leaves of absence, short-term
             disability, and an Employee on layoff with recall
             rights) whose employment transfers from ALLTEL
             Illinois, Inc. to GTE South Incorporated, from
             ALLTEL Indiana, Inc. to Contel of the South,
             Inc., or from ALLTEL Michigan, Inc. to Contel of
             the South, Inc., as of the Closing Date.  An "LTD
             Recipient" or "WC Recipient" (as defined in the
             GTE Employee Transfer Agreements) shall not be a
             Transfer Employee on the Closing Date, but an LTD
             Recipient or WC Recipient may, however, become a
             GTE Transfer Employee upon commencement of
             employment with GTE (as defined in the Employee
             Transfer Agreements), as provided in the Employee
             Transfer Agreements.

             (b)   Effective as of the Closing Date, as
             Closing Date is defined in the Employee Transfer
             Agreements between ALLTEL Georgia Communications
             Corp. and GTE South Incorporated, ALLTEL
             Illinois, Inc. and GTE South Incorporated, ALLTEL
             Indiana, Inc. and Contel of the South, Inc., and
             ALLTEL Michigan, Inc. and Contel of the South,
             Inc., each dated April 5, 1993, (the "Employee
             Transfer Agreements") with respect to each person
             who becomes an Employee pursuant to the Employee
             Transfer Agreements as of the Closing Date or
             subsequent thereto (a "Former GTE Employee") and
             has met the eligibility requirements to become a
             Participant on or before the last day of the Plan
             Year in which he becomes a Former GTE Employee,
             the requirement in Sections 13.03 and 13.04 that
             a Participant have a Year of Participation shall
             be satisfied for the Plan Year in which he
             becomes a Former GTE Employee
                             -50-

                              588
<PAGE>
             if the Participant is credited with at
             least such number of Hours of Service as the
             number determined by multiplying 1,000 by a
             fraction the numerator of which is the number of
             days of employment with the Controlled Group
             completed by the Participant in such Plan Year
             and the denominator of which is 365.  An "LTD
             Recipient" or "WC Recipient" (as defined in the
             Employee Transfer Agreements) shall not become a
             Former GTE Employee on the Closing Date, but an
             LTD Recipient or WC Recipient may, however,
             become a Former GTE Employee upon commencement of
             employment with ALLTEL (as defined in the
             Employee Transfer Agreements), as provided in the
             Employee Transfer Agreements.

             (c)   Effective as of October 15, 1993, with
             respect to each person who becomes an Employee in
             connection with the Purchase and Sale Agreement
             dated May 18, 1993 between GTE Directories
             Service Corporation and ALLTEL Publishing
             Corporation, (a "Former GTE Directories
             Employee") and has met the eligibility
             requirements to become a Participant on or before
             the last day of the Plan Year in which he becomes
             a Former GTE Directories Employee, the
             requirement in Sections 13.03 and 13.04 that a
             Participant have a Year of Participation shall be
             satisfied for the Plan Year in which he becomes a
             Former GTE Directories Employee if the
             Participant is credited with at least such number
             of Hours of Service as the number determined by
             multiplying 1,000 by a fraction the numerator of
             which is the number of days of employment with
             the Controlled Group completed by the Participant
             in such Plan Year and the denominator of which is
             365.

13.06  Limitation on Employer Contributions

       Employer Contributions are subject to the limitations
       contained in Article VII.

                             -51-

                              589
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XIV
                   BENEFITS AND DISTRIBUTIONS


14.01  Normal Retirement

       A Participant who retires from employment with the
       Employer and all other members of the Controlled Group
       on his Normal Retirement Date shall be entitled to
       receive distribution, in accordance with Section 15.01,
       of the value of his Separate Account, as soon as
       reasonably practicable following his retirement or the
       date his application for distribution is filed with the
       Plan Administrator, if later.

14.02  Late Retirement

       A Participant who retires from employment with the
       Employer and all other members of the Controlled Group
       on his Late Retirement Date shall be entitled to
       receive distribution, in accordance with Section 15.01,
       of the value of his Separate Account, as soon as
       reasonably practicable following his retirement or the
       date his application for distribution is filed with the
       Plan Administrator, if later.

14.03  Early Retirement

       A Participant shall be eligible for early retirement
       following his attainment of age 55 and completion of 20
       Years of Vesting Service or his attainment of age 60
       and completion of 15 Years of Vesting Service.  A
       Participant who retires from employment with the
       Employer and all other members of the Controlled Group
       on his Early Retirement Date shall be entitled to
       receive distribution, in accordance with Section 15.01,
       of the value of his Separate Account, as soon as
       reasonably practicable following his retirement or the
       date his application for distribution is filed with the
       Plan Administrator, if later.  A Participant who
       retires under conditions of eligibility for increased
       benefits under the provisions of Article XIV of the
       ALLTEL Corporation Pension Plan shall be eligible for
       distribution of his Separate Account as described in
       the immediately preceding sentence.

14.04  Disability Retirement

       A Participant who retires from employment with the
       Employer and all other members of the Controlled Group
       on account of a Total and Permanent Disability shall be
       entitled to receive distribution, in accordance with
       Section 15.01, of the value of his Separate Account, as
       soon as reasonably practicable following his retirement
       or the date his application for distribution is filed
       with the Plan Administrator, if later.
                             -52-

                              590
<PAGE>
14.05  Death

       In the event of a Participant's death prior to
       distribution of his entire vested interest under the
       Plan, the following shall apply:

             (a)   If a Participant has a Termination of
             Employment on account of his death, his
             Beneficiary shall be entitled to receive a
             distribution, in accordance with Section 15.01,
             of the value of the Participant's Separate
             Account, as soon as reasonably practicable
             following the Participant's death or the date his
             Beneficiary's application for distribution is
             filed with the Plan Administrator, if later.

             (b)   If a Participant dies after his Termination
             of Employment, his Beneficiary shall be entitled
             to receive a distribution, in accordance with
             Section 15.01, of the Participant's vested
             interest in his Separate Account, if any, as soon
             as reasonably practicable following the
             Participant's death or the date his Beneficiary's
             application for distribution is filed with the
             Plan Administrator, if later.

             (c)   If a Participant dies after the date
             distribution of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account has commenced in the form of
             installment payments, his Beneficiary shall
             receive distribution of the remainder of the
             installment payments beginning as soon as
             reasonably practicable following the
             Participant's date of death; except that, a
             Participant's Beneficiary may elect to receive a
             single sum payment of the Participant's remaining
             Separate Account in lieu of any further
             installment payments.

             (d)   If a Participant dies prior to the date
             distribution of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account has commenced, his Beneficiary
             shall receive distribution of the Participant's
             vested interest in his Separate Account in an
             available form of payment provided under
             Article XVI, beginning as soon as reasonably
             practicable following the date the Beneficiary's
             application for distribution is filed with the
             Plan Administrator.

             (e)   If a Participant dies prior to the date
             distribution of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account has been made or commenced and
             distribution of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account is to be made to his surviving
             Spouse, distribution to the surviving Spouse must
             be made or commenced no later than the end of the
             first calendar year beginning after the
             Participant's death or the end of the calendar
             year in which the Participant would have reached
             age 70 1/2, whichever is later.

             (f)   If a Participant dies prior to the date
             distribution of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account has been made or commenced and
             distribution of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account is to be made to a
                             -53-

                              591
<PAGE>
             Beneficiary who is not his surviving Spouse
             in a single sum payment, distribution to such
             Beneficiary must be made no later than the end of
             the fifth calendar year beginning after the
             Participant's death.

             (g)   If a Participant dies prior to the date
             distribution of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account has been made or commenced and
             distribution of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account is to be made to a Beneficiary
             who is not his surviving Spouse in installment
             payments, distribution to such Beneficiary must
             commence no later than the end of the first
             calendar year beginning after the Participant's
             death.

             (h)   If distribution is to be made to a
             Participant's surviving Spouse, it shall be made
             available within a reasonable period of time
             after the Participant's death that is no less
             favorable than the period of time applicable to
             other distributions.

14.06  Other Termination of Employment

       A Participant who has a vested interest in his Separate
       Account pursuant to Section 16.02 and who has a
       Termination of Employment for a reason other than
       retirement, Total and Permanent Disability, or death
       shall be entitled to receive distribution of his
       Separate Account, at the option of the Participant, as
       follows:

             (a)   A Participant may elect to receive
             distribution of the value of his vested interest
             in his Separate Account prior to his Normal
             Retirement Age, but not before January 1, 1995,
             in the form provided in paragraph (a) of Section
             15.01.

             (b)   A Participant may elect to receive
             distribution of the value of his vested interest
             in his Separate Account after attainment of
             Normal Retirement Age in any available form of
             payment provided in Section 15.01; or

             (c)   A Participant who had met the Years of
             Vesting Service requirement but not the age
             requirement for early retirement under
             Section 14.03, may elect to receive distribution
             of the value of his vested interest in his
             Separate Account after he satisfies the age
             requirement for early retirement, in any
             available form of payment provided in Section
             15.01.

14.07  Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code

       Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, a Participant's benefits shall be distributed
       to him not later than April 1 of the calendar year
       following the later of (1) the calendar year in which
       he attains age 70-1/2, or (2) the calendar year in
       which he retires provided the Participant was not a
       "five percent owner" (as defined in Section 416 of the
       Code) at any time during the
                             -54-

                              592
<PAGE>
       five-Plan-Year period ending in the calendar year in
       which he attains age 70-1/2.  If a Participant becomes
       a "five percent owner" during any subsequent Plan Year,
       his benefits shall be distributed to him not later than
       April l of the calendar year following the calendar
       year in which such subsequent Plan Year ends.

       Unless applicable law permits (or requires) otherwise,
       for Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1989,
       a Participant's benefits shall be distributed to him
       not later than April 1 of the calendar year following
       the calendar year in which he attains age 70-1/2.
       However, if a Participant attains age 70-1/2 by
       January 1, 1988 and if such Participant was not a "five
       percent owner" in the five-Plan-Year period ending with
       or within the calendar year in which he attained
       age 70-1/2 or any subsequent year, such Participant's
       benefits need not be distributed until his actual
       retirement.

       If distribution is required to commence pursuant to
       this Section 14.07 to a Participant who has not had a
       Termination of Employment, distributions shall commence
       in a form of payment provided under Article XVI and
       shall be made in accordance with Section 401(a)(9) of
       the Code and the regulations thereunder, the provisions
       of which are incorporated herein by reference.

       Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, a Participant's vested interest in his
       Separate Account shall be distributed either at the
       time of commencement of distribution or thereafter over
       a period not extending beyond the life expectancy of
       such Participant or the joint life expectancies of such
       Participant and his Beneficiary.

14.08  Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(14) of the Code

       Unless a Participant elects a later date (subject to
       the provisions of Section 14.07), payments shall be
       made or commenced not later than sixty days after the
       latest of the close of the Plan Year in which:

             (1)   occurs the date on which the Participant
             attains age 65;

             (2)   occurs the 10th anniversary of the year the
             Participant commenced participation in the Plan;
             or

             (3)   the Participant has a Termination of
             Employment.

14.09  Administrative Powers Relating to Payments

       If a Participant or Beneficiary is under a legal
       disability or, by reason of illness or mental or
       physical disability, is in the opinion of the Plan
       Administrator unable properly to attend to his personal
       financial matters, the Trustee may make such payments
       in such of the following ways as the Plan Administrator
       shall direct:
                             -55-

                              593
<PAGE>
             (a)   directly to such Participant or
             Beneficiary;

             (b)   to the legal representative of such
             Participant or Beneficiary; or

             (c)   to some relative by blood or marriage, or
             friend, for the benefit of such Participant or
             Beneficiary.

       Any payment made pursuant to this Section 14.09 shall
       be in complete discharge of the obligation under the
       Plan.

14.10  Reemployment

       If a vested Participant is reemployed by an Employer or
       a member of the Controlled Group, the portion of his
       Separate Account that is attributable to contributions
       made with respect to his period of reemployment,
       including any earnings thereon, shall not be
       distributable in accordance with the terms of the Plan
       until his subsequent retirement or other Termination of
       Employment.

       If distribution of such Participant's Separate Account
       has already commenced at the time he is reemployed, the
       portion of his Separate Account that is attributable to
       contributions made with respect to his prior
       employment, including any earnings thereon, shall
       continue to be distributed after his reemployment in
       accordance with his election pursuant to the provisions
       of Section 15.01 made at his prior retirement or other
       Termination of Employment.

       If distribution of such Participant's Separate Account
       has not commenced at the time he is reemployed, the
       portion of his Separate Account that is attributable to
       contributions made with respect to his prior
       employment, including any earnings thereon, shall
       remain distributable pursuant to the terms of the Plan
       because of his prior retirement or other Termination of
       Employment, but not in the form of payment provided
       under paragraph (a) of Section 15.01; provided,
       however, that Years of Vesting Service credited to such
       Participant because of his reemployment shall be taken
       into account only after his subsequent retirement or
       other Termination of Employment for purposes of
       determining whether such Participant may commence
       distribution prior to his Normal Retirement Age of such
       distributable portion of his Separate Account.

       Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall have
       no right to continue distribution or to receive
       distribution upon reemployment of any amounts
       attributable to a Prior Plan, unless expressly provided
       for under such Prior Plan.

       A Participant who is reemployed by an Employer or a
       member of the Controlled Group and who was not vested
       at the time of his prior Termination of Employment
       shall be entitled (if at all) to receive distribution
       of his Separate Account only upon his subsequent
       retirement or other Termination of Employment.
                             -56-

                              594
<PAGE>
14.11  Special Provisions Effective January 1, 1995

       Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, a Participant who has a Termination of
       Employment prior to January 1, 1995, and who has not
       commenced distribution of his vested interest in his
       Separate Account, prior to January 1, 1995, may elect
       that distribution of his vested interest in his
       Separate Account be made or commenced on or after
       January 1, 1995 in accordance with Section 14.06.  A
       Participant who has a Termination of Employment prior
       to January 1, 1995, and who is receiving his vested
       interest in his Separate Account in the form of
       installment payments shall have a one-time opportunity
       to elect to receive the undistributed balance of his
       vested interest in his Separate Account in the form of
       payment specified in paragraph (a) of Section 15.01 in
       lieu of any remaining installment payments, in
       accordance with procedures established by the Plan
       Administrator and within the time period established by
       the Plan Administrator for making such an election.
                             -57-

                              595
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XV
                        FORMS OF PAYMENT

15.01  Method of Distribution

       The benefits to be distributed to a Participant or his
       Spouse (or other Beneficiary) upon his Termination of
       Employment shall be paid, at the election of the
       Participant or his Spouse or other Beneficiary as
       follows:

             (a)   in a single sum payment, except that, a
             single sum payment is not available for
             distributions made before January 1, 1995, or

             (b)   in monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or
             annual installments over a period of 5, 10, 15,
             or 20 years, as selected by the recipient, but
             not exceeding the life expectancy of the
             Participant (or the life expectancy of the Spouse
             or other Beneficiary, if applicable) determined
             at the time benefits commence.  The amount of
             each installment shall be redetermined annually
             by multiplying the value of the amount of the
             Separate Account to be distributed by a fraction,
             the numerator of which is one and the denominator
             of which is the total number of installments
             remaining to be paid.

       A Participant with respect to whom there may be an
       additional allocation under Sections 13.03 and 13.04
       following the Participant's Termination of Employment
       because of his retirement, death, or Total and
       Permanent Disability (or his Beneficiary) and whose
       account balance exceeds $3,500 (or such other amount as
       is established by the Secretary of the Treasury
       pursuant to Section 411(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Code) on the
       date of his Termination of Employment (or exceeded such
       amount at the time of any prior distribution), shall be
       entitled to elect to defer any distribution until the
       Employer Contribution for the Plan Year that includes
       the date of such Termination of Employment is made, or
       to elect a distribution of the Participant's vested
       interest in his Separate Account prior to the
       additional allocation and a subsequent distribution of
       his vested interest in any additional allocation.

       If a Participant's vested interest in his Separate
       Account at the time benefits are to commence (or at the
       time of any prior distribution) exceeds $3,500 (or such
       other amount as is established by the Secretary of the
       Treasury pursuant to Section 411(a)(7)(B)(i) of the
       Code), if the Participant has not attained his Normal
       Retirement Age, distribution shall not be made without
       the Participant's written consent.

15.02  Notice Regarding Distributions

       Within the 60 day period ending 30 days prior to the
       date distribution of a Participant's Separate Account
       is to be made or commenced, the Plan
                             -58-

                              596
<PAGE>
       Administrator shall provide him with a written
       explanation of the forms of payment available under the
       Plan, and, except as otherwise provided in Section
       15.03, the Participant's right to defer distribution of
       his Separate Account until a date not later than the
       April 1 following the close of the calendar year in
       which the Participant attains age 70 1/2, and his right
       to make a direct rollover.  Notwithstanding the
       foregoing, distribution may be made or commenced less
       than 30 days after the notice required by this
       Section 15.03 is given to the Participant, provided
       that:

             (1)   the Plan Administrator clearly informs the
             Participant that he has a right to a period of at
             least 30 days after receiving the notice to
             consider the decision of whether or not to elect
             a distribution and, if applicable, a particular
             distribution option, and

             (2)   the Participant, after receiving the
             notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

15.03  Small Benefit Cash-Out

       Notwithstanding the preceding provisions of this
       Article XV, the vested Separate Account of a
       Participant shall be distributed in a single sum
       payment as soon as practicable following his
       Termination of Employment, if the value of his vested
       Separate Account as of the Valuation Date coinciding
       with or immediately preceding his Termination of
       Employment is (or at the time of any prior distribution
       was) $3,500 (or such other amount as is established by
       the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to
       Section 411(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Code) or less; provided,
       however, that no such payment shall be made after
       benefits have commenced in installments as provided in
       Section 15.01.  Notwithstanding the above, the
       provisions of Section 14.06, or the provisions of
       Section 15.01, a distributee the value of whose
       Separate Account does not exceed $3,500 (or such other
       amount as is established by the Secretary of the
       Treasury pursuant to Section 411(a)(7)(B)(i) of the
       Code) as of the date on which he would otherwise
       receive distribution of such Separate Account and with
       respect to whom there may be an additional allocation
       under Sections 13.03 and 13.04 following the
       Participant's Termination of Employment due to
       retirement, death, or Total and Permanent Disability
       shall be entitled to elect, in accordance with the
       procedures established by the Plan Administrator, to
       defer such payment or commencement of payment until the
       Employer Contribution for the Plan Year that includes
       the date of such Termination of Employment is made, in
       which case the determination of the value of his
       Separate Account for purposes of the timing, amount,
       and form of distribution hereunder shall be made as of
       the Valuation Date as of which the Employer
       Contribution for the Plan Year that includes the date
       of such Termination of Employment is allocated if
       distribution is made or commenced to the distributee
       prior to the next Valuation Date, and, otherwise, as of
       the Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately
       preceding the date as of which distribution is made or
       commenced; provided, however, that
                             -59-

                              597
<PAGE>
       notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph (a) of
       Section 15.01, such distributee shall be entitled to
       elect distribution in a single sum payment prior to
       January 1, 1995, if the value of the Separate Account
       exceeds $3,500 (or such other amount as is established
       by the Secretary of the Treasury pursuant to
       Section 411(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Code) at such later
       Valuation Date.

15.04  Payment to Estate

       Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, if a Participant's Beneficiary is his estate,
       the executor or other personal representative of the
       Participant may elect on the estate's behalf to receive
       any benefit which may become payable under the Plan
       upon the death of the Participant, or in lieu of any
       installment payments remaining unpaid at the death of
       the Participant, a single sum payment.

15.05  Direct Rollover Requirements

             (a)   This Section 15.05 applies to distributions
             made on or after January 1, 1993.
             Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
             contrary that would otherwise limit a
             distributee's election under this Section 15.05,
             a distributee may elect, at the time and in the
             manner prescribed by the Plan Administrator to
             have any portion of an eligible rollover
             distribution paid directly to an eligible
             retirement plan specified by the distributee in a
             direct rollover.

             (b)   For purposes of this Section 15.05, the
             following definitions shall apply:

                         (i)   Eligible rollover distribution:
                   An eligible rollover distribution is any
                   distribution of all or any portion of the
                   balance to the credit of the distributee,
                   except that an eligible rollover
                   distribution does not include:  any
                   distribution that is one of a series of
                   substantially equal periodic payments (not
                   less frequently than annually) made for the
                   life (or life expectancy) of the
                   distributee or the joint lives (or joint
                   life expectancies) of the distributee and
                   the distributee's Beneficiary, or for a
                   specified period of ten years or more; any
                   distribution to the extent such
                   distribution is required under Section
                   401(a)(9) of the Code; and the portion of
                   any distribution that is not includible in
                   gross income (determined without regard to
                   the exclusion for net unrealized
                   appreciation with respect to Employer
                   securities).

                         (ii)  Eligible retirement plan:  An
                   eligible retirement plan is an individual
                   retirement account described in Section
                   408(a) of the Code, an individual
                   retirement annuity described in Section
                   408(b) of the Code, an annuity plan
                   described in Section 403(a) of the Code, or
                   a qualified trust described in Section
                   401(a) of
                             -60-

                              598
<PAGE>
                   the Code, that accepts the
                   distributee's eligible rollover
                   distribution.  However, in the case of an
                   eligible rollover distribution to the
                   surviving Spouse, an eligible retirement
                   plan is an individual retirement account or
                   individual retirement annuity.

                         (iii) Distributee:  A distributee
                   includes an Employee or former Employee.
                   In addition, the Employee's or former
                   Employee's surviving Spouse and the
                   Employee's or former Employee's Spouse or
                   former Spouse who is the alternate payee
                   under a qualified domestic relations order,
                   as defined in Section 414(p) of the Code,
                   are distributees with regard to the
                   interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.

                         (iv)  Direct rollover:  A direct
                   rollover is a payment by the Plan to the
                   eligible retirement plan specified by the
                   distributee.

15.06  Valuation Date

       A Participant's vested interest in the balance of his
       Separate Account shall be determined as of the
       Valuation Date coinciding with or immediately preceding
       the date as of which distribution is to be made or
       commenced.

15.07  Form of Election

       All elections under Article XIV and this Article XV
       shall be in writing on the form prescribed by the Plan
       Administrator from time to time and must be filed on a
       timely basis.
                             -61-

                              599
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XVI
                    VESTING AND FORFEITURES


16.01  Full Vesting

       A Participant shall have a fully vested and
       nonforfeitable interest in his Separate Account on the
       first to occur of the following:

             (a)   his attainment of age 65;

             (b)   the date of his death;

             (c)   his completion of the required Years of
             Vesting Service, pursuant to Section 16.02;

             (d)   termination of the Plan pursuant to
             Section 5.01; or

             (e)   the date on which he incurs a Total and
             Permanent Disability.

16.02  Vesting Schedule

             (a)   A Participant, other than a Participant who
             is an Employee of Systematics Information
             Services, Inc. or its subsidiaries whose
             Employment Commencement Date occurred prior to
             January 1, 1995, shall vest in the value of his
             Separate Account in accordance with the following
             schedule:

                    Vesting Years                  Vested
                      of Service                  Percentage

                    less than 5                       0%
                    5 or more                       100%

             (b)   A Participant who is an Employee of
             Systematics Information Services, Inc. or its
             subsidiaries whose Employment Commencement Date
             occurred prior to January 1, 1995, shall vest in
             the value of his Separate Account in accordance
             with the following schedule:

                    Vesting Years                  Vested
                      of Service                  Percentage

                    less than 3                       0%
                    3 but not 4                      25%
                    4 but not 5                      50%
                    5 or more                       100%

                             -62-

                              600
<PAGE>
16.03  Forfeitures

       If a Participant who has a Termination of Employment
       for any reason other than retirement, Total and
       Permanent Disability, or death is not 100% vested in
       his Separate Account, the non-vested portion of his
       Separate Account shall be forfeited as follows:

             (a)   If the Participant has no vested interest
             in his Separate Account, the non-vested balance
             of the Participant's Separate Account shall be a
             Forfeiture at the end of the Plan Year in which
             his Termination of Employment occurs; provided
             that he has not returned to employment prior to
             such date.

             (b)   If the value of a Participant's vested
             interest in his Separate Account as of the date
             of distribution (or at the time of any prior
             distribution) does not exceed $3,500 (or such
             other amount as is established by the Secretary
             of the Treasury pursuant to
             Section 411(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Code) resulting in
             his receipt of a single sum payment pursuant to
             Section 15.04, the non-vested portion of the
             Participant's Separate Account shall be a
             Forfeiture at the end of the Plan Year in which
             the single sum payment occurs; provided that he
             has not returned to employment prior to such
             date; and provided, further, that such
             distribution occurs prior to the end of the
             second Plan Year beginning on or after the
             Participant's Termination of Employment.

             (c)   If the value of a Participant's vested
             interest in his Separate Account as of the date
             of distribution (or at the time of any prior
             distribution) exceeds $3,500 (or such other
             amount as is established by the Secretary of the
             Treasury pursuant to Section 411(a)(7)(B)(i) of
             the Code) and the Participant is eligible for and
             consents in writing to a single sum payment of
             his vested interest in his Separate Account, the
             non-vested portion of the Participant's Separate
             Account shall be a Forfeiture at the end of the
             Plan Year in which the single sum payment occurs;
             provided that he has not returned to employment
             prior to such date; and provided, further, that
             such distribution occurs prior to the end of the
             second Plan Year beginning on or after the
             Participant's Termination of Employment.

             (d)   If paragraphs (a), (b), and (c) of this
             Section 16.03 are not applicable, the non-vested
             portion of the Participant's Separate Account
             shall be a Forfeiture at the end of the Plan Year
             in which the Participant incurs five consecutive
             one-year Breaks in Service; provided that he has
             not returned to employment prior to such date.

       Forfeitures shall be used for restoration purposes
       under Section 16.04 and to provide allocations under
       Section 13.03 and 13.04 for Eligible Employees for
                             -63-

                              601
<PAGE>
       whom an allocation was erroneously omitted, if any.  To
       the extent that forfeitures are not used for the
       preceding purposes, they shall be reallocated pursuant
       to Section 13.03.

16.04  Restoration of Certain Forfeitures on Reemployment

       If a Participant who had a Termination of Employment
       returns to employment prior to incurring five
       consecutive one-year Breaks in Service, the amount
       previously forfeited by him (his Forfeiture) shall be
       restored to his Separate Account as of the last day of
       the Plan Year in which he returns to employment with an
       Employer, provided he has not had an Employment
       Termination prior to such date.  The funds for such
       restoration shall come first from Forfeitures allocated
       at the end of such Plan Year, to the extent available
       and, if necessary, thereafter from additional
       contributions to the Plan by the Employer.

16.05  Vesting Following Certain Distributions

       If a Participant receives a distribution of amounts
       attributable to Employer Contributions from his
       Separate Account at a time when he is less than 100%
       vested in his Separate Account and under the terms of
       the Plan the Participant could increase his vested
       interest in such amounts after the distribution, the
       balance of his Separate Account attributable to
       Employer Contributions with respect to which his vested
       interest can increase shall be computed as follows:

             (1)   A separate account shall be established for
             the portion of the Participant's Separate Account
             attributable to Employer Contributions at the
             time of the distribution (or account balances
             shall be maintained under a method having the
             same effect), and

             (2)   At any relevant time, the Participant's
             vested interest in such separate account is not
             less than an amount ("X") determined by the
             following formula:

                               X = P(AB + (R x D)) - (R x D)

             For purposes of applying the formula:

                                   P =  The Participant's
                         vested interest in such separate
                         account at the relevant time;

                                   AB = The balance of such
                         separate account at the relevant
                         time;

                                   R =  The ratio of (i) the
                         balance of such separate account at
                         the relevant time to (ii) the balance
                         of such separate account after the
                         distribution; and

                             -64-
                               
                              602
<PAGE>
                                   D =  The amount of the
                         distribution.

                   The relevant time is the time at which,
             under the Plan, the Participant's vested interest
             in such separate account cannot increase.

16.06  Election of Former Vesting Schedule

       If the Company adopts an amendment to the Plan that
       directly or indirectly affects the computation of a
       Participant's vested interest in his Separate Account,
       any Participant with three or more Years of Vesting
       Service shall have a right to have his vested interest
       in his Separate Account continue to be determined under
       the vesting provisions in effect prior to the amendment
       rather than under the new vesting provisions, unless
       the vested interest of the Participant in his Separate
       Account under the Plan as amended is not at any time
       less than such vested interest determined without
       regard to the amendment.  A Participant shall exercise
       his right under this Section 16.06 by giving written
       notice of his exercise thereof to the Administrator
       within 60 days after the latest of (i) the date he
       receives notice of the amendment from the Plan
       Administrator, (ii) the effective date of the
       amendment, or (iii) the date the amendment is adopted.
       Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's vested
       interest in his Separate Account on the effective date
       of such an amendment shall not be less than his vested
       interest in his Separate Account immediately prior to
       the effective date of the amendment.
                             -65-

                              603
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XVII
                         BENEFICIARIES


17.01  Designation of Beneficiary

       Subject to the provisions of Section 17.02, each
       Participant shall have the right to designate, by
       filing a written designation with the Plan
       Administrator on such form as the Plan Administrator
       may prescribe, a person or persons or entity to receive
       any benefit which may become payable upon the death of
       such Participant or any installment payments remaining
       unpaid at the death of the Participant.  A married
       Participant's Beneficiary shall be his Spouse, unless
       the Spouse has consented in the manner provided in
       Section 17.02 to the Participant's designation of a
       Beneficiary other than his Spouse.  A non-Spouse
       Beneficiary designation made by a Participant and
       consented to by his Spouse may be revoked by the
       Participant in writing at any time, without the consent
       of his Spouse.  Any new Beneficiary designation must
       again comply with the requirements of Section 17.02.

17.02  Spousal Consent Requirements

       Any written spousal consent given pursuant to this
       Article XVII shall acknowledge the effect of the action
       taken, shall specifically acknowledge any non-spouse
       Beneficiary designated by the Participant, and shall be
       witnessed by a Plan representative or a notary public.
       Such spousal consent shall be valid only with respect
       to the Spouse who signs the consent.  Notwithstanding
       any other provision of the Plan to the contrary,
       written spousal consent shall not be required if the
       Participant establishes to the satisfaction of the Plan
       Administrator that such consent cannot be obtained
       because the Spouse cannot be located or because of
       other circumstances set forth in Section 401(a)(11) of
       the Code and regulations issued thereunder.

17.03  No Beneficiary

       If no Beneficiary has been designated pursuant to
       Section 17.01, if a designation is for any reason
       illegal or ineffective, or if no Beneficiary survives
       the Participant and he has no surviving Spouse, then
       the Beneficiary under the Plan shall be the
       Participant's estate.  If a Beneficiary dies after
       becoming entitled to receive a distribution under the
       Plan but before distribution is made to him in full,
       and if no other Beneficiary has been designated to
       receive the balance of the distribution in that event,
       the estate of the deceased Beneficiary shall be the
       Beneficiary as to the balance of the distribution.

                             -66-

                              604
<PAGE>
17.04  Reliance

       In determining a Participant's Beneficiary, the Plan
       Administrator may act and rely upon any information it
       deems reliable upon reasonable inquiry, and upon any
       affidavit, certificate, or other paper believed by it
       to be genuine, and upon any evidence believed by it to
       be sufficient.
                             -67-

                              605
<PAGE>
                         ARTICLE XVIII
                             LOANS


18.01  No Loans

       A Participant shall not be permitted to obtain any
       loans from the Plan.
                             -68-
          
                              606
<PAGE>
                          ARTICLE XIX
                     IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS


19.01  No In-Service Withdrawals

       A Participant shall not be permitted to withdraw any
       portion of his interest in the Plan.

                             -69-
                               
                              607
<PAGE>
                           ARTICLE XX
             MERGER OF CERTAIN PLANS INTO THE PLAN


20.01  In General

       This Article XX contains special provisions regarding
       Prior Plans that have been merged into the Plan from
       time to time. Except as may be expressly provided
       elsewhere in this Article XX, the forms of payment or
       other rights that may not be eliminated under
       Section 411(d)(6) of the Code available under a Prior
       Plan shall be available under the Plan solely with
       respect to a Participant's interest under a Prior Plan
       and not to the Participant's interest under the Plan
       determined without regard to this Article XX.  A
       Participant may, however, elect to receive his entire
       interest under the Plan in a form of payment provided
       under Article XV.

20.02  Merger of Allied Telephone Company Profit Sharing Plan

             (a)   Effective as of the beginning of business
             on January 1, 1995, the Allied Telephone Company
             Profit Sharing Plan (the "Allied Plan") shall be
             merged into and made a part of the Plan, and the
             trust fund maintained in connection with the
             Allied Plan shall be added to the assets of the
             Trust Fund to be disposed of under the terms,
             conditions, and provisions of the Plan and the
             Trust.  On and after January 1, 1995, except as
             otherwise expressly provided in this Article XX,
             the general provisions of the Plan shall govern
             with respect to the interests under the Allied
             Plan of all persons, to the extent not
             inconsistent with any provision of the Allied
             Plan that may not be eliminated under Section
             411(d)(6) of the Code.

             (b)   As of January 1, 1995, Separate Accounts
             shall be established in accordance with the
             provisions of Section 11.04 (to the extent not
             previously established) in the name of each
             person who as of the close of business on
             December 31, 1994 was a participant or
             beneficiary with an interest under the Allied
             Plan.  In addition to any credits or debits to
             the Separate Account of the persons described in
             the immediately preceding sentence on or after
             January 1, 1995 (or with respect to periods prior
             to January 1, 1995, if any, during which a person
             described in the immediately preceding sentence
             was a Participant), in accordance with the Plan's
             general provisions, as of the date the assets of
             the trust fund for the Allied Plan are received
             by the Trustee and deposited in the Trust Fund
             there shall be credited to each such Separate
             Account or Sub-Account, as applicable, the value
             of such person's prior separate account or sub-
             account of the corresponding type under the
             Allied Plan as certified to the Plan
             Administrator by the Plan administrator of the
             Allied Plan.
                             -70-

                              608
<PAGE>
             (c)   Any election, waiver, or beneficiary
             designation made by a person with respect to his
             interest under the Allied Plan shall remain in
             effect, but with respect only to that portion of
             his Separate Account attributable to the Allied
             Plan and the provisions of the Plan other than
             this Section 19.02 shall apply to the portion of
             his Separate Account not attributable to the
             Allied Plan, if any.  Provided that an election,
             waiver, or beneficiary designation has not become
             irrevocable (by reason of death or otherwise), a
             person described in the first sentence of
             paragraph (b) of this Section 19.02 may make a
             new election, waiver, or beneficiary designation
             for his entire interest under the Plan.

20.03  Merger of Profit Sharing Plan for Employees of
       Systematics Information Services, Inc. and
       Participating Affiliates

             (a)   Effective as of the beginning of business
             on January 1, 1995, the Profit Sharing Plan for
             Employees of Systematics Information Services,
             Inc. and Participating Affiliates (the
             "Systematics Plan") shall be merged into and made
             a part of the Plan, and the trust fund maintained
             in connection with the Systematics Plan shall be
             added to the assets of the Trust Fund to be
             disposed of under the terms, conditions, and
             provisions of the Plan and the Trust.  On and
             after January 1, 1995, except as otherwise
             expressly provided in this Article XX, the
             general provisions of the Plan shall govern with
             respect to the interests under the Systematics
             Plan of all persons, to the extent not
             inconsistent with any provision of the
             Systematics Plan that may not be eliminated under
             Section 411(d)(6) of the Code.

             (b)   As of January 1, 1995, Separate Accounts
             shall be established in accordance with the
             provisions of Section 11.04 in the name of each
             person who as of the close of business on
             December 31, 1994 was a participant or
             beneficiary with an interest under the
             Systematics Plan.  In addition to any credits or
             debits to the Separate Account of the persons
             described in the immediately preceding sentence
             on or after January 1, 1995, in accordance with
             the Plan's general provisions, as of the date the
             assets of the trust fund for the Systematics Plan
             are received by the Trustee and deposited in the
             Trust Fund there shall be credited to each such
             Separate Account or Sub-Account, as applicable,
             the value of such person's prior separate account
             or sub-account of the corresponding type under
             the Systematics Plan as certified to the Plan
             Administrator by the plan administrator of the
             Systematics Plan.

             (c)   Each Employee who is a participant in the
             Systematics Plan on December 31, 1994, and
             becomes an Eligible Employee on January 1, 1995,
             shall become a Participant on January 1, 1995.
             An Employee of Systematics Information Services,
             Inc. or its subsidiaries who was hired prior to
             January 1, 1995, who becomes an Eligible Employee
             on
                             -71-

                              609
<PAGE>
             January 1, 1995, and who would have become
             a participant in the Systematics Plan upon
             fulfilling the age and service eligibility
             requirements under the Systematics Plan shall
             become a Participant on the earlier of (i) the
             date that he would have become a participant in
             the Systematics Plan or (ii) the date that he
             would become a Participant in accordance with
             Section 10.01.  Each other Employee of
             Systematics Information Services, Inc. or its
             subsidiaries who is hired on or after January 1,
             1995, and who becomes an Eligible Employee shall
             become a Participant on the date that he would
             become a Participant in accordance with
             Section 10.01.

             (d)   Any election, waiver, or beneficiary
             designation made by a participant or beneficiary,
             as applicable, under the Systematics Plan with
             respect to his interest under the Systematics
             Plan shall remain in effect unless superseded by
             a valid election, waiver, or beneficiary
             designation under the Plan.

             (e)   Any election, waiver, or beneficiary
             designation made by a person with respect to his
             interest under the Systematics Plan shall remain
             in effect, but with respect only to that portion
             of his Separate Account attributable to the
             Systematics Plan and the provisions of the Plan
             other than this Section 19.03 shall apply to the
             portion of his Separate Account not attributable
             to the Systematics Plan, if any.  Provided that
             an election, waiver, or beneficiary designation
             has not become irrevocable (by reason of death or
             otherwise), a person described in the first
             sentence of paragraph (b) of this Section 19.03
             may make a new election, waiver, or beneficiary
             designation for his entire interest under the
             Plan.

             (f)   Notwithstanding any other provision of the
             Plan to the contrary, any outstanding loan under
             the Systematics Plan shall continue to be repaid
             and administered in accordance with its terms and
             the applicable provisions of the Systematics Plan
             in effect at the time the loan was granted.
                             -72-

                              610
<PAGE>

                          ARTICLE XXI
             SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND EFFECTIVE DATES


21.01  Effective Date

This amended and restated Plan is effective as of January 1,
1994, but with respect only to Participants who have a
Termination of Employment on or after January 1, 1994, except
as may otherwise be provided herein.

21.02  Tax Reform Act of 1986 Effective Dates

With respect to any change made to the Plan to satisfy the
provisions of the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and any subsequent
legislation, including any regulations, rulings, or other
published guidance, such change shall be effective on the
first day of the first period (which may or may not be the
first day of a Plan Year) with respect to which such change
became required because of such provisions.


EXECUTED this 29th day of December, 1994.


                           ALLTEL CORPORATION


                           By /s/ John L. Comparin
                                   Title:Vice-President - Human Resources

                              611
<PAGE>

                                                                 EXHIBIT (10)(P)
                       ALLTEL CORPORATION
                          THRIFT PLAN
                  (January 1, 1994 Restatement)

                              612

<PAGE>



                               TABLE OF CONTENTS


                                                                      Page

PREAMBLE                                                                1

ARTICLE I    DEFINITIONS  2

1.01     Active Participant ............................................2
1.02     Authorized Leave of Absence....................................2
1.03     Beneficiary ...................................................2
1.04     Board of Directors.............................................2 
1.05     Code...........................................................2
1.06     Committee......................................................2
1.07     Company........................................................3
1.08     Compensation...................................................3
1.09     Controlled Group...............................................4
1.10     Effective Date.................................................4
1.11     Eligible Employee..............................................4
1.12     Employee........................................... ...........4
1.13     Employer.......................................................5
1.14     Employer Contribution..........................................5
1.15     ERISA..........................................................5
1.16     Highly Compensated Employee....................................5
1.17     Hour of Service................................................8
1.18     Investment Fund................................................8
1.19     Matched Salary Deferral Contributions..........................8
1.20     Nonhighly Compensated Employee.................................8
1.21     Normal Retirement Age..........................................8
1.22     Participant....................................................8
1.23     Plan...........................................................9
1.24     Plan Administrator.............................................9
1.25     Plan Year......................................................9
1.26     Prior Plan.....................................................9
1.27     Reemployment Commencement Date.................................9
1.28     Rollover Contribution..........................................9
1.29     Salary Deferral Contribution...................................9
1.30     Separate Account...............................................9
1.31     Settlement Date.............................................. 10
1.32     Special Loan Investment Fund................................. 10
1.33     Spouse....................................................... 10
1.34     Sub-Account.................................................. 10
                                       (i)

                                       613
 
<PAGE>



1.35     Total and Permanent Disability............................... 10
1.36     Trust........................................................ 10
1.37     Trust Agreement.............................................. 11
1.38     Trustee...................................................... 11
1.39     Trust Fund................................................... 11
1.40     Unmatched Salary Deferral Contributions...................... 11
1.41     Valuation Date............................................... 11

ARTICLE II ADMINISTRATION 12

2.01     Plan Administrator........................................... 12
2.02     Allocation of Authority and Responsibility Among 
         Named Fiduciaries............................................ 12
2.03     Rights, Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator.......... 12
2.04     Discharge of Duties.......................................... 13
2.05     Indemnification.............................................. 14
2.06     Compensation and Expenses.................................... 14
2.07     Committee.................................................... 14
2.08     Administrative Expenses...................................... 15

ARTICLE III GENERAL PROVISIONS 16

3.01     Adoption of the Plan by Other Employers...................... 16
3.02     No Contract of Employment.................................... 16
3.03     Restrictions Upon Assignments and Creditor's Claims.......... 16
3.04     Facility of Payment.......................................... 17
3.05     Restriction of Claims Against Trust.......................... 17
3.06     Benefits Payable from Trust.................................. 17
3.07     Merger and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities................. 17
3.08     Applicable Law............................................... 17
3.09     Reversion of Employer Contributions.......................... 18

ARTICLE IV CLAIMS PROCEDURES                                           19

4.01     Claim for Benefits........................................... 19
4.02     Review....................................................... 19

ARTICLE V AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION                                    21

5.01     Amendment and Termination of the Plan........................ 21
5.02     Procedure Upon Termination................................... 21
                                   (ii)

                                    614

<PAGE>




5.03     Non-Forfeitability Upon Termination of Plan.................. 22
5.04     Reorganization............................................... 22
5.05     Withdrawal of an Employer.................................... 23

ARTICLE VI TRUST AGREEMENT AND TRUST FUND                              24

6.01     Trust Agreement and Trust Fund............................... 24
6.02     Irrevocability............................................... 24
6.03     Benefits Payable Only from Trust Fund........................ 24
6.04     Optional Provision for Benefits.............................. 24
6.05     Commingling Authorized....................................... 25

ARTICLE VII LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS                               26

7.01     Definitions.................................................. 26
7.02     Code Section 402(g) Limit.................................... 29
7.03     Distribution of Excess Deferrals............................. 29
7.04     Limitation on Salary Deferral Contributions of Highly 
         Compensated Employees........................................ 30
7.05     Distribution of Excess Salary Deferral Contributions......... 31
7.06     Limitation on Matching Contributions of Highly 
         Compensated Employees........................................ 32
7.07     Distribution of Excess Contributions......................... 33
7.08     Multiple Use Limitation...................................... 34
7.09     Determination of Income or Loss.............................. 34
7.10     Code Section 415 Limitations on Crediting of 
         Contributions and Forfeitures................................ 34
7.11     Coverage Under Other Qualified Defined Contribution Plan..... 35
7.12     Coverage Under Qualified Defined Benefit Plan................ 35
7.13     Scope of Limitations......................................... 36
7.14     Separate Testing............................................. 36

ARTICLE VIII TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS                                      37

8.01     Definitions.................................................. 37
8.02     Applicability................................................ 39
8.03     Minimum Employer Contribution................................ 40
8.04     Coordination with Other Plans................................ 40
8.05     Adjustments to Section 415 Limitations....................... 40
8.06     Accelerated Vesting.......................................... 41

                                   (iii)

                                    615

<PAGE>




ARTICLE IX SERVICE 42

9.01     Hour of Service...............................................42
9.02     Department of Labor Rules.................................... 42

ARTICLE X ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION                                43

10.01    Eligibility.................................................. 43
10.02    Participation................................................ 43
10.03    Termination and Rehiring..................................... 43
10.04    Duration of Participation.................................... 43

ARTICLE XI INVESTMENT FUNDS, ACCOUNTING, AND SEPARATE ACCOUNTS         45

11.01    Investment Funds............................................. 45
11.02    Participant Loans............................................ 45
11.03    Special Loan Investment Fund................................. 45
11.04    Participant Investment Elections............................. 45
11.05    Change of Investment Elections............................... 46
11.06    Transfers Among Investment Funds............................. 46
11.07    Allocation of Earnings or Losses to Separate Accounts........ 46
11.08    Separate Accounts............................................ 47
11.09    Sub-Accounts................................................. 47

ARTICLE XII SALARY DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS   48

12.01    Salary Deferral Contributions................................ 48
12.02    Amount of Salary Deferral Contributions...................... 48
12.03    Changes in Salary Reduction Agreement........................ 48
12.04    Suspension of Salary Deferral Contributions.................. 48
12.05    Resumption of Salary Deferral Contributions.................. 49
12.06    Delivery of Salary Deferral Contributions.................... 49
12.07    Limitations on Salary Deferral Contributions................. 49
12.08    Rollover Contributions....................................... 49

ARTICLE XIII EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS                    51

13.01    Employer Contributions....................................... 51

                                   (iv)

                                    616

<PAGE>


13.02    Timing of Employer Contributions............................. 51
13.03    Allocation of Employer Contributions......................... 51
13.04    Limitations on Employer Contributions........................ 53

ARTICLE XIV DISTRIBUTIONS                                              54

14.01    Distributions................................................ 54
14.02    Distributions to Beneficiaries.......................... .... 54
14.03    Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code.......... 55
14.04    Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(14) of the Code......... 55
14.05    Administrative Powers Relating to Payments................... 56
14.06    Reemployment................................................. 56

ARTICLE XV FORMS OF PAYMENT                                            57

15.01    Method of Distribution....................................... 57
15.02    Consent and Timing........................................... 57
15.03    Notice Regarding Distribution................................ 58
15.04    Small Benefit Cash-Out....................................... 58
15.05    Payment to Estate............................................ 59
15.06    Direct Rollover Requirements................................. 59
15.07    Valuation Date............................................... 60
15.08    Form of Election............................................. 60

ARTICLE XVI VESTING                                                    61

16.01    Full Vesting................................................. 61
16.02    Election of Former Vesting Schedule.......................... 61

ARTICLE XVII BENEFICIARIES                                             62

17.01    Designation of Beneficiary................................... 62
17.02    Spousal Consent Requirements................................. 62
17.03    No Beneficiary............................................... 62
17.04    Reliance..................................................... 63

ARTICLE XVIII LOANS                                                    64

18.01    Application for Loan......................................... 64
18.02    Reduction of Account Upon Distribution....................... 64
18.03    Requirements to Prevent a Taxable Distribution............... 65
                                    (v)

                                    617

<PAGE>

18.04    Administration of Loans...................................... 65
18.05    Default...................................................... 66

ARTICLE XIX IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS                                     67

19.01    Withdrawals While Still Employed............................. 67
19.02    Certain Other Withdrawals.................................... 69

ARTICLE XX MERGER OF CERTAIN PLANS INTO THE PLAN                       70

20.01    In General................................................... 70
20.02    Merger of CP National Corporation Incentive Thrift 
         Savings Plan................................................. 70
20.03    Merger of Houston Wire & Cable Company Combination 
         Profit Sharing and Salary Deferral Plan...................... 71
20.04    Merger of Computer Power, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan....... 71

ARTICLE XXI SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND EFFECTIVE DATES                     73

21.01    Effective Date............................................... 73
21.02    Tax Reform Act of 1986 Effective Dates....................... 73
                                    (iv)

                                     618

<PAGE>


                               ALLTEL CORPORATION
                                  THRIFT PLAN
                         (January 1, 1994 Restatement)


                                    PREAMBLE

The Thrift Plan for  Employees of  Systematics  Information  Services,  Inc. and
Participating Affiliates,  originally effective as of January 1, 1986, and to be
known for periods on and after October 26, 1994 as the ALLTEL Corporation Thrift
Plan, is hereby  amended and restated in its entirety.  The Plan, as amended and
restated hereby,  is intended to qualify as a profit-sharing  plan under Section
401(a) of the Code, and includes a cash or deferred arrangement that is intended
to qualify under  Section  401(k) of the Code.  The Plan is  maintained  for the
exclusive benefit of eligible employees and their beneficiaries.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, a Participant's
vested  interest  in his  Separate  Account  under  the  Plan on and  after  the
effective  date of this  amendment  and  restatement  shall be not less than his
vested  interest in his account on the day  immediately  preceding the effective
date.

                                   619

<PAGE>
                                         

                                   ARTICLE I
                                  DEFINITIONS


Whenever used herein with the initial letter  capitalized,  the following  words
and phrases  shall have the  following  meanings  unless a different  meaning is
plainly  required by the context.  For purposes of construction of the Plan, the
masculine  term shall  include the feminine and the singular  shall  include the
plural in all cases in which they could thus be applied.

1.01         Active Participant

             Any  Participant  for  whom  Salary  Deferral   Contributions   are
currently being made to the Plan.

1.02         Authorized Leave of Absence

             Any absence from regular  employment  authorized  or excused by the
             Employer under its standard personnel practices,  provided that all
             persons under similar  circumstances  shall be treated alike in the
             granting of such Authorized Leaves of Absence.

1.03         Beneficiary

             The person or persons  entitled under the provisions of the Plan to
             receive  distribution  hereunder in the event the Participant  dies
             before  receiving  distribution of his entire vested interest under
             the Plan.

1.04         Board of Directors

             The Board of Directors of the Company.

1.05         Code

             The Internal  Revenue  Code of 1986,  as amended from time to time.
             Reference  to a section of the Code  includes  such section and any
             comparable  section  or  sections  of any future  legislation  that
             amends, supplements, or supersedes such section.

                                        620

<PAGE>


1.06         Committee

             The committee that may be established pursuant to Section 2.07.

1.07         Company

             For periods on and after  October 1, 1994,  ALLTEL  Corporation,  a
             Delaware corporation,  its corporate successors,  and the surviving
             corporation  resulting from any merger of ALLTEL  Corporation  with
             any other  corporation  or  corporations.  For periods on and after
             January 27, 1992, but before October, 1994, Systematics Information
             Services,  Inc.,  a  Delaware  corporation,  and its  successor  or
             successors.  For periods  prior to January 27,  1992,  Systematics,
             Inc., an Arkansas corporation, and its successor or successors.

1.08         Compensation

             The sum of:

             (a)       the amounts actually paid to an Eligible  Employee by the
                       Employer  for  services   rendered  as  reported  on  the
                       Eligible   Employee's   federal  income  tax  withholding
                       statement (Form W-2) or its subsequent equivalent for the
                       applicable calendar year;  exclusive however, of any such
                       amounts  that  would  not  be  subject  to tax  (for  the
                       purposes  of the  Federal  Insurance  Contributions  Act)
                       under  Section  3101(a)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code
                       without the dollar  limitation  of Section  3121(a)(1) of
                       said Code and exclusive of  relocation  pay, any non-cash
                       compensation,      allowances     for     cost-of-living,
                       international  incentives such as housing  allowances and
                       all other extraordinary international incentives; and

             (b)       any  amounts  that  would  have  been  includable  in the
                       Employee's  Compensation  as  described  in (a) above for
                       such calendar  year if they had not received  special tax
                       treatment  because  they were  deferred  by the  Eligible
                       Employee  under  the  Plan  through  a  salary  reduction
                       agreement pursuant to Section 401(k) of the Code or under
                       a "cafeteria plan" as defined in Section 125 of the Code.

             In no event, however, shall the Compensation of a Participant taken
             into  account  under the Plan for any Plan Year exceed (1) $200,000
             for Plan Years  beginning on or after  January 1, 1989 but prior to
             January 1, 1994,  or (2)  $150,000  for Plan Years  beginning on or
             after January 1, 1994  (subject to adjustment  annually as provided
             in  Section  401(a)(17)(B)  and  Section  415(d) of the  Code).  In
             determining the  Compensation,  for purposes of applying the annual
             compensation  limitation described above, of a Participant who is a
             five-


                                      -3-

                                      621

<PAGE>


             percent  owner  or  among  the  ten  Highly  Compensated  Employees
             receiving  the  greatest   Compensation  for  the  Plan  Year,  the
             Compensation  of  the  Participant's   spouse  and  of  his  lineal
             descendants  who have not  attained  age 19 as of the  close of the
             Plan Year shall be included as  Compensation of the Participant for
             the Plan Year.  If as a result of applying  the family  aggregation
             rule  described in the preceding  sentence the annual  compensation
             limitation  would be  exceeded,  the  limitation  shall be prorated
             among the affected  family  members in  proportion to each member's
             Compensation  as  determined  prior to  application  of the  family
             aggregation rules.

1.09         Controlled Group

             An Employer and any and all other corporations, trades, businesses,
             or  organizations,   the  employees  of  which  together  with  the
             employees of the Employer are required,  pursuant to the applicable
             provisions  of  Section  414(b),  (c),  or (m) of the  Code,  to be
             treated as if they were employed by a single employer.

1.10         Effective Date

             The Plan was originally effective as of January 1, 1986.

1.11         Eligible Employee

             Each Employee of the Employer, except

             (1)       an Employee covered by a collective  bargaining agreement
                       between an Employer and a representative of such Employee
                       that does not specifically provide for coverage under the
                       Plan,

             (2)       any person who is a nonresident alien and who receives no
                       earned  income  (within the meaning of Section  911(b) of
                       the Code) from the Employer that constitutes  income from
                       sources  within the United States  (within the meaning of
                       Section 861(a)(3) of the Code), or

             (3)       a leased employee.

1.12         Employee

             A person employed by the Controlled Group.

             "Employee"  shall include any "leased  employee" (as  hereinafter
             defined);  provided,  however, contributions or benefits provided
             by the leasing


                                      -4-

                                      622

<PAGE>


             organization  which are attributable to services  performed for the
             Employer shall be treated as provided by the Employer. For purposes
             of this paragraph, the term "leased employee" means any person who,
             pursuant to an agreement  between the Employer and any other person
             ("leasing  organization"),  has performed services for the Employer
             (or for the Employer and related  persons  determined in accordance
             with  Section   414(n)(6)  of  the  Internal  Revenue  Code)  on  a
             substantially full-time basis for a period of at least one year, if
             such services are of a type historically  performed by employees in
             the business field of the Employer.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,
             a leased  employee shall not be considered an Employee for any Plan
             Year if such  leased  employees  constitute  less  than  20% of the
             number of the Employer's Nonhighly Compensated Employees within the
             meaning of Section  414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code and if during such
             Plan Year the leased  employee  is covered by a plan  described  in
             Section 414(n)(5)(B) of the Code. A leased employee is not eligible
             to participate  in the Plan unless he actually  becomes an Employee
             without regard to this paragraph.

1.13         Employer

             Systematics Information Services, Inc., and any other member of the
             Controlled  Group adopting the Plan pursuant to Section 3.01 or any
             corresponding predecessor provision of the Plan.

1.14         Employer Contribution

             An Employer matching contribution made pursuant to Section 13.01.

1.15         ERISA

             The Employee  Retirement  Income  Security Act of 1974, as the same
             has been and may be  amended  from  time to  time.  Reference  to a
             section of ERISA includes such section and any  comparable  section
             or sections of any future legislation that amends,  supplements, or
             supersedes such section.
1.16         Highly Compensated Employee

             For a particular  Plan Year, any Employee who, during the preceding
Plan Year:

             (a)       was at any  time a 5  percent  owner  (as  such  term  is
                       defined in Section 416(i)(1) of the Code);

             (b)       received  compensation  from the  Employer  or any  other
                       member of the  Controlled  Group,  in  excess of  $75,000
                       (subject to adjustment


                                      -5-

                                      623

<PAGE>

                       annually at the same time and in the same manner as under
                       Section 415(d) of the Code);

             (c)       received compensation from the Controlled Group in excess
                       of $50,000  (subject to  adjustment  annually at the same
                       time and in the same  manner as under  Section  415(d) of
                       the Code) and was in the top-paid  group of Employees for
                       such Plan Year;

             (d)       was at any time an  officer  (limited  to no more than 50
                       Employees  or, if less,  the greater of 3 Employees or 10
                       percent  of  the  Employees)  and  received  compensation
                       greater  than 50 percent  of the  amount in effect  under
                       Section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code for such Plan Year; or

             (e)       who  during the  particular  Plan Year (but not the prior
                       Plan Year):

                       (1)        was at any  time a 5  percent  owner  (as such
                                  term is defined in  Section  416(i)(1)  of the
                                  Code); or

                       (2)        was included in the foregoing  paragraphs (b),
                                  (c)  or  (d)   above  and  was  in  the  group
                                  consisting  of  the  100  Employees  paid  the
                                  greatest  compensation by the Controlled Group
                                  during such Plan Year.

             Notwithstanding    the    foregoing,    for    purposes    of   the
             nondiscrimination  requirements  of the Code,  other than  Sections
             401(k)(3) and 401(m)(2) of the Code, "Highly Compensated  Employee"
             ("HCE") shall be determined as follows:

             (a)       An  Employee  is an HCE under this  provision  if (a) the
                       Employee  is  a  5-percent   owner;  (b)  the  Employee's
                       compensation  for  the  Plan  Year  exceeds  the  Section
                       414(q)(1)(B)  of the  Code  amount;  (c)  the  Employee's
                       compensation exceeds the Section 414(q)(1)(C) of the Code
                       amount  for the  Plan  Year  and the  Employee  is in the
                       top-paid group of employees within the meaning of Section
                       414(q)(4) of the Code,  or (d) the Employee is an officer
                       described in Section 414(q)(1)(D) of the Code.

             (b)       The  lookback  provisions  of Section  414(q) of the Code
                       shall not apply to determining HCEs under this provision.

             This  simplified  method for  determining  HCEs shall  apply on the
             basis of a snapshot  day. In applying this  simplified  method on a
             snapshot basis:


                                      -6-

                                      624

<PAGE>

             (a)       Who is an HCE is  determined  on the basis of the data as
                       of the snapshot day, except as provided below in (c).

             (b)       If the  determination  of who is an HCE is  made  earlier
                       than  the  last  day of the  Plan  Year,  the  Employee's
                       compensation  that  is used to  determine  an  Employee's
                       status  must be  projected  for  the  Plan  Year  under a
                       reasonable method established by the Company.

             (c)       Employees not employed on the snapshot day that are taken
                       into  account in testing  must be  categorized  as either
                       HCEs or non-HCEs.  In that case, the method  described in
                       this   section   shall  be  subject   to  the   following
                       modifications.  In  addition to those  Employees  who are
                       determined  to be HCEs on the  Plan's  snapshot  day,  as
                       described  above,  the  Plan  shall  treat  as an  HCE an
                       eligible Employee for the Plan Year who:

                       (1)        terminated  prior to the  snapshot day and was
                                  an HCE in the prior year;

                       (2)        terminated  prior to the  snapshot day and (i)
                                  was a 5-percent  owner,  (ii) has compensation
                                  for the Plan Year greater than or equal to the
                                  projected  compensation of any Employee who is
                                  treated as an HCE on the  snapshot day (except
                                  for Employees who are HCEs solely because they
                                  are 5-percent  owners or  officers),  or (iii)
                                  was an officer  and has  compensation  greater
                                  than or equal to the projected compensation of
                                  any  other  officer  who  is  an  HCE  on  the
                                  snapshot day solely  because that person is an
                                  officer; or

                       (3)        becomes  employed  subsequent  to the snapshot
                                  day and (i) is a  5-percent  owner,  (ii)  has
                                  compensation for the Plan Year greater than or
                                  equal  to the  projected  compensation  of any
                                  Employee  who  is  treated  as an  HCE  on the
                                  snapshot  day  (except for  Employees  who are
                                  HCEs solely because they are 5-percent  owners
                                  or  officers),  or (iii) is an officer and has
                                  compensation  greater  than  or  equal  to the
                                  projected  compensation  of any other  officer
                                  who  is an  HCE on  the  snapshot  day  solely
                                  because that person is an officer.

             In applying this  provision,  Section  1.414(q)-1T of the Temporary
             Income  Tax  Regulations  applies  to  the  extent  that  it is not
             inconsistent with the methods specifically provided above.



                                      -7-

                                      625

<PAGE>

             "Highly  Compensated  Employee"  shall include a former Employee of
             the Company whose  employment with the Controlled  Group terminated
             prior to the Plan  Year and who was a Highly  Compensated  Employee
             for the Plan Year in which  his  employment  terminated  or for any
             Plan Year ending on or after his 55th birthday.

             If an Employee  is a member of the family of a  5-percent  owner or
             one  of the 10  Highly  Compensated  Employees  paid  the  greatest
             compensation  for a Plan  Year,  then  the  Employee  shall  not be
             considered a separate  Employee and any  compensation  paid to such
             Employee (and any contribution on behalf of such Employee) shall be
             treated as if it were paid to (or on behalf of) the 5-percent owner
             or the Highly Compensated Employee.

           For the purposes of this definition of "Highly Compensated Employee",

             (a)       the  term   "compensation"   shall  mean  an   Employee's
                       compensation  (within the meaning of Section 415(c)(3) of
                       the Code  determined  without  regard  to  Sections  125,
                       402(a)(8) and 402(h)(1)(B) of the Code),

             (b)       the term  "top-paid  group of Employees"  shall mean that
                       group of Employees of the Controlled  Group consisting of
                       the top 20 percent of such  Employees  when ranked on the
                       basis of compensation paid by the Controlled Group during
                       the Plan Year and

             (c)       the term  "family"  shall mean an  Employee's  spouse and
                       lineal ascendants and descendants and the spouses of such
                       lineal ascendants or descendants.

1.17         Hour of Service

             Each hour,  if any,  that may be credited to a person in accordance
             with the provisions of Article IX.

1.18         Investment Fund

             Any investment  fund  maintained or  established  from time to time
under Article XI.

1.19         Matched Salary Deferral Contributions

             A  Participant's  Salary  Deferral  Contributions  that  are not in
             excess of 6% of his  Compensation  for the Plan Year, or such other
             percentage as may be


                                      -8-

                                      626

<PAGE>

             established by the Company with respect to Eligible  Employees from
             time to time.

1.20         Nonhighly Compensated Employee

             Any Employee who is not a Highly Compensated Employee.

1.21         Normal Retirement Age

             The date a Participant attains age 65.

1.22         Participant

             An Eligible  Employee who fulfills the eligibility  requirements as
             provided in Article X and who continues to qualify as a Participant
             in accordance with Section 10.03.

1.23         Plan

             For periods on and after October 26, 1994,  the ALLTEL  Corporation
             Thrift Plan, as set forth herein and as may be amended from time to
             time.  For  periods  prior to October  26,  1994,  but on and after
             January 27,  1992,  the Thrift Plan for  Employees  of  Systematics
             Information Services, Inc. and Participating  Employers, as amended
             from time to time.  For  periods  prior to January  27,  1992,  the
             Thrift Plan for  Employees of  Systematics,  Inc.,  as amended from
             time to time.

1.24         Plan Administrator

             The Company, which shall serve pursuant to the terms of Article II.
             The Company may  allocate or delegate  any or all of its  authority
             under the Plan to a Committee of no less than three persons.

1.25         Plan Year

             The  twelve-month  period  which begins on the first day of January
             and which ends on the last day of December.

1.26         Prior Plan

             Any other qualified plan that is merged into the Plan under Article
XX.


                                      -9-

                                      627

<PAGE>

1.27         Reemployment Commencement Date

             The date on which an  Employee  first  performs  an Hour of Service
             following a termination of employment with the Controlled Group.

1.28         Rollover Contribution

             Any rollover  contribution to the Plan made by an Eligible Employee
pursuant to Section 12.08.

1.29         Salary Deferral Contribution

             The amount contributed to the Plan on a Participant's behalf by his
             Employer in accordance with his salary reduction agreement executed
             pursuant to Article XII.

1.30         Separate Account

             The  separate  account  maintained  by the Trustee in the name of a
             Participant  that  reflects  his interest in the Trust Fund and any
             Sub-Accounts established thereunder, as provided in Article XI.

1.31         Settlement Date

             The date on which a  Participant's  interest under the Plan becomes
             distributable  in  accordance  with  Article  XIV  and  Article  XV
             following his termination of service.

1.32         Special Loan Investment Fund

             An Investment Fund described in Section 11.03.

1.33         Spouse

             The person to whom a Participant is legally  married at the time in
question.

1.34         Sub-Account

             Any of the  individual  sub-accounts  of a  Participant's  Separate
             Account that is maintained as provided in Article XI.


                                      -10-

                                      628

<PAGE>

1.35         Total and Permanent Disability

             Permanent incapacity resulting in the Participant's being unable to
             engage in gainful employment at his usual occupation,  or any other
             occupation for which he is reasonably suited by education, training
             and experience, by reason of any medically demonstrable physical or
             mental condition,  excluding,  however, (i) incapacity  contracted,
             suffered or incurred while the Participant was engaged in, or which
             resulted  from  having  engaged in, a  felonious  enterprise;  (ii)
             incapacity  resulting  from or consisting of chronic  alcoholism or
             addiction to drugs of abuse;  (iii)  incapacity  resulting  from an
             intentionally  self-inflicted  injury or illness;  (iv)  incapacity
             contracted,  suffered or incurred in the  employment  of other than
             the Employer,  including self-employment;  (v) incapacity resulting
             from injury or disease  incurred  while serving in the armed forces
             of any country  and for which a  government  disability  benefit is
             payable.   Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  incapacity  of  a
             Participant who became an Employee prior to January 1, 1995, may be
             determined in accordance with the definition of Total and Permanent
             Disability in effect under the Plan prior to January 1, 1995 to the
             extent that the definition is more favorable to the Participant.

1.36         Trust

             The trust maintained by the Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

1.37         Trust Agreement

             The agreement  between the Company and the Trustee  establishing or
             maintaining the ALLTEL Corporation 401(k) Savings Trust, as amended
             from time to time.

1.38         Trustee

             The entity or individual or individuals  designated under the Trust
             Agreement  and includes  and denotes any  successor or successor in
             trust  under  the  Trust  Agreement,  unless  the  context  clearly
             indicates a contrary intention.

1.39         Trust Fund

             All cash,  securities,  real estate,  or any other property held by
             the Trustee pursuant to the terms of the Trust Agreement,  together
             with the income therefrom.


                                      -11-

                                      629

<PAGE>

1.40         Unmatched Salary Deferral Contributions

             A Participant's  Salary Deferral  Contributions  in excess of 6% of
             his Compensation for the Plan Year, or such other percentage as may
             be  established  with  respect to Eligible  Employees  from time to
             time.

1.41         Valuation Date

             The last day of each calendar  month and any other date or dates as
             may be established from time to time by the Plan Administrator.


                                      -12-

                                       630

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE II
                                 ADMINISTRATION


2.01         Plan Administrator

             The  Company  shall  be the  Plan  Administrator  and  shall be the
             administrator for purposes of ERISA and the plan  administrator for
             purposes of the Code.

2.02         Allocation of Authority and Responsibility Among Named Fiduciaries

             The  Company,  the Plan  Administrator,  and the  Trustee  shall be
             "named  fiduciaries" as defined in Section  402(a)(2) of ERISA. The
             Employers   shall   have  the  sole   responsibility   for   making
             contributions  under the Plan as  determined  by the  Company.  The
             Company shall have the sole  responsibility  for  appointing one or
             more trustees as the Trustee. The Plan Administrator shall have the
             sole  responsibility for the administration of the Plan as provided
             herein.  Except to the extent that an  investment  manager has been
             appointed,  the  Trustee  shall  have  the  responsibility  for the
             administration and management of the Trust Fund, in accordance with
             the  provisions  of  the  Trust  Agreement.  Each  named  fiduciary
             warrants  that any  directions  given,  information  furnished,  or
             action taken by it shall be in  accordance  with the  provisions of
             the Plan,  unless  inconsistent  with  applicable  law.  Each named
             fiduciary  may rely on any  direction,  information  or  action  of
             another named  fiduciary.  It is intended  under the Plan that each
             named fiduciary shall be responsible for the proper exercise of its
             own powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations under the Plan
             and  shall  not be  responsible  for any act or  failure  to act of
             another   fiduciary    (including   named   fiduciaries)   if   the
             responsibility  or  authority  of the act or failure to act was not
             within the scope of the named  fiduciary's  authority  or delegated
             responsibility.  No  fiduciary  guarantees  the  Trust  Fund in any
             manner against investment loss or depreciation in asset values.

2.03         Rights, Powers and Duties of the Plan Administrator

             The Plan Administrator  shall have all such powers and authority as
             may be necessary to discharge its responsibilities  under the Plan,
             including the following rights, powers, and responsibilities:

             (1)       The  Plan   Administrator   shall   administer  the  plan
                       uniformly  and  consistently  with respect to persons who
                       are similarly situated.

             (2)       The  Plan  Administrator  shall  direct  the  Trustee  in
                       writing to make  payments  from the Trust Fund to persons
                       who qualify for such


                                      -13-

                                       631

<PAGE>

                       payments  hereunder.  Such  written  order to the Trustee
                       shall  specify the name of the person,  his address,  and
                       the amount and frequency of such payments.

             (3)       The Plan Administrator shall have the sole responsibility
                       for the administration of the Plan; and, except as herein
                       expressly provided, the Plan Administrator shall have the
                       exclusive  discretionary power and authority to interpret
                       and construe the  provisions of the Plan and to determine
                       any question arising  hereunder or in connection with the
                       administration  of the Plan,  including  the remedying of
                       any  omission,   inconsistency  or  ambiguity,   and  its
                       decision or action in respect thereof shall be conclusive
                       and binding upon any and all Participants, Beneficiaries,
                       and their heirs, distributees,  executors, administrators
                       and assigns.

             (4)       The  Plan  Administrator   shall  resolve  all  questions
                       relating to  participation  in the Plan and determine the
                       amount,  manner,  and timing of the  payment of  benefits
                       under the Plan.

             (5)       The Plan Administrator  shall maintain such records as it
                       determines are necessary,  appropriate,  or convenient to
                       properly administer the Plan.

             (6)       The Plan Administrator may adopt rules and procedures for
                       the  administration  of the Plan that are consistent with
                       the terms of the Plan.

             (7)       The Plan Administrator may employ such counsel and agents
                       for administrative, clerical, legal, medical, accounting,
                       or other  services as it may require in carrying  out the
                       provisions of the Plan.

             (8)       The Plan  Administrator  shall prepare and  distribute to
                       Participants  or  their   Beneficiaries  all  information
                       required under federal law or by the other  provisions of
                       the Plan.

             (9)       The Plan Administrator shall prepare and file all reports
                       or other information required by applicable law.

2.04         Discharge of Duties

             Each fiduciary  under the Plan shall discharge its duties solely in
             the interest of Participants and their  Beneficiaries in accordance
             with the applicable provisions of Section 404 of ERISA.


                                      -14-

                                       632

<PAGE>

2.05         Indemnification

             The Company shall indemnify any officer, director, or employee of a
             member of the  Controlled  Group to whom any power,  authority,  or
             responsibility is allocated or delegated for any liability actually
             and reasonably  incurred with respect to the exercise or failure to
             exercise  such power,  authority,  or  responsibility,  unless such
             liability  results  from  such  person's  own gross  negligence  or
             willful misconduct.

2.06         Compensation and Expenses

             No person who already  receives  full-time pay from a member of the
             Controlled Group shall receive  compensation  from the Plan, except
             for reimbursement of expenses properly and actually incurred.

2.07         Committee

             (a)       The  Company,  pursuant  to  authority  of its  Board  of
                       Directors,  may  allocate or  delegate  any or all of its
                       powers,    authority,   or   responsibilities   as   Plan
                       Administrator  to a  Committee  of  no  less  than  three
                       persons.  Nothing  contained herein shall be construed to
                       prevent any  Participant  or any  director,  officer,  or
                       employee of a member of the Controlled Group from serving
                       as a member of the Committee.

             (b)       Any action authorized, permitted, or required to be taken
                       by  the  Committee  may be  taken  by a  majority  of its
                       members  at the time  acting  hereunder,  except  that no
                       member of the Committee  who is a Participant  shall take
                       any  part  in  any   action   relating   solely   to  his
                       participation.  The  decision  of  the  majority  may  be
                       expressed by a vote at a meeting of the Committee,  or in
                       writing without a meeting. Any direction or certification
                       required or authorized to be given by the Committee shall
                       be in writing  and signed by a majority of the members of
                       the Committee,  or by such member as may be designated by
                       an  instrument  in writing  signed by all of the  members
                       thereof.  The Committee shall keep a permanent  record of
                       its meetings and actions.

             (c)       The  Committee  may from time to time  allocate to one or
                       more of its members and may delegate to any other persons
                       or organizations  any of its rights,  powers,  duties and
                       responsibilities   with  respect  to  the  operation  and
                       administration  of the  Plan  that  are  permitted  to be
                       delegated  under ERISA  unless  delegation  is  expressly
                       prohibited  by  the  terms  of  the  Plan  or  the  Trust
                       Agreement. Any such allocation or delegation will be made
                       in writing, will be reviewed periodically by the


                                      -15-

                                       633

<PAGE>

                       Committee, and will be terminable upon such notice as the
                       Committee in its discretion  deems  reasonable and proper
                       under   the   circumstances.   Whenever   a   person   or
                       organization  has the power and authority  under the Plan
                       to  delegate   discretionary   authority  respecting  the
                       administration   of  the  Plan  to   another   person  or
                       organization,  the delegating party's responsibility with
                       respect to such delegation is limited to the selection of
                       the  person  to  whom  authority  is  delegated  and  the
                       periodic   review  of  such  person's   performance   and
                       compliance  with  applicable  law  and  regulations.  Any
                       breach of fiduciary  responsibility by the person to whom
                       authority  has been  delegated  which is not  proximately
                       caused by the  delegating  party's  failure  to  properly
                       select or supervise,  and in which breach the  delegating
                       party  does  not  otherwise  participate,   will  not  be
                       considered  a  breach  by the  delegating  party,  to the
                       extent permitted by law.

             (d)       The  Company,  pursuant  to  authority  of its  Board  of
                       Directors,  may from time to time  remove  members of the
                       Committee  and  add  members  thereto.  A  member  of the
                       Committee may, at any time, notify the Company in writing
                       of his  intent to  resign  from the  Committee,  and such
                       resignation  shall  be  effective  as of  the  date  such
                       written notification is received by the Company, unless a
                       later date is specified therein.  Vacancies  occurring in
                       the Committee whether by reason of resignation,  removal,
                       death or otherwise, shall be filled pursuant to authority
                       of the Board of Directors.

             (e)       The Committee may from time to time  formulate such rules
                       and regulations for its  organization and the transaction
                       of  its  business  as  it  deems   suitable  and  as  are
                       consistent  with the provisions of the Plan and the Trust
                       Agreement.

2.08         Administrative Expenses

             The Plan Administrator  may, in its discretion,  direct the Trustee
             to pay from the Trust Fund all administrative  expenses of the Plan
             and Trust,  including the  compensation of all persons  employed by
             the Plan  Administrator.  To the extent such  expenses are not paid
             from the Trust Fund,  they shall be paid  directly by the  Company.
             Any  expenses to be paid by the Trustee out of the Trust Fund shall
             be  approved  by  the  Plan  Administrator  before  payment  by the
             Trustee.


                                      -16-

                                       634

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE III
                               GENERAL PROVISIONS


3.01         Adoption of the Plan by Other Employers

             Any member of the  Controlled  Group may,  with the  consent of the
             Company, adopt the Plan and thereby become an Employer hereunder by
             executing an  instrument  evidencing  such adoption on the order of
             its board of  directors  or other  organizational  authority.  Such
             instrument shall specify the effective date of the adoption.

3.02         No Contract of Employment

             Nothing  herein  contained  shall  be  construed  to  constitute  a
             contract of  employment  between the  Employer and any Employee nor
             shall the  maintenance of the Plan affect the  Employer's  right to
             discharge or otherwise discipline Employees. The employment records
             of the  Employer  and the  Trustee's  records  shall be  final  and
             binding upon all Employees as to eligibility and participation.

3.03         Restrictions Upon Assignments and Creditor's Claims

             (a)       Except  as may be  otherwise  provided  in the  Plan,  no
                       Participant  or  Beneficiary  shall  have  any  power  to
                       assign, pledge,  encumber or transfer any interest in the
                       Trust Fund while the same shall be in the  possession  of
                       the  Trustee.  Any such  attempt at  alienation  shall be
                       void.  No such interest  shall be subject to  attachment,
                       garnishment,  execution,  levy  or  any  other  legal  or
                       equitable  proceeding  or process  and any  attempt to so
                       subject  such  interest  shall  be  void.  The  foregoing
                       provisions of this  subsection  (a),  however,  shall not
                       preclude (i) the  enforcement  of a Federal tax levy made
                       pursuant  to  Section  6331  of  the  Code  or  (ii)  the
                       collection by the United  States on a judgment  resulting
                       from an unpaid tax assessment.

             (b)       Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  this Section 3.03 shall
                       not apply to a qualified  domestic  relations  order,  as
                       defined  in  Section   414(p)  of  the  Code.   The  Plan
                       Administrator  shall  establish a procedure  to determine
                       the qualified status of domestic  relations orders and to
                       administer distributions under such qualified orders. The
                       Plan Administrator  shall promptly notify the Participant
                       and each  alternate  payee of the  receipt  of any  State
                       domestic relations order and the procedure which the Plan
                       Administrator  will  follow in  determining  whether  the
                       order constitutes a


                                      -17-

                                       635

<PAGE>

                       qualified domestic relations order, as defined in Section
                       414(p) of the Code.

3.04         Facility of Payment

             If any person to whom a benefit under the Plan is payable is unable
             to care for his affairs because of illness or accident, any payment
             due may be paid, in the  discretion of the Plan  Administrator,  to
             the  Spouse,  child,  brother or sister of such  person,  or to any
             other persons deemed by the Plan Administrator to be maintaining or
             responsible  for the maintenance of such person (unless prior claim
             therefor shall have been made by a duly qualified guardian or other
             legal  representative).  Any payment  made in  accordance  with the
             provisions  of this Section  3.04 shall be a complete  discharge of
             any liabilities of the Plan with respect to the benefit so paid.

3.05         Restriction of Claims Against Trust

             The Trust and the corpus and income thereof shall not be subject to
             the rights or claims of any creditor of the Employer or  Controlled
             Group.  Neither the establishment of the Trust, the modification of
             the Trust Agreement,  the creation of any fund or account,  nor the
             payment  of  any   benefits   shall  be  construed  as  giving  any
             Participant  or any  other  person  any legal or  equitable  rights
             against the  Controlled  Group or any of its  officers,  employees,
             directors, or shareholders, or the Trustee unless the same shall be
             specifically provided for in the Plan.

3.06         Benefits Payable from Trust

             All benefits  payable  under the Plan shall be paid or provided for
solely from the Trust.

3.07         Merger and Transfer of Assets or Liabilities

             The Plan shall not be merged or  consolidated  with any other plan,
             nor shall any assets or  liabilities  of the Plan be transferred to
             another plan, unless, immediately after such merger, consolidation,
             or transfer of assets,  each  Participant  would  receive a benefit
             having a value  equal to or greater  than the benefit he would have
             received  if the  Plan  had  terminated  immediately  prior  to the
             merger, consolidation or transfer.


                                      -18-

                                       636

<PAGE>

3.08         Applicable Law

             To the extent not  preempted by federal law, the  provisions of the
             Plan shall be construed,  regulated, and administered in accordance
             with  the  laws  of  the  State  of  Delaware.  The  invalidity  or
             illegality  of any  provision  of the Plan  shall  not  affect  the
             legality or validity of any other part thereof.

3.09         Reversion of Employer Contributions

             At no time shall any part of the corpus or income of the Trust Fund
             be used for or diverted to  purposes  other than for the  exclusive
             benefit of Participants  and their  Beneficiaries.  Notwithstanding
             the  foregoing,  if a  contribution  to the  Trust  is  made by the
             Employer by a mistake in fact, such contribution  shall be returned
             to  the  Employer   within  one  year  after  the  payment  of  the
             contribution  to  the  Trust  if  the  Employer  so  directs.  If a
             contribution   by  the   Employer   is   conditioned   on   initial
             qualification of the Plan under Section 401 of the Code, and if the
             Plan does not qualify,  then such contribution shall be returned to
             the  Employer   within  one  year  after  the  date  of  denial  of
             qualification  of the Plan. If a  contribution  to the Trust is not
             fully  deductible  by the Employer  under  Section 404 of the Code,
             then,   to  the  extent  the  deduction  is   disallowed,   such  a
             contribution  may be  returned to the  Employer if the  Employer so
             directs  within one year after the  disallowance  of the deduction.
             Unless otherwise  specified in writing,  contributions  made by the
             Employer  to the Trust shall be deemed to be  conditioned  upon the
             initial  and  continued  qualification  of the Plan  under  Section
             401(a) of the Code,  the exempt  status of the Trust under  Section
             501(a) of the Code, and the deductibility of the contribution under
             Section 404 of the Code.


                                      -19-

                                       637

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IV
                               CLAIMS PROCEDURES


4.01         Claim for Benefits

             If any claim for  benefits  filed by any person under the Plan (the
             "claimant") is denied in whole or in part,  the Plan  Administrator
             shall issue a written notice of such decision to the claimant.  The
             notice  shall be issued to the  claimant as soon as possible but in
             no event  later  than 90 days from the date the claim for  benefits
             was filed.  The notice  issued by the Plan  Administrator  shall be
             written in a manner  calculated  to be  understood by the claimant,
             and shall include the following:

             (1)      the specific reason or reasons for any denial of benefits;

             (2)      the specific Plan provisions on which any denial is based;

             (3)      a  description  of any further  material  or  information
                      which is necessary  for the claimant to perfect his claim
                      and an  explanation of why the material or information is
                      needed; and

             (4)      an explanation of the Plan's claim review procedure.

             If the Plan Administrator fails to respond to a claim for benefits,
             such claim shall be deemed to have been denied.

4.02         Review

             If the Plan  Administrator  denies a claim for benefits in whole or
             in part, or the claim is otherwise deemed to have been denied,  the
             claimant or his duly  authorized  representative  may submit to the
             Plan Administrator a written request for review of the claim denial
             within 60 days of the mailing of the notice or deemed denial of his
             claim. The claimant or his duly authorized representative may:

             (1)       review pertinent documents; and

             (2)       submit  issues and  comments in writing to which the Plan
                       Administrator shall respond.

             The Plan  Administrator  shall furnish a written decision on review
             not later than 60 days after  receipt of the  written  request  for
             review of the claim denial,


                                      -20-

                                       638

<PAGE>

             unless special  circumstances  require an extension of the time for
             processing  the  appeal.  If an  extension  of time for  review  is
             required  because of special  circumstances,  written notice of the
             extension   shall  be  furnished  to  the  claimant  prior  to  the
             commencement  of the extension,  and the Plan  Administrator  shall
             furnish a written  decision on review not later than 120 days after
             receipt of the written request for review of the claim denial. If a
             written  decision on review is not furnished within 60 days (or 120
             days,  if  applicable)  after  receipt of the  written  request for
             review of the claim  denial,  the claim  shall be deemed  denied on
             review.  The  decision  on  review  shall be in  writing  and shall
             include  specific  reasons for the decision,  shall be written in a
             manner  calculated  to be  understood  by the  claimant,  and shall
             contain  specific  references to the pertinent  Plan  provisions on
             which the decision is based.


                                      -21-

                                       639

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE V
                           AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION


5.01         Amendment and Termination of the Plan

             The Company expressly reserves the right, at any time and from time
             to time,  by action of or  pursuant  to  authority  of its Board of
             Directors:

             (1)       to terminate the Plan in whole or in part; and/or

             (2)       to amend the Plan in any respect.

             A  Participant's  accrued  benefit  shall  not be  decreased  by an
             amendment  to the Plan,  except as may be permitted  under  Section
             411(d)(6) of the Code.

             Any  termination  or amendment  shall be evidenced by an instrument
             executed  on behalf of the  Company by an  authorized  officer.  No
             termination   or   amendment   shall   increase   the   duties   or
             responsibilities  of a  Trustee  without  its  consent  thereto  in
             writing.

             Promptly after any amendment of the Plan has become effective,  the
             Company  shall cause a copy of such  amendment to be filed with the
             Plan Administrator and with the Trustee.

5.02         Procedure Upon Termination

             Upon termination of the Plan, the following  actions shall be taken
             for the benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries:

             (a)       As of the  termination  date,  the  Trust  Fund  shall be
                       valued and all Separate  Accounts and sub-accounts  shall
                       be  adjusted  in the manner  provided in Article XI, with
                       any  unallocated  Employer  Contributions  or Forfeitures
                       being allocated as of the termination  date in the manner
                       otherwise  provided  in the Plan.  The  termination  date
                       shall become a Valuation Date for purposes of Article XI.
                       In  determining  the net worth of the Trust  Fund,  there
                       shall be included as a liability such amounts as shall be
                       necessary  to pay all  expenses  in  connection  with the
                       termination  of  the  Trust  and  the   liquidation   and
                       distribution  of the  property  of the Trust,  as well as
                       other expenses, whether or not accrued, and shall include
                       as an asset all accrued income.


                                      -22-

                                       640
<PAGE>

             (b)       All Separate Accounts shall then be distributed to or for
                       the  benefit  of  each   Participant  or  Beneficiary  in
                       accordance  with the  provisions of Article XIV as if the
                       termination  date were a  termination  of his  employment
                       with all members of the Controlled Group.

             (c)       Notwithstanding  the  provisions of paragraph (b) of this
                       Section  5.02,  no  distribution   shall  be  made  to  a
                       Participant  of any  portion of the balance of his Salary
                       Deferral   Contributions   Sub-Account   prior   to   his
                       separation  from service (other than a distribution  made
                       in accordance  with Article XIX or required in accordance
                       with  Section  401(a)(9)  of the Code) unless (i) neither
                       his Employer nor any other member of the Controlled Group
                       establishes  or maintains  another  defined  contribution
                       plan  (other  than an employee  stock  ownership  plan as
                       defined in Section  4975(e)(7)  of the Code, a tax credit
                       employee  stock  ownership plan as defined in Section 409
                       of the Code, or a simplified  employee pension as defined
                       in  Section  408(k) of the  Code)  either at the time the
                       plan is  terminated  or at any  time  during  the  period
                       ending 12 months  after  distribution  of all assets from
                       the Plan;  provided,  however,  that this provision shall
                       not  apply if  fewer  than two  percent  of the  Eligible
                       Employees  under the Plan were eligible to participate at
                       any time in such other defined  contribution  plan during
                       the 24-month  period  beginning 12 months before the Plan
                       termination,  and (ii) the  distribution  the Participant
                       receives  is a "lump  sum  distribution"  as  defined  in
                       Section 402(d)(4) of the Code,  without regard to clauses
                       (i),  (ii),   (iii),  and  (iv)  of  sub-paragraph   (A),
                       sub-paragraph (B), or sub-paragraph (H) thereof.

5.03         Non-Forfeitability Upon Termination of Plan

             Upon termination or partial termination of the Plan or the complete
             discontinuance  of  contributions  to the Plan,  the  rights of all
             affected  Participants to the amounts credited to the Participants'
             Separate Accounts shall be nonforfeitable.


                                      -23-

                                       641
<PAGE>

5.04         Reorganization

             The  merger,  consolidation,  or  liquidation  of a  member  of the
             Controlled  Group that has  adopted the Plan with or into any other
             member of the  Controlled  Group shall not constitute a termination
             of the Plan as to such adopting member of the Controlled  Group. If
             an Employer disposes of substantially all of the assets used by the
             Employer in a trade or business or disposes of a subsidiary  and in
             connection therewith one or more Participants terminates employment
             but  continues in  employment  with the  purchaser of the assets or
             with such subsidiary,  no distribution  from the Plan shall be made
             to any such Participant prior to his separation from service (other
             than a distribution made in accordance with Article XIX or required
             in accordance  with Section  401(a)(9) of the Code),  except that a
             distribution  shall be permitted to be made in such a case, subject
             to the  Participant's  consent (to the extent  required by law), if
             (i) the distribution  would constitute a "lump sum distribution" as
             defined in section 402(d)(4) of the Code, without regard to clauses
             (i), (ii), (iii), or (iv) of sub-paragraph (A),  sub-paragraph (B),
             or  sub-paragraph  (H)  thereof,  (ii) the  Employer  continues  to
             maintain the Plan after the  disposition,  (iii) the purchaser does
             not  maintain  the  Plan  after  the  disposition,   and  (iv)  the
             distribution  is made by the end of the second  calendar year after
             the calendar year in which the disposition occurred.

5.05         Withdrawal of an Employer

             A member of the Controlled  Group that has adopted the Plan,  other
             than the  Company,  may  withdraw  from  the  Plan (a  "withdrawing
             employer")  at  any  time  upon  notice  in  writing  to  the  Plan
             Administrator  and shall thereupon cease to be an adopting employer
             for all purposes of the Plan. A member of the Controlled Group that
             has adopted the Plan shall be deemed automatically to withdraw from
             the  Plan  in  the  event  of  its   complete   discontinuance   of
             contributions  or,  subject to Section  5.03 and unless the Company
             otherwise  directs,  it  ceases  to be a member  of the  Controlled
             Group.  The withdrawal of a member of the Controlled Group shall be
             treated as a termination  of the Plan with respect to  Participants
             who at the time are employed by such withdrawing  employer.  In the
             event of any such  withdrawal of an adopting  employer,  the action
             specified in Section 5.02 shall be taken as of the withdrawal date,
             as  on a  termination  of  the  Plan,  but  with  respect  only  to
             Participants  who are employed solely by the withdrawing  employer,
             and who,  upon such  withdrawal,  are  neither  transferred  to nor
             continued in  employment  with any other  member of the  Controlled
             Group. The interest of any Participant  employed by the withdrawing
             employer who is transferred to or continues in employment  with any
             other member of the Controlled Group, and the interest


                                      -24-

                                       642
<PAGE>

             of any  Participant  employed  solely by a member of the Controlled
             Group other than the withdrawing employer,  shall remain unaffected
             by such withdrawal;  no adjustment to his Separate Account shall be
             made by  reason  of the  withdrawal;  and he  shall  continue  as a
             Participant  hereunder  subject to the remaining  provisions of the
             Plan.


                                      -25-

                                       643
<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE VI
                         TRUST AGREEMENT AND TRUST FUND


6.01         Trust Agreement and Trust Fund

             The   Company   shall   execute   one  or  more  Trust   Agreements
             (collectively  referred to as the "Trust Agreement") with a trustee
             or  trustees  selected  by the  Company  under the terms of which a
             Trust Fund will be  established  for the  purpose of  receiving  or
             holding  contributions  made to the Plan,  as well as interest  and
             other income on investments  of such funds,  and for the purpose of
             paying  benefits  provided  by the Plan.  The Company may amend the
             Trust Agreement from time to time to accomplish the purposes of the
             Plan, may remove any Trustee, and may select any successor trustee.
             The Trust Agreement and the Trust  maintained  thereunder  shall be
             deemed to be a part of the Plan as if fully set  forth  herein  and
             the provisions of the Trust  Agreement are hereby  incorporated  by
             reference into the Plan.

6.02         Irrevocability

             The Trust Fund shall be used to pay  benefits  as  provided  in the
             Plan. No part of the principal or income of the Trust Fund shall be
             used for, or diverted to, purposes other than those provided in the
             Plan,  and no part of the Trust Fund shall revert to the Company or
             any  member of the  Controlled  Group  except  as may be  otherwise
             specifically provided under the Plan, the Trust Agreement, or both.

6.03         Benefits Payable Only from Trust Fund

             All benefits  paid under the Plan shall be paid from the Trust Fund
             or from any insurance contract  established under Section 6.04, and
             the  Employer  shall not be otherwise  liable for benefits  payable
             under the Plan.

6.04         Optional Provision for Benefits

             The  Company  reserves  the  right to  change at any time the means
             through  which  the  benefits  under  the Plan  shall be  provided,
             including  the  substitution  of a contract  or  contracts  with an
             insurance  company or companies,  and may  thereupon  make suitable
             provision  for the use of assets of the Trust Fund to  provide  for
             the payment of benefits under such insurance contract or contracts.
             No such change shall constitute a termination of the Plan or result
             in  the   diversion  to  the  Employer  of  any  funds   previously
             contributed hereunder.


                                      -26-

                                       644

<PAGE>

6.05         Commingling Authorized

             As permitted in the Trust Agreement,  the Trust Fund held under the
             Plan may be  commingled  with any  trust  funds  held  under  other
             employee benefit plans of the Controlled Group, provided such other
             funds qualify as tax exempt under the applicable  provisions of the
             Code.


                                      -27-

                                       645
<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VII
                          LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS


7.01         Definitions

             For  purposes of this Article  VII,  the  following  terms have the
following meanings:

             (a)       The  "actual  deferral  percentage"  with  respect  to  a
                       Participant for a particular Plan Year means the ratio of
                       the Salary Deferral  Contributions made on his behalf for
                       the Plan Year to his test compensation for the Plan Year;
                       provided,   however,   that   contributions   made  on  a
                       Participant's behalf for a Plan Year shall be included in
                       determining his actual deferral  percentage for such Plan
                       Year only if the contributions are made to the Plan prior
                       to the end of the 12-month period  immediately  following
                       the Plan  Year to which  the  contributions  relate.  The
                       determination   and  treatment  of  the  actual  deferral
                       percentage amounts for any Participant shall satisfy such
                       other  requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary
                       of the Treasury.

             (b)       The "aggregate limit" means the sum of (i) 125 percent of
                       the greater of the average  contribution  percentage  for
                       Participants other than Highly  Compensated  Employees or
                       the average actual deferral  percentage for  Participants
                       other  than  Highly  Compensated  Employees  and (ii) the
                       lesser  of 200  percent  or two plus the  lesser  of such
                       average   contribution   percentage  or  average   actual
                       deferral  percentage,  or, if it would result in a larger
                       aggregate  limit,  the sum of (iii)  125  percent  of the
                       lesser  of  the  average   contribution   percentage  for
                       Participants other than Highly  Compensated  Employees or
                       the average actual deferral  percentage for  Participants
                       other  than  Highly  Compensated  Employees  and (iv) the
                       lesser of 200  percent  or two plus the  greater  of such
                       average   contribution   percentage  or  average   actual
                       deferral percentage.

             (c)       The "annual addition" with respect to a Participant for a
                       limitation  year  means  the sum of the  Salary  Deferral
                       Contributions and Employer Contributions allocated to his
                       Separate  Account for the limitation  year (including any
                       excess  contributions  that are  distributed  pursuant to
                       this Article VII), the employer  contributions,  employee
                       contributions,  and forfeitures allocated to his accounts
                       for the limitation year under any other qualified defined
                       contribution plan (whether or not terminated)  maintained
                       by an Employer or any other member of the Controlled


                                      -28-

                                       646
<PAGE>

                       Group,  and amounts  described in Sections  415(l)(2) and
                       419A(d)(2)  of the Code  allocated to his account for the
                       limitation year.

             (d)       The "Code  Section  402(g)  limit" means the dollar limit
                       imposed by Section  402(g)(1) of the Code or  established
                       by the  Secretary  of the  Treasury  pursuant  to Section
                       402(g)(5)  of the  Code in  effect  on  January  1 of the
                       calendar  year in  which  a  Participant's  taxable  year
                       begins.

             (e)       The   "contribution   percentage"   with   respect  to  a
                       Participant for a particular Plan Year means the ratio of
                       the matching contributions made to the Plan on his behalf
                       for the Plan Year to his test  compensation for such Plan
                       Year, except that, to the extent permitted by regulations
                       issued under Section  401(m) of the Code, the Company may
                       elect to take into account in computing  the numerator of
                       each  Participant's  contribution  percentage  the Salary
                       Deferral Contributions made to the Plan on his behalf for
                       the  Plan  Year;  provided,   however,  that  any  Salary
                       Deferral  Contributions  that were taken into  account in
                       computing  the  numerator  of  a   Participant's   actual
                       deferral  percentage  may not be taken  into  account  in
                       computing the numerator of his  contribution  percentage;
                       and provided, further, that contributions made by or on a
                       Participant's behalf for a Plan Year shall be included in
                       determining  his  contribution  percentage  for such Plan
                       Year only if the contributions are made to the Plan prior
                       to the end of the 12-month period  immediately  following
                       the Plan  Year to which  the  contributions  relate.  The
                       determination   and   treatment   of   the   contribution
                       percentage amounts for any Participant shall satisfy such
                       other  requirements as may be prescribed by the Secretary
                       of the Treasury.

             (f)       An   "elective    contribution"    means   any   employer
                       contribution  made to a plan maintained by an Employer or
                       any other member of the  Controlled  Group on behalf of a
                       Participant in lieu of cash compensation  pursuant to his
                       written  election  to defer under any  qualified  cash or
                       deferred  arrangement  as described in Section  401(k) of
                       the  Code,  any  simplified   employee  pension  cash  or
                       deferred arrangement as described in Section 402(h)(1)(B)
                       of the Code,  any  eligible  deferred  compensation  plan
                       under  Section 457 of the Code,  or any plan as described
                       in Section  501(c)(18) of the Code, and any  contribution
                       made on behalf of the  Participant  by an Employer or any
                       other member of the Controlled  Group for the purchase of
                       an  annuity  contract  under  Section  403(b) of the Code
                       pursuant to a salary reduction agreement.


                                      -29-

                                       647
<PAGE>

             (g)       An "excess  deferral" with respect to a Participant means
                       that   portion  of  a   Participant's   Salary   Deferral
                       Contributions  that, when added to amounts deferred under
                       other plans or arrangements described in Sections 401(k),
                       408(k),  or  403(b) of the Code,  would  exceed  the Code
                       Section   402(g)   limit   and  is   includable   in  the
                       Participant's  gross income under  Section  402(g) of the
                       Code.

             (h)       A "family  member" of an  Employee  means the  Employee's
                       spouse,  his lineal ascendants,  his lineal  descendants,
                       and  the   spouses   of  such   lineal   ascendants   and
                       descendants.

             (i)       A  "limitation  year"  means the Plan Year or such  other
                       12-month period designated as such by the Company.

             (j)       A "matching contribution" means any employer contribution
                       allocated to a  Participant's  account  under the Plan or
                       any other plan of an Employer or any other  member of the
                       Controlled   Group   solely  on   account   of   elective
                       contributions    made   on   his   behalf   or   employee
                       contributions made by him.

             (k)       The "test  compensation" of a Participant for a Plan Year
                       means  compensation  as defined in Section  414(s) of the
                       Code and regulations issued thereunder, limited, however,
                       to $150,000  (subject to adjustment  annually at the same
                       time and in the same  manner as under  Section  415(d) of
                       the Code as modified by Section  401(a)(17)  of the Code;
                       provided,  however, that the dollar increase in effect on
                       January  1 of any  calendar  year is  effective  for Plan
                       Years  beginning  in such  calendar  year).  If the  test
                       compensation of a Participant is determined over a period
                       of time that contains fewer than 12 calendar months, then
                       the annual compensation  limitation described above shall
                       be  adjusted   with  respect  to  that   Participant   by
                       multiplying the annual compensation  limitation in effect
                       for the Plan Year by a fraction the numerator of which is
                       the  number  of  full   months  in  the  period  and  the
                       denominator of which is 12;  provided,  however,  that no
                       proration  is required for a  Participant  who is covered
                       under  the Plan for less  than one full  Plan Year if the
                       formula for  allocations is based on  Compensation  for a
                       period of at least 12  months.  In  determining  the test
                       compensation,   for   purposes  of  applying  the  annual
                       compensation limitation described above, of a Participant
                       who is a  five-percent  owner  or  among  the ten  Highly
                       Compensated   Employees   receiving   the  greatest  test
                       compensation   for  the   limitation   year,   the   test
                       compensation  of  the  Participant's  spouse  and  of his
                       lineal descendants who have not attained age 19 as of the
                       close of the limitation year


                                      -30-

                                       648

<PAGE>

                       shall be included as test compensation of the Participant
                       for the  limitation  year. If as a result of applying the
                       family   aggregation  rule  described  in  the  preceding
                       sentence  the  annual  compensation  limitation  would be
                       exceeded,  the  limitation  shall be  prorated  among the
                       affected  family  members in  proportion to each member's
                       test  compensation as determined  prior to application of
                       the family aggregation rules.

7.02         Code Section 402(g) Limit

             In no event shall the amount of the Salary  Deferral  Contributions
             made  on  behalf  of a  Participant  for  his  taxable  year,  when
             aggregated  with any elective  contributions  made on behalf of the
             Participant under any other plan of an Employer or any other member
             of the  Controlled  Group for his  taxable  year,  exceed  the Code
             Section  402(g)  limit.  In the event  that the Plan  Administrator
             determines that the reduction  percentage  elected by a Participant
             will result in his  exceeding the Code Section  402(g)  limit,  the
             Plan  Administrator may adjust the reduction  authorization of such
             Participant  by  reducing  the  percentage  of his Salary  Deferral
             Contributions  to such smaller  percentage  that will result in the
             Code  Section  402(g)  limit  not  being  exceeded.   If  the  Plan
             Administrator  determines  that the Salary  Deferral  Contributions
             made on behalf  of a  Participant  would  exceed  the Code  Section
             402(g)   limit  for  his   taxable   year,   the  Salary   Deferral
             Contributions for such Participant shall be automatically suspended
             for the remainder, if any, of such taxable year.

7.03         Distribution of Excess Deferrals

             If an  Employer  notifies  the  Plan  Administrator  that  the Code
             Section  402(g) limit has been  exceeded by a  Participant  for his
             taxable year,  the excess  deferrals  plus any income and minus any
             losses   attributable   thereto,   shall  be   distributed  to  the
             Participant no later than the April 15  immediately  following such
             taxable  year.   Any  Salary   Deferral   Contributions   that  are
             distributed to a Participant  in accordance  with this Section 7.03
             shall not be taken into  account  in  computing  the  Participant's
             actual  deferral  percentage  for the Plan Year in which the Salary
             Deferral  Contributions  were  made,  unless the  Participant  is a
             Highly  Compensated  Employee.  If an  amount  of  Salary  Deferral
             Contributions  is distributed  to a Participant in accordance  with
             this Section 7.03,  matching  contributions  that are  attributable
             solely to the distributed Salary Deferral  Contributions,  plus any
             income  and  minus  any  losses  attributable  thereto,   shall  be
             distributed to the Participant as provided in Section 7.07.


                                      -31-

                                       649

<PAGE>

             Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if
             a Participant  notifies the Plan  Administrator in writing no later
             than the March 1 following the close of the  Participant's  taxable
             year (1) that excess  deferrals  have been made on his behalf under
             the Plan and any  other  plan  for  such  taxable  year and (2) the
             amount of such excess  deferrals  which are to be  allocated to the
             Plan,  the excess  deferrals,  plus any income and minus any losses
             attributable  thereto,  may be  distributed  to the  Participant no
             later than the April 15  immediately  following  such taxable year.
             Any  Salary  Deferral  Contributions  that  are  distributed  to  a
             Participant in accordance with this Section 7.03 shall nevertheless
             be  taken  into  account  in  computing  the  Participant's  actual
             deferral  percentage for the Plan Year in which the Salary Deferral
             Contributions   were  made.   If  an  amount  of  Salary   Deferral
             Contributions  is distributed  to a Participant in accordance  with
             this Section 7.03,  matching  contributions  that are  attributable
             solely to the distributed Salary Deferral  Contributions,  plus any
             income  and  minus  any  losses  attributable  thereto,   shall  be
             distributed to the Participant as provided in Section 7.07.

             7.04  Limitation  on  Salary  Deferral   Contributions   of  Highly
             Compensated Employees

             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the  contrary,
             the Salary Deferral  Contributions made with respect to a Plan Year
             on behalf of Participants who are Highly Compensated  Employees may
             not  result  in an  average  actual  deferral  percentage  for such
             Participants that exceeds the greater of:

             (a)       a percentage  that is equal to 125 percent of the average
                       actual deferral percentage for all other Participants; or

             (b)       a  percentage  that is not more than 200  percent  of the
                       average   actual   deferral   percentage  for  all  other
                       Participants  and  that is not more  than two  percentage
                       points higher than the average actual deferral percentage
                       for all other Participants.

             In order to  assure  that the  limitation  contained  herein is not
             exceeded  with respect to a Plan Year,  the Plan  Administrator  is
             authorized   to  suspend   completely   further   Salary   Deferral
             Contributions  on behalf of Highly  Compensated  Employees  for any
             remaining  portion of a Plan Year or to adjust the projected actual
             deferral  percentages of Highly  Compensated  Employees by reducing
             their   percentage   elections  with  respect  to  Salary  Deferral
             Contributions  for any  remaining  portion  of a Plan  Year to such
             smaller  percentages  that will result in the  limitation set forth
             above not being  exceeded.  In the event of any such  suspension or
             reduction, Highly Compensated Employees affected thereby shall


                                      -32-

                                       650

<PAGE>

             be notified of the  reduction or suspension as soon as possible and
             shall  be  given  an  opportunity  to  make a new  Salary  Deferral
             Contribution  election  to be  effective  the first day of the next
             following  Plan  Year.  In the  absence  of such an  election,  the
             election  in  effect   immediately   prior  to  the  suspension  or
             adjustment  described above shall be reinstated as of the first day
             of the next following Plan Year.

             For purposes of applying the  limitation  contained in this Section
             7.04, the Salary Deferral  Contributions  and test  compensation of
             any Participant  who is a family member of another  Participant who
             is a five  percent  owner  or  among  the  ten  Highly  Compensated
             Employees  receiving  the greatest test  compensation  for the Plan
             Year shall be aggregated with the Salary Deferral Contributions and
             test compensation of such other Participant, and such family member
             shall not be considered a Participant  for purposes of  determining
             the average actual deferral percentage for all other Participants.

             In determining the actual  deferral  percentage for any Participant
             who is a Highly  Compensated  Employee for the Plan Year,  elective
             contributions  made to his  accounts  under  any  other  plan of an
             Employer  or any other  member  of the  Controlled  Group  shall be
             treated  as if all  such  contributions  were  made  to  the  Plan;
             provided,  however,  that if such a plan has a plan year  different
             from  the Plan  Year,  any such  contributions  made to the  Highly
             Compensated  Employee's  accounts  under the plan for the plan year
             ending with or within the same calendar year as the Plan Year shall
             be  treated  as if  such  contributions  were  made  to  the  Plan.
             Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  such  contributions  shall not be
             treated  as if they  were  made to the Plan if  regulations  issued
             under  Section  401(k)  of the Code do not  permit  such plan to be
             aggregated with the Plan.

             If one or more  plans of an  employer  or any  other  member of the
             Controlled  Group  are  aggregated  with the Plan for  purposes  of
             satisfying the  requirements of Section  401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
             Code,  then  actual  deferral  percentages  under the Plan shall be
             calculated  as if the Plan and such one or more other  plans were a
             single plan.  Plans may be aggregated to satisfy  Section 401(k) of
             the Code only if they have the same plan year.

             The Plan  Administrator  shall maintain records  sufficient to show
             that the limitation contained in this Section 7.04 was not exceeded
             with respect to any Plan Year.


                                      -33-

                                       651

<PAGE>

7.05         Distribution of Excess Salary Deferral Contributions

             Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in
             the event that the limitation contained in Section 7.04 is exceeded
             in any Plan  Year,  the  Salary  Deferral  Contributions  made with
             respect to a Highly  Compensated  Employee  that exceed the maximum
             amount  permitted to be contributed to the Plan on his behalf under
             Section  7.04,  plus any income  and minus any losses  attributable
             thereto,  shall be distributed to the Highly  Compensated  Employee
             prior  to the end of the  next  succeeding  Plan  Year.  If  excess
             amounts  are  attributable  to  Participants  aggregated  under the
             family  aggregation  rules  described in Section  7.04,  the excess
             shall be allocated among family members in proportion to the Salary
             Deferral  Contributions made with respect to each family member. If
             such excess  amounts are  distributed  more than 2 1/2 months after
             the last day of the Plan  Year for which the  excess  occurred,  an
             excise tax may be  imposed  under  Section  4979 of the Code on the
             Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.

             The maximum  amount  permitted to be  contributed  to the Plan on a
             Highly  Compensated  Employee's  behalf under Section 7.04 shall be
             determined by reducing Salary Deferral Contributions made on behalf
             of Highly  Compensated  Employees in order of their actual deferral
             percentages  beginning  with the highest of such  percentages.  The
             determination of the amount of excess Salary Deferral Contributions
             shall be made after application of Section 7.03, if applicable.

             If an amount of Salary Deferral  Contributions  is distributed to a
             Participant  in  accordance   with  this  Section  7.05,   matching
             contributions  that  are  attributable  solely  to the  distributed
             Salary Deferral Contributions, plus any income and minus any losses
             attributable  thereto,  shall be distributed to the  Participant as
             provided in Section 7.07.

7.06        Limitation on Matching Contributions of Highly Compensated Employees

             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the  contrary,
             the  matching  contributions  made with  respect  to a Plan Year on
             behalf of Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees may not
             result in an average contribution  percentage for such Participants
             that exceeds the greater of:

             (a)       a percentage  that is equal to 125 percent of the average
                       contribution percentage for all other Participants; or


                                      -34-

                                       652
<PAGE>

             (b)       a  percentage  that is not more than 200  percent  of the
                       average    contribution    percentage   for   all   other
                       Participants  and  that is not more  than two  percentage
                       points  higher than the average  contribution  percentage
                       for all other Participants.

             For purposes of applying the  limitation  contained in this Section
             7.06, the matching contributions, Salary Deferral Contributions (to
             the extent that such Salary Deferral  Contributions  are taken into
             account   in   computing   contribution   percentages),   and  test
             compensation  of any  Participant who is a family member of another
             Participant  who is a five  percent  owner or among the ten  Highly
             Compensated  Employees receiving the greatest test compensation for
             the Plan Year shall be aggregated with the matching  contributions,
             Salary Deferral Contributions,  and test compensation of such other
             Participant,  and such  family  member  shall not be  considered  a
             Participant  for purposes of determining  the average  contribution
             percentage for all other Participants.

             In determining the contribution  percentage for any Participant who
             is a  Highly  Compensated  Employee  for the  Plan  Year,  matching
             contributions,  employee contributions,  and elective contributions
             (to the extent that elective  contributions  are taken into account
             in computing  contribution  percentages) made to his accounts under
             any other plan of an Employer or any other member of the Controlled
             Group  shall be treated as if all such  contributions  were made to
             the Plan;  provided,  however,  that if such a plan has a plan year
             different  from the Plan Year, any such  contributions  made to the
             Highly Compensated  Employee's accounts under the plan for the plan
             year ending with or within the same  calendar year as the Plan Year
             shall be  treated as if such  contributions  were made to the Plan.
             Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  such  contributions  shall not be
             treated  as if they  were  made to the Plan if  regulations  issued
             under  Section  401(m)  of the Code do not  permit  such plan to be
             aggregated with the Plan.

             If one or more  plans of an  Employer  or any  other  member of the
             Controlled  Group  are  aggregated  with the Plan for  purposes  of
             satisfying the  requirements of Section  401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the
             Code,  the  contribution   percentages  under  the  Plan  shall  be
             calculated  as if the Plan and such one or more other  plans were a
             single plan.  Plans may be aggregated to satisfy  Section 401(m) of
             the Code only if they have the same plan year.

             The Plan  Administrator  shall maintain records  sufficient to show
             that the limitation contained in this Section was not exceeded with
             respect  to  any  Plan  Year  and  the   amount  of  the   elective
             contributions   taken  into  account  in   computing   contribution
             percentages for any Plan Year.


                                      -35-

                                       653
<PAGE>

7.07         Distribution of Excess Contributions

             Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, in
             the event that the limitation contained in Section 7.06 is exceeded
             in any Plan Year,  the matching  contributions  made on behalf of a
             Highly   Compensated   Employee  that  exceed  the  maximum  amount
             permitted  to be  contributed  to the Plan on behalf of such Highly
             Compensated  Employee under Section 7.06, plus any income and minus
             any losses attributable thereto,  shall be distributed prior to the
             end of the next  succeeding Plan Year as hereinafter  provided.  If
             excess amounts are  attributable to Participants  aggregated  under
             the family  aggregation rules described in Section 7.05, the excess
             shall be  allocated  among  family  members  in  proportion  to the
             matching  contributions made with respect to each family member. If
             such excess  amounts are  distributed  more than 2 1/2 months after
             the last day of the Plan  Year for which the  excess  occurred,  an
             excise tax may be  imposed  under  Section  4979 of the Code on the
             Employer maintaining the Plan with respect to such amounts.

             The  maximum  amount  permitted  to be  contributed  to the Plan on
             behalf of a Highly Compensated Employee under Section 7.06 shall be
             determined  by reducing  matching  contributions  made on behalf of
             Highly  Compensated   Employees  in  order  of  their  contribution
             percentages beginning with the highest of such percentages.

             The  determination  of the amount of excess matching  contributions
             shall be made after application of Section 7.03, if applicable, and
             after application of Section 7.05, if applicable.

7.08         Multiple Use Limitation

             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the  contrary,
             the following  multiple use  limitation  as required  under Section
             401(m)  of the Code  shall  apply:  the sum of the  average  actual
             deferral   percentage   for  Eligible   Employees  who  are  Highly
             Compensated  Employees and the average contribution  percentage for
             Participants  who are Highly  Compensated  Employees may not exceed
             the  aggregate  limit.  In the event that,  after  satisfaction  of
             Section 7.05 and Section 7.07, it is determined that  contributions
             under  the  Plan  fail  to  satisfy  the  multiple  use  limitation
             contained herein, the multiple use limitation shall be satisfied by
             further reducing the  contribution  percentages of Participants who
             are Highly Compensated  Employees  (beginning with the highest such
             percentage) to the extent  necessary to eliminate the excess,  with
             such further  reductions to be treated as excess  contributions and
             disposed of as provided in Section 7.07.


                                      -36-

                                       654

<PAGE>

7.09         Determination of Income or Loss

             The income or loss  attributable to excess  contributions  that are
             distributed  pursuant to this Article VII shall be  determined  for
             the  preceding  Plan  Year  under  the  method  otherwise  used for
             allocating income or loss to Participants' Separate Accounts.

             7.10 Code Section 415 Limitations on Crediting of Contributions and
             Forfeitures
             
             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the  contrary,
             the annual  addition with respect to a Participant for a limitation
             year  shall in no event  exceed  the  lesser of (i) the  greater of
             $30,000 or 25 percent of the defined benefit dollar  limitation set
             forth in Section 415(b)(1) of the Code in effect for the limitation
             year or (ii)  25  percent  of the  Participant's  compensation,  as
             defined in Section  415(c)(3)  of the Code and  regulations  issued
             thereunder.  If the annual  addition to the  Separate  Account of a
             Participant  in any  limitation  year  would  otherwise  exceed the
             amount  that may be applied for his  benefit  under the  limitation
             contained  in this  Section  7.10,  because  of the  allocation  of
             forfeitures,  a  reasonable  error in  estimating  a  Participant's
             annual  compensation,  a reasonable error in determining the amount
             of  elective  deferrals  that  may  be  made  with  respect  to any
             Participant  under the limits of Section 415 of the Code,  or other
             limited facts and  circumstances  that justify the  availability of
             the provisions set forth below,  the amount of the Unmatched Salary
             Deferral  Contributions  made on behalf of the  Participant for the
             limitation year, that would exceed the limitation herein,  shall be
             reduced to the extent  necessary to  eliminate  such excess and the
             amount  of  any  such  reduction  of  Unmatched   Salary   Deferral
             Contributions  shall  be  returned  to  the  Participant.   If  the
             limitation  contained  in this Section 7.10 would still be exceeded
             after  application  of the  preceding  sentence,  the amount of the
             Matched  Salary  Deferral  Contributions  made  on  behalf  of  the
             Participant  for  the  limitation  year  and  that  portion  of the
             Employer  Contribution  that would be allocated to the  Participant
             based thereon,  but that would exceed the limitation herein,  shall
             be reduced (applying the same percentage  reduction with respect to
             both   Matched   Salary   Deferral   Contributions   and   Employer
             Contributions)  to the extent  necessary to eliminate  such excess.
             The  amount  of any  such  reduction  of  Matched  Salary  Deferral
             Contributions  shall be returned to the  Participant and the amount
             of any such reduction of Employer  Contributions  shall be deemed a
             forfeiture  for the  limitation  year  and  held  unallocated  in a
             suspense  account.  The suspense  account shall be allocated in the
             same manner as Employer  Contributions in the next limitation year,
             and each succeeding limitation year if necessary.


                                      -37-

                                       655

<PAGE>

             If a  suspense  account  is in  existence  at  any  time  during  a
             limitation  year,  all  amounts  in the  suspense  account  must be
             allocated  to  Participants'  Separate  Accounts  (subject  to  the
             limitations   contained   herein)   before  any  further   Employer
             Contributions may be made to the Plan on behalf of Participants. If
             a suspense  account is in existence at any time during a limitation
             year,  it shall not share in any  increase  or  decrease in the net
             worth of the Trust Fund.

7.11         Coverage Under Other Qualified Defined Contribution Plan

             If  a  Participant  is  covered  by  any  other  qualified  defined
             contribution  plan  (whether or not  terminated)  maintained  by an
             Employer or any other member of the  Controlled  Group,  and if the
             annual addition for the limitation year would otherwise  exceed the
             amount that may be applied for the Participant's  benefit under the
             limitation   contained  in  Section  7.10,   the  excess  shall  be
             eliminated by reducing Salary Deferral  Contributions  and Employer
             Contributions  under the Plan to the extent necessary,  as provided
             in Section 7.10.  If the  limitation in Section 7.10 would still be
             exceeded  after applying the provisions of Section 7.10, the excess
             shall be reduced in the manner specified in such other plan. In the
             event that a Participant is covered by a qualified  defined benefit
             plan, the procedure  specified in Section 7.12 shall be implemented
             prior to effecting any reduction in the benefit of the  Participant
             under the defined contribution plans.

7.12         Coverage Under Qualified Defined Benefit Plan

             If a Participant in the Plan is also covered by a qualified defined
             benefit plan (whether or not terminated)  maintained by an Employer
             or any other member of the Controlled  Group, in no event shall the
             sum of the defined  benefit  plan  fraction  (as defined in Section
             415(e)(2) of the Code) and the defined  contribution  plan fraction
             (as  defined in Section  415(e)(3)  of the Code)  exceed 1.0 in any
             limitation year. If, before October 3, 1973, the Participant was an
             active  participant in a qualified  defined benefit plan maintained
             by an  Employer  or any other  member of the  Controlled  Group and
             otherwise  satisfies  the  requirements  of Section  2004(d)(2)  of
             ERISA, then for purposes of applying this Section 7.12, the defined
             benefit  plan  fraction  shall  not  exceed  1.0.  In the event the
             special limitation contained in this Section 7.12 is exceeded,  the
             benefits  otherwise  payable  to the  Participant  under  any  such
             qualified  defined  benefit  plan  shall be  reduced  to the extent
             necessary to meet such limitation.

             If  a  Participant  was  a  participant  in  one  or  more  defined
             contribution  plans  maintained  by  the  employer  which  were  in
             existence   on  July  1,  1982,   the   numerator  of  the  defined
             contribution  plan fraction (as defined in Section 415(e)(3) of the
             Code) will be adjusted if the sum of this fraction and


                                      -38-

                                       656
<PAGE>

             the defined benefit plan fraction (as defined in Section  415(e)(2)
             of the  Code)  would  otherwise  exceed  1.0 under the terms of the
             Plan. Under this adjustment,  an amount equal to the product of (1)
             the  excess  of the sum of the  fractions  over 1.0  times  (2) the
             denominator of this fraction,  will be permanently  subtracted from
             the numerator of the defined contribution plan fraction (as defined
             in Section  415(e)(3) of the Code).  The  adjustment  is calculated
             using the  fractions  as they would be  computed as of the later of
             the end of the last  limitation  year  beginning  before January 1,
             1983, or September 30, 1983.  This  adjustment also will be made if
             at the end of the last limitation year beginning  before January 1,
             1984,  the sum of the fractions  exceeds 1.0 because of accruals or
             additions that were made before the limitations of this Article VII
             became  effective  as to any plans of the  employer in existence on
             July 1, 1982.

7.13         Scope of Limitations

             The limitations contained in Sections 7.10, 7.11, and 7.12 shall be
             applicable  only with  respect to  benefits  provided  pursuant  to
             defined  contribution  plans and defined benefit plans described in
             Section 415(k) of the Code.

7.14         Separate Testing

             The Plan Administrator may elect for any Plan Year to apply Section
             410(b)  of the Code  separately  to that  portion  of the Plan that
             benefits  Participants  who do not have a year of service  with the
             Controlled  Group,  in accordance  with the  provisions of Sections
             1.410(b)-6(b)(3) and 1.410(b)-7(b)(3) of the Treasury  Regulations.
             In which case, the requirements of Sections  401(k)(3),  401(m)(2),
             and 401(m)(9) of the Code shall be applied  separately with respect
             to such portion of the Plan.

                                      -39-

                                       657

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE VIII
                              TOP-HEAVY PROVISIONS


8.01         Definitions

             For purposes of this Article  VIII,  the  following  terms have the
following meanings:

             (a)       The "compensation" of a Participant means compensation as
                       defined in Section 415 of the Code and regulations issued
                       thereunder.  In no event, however, shall the compensation
                       of a  Participant  taken into account  under the Plan for
                       any  Plan  Year  exceed  (1)   $200,000  for  Plan  Years
                       beginning  prior to January 1, 1994,  or (2) $150,000 for
                       Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994 (subject
                       to   adjustment   annually   as   provided   in   Section
                       401(a)(17)(B)  and  Section  415(d) of the  Code.  If the
                       compensation of a Participant is determined over a period
                       of time that contains fewer than 12 calendar months, then
                       the annual compensation  limitation described above shall
                       be  adjusted   with  respect  to  that   Participant   by
                       multiplying the annual compensation  limitation in effect
                       for the Plan Year by a fraction the numerator of which is
                       the  number  of  full   months  in  the  period  and  the
                       denominator   of  which  is  12.   In   determining   the
                       compensation,   for   purposes  of  applying  the  annual
                       compensation limitation described above, of a Participant
                       who is a  five-percent  owner  or one of the  ten  Highly
                       Compensated Employees receiving the greatest compensation
                       for the Plan Year, the compensation of the  Participant's
                       spouse  and  of  his  lineal  descendants  who  have  not
                       attained age 19 as of the close of the Plan Year shall be
                       included as  compensation of the Participant for the Plan
                       Year.  If as a result of applying the family  aggregation
                       rule  described  in the  preceding  sentence  the  annual
                       compensation limitation would be exceeded, the limitation
                       shall be prorated  among the affected  family  members in
                       proportion  to each member's  compensation  as determined
                       prior to application of the family aggregation rules.

             (b)       The  "determination  date" with  respect to any Plan Year
                       means the last day of the  preceding  Plan  Year,  except
                       that the  determination  date with  respect  to the first
                       Plan  Year of the Plan,  shall  mean the last day of such
                       Plan Year.

             (c)       A "key  employee"  means any Employee or former  Employee
                       who  is a key  employee  pursuant  to the  provisions  of
                       Section 416(i)(1) of the Code and any Beneficiary of such
                       Employee or former Employee.


                                      -40-

                                       658

<PAGE>

             (d)       A  "non-key   employee"  means  any  Employee  or  former
                       Employee who is a not a key employee and any  Beneficiary
                       of such Employee or former Employee.

             (e)       A  "permissive   aggregation  group"  means  those  plans
                       included in the  Employer's  required  aggregation  group
                       together with any other plan or plans of the Employer, so
                       long as the entire group of plans would  continue to meet
                       the  requirements  of Sections  401(a)(4)  and 410 of the
                       Code.

             (f)       A  "required   aggregation  group"  means  the  group  of
                       tax-qualified   plans  maintained  by  a  member  of  the
                       Controlled  Group  consisting of each plan in which a key
                       employee  participates and each other plan that enables a
                       plan in  which a key  employee  participates  to meet the
                       requirements  of Section  401(a)(4) or Section 410 of the
                       Code,  including  any plan  that  terminated  within  the
                       five-year  period  ending on the  relevant  determination
                       date.

             (g)       A "super  top-heavy  group" with  respect to a particular
                       Plan Year  means a  required  or  permissive  aggregation
                       group that, as of the  determination  date, would qualify
                       as a top-heavy  group under the  definition in subsection
                       (i) of this Section  8.01 with "90  percent"  substituted
                       for "60 percent" each place where "60 percent" appears in
                       the definition.

             (h)       A "super  top-heavy  plan" with  respect to a  particular
                       Plan  Year  means a plan  that,  as of the  determination
                       date,  would  qualify  as  a  top-heavy  plan  under  the
                       definition  in  subsection  (j) of this Section 8.01 with
                       "90  percent"  substituted  for "60  percent"  each place
                       where "60 percent"  appears in the definition.  A plan is
                       also a  "super  top-heavy  plan" if it is part of a super
                       top-heavy group.

             (i)       A "top-heavy  group" with  respect to a  particular  Plan
                       Year means a required or permissive  aggregation group if
                       the sum,  as of the  determination  date,  of the present
                       value  of  the  cumulative   accrued   benefits  for  key
                       employees  under all defined  benefit  plans  included in
                       such group and the  aggregate of the account  balances of
                       key  employees  under  all  defined   contribution  plans
                       included  in such  group  exceeds 60 percent of a similar
                       sum  determined  for all  employees  covered by the plans
                       included in such group.


                                      -41-

                                       659

<PAGE>

             (j)       A "top-heavy plan" with respect to a particular Plan Year
                       means  (i),  in the case of a defined  contribution  plan
                       (including any simplified  employee pension plan), a plan
                       for which, as of the determination date, the aggregate of
                       the accounts (within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the
                       Code and the regulations  and rulings  thereunder) of key
                       employees  exceeds  60 percent  of the  aggregate  of the
                       accounts  of all  participants  under the plan,  with the
                       accounts  valued as of the  relevant  valuation  date and
                       increased for any distribution of an account balance made
                       in the five-year period ending on the determination date,
                       (ii),  in the case of a defined  benefit plan, a plan for
                       which, as of the determination date, the present value of
                       the cumulative  accrued  benefits  payable under the plan
                       (within the meaning of Section 416(g) of the Code and the
                       regulations  and  rulings  thereunder)  to key  employees
                       exceeds 60 percent of the present value of the cumulative
                       accrued  benefits under the plan for all employees,  with
                       the present  value of accrued  benefits to be  determined
                       under the accrual  method  uniformly used under all plans
                       maintained by the Employer or, if no such method  exists,
                       under the  slowest  accrual  method  permitted  under the
                       fractional  accrual rate of Section  411(b)(1)(C)  of the
                       Code and  including  the present value of any part of any
                       accrued  benefits  distributed  in the  five-year  period
                       ending  on the  determination  date,  and  (iii) any plan
                       included  in  a  required  aggregation  group  that  is a
                       top-heavy  group.  For purposes of this  subsection,  the
                       accounts and accrued benefits of any Employee who has not
                       performed  services for a member of the Controlled  Group
                       during the five-year  period ending on the  determination
                       date shall be disregarded. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                       if a  plan  is  included  in  a  required  or  permissive
                       aggregation  group that is not a  top-heavy  group,  such
                       plan shall not be a top-heavy plan.

             (k)       The  "valuation  date" with respect to any  determination
                       date  means  the most  recent  Valuation  Date  occurring
                       within the 12-month  period  ending on the  determination
                       date.

8.02         Applicability

             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the  contrary,
             the provisions of this Article VIII shall be applicable  during any
             Plan Year in which the Plan is determined  to be a top-heavy  plan.
             If the  Plan  is  determined  to be a  top-heavy  plan  and  upon a
             subsequent  determination  date is  determined  no  longer  to be a
             top-heavy  plan, the vesting  provisions of Article XVI shall again
             become  applicable  as  of  such  subsequent   determination  date;
             provided,  however,  that if the prior vesting  provisions do again
             become applicable, any Employee with


                                      -42-

                                       660
<PAGE>

             three or more Years of Vesting Service may elect in accordance with
             the  provisions  of Article  XVI,  to  continue  to have his vested
             interest in his Separate Account  determined in accordance with the
             vesting schedule specified in Section 8.06.

8.03         Minimum Employer Contribution

             If the Plan is  determined  to be a top-heavy  plan,  the  Employer
             Contributions and Forfeitures  allocated to the Separate Account of
             each non-key employee who is a Participant and who is employed by a
             member of the  Controlled  Group on the last day of such  top-heavy
             Plan Year shall be no less than the lesser of (i) three  percent of
             his  compensation  or (ii) the largest  percentage of  compensation
             that is  allocated  as an Employer  Contribution,  Salary  Deferral
             Contribution, or both for such Plan Year to the Separate Account of
             any key  employee;  except that, in the event the Plan is part of a
             required  aggregation group, and the Plan enables a defined benefit
             plan  included  in such group to meet the  requirements  of Section
             401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code,  the minimum  allocation  of Employer
             Contributions  to each such non-key employee shall be three percent
             of  the  compensation  of  such  non-key   employee.   Any  minimum
             allocation  to a non-key  employee  required by this  Section  8.03
             shall be made without  regard to any social  security  contribution
             made on  behalf of the  non-key  employee,  his  number of hours of
             service, his level of compensation,  or whether he declined to make
             elective or mandatory contributions.

8.04         Coordination with Other Plans

             If the Plan is a top-heavy  plan,  each  non-key  employee who is a
             Participant and who is employed by a member of the Controlled Group
             on the last day of a  top-heavy  Plan Year and who is also  covered
             under any other top-heavy plan or plans  maintained by the Employer
             will  receive  the  top-heavy  benefits  provided  under such other
             defined  contribution  plan,  or, if not  covered  under such other
             defined  contribution  plan, under such other defined benefit plan,
             in lieu of the minimum top-heavy allocation under the Plan.

8.05         Adjustments to Section 415 Limitations

             If the Plan is determined  to be a top-heavy  plan and the Employer
             maintains  a  defined  benefit  plan  covering  some  or all of the
             Participants that are covered by the Plan, the defined benefit plan
             fraction and the defined  contribution plan fraction,  described in
             Article VII,  shall be determined as provided in Section 415 of the
             Code by  substituting  "1.0" for  "1.25"  each place  where  "1.25"
             appears, except that such substitutions shall not be applied to the
             Plan  if (i)  the  Plan is not a super  top-heavy  plan,  (ii)  the
             Employer Contribution for such


                                      -43-

                                       661
<PAGE>

             top-heavy  Plan Year for each non-key  employee who is to receive a
             minimum  top-heavy  benefit hereunder is not less than four percent
             of such  non-key  employee's  compensation,  and (iii) the  minimum
             annual  retirement  benefit  accrued  by  a  non-key  employee  who
             participates  under  one  or  more  defined  benefit  plans  of the
             Employer  or any  other  member  of the  Controlled  Group for such
             top-heavy  Plan Year is not less than the  lesser of three  percent
             times years of service with the Employer or any other member of the
             Controlled Group or thirty percent of his compensation.

8.06         Accelerated Vesting

             If the Plan is determined to be a top-heavy  plan,  unless the Plan
             provides for more rapid vesting, a Participant's vested interest in
             his Separate  Account shall be  determined  in accordance  with the
             following vesting schedule:

                           Years of Vesting Service        Vested Interest

                                    less than 3                   0%
                                    3 or more                    100%


                                      -44-

                                       662

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE IX
                                    SERVICE


9.01         Hour of Service

             An Hour of Service shall mean:

             (1)       Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly
                       compensated or entitled to  compensation  by the Employer
                       (including  any  predecessor   business  of  an  Employer
                       conducted    as    a    corporation,    partnership    or
                       proprietorship)  or any other  member  of the  Controlled
                       Group for the performance of duties;

             (2)       Each hour for which an Employee is directly or indirectly
                       compensated or entitled to  compensation  by the Employer
                       (including  any  predecessor   business  of  an  Employer
                       conducted    as    a    corporation,    partnership    or
                       proprietorship)  or any other  member  of the  Controlled
                       Group    (irrespective    of   whether   the   employment
                       relationship  has  terminated) for reasons other than the
                       performance  of  duties  (such  as  vacation,   holidays,
                       sickness, jury duty, disability,  lay-off, military duty,
                       or leave of absence)  for the period in which such duties
                       were  performed or in which  occurred  the period  during
                       which no duties were performed; and

             (3)       Each hour for which  back pay is  awarded or agreed to by
                       the Employer or any other member of the Controlled  Group
                       without  regard to mitigation of damages  (provided  that
                       the same Hours of  Service  shall not be  credited  under
                       both this paragraph (3) and paragraph (1) or (2) above).

9.02         Department of Labor Rules

             The  provisions  of  Department  of  Labor   Regulations   Sections
             2530.200b-2(b) and (c) are incorporated herein by reference.


                                      -45-

                                       663

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE X
                         ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION


10.01        Eligibility

             Each Eligible  Employee  shall become a Participant on the later of
             the date on which he becomes an  Eligible  Employee  or the date on
             which  he  attains  age  21,  provided  that  his  service  has not
             terminated and he remains an Eligible Employee on such date.

10.02        Participation

             Each  Participant may elect to become an Active  Participant in the
             Plan as of the  date on which he is first  eligible  by  making  an
             application for  participation  in the Plan, in the manner and with
             such  advance  notice  period  as  the  Plan  Administrator   shall
             prescribe,  and  electing to have his  Compensation  reduced and to
             have  Salary  Deferral  Contributions  made  on  his  behalf.  Each
             Participant  who does not become an Active  Participant in the Plan
             as of the date on which he is first  eligible  may become an Active
             Participant  in the  Plan  as of the  first  day of any  subsequent
             payroll period by making an application in the manner  specified in
             the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.02.

10.03        Termination and Rehiring

             A Participant  whose  service  terminates  and who is  subsequently
             rehired by the  Employer  shall be eligible to  participate  in the
             Plan on his Reemployment Commencement Date.

             An Eligible Employee whose service terminates before he has met the
             eligibility  requirements  of Section 10.01 and who is subsequently
             rehired as an Eligible Employee shall be eligible to participate in
             the Plan on the date he meets the requirements of Section 10.01.

10.04        Duration of Participation

             Once an Eligible Employee becomes a Participant,  he shall remain a
             Participant  (1) while he is an Employee,  for so long as a portion
             of the Trust is credited to his Separate  Account whether or not he
             continues  to be an  Eligible  Employee,  or (2) while he is not an
             Employee,  for so long as a portion of the Trust is credited to his
             Separate Account or, if earlier,  until his death. If a Participant
             ceases  to be an  Eligible  Employee  (other  than by reason of his
             retirement,  death, or Total and Permanent Disability),  no further
             Salary Deferral


                                      -46-

                                       664
<PAGE>

             Contributions  may be made on his behalf  and no  further  Employer
             Contributions shall be allocated to his Separate Account, except as
             provided in clause (3) of the first  paragraph of Section  13.03. A
             Participant who is on an Authorized Leave of Absence shall continue
             as a Participant but no Salary Deferral  Contributions  or Employer
             Contributions  shall be made to his  Separate  Account for any Plan
             Year  during  which  he  does  not  receive  Compensation  from  an
             Employer.


                                      -47-

                                       665

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XI
              INVESTMENT FUNDS, ACCOUNTING, AND SEPARATE ACCOUNTS


11.01        Investment Funds

             The Trust Fund shall be comprised of separate  Investment Funds for
             the investment of the contributions made hereunder,  as provided in
             the  Trust  Agreement,  and the  Special  Loan  Investment  Fund as
             provided in Section 11.03.

11.02        Participant Loans

             If a loan from the Plan to a Participant  is approved in accordance
             with  the  provisions  of  Article  XVIII,  the  loan  shall  be an
             earmarked  investment  of a portion of the  Participant's  Separate
             Account.  Notwithstanding  any other  provision  of the Plan to the
             contrary,  repayments  received  with  respect  to a loan  shall be
             allocated as provided in Article XVIII.

11.03        Special Loan Investment Fund

             A Special Loan  Investment  Fund shall be  maintained  in the Trust
             Fund  for  the  investment  of  loans  made  to  Participants  (and
             Beneficiaries)  prior to January 1,  1991.  The assets  held in the
             Special Loan  Investment  Fund as of December  31,  1990,  shall be
             equal to the value of the notes and security agreements  evidencing
             the  outstanding  loans  under the Plan as of  December  31,  1990,
             together with interest and principal payments thereon.  The Special
             Loan  Investment  Fund  shall  consist of  investments  in loans to
             Participants (and Beneficiaries) that were made prior to January 1,
             1991,  and a cash  account,  which  shall be  invested  in interest
             bearing  securities.  An amount  equal to the value of the  Special
             Loan Investment Fund as of December 31, 1990, shall be allocated to
             all  Active  Participants  in the  Plan  who  were  entitled  to an
             allocation  of  Employer  Contributions  for the Plan  Year  ending
             December 31, 1990.

11.04        Participant Investment Elections

             Each Participant shall make an investment  election,  in the manner
             and with such advance notice period as the Plan Administrator shall
             prescribe,  directing  the  manner  in which  his  Salary  Deferral
             Contributions,  Employer Contributions,  and Rollover Contributions
             shall  be  invested.  A  Participant's  investment  election  shall
             specify the percentage,  in such percentage  increments as the Plan
             Administrator shall prescribe,  of such contributions that shall be
             allocated  to one or more of the  Investment  Funds with the sum of
             such percentages


                                      -48-

                                       666

<PAGE>

             equaling 100%. A Participant's investment elections shall remain in
             effect until his entire  interest  under the Plan is distributed in
             accordance  with  the  provisions  of the  Plan or until he files a
             change  of  investment  election  with the Plan  Administrator,  as
             provided  in  Section  11.05.  If a  Participant  fails  to make an
             investment  election,  he shall be deemed to have elected, but with
             respect only to the applicable type or types of  contributions  for
             which an  investment  election  was not made,  to have 100% of such
             contributions invested in the Investment Fund with the least amount
             of risk to principal, as determined by the Plan Administrator.

11.05        Change of Investment Elections

             A Participant may change his investment  elections,  subject to the
             provisions of Section 11.04, with respect to future Salary Deferral
             Contributions and Employer  Contributions,  with such frequency, at
             such times,  and in the manner and with such advance  notice period
             as the Plan  Administrator  shall  prescribe.  Notwithstanding  the
             foregoing,  a Participant may not make an investment  election with
             respect to amounts  invested in the Special Loan  Investment  Fund,
             and such amounts  shall be invested on and after  December 31, 1990
             solely in the Special Loan Investment Fund.

11.06        Transfers Among Investment Funds

             A Participant may elect to transfer investments with respect to one
             or more types of contributions  from any Investment Fund to any one
             or more other Investment Funds, with such frequency, at such times,
             and in the manner and with such advance  notice  period as the Plan
             Administrator  shall prescribe.  Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  a
             Participant  may not make an  investment  election to transfer  any
             amount into or out of the Special Loan Investment Fund or any other
             Investment Fund for which transfers in or out are not permitted.  A
             Participant's transfer election shall specify a percentage, in such
             percentage  increments as the Plan Administrator may prescribe,  of
             the amount eligible for transfer that is to be  transferred,  which
             percentage may not exceed 100 percent.  A transfer  election may be
             made at such times,  and in the manner and with such advance notice
             period as the Plan  Administrator  shall prescribe,  subject to any
             restrictions  pertaining to a particular  Investment Fund. The Plan
             Administrator  shall  authorize  the Trustee to make the  necessary
             transfers  among the  Investment  Funds to reflect the elections of
             the Participants.

11.07        Allocation of Earnings or Losses to Separate Accounts

             As of each current  Valuation  Date and prior to the  allocation of
             Salary   Deferral    Contributions   and   Employer   Contributions
             attributable to the period beginning


                                      -49-

                                       667

<PAGE>

             with the day following the preceding Valuation Date and ending with
             such  current  Valuation  Date,  there shall be  allocated  to each
             Participant's   Separate   Account,   by  credit  to  or  deduction
             therefrom,  as the  case  may be,  a  portion  of the  increase  or
             decrease in the value of the Investment Fund or Investment Funds in
             which the  Participant's  Separate  Account is  invested  since the
             preceding  Valuation  Date  attributable  to  interest,  dividends,
             changes in market value,  expenses,  and gains and losses  realized
             from the sale of assets. In determining the value of the Investment
             Fund or  Investment  Funds,  the Trustee  shall value the assets at
             their fair market value as of the Valuation Date.  Allocations with
             respect to each  Investment  Fund  shall be made in the  proportion
             that each such Participant's Separate Account or percentage thereof
             as of the preceding  Valuation Date,  reduced by any  distributions
             from  the  Participant's  Separate  Account  attributable  to  such
             Investment  Fund since  such  date,  bears to the total of all such
             Separate Accounts or percentages  thereof which are invested in the
             particular  Investment  Fund as of the  preceding  Valuation  Date,
             reduced  by  any  distributions  from  all  Participants'  Separate
             Accounts attributable to such Investment Fund since such date.

11.08        Separate Accounts

             A  Separate  Account  shall  be  established  in the  name  of each
             Participant  reflecting  his  interest  in  the  Trust  Fund.  Each
             Separate  Account shall be  maintained  and  administered  for each
             Participant  and  Beneficiary in accordance  with the provisions of
             the Plan. The balance of each Separate Account shall be the balance
             of the account after all credits and charges thereto, for and as of
             such date, have been made as provided herein.

11.09        Sub-Accounts

             A  Participant's  Separate  Account  shall  be  divided  into  such
             Sub-Accounts   as  are  necessary  or   appropriate  to  reflect  a
             Participant's interest in the Trust Fund.


                                      -50-

                                       668

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XII
            SALARY DEFERRAL CONTRIBUTIONS AND ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS


12.01        Salary Deferral Contributions

             Effective as of the date he becomes a Participant, or the beginning
             of any subsequent  payroll period,  each  Participant may elect, in
             the  manner  and  with  such  advance  notice  period  as the  Plan
             Administrator shall prescribe,  to become an Active Participant and
             to have  Salary  Deferral  Contributions  made  to the  Plan on his
             behalf by his Employer as  hereinafter  provided.  A  Participant's
             election shall include his authorization for his Employer to reduce
             his Compensation  and to make Salary Deferral  Contributions on his
             behalf and his election as to the  investment of his  contributions
             in accordance  with Article XI. Salary  Deferral  Contributions  on
             behalf  of an  Active  Participant  shall  commence  with the first
             payroll period beginning on or after the date on which his election
             is effective.

12.02        Amount of Salary Deferral Contributions

             The amount of Salary Deferral  Contributions to be made to the Plan
             on behalf  of an Active  Participant  by his  Employer  shall be an
             integral  percentage of his Compensation for the applicable payroll
             period  of  not  less  than  1%  nor  more  than  10%.   An  Active
             Participant's Compensation shall be reduced for each payroll period
             by the  percentage he elects to have  contributed  on his behalf to
             the Plan in accordance  with the terms of his  currently  effective
             salary reduction agreement.

12.03        Changes in Salary Reduction Agreement

             An Active  Participant  may  change  the  percentage  of his future
             Compensation that his Employer  contributes on his behalf as Salary
             Deferral  Contributions by at such time or times, and in the manner
             and with such advance notice period as the Plan Administrator shall
             prescribe.   An  Active   Participant  who  changes  his  reduction
             authorization  shall be limited to  selecting a  percentage  of his
             Compensation  that is  otherwise  permitted  under  Section  12.02.
             Salary  Deferral  Contributions  shall  be made on  behalf  of such
             Active   Participant  by  his  Employer  pursuant  to  his  amended
             reduction authorization filed in accordance with this Section 12.03
             commencing with Compensation  paid to the Active  Participant on or
             after the date such filing is effective, until otherwise altered or
             terminated in accordance with the Plan.


                                      -51-

                                       669

<PAGE>

12.04        Suspension of Salary Deferral Contributions

             An Active  Participant may have his Salary  Deferral  Contributions
             suspended  at any time in the manner and with such  advance  notice
             period  as  the  Plan  Administrator  shall  prescribe.   Any  such
             voluntary suspension shall take effect commencing with Compensation
             paid  to  such  Active  Participant  after  the  expiration  of the
             required  notice  period and shall  remain in effect  until  Salary
             Deferral Contributions are resumed as hereinafter set forth.

12.05        Resumption of Salary Deferral Contributions

             A Participant  who has  voluntarily  suspended his Salary  Deferral
             Contributions  in  accordance  with  Section  12.04  shall  not  be
             considered an Active  Participant  during such period of suspension
             and may not resume such  contributions  and again  become an Active
             Participant  until the  beginning  of a payroll  period  that is at
             least six months  following the effective  date of the  suspension.
             Notwithstanding the foregoing,  a Participant whose Salary Deferral
             Contributions  are suspended  during an unpaid  Authorized Leave of
             Absence may elect to resume such  contributions  upon his return to
             active   employment  with  the  Employer.   At  such  time  as  the
             Participant is eligible to resume Salary Deferral Contributions, he
             may have such  contributions  resumed  in the  manner and with such
             advance notice period as the Plan Administrator shall prescribe.  A
             Participant  who resumes  Salary  Deferral  Contributions  shall be
             limited to  selecting  a  percentage  of his  Compensation  that is
             otherwise permitted under Section 12.02.

12.06        Delivery of Salary Deferral Contributions

             As soon as practicable  after the date an amount would otherwise be
             paid to an Employee as it can reasonably be separated from Employer
             assets, each Employer shall cause to be delivered to the Trustee in
             cash  all  Salary  Deferral  Contributions   attributable  to  such
             amounts,  but in no event  later than such time as is  required  by
             regulations under Section 401(k) of the Code.

12.07        Limitations on Salary Deferral Contributions

             Salary  Deferral   Contributions  are  subject  to  all  applicable
limitations contained in Article VII.


                                      -52-

                                       670

<PAGE>

12.08        Rollover Contributions

             Subject to the  approval  of the Plan  Administrator,  an  Eligible
             Employee who was a participant  in a plan  qualified  under Section
             401 of the Code and who receives a cash distribution from such plan
             that he elects either (i) to roll over  immediately  to a qualified
             retirement  plan or (ii) to roll over into a conduit IRA from which
             he receives a later cash distribution, may elect to make a Rollover
             Contribution to the Plan if he is entitled under Section  402(c)(1)
             or Section  408(d)(3)(A) of the Code to roll over such distribution
             to another  qualified  retirement plan. The Plan  Administrator may
             require an Eligible Employee to provide it with such information as
             it deems necessary or desirable to show that he is entitled to roll
             over such  distribution to another  qualified  retirement  plan. An
             Eligible Employee shall make a Rollover Contribution to the Plan by
             delivering,  or causing to be  delivered,  to the  Trustee the cash
             that constitutes the Rollover Contribution amount within 60 days of
             receipt of the  distribution  from the plan or from the conduit IRA
             in   accordance   with   procedures   established   by   the   Plan
             Administrator. The Eligible Employee shall also deliver to the Plan
             Administrator   his   election   as  to  the   investment   of  his
             contributions in accordance with Article XI.

             An Eligible  Employee need not be a Participant  in order to make a
             Rollover  Contribution  to the Plan and any  Eligible  Employee who
             makes a Rollover Contribution prior to the date on which he becomes
             a  Participant  shall  become  a  Participant  as of the  date  the
             Rollover  Contribution  is accepted but his benefits under the Plan
             prior to the date on which he becomes an Active  Participant  shall
             be  limited  to  amounts  credited  to  his  Rollover  Contribution
             Account.


                                      -53-

                                       671

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIII
                     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS AND ALLOCATIONS


13.01        Employer Contributions

             For each Plan Year, each Employer may, in its sole discretion, make
             an Employer  Contribution  or more than one  Employer  Contribution
             under the Plan in an  amount  or  amounts  that the  Company  shall
             determine.

             Employer  Contributions  shall be  reduced,  if  necessary,  by any
             amount held in a suspense account pursuant to Section 7.10.

13.02        Timing of Employer Contributions

             The  Employer  Contributions  which  are to be made for a Plan Year
             shall be paid to the Trust from time to time as deemed advisable by
             the Employer but in no event later than the earlier of (i) the time
             prescribed  by law for filing  the  Employer's  Federal  income tax
             return  for  its  applicable  taxable  year,  including  extensions
             thereof,  or (ii) such time as is  required  by  regulations  under
             Section 401(k) and/or Section 401(m) of the Code, as applicable. In
             no event  shall the total  amount of Employer  Contributions  under
             this  Article  XIII exceed the maximum  amount  deductible  in such
             year,  under the  provisions  of the Code and  applicable  Treasury
             Regulations thereunder.

13.03        Allocation of Employer Contributions

             A person  shall be  eligible  to  share  in the  allocation  of the
             Employer  Contribution,  if any, for a Plan Year if he is an Active
             Participant  in the  Plan at any  time  during  the  Plan  Year and
             either:

             (1)       is in the active  service of the  Employer as an Eligible
                       Employee  on the last  Valuation  Date of the  Plan  Year
                       (i.e., whose service has not terminated prior to the last
                       business day of the Plan Year),

             (2)       is  not in  active  service  because  of  termination  of
                       service  during  the Plan Year  after  attaining  age 65,
                       because of Total and Permanent Disability,  or death, or,
                       for Plan  Years  beginning  on or after  January 1, 1995,
                       because of  termination  of service after meeting the age
                       and service  requirements  for early retirement under the
                       ALLTEL Corporation Pension Plan or the ALLTEL Corporation
                       Profit-Sharing   Plan  (if  he  had  been  a  participant
                       thereunder), or


                                      -54-

                                       672
<PAGE>

             (3)       became  ineligible by reason of transfer of employment to
                       a Controlled Group Member that is not an Employer and who
                       would be an  Eligible  Employee  after such  transfer  of
                       employment  but for the fact that his  employer is not an
                       Employer  (provided that he remains an Eligible  Employee
                       but for the fact that his  employer is not an Employer or
                       would  otherwise  be eligible  for an  allocation  of the
                       Employer  Contribution as a former  Eligible  Employee by
                       reason of  termination  of service on or after the age of
                       65 years, Total and Permanent Disability,  death, or, for
                       Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995, meeting
                       the age and  service  requirements  for early  retirement
                       under the ALLTEL  Corporation  Pension Plan or the ALLTEL
                       Corporation   Profit-Sharing  Plan  (if  he  had  been  a
                       participant thereunder).

             A Participant  described in clause (3) above shall be ineligible to
             share in further  allocations of Employer  Contributions  after the
             Plan Year in which his  transfer  of  employment  occurs  unless he
             again becomes an Eligible Employee and an Active Participant.

             As of the last Valuation  Date of each Plan Year,  after making the
             credits or debits to Participants'  Separate  Accounts  required by
             Section 11.07, an amount equal to the Employer  Contribution(s) for
             the Plan Year  shall be  allocated  and  credited  to the  Employer
             Contribution  Accounts  of those  Participants  in the Plan who are
             eligible to share in the allocation of the Employer Contribution(s)
             for the Plan Year. The  allocation of the Employer  Contribution(s)
             for a Plan Year shall be in the proportion which the Matched Salary
             Deferral  Contributions  for the  Plan  Year  made on  behalf  of a
             Participant  eligible to share in the  allocation  of the  Employer
             Contribution(s)  for the Plan  Year bear to the  aggregate  Matched
             Salary  Deferral  Contributions  made  during the Plan Year for all
             Participants  who are  eligible to share in the  allocation  of the
             Employer Contribution(s) for the Plan Year.

             Notwithstanding the foregoing,  but with respect only to Plan Years
             beginning  after  December 31, 1994: If specified by the Company by
             written  notice  to the  Plan  Administrator  with  respect  to any
             Employer  Contribution  under  Section  13.01  before  the  date of
             payment of such Employer  Contribution to the Trust,  such Employer
             Contribution  shall not be  allocated  and  credited  in the manner
             described in the immediately preceding paragraph, but instead shall
             be  allocated   and  credited  in  the  manner   described  in  the
             immediately   preceding   paragraph   but  only  to  the   Employer
             Contribution Accounts of a group of Participants otherwise eligible
             to share in the allocation of Employer Contribution(s) for the Plan
             Year,  which  group  of  Participants  shall be  specified  in such
             written notice of the Company to the Plan Administrator.


                                      -55-

                                       673

<PAGE>

             A Participant who is on an Authorized  Leave of Absence on the last
             Valuation  Date of a Plan Year or a Participant  who is employed by
             any other member of the Controlled Group on the last Valuation Date
             of the Plan Year in which his employment  transferred to such other
             member of the  Controlled  Group  shall be  deemed  to be  actively
             employed  by an Employer  on the last  Valuation  Date of such Plan
             Year for purposes of this Section 13.03.

13.04        Limitations on Employer Contributions

             Employer  Contributions  are subject to all applicable  limitations
contained in Article VII.


                                      -56-

                                       674

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XIV
                                 DISTRIBUTIONS


14.01        Distributions

             A   Participant   whose   Settlement   Date  occurs  shall  receive
             distribution  of the  value of his  Separate  Account  in a form of
             payment  provided in Article XV as soon as  reasonably  practicable
             following the date on which his Settlement  Date occurs or the date
             his   application   for   distribution   is  filed  with  the  Plan
             Administrator, if later.

14.02        Distributions to Beneficiaries

             If a Participant  dies after the date  distribution of his Separate
             Account has  commenced  in the form of  installment  payments,  his
             Beneficiary  shall  receive  distribution  of the  remainder of the
             installment  payments  beginning as soon as reasonably  practicable
             following  the  Participant's   date  of  death;   except  that,  a
             Participant's Beneficiary may elect to receive a single sum payment
             of the  Participant's  remaining  Separate  Account  in lieu of any
             further installment payments.

             If a  Participant  dies  prior  to  the  date  distribution  of his
             Separate  Account has  commenced,  his  Beneficiary  shall  receive
             distribution of the value of the Participant's  Separate Account in
             a form of payment  provided  under  Article XV beginning as soon as
             reasonably   practicable   following  the  date  the  Beneficiary's
             application for distribution is filed with the Plan Administrator.

             If a  Participant  dies  prior  to  the  date  distribution  of his
             Separate Account has been made or commenced and distribution of his
             Separate   Account  is  to  be  made  to  his   surviving   Spouse,
             distribution  to the surviving  Spouse must be made or commenced no
             later than the end of the first calendar year  beginning  after the
             Participant's  death or the end of the  calendar  year in which the
             Participant would have reached age 70 1/2, whichever is later.

             If a  Participant  dies  prior  to  the  date  distribution  of his
             Separate Account has been made or commenced and distribution of his
             Separate  Account  is to be  made to a  Beneficiary  who is not his
             surviving  Spouse in a single  sum  payment,  distribution  to such
             Beneficiary  must be  made  no  later  than  the  end of the  fifth
             calendar year beginning after the Participant's death.

             If a  Participant  dies  prior  to  the  date  distribution  of his
             Separate Account has been made or commenced and distribution of his
             Separate Account is to be


                                      -57-

                                       675
<PAGE>

             made  to  a  Beneficiary  who  is  not  his  surviving   Spouse  in
             installment   payments,   distribution  to  such  Beneficiary  must
             commence no later than the end of the first calendar year beginning
             after the Participant's death.

             If distribution is to be made to a Participant's  surviving Spouse,
             it shall be made available within a reasonable period of time after
             the  Participant's  death that is no less favorable than the period
             of time applicable to other distributions.

14.03        Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(9) of the Code

             Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary  contained in the Plan, a
             Participant's  benefits  shall be distributed to him not later than
             April  1 of the  calendar  year  following  the  later  of (1)  the
             calendar  year in which he attains age 70-1/2,  or (2) the calendar
             year in which he retires  provided the  Participant was not a "five
             percent  owner" (as defined in Section 416 of the Code) at any time
             during the  five-Plan-Year  period  ending in the calendar  year in
             which he  attains  age  70-1/2.  If a  Participant  becomes a "five
             percent owner" during any subsequent  Plan Year, his benefits shall
             be  distributed  to him not later than April l of the calendar year
             following  the  calendar  year in which such  subsequent  Plan Year
             ends.

             Unless  applicable  law permits (or requires)  otherwise,  for Plan
             Years  beginning  on and after  January  1, 1989,  a  Participant's
             benefits  shall be distributed to him not later than April 1 of the
             calendar  year  following the calendar year in which he attains age
             70-1/2.  However, if a Participant attains age 70-1/2 by January 1,
             1988 and if such  Participant was not a "five percent owner" in the
             five-Plan-Year  period  ending with or within the calendar  year in
             which  he  attained  age  70-1/2  or  any  subsequent   year,  such
             Participant's  benefits  need not be  distributed  until his actual
             retirement.

             If  distribution  is required to commence  pursuant to this Section
             14.03 to a  Participant  whose  service  has not  been  terminated,
             distributions  shall  commence in a form of payment  provided under
             Article XV and shall be made in accordance  with Section  401(a)(9)
             of the Code and the regulations thereunder, the provisions of which
             are incorporated herein by reference.

14.04        Provision Pursuant to Section 401(a)(14) of the Code

             Unless a Participant elects a later date (subject to the provisions
             of Section  14.03),  payments  shall be made or commenced not later
             than  sixty  days after the latest of the close of the Plan Year in
             which:


                                      -58-

                                       676

<PAGE>

             (1)       occurs the date on which the Participant attains age 65;

             (2)       occurs the 10th  anniversary of the year the  Participant
                       commenced participation in the Plan; or

             (3)       the Participant's employment terminates with the Employer
                       and all other members of the Controlled Group.

14.05        Administrative Powers Relating to Payments

             If a Participant or Beneficiary is under a legal  disability or, by
             reason  of  illness  or mental or  physical  disability,  is in the
             opinion of the Plan Administrator  unable properly to attend to his
             personal financial  matters,  the Trustee may make such payments in
             such of the following ways as the Plan Administrator shall direct:

             (a)       directly to such Participant or Beneficiary;

             (b)       to  the  legal  representative  of  such  Participant  or
                       Beneficiary; or

             (c)       to some relative by blood or marriage, or friend, for the
                       benefit of such Participant or Beneficiary.

             Any  payment  made  pursuant  to this  Section  14.05  shall  be in
             complete discharge of the obligation under the Plan.

14.06        Reemployment

             If a Participant  whose  Settlement Date has occurred is reemployed
             by an  Employer or any other  member of the  Controlled  Group,  he
             shall lose his right to any  distribution or further  distributions
             from the Trust Fund  arising  from his prior  Settlement  Date with
             respect  to  amounts  other  than  amounts  attributable  to Salary
             Deferral  Contributions  and his  interest  in the Trust  Fund with
             respect to such  amounts  shall  thereafter  be treated in the same
             manner as that of any other  Participant  whose Settlement Date has
             not occurred,  and his prior election, if any, of a form of payment
             hereunder shall become ineffective. Such a Participant shall retain
             his right to any  distribution  or further  distributions  from the
             Trust Fund arising from his prior  Settlement  Date with respect to
             amounts  attributable  to Salary  Deferral  Contributions,  and his
             prior election, if any, of a form of payment hereunder shall remain
             in effect with respect to such amounts.


                                      -59-

                                       677

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XV
                                FORMS OF PAYMENT

15.01        Method of Distribution

             On and after a Participant's Settlement Date, after all adjustments
             to his  Separate  Account  required as of that date shall have been
             made,  distribution  of his Separate  Account shall be made as soon
             after  such  date  as  is  administratively   practicable,  to  the
             Participant,  or, if the Participant has died, to his  Beneficiary,
             by any one of the following  methods as elected by the  Participant
             or, if applicable, his Beneficiary:

             (1)       by  payments in cash in a series of  installments  over a
                       period  not   exceeding   the  life   expectancy  of  the
                       Participant,  or the  Participant's  Beneficiary,  if the
                       Participant has died, or a period not exceeding the joint
                       life and last survivor  expectancy of the Participant and
                       his  Beneficiary.  Each  installment  shall  be  equal in
                       amount  except as  necessary to adjust for any changes in
                       the  value of the  Participant's  Separate  Account.  The
                       determination of life  expectancies  shall be made on the
                       basis of the expected return  multiples in Table V and VI
                       of Section 1.72-9 of the Treasury  regulations  and shall
                       be  calculated  once  at the  time  installment  payments
                       begin.

             (2)       by payment in cash of a single-sum amount; or

             (3)       a combination of (1) and (2) above.

15.02        Consent and Timing

             Any  distribution  to the  Participant  that commences prior to his
             attainment of the age of 65 years shall require the written consent
             of the  Participant  within  90  days  of  the  date  of  any  such
             distribution if the value of the Participant's  Separate Account at
             the time of such distribution  exceeds $3,500 (or such other amount
             as is  established  by the  Secretary of the  Treasury  pursuant to
             Section  411(a)(7)(B)(i)  of the Code) (or exceeded  such amount at
             the time of any prior distribution).

             A  Participant  with respect to whom there may be an  allocation of
             Employer Contributions  following the Participant's  termination of
             service  because  of his  retirement,  death,  Total and  Permanent
             Disability,  or  termination  of service  after meeting the age and
             service   requirements   for  early  retirement  under  the  ALLTEL
             Corporation  Pension Plan or the ALLTEL Corporation  Profit-Sharing
             Plan (if he had been a participant thereunder) (or his Beneficiary)
             and whose account


                                      -60-

                                       678

<PAGE>

             balance  exceeds  $3,500 (or such other amount as is established by
             the Secretary of the Treasury  pursuant to Section  411(a)(7)(B)(i)
             of the Code) on the date of his termination of service (or exceeded
             such  amount  at the  time of any  prior  distribution),  shall  be
             entitled  to elect to defer any  distribution  until  the  Employer
             Contribution  for the  Plan  Year  that  includes  the date of such
             termination of service is made, or to elect a  distribution  of the
             Participant's  Separate Account prior to the additional  allocation
             and a subsequent distribution of any additional allocation.

             If the Participant elects and is receiving distribution in a series
             of cash installments,  he may subsequently elect a different method
             that satisfies the  requirements  of Section 15.01 and this Section
             15.02.

15.03        Notice Regarding Distribution

             Within  the 60  day  period  ending  30  days  prior  to  the  date
             distribution of a Participant's  Separate  Account is to be made or
             commenced,  the Plan Administrator shall provide him with a written
             explanation of the forms of payment  available  under the Plan, his
             right to make a direct rollover,  and, except as otherwise provided
             in Section 15.04, the Participant's  right to defer distribution of
             his  Separate  Account  until a date not  later  than  the  April 1
             following the close of the calendar  year in which the  Participant
             attains age 70 1/2. Notwithstanding the foregoing, distribution may
             be made or commenced less than 30 days after the notice required by
             this Section 15.03 is given to the Participant, provided that:

             (1)       the Plan  Administrator  clearly  informs the Participant
                       that he has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
                       receiving  the notice to consider the decision  ofwhether
                       or not to elect a  distribution  and,  if  applicable,  a
                       particular distribution option, and

             (2)       the    Participant,    after    receiving   the   notice,
                       affirmatively elects a distribution.


                                      -61-

                                       679

<PAGE>

15.04        Small Benefit Cash-Out

             Notwithstanding  the  preceding  provisions of this Article XV, the
             Separate Account of a Participant  shall be distributed in a single
             sum payment as soon as practicable  following his  separation  from
             service  with  the  Controlled  Group if the  value  of his  vested
             Separate  Account  as of the  Valuation  Date  coinciding  with  or
             immediately preceding his Settlement Date is (or at the time of any
             prior  distribution  was)  $3,500  (or  such  other  amount  as  is
             established  by the  Secretary of the Treasury  pursuant to Section
             411(a)(7)(B)(i) of the Code) or less;  provided,  however,  that no
             such  payment  shall  be made  after  benefits  have  commenced  in
             installments. Notwithstanding the above, a distributee the value of
             whose Separate Account does not exceed $3,500 (or such other amount
             as is  established  by the  Secretary of the  Treasury  pursuant to
             Section  411(a)(7)(B)(i)  of the  Code)  as of the date on which he
             would otherwise  receive  distribution of such Separate Account and
             with respect to whom there may be an  additional  allocation  under
             Section 13.03 following the  Participant's  separation from service
             due to retirement,  death, or Total and Permanent  Disability shall
             be entitled to elect in writing,  in accordance with the procedures
             established  by the Plan  Administrator,  to defer such  payment or
             commencement  of payment  until the Employer  Contribution  for the
             Plan Year that includes the date of such separation from service is
             made, in which case the  determination of the value of his Separate
             Account  for  purposes  of the  amount  and  form  of  distribution
             hereunder  shall be made as of the  Valuation  Date as of which the
             Employer  Contribution  for the Plan Year that includes the date of
             such  separation  from service is allocated if distribution is made
             or commenced to the  Participant  prior to the next Valuation Date,
             and,  otherwise,  as of  the  Valuation  Date  coinciding  with  or
             immediately  preceding the date as of which distribution is made or
             commenced.

15.05        Payment to Estate

             Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, if
             a  Participant's  Beneficiary is his estate,  the executor or other
             personal  representative  of  the  Participant  may  elect  on  the
             estate's  behalf to receive  any benefit  which may become  payable
             under the Plan upon the death of the Participant, or in lieu of any
             installment   payments   remaining  unpaid  at  the  death  of  the
             Participant, a single sum payment.

15.06        Direct Rollover Requirements

             (a)       This Section  15.06 applies to  distributions  made on or
                       after January 1, 1993.  Notwithstanding  any provision of
                       the Plan to the contrary that


                                      -62-

                                       680

<PAGE>

                       would otherwise limit a distributee's election under this
                       Section 15.06, a distributee  may elect,  at the time and
                       in the manner  prescribed  by the Plan  Administrator  to
                       have any  portion of an  eligible  rollover  distribution
                       paid directly to an eligible retirement plan specified by
                       the distributee in a direct rollover.

             (b)       For  purposes  of  this  Section  15.06,   the  following
                       definitions shall apply:

                       (i)        Eligible  rollover  distribution:  An eligible
                                  rollover  distribution is any  distribution of
                                  all  or any  portion  of  the  balance  to the
                                  credit  of the  distributee,  except  that  an
                                  eligible   rollover   distribution   does  not
                                  include:  any  distribution  that  is one of a
                                  series   of   substantially   equal   periodic
                                  payments (not less  frequently  than annually)
                                  made for the life (or life  expectancy) of the
                                  distributee  or the joint lives (or joint life
                                  expectancies)   of  the  distributee  and  the
                                  distributee's Beneficiary,  or for a specified
                                  period of ten years or more; any  distribution
                                  to the extent  such  distribution  is required
                                  under Section  401(a)(9) of the Code;  and the
                                  portion  of  any  distribution   that  is  not
                                  includible in gross income (determined without
                                  regard  to the  exclusion  for net  unrealized
                                  appreciation    with   respect   to   Employer
                                  securities).

                       (ii)       Eligible    retirement   plan:   An   eligible
                                  retirement  plan is an  individual  retirement
                                  account  described  in  Section  408(a) of the
                                  Code,   an   individual   retirement   annuity
                                  described  in Section  408(b) of the Code,  an
                                  annuity plan  described  in Section  403(a) of
                                  the Code,  or a qualified  trust  described in
                                  Section  401(a) of the Code,  that accepts the
                                  distributee's  eligible rollover distribution.
                                  However,  in the case of an eligible  rollover
                                  distribution  to  the  surviving   Spouse,  an
                                  eligible  retirement  plan  is  an  individual
                                  retirement  account or  individual  retirement
                                  annuity.

                       (iii)      Distributee:   A   distributee   includes   an
                                  Employee or former Employee. In addition,  the
                                  Employee's  or  former  Employee's   surviving
                                  Spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's
                                  Spouse or former  Spouse who is the  alternate
                                  payee  under a  qualified  domestic  relations
                                  order,  as defined  in  Section  414(p) of the
                                  Code,  are  distributees  with  regard  to the
                                  interest of the Spouse or former Spouse.


                                      -63-

                                       681

<PAGE>

                       (iv)       Direct  rollover:   A  direct  rollover  is  a
                                  payment by the Plan to the eligible retirement
                                  plan specified by the distributee.

15.07        Valuation Date

             A  Participant's  vested  interest in the  balance of his  Separate
             Account shall be determined  as of the  Valuation  Date  coinciding
             with or immediately  preceding the date as of which distribution is
             to be made or commenced.

15.08        Form of Election

             All  elections  under  Article XIV and this  Article XV shall be in
             writing on the form prescribed by the Plan  Administrator from time
             to time and must be filed on a timely basis.


                                      -64-

                                       682

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XVI
                                    VESTING


16.01        Full Vesting

             A  Participant   shall  at  all  times  have  a  fully  vested  and
             nonforfeitable interest in his Separate Account.

16.02        Election of Former Vesting Schedule

             If the Company  adopts an  amendment  to the Plan that  directly or
             indirectly  affects  the  computation  of  a  Participant's  vested
             interest in his Separate  Account,  any  Participant  with three or
             more Years of Vesting Service shall have a right to have his vested
             interest in his Separate  Account  continue to be determined  under
             the vesting provisions in effect prior to the amendment rather than
             under the new vesting provisions, unless the vested interest of the
             Participant  in his Separate  Account  under the Plan as amended is
             not at any time less than such vested interest  determined  without
             regard to the  amendment.  A Participant  shall  exercise his right
             under this Section 16.02 by giving  written  notice of his exercise
             thereof to the Administrator within 60 days after the latest of (i)
             the  date  he  receives  notice  of the  amendment  from  the  Plan
             Administrator,  (ii) the effective date of the amendment,  or (iii)
             the date the amendment is adopted. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a
             Participant's  vested  interest  in  his  Separate  Account  on the
             effective  date of such an  amendment  shall  not be less  than his
             vested interest in his Separate  Account  immediately  prior to the
             effective date of the amendment.


                                      -65-

                                       683

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XVII
                                 BENEFICIARIES


17.01        Designation of Beneficiary

             Subject to the provisions of Section 17.02,  each Participant shall
             have the right to designate,  by filing a written  designation with
             the Plan  Administrator on such form as the Plan  Administrator may
             prescribe,  a person or persons or entity to  receive  any  benefit
             which may become payable upon the death of such  Participant or any
             installment   payments   remaining  unpaid  at  the  death  of  the
             Participant.  A  married  Participant's  Beneficiary  shall  be his
             Spouse,  unless the Spouse has consented in the manner  provided in
             Section  17.02 to the  Participant's  designation  of a Beneficiary
             other than his Spouse. A non-Spouse Beneficiary designation made by
             a Participant  and consented to by his Spouse may be revoked by the
             Participant  in writing  at any time,  without  the  consent of his
             Spouse. Any new Beneficiary  designation must again comply with the
             requirements of Section 17.02.

17.02        Spousal Consent Requirements

             Any written  spousal  consent  given  pursuant to this Article XVII
             shall   acknowledge   the  effect  of  the  action   taken,   shall
             specifically  acknowledge any non-spouse  Beneficiary designated by
             the Participant, and shall be witnessed by a Plan representative or
             a notary  public.  Such  spousal  consent  shall be valid only with
             respect to the Spouse who signs the  consent.  Notwithstanding  any
             other  provision  of the  Plan  to the  contrary,  written  spousal
             consent shall not be required if the Participant establishes to the
             satisfaction of the Plan  Administrator that such consent cannot be
             obtained  because the Spouse  cannot be located or because of other
             circumstances  set  forth  in  Section  401(a)(11)  of the Code and
             regulations issued thereunder.

17.03        No Beneficiary

             If no Beneficiary has been designated pursuant to Section 17.01, if
             a designation  is for any reason illegal or  ineffective,  or if no
             Beneficiary  survives  the  Participant  and he  has  no  surviving
             Spouse,   then  the  Beneficiary   under  the  Plan  shall  be  the
             Participant's estate. If a Beneficiary dies after becoming entitled
             to receive a distribution under the Plan but before distribution is
             made  to  him  in  full,  and  if no  other  Beneficiary  has  been
             designated  to  receive  the  balance of the  distribution  in that
             event,  the  estate  of  the  deceased  Beneficiary  shall  be  the
             Beneficiary as to the balance of the distribution.


                                      -66-

                                       684

<PAGE>

17.04        Reliance

             In determining a Participant's Beneficiary,  the Plan Administrator
             may act and  rely  upon any  information  it  deems  reliable  upon
             reasonable inquiry, and upon any affidavit,  certificate,  or other
             paper believed by it to be genuine,  and upon any evidence believed
             by it to be sufficient.


                                      -67-

                                       685

<PAGE>

                                 ARTICLE XVIII
                                     LOANS


18.01        Application for Loan

             A Participant or a Beneficiary  who is a party in interest may make
             written  application to the Plan  Administrator for a loan from his
             Separate  Account.  Loans shall be made in accordance  with written
             loan rules and  procedures  prescribed  by the Plan  Administrator,
             which include,  but are not limited to, limitations on the purposes
             or reasons for which a Participant or Beneficiary  may be granted a
             loan, and which rules and procedures are hereby  incorporated  into
             and made a part of the Plan.  As  collateral  for any loan  granted
             hereunder,  the  Participant  shall  grant to the  Plan a  security
             interest in up to 50 percent of his vested  interest under the Plan
             determined  as of the date as of which  the loan is  originated  in
             accordance  with Plan  provisions and, in the case of a Participant
             who is an active  employee,  also shall enter into an  agreement to
             repay  the loan by  payroll  withholding.  No loan in  excess of 50
             percent of the  Participant's  vested interest under the Plan shall
             be made from the Plan.  Loans shall not be made available to Highly
             Compensated  Employees  in an amount  greater  than the amount made
             available to other employees.

             A loan shall not be  granted  unless the  Participant  consents  in
             writing to the charging of his Separate  Account in accordance with
             the  provisions of Section 18.05 for unpaid  principal and interest
             amounts in the event the loan is declared to be in default.

18.02        Reduction of Account Upon Distribution

             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan,  the amount of a
             Participant's   Separate  Account  that  is  distributable  to  the
             Participant  or his  Beneficiary  under Article XIV or XIX shall be
             reduced by the portion of his vested  interest  that is held by the
             Plan as  security  for any  loan  outstanding  to the  Participant,
             provided  that  the  reduction  is  used  to  repay  the  loan.  If
             distribution  is made because of the  Participant's  death prior to
             the  commencement of distribution of his Separate  Account and less
             than  100  percent  of the  Participant's  vested  interest  in his
             Separate  Account  (determined  without  regard  to  the  preceding
             sentence) is payable to his surviving  spouse,  then the balance of
             the Participant's  vested interest in his Separate Account shall be
             adjusted by reducing  the vested  account  balance by the amount of
             the security  used to repay the loan,  as provided in the preceding
             sentence, prior to determining the amount of the benefit payable to
             the surviving spouse.


                                      -68-

                                       686

<PAGE>

18.03        Requirements to Prevent a Taxable Distribution

             Notwithstanding  any other  provision of the Plan to the  contrary,
             the following terms and conditions  shall apply to any loan made to
             a Participant under this Article XVIII:

             (a)       The interest rate on any loan to a Participant shall be a
                       reasonable   interest  rate   commensurate  with  current
                       interest  rates  charged  for loans  made  under  similar
                       circumstances  by  persons  in the  business  of  lending
                       money.

             (b)       The amount of any loan to a  Participant  (when  added to
                       the  outstanding  balance  of  all  other  loans  to  the
                       Participant from the Plan or any other plan maintained by
                       an  Employer or a Related  Company)  shall not exceed the
                       lesser of:

                       (i)        $50,000,  reduced by the  highest  outstanding
                                  balance of any other  loan to the  Participant
                                  from the Plan or any other plan  maintained by
                                  an  Employer or a Related  Company  during the
                                  preceding 12-month period; or

                       (ii)       50  percent  of  the  vested  portions  of the
                                  Participant's  Separate Account and his vested
                                  interest  under all other plans  maintained by
                                  an Employer or a Related Company.

             (c)       The term of any loan to a Participant shall be no greater
                       than  five  years,  except  in the case of a loan used to
                       acquire  any  dwelling  unit  which  within a  reasonable
                       period of time is to be used  (determined at the time the
                       loan  is  made)   as  a   principal   residence   of  the
                       Participant.

             (d)       Except as otherwise permitted under Treasury regulations,
                       substantially  level  amortization shall be required over
                       the  term  of  the  loan  with  payments  made  not  less
                       frequently than quarterly.

18.04        Administration of Loans

             Any loan approved by the Plan Administrator  shall be an ear-marked
             investment of the Participant's Separate Account. All principal and
             interest paid by the  Participant on a loan made under this Article
             XVIII  shall be  deposited  to his  Separate  Account  and shall be
             allocated  upon receipt  among the  Investment  Funds in accordance
             with the Participant's currently effective investment election.


                                      -69-

                                       687

<PAGE>

18.05        Default

             If a  Participant  fails to make or cause to be made,  any  payment
             required  under the terms of the loan within 60 days  following the
             date on which such payment shall become due, the Plan Administrator
             may direct the Trustee to declare  the loan to be in  default,  and
             the  entire  unpaid  balance of such loan,  together  with  accrued
             interest,  shall be immediately due and payable. In any such event,
             if such balance and interest  thereon is not then paid, the Trustee
             shall charge the Separate  Account of the borrower  with the amount
             of such balance and interest as of the earliest date a distribution
             may be  made  from  the  Plan  to the  borrower  without  adversely
             affecting  the tax  qualification  of the  Plan  or of the  cash or
             deferred arrangement.


                                      -70-

                                       688

<PAGE>

                                  ARTICLE XIX
                             IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

19.01        Withdrawals While Still Employed

             A  Participant  may,  while  still  employed  by a  member  of  the
             Controlled  Group,  make  certain  withdrawals  from  his  Separate
             Account, subject to the following restrictions:

             (1)       Withdrawals may be made only as of a Valuation Date after
                       all adjustments have been made to the accounts.

             (2)       All  withdrawals  are subject to the  Participant  having
                       filed a written  application with the Plan  Administrator
                       at least  such  number of days prior to the date on which
                       the  withdrawal  is to be made as the Plan  Administrator
                       shall prescribe.

             (3)       All withdrawals shall be in the form of a single-sum cash
                       payment and the amounts  withdrawn  shall be debited from
                       the  Participant's  Separate  Account  as of the date the
                       payment is made.

             (4)       A  Participant  may make a  withdrawal  from  his  Salary
                       Deferral    Contribution    Account    and/or    Employer
                       Contribution  Account only in the event that he furnishes
                       satisfactory  evidence to the Plan Administrator that the
                       withdrawal is to alleviate his financial  hardship and is
                       for one of the following reasons:

                       (a)        expenses  previously  incurred by or necessary
                                  to   obtain   for   the    Participant,    the
                                  Participant's  spouse, or any dependent of the
                                  Participant  (as defined in Section 152 of the
                                  Code) medical care described in Section 213(d)
                                  of the Code;

                       (b)        costs   directly   related  to  the   purchase
                                  (excluding  mortgage  payments) of a principal
                                  residence for the Participant;

                       (c)        payment of  tuition  and  related  educational
                                  fees for the next 12 months of  post-secondary
                                  education    for    the    Participant,    the
                                  Participant's  spouse, or any dependent of the
                                  Participant; or

                       (d)        the  need  to  prevent  the  eviction  of  the
                                  Participant  from his  principal  residence or
                                  foreclosure    on   the    mortgage   of   the
                                  Participant's principal residence.


                                      -71-

                                       689

<PAGE>

             (5)       For the purpose of (4) above,  financial  hardship  shall
                       mean an immediate and heavy financial need that cannot be
                       met  from  other   resources   of  the   Participant.   A
                       distribution will be deemed to be necessary to satisfy an
                       immediate and heavy  financial need of the Participant if
                       all of the following requirements are satisfied:

                       (a)        the  distribution  is  not  in  excess  of the
                                  amount of the  immediate  and heavy  financial
                                  need of the Participant;

                       (b)        the     Participant     has    obtained    all
                                  distributions,     other     than     hardship
                                  distributions,   and  all   nontaxable   loans
                                  currently  available  under  all of the  plans
                                  maintained  by  the  Employer  and  all  other
                                  members of the Controlled Group;

                       (c)        the     Participant's      Salary     Deferral
                                  Contributions  under the Plan and his employee
                                  elective     contributions     and    employee
                                  contributions,  other than mandatory  employee
                                  contributions to a Defined Benefit Plan, under
                                  all other  Employer  maintained  qualified and
                                  nonqualified  plans of deferred  compensation,
                                  except health or welfare  benefit  plans,  are
                                  suspended  for 12 months after  receipt of the
                                  hardship distribution; and

                       (d)        the     Participant's      Salary     Deferral
                                  Contributions  for the  Participant's  taxable
                                  year Immediately following the taxable year of
                                  the hardship  distribution  may not exceed the
                                  applicable  limit under Section  402(g) of the
                                  Internal  Revenue  Code for such next  taxable
                                  year less the  amount of his  Salary  Deferral
                                  Contributions  for  the  taxable  year  of the
                                  hardship distribution.

             (6)       The  amount  that a  Participant  may  withdraw  from his
                       Salary Deferral Contribution Account on and after January
                       1, 1989 shall not exceed the  excess,  if any, of (a) the
                       sum of (i) the net credit balance in his Salary  Deferral
                       Contribution Account as of December 31, 1988 and (ii) the
                       aggregate  of his Salary  Deferral  Contributions  to the
                       Plan  on  and  after   January   1,  1989  over  (b)  the
                       withdrawals  on and after January 1, 1989 from his Salary
                       Deferral  Contribution  Account  and  shall  exclude  any
                       amount invested in the Special Loan Investment Fund.

             (7)       The  amount  that a  Participant  may  withdraw  from his
                       Employer  Contribution  Account  shall not exceed the net
                       credit  balance in such account as of the effective  date
                       of the withdrawal, exclusive of


                                      -72-

                                       690

<PAGE>

                       amounts  attributable to Employer  Contributions  made to
                       the Plan for periods after December 31, 1994.

             (8)       The Plan  Administrator  shall  establish  such rules and
                       give  such   directions   to  the  Trustee  as  shall  be
                       appropriate  to effectuate  the  withdrawal in accordance
                       with the terms hereof.

             (9)       In the event that a Participant  has an outstanding  loan
                       at  the  time  of  his  withdrawal,  the  amount  of  the
                       withdrawal  may not  exceed  the excess of (a) the amount
                       which he would otherwise be entitled to withdraw over (b)
                       the amount of any outstanding loan.

             (10)      Any  withdrawal  made under this  Section  19.01 shall be
                       made first  from any  voluntary  after-tax  contributions
                       that the  Participant may have made to a Prior Plan, then
                       from any rollover  contributions  eligible for withdrawal
                       for reasons other than hardship that the  Participant may
                       have made to a Prior Plan, then from amounts attributable
                       to Employer  Contributions made prior to January 1, 1995,
                       then  from any  other  amounts  eligible  for  withdrawal
                       (including hardship  withdrawals),  and then from amounts
                       attributable to Salary Deferral Contributions.

             In the event that the  actual  date of payment of the amount of the
             withdrawal from a  Participant's  Separate does not coincide with a
             Valuation  Date,  the amounts  credited to his  subaccounts  in the
             applicable Investment Fund or Funds shall be adjusted, on the basis
             of a policy established with respect to each Investment Fund by the
             Plan  Administrator  (which  policy may be changed  with respect to
             each such fund from time to time for  application  in the  future),
             based  upon the latest  data  available  to the Plan  Administrator
             immediately prior to its authorization of such payment,  to reflect
             investment   gains  or  losses  in  the  funds   credited   to  his
             sub-accounts  in the applicable  Investment Fund or Funds since the
             last Valuation Date.

19.02        Certain Other Withdrawals

             If a Participant  has a termination of employment  with all members
             of the Controlled  Group, but has not had a separation from service
             permitting  distribution  under the Plan, the Participant may apply
             for a  withdrawal  under  the  terms and  conditions  specified  in
             Section  19.01  (without  regard  to  the   requirement   that  the
             Participant be employed by a member of the Controlled Group).


                                      -73-

                                       691

<PAGE>

                                   ARTICLE XX
                     MERGER OF CERTAIN PLANS INTO THE PLAN


20.01        In General

             This Article XX contains special  provisions  regarding Prior Plans
             that have been  merged  into the Plan from time to time.  Except as
             may be expressly  provided  elsewhere in this Article XX, the forms
             of payment or other  rights  available  under a Prior Plan that may
             not be  eliminated  under  Section  411(d)(6)  of the Code shall be
             available  under the Plan  solely with  respect to a  Participant's
             interest under a Prior Plan and not to the  Participant's  interest
             under the Plan  determined  without  regard to this  Article  XX. A
             Participant  may,  however,  elect to receive  his entire  interest
             under the Plan in a form of payment provided under Article XV.

20.02        Merger of CP National Corporation Incentive Thrift Savings Plan

             (a)       Effective  as of the  beginning of business on January 1,
                       1995,  the  CP  National  Corporation   Incentive  Thrift
                       Savings  Plan (the "CPN  Plan")  shall be merged into and
                       made a part of the Plan, and the trust fund maintained in
                       connection with the CPN Plan shall be added to the assets
                       of the Trust  Fund to be  disposed  of under  the  terms,
                       conditions,  and provisions of the Plan and the Trust. On
                       and after January 1, 1995, except as otherwise  expressly
                       provided in this  Article XX, the general  provisions  of
                       the Plan shall govern with respect to the interests under
                       the  CPN  Plan  of  all   persons,   to  the  extent  not
                       inconsistent  with any provision of the CPN Plan that may
                       not be eliminated under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code.

             (b)       As  of  January  1,  1995,  Separate  Accounts  shall  be
                       established in accordance  with the provisions of Section
                       11.08 in the name of each  person  who as of the close of
                       business  on  December  31,  1994  was a  participant  or
                       beneficiary  with an  interest  under  the CPN  Plan.  In
                       addition to any credits or debits to the Separate Account
                       of the persons  described  in the  immediately  preceding
                       sentence on or after January 1, 1995 in  accordance  with
                       the Plan's general provisions,  as of the date the assets
                       of the trust  fund for the CPN Plan are  received  by the
                       Trustee  and  deposited  in the Trust Fund there shall be
                       credited to each such Separate Account or Sub-Account, as
                       applicable,  the value of such  person's  prior  separate
                       account or  sub-account of the  corresponding  type under
                       the CPN Plan as  certified to the Plan  Administrator  by
                       the plan administrator of the CPN Plan.


                                      -74-

                                       692
<PAGE>

             20.03 Merger of Houston  Wire & Cable  Company  Combination  Profit
             Sharing and Salary Deferral Plan

             (a)       Effective  as of the  beginning of business on January 1,
                       1995, the Houston Wire & Cable Company Combination Profit
                       Sharing and Salary  Deferral  Plan (the "HWC Plan") shall
                       be merged into and made a part of the Plan, and the trust
                       fund  maintained in connection with the HWC Plan shall be
                       added to the assets of the Trust Fund to be  disposed  of
                       under the terms,  conditions,  and provisions of the Plan
                       and the Trust.  On and after  January 1, 1995,  except as
                       otherwise  expressly  provided  in this  Article  XX, the
                       general  provisions of the Plan shall govern with respect
                       to the  interests  under the HWC Plan of all persons,  to
                       the extent not inconsistent with any provision of the HWC
                       Plan that may not be eliminated  under Section  411(d)(6)
                       of the Code.

             (b)       As  of  January  1,  1995,  Separate  Accounts  shall  be
                       established in accordance  with the provisions of Section
                       11.08 in the name of each  person  who as of the close of
                       business  on  December  31,  1994  was a  participant  or
                       beneficiary  with an  interest  under  the HWC  Plan.  In
                       addition to any credits or debits to the Separate Account
                       of the persons  described  in the  immediately  preceding
                       sentence on or after January 1, 1995 in  accordance  with
                       the Plan's general provisions,  as of the date the assets
                       of the trust  fund for the HWC Plan are  received  by the
                       Trustee  and  deposited  in the Trust Fund there shall be
                       credited to each such Separate Account or Sub-Account, as
                       applicable,  the value of such  person's  prior  separate
                       account or  sub-account of the  corresponding  type under
                       the HWC Plan as  certified to the Plan  Administrator  by
                       the plan administrator of the HWC Plan.

20.04        Merger of Computer Power, Inc. Retirement Savings Plan

             (a)       Effective  as of the  beginning of business on January 1,
                       1995, the Computer Power,  Inc.  Retirement  Savings Plan
                       (the "CPI Plan")  shall be merged into and made a part of
                       the Plan,  and the trust fund  maintained  in  connection
                       with the CPI Plan  shall  be added to the  assets  of the
                       Trust Fund to be disposed of under the terms, conditions,
                       and  provisions  of the Plan and the Trust.  On and after
                       January 1, 1995, except as otherwise  expressly  provided
                       in this  Article XX, the general  provisions  of the Plan
                       shall govern with respect to the interests  under the CPI
                       Plan of all persons,  to the extent not inconsistent with
                       any  provision of the CPI Plan that may not be eliminated
                       under Section 411(d)(6) of the Code.


                                      -75-

                                       693

<PAGE>

             (b)       As  of  January  1,  1995,  Separate  Accounts  shall  be
                       established in accordance  with the provisions of Section
                       11.08 in the name of each  person  who as of the close of
                       business  on  December  31,  1994  was a  participant  or
                       beneficiary  with an  interest  under  the CPI  Plan.  In
                       addition to any credits or debits to the Separate Account
                       of the persons  described  in the  immediately  preceding
                       sentence on or after January 1, 1995, in accordance  with
                       the Plan's general provisions,  as of the date the assets
                       of the trust  fund for the CPI Plan are  received  by the
                       Trustee  and  deposited  in the Trust Fund there shall be
                       credited to each such Separate Account or Sub-Account, as
                       applicable,  the value of such  person's  prior  separate
                       account or  sub-account of the  corresponding  type under
                       the CPI Plan as  certified to the Plan  Administrator  by
                       the plan administrator of the CPI Plan.


                                      -76-

                                       694

<PAGE>


                                  ARTICLE XXI
                     SPECIAL PROVISIONS AND EFFECTIVE DATES


21.01        Effective Date

             This amended and restated  Plan is effective as of January 1, 1994,
             but with respect only to Participants  whose employment  terminates
             on or after  January 1, 1994,  except as may  otherwise be provided
             herein.

21.02        Tax Reform Act of 1986 Effective Dates

             With  respect  to any  change  made  to the  Plan  to  satisfy  the
             provisions  of the  Tax  Reform  Act of  1986  and  any  subsequent
             legislation, including any regulations, rulings, or other published
             guidance,  such change  shall be  effective on the first day of the
             first period (which may or may not be the first day of a Plan Year)
             with respect to which such change became  required  because of such
             provisions.


EXECUTED this 29th day of December, 1994.


                               ALLTEL CORPORATION


                              By   /s/ John L. Comparin
                                   Title: Vice President - Human Resources




                                      -77-

                                       695
<PAGE>

                                                                    Exhibit 24


Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C.  20549



                                            Re:  ALLTEL Corporation
                                                 Commission File No. 1-4996-2
                                                 1934 Act Filings on Form 10-K
                                                 Authorized Representatives

Gentlemen:

          The above Company is the issuer of securities registered under Section
12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (The  "Act").  Each of the persons
signing his name below confirms, as of the date appearing opposite his
signature, that each of the  "Authorized Representatives"  named below is
authorized on his behalf to sign and submit to the Securities and Exchange
Commission such filings on Form 10-K as are required by the Act. Each person so
signing also confirms the authority of each of the Authorized Representatives to
do and perform on his behalf, any and all acts and things requisite or necessary
to assure compliance by the signing person with the Form 10-K requirements.  The
authority confirmed herein shall remain in effect as to each person signing his
name below until such time as the Commission  shall  receive from such person a
written communication terminating or modifying the authority.  Each person
signing his name below expressly revokes all authority heretofore given or
executed by him with respect to such filings under the Act.



                           Authorized Representatives

                                Dennis J. Ferra
                                 Tom T. Orsini




                                                Date: February 13, 1995


                                                Lawrence L. Gellerstedt III
                                                ---------------------------

                                      696
<PAGE>


                                                                    Exhibit 24


Securities and Exchange Commission
Washington, D.C.  20549



                                            Re:  ALLTEL Corporation
                                                 Commission File No. 1-4996-2
                                                 1934 Act Filings on Form 10-K
                                                 Authorized Representatives

Gentlemen:

          The above Company is the issuer of securities registered under Section
12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (The  "Act").  Each of the persons
signing his name below confirms, as of the date appearing opposite his
signature, that each of the  "Authorized Representatives"  named below is
authorized on his behalf to sign and submit to the Securities and Exchange
Commission such filings on Form 10-K as are required by the Act. Each person so
signing also confirms the authority of each of the Authorized Representatives to
do and perform on his behalf, any and all acts and things requisite or necessary
to assure compliance by the signing person with the Form 10-K requirements.  The
authority confirmed herein shall remain in effect as to each person signing his
name below until such time as the Commission  shall  receive from such person a
written communication terminating or modifying the authority.  Each person
signing his name below expressly revokes all authority heretofore given or
executed by him with respect to such filings under the Act.



                           Authorized Representatives

                                Dennis J. Ferra
                                 Tom T. Orsini




                                                Date: February 20, 1995


                                                John P. McConnell
                                                ---------------------------

                                      697
<PAGE>

<TABLE> <S> <C>


<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
     THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
     ANNUAL REPORT TO SHAREHOLDERS AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY 
     REFERENCE TO SUCH REPORT.
</LEGEND>
<CIK>                         0000065873
<NAME>                        ALLTEL CORPORATION
<MULTIPLIER>                  1000
       
<S>                           <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                 12-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>             DEC-31-1994
<PERIOD-START>                JAN-01-1994
<PERIOD-END>                  DEC-31-1994
<CASH>                             26,098
<SECURITIES>                            0
<RECEIVABLES>                     533,244
<ALLOWANCES>                            0
<INVENTORY>                        94,458      
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                  692,727
<PP&E>                          4,696,841
<DEPRECIATION>                  1,733,610
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                  4,713,878
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>             605,615
<BONDS>                         1,846,150
<COMMON>                          187,981
               7,829
                         9,320
<OTHER-SE>                      1,428,068
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>    4,713,878
<SALES>                                 0
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                2,961,717
<CGS>                             456,119
<TOTAL-COSTS>                   2,327,851
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                   60,221
<LOSS-PROVISION>                        0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                137,120
<INCOME-PRETAX>                   490,682
<INCOME-TAX>                      164,772
<INCOME-CONTINUING>               271,753
<DISCONTINUED>                          0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                         0
<CHANGES>                               0
<NET-INCOME>                      271,753
<EPS-PRIMARY>                        1.43
<EPS-DILUTED>                           0
        




                                     
<PAGE>
      

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission